A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria

Cecilie Quillfeldt

The paper presents a list of lichens for the Innvika Bay, which includes 157 lichenized and 2 lichenicolous fungi. Alectoria gowardii and Peltigera elisabethae are new to Svalbard. Furthermore, 36 other species were found new to Nordaustlandet. Twenty-seven species are rare on Svalbard, among them Aspilidea myrinii, Candelariella borealis, Gyalecta erythrozona, Miriquidica deusta, Rhizocarpon viridiatrum (reported for the second time), and Aspicilia cinerea, Cetraria nigricans, Cladonia arbuscula, Cystocoleus ebeneus, Lecidea ecrustacea, Peltigera frippii, Rhizocarpon eupetraeoides, Rinodina terrestris, Stereocaulon cumulatum, Toninia squalida, Verrucaria hydrela. Localities, substrates and distribution in Svalbard are given for each species. For rare and extremely rare species, all known locations are given. For some species, differences from closely related species are given.

Elvebakk, A. & Spjelkavik, S. 1995. The ecology and distribution of Empetrum nigrum ssp. hermaphroditum on Svalbard and Jan Mayen. — Nord. J. Bot. 15: 541–552. Copenhagen. ISSN 0107–055X.The distribution and ecology of Empetrum nigrum ssp. hermaphroditum has been studied on Svalbard and Jan Mayen, partly based on literature and herbarium data, and partly on local studies in the Kongsfjorden and Liefdefjorden areas. E. nigrum ssp. hermaphroditum is rare on Svalbard, where it is restricted to siliceous substrates, and is lacking from low temperature areas like mountains, the southern and eastern parts of Svalbard, the western and northern coastline, and from most of Nordaustlandet. The best climatic conditions for Empetrum seem to be offered by the lower part of a south facing mountain slope of Jan Mayen, an island where the effective temperature sum is relatively high due to a long growing season. In areas where Empetrum occurs on Svalbard the growing season is shorter and the effective temperature sum is generally lower. However, July temperatures are higher, and these and the occurrence of siliceous substrates seem to govern its potential area of distribution. The shorter Svalbard growing season only exceptionally permits sexual reproduction, but individuals are long-lived and dendrochronological analysis of a 17 mm thick stem yielded an age of approximately 80 years. Locally, Empetrum is often concentrated to zonal habitats, like at southeast facing gneissic slopes and rock ledges at Liefdefjorden and a west facing sheltered mountain slope at Kongsfjorden.

Metabolic rate during incubation (IMR) was measured in two wild incubating eiders at Ny-Alesund, Svalbard (79°N). IMR, measured toward the end of incubation (days 15-20), averaged 0.80 ml O2/g.h. The respiratory quotient was 0.70, indicating that fat was the major metabolic fuel during this long period of fast. Both birds showed a decrease in mean daily energy expenditure with decreasing body mass but no significant decrease in specific resting metabolic rate. Thermoregulation was studied in the laboratory. Resting metabolic rate averaged 0.86 ml O2/g.h, thermal conductance 0.0240 ml O2/g.h.°C and deep body temperature 40.1°C. Calculation of daily energy expenditure (DEE) during incubation (day 20) based on weight loss was 24% and 29% less, respectively, than DEE measurements derived from indirect calorimetry of incubating and non-incubating eiders. Measurements of water influx rate close to hatching suggested that eiders increased their water consumption then. -from Authors

A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Edited by ARVE ELVEBAKK and PÅL PRESTRUD NORSK POLARINSTITUTT OSLO 1996 Cover: Arctic dandelion (Taraxacum arcticum), Sveagruva, Svalbard. The arctic dandelion can be found as scattered occurrences throughout most parts of Svalbard. Photograph: Arve Elvebakk. EDITORIAL BOARD PUBLISHER Editor-in-Chief: Pål Prestrud, Director of Research Norsk PolarinstilUU (Norwegian Polar Institute), Scientific Editors: Fridtjof Mehlum, Ouo Salvigsen, Middelthuns gate 29, Postboks 5072 Majorstua, and Tony Vinje N-0301 Oslo, Norway MANAGING EDITOR SUBSCRIPTIONS Mary Hustad, M.A. Skrifter is issued irregularly and priced at the time of ISBN 82-7666-094-0 bookslore or direct from Norsk Polarinstitutt. public ation Orders may be placed through your . Printed December 1996 Printed in Great Britain by Page Bros, Norwich Contents Inlroduction.Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud, P. ...................., .......... , ." ........, ......., ." ..... 5 Part 1. Elven, R. & Elvebakk, A: Vascular PIanIs . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . , ....... , .............. , ............ , 9 Part 2.Frisvoll, A.A. & Elvebakk, A.: Bryophyles ... .., , , , ........, .. , ........., ..................., . 57 . Part 3.Gulden, G. & Torkelsen, A.-E.: Fungi I. Basidiomycola: Agaricales, Gasleromycetales, Aphyllophorales, Exobasidiales and Tremellales . . . . . . . . , ...., .........., ........ 17 3 Part 4. Elvebakk, A" Gjærum, li. & Sivertsen, S.: Fungi Il. Myxomycota, Oomycola, Chytidriomycota, Zygomycola. Ascomycota, Deutromycola, Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales . . .. . . , .,." " ... " ,.. " ." ................., .. , ............. 207 Part 5.Aistrup, V. & Elvebakk, A.: Fungi Ill. Lichenicolous fungi Part 6. Elvebakk, A & Hertel, Ii.: Lichens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .� . 261 , ................................. ,......... . ..........271 Part 7.Hans('n, J.R. & Jelllleborg, L.H.: Benthic marine algae and cyanobacteria .. Part 8. Hasle, G.R. & Helium von Quillfeldl, C.: Marine microalgae . . . . . . . . , ..... , , " .......... 361 .., ................................. 375 Part 9.Skulberg. O.M.: Terreslrial and Iimnic algae and cyanobacleria . . . . , ........, ., ...... , ............ 3 83 Introduction ARVE ELVEBAKK and PÅL PRESTRUD, EDITORS This is the first attempt to present a survey of all Svalbard species of plants, algae and fungi (inc1uding lichens), and cyanobacteria since the presentation by Lindblom (1840) who Iisted 223 accepted species in 2885 species, which must addition to some taxa that were considered critical. This catalogue now inc1udes be considered a high number for a relatively small area situated in the northem part of the Arctic. The compilation of this catalogue was initiated by the Norwegian Polar Institute in 1987 as part of the Institute' s environmental impact studies on Svalbard (MUPS, Miljøundersøkelser på Svalbard). Much more time was needed and many more systematic problems were encountered than first anticipated. Much liter ature that is not easily available had to be reviewed, and many reports of Svalbard species are found in stud ies primarily dealing with other geographical areas or in monographs or revisions. Because of the widely scattered reports of Svalbard species, there are certainly a number of records that are missing from this cat alogue. Notes on supplements or corrections from readers to the authors or editors will be appreciated. The aim of this catalogue has been to critically review the present literature. A large number of system atical or identification problems have been encountered that cannot be solved without revision of herbarium material. This is normally outside the scope of this publication, but quite a large number of herbarium col lections have been revised, especially for the parts on vascular plants, bryophytes and basidiomycetes. However, a large number of critical reports have been evaluated without the study of herbarium collections. Many such reports have been treated as exc1uded taxa, and the lists of exc1uded taxa include severaI hun dred species. These evaluations have been based on the authors' knowledge of arctic flora, and some of the parts have been more critical than others. Many of the collaborating authors have also inc1uded own unpublished information or information sup plied by colleagues. In this catalogue 131 species are reported as new to Svalbard, the majority among basidiomycetes and marine algae. A large number of new loca\ities are also referred to and one new moss (Plagiothecium svalbardelJsis Frisv.) is described. Even at the highest taxonomic leve! among groups previously treated as botany, there is no consensus as to definitions and nomenclature. For definitions of the kingdoms and divisions we have chosen to follow the system used in the textbook Bialagy of Plmus by Raven et al. (1992, Worth Publ.), with the exception that we treat bryophytes as one division. In this system only vascular plants and bryophytes are considered as plants. The name algae is used collectively for a number of unrelated divisions w ithin the kingdom Protista. The group of bacteria now ca lied Cyanobacteria have previously been called bitte-green algae; these are still often informally referred to as algae but have been treated here as cyanobacteria. Lichens are systematically treated as fungi. FOUT species of basidiolichens within the genus Omphalina have been treated both in Part 6 with lichens and in Part 3 wlth basidiomycetes. The heterotrophic protists Myxomycota, Oomycota and Chytridiomycota have informally been included among Fungi Il in the title of Part 4. The catalogue consists of nine parts: Part I Elven, R. & Elvebakk, A.: Vascular Plants Part 2 Frisvoll, A.A. & Elvebakk, A.: Bryophytes Part 3 Gulden, G. & Torkelsen, A.-E,: Fungi l. Basidiomycota: Agaricales, Gasteromycetales. Aphyllophorales. Exobasidiales, and Tremellales Part 4 Elvebakk, A., Gjærum, H. & Sivertsen, S.: Fungi IL Myxomycota, Oomycota, Chytidriomycora, Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Deutromycota and Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales Part 5 Aistrup, V. & Elvebakk, A: Fungi 111. Lichenicolous fungi Part 6 Elvebakk, A. & Hertel, H.: Lichens Part 7 Hansen, J.R. & Jenneborg, L.H.: Benthic marine algae and cyanobacteria Part 8 Hasle, G.R. & Helium von Quillfe\dt, c': Marine microalgae Part 9 Skulberg, O.M.: Terrestrial and Iimnic algae and cyanobacteria 6 A. ELVEBAKK & P. PRESTRUD Parts 5 and 7-9 have been defined ecologically whereas the others have been defined systematically. SystematicaJly the lichenicolous fungi belong to part 4. Many divisions of algae and fungi have been included in severaI parts of the catalogue. We therefore present the table below showing the number of taxa determined to species level in each division that each part of the catalogue has accepted, and also the total number of species in all divisions. Part 2 Division Anthophyta Pterophyta Sphenophyta Lycophyta 3 4 5 6 7 8 Sum 9 165 4 3 I 373 Bryophyta Basidiomycota 175 Ascomycota Deuteromycota Zygomycota Chytridiomycota Oomycota Myxomycota 25 226 102 28 3 2 3 50 10 (4) 593 Chrysophyta l Phaeophyta 60 Rhodophyta 59 Cryptophyta Dinophyta Euglenophyta Chlorophyta 38 118 430 165 4 3 1 373 200 869 112 28 3 2 3 549 60 4 8 4 250 60 7 66 6 296 68 4 73 766 5 2885 131 l 3 58 2 8 Charophyta Zoomastigophora 4 5 Total: New to Svalbard: 173 373 6 175 46 389 8 60 5 593 5 163 29 193 27 Because of the high number of species there is a need for a synopsis. All parts except 5. 7, 8 and 9 start with a list of species that includes Ecosysfem Componenf Values (see below). The Ecosystem Component Values list attempts to give a broad impression of the occurrence and ecology of the species. It also indicates which speeies have been commented and which have not. The values are very tentative in man y cases; many will cer tainly deserve a different value after increased exploration of Svalbard, and many values are still laeking. It is hoped that these summaries in general will prove useful, in spite of the uncertainty of a large number of the value assignments. Some contributions only use some of the Ecosystem Component Values. The values of rarity are defined slightly differently for the vascular plants than for the other gro ups because of a much more intense collection activity. For the other parts it is practically impossible to use Ecosystem component values. The values of phytogeography refer to total distribution patterns and/or Svalbard patterns. A very rare speeies on Svalbard is phytogeographically interesting and has a high value although it may otherwise be a widespread speeies elsewhere. A Svalbard endemie has a high value although it may be widespread on Svalbard. No values are indicated in cases where no information exists or in cases where the information is toa scarce or uncertain. Biodiversity is a keystone in the structure and function of our ecosystems. The importance of biodiversity in ecological management has been galning increasing attention both at national and international leveIs. In this context it is essential that the present knowledge be reviewed and further studies be initiated. Although this catalogue is primarily a response to the former task; it is hoped that the major gaps revealed here in the state of-the-art of Svalbard biodiversity will prove valuable in stimulating further studies. Definition of Ecosystem Component Values: R Rarity (on Svalbard) 3 = Very rare 2 Rare l = Scattered or common, at least locally p Phytogeographical importance 3 = Strongly disjunct or described from Svalbard and not yet known elsewhere 2 = Belonging to a phytogeographical element of special interest on Svalbard l = More or less widespread E Ecological indicator value 3 = Very high (specialised, stenoic) 2 = Intermediate l = Low (euryoic) A Local abundance 3 = Dominant, in places more than 50% cover in its habitats 2 = Subdominant, 20-50% cover 1= Sparse I" lmportance 10 vertebrate animals 3 = Important as a highly preferred fodder plant 2 = Of secondary importance I = Of no importance Arve Elvebakk. Institule o/ Biology alld Geology, Universil)' o/Tromsø, N-7037 TromsØ, Norway Pål Prestrud. Norwegian Polar Institute, p.a. Box 5072, N-030I Oslo, Norway Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyano bacteria A. Part l. Vascular plants REIDAR ELVEN and ARVE ELVEBAKK Elven, R. & Elvebakk, A. 1996: Part L Vaseular plants. Pp. 9-55 in Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud. P. (ed,. ) : A catalogue of Svalbard plant>, fungi, algae, and cyanobaeteria, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198, An annotated list of vascular plants from Svalbard is presented, including 173 speeies. Of these, six speeies are s table aliens and two speeies arc seashore plants only with ephemeral oecurrences. Six of the speeies are reprcsented by two subspecies on Svalbard. In addition, include 21 taxa of frequently introduccd plants and 41 13 hybrids are aceepted and separate lists excluded taxa. A table includes information on rarity, local abundance, eeological indicator value, and importance in phytogeography and as food source for higher animals. Thc comments conccntrate on taxonomical and nomenclatural problems and on recently discovered taxa. Reidar Elven. Botanical Garden and Museum, Universiry of Oslo. Trondheimsvn, 23 B. N.()562 Oslo. Norway; Arve Elvebakk. Institute ofBiology and Geology, University of Tromsø. N-9037 Tromsø. Norway. Contents Introduction . There is a mounting floristie literature from Svalbard, " . " " , . " , ."", , , . , . , , , , , , , , . , , , , , , , . . , ,"o Accepted taxa of stable (native and introduced) plants. , ,, , , ",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.. ,,..,,,, 12 Notes" . ... "" ..,,,,, .............. " ..",, .................. 16 " ". . " " , . Ephemeral (introduced) taxa .. . Excluded taxa ... . . . .. . """ .......... "" .., . ,,,,,,,,,,,.. ,,,, ................. , ... Synonyms . . .. , .......... """" ..... , .... , .........., .. ",,:. comprehcnsively (1973, 1979, 1989) 9 cited and Elvebakk by Kleppa (1989), bard plants have, however, been made in taxo 44. 44 nomical studies not included in the Norwegian bibliographies, Floras of Svalbard vascular plants have been 49 (1964, 1979, 1996), .. " "", .. " .. ".""""".""". 51 published by Rønning Referenccs """ .. ,,,,,,,,, ...... ,,,, ... ,,,,,,,,,,,, "....... 51 comprehensive sources are Tutin et al. Acknowledgements "" Many important references to and evaluations of Sval 1980, 1993) and Bulten & Fries (1986). Other (1964- F10ristic surveys of other arctic areas are given La. by Introduction (1960-1987), HuIten (1968), (1978) and Porsild & Cody (1980). Tolmachev The present catalogue of Svalbard vascular plants et al. is based on tie Id experiences by the authors and important source others, on a survey of the Svalbard collections and distribution. Bikher All are on taxonomy, nomenclature in the herbaria of the Botanical Museum, the Although the Svalbard taxa of vascular plants University of Oslo (O), the Royal Norwegian are comparatively well known, there are only Society of Sciences, the University of Trondheim a few modem biosystematic studies, Taxonomic (TRB), TromSØ Museum (TRaM), on a study of problems remain in severaI genera, especially a few type specimens (of Draba spp,) in London in (BM, KL Stockholm (S), and Uppsala (UPS), Poa, and on published records. Important collections Ranunculus, Critical taxonomic studies have been Cerastium, Draba, Potentilla, Eriophorum, Puccinelfia, Festuca, Saxifraga, and from Svalbard are deposited in various herbaria outside the scope of the present work, In cascs of outside Norway, Examination of these and of the taxonomic controversy, the present survey indi type collections of severai species is needed for a cates problems rather than aiming to solve them. complete enumeration, but this was outside the There is also a lack of consensus as to nomencla scope of the present work, The names of herbaria ture. Some discrepancies exist between species are abbreviated according to H.olmgren et al. concepts applied by European and North Ameri (1990), can botanists. Mort: serious, however, are the 9 R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 10 'eastern' and Pyramiden, Tishkov (1985) reponed on the European taxonomy. For some time Soviet bot establishment of introduced plants but did not anists applied a very narrow, aften geographically give a list of species. A list of introduced species based, species concept (see i.a. Kornarov 1934 at Barentsburg recorded during the last deeade 1964). This resulted in a description of species has kindly been made available to us by A,A. which was based on local variation only and did Tishkov. This list mainly includes species that divergencies between 'western' and not merit specific rank in other areas. Political had also been formerly found in the Norwegian boundarics made it difficult to study type col settlements lections fundamental to the application of names Barentsburg in 1993 confirm ed the presence of of many arctic plants. In same genera. therefore, numerous introduced speeies (Elven unpubL) and the same species has been described under dif added severai to the list of Tishkov. on Spitsbergen. A VISJt to ferent names in various parts of the Arctic (and Introduced species which are able to persist, sometimes under severai names in the Russian and/or rcproduce regularly, are included in the parts). A comparative study of type material main list and are commented upon in the notes. deposited in herbaria throughout the northern A separate list is included of species which are consistent frequently introduced but seem dependent upon nornenclature and species concept can be attained. regular introduction (see section "EphemeraI hemisphere is needed before a The cooperation within the planned Pan-Arctic (introduced) Flora Project will hopefully contribute much to Norwegian settlement. Longyearbyen, only 1-3 solving such problems. anthropochores are known to be persisting. The We have followed the species concept of recent taxa" below). In the main situation is different in the Russian settlements of studies where these agree with our observations Barentsburg and Pyramiden, where the use of from Svalbard. Sources on nornenclature have livestock is cornparable to the situation at Long been cited in cases where there is no consensus, yearbyen and NY-Ålesund many years ago, and and recent synonyms, cornprising all names used land reclamation is different from that in the by Rønning (1979,1996) and Tutin et al. (1964 Norwegian settlements. Many anthropochorous 1980, 1993), have been included in a separate list species are reported to produee seeds in the Rus of synonyms (see section "Synonyms" below). sian The nomenclature used in the Norwegian national observations 1993). Their persistenee is, however, standard flora (Lid & Lid 1994,also including the not known, The situation at Bjørnøya is also settlements (Tishkov pers. eomm., own arctic areas) is, with few exceptions, the same as different from that at Longyearbyen and :-.ly-Åle adopted here. Slightly different use of author sund. Here Engelskjøn (1986a) reported the pres citations and speiling has not been recorded. ence of a few more or less stable anthropochores The main list includes all species known to have in 1983. stable occurrences on Svalbard. Most are native, Readers are referred to the Svalbard flora and all native species published from Svalbard (Rønning 1996) and the rich literature on dis com tribution and ecology. Pteridophytes and mono prehensive Svalbard flora by Resvoll-Holmsen since the publishing year of the first cotyledons were mapped by Rønning (1972), and (1927) have been considered. A separate anno 14 selected species by Engelskjøn (1986b). About tated list of excIuded taxa is incIuded (see section 80 more or less thermophilous and rare species "ExcIuded taxa" below). were mapped by Elvebakk (1989). There are also A considerable number of introduced species some local floristical studies. The most important have been recorded from the settlements of Long of these cover Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn& Schweit yearbyen zer and Ny-Ålesund by Høeg & Lid 1970: Engelskjøn 1986a), Sørkapp Land (1929), Hadac (1941) and Sunding (1961, 1966), (DubieI 1985, 1990; Kuc& Dubiel 1995 including from Moskushavn by Badac (1944), and from the entire Hornsund area), the Van Mijenfjorden Pyramiden by Schweitzer (1966). Seven of these area (Engelskjøn et aL 1972), the area east and were included by Rønning (1979). Presurnably north of Longyearbyen (Badac 1944), Gipsdalen based on these sources, a number of records have in the Isfjorden area (Elven et al. 1990), Edgeøya been included in the maps of Hulten & Fries (Neilson 1970), parts of Barentsøya (Bofmann (1986), mostly without any indication of anthro 1968), and Nordaustlandet (Scholander 1934; pochory and ephemeral occurrence. Neilson 1968). Accordingly, detailed information From the Russian settlements of Barentsburg on distribution and eeology is generally not A catalogue of Soalbard plmlls, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria included here. The ootes concentrate on taxo 11 triglumis s.str.), Potencilla x insularis (instead of nomical and nomenclaturaJ problems and com P. rubricaulis and P. pedersenii), Salix arctica ments on recently discovered taxa. (instead of S. glauca subsp. callicarpaea), and The present enumeration of native Svalbard vascular plants and stable aliens includes 173 Silene uralensis (instead of S. wahlbergellai Melandrium apetalum). speeies, six among them with two subspecies. Of these taxa six are considered to be established aliens, and two are seashore plants only with ephemeral occurrences. accepted. In addition 21 taxa of frequently intro duced plants are listed (see section "EphemeraI (introduced) taxa" below). This study of the Svalbard vascular flora to ok severai years and was prepared paraBel to the Norwegian standard flora (Lid & Lid 1994) of which one of the authors, R. Elven, was editor. The results of these studies were first published by Elven in Lid & Lid mentation is partly included in the present survey. (l994): Carex marina subsp. instead of C. amblyrhyncha, instead of D. choice of one value over another has be en quite tentative in many cases, but still we hope that this table will be of use to aur readers. The following values are used: pelligera, Definitions R pseudolagopina Rarity Very rare. 1-4 localities known at present 3 2 Dupontia fisheri Rare. 5-25 localities known at present and Carex misandra instead of C. fuliginosa subsp. misandra. Com pared with the until recently most complete surveys, Rønning by so-called Ecosystem Component Values. The Cakile maritima subsp. islandiea instead of C. maritima subsp. aretica, As a synopsis we have arranged a list of speeies indieating their status in the Svalbard eco system (1994), but the docu A few name changes have been made here a s compared to L i d & Lid Ecosystem Component Values Thirteen hybrids are (1979) and Tutin et al. (1964- Seattered or common (at least loeally) p Phylogeographical irnportance 3 Endemie or highly disjunct 2 Belonging to a phytogeographical element of = = 1980), the additions are nine species/subspecies: special interest in Sval bard Botryehium boreale and Pucdnellia angustata More or less widespread subsp. palibinii (also published by Elvebakk et al. 1994), andAtriplexcfprostrata (Bjørnøya), Carex E gladalis (NW Spitsbergen), Carex krausei (W. Spitsbergen, Elven et al. in press), Equisetum arvmse subsp. arvense (introduced, West Spits bergen), Festuca edlundiae (see Aiken et al. 1995), native, Festuca rubra subsp. rubra (as probably West Spitsbergen), and P. aretica x corymbosa, D. eorymbosa x micro Rammeulus ajfinis x x A Very high (specialised. stenoie) = Intermediatc = Low (euryoic) Loml ablmdance 3 2 Dominant. rubra subsp. aretiea, sulphureus, R. nivalis x 50% cover Subdominant. 20-50% cover capillaris (Bjørnøya), and the following hybrids: Draba petala, Festuca hyperborea Ecological indicator oalue 3 2 l Sparsc I 9 lmportanGe 3 2 1 10 animals (oertebrates) = Highly preferred fodder plant = Of secondary importance Of no importance pygmaeus, R. pygmaeus x sulphureus, and Sax rivularis . The re-evaluation Comments to the following species list: A dash of previous reports resulted in the following is written where no or only uncertain information revisions: the Spitsbergen material of Ranuneulus exists. As the vascular flora is very different on hyperboreus is identified as subsp. arnelli. the Bjørnøya from that of the main archipelago, pres ifraga hyperborea x hyperboreus ence on one and/or the other is indicated by BiS (revision made by Nilsson, Flora Nordiea in (occurring on both Bjørnøya and the Spitsbergen Carex aquatilis subsp. stans islands), B (occurring on Bjørnøya alone), or S Bjørnøya prep.), material as subsp. x sub spathacea (instead of parts of C. bigelowii), Des ehampsia borealis (instead of D. brevifolia), Juneus triglumis subsp. albescens (instead of J. (occurring on Spitsbergen and the neighbouring islands). The numbers in brackets refer to notes to the speeies in question. 12 R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK Accepted taxa of stable (native and introduced) plants Ecosystern Cornponent Values Scientific and Norwegian narnes Aehillea millefolium L. - Ryllik Alehemilla glomerulans Bus. Kjeldernarikåpe P 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 l l S 2 3 3 2 2 S A/opecurus boY('alis Trin. - Polarreverurnpe Arabis alpina L. 2 2 1 2 Fjellskrinneblorn Aretagrostis latifolla (R. Br.) Griseb. Russegras Aretophila fulva (Trin.) N.J. Anderss. Hengjegras Arenaria humifusa WahJenb. - Dvergarve A. pseudofrigida (Ostenf. Amica angustifolia & Dahl) Juz. - KaJkarvc :"\1. Vahl 2 3 3 2 Fjellsolblorn Atriplex cf pro,Hrata Bouch. ex De. TangrneIde Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. - Vinterkarse Dvergbjørk Betula nana L. coll. Bistorta vivipara (L.)S.F. Gray - Harerug l Botrychium boreale Milde ... Fjellrnarinøkkel 3 B. lunaria (L.)Sw. - Marinøkkel :< Braya purpurascens (R. BL) Bunge - Purpurkarse 1 3 2 3 Cakile maritimaScop. subsp. islandica (Gand.) Elven - Ishavsreddik Calamagrostis stricta (Tirnrn.) Koeler -Srnårøyrkvein Campanula rotundifo!ia L. subsp. giesekiana (Vest) Witasek - A R 3 3 2 2 2 E 3 3 3 3 2 B!S l S l B 3 BS l (1) (2) BS l 3 Notes S 2 (3) BS S S S B .3 I (4) (5) (6) (7) BS S S (8) S l 2 3 S BS S .3 ( 9) (10) Arktisk blåklokke 2 C uniflora L - HøgfjeUsklokke Cardamine bellidij(Jlia L C pratens!" L subsp. polemollioides Rouy I Polarkarse Carex aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp. stans (Drejer) Hult. - Tundrastorr C aquatilis subsp. staIIs x subspathacea C eapillaris L. ,. str. - Hårstorr eglacialis \-1ack. 2 Høgfjellskarse Rabbestorr C glareosa Wahlenb. Grusstorr C. krausei Boeck. - Islandsstorr C lachenalii Schkuhr - Rypestorr 3 3 3 3 2 3 l C. lidii Hadac C marina Dewey subsp. pseudolagopina (Th.Sør.) Bacher 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 S S 2 BS S (Il ) S S ( 12) (13) (14) (15) S (ISa) .3 S 3 3 2 2 2 S 2 2 2 S ( 16) :< :1 2 2? S (15) 2 2 2 2 2 2 S 2 2 2? 3 2 2 (17) S BS Buttstorr C maritima Gunn. coll. - Bogestorr emisandra R. BL Dubbestorr C nardina Fr. Skjeggstorr C. paralleIa (Læst.) Sornmerf. C. rupestris All. C. saxatilis L. Srnabtorr Bergstorr Blankstorr l I C. subspathacea Wormskj. - Ishavsstorr C. ursina Dewey Cassiope hypnoides Isbjønnstorr (L) D. Don 2 Moselyng C. tetragona (L.) D. Don - Kantlyng Cerastium alpinum L mil. C. arcticum Lange eol1. C. arcticum x 3 Fjellarve 3 3 2 2 2 2 Polararve Chrysosplenium tetrandrum (N. Lund) L eoll. .3 Th. Fr. Dvcrgrnaigull Polarskjørbuksurt 2 2 2 2 2 2 S S S BS S 2 S S I 2 2 S 3 l 3 regelii Cochlearia groenlandiea :2 Snøarve C. ceraslOides (L.) Britton - Brearve C. regelii Ostenf. 2 2 2 2 :1 3 2 2 l 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 B (21) (20) (19 ) (22) BS (18) S .3 l BS S BS 3 BS (23) 13 A ealalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and eyanobaeteria Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R Cystopteris fragilis (L) Bernh. var. diekieana (R.Sim) Moore Berglok Deschampsia alpina (L) Roem. & Schultes Fjellhunke D. borealis (Trautv.) Roshev. - Tundrabunke D. cespilosa (L.) Beauv. -Sølvhunke Draba alpina L - Gullrublom D. a/pina x subeapi/ata D. areliea J. Vahl Mjølrublom D. are/iea x corymbosa D. corymbosa R. Br. ex De. - Puterublom D. corymbosa x micropetala D. daurica DC. Skredruhlom D. jladnizensis Wulf. Alperuhlom D. laclea Adams Lapprublom D. laelea x oxycarpa D. micrope/a/a Hook. - Polarruhlom D. nivalis Liljebl.- Snørublom D. nomegica Gunn. Bergrublom D. oxycarpaSommerf. - Bleikruhlom D. pauciflora R. Br. Tundrarublom D. subcapitalaSimm. Halvkulerublom Dryas octopetala L. Reinrose Dupontia l/sheri R. Br. Tundragras D. psi/osantha (Rupr.) Griseh.-Sprikjetundragras Empe/rum nigrum L subsp. hermaphrodilllm (Hagerup) Bocher- 3 1 3 1 3 3 I 2 I 3 I p E A 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 2? 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 S BS S BS BS S 2 S l I 2 2 BiS 2 2 S S S 2 2 S S 2 3 2 1 3 2 (24) (26) (27) (25) (28) (33) (30) (33) (28) (33) (31) S S 2 2 2 3 Notes S (32) (33) (29) S BS 2 BS S 1 3 :3 3 2 (28) (29) S 3 3 2 2 S S BS (34) (35) (35) S Fjellkrekling Equise/um aruense L suhsp. arvense Vanleg åkersnelle E. aruense L suhsp. boreale (Bong.) A. L(Sve - Polarsnelle E. scirpoides Michx. Dvergsnelle E. variegarum Schleich. ex Weh. & Mohr Fjellsnelle Erigeroll hum;lis R.e. Graham Svarthakkestjerne E. unijlorus L. suhsp. eriocephalus (J. Vahl) Cronq.- Ullbakkestjerne Eriophorum angustifolium Honck. subsp. triste (Th. Fr.) Hult.-Svartull E. angustifolium subsp. triste x scheuchzeri E. scheuehzeri Hoppe SnØull Euphrasia frigida Pugsley Fjellaugnetrøst Eu/rema ulwartlsii R. Br. Polarreddik Festum baffinensis Polunin Hårsvingel F. brachyphylla Sehultes Bergsvingel F. edlundiaeS. Aiken. Consaul & Lelkovitch F. h yperborea Holmen Polarsvingel F. hyperborea x rubra suhsp. are/iea F. rubra L. sub,p. are/iea (Hack.) Govor. Arktisk raudsvingcl Van leg raudsvingel F. rubra L. suhsp. rubra F. vivipara (L.)Sm. Geitsvingel Genlianel/a tenelia (Rottb.) Borner Småsøte Hierochloe a/pina (Willd.) Roem. & Schultes Fjellmarigras Hippuris vulgaris L. Hesterumpe Honkenya pep/oides (L.) Ehrh. suhsp. diflusa (Hornem.) A. Love 1 3 3 I 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 I 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 BS (36) (36) BS BS S S 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 S S 2 S S 2 3 1 3 1 2 2 3 1 3'1 2 3 3 :3 l 2 3 2 3 3 3 (37) S S :3 2 3 S S 2 3 2 2 2 2 S 3 S 2 S 3 2 3 BS S 2 BS (3R) (39) (39) (39) (40) (41) (41) (42) S 2 2 2 2 2 S B S (43) S (44) -Strand arve 2 Huperzia se/ago (L.) Bernh. exSchrank & Mart. suhsp. arclica (Grossh.) A. & D. Love Polarlusegras Juneus arclicus Willd. Finnmarkssiv J. biglumis L. Tvillingsiv 3 1 2 3 2 S 2 BS 14 R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R J. castaneus Sm. Kastanjesiv 1. triglumis L. subsp. albeseens (Lange) Hult. Tundrasiv Myrtust Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.) Mack. Bogefrytle - L. areUlllaSw. subsp. confusa (Lindeb.) Blytt Vardefrytle Reinfrytle L. wahlenbergii Rupr. Mertensia maritima (L) S.F. Gray 0stersurt 3 3 S 2 S 3 3 3 S l 2 l l 2 3 BS 2 (46) 2 2 2 3 BS ? (47) I I 2 3 3 B?S (47) 2 2 3 2 2 Putearve 3? S 3 2 S 2 :2 S I 3 2 2 :2 l (49) S (50) S l I 2 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 I 2 S 2 S 2 Lodnemyrklegg P. lanata Cham. & Schlecht. subsp. dasyantha (Trautv.) Hult. 3 3 (48) S Oxyria digyna (L) Hill - Fjellsyre - ( 45) S Papaper dahlianum Nordh. -Svalbardvalmue Pedieularis hirsuta L. Notes 2 M. ruhella (Wahlenb.) Hiem - Nålearve M. s/ricta (Sw.) Hiem - Grannarve BS i 2 Minuarlia biflora (L.)Schinz & ThelL - Tuvearve M. rossii (R. Br. ex Richardson) Graebn. A 3 Luzula arctiea Blytt -Snøfrytle L. areuataSw. subsp. areuafa E 2 Dvergsyre Koenigia islandiea L p BS BS (51) - LJllmyrklegg Petasiles frigidus (L) Fr. - Fjellpestrot 2 Phippsia algida S ( oL) R. Br. -Snøgras P. concinna (Th. Fr.) Lindeb. -Sprikjesnøgras :2 l S 2 2 BS :2 2 BS Pleuropogon sabinii R. Br. -Sabinegras 2 2 3 Poa abbreviata R. Br. - Puterapp l :2 3 P. alpina L. var. alpina - Fjellrapp, seminiferous type 3 2 3 l 2 3 3 2 3 S 3 2 3 3 S S 1 S S P. alpina L. var. vivipara L. Fjellrapp. viviparous type S 2 P. aretiea R. Br. - Jervrapp, seminiferous type l P. are/iea R. Br. l 2 1 2 2 2 3 l 3 2 2 2 3 l 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 Jervrapp. viviparous type P. are/iea R. Br. subsp. eesp/tans (Sirnm.) Nannf. - Tuverapp P. glauea J. Vahl - Blårapp l 1 2 P. hartzii Gand. -Strirapp P. pratensis L. subsp. alpigena (Fr.) Hiit. Seterrapp. seminiferous type P. pratensis L. subsp. alpigena (Fr.) Hiit. Seterrapp. viviparous type Polarflokk Polemonium boreale Adams Poten tilla chamissonis Hult. - Flogmure P crantzii (Cr.) G. Beck ex Fritsch 2 Flekkmure 2 2 3 2 S BS (52) BS (52) BS S (53) (53) (53) (54) (55) (56) (56) S 2 S S 2 S 2 S (59) (57) (58) (60) 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 P. pulehella R. Br. - Tuvemure 2 3 3 :2 S (61) Puednellia angusfata (R. Br.) Rand & Redf. subsp. angllstata 2 2 3 3 S (62) 3 3 3 S (62) B (63) P. hyparefica Malte - Raggmure P. X insularisSojak -Svalbardmure P. nivea L. subsp. subquinata (Lange) Hult. -Svalbardsnømure S Polarsaltgras P. angustata (R. BL) Rand & Redf. subsp. palibinii (Th.Sør.) Tzvelev Kjeldesaltgras P. capilIaris (Liljebl.) Jansen Taresaltgras 3 2 3 I P. phryganodes (Trin.) Scribn. & Merr. coll. - Teppesaltgras l I 3 3 P. S/JalbardellSis Rønning 3 3 3 P. vahliana (Liebm.)Scribn. & Merr. - Fimbulgras 2 2 X Pucciphippsia vaeillans (Th. Fr.) Tzvelev -Svalbardgras 3 2 2 3 Ranunculus affinis R. Br. R. affinis x Svalbardsaltgras Fliksoleie slllphureus R. glacialis L. - Issoleie 2 BS I S 2 S l S (66) (67) (71) 2 S 2 3 S 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (64) (65) S 3 R. hyperboreus Rottb. subsp. arnelliiScheutz - Tundrasoleic R. hyperboreus Rottb. subsp. hyperboreus -Setersoleie 2 2? S B (69) (69) 15 A eatalogue of Svalbard plmus, fung!, algae and eyanobaeteria Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E A BIS R. lapponicus L. - Lappsoleie 1 2 2 2 S R. nivalis L. 1 1 2 2 S 2 3 2 2 Snøsoleie pygmaeus 3 R. pallasiiSchlecht. - Glinsesoleie 2 R. pygmaeus Wahlenb. 1 2 3 2 R. nivalis x R. pygmaeus R. x x Dvergsoleie sulphureus speIsbergensis (Nath.) Hadac -Svalbardsoleie R. sulphureusSol. Polarsoleie R. wilanderi (Nath.) A. & D. Love - Wilandersoleie A. & D. Love Rhodiola rosea L. subsp. arcliea (A. Boriss.) S Notes (71) S BS 3 3 2 1 2 l 2 2 3 3 2 1 l 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 S (71) S (70) BS S (68) BS Arktisrosenrot Rubus chamaemorus L. Molte Rumex acelOsa L. coU. - Engsyre 3 Sagina cespilosa (J. Vahl) Lange -Stuttarve 3 S. nivalis (Lindbl.) Fr. Salix areliea Pallas S. herbacea L. S. herbaeea Jøkularve Tundravier Musøyre polaris x S. poiaris Wahlenb. S. relleulala L. l I 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 l l 2 Rynkevier Fjelltistel 3 Saxifraga aizoides L. coll. Gulsildre 1 l Knoppsildre S. cemua L. S. ee'pltosa L. coll. Tuvesildre S. flageIlarisSternb. & Willd. subsp. plalysepala (Trautv.) A.E. Porsild (72) S I Saussurea alpina (L.) De. BS'J 3 3 Polarvier S 3 2 BS S 2 2 BS 2 I 2 BS 1 3 3 BS 2 I 3 l 2 1 l 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 2 (74) BS S 3 (73) BS (75) (76) BS BS S (77) (78) Trådsildre S. foliolosa R. Br. S. hirculus L. coll. S. nivalis L. x Polarsildre 3 rivularis Snøsildre S. opposilifolia L. coU. S. rivularis L. Stivsildre Myrsildre S. hyperborea R. Br. S. hyperborea 2 I 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Grynsildre S. hieracifolia Waldst. & Kil. Raudsildre 2 Grannsildre Sibbaldia proeumbens L. Trefingerurt S. fureata Rafin. subsp. fureata S. uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq. Stellar!a humifusa Rottb. S. iongipes Goldie coll. 2 2 BS 3 3 BS (81) 2 l BS (80) l I 2 3 3 3 l l 2 2 2 2 l Polarblindurt 2 2 l 3 3 2 I Snøstjerneblom l 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 Vaccinium uliginosum L. subsp. microphyllum Lange - Pohublokkebær 3 3 Dverglodnebregne 3 2 Taraxacum arcticum (Trautv.) Dahlst. T. brachyceras Dahls!. Polarløvetann T. cymbifolium H. Lindb. ex Dahls!. Tofteldia pl/Silla (Michx.) Pers. Bjørnøyløvetann Bjønnbrodd Trisetum spicatum (L.) K. Richter Woodsia giabella R. Br. Arktisløvetann (80) I 3 Ishavsstjerneblom (80) S l l Polarjonsokblom (79) l 3 Fjellsmelle Silene aeaulis (L.) Jacq. I I Svalbardsildre S. lenuis (Wahlenb.) H. Sm. I BS S l Bekkesildre S. svalbardensis 0vstedal BS S Svartaks S S BS S 2 S (83) BS 2 S I S 3 l S 3 2 B 2 I S 3 3 S S 3 (82) BS S (84) (85) R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 16 (6) Barbarea vu/garis R. Br. Notes Introduced, but occurring in Barentsburg in large amounts in 1993 and 1996, well established and (1) Achillea millefolium evidently reproducing by seeds (Elven unpubl.). L. Introduced, established at Barentsburg (Tishkov pers. comm.), seen as late as 1993 and 1996 and possibly reproducing by seed (Elven unpubl.). It is not known to which of the two subspecies, subsp. vulgaris or subsp. arcuata (Opiz ex J. & C. Presl) Simonk., the Svalbard plants belong. (7) Belula nana (2) Alchemilla glomerulans Bus. L. coll. The Svalbard material differs from alpine Scandi Alchemilla vulgaris L. coll., as applied by Røn navian material in occurrence of glands on young ning (1979), includes severaI introduced agamo twigs and in more rhomboid and deeply dentate species. The only speeies of the genus presumed leaves, Plants with rhomboid leaves have pre to be stable today is A. glomerulans, reported from Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn (1986a), but severai viously been reported from Svalbard as f. fia bellifolia Hook by Asplund (1918), These years old individuals of A. subcrenata Bus. were features, and especially the presenee of glands, seen at Barentsburg in 1993 (Elven unpubl.) and may indicate that the Svalbard plants belong to 1996 (Brosø unpubl.). the widespread arctic subarctic hybrid complex between B. lIaIla and the American B. glandulosa Michx, In Russia this complex is treated as a (3) Arctagroslis latifolja (R. Br.) Griseb. separate speeies, B. tundrarum Perf. (see Tol Dahl & Hadac (1946) described var. hirta from in the Russian Arctic. However, some Russian Kapp Wijk, Isfjorden area, probably of small taxonomic importance. (4) Arnica angustifolia machev 1966), distributed north of B. nana s. str. botanists (B, A. Yurtsev, pers. comm.) consider the glands to be of little taxonomic importance. M. Vahl (8) Botrychium boreale Milde Both Svalbard and northern Scandinavian plants Found in 1981 at the warm springs of Bock belong to the widely distributed subsp. al/gu fjorden, as one speeimen intermingled in a popu stifolia (Downie 1988). Previously reported as A. lation of B. lunaria that was discovered there a alpina (an invalid name for this taxon, see Downie few years before. It was also collected in 1990 in 1988) and considered to be endemie to the North Andree Land between Wijdefjorden and Wood Atlantic area. fjorden. See Elvebakk et al. (1994). (5) Atriplex cf prosIrala Bouch. ex De. Found by Lundberg in 1991 as a single, sterile speeimen deter Collected once in 1939 at Deltaneset in the Isfjor mination is uncertain, since braeteoles and mature den area (Hadac 1942, 1944) as C. maritima. The fmits are needed for a safe identification; the diaspore has probably reached the area by ocean plant may also belong to A. longipes Drej. (subsp. currents. This annual plant is not able to repro praecox on Bjørnøya (Hiilph.) (UME). Turess.) . The (9) Cakile maritima Scop. subsp. islandiea (Gand.) Elven Both taxa are duee in the Arctic (Elven & Gjelsås 1981). The obviously unable to reproduce in the Arctic northemmost reproducing populations are found proper. The northernmost reproducing popu in the transition zone between boreal areas and lations are found on the coasts of Finnmark. the Arctic at Varangerhalvøya Peninsula, north northern Norway and the R ybachi Peninsula, em Norway. The material was reported as C. Russia. The plant has probably reached Bjørnøya aretiea Pobed. by Elven & Gjelsås (1981), but this by ocean currents. taxon is closely related to and not reproductively A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria isolated from C. maritima and is probably best considered as a subspecies. 17 (IS) Carex glareosa Wahlenb. and Carex marina Dewey subsp. pseudolagopina (Th. Sør.) B6cher (10) Campanula rotundifolia giesekiana (Vest) Witasek L. subsp. The single known Svalbard population, at Coles native, occurring in intact vegetation (Engelskjøn & Spjelkavik pers. comm.). It is, however, situ ated in an area heavily influenced by human activi ties during a long time. The diploid chromosome = Svalbard context: C. amblyrhyncha V. Krecz. (described in 1935, based on material from the dalen in the Isfjorden area, is large and probably number (2n Three names have been in use in this group in a 34, Flovik 1940) separates it from C. rotundifolia s. str. (subsp. rotundifolia), cf. also Laane (1968) and Croff in Engelskjøn (1979). Sayan Mountains in C Asia), C. glareosa Wahlenb. (described in 1803, based on material from Finnmark, northern Norway and the Both nian Bay, northern Sweden), and C. marina Dewey (described in 1836, based on material from the "Arctic Coast", i.e. the Canadian Arctic), see Halliday & Chater (1969a; 1969b). Only two taxa (speeies) are present in Svalbard. The confusion has its main origin in mis applications of the name C. marina. Halliday & Chater (1969b) have convincingly shown that the (11) Carex aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp. stans (Drejer) Hult. type of C. marina belongs to thc same species as the type of C. amblyrhyncha (or "amblyorhyn cha"), and that this traditionally accepted name The only confirmed Svalbard population is situ for one of the Svalbard taxa therefore is prcdated ated at Forkdalen, Wijdefjorden. Most reports of by C. marina. Carex marina is only known from C. aquatilis coll. from Svalbard, and all reports of a few places in mires in the c1imatically favourable the related C. bigelowii, refer as far as herbarium areas of inner Isfjorden and has recently also been speeimens are available to large-grown speeimens reportcd from Germaniahalvøya at Liefdefjorden of C. subspathacea (cf. the preliminary deter (Thannheiser mination by Engelskjøn et al. 1972, Engelskjøn belongs to the northern subsp. pseudolagopina, 1992). The Svalbard material unpubl., and Elven unpubl.). A recent collection as demonstrated by Bikher (1952) in his revision from southern Spitsbergen (DubieI1985) has also of thc group. The recombination under C. marina been redetermined as C. subspathacea (Dubiel was made by Bocher in 1990). (1969b). Halliday & Chater The name C. marina has, however. for a lang time been applied for parts of the seashore speeies C. glareosa, e.g. by Hadac (1942, 1944) which (12) Carex aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp. stans (Drejer) Hult. X subspathacea Wormskj. reported Carex marina from Svalbard and thought Collections referred to as C. bigelowii from Fork Rønning dalen have be en redetermined as this hybrid (Engelskjøn in O). that this species replaced (1972) considered C. C. glareosa here. glareosa var. amphigena (see below), a name used for some Svalbard plants, to be a synonym of C. marina. However. in the herbarium materials from Sval bard the name C. marina has been applied mainly (13) Carex capillaris L. s. str. Only known from the warm springs area at Bock fjorden (Rønning 1961). A report from For landssundet (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982) is erroneous (Gugnacka pers. comm.). to the clearly different C. lachenalii. The material referred to by Wahlenberg (1803) in the original description of C. glareosa differs in shape of utriculus from both the more southern, the western and the arctic materials, as shown by Halliday & Chater (1986a). The major parts of the material, including the Svalbard plants, have (14) Carex glacialis Mack. therefore been placed in a var. amphigena Fernald (described in 1906 on material from Quebec), Recently found at several localities in the Kongs either under C. glareosa or more often under C. fjorden-Engelskbukta area (Elvebakk 1989). marina. Halliday & Chater (1969a) demonstrated R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 18 that there is a continuous transition from the quantitative features only (being smaller in all narrow-Hfruited" type of C. glareosa found in the parts), but may deserve a subspecific status. Baltic, in northernmost Norway and in the White Sea area to the more broad-"fruited" type found in western Scandinavia, the Arctic proper, Green land and eastern North America. They also chose The Cerastium alpinum-arcticum complex (notes 18 -21) to select an illustration of a more broad-"fruited"' type, referred to by Wahlenberg (1803), as lectotype, as the description of Wahlenberg does not agree with the herbarium speeimens he referred to. There seems to be no reason for separating C. glareosa into two speeies (or sub speeies), and in any case, the name C. marina does not apply to any of the types. The conect names for the two Svalbard species are therefore C. glareosa Wahlenb. for the sea shore plant and C. marina Dewey subsp. pseudo lagopina (Th. Sør.) B6cher for the rare mire plant. The polymorphic Cerastium alpinum-arcticum complex consists of numerous taxa inhabiting the Arctic and mid-Iatitude mountain ranges. It has a center of variation around the North Atlantic. At least six taxa are published from Svalbard (Tolmachev 1930, Hulten 1956, Bi:icher 1977): C. alpinum L. subsp. lanatum (Lam.) Aschers. & Graebn., C. arcticum Lange var. vestitum Hult., var. procerum Hult. and var. sordidum Hult., C. hyperboreum Tolm., and C. regelii Ostenf. The delimitation of species, and the degree and cause of subspecific variation, is disputed, as seen from the divergent treatments by B6cher (15a) Carex krausei Boeck. Recently (1996) found in a single locality in the Isfjorden area (Elven et al. in press). The occur rence in Spitsbergen is very isolated; the species is otherwise found north to the Scoresbysund area in E. Greenland and the northernmost Ural mountains. The Svalbard plants belong to subsp. porsildiana (Polunin) A. & D. L6ve. (1977), Hulten (1956), and JonselI (in prep., Flora Nordica). Hulten treated the complex as a case of ongoing circumpolar hybridisation and intro gression, with severai varieties interpreted to be of a fairly recent hybridogenous origin. Bi:icher treated it as an old polyploid complex, and Jonsell tends to agree with Bocher. In our opinion, three taxa at level of species can be recognised in Svalbard. Each of these is variable, to some degree, but probably not deserving a subspecific division within Svalbard. (16) Carex lidii Hadac In addition, some hybridisation ocems. Described as C. lidii by Hadac Vindodden in the reported (Neilson Isfjorden 1970) (1942,1944) from area, and later and collected from sev A summary of the ongoing studies of the North Atlantic variation in the complex is presented by Hagen et al. (1995). eral other localities. Carex lidii has previously been considered as the hybrid C. maritima paral leIa. It forms large stands, sometimes in absence of one or both the puta tive parental species. Seeds have not been found. 0vstedal & Haaland (1996) argue convincingly against the proposed hybrid origin and tentatively accept C. lidii either as a separate species, closely related to C. maritima, or as an old hybrid between C. maritima and a now extinct (or undiscovered) speeies in Svalbard. (18) Cerastium regelii Ostenf. Cerastium regelii is a distinet speeies, differing from the other Cerastium species in e.g. a more contracted growth, round and glabrescent leaves, and by producing bulbils in the shoot apices. The main way of propagation is by these bulbils. Flowering commenccs in late summer, but mature seeds have never been found in northern arctic populations (Heide et al. (17) Carex maritima Gunn. coll. 1990), probably due to the late flowering. Recently, C. regelii has been found to be conspecific with C. fenisejense Hult., Arctic plants have been treated as subsp. setina a more southern plant without bulbils, flowering (Christ) Egorova or as C. setina (Christ) V. Kreez. early in the season and reproducing by seed. The The Svalbard plants belong to this type. They shift between production of bulbils and flowering differ from the majority of Scandinavian plants in was shown to be governed by day length and A catalogue o[ Svalbard plants, [ungi, algae and cyanobaCleria speetrai eharaeteristics (Heide et al. 1990). The 19 later regarded C. hyperboreum Tolm. as a syn name C. regelii has priority. The speeies is octo onym ploid (2n delimitation is disputed, as is the nomenclature. = 72) both in Svalbard (Engelskjøn of C. arcticum Lange. Their specific 1979) and elsewhere (Love & Love 1975). The In the most recent survey, JonselI (in prep., Flora amphi-Atlantic parts of the speeies are often Nordiea) argues for a broad species concept. considered as a separate subspecies, subsp. cespitosum (Malmgr.) Tolm. Chromosome counts of C. arcticum from the North Atlantic area (keiand, Bjørnøya, Scan dinavia) resulted in the dodecaploid number 2n 108 (Brett 1953, 1955, (19) Cerastium arcticum Lange x regelii Ostenf. Love & Love 1956, Jørgensen et a1. 1958, Engelskjøn 1979, Hagen & Sæther 1993). No counts have been made, as far There is good morphological evidence for the existenee of the hybrid C. arcticum x regelii in Svalbard. The hybrid was not recognised by Røn ning (1979), but has been reported by Høeg (1968) and Kue & Dubiel (1995) from Hornsund, by Engelskjøn (1986a) from Bjørnøya, by Dubiel (1990) from Sørkapp Land, and we have identified it as frequent in severai parts of Svalbard, aften mixed with one or both of the putative parent speeies (Elven & Elvebakk unpubl.). The report of the hybrid C. alpinum x regelii by Tolmaehev as we know, on material from Spitsbergen and the eastern Svalbard islands. From neighbouring arctic areas both the dodecaploid num ber (north ern Greenland, Holmen 1952 and Jørgensen et a1. 1958), and the hexaploid n umber 2n = 54 (Greenland , Bocher & Larsen 1950; the Russian Arctic, Sokolovskaya & Strelkova 1960) have been reported. Love & Love (1975) referred the hexaploid plants to C. hyperboreum Tolm., with out further documentation. The diagnostic characters are combined in a (1930) may weU refer to the same combination, different way in North Atlantic and arctic popu possibly also the var. sordidum of C. arcticum lations of C. arcticum (Bagen & Sæther 1993; described by Hulten (1956). The hybrid differs Schjøll 1995). The kelandic and Scandinavian from C. regelii in more elongated and pubescent plants are characterised by densely tufted growth, kavcs and in a profuse ftowering from earl y in short and broad leaves, a scattered indumentum the season. In view of the late and infrequent of fairly short, few-celled hairs, braeteoles with flowering of C. regelii, the occurrence of this out a scarious border, a rounded calyx, and a hybrid is remarkable and an experimental study rugose seed surface. They are mainly plants of late of Svalbard populations would be interesting. snowbeds (Scandinavia) and lava fields (keIand), on circumneutral to alkaline soils. The Spits bergen and Greenland plants are characterised (20) Cerastium arcticum Lange colL What traditionally has been named C. arcticum Lange probably represents the most problematie group of taxa in the C alpinum-arcticum com plex (see references above). Cerastium arcticum coll. is amphi-Atlantic, distributed in the northern parts of the British Isles, the Fennoscandian mountain range, Iceland, the eastern Canadian Arctic, Greenland, the Norwegian arctic islands, and the northwestern Russian arctic islands. Three species have been described within C. arc ticum coU.: C. arcticum Lange s. str., typified by material from Upernavik in western Greenland (Bulten 1956), C. nigrescens (H.C. Watson) by more apen growth, larger and more narrow leaves, a usually dense indumentum of long but few-celled hairs, bracteoles of ten with a scarious border, a less rounded calyx, and an acutely tubereulate seed surface. They are mainly plants of apen habitats, but not of late snowbeds (where they are replaced by C. regelii) , on both acidic and alkaline soils. The deviating morphological features of the Greenland and Spitsbergen plants (except for the number of cells in the hairs), as well as the habitat preferences, are shared with Scandinavian C. alpinum and partly with Green land C. alpinum. This probably explains the numerous (and mostly erroneous) reports of C. Edmondst. ex H.C. Watson (C. edmondstonii alpinum from Svalbard, see (ILC. Watson) Murb. & OstenL), a serpen Iiminary genetie investigations by iso-enzyme note (21). Pre tinicolous plant from Shetland, and C. hyper electrophoresis (Hagen & Sæther 1993, Schjøll boreum Tolm., typified by material from Svalbard 1995) showed Greenland and Spitsbergen popu (Tolmachev 1930). Bowever, Tolmachev (1971) lations of C. arcticum to be widely different from R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 20 southern Scandinavian and Icelandic populations both of C. alp/num and of C. arCI/cum. The southern (southern Scandinavia, Iceland) and the northern pJants (Greenland, Spitsbergen) obviously belong to different taxa, at level of subspecies or species. The material selected by Hulten (1956) as a type of C. arcticum Lange (from Upernavik in western Greenland, UPS, W6jcicki 1987; Swit;s 1988; van der Knaap 1985, 1988). The distribution reported by Rønning (1964, 1979) is aJso too wide. An octoploid chromosome number (2n 72) = is reported in C. alp/num from all parts of its distribution range (Brett 1950, 1952; Bocher & Larsen 1950; Love & Love 1956; Hedberg 1967; Engelskjøn 1979; Hagen & Sæther 1993), until selected by Hutten 1956), belongs to the northern recently not including Svalbard. A single dode type (Schjøll 1995), and the later name C. hyper caploid count (2n boreum Tolm. is therefore superfluous in any a morphologically well-defined C. alp/num from case. The southern type, including the Scandi southern Norway (Hagen & Sæther 1993). 108) was recently made from navian material, must be compared (morpho Dubiel (1990) reported C alp/num (as subsp. logically and genetically) with British material lanatum) from Sørkapp Land. The material (seen before final naming, because both the available names at level of species (C. nigrescens and C. by us) corresponds morphologically to C. alpinum as recognised elsewhere in the Arctic, and the edmondstonii) are based on the British serpentinc identification is supported by the chromosome plants. count of 2n Another model may be that the entire complex, 72 (Dubiel 1990). Kuc & Dubiel (1995) report the species (as subsp. lana/a) as including C. arcticum s. lat. and both Scandi locally navian and arctic alp/num (see note 21), has a Hornsund. Morphologically similar plants were C. frequent in a small area south of complicated polyphyletic origin involving severai found in a few places along the western coast ploidy leveJs. They may be considered as severaJ of Spitsbergen northwards to Magdalenefjorden, entities (subsp.) within a very widely defined C. and in the Isfjorden area (Elven unpubl.). alpinU/n. In view of these unsolved problems, a division of the Svalbard material of C. arcticum into severai subspecific taxa (as done by Hulten 1956 and partly by Bocher 1977) is premature. Based on morphological evidence alone exten alp/num and C. arct/cum (see e.g. Hulten 1956). This has not yet been clarified by chromo somal evidence. There is one intermediate chro mosome number of 2n = 90 from southern Norway (Engelskjøn 1979), and also combined morphological and iso-enzyme electrophoretic evidence for hybridisation (Hagen alpinum have been 1956). Hulten and subsequent authors have referred the arctic plants to a subsp. lanatum sive hybridisation has been postulated between C. Three subspecies of C recognised from the North Atlantic area (Bulten & Sæther (Lam.) Aschers. & Graebn. This subspecies was, however, described from C Europe and has a relatively thermophilous, montane to low alpine distribution in C Europe and in Fennoscandia. Similar biotypes also occur in Iceland and in southernmost Greenland. They differ from the truly arctic representative, named as subsp. lan atum in severai features: Cl dense indumentum of soft. white hairs, short and ovate to broadly 1993). Hybrid strains are to be expected in West lanceolate, subobtuse leaves, and comparatively Spitsbergen, but have not yet been confirmed. small flowers. The northern arctic plants are coarser, have a coarse indumentum of stiff, grey ish hairs. long and narrowly lanceolate. acute leaves, and comparatively large flowers. (21) Cerastium alpinum L. eall. The presence of alpinum in Svalbard has been C. disputed. The characters used for separating the arctic strains of C. alpinum and C. arCI/cum in the floras are ambiguous. and most examined specimens from Svalbard labelled as clearly belong to C. C. alpinum arcticum as defined above This northern arctic representative replaces subsp.lan atum s. str. in northern Greenland as it does on Jan Mayen and in Svalbard (Elven unpubl.). In a morphological analysis northern arctic C. alp/num (from severaI sites in western Greenland) was as distinct from Scandinavian C. alp/num as it was from southern and northern C. arcticum (Schjøll (note 20). Most or all published reports of C. 1995). The superficial similarity of the southern alpinum probably and northern representatives may represent par Srodon 1960; refer to Sunding Thannheiser 1972; C 1962; Tishkov arcticum (i.a. Hofmann 1985; Godzik & allel evolution of the 'Ianate' feature, and the & subspecific name should be avoided for arctic A cata/ogue of Svalbard p/anIs, fungi. a/gae and cyanobacteria 21 populations. The arctic type probably deserves 1990, Galteland et al. 1995, own experiences), but rank of subspecies, HC. alpinum L. (ssp.)", but no subspecific division has yet been attempted. as far as we know no published name is available. (22) Cerastium cerastoides Only known from (24) Cystopreris fragilis (L.) dickieana (R. Sim) Moore (L.) Britton Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn & Bernh. var. The Svalbard plants of C. fragilis have rugose Schweitzer 1970, Engelskjøn 1986a). A report spores (as opposite to echinate), a partly distinct from Forlandssundet, West Spitsbergen (Gugn leaf morphology, and they have usually been acka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982) has proved to referred to subsp. dickieana (R. Sim) Hyl. (or C. be erroneous (rev. Elvebakk). dickieana R. Sim). The spore ornamentation is the only distinctive feature in common between the plants from different areas placed in C. dick (23) Cochlearia groenlandiea ieana. It is not consistently associated with any L. coB. In the Arctic only diploid chromosome numbers 14 (base number are known in Coehlearia, 2n 7) on Bjørnøya, in Svalbard, Iceland, Greenland, in the American Arctic and in northeastern Asia, 12 (base number 6) in Iceland (Nordal and 2n & Laane 1990). These diploids (x 6, 7) are now placed in C. groenlandiea L. (including C. fenesrrala R. BL). Taxa with base number x = 7 were placed by Love & Love (1975, 1976) in a separate genus, Cochleariopsis A. & D. Love. other morphological features. and similar leaf types as found in the Svalbard plants are found in Icelandic specimens with echinate spores. The spore ornamentation may be a more or less spu rious feature determined by a single or a few genes, and it is questionable if the plants with rugose spores deserve any taxonomic rank (see e.g. Haufter et al. 1993). At present, however, we follow Berg (1992) in describing them at variety level. No morphological or physiologicaJ characters are found to separate the 2n 14 and 2n = 12 bio types in Iceland (Nordal & Laane 1990), and there is evidence indicating that the base number of x the 2 n The Deschampsia 25-27) cespitosa complex (nates 7 has originated by primary tetrasomy in = 12 plants (see GiIl 1973). There is there The D. cespitosa compJex is taxonomically intri fore no reason to separate these taxa in two cate within its circumpolar area. From the north genera. In accordance with NordaJ et al. (1986) ern the diploid arctic plants are recorded here as C. Tolmachev groenlandiea . species: D. a/pilla (L) Roem. & Schultes north to All previous reports from Svalbard of parts of the Russian (1964) recorded Arctic Tzvelev in three indigenous C. Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa and D. borealis (Trautv.) ojficinaiis L., C. arctiea Schlecht., C. fenestrata Roshev. and D. brevifoUa R. Br. north to north R. Br., and C. angliea L., i.a. by Rønning (1964, ern Novaja ?.. emlja. The latter taxon was not 1979), probably refer to C. accepted for the European Arctic by Tzvelev groenlandiea. In modern opinion (see Nordal et al. 1986, Nordal (1984). & Stabbetorp 1990), C. officinalis s. lat. includes Canadian Arctic and in Greenland, Porsild (1957) only tetraploid biotypes (2n mosome number x 24) with base chro and From Porsild the & northeastern Cody (1980) parts of reported the three 6, and is distributed in indigenous species: D. a/pina in southern Green northwestern Europe north to northern Norway land and Labrador, D. brevifolia in the northern and northern mainJand Russia. Cochlearia angliea parts, and D. pumila (Trin.) Ostenf. in central has proved to be octoploid (2n and northern parts, but not in northernmost 48) with the same base num ber and is (as far as known) rest ri c Greenland. In addition D. cespitosa (L.) Beauv. ted to western Europe northwards to Denmark s. str. occurs as an introduction in most arctic and the British Isles. areas. A large eco-geographical variation exists in C. Tzvelev (1984) treated the variation within the ojficinalis, now divided into severai subspecies former U.S.S.R. area as 17 subspecies of a poly (Nordal & Stabbetorp 1990). A similar variation morphic D. cespitosa. among them subsp. a/pina is observed in C. groen/andica (Nordal & Laane (L.) Tzvelev, subsp. borealis (Trautv.) A. & D. R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 22 brevifolia (R. Br.) Tzvelev, subsp. eespitosa, subsp. glauea (Bartm.) Hartm., and subsp. paramushirensis (Honda) Tzvelev ( D. paramushirensis Honda and D. pumila (Trin.) In the beginning of this century the taxon was Love, subsp. = D. eespitosa (as opposed to D. alpina). Bada': (1942) interpreted it as D. bre vifoUa (D. cespitosa subsp. brevifolia, described considered as from Melville Island in the Canadian Arctic), a Ostenf.). The Svalbard material belongs to three rec ognizable taxa, only one of which is problematic with respect to nomenclature, viz. D. borealis view accepted e.g. by Rønning (1964, 1979) and D. are tica (Spreng.) Merr. as a synonym. However, as by Clarke (1980). Tzvelev (1984) treated below. The taxa are well separated, morpho demonstrated by Porsild (1957), Porsild & Cody logically and ecologically, and are here regarded (1980), and MeLachlan et al. (1989) as spedes. is quite different from the Svalbard taxon. being D. brevifolia densely tufted with short, stout leaves, short and stiffty (25) Deschampsia cespitosa (L.) Beauv. The seminiferous D. eespitosa is introduced and persists at least in Barentsburg (Tishkov pers. comm., Elven unpubl.) and probably also on Bjørnøya (EngeJskjøn & Schweitzer 1970, Eng elskjøn 1986a). From other areas it is known to be mostly diploid (2n 26, Engelskjøn 1979). = (26) Deschampsia a/pina (L.) Roemer & Schultes The pseudoviviparous D. alpina is common all over the islands and is morphologically fairly uni form and well separated from D. eespitosa. Des ehampsia alpina is amphi-Atlantic, may have arisen from D. eespitosa or from hybrid(s) between D. cespitosa and other arctic taxa, and may therefore have a polyphyletic origin. The Svalbard plants are polyploid (2n = 39-50, Flovik 1938, Engelskjøn 1979). erect eulms. and a contracted, short branched panicle with distinetly bronze or purple coloured spikelets. Porsild & Cody (1980) reported the habitats as "hummocky and frost heaved rather wet soils, and oecasionally in turfy places in tundra". Another species to consider is D. pumila. It was originally described from Kamtehatka. and the name was treated by Tzvelev (1984) and MeLachlan et al. (1989) as a synonym of D. paramushirensis (D. eespitosa subsp. paramu shirensis), originally deseribed from the Kuril Islands. It was reported by Porsild (1957) as endemie in the eastern American Arctic (in spite of it originally being described from Asia!), by Tzvelev (1984) as an endemic of northeastern Asia, and by Porsild & Cody (1980) as high arctic cireumpolar. The Canadian plant was also described as a stoloniferous seashore plant. More over, a tetraploid chromosome number (2n was reported in = 42) D. pwnila from northeastern Asia (Zhukova et al. 1973). We leave this confusion out of consideration as the Svalbard material does (27) Deschampsia borealis (Trautv. ) Roshev. This seminiferous species is morphologically dis tinct in Svalbard, but has partly been overlooked in the field and to a large extent confused with the pseudoviviparous D. alpina in the herbarium. Desehampsia borealis is a tussock grass of shallaw not mateh either of the very different descriptions by Tzvelev (1984), MeLachlan et al (1989), and Porsild & Cody (1980). Tzvelev (1984) treated D. cespitosa subsp. glauca (D. glauca Hartm.) as an arctic taxon and as a mainly European Russian parallel to the D. eespitosa subsp. borealis. As D. glauca originally was described from forest mainly Siberian mires and wet, silt y sedimentation fiats, mainly river valleys of Scandinavia, is a distinctly boreal on calcareous substrates. The plants are loosely taxon, and is widely different from anything seen tufted, composed of stift but very narrow (can in arctic materials in numerous morphological volute) leaves, 1/4-1/2 the length of mature culms. features, it is here left out of consideration. In The stems are slender, carrying an open panicle our opinion, Tzvelev's "subsp. with whitish to pale yellow spikelets. It fiowers within a more widely defined toa late in the season to produce fruits regularly. A diploid chromosome number (2n elskjøn material. unpubl.) is known = from glauca" belongs D. borealis. The last candidate to be considered in Svalbard D. borealis, originally described from the 26, Eng is Svalbard Taimyr Peninsula and reponed from the entire Russian Arctic and from North America by A catalogue ol Svalbard plants, lungi, algae and cvanobacteria 23 Tzve1ev (1984), but not accepted by American Akeroyd (1993), is a superfiuous name as the authors. It was characterised by Tzvelev as a plant available material. including the type specimens, of "mossy, sandy and stony tundras, riverside refers to other yellow-fiowered species (mainly sand and pebbles". The Svalbard plants match D. corymbosa R. Br. ex the description, and D. borealis was reported as description fits within the limits of the poly diploid (Tzvelev 1984). We tentatively accept this morphic D. corymbosa as understood today. name for the native, seminiferous Svalbard taxon. De.), and the original (B) Draba glacialis Adams, accepted for Sval bard by Walters (1964), probably represents a distinct taxon of the D. alpin a complex in the Draba (notes 28-33) Russian Arctic westwards to Kolgujev and the Kanin Peninsula. In Svalbard the name has only been The genus Draba is one of the most species-rich applied to other yellow-fiowered taxa (especially to D. corymbosa). (C) Draba gredinii E. vascular plant genera in the Arctic. There is an Ekm., accepted by excess of names in use because many studies Walters (1964) and Walters & Akeroyd (1993), are based on geographically limited material, on is conspecific with D. oxycarpa Sommerf. environmentally modified or otherwise dubious (D) The name Draba oblongata R. Br. ex De., characters, and partly on herbarium specimens in accepted as applicable to poor a species by Walters (1964), Tolmachev (1975), and narrower species concept was previously more by R jnning (1964, 1979), was found by Mulligan or juvenile conditions. Moreover, of ten applied than what is usually done today. The morphological and genetical pattern of a yellow-ftowered (1974) to refer to the quite different, white ftowered D. variation is very complicated in the circumpolar Ekm.) area, evidently due to local differentiation and complex. arctiea Bacher, in subsp. the D. groenlandiea (E. arctica-cinerea species evolution, different ploidy leveis, some (E) Both species of the D. micropetala complex hybridisation, and inferred multiple origins of have to change their names as compared to Røn severai polyploids (Brochmann et al. ning (1979). The valid names of D. micropetala 1992a, 1992b, 1992c, 1993). and D. adamsii as used by Rønning are D. pau In recent years an extensive genetic and cyto ciflora R. Br., and D. micropetala Hook., respect logical study of Scandinavian and Svalbard Draba ively, following the treatment by Tolmachev (Brochmann 1993, Brochmann& Elven 1992, and (1975). Brochmann et al. 1992a, 1992b, 1992c, 1993), respondence between American and combined with authors that these two names, both appli ca ble limited morphological studies It is symptomatic of the lack of cor Russian (Brochmann 1992), has clarified the limitation of also to American plants, are left entirely out many species in these areas. The nomenclature of consideration in the latest survey of North is, however, still confused at a circumpolar scale. American crucifers (Rollins 1993). (F) The Svalbard material of D. cinerea Adams, There is little correspondence in the application of names among the treatments of the western as European, American and the Russian arctic Akeroyd (1993), and by Rønning (1964, 1979). materials. Compare our survey with Mulligan has proved to belong to another, morphologically (1976) and Rollins (1993). We are generally more and chromosomally more or less uniform species, accepted by Walters (1964), Walters & in agreement with Russian authors (e.g. Tol D. arctiea J. Vahl, a conclusion reached already machev 1975). by Bacher (1966), and followed by Engelskjøn The species concept used here is the same as in (1979). Lid& Lid (1994) and followed by Rønning (1996), but differs from Rønning (1979) and the Flora Europaea treatments (Walters 1964, Walters & Akeroyd 1993) in severai aspects. Our new treat (28) The Draba a/pina complex ment will be explained below for all species and The complexes of related species, but first summarised flowered species with broad, bright or pale yellow in the following points (A-F): petals, subacute to aeute leaves with a mixed, (A) Draba alpina complex consists of yellow Ekm., mostly short indument of simple, forked and (1964) and Walters & short-stalked stellate hairs, and ovate to broadly kjellmannii accepted by Walters D. Lid ex E. R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 24 elliptic, glabrolls or hairy siliclllae. The complex specimens in her original description. The pres has a circllmpolar distriblltion and incllldes sev ence of the species in Svalbard was, however, eral taxa at the level of species. Three distinct not unambigllously recognised llntil the 1960's species are present in Svalbard: D. alpina, D. (Rønning 1961 and Svedberg 1961). Rønning corymbosa, and D. oxycarpa. (1961) fOllnd it to be widely distributed on Spits Draba alpina is decaploid (2n 80, Brochmann bergen and neighbouring islands. Later, a review et al. 1993) with comparatively small, half-open of the herbarium material has proved that D. flowers, narrowly obovate and non-overlapping oxycarpa is the most widespread species of the D. petals, more narrowly elliptic siliclllae than the a/pina complex in Spitsbergen and neighbouring other two, and comparatively small, brown seeds. islands. The siliclliae are glabrous in mainland Scan Engelskjøn & Schweitzer (1970) reported only dinavia and most aften in Svalbard. but elsewhere D. alpina from Bjørnøya, but at that time they in the Arctic there are poplliations with siliculae used this name in its previous wide sense, includ carrying scattered hairs both marginally and on ing D. oxycarpa. Most of the material from Bjørn the valves. Much of the Bjørnøya material is of øya c!early belongs to D. a/pina. However, a few this type. The variation in silicula indumentum specimens differ in larger petals and in siliculae has caused confusion in the determination of Sval which are hairy on the seam (see Engelskjøn & bard collections and is responsible for at least one Schweitzer 1970, figs. Se, d. 6f, g). These belong superftuous name in the complex. Draba alpina to D. oxycarpa, and the species is hereby con is probably mainly autogamaus. firmed from Bjørnøya. Draba oxycarpa is octoploid (2n 64, Broch The applications of the name D. a/pina in other mann et al. 1993) with larger, open flowers, arctic areas are ambiguous. Love & Love (1975) :: broadly obovate and overlapping petals, ovate to referred elliptic siliculae, and comparatively large, black (otherwise characteristic of D. oxycarpa) to D. ish seeds. The siliculae are usually glabrous on a/pina L Most of these counts originate from the valves, but with small marginal cilia. The within the known distribution of D. oxycarpa species is probably partly allogamous (i.e. (eastern Greenland, Svalbard, Scandinavia and a all octoploid chromosome numbers "mixed mater" in the sense of Brochmann 1993). probably Novaja Lemlja) and presurnably refer Other characters commonly used to discri to that species. A few octoploid numbers originate minate between D. a/pina and D. oxycarpa, e.g. from the Russian and American Arctic (Mulligan petal colour and indumentllm of scapes and pedi 1976). These may refer to other octoploid species cels, vary within both species. Brochmann et al. (yellow- or white-flowered) or to D. oxycarpa, (1993) demonstrated that D. oxycarpa and D. which may have a wider distribution than recog alpin a , in spite of being morphologically similar, nised today. Decaploid chromosome numbers are genetically very different and probably have (otherwise characteristic different polyploid origins. referred by Love & Love (1975) to D. micro Until recently, D. gredinii E. Ekm. has been of D. alpina) were peta/a. as they seem to have llsed this name for accepted as name on the arctic part of the what is considered D. a/pina by almost all other complex, allthors (and in contradiction with the types). following its description by Ekman (1933). Bretten (1973) found D. gredinii to be These counts originate from Scandinavia, Sval conspecific Sommerf., bard and Alaska, i.e. confirmed areas of D. alpina described from Svalbard a century earher (Som as used by other authors. As both D. a/pina and with D. oxycarpa merfelt 1833), and also reported from southern D. oxycarpa are typified on Scandinavian and Norwegian mountains in the original description. Svalbard material, the Scandinavian applications This name clearly predates D. gredinii (and also have priority, i.e. D. alpina for the decaploid, D. predates D. oxycarpa Boi5S., first used in 1849 oxycarpa for the octoploid. Draba a/pina is not for a Syrian species of a quite different part of yet formally lectotypified, but the most relevant the genus). Brochmann et al. (1992a, 1993) have Linnaean material (LINN 823.5) is confirmed as compared southern Svalbard belonging to the species as accepted today (Elven populations of D. oxycarpa genetically and place unpubl.). Material for unambiguous lectotyp Norwegian and them unambiguously within the same species. ification of D. oxycarpa is available in O (Elven Ekman (1933) described D. gredinii from eastern unpllbl. ). Greenland , but she also referred to some Svalbard Draba corymbosa R. Br. ex De. is 16-18-ploid A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria (2n = 128 in Svalbard, Bocher 1966, Brochmann et al. 1993; 2n 25 and on an investigation of herbarium specimens 144 in the American Arctic, from these areas and from arctic Russia) the Mulligan 1974, 1976). The species is highly vari polymorphic pattern of variation is best treated able and probably polyphyletic, with D. alpina as one species with a circumpolar distribution. and severai white-flowered species at lower ploidy This also corresponds with the results of Broch leveIs in its parentage (Brochmann et al. 1992a, mann et al. (1992a. 1992b, 1993) as to a probably 1992b). complex polyphyletic origin of the 16-18-ploids. The species is usually characterised by a coarse As to the nomenclature, the uncertainties may indumentum of long cilia, forked and stellate be ascribed to Ekman's (1931) treatment of the hairs on leaves, scapes and pedicels, large, open variability of the species, especially within Green flowers with sepals distinctly saccate at base, land, but also with reference to Svalbard plants. bright yellow and broadly obovate petals, and Ekman (1931) indicated that the type collection large siliculae with a coarse indumentum, distinct of D. corymbosa (BM) was a Cochlearia and the styles, and comparatively large, brown seeds. same as the type of C. fenestrata R. Br. Her However, Brochmann (pers. comm.) has found rejection of this name is no longer mandatory 16-ploid plants lacking most of the distinctive under the Code, and it is also irrelevant as there characters separating D. are two unambiguous collections of D. corymbosa corymbosa from D. alpina. A varied parentage may be responsible annotated by R. Brown and available in BM, one for the large variation found, and partly for the obviously mislabelled as Cochlearia fenestrata, multitude of names in use in different parts of the and another labelIed D. corymbosa and chosen Arctic. by Mulligan as lectotype. She also doubted the Draba corymbosa was described 1819/1821 on validity of the name D. macrocarpa, as no type Amerkan material (type in BM, contirrned as D. material was available. Ekman (1931), when corymbosa Elven treating the Svalbard plants, described them unpubl.). The following other names are here partly as D. bel/ii var. svalbardensis E. Ekm., considered as synonyms of this polymorphic more compact than the type variety, and partly in the present sense by species: D. macrocarpa Adams (described 1834), as a new species, D. kjellmannii. The treatment D. bellii Holm (described 1907), and partly D. by Ekman (1931), accepting D. kjellmannii at kjellmannii Lid ex E. Ekm. (described 1931). The species leve!, was followed by Walters (1964), synonymy between D. corymbosa, D. bellii and Love & Love (1975), Tolmachev (1975), and D. macrocarpa is also accepted by Rollins (1993). Walters & Akeroyd (1993). The valid name of the taxon has been uncertain The treatment by Ekman (1931) was not dis until recently, as seen from the treatment by cussed by Mulligan (1974) who rightly accepted name D. corymbosa for Walters (1964), where the two most recent names, the D. bellii and D. kjellmannii, were applied for two material as it is unambiguous and predates all the American different Svalbard species, and where no ref other available names. erence was given to the two older names. Besides, The name D. kjellmannii should, in any case, the name D. corymbosa is consistently in use in be rejected as superfluous. The type material (S), America (see e.g. Mulligan 1974, 1976), and D. from Novaja Zemlja, is heterogeneous and no macrocarpa more or less consistently in Russia single element is yet selected as a lectotype. The (see e.g. Tolmachev 1975). Walters & Akeroyd major parts belong to D. corymbosa in the present (1993), however, accepted replacing D. bellii, but D. corymbosa as still considered D. kjellmannii as a separate species. Two major sense, some specimens belong to D. oxycarpa, and some may belong to D. a/pina and/or D. glacialis (Elven unpubl.). problems exist in species concepts and nomencla Walters (1964) reported D. glacialis Adams ture: (1) should the material from different parts (described in 1817 on Russian arctic material) of the Arctic be treated within one polymorphic from Svalbard, northern Norway and the Russian species or separated into severai species, and (2) Arctic. In Svalbard the name D. glacialis Adams what names are validly published? As to the tirst problem, no thorough study has has been applied mainly to material of corymbosa. One exception is the D. material been made of the entire arctic material. However, referred to by Godzik & W6jcicki (1987), belong in our opinion (based on tield experiences in ing to D. oxycarpa in the present opinion (det. Svalbard, Greenland and the Canadian Arctic R.Elven, O). The abundant Novaja Zemlja R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 26 48 and 32 represent material named as D. glacialis. and corresponding chromosome numbers 2n with the diagnosis. is distinctive and probably the lowest ploidy leveIs known in northern Euro belongs to another representative (speeies) of the pean yellow-flowered Draba and separate these group. This conclusion was also reached by two speeies from the 8-16(-IS)-ploid species of Tolmachev (1975) who found that the Novaja the D. alpina complex. Zemlja type was widely distributed in the Russian Draba micropetala and D. paucijlora are con and Siberian Arctic, but not yet detected in Sval centrated to the coldest parts of the Arctic, and bard. The inconsistent treatment of the Svalbard both are frequent on Spitsbergen and surrounding material has been maintained by a confusion islands. The prevailing confusion both between between the names D. glacialis Adams and D. these two taxa and between the D. micropetala alpina L. var. glacialis Ostenf., the latter based and D. alpina groups (in Svalbard and elsewhere) on a different (American) type and referring to is at least partly due to the absence of some of D. corymbosa (see Ekman 1931). The conclusion the distinctive characters in much of the available is that both D. glacialis and D. alpina var. glacialis herbarium collections. are superfluous names for Svalbard plants. teristic indument, much coarser than in any other However, the charac Nordie Draba and also separating the two species weU, is present in all collections, but has largely been overlooked. As the nornenclature is equally (29) The Draba micropetala complex confused, a survey and tentative evaluation of the The D. micropetala complex is a distinct, weU alternatives is given below. delimited species-group containing yellow-flow The earliest name applied in the group is D. ered taxa with short and narrow petals (and prob oblongata R. Br. ex De. (described in 1819/1821, ably predominantly autogamous flowers), leaves based on North American material). It was still with an obtuse to rounded apex, a coarse indu applied for the collective group by Walters (1964) ment of simple, forked and/or long-stalked stel and for our D. micropetala by Rønning (1964) and late to Tolmachev (1975). This is erroneous according obovate, more or less hairy siliculae with a very to Mulligan (1974), as the type material of D. (or "crueiform") hairs, and elliptic short or undeveloped st yle. The complex has an oblongata belongs to a taxon in the white-flowered arctic circumpolar distribution and probably con and very distantly related D. arctica-cinerea tains at least three taxa at speeies level, two of complex. Mulligan's conclusion was confirmed by them widely distributed in Svalbard. a renewed study of the type Our D. micropetala, i.e. the taxon named "D. (K, Elven unpubl.). Draba micropetala Hook. was described in adamsii" by Rønning (1979), is characterised by 1825. based on North American material. Mul obtuse to rounded leaves with a coarse indument, ligan (1974) concluded that "D. micropetala is a marginaUy of long-stalked stellate or cruciform later synonym of D. alpina L. , without further hairs, pale yellow petals, a distinctly elongating documentation. This conclusion is in disagree " infrutescence, and elliptic siliculae with a distinet ment with most earlier and later investigations of indument. It is mainly a plant of open, unstable. the arctic Drabas and with the available type gravelly habitats (Brochmann & Elven 1992), and material. is hexaploid (2n = 48, Brochmann et al. 1993). Most authors, including Rønning (1979), have followed Ekman (1931) in applying Our D. pauciflora, i.e. the taxon named "D. this name to our D. pauciflora, but this is also micropetala" by Rønning (1979), is characterised erroneous. Tolmachev (1975) argued that Ekman by more acute leaves with a similarly coarse indu had misinterpreted Hooker's original diagnosis of ment, but marginally mainly with long cilia and/ D. micropetala. Tolmachev (1975) still accepted or forked hairs, by dark yellow petals, a fru the name D. oblongata for the species in question tescence that does not elongate, obovate, gla and listed D. micropetala as a synonym. When brous or subglabrous siliculae, and a distinet the name D. oblongata now has to be abandoned, reddish or brownish colour of sepals and siliculae D. micropetala Hook. remains as probably the and partly of leaves. It is a plant usually growing oldest valid name for this species. Available type in dense moss carpets (moss tundra) and on the material rim of soil polygons (Brochmann & Elven 1992). responds exactly with our usage (Elven unpubl.) (K, from the Canadian Arctic) COf Draba paucijlora has a tetraploid chromosome and Mulligan has also selected a lectotype. Even if 32, Brochmann et al. 1993). The this speeies is originally described from Ameriea, number (2n = A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria 27 and probably is widespread there, both it and its been reported from Svalbard: D. arctiea J. Vahl, name have been neglected by the latest American D. eana Rydberg, D. cinerea Adams, and D. authors (see Rollins 1993), groenlandiea E. Ekm. Walters (1964), Rønning Draba adamsii Ledeb. was described in 1842 (1964, 1979), and Walters & Akeroyd (1993) on Russian material. The name, lang forgotten, included only D. cinerea from the islands, but was reintroduced by Tolmachev (1932), as appli indicated D. aretiea as a possible synonym. cable to plants corresponding to aur D. pauei In her revision of the Greenland material of flora. Mulligan (1974) accepted it as the valid the D. cinerea complex, Ekman recognised five name of what earlier had been named D. taxa (Ekman 1929), but at that time not yet D. oblongata in North Arnerica, and it has since been arctiea. As suggested by her identifications, her applied to all North American plants. as Mulligan concepts of the taxa within the group changed (1976) accepted only one American species of the during her study period. In her early years she D. micropetala complex. The name has, by some applied a wide concept of D. cinerea, later she kind of "diffusion", later been applied to our D. separated the northern parts of the material and micropetala, both in North America,lGreenland divided it into (at least) five taxa, D. aretiea, D. and Svalbard, as Ekman's use of "D. m/eropetala" groenlandiea s. str., D. groenlandiea var. areto for the other species of the group has prevailed. gena E. Ekm. D. ostenfeldii E. Ekm. s. str., and There are at least four reasons for believing D. ostenfeldii var. ovibovina E. Ekm., based on . that this traditional North American-Greenland a more narrow species concept than applied by and Norwegian application of the name D. adam later authors. sil is erroneous: (1) the probable identity of In a thorough morphological and cytological Ledebour's D. adamsii with our D. paueiflora survey of the Greenland (and partly the Svalbard) (demonstrated by Tolmachev 1975); (2) the cor taxa of the group, B6cher (1966) separated the respondence of Mulligan's (1974) illustration of hexaploid (2n D. adamsii with our D. paueiflora; (3) the reports and found D. aret/ca to contain three subspecific of American plants named as D. adamsii as being taxa, the octoploid (2n tetraploid (2n (E. Ekm.) B6cher and the decaploids (2n 32, Mulligan 1974, 1976, Rollins 48) D. cinerea from D. aret/ca 64) subsp. groenlandiea = 80) 1993), which corresponds with our D. pauciflora, subsp. arctiea and subsp. ostenfeldii (E. Ekm.) but not with our D. micropetala; and (4) the B6cher. He accepted ovibovina as a variety of presence of not only one, but three species (D. subsp. ostenfeldii, and he discussed the octoploid micropetala, D. pauciflora and a probably unde (2n scribed species) in the complex in the Canadian var. aretogena) as a northern arctic counterpart Arctic (Hansen & Elvebakk in prep.). of the mostly North Atlantic and southern to = 64) D. aretogena E. Ekm. (D. groenlandiea Furthermore, the name D. adamsii is predated middle arctic D. norvegiea. We agree with the by D. pauciflora R. Br., described in 1824 on views ofB6cher (1966), with one small exception. material from the Canadian Arctic. A type col The Svalbard material is fairly homogeneous, lection is deposited in K, but was not available even if varying in leaf indumentum (with only for study in 1995. The name was considered a stellate or a mixture of stellate and simple hairs). nomen obscurum by Ekman (1931), partly due to This variation remains to be studied. It differs lack of a type material for study then, but mostly considerably from D. einerea as seen in Fenno due to her presumed misinterpretation of D. scandia and in southern Greenland, both in mor micropetala Hook. Mulligan (1974) did not con phology (seeB6cher 1966) and in being decaploid sider this name in his acceptance of D. adamsii. (severai Svalbard counts referred to by B6cher Tolmachev 1966 and Engelskjøn 1979). Brochmann et al. (1975) accepted the name D. paueiflora for plants corresponding to our D. (1992a) found D. arctiea and D. cinerea to be paueiflora in the treatment of the Russian Arctic genetically related, but clearly different, and they Draba, and we follow his treatment here. indicated that D. arctiea could have arisen by The final evaluation of the taxa has to await a renewed study of a large, circumpolar material. hybridisation cinerea and and a polyploidisation diploid species. from D. The original description of Draba arctiea is based on material (30) D raba arctiea J. Vahl Four taxa of the Draba cinerea complex have from Bellsund in Svalbard (in S. lectotypified by B6cher 1966) and this species is at present accepted by us as the only representative of the R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 28 D. cinerea complex in Svalbard. Bocher (1966) unpubl.). A clarification of this issue must, how also reported D. arctica subsp. ostenfeldii from ever, await the ongoing lectotypifieation of Lin Svalbard, but in our opinion, the depauperate naean names (see JonselI & Jarvis 1994). Until specimens determined as this subspecies should this is done, we apply the name currently in use be considered within the wide and modificative on European Arctic material. range of variation of D. arctica subsp. arctiea. From the variation found in indumentum in D. arctica s.l., the octoploid might also occur in Svalbard. Hs oldest name would then be D. oblongata R. Br. ex De., syn.: D. groenlandiea E. Ekm. (32) Draba laetea Adams Draba laetea is a hexaploid (2n = 48, Knaben 1966, Brochmann et al. 1993), but is closely related to and has probably originated poly phyletically from combinations of the diploids D. jladnizensis Wulf., D. nivalis Liljebl. and D. (31) Draba daurica De. subcapitata Simm. (Brochmann et al. 1992b). The Svalbard material of D. daurica is distinct from D. arctica and D. nOrllegica. It is octoploid (2n = 64), vs. decaploid (2n and hexaploid (2n = 80) in D. arctica 48) in D. norvegica. Clear genetical differences between the three species were demonstrated by Brochmann et al. (1992a). Morphologically, it differs from D. norvegica e.g. in an indumentum mainly of short, stellate hairs in all vegetative parts, from D. arctica e.g. in glabrous or subglabrous siliculae. A certain vari ation is observed in petal colour. A variety with pale yellow ftowers is found in the Pyramiden area and possibly elsewhere. Draba laetea is usually reported with glabrous scapes (Knaben 1966). Scapes with some hairs are frequent in arctic strains and also in northern Norwegian middle- and high-alpine sites (Eng elskjøn pers. comm.). Such plants have very often been interpreted as hybrids. A variability is, how ever, to be expected if the proposed heterogenous parentage is correet. Reports of tetraploid chro mosome numbers within the closely related D. jladnizensis and of diploid numbers within D. lactea (see e.g. Rollins 1993) may indicate prob lems in a consistent separation of these taxa on a circumpolar scale. The valid name of the taxon is disputed. Draba daurica (described 1825) is based on material from Asia, and this name is prevalent in Norweg (33) Draba h yb r ids ian and Russian literature. Another alternative is Brochmann et al. (1992c, 1993) proved by exper the earlier name D. glabella Pursh (described imental hybridisation that most Nordic Draba 1814), based on American materiaL and uni species are able to cross and that hybridisation formly used for North American and Greenland may result in partly fertile progeny in spite of plants. A study of numerous Asian collections differences in ploidy level. In the Arctic, hybrid named as D. daurica and American ones named isation in Draba is generally hampered by lack of as D. glabeIla (in K) revealed no differences of pollinators (insects) and by the prevailing autoga significancc and the two names most probably my in many small-ftowered species (Brochmann refer to a single species. A third alternative, D. & Elven 1992). The main candidates for hybrid mageIlaniea Lam. (described 1786), is less rele isation are therefore large-ftowered species, e.g. vant, even if this name has been used extensively D. arctiea, D. corymbosa, D. lactea, and D. oxy for carpa, while small-ftowered ones may function as northern plants. It was described from southernmost South America, and this is a species male parents. related to D. daurica, but distinct from all north Many Draba hybrid combinations are reported ern plants in e.g. indumentum (Elven unpubl.). from Svalbard. An initial study of the herbarium The Linnaean name D. hirta has priority over material proved that most hybrid reports are both D. dau rica and D. glabeIla (and the more based on juvenile and/or badly preserved material "distant" D. magellanica Lam.), and it may be which is difficult or impossible to interpret. All valid if it is based partly or entirely on material published now placed within D. daurica. The Linnaean especially the reports by Asplund (1918) of D. material may eontain elements (LINN 823.12) alpina suitable for an unambiguous typification (Elven X lactea from Colesbukta and Longyeardalen. x hybrid reports ne ed confirmation, oblongata from Templet and of D. a/pina A catalogae of Svalbard plants, fangi, algae and cyanobacteria Only hybrid combinations based on a few field 29 able, e.g. with respect to leaf form and dimen speeimens investigated experimentally, on speci sions, leaf indumentum, and f10wer size and mens seen by ourselves in the field, or on well colour. Severai taxa at the leve! of variety, sub developed, determinable herbarium material, are speeies, and sometimes speeies, have been pro included in the list. posed. Rønning (1996) accepted two subspecies, Severai hybrids involving species of the D. alp subsp. octopetala and subsp. punctata (Juz.) Hult. ina complex have been identified. The com (D. punctata Juz.), the latter characterised mostly binations D. alpina x subcapitata, D. laetea x by large upper leaf surface glands. oxycarpa, and D. aretiea x eorymbosa are based No thorough morphological or genetical study on available collections in good condition, and of Svalbard material have yet been undertaken. are plausible. Draba alpina x subeapitata was A very preliminary study of herbarium speeimens reported from Gipsvika by Asplund (1918), deter (O) did not reveal any certain material of the mined by E. Ekman, and was refound in the area punctata type, but the distinguishing features are in 1986 (TROM). Draba laetea mainly lost in preservation. Dr. B.A. Yurtsev x oxycarpa has been collected at severai sites and may also be (pers. comm.), however, claims from field studies the basis of reports of D. alpina x laetea (see in Svalbard in 1995 that the variation spans from Excluded taxa, Chap. 4). A sterile, natural Fl D. octopetala to D. punctata as these speeies are hybrid of D. laetea understood by Russian botanists. x oxyearpa, originating from Gipsdalen in the Isfjorden area, was cultivated and shown to be identical to experimental hybrids of this combination (Brochmann et al. 1992c, 1993). Draba arctiea x corymbosa, see below. The minute fiowers of the speeies of the D. (35) Dupontia fisheri R. Br. psilosantha (Rupr.) Griseb. and D. micropetala group are supposed to favour autoga Tzvelev (1984) treated this genus as monotypic, my i.e. as consisting of one speeies, D. fisheri R. and partly prevent hybridisation, both between these two and with other species. How Br.. with three subspecies at different 1evels of ever, a plant intermediate between D. miero polyploidy, all of them widely distributed in the petala and D. corymbosa, probably with aborting Eurasian and American Arctic: subsp. fisheri siliculae, has been collected in the Isfjorden area, (probably dodecaploid. 2n and a veryprobable, intermediate hybrid D. micro ligera (Rupr.) Tzvelev (octoploid, 2n petala pauciflora with aborting siliculae has X been seen from northeastern Greenland (O). = c. 132), subsp. pel c. 88), and subsp. psilosantha (Rupr.) Hult. (tetraploid, 2n = c. 44). Draba arctiea does not seem to hybridise fre Lipkin (1983), however, identified D.fisheri R. quently with other speeies, in spite of its large Br. with the octoploid cytotype, and Tzvelev's ftowers. subsp. pelligera therefore has to be replaced by Hybrids with D. eorymbosa have, however, been found in a mixed popuJation in subsp. Gipsdalen (Brochmann et al. 1992c, 1993) and in (Tzvelev's subsp.jisheri) is, according to Dr. D.F. fisheri. The dodecaploid cytotype the Sassendalen area, and they probably also Murray (pers. comm.), unnarned and will most occur elsewhere. Natural hybrids from Gipsdalen likely remain so. corresponded morphologically and genetically Tzvelev reported his "subsp. fisheri'· (the un with experimentally produced ones (Brochmann named dodecaploid) from Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa . et al. 1992c); they were 14-ploid, fertile, inter and Novaja Zemlja, but as far as we know it does preted as later generation hybrids, and back not occur in Svalbard. The two others are both crossing with D. corymbosa was indicated at the widely distributed in Svalbard. Both chromosome site (Brochmann et al. 1992c). numbers are documented from Svalbard (Eng elskjøn 1979), based on plants clearly belonging to the two taxa. (34) Dryas octopetala L. Intermediates have been reported (McLachlan et al. 1989), but Dahl (1937) was of the opinion This is one of the most widely distributed species that the taxa are easily separated late in the grow on the islands, with the notable exception of ing season. We share this opinion; in Svalbard Bjørnøya, Spitsbergen and the the taxa are distinct with respect to morphology polar desert areas. It is also morphologically vari and ecological preferences. Based on the Svalbard southernmost R. EL VEN & A. EL VEBAKK 30 pattern of variation they should be treated as separate speeies. Dupontia fisheri (sensu Lipkin, The Festuca brachyphylla complex (notes 38-39) not Tzvelev) is a plant of shallow. firm marshes and sedimentation areas; D. psilosantha is a plant of wet, deep marshes and salt marshes. Both taxa Until 1934 all the tussock-forming, seminiferous are wideJy distributed on the Spitsbergen islands, Festuca plants in Svalbard were considered as D. psilosantha also on Bjørnøya. belonging to a broadly defined F, ouina L. The The descriptions and illustrations of D. fisheri material has later been referred to four speeies and D. psilosantha were interchanged by Rønning (e.g. by Scholander 1934, Holmen 1957, Rønning (1964, 1979). 1961, 1979, Frederiksen 1977, and Aikens et al. 1995), none of them corresponding to F. ouina L. s. str., and here referred to as the F. brachyphylla (36) Equisetum arvense complex. L. coU. Previously reported from Svalbard as E. aruense var. boreale by Hadac (1944) and recognised as a subspecies by Love & Love (1975). The taxon (38) Festuca baffinensis Polunin was not recognised by Tutin (1964a, 1993) and A distinet species with erect, pubescent culms, not included by Rønning (1979) from Svalbard. dark violet spikelets, and 2n Øllgaard (in prep., Flora Nordiea) recognised it (Engelskjøn 1979). It has proved uniform and = 28 chromosomes as a subspecies and report ed it from Svalbard. It easily recognizable in Svalbard, after it was recog is a comparatively distinct arctic-alpine race and nised there by Rønning (1961), and is confined to in our opinion the only race of E. aruense indigen calcareous substrates. ous to the archipeJago. Rønning (1996) divided the indigenous material in a subsp. alpestre (Wah ning. Both types are within our concept of subsp. (39) Festuca brachyphylla Schultes, F. hyperbarea Holmen and F. edlundiae boreale, but the assignment of parts of the Sval Aiken et aL lenb.) Rønning and a subsp. riparium (Fr.) Røn bard material to Fries' ripar/um is uncertain (subsp. alpestre is recognised as a synonym of subsp. boreale). The introduced subsp. aruense was found as established in Longyearbyen in 1992 (Elven unpubl.). Based on the studies by Holmen (1952, 1957), Rønning (1961) divided the remaining material of the group almost equally between F. brachyphylla and F, hyperborea. Rønning (1972) mapped the distribution of the two species in Svalbard. In a revision of the Greenland material, Fre (37) Eriophorum angustifolium Honck. subsp. triste (Th. Fr.) Hult. x scheuchzeri Hoppe deriksen (1977) maintained Holmen's division and emended the description of F. hyperborea. In the opinion of e,g. Frederiksen (1977) and Bocher et al. (1978), F. brachyphylla is a species First described from Greenland by Sørensen of dry heath-like vegetation whereas F. hyper (1933), who also reported it from Spitsbergen, but borea is more typical of snowbeds and damp soil without any locality information. It was reported polygons. Whereas F. brachyphylla is widely dis from lower Sassendalen by Hadac (1944), and tributed from northern mountains into the Arctic, severai populations have later been found in the F. hyperborea is mainly a speeies of the northern Dickson Land area in 1990 and in the Kongs Arctic. Festuca brachyphylla has been reported as hexa fjorden area in 1993 (Elven unpubl.). The plants occur in distinct, often extensive stands in shallow marshes on calcareous ploid (2n = 42, Holmen 1952 and Frederiksen 1977), and F. hyperborea as tetraploid (2n 28, substrates, sometimes together with the proposed see Rønning 1961, Frederiksen 1977). Only the parents, but more of ten alone. The Dickson Land tetraploid num ber has been recorded in Svalbard and Kongsfjorden specimens had well-developed material (three counts only, Flovik 1938, Holmen anthers with morphologically good pollen, and a in Rønning 1961, and Engelskjøn 1979). In a further study is needed of this tentative (and for revision of the material in O and TROM taxonomie reasons less probable) hybrid. elskjøn (unpubl.) found it to be homogeneous A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria and to correspond with F. hyperborea, as expected from the chromosome counts. Our preliminary survey of the material and field observations indicate that a renewed study should be made. Three morphological types seem to be present. A collection from Adventdalen, originally described as F. supina Schur (Hadac 1944), was c1assified as F. brachyphylla by RØnning (1961). It corresponds very well with the southern, tall growing type of F. brachyphylla as recognised by Greenland authors and is accepted here. Similar plants were collected in 1992 and 1996 in the Longbyen area (Elven unpubl.), but have not yet been studied further. The low-growing material can be separated in two morphological and ecological types: (1) A distinctly glaucous type with stiff and curved leaves, short and diverging to prostrate sterns, and panic1es of a few pale spikelets, growing on dry gravel ridges and shore terraces; and (2) A less or not glaucous type with more slender, erect leaves and stems and more numerous, dark coloured spikelets, growing in snowbeds and damp hummocky tundra. The types do not differ appreciably in length of glumes, lemmas, nor awns, i.e. characters separating F. brachyphylla and F. hyperborea according to Holmen (1952) and Frederiksen (1977). The voucher specimens that were the basis for the tetraploid chromosome numbers reported by Flovik (1938) and Eng elskjøn (1979) resemble type (1) and originate from gravelly habitats (Engelskjøn pers. comm.). Aiken et al. (1995) separated Holmen's F. hyp erborea into two species, F. hyperborea s. str. and F. edlundiae. The two species are separated both morphologically and genetically. Festuca hyp erborea, in the sense of Aiken et al., seems to correspond to our type (2) while their F. edlundiae seems to correspond to our type (1). They also mapped both F. edlundiae and F. hyperborea for Spitsbergen. We therefore accept the new species for Svalbard. Its distribution and ecology is unknown unti! further investigations are made, but if the correspondence between the Aiken species and our types holds it is widespread. (40) Festuca hyperborea Holmen L. subsp. arctiea (Hack.) Govor. x rubra A large collection from Ytre Norskøya (O, TRH, collected in 1928 by O.A. Høeg) combines the 31 tufted growth and partly intravaginal shoots, the short and obtuse leaves, and the dark violet and glaucous lemmas of F. hyperborea s.l. with the subterranean runners and white-hirsute lem mas of F. rubm subsp. arctiea. Over the years this material has variously been named and renamed as F. brevifolia, F. arenaria, and F. rubm var. mutica. This is the first report of the hybrid from Svalbard. It is uncertain which of the two species, F. edlundiae or F. hyperborea s. str., participate in this hybrid, but its morphology suggests the first one. (41) Festuca rubra L. coll. The indigenous and common Svalbard Festuca is characterised by densely white-hirsute and short-awned or awnless lemmas. It has vari ously been treated as F. rubra var. mutica Hartm. F. rubm var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fr., F. rich ardsonii Hook., F. cryophila V. Krecz. & Bobr., and F. rubra L. subsp. cryophila (V. Krecz. & Bobr.) Hult. Tzvelev (1984) listed most of these as synonyms of F. rubra L. subsp. arctiea (Hack.) Govor. Rønning (1996) accepted it at rank of species (as F. cryophila). In view of the almost continuous transition towards F. rubm s. str. in the Scandinavian mountains, we choose to accept it at rank of subspecies. For Festuca rubra var. arenaria, see ExeIuded taxa, Chap. 4. The more southern and tall-growing F. rubra subsp. rubra, with awned and glabrous or sparsely grey-hirsute lemmas. has been introduced at some settlements and trapper's cabins and is persistent, at least in Longyearbyen and Barentsburg. Recently this type has also been found in two sites comparatively far from settlements: on a southfacing, rocky slope in GrØnfjorden (O, col lected in 1965), and in a bird eIiff meadow in Kongsfjorden (O, collected in 1993). The sub species might be indigenous in favourable local habitats along the west coast of Spitsbergen. In other arctic areas the subspecies is indigenous at least north to southern Greenland (O). rubm , (42) Festuca vivipara (L.) Sm. The Scandinavian and Bjørnøya plants of this pseudoviviparous taxon are tri- and tetraploid (2n 21 and 28, Engelskjøn 1979 and Salvesen 1986), whereas a material from Spitsbergen is heptaploid (2n 49. Flovik 1938). On the main land and elsewhere different types with glabrous = = R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 32 (var. "glabra") and hirsute lemmas (var. "hirsuta") are found, cf. Frederiksen (1981) and Salvesen (1986). In Spitsbergen the type with glabrous lemmas predominates while the hirsute type prevails on Bjørnøya (and e.g. on Jan Mayen). An origin from the seminiferous F. ovina s. str. is proposed for the mainland plants (see Salvesen 1986), while arctic plants are proposed to have a different origin from some other seminiferous arctic species of the ovina-brachyphylla F. (46) Koenigia islandiea L. Slightly deviating morphology has been reported in arctic populations (Hadac 1942, 1944). and they have been described as var. aretiea Hadac. The taxon was given rank as a species, K. hadacii, by Love & Love (1976), but the only diagnostic features given were smaU er flowers and fruits. The European material is tetraploid (2n diploid number (2n = 28). A 14) of very uncertain origin is reported for K. hadacii (Love & Love 1975). groups. The Svalbard material is different from all taxa of the F. brachyphylla group occurring on the islands and, with one exception, mor (47) Luzula areuata Sw. coll. Intermediates between subsp. arcuata and subsp. phologically homogeneous. The exception is a type with hirsute lemmas confusa (Lindeb.) Blytt are cornmon in many found in the Pyramiden area in Isfjorden and also areas within their range and justify the separation differing from the other material in less tufted of these taxa at subspecific rather than specific growth and taller culms. They have tentatively leve!. Subsp. arcuata is apparently the only taxon been named as F. vivipara var. "hirsuta". but present on Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a) and is might possibly represent the hybrid F. dominant on Jan Mayen (Lid 1964), whereas rubra subsp. arctiea xvivipara. This pseudoviviparous subsp. confusa is dominant on Spitsbergen and hybrid, which seem to be identical with what has neighbouring islands. Intennediates have been previously been called F. rubra f. prolifera (Piper) found in severai places on the west coast of Spits Hyl. or F. prolifera (Piper) Fern., has chro bergen from Sørkapp Land (Dubiel 1990) north mosome numbers intermediate between F. rubra to Krossfjorden. Recently Kuc & Dubiel (1995) and F. vivipara (see Salvesen 1986). reported subsp. arcuata from one site in Hornsund. (43) Honkenya pep/oides (L.) Ehrh. (48) Mertensia maritima The Svalbard material has been referred to the northern subsp. diffusa (Hornem.) (44) Huperzia se/ago A. Love. (L.) Bernh. Occurs only as subsp. arctiea (Grossh.) Reported from Svalbard as & D. Love in Svalbard. the weakly dif ferentiated var. tenelIa Th. Fr. (49) Minuartia rossii (R. A. (L.) S.F. Gray Br.) Graebn. An often overlooked species which is related to the more southern M. strieta (Sw.) Hiern. but differs e.g. in its main reproduction by bulbils, a (45) Juneus triglumis L. subsp. albeseens (Lange) Hult. Rønning (1972) was of the opinion that the Sval bard material belongs to the Eurasiatic subsp. triglumis. In our opinion the Svalbard plants differ consistently from mainland European material and correspond to subsp. albescens (Lange) Hult., an arctic taxon known from Greenland and North much more tufted growth, shorter, curved Ieaves, and much shorter pedicels. In the type area (by the Bering Strait) and in the Canadian Arctic M. rossli is normally found flowering whereas most of the material from the North Atlantic area reproduces by bulbils alone. The species has recently been observed flowering and setting seed in the Kongsfjorden and Isfjorden areas (Elven unpubl.). America and often considered as a separate species, J. albescens (Lange) Fern. Mapped by Rønning (1972) and Elvebakk (1989) and con fined to the warmest, central parts of Spitsbergen. (50) Minuartia rubella (Wahlenb.) Hiern The nominal type is characterised by glandular A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 33 hairs on pedicels and sepals and is common in of Papaver in the Arctic is, however, still very Svalbard. A glabrous type has been described as insufficientJy known. M. propinqua (Richards.) House and is found scattered in Svalbard. It probably represents only a minor variation as intermediates with a few Poa (notes 52-56) glandular hairs are frequent. The Svalbard species of Poa belong to three main groups: the rhizomatous P. arctica-pratensis group, the tussock-forming P. abbreviata-glauca (51) Papaver dahlianum Nordh. group, and to P. alpina. All three are charac Northern Papaver species of the Scapiftora group terised by proved or inferred occurrence of aga have been found to be very polymorphic, and mospermy (asexuaJ seed production). In the P. are recognised as many subspecific or sometimes arctica-pratensis group and in P. alpina both semi specific taxa, cf. the treatment of the P. radicatum niferous and pseudoviviparous types are found group by Knaben (1959). A similar polymorphy within each species. Hybridisation may play a was suggested in P. dahlianum (Knaben 1959), certain but no thorough investigation has been under especially in the origin of the aga mosperrnous and taken. There is an evident variability among pseudoviviparous taxa. role in the observed variation, and plants from the major parts of the Spitsbergen islands, from southwestern Spitsbergen and Bjørnøya, and from mainland Norway (Nilsson in prep., Flora Nordica). Love (1955) divided the Spitsbergen plants in two separate varieties (var. spitzbergensis A. Love and var. hadacianum A. Love), as separate from the plants of mainland Norway (var. dahlianum). '{be morphological cri teria for this treatment have not been c1arified. The relations between P. dahlianum and the North Atlantic P. radicatum have been disputed. Knaben (1959) kept them weU apart (at species level) while Randel (1974) reduced P. dahlianum to a subspecies, P. radicatum subsp. dahlianum (Nordh.) Rande!. Ongoing genetical investi (52) Poa a/pina L. The pseudoviviparous type is usually named var. vivipara L., but as demonstrated in severai studies (Schwarzenbach 1956, Bachmann 1980, Heide 1989, Iversen 1992) pseudovivipary may be c1i matically induced and is of only 51ight taxonomic importance. The pseudoviviparous type is com mon all over Svalbard. The seminiferous type has been found in a warm site at Sassendalen (TROM) and near the warm springs at Bock fjorden (Rønning 1961, 1972). It has aJso been introduced, e.g. to Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a). gations (Solstad in prep.) indicate that P. dah lianum is very distinct from a more c10sely related group of the species P. alpinum (C Europe), P. radicatum Rottb., and P. lapponicum. Papaver dahlianum is different from P. polare (53) Poa arctiea R. Br. The P. arctiea complex is polymorphic and mainly, or perhaps entirely, apomictic. Severai Tolm. (Love & Love 1975, ToJmachev 1975, taxa have been reported from Svalbard. The Randel 1974, Engelskjøn 1990). The type of P. revision by Nannfeldt (1940) demonstrated that polare from Vaigatch (LE) belongs within P. lap the variability in southern Norway alJowed the ponicum col!. (according to Engelskjøn pers. distinction of three subspecies, and that at least comm.). These taxa have, however, been much three other subspecies could be recognised within heterogeneous northern Scandinavian confused. Tolmachev (1975) mapped all Papaver the on Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa as P. polare, but a com material. One morphological subspecies has also parison with a large material collected in these been recognised in the Svalbard material (subsp. islands in 1991 by A.-M. Odasz showed them to cespitans), discussed by Flovik (1938). Apart from be identical with Svalbard P. dahlianum. Accord this contribution, the Svalbard material has not ing to Randel (1974), the species is distributed been thoroughly studied. in northern Canada, Greenland and the Taimyr The Svalbard material may provisionally be peninsula, Siberia in addition to Svalbard and separated in two broad groups: extensiveJy fhi northernmost mainland Norway. The taxonomy zomatous plants with open panicles and small R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 34 spikelets (P. aretiea "s. str."), occurring almost equally frequent as seminiferous and pseudo viviparous (var. Poa glauea subsp. conferta may be the end-point of this continuous variation. (Malmg.) Schol.), and vivipara tufted, coarser plants with more contracted pan (P. aretiea subsp. eespi tans), occurring mainly or entirely as seminiferous (see below). Poa arctiea was originally described kles and larger spikelets from the Canadian Arctic (in 1824), and it is unknown to which part of the variation the type material (probably in BM or K) belongs. Tzvelev (1984) treated subsp. separate species, cespitans P. tolmatehewii as a Roshev. , and considered it to be of a hybridogenous origin (P. arctiea x glauea). He also suggested that the name P. jilipes Lange might have priority. Subsp. ces pitans is separated from the main parts of the P. are/iea complex by a lower chromosome number (2n = 56, see Flovik viviparous plants, 1938). Some pseudo earlier considered hybrids, are very similar to subsp. cespitalls in other re spects and also similar to the pseudoviviparous P. arctiea lindebergii subsp. considered by strieta Tzvelev). authors as x hartzii by Edmondson (1980) and McLachlan et al. (1989), and presumed to be the hybrid P. abbreviata glauca as indicated by other authors. The plant x glauea, or P. arctiea x is, however, seminiferous, occurs independently of the proposed parents (especially P. glauea), and is best treated as a speeies. It may be an apomict. and if it has a hybridogenous origin, the combination P. abbreviata x glauea is the most plausible for morphological reasons. (56) Paa pratensis L. subsp. alpigena (Fr.) Hiit. The Poa pratensis complex is largely apomictic and morphologically very variable. The main enti however, ties are now often treated as subspecies. Subsp. endemie of southern Norwegian mountains. Such pseudo viviparous plants of a subsp. Treated as P. (P. (Lindeb.) Nannf. The latter is, Nordic (55) Paa hartzii Gand. cespitans affinity pratellsis may have been introduced in Svalbard, but no convincing material has been seen. The numerous collections referred to this subspecies alpigena which obviously occurs may be the origin of the surprising report of belong to subsp. the supposed Norwegian endemic both as indigenous and introduced. The tall P. lindebergii from northeastern Siberia (Tzvelev 1984). grown introduced types found in and around The problems in this complex is further com arctiea s. lat. and P. pratensis s. settlements are seminiferous, whereas both semi P. niferous and pseudoviviparous types are common lat. Severai Sval among the indigenous types. The race described plicated by reported hybridisation between bard collections have been tentatively determined as var. to such hybrids in the herbaria, but our revision sidered as subsp. did not reveal any convincing specimens. is weakly differentiated and probably represents eolpodea Th. Fr.. by Tzvelev (1984) con .colpodea (Th. Fr.) Tzvelev, only a more or less accidentally described part of the total variation. Some pseudoviviparous forms of P. pratensis may be difficult to separate from P. aretka and may be of hybridogenous origin. (54) Paa glauca J. Vahl Frequent in central parts of Spitsbergen. The Svalbard material has been reported as belonging to the poorly understood subsp. eonferta (Blytt) The Poten tilla nivea complex (notes 57-59) Holrnb. (Hadac 1944). The chromosome numbers of mainland plants are 2n == 44-56 (based on more than 20 collections, Synnestvedt in Engelskjøn 1979), whereas the numbers 2n == 7G--72 are The complex is circumpolar, tempe rate to arctic, possibly with partially apomictic seed production, known from Svalbard (Flovik 1938). The infra and specific variation of the species is poorly known, revision. In a series of papers Sojåk (1985, 1986, in need of a world-wide biosystematic but Pålsson (1986) has demonstrated an even 1987,1989) clarified some taxa, but applied a very transition, both in morphological features and narrow from low to high chromosome numbers, from descriptions of a large number of 'new' speeies speeies concept. This resulted in Scandinavian and in renaming of most of the species tra navian ditionally recognised from Svalbard. His revision P. nemoralis L. through Scandi P. glauca to Icelandic and arctic P. glauca. A catalogue ot Svalbard planIS, tungi, algae and cyanobacleria 35 of the Svalbard Potentilla material in O is not improbable origin is as a stabilised progeny from convincing to us. We have therefore decided the hybrid P. erantzii mainly to follow the traditional appJication of typified on Greenland material and is elsewhere names, but with references to the alternatives known only from Svalbard, northeasternmost proposed by Sojåk. X nivea subsp. nivea. It was Norway and the Kola Peninsula. In spite of a Rønning (1964, 1979, 1996) recognised3-4taxa of the P. nivea complex in Svalbard: P. ehamis possible hybridogenous origin, we choose to regard it as a distinct taxon as it has a distribution sonis Hult., P. nivea L. subsp. subquinata (Lange) quite separate from at least one of the tentative Hult., and P. rubrieaulis Lehm., ineluding the parents (P. nivea subsp. nivea). poorly defined P. pedersenii (Rydb. ) Ostenf. It is also necessary to take into account the recently described P. lyngei Jurtz. & Sojåk, the less elosely related P. erantzii (Cr.) G. Beck ex Fritsch. P. (58) Potentilla chamissonis Hult. multifida L. (see section Excluded taxa) , P. pul The Svalbard material of P. ehamissonis cor ehella R. Br., and P. hyparetiea Malte, and some responds weU with the northern Fennoscandian other taxa described by Sojak, as there are indi material, in indumentum and in the more or less cations of evolution of hybridogenous, possibly regularly ternate leaves. In the species concept of agamospermic taxa throughout large parts of the Sojak (1989) the name P. ehamissonis should be genus. restricted to such plants with ternate leaves, and All Svalbard Potentillas are found in south facing eliffs, scree and manured bird eliff meadows, even if two of them (P. hyparetiea and P. pulchella) have their major occurrences in the plant should be renamed as P. prostrata subsp. ehamissonis (Hult.) Sojak. Plants with digitate leaves, earHer placed in P. ehamissonis, are placed in other speeies by Sojak. Other authors other habitats. Very often severaI taxa are found (e.g. Rønning 1996) indicate an affinity with the growing North American P. hookeriana Lehm. together in mixed populations. In facultative apomicts this would favour hybrid isation, especially as all taxa are large-flowered and probably insect-pollinated. The majority of the Svalbard material of the P. nivea complex can be separated in twa closely related speeies: P. nivea and P. chamissonis. (59) Potentilla X insularis Sojak (Potentilla chamissonis X pulehella) Plants generally resembling P. ehamissonis and Potentilla nivea is mainly characterised by petioles P. nivea, but with regularly digitate or pinnate covered by short, ftoccose hairs, while P. chamis leaves (i.e. with a short distance between the 1 sOllis is characterised by long, straight hairs on 210wermost leaftets and the three others), and a the petioJe (but of ten mixed with same short, denser, more silky indumentum, were placed by ftoccose hairs). Sojåk (1986) in other species and interpreted to have their origin in hybrids between speeies with ternate (section Niveae) and pinnate leaves (sec (57) Poten tilla nivea L. (Lange) Hult. subsp. subquinata tion Multifidae). described 20-30 Sojåk speeies (1986) mentioned of such or presumed hybridogenous origins on a worldwide base. The Svalbard material of P. nivea is alleged (e.g. Rønning (1961) reported the occurrence in RØnning 1996) to belong to subsp. subquinata Svalbard of such plants with the general appear with digitate leaves as compared with regularly ance of P. ternate leaves in the mainland subsp. nivea. How slightly pinnate leaves and with long. soft indu ehamissonis, but with digitate or ever, ternate leaves are also common in Svalbard menturn on the lower leaf surface. He identified plants. It was recognised at species level, as P. them with P. rubrieaulis Lehm., at that time subquinata (Lange) Rydb., by Sojåk (1986) who considered to be widely distributed in Greenland considered it to have its origin in the hybrid P. and the Canadian Arctic. He also mentioned P. nivea subsp. nivea x pu/chella (or rather P. pro pedersenii (Rydb.) Ostenf. from Svalbard, as strata Rottb. subsp. floeeosa Sojåk x pulehella in most probably a northern arctic variety (var. are the nomenelature of Sojåk 1989). This hypothesis tica Simm.) of P. rubrieaulis. Thus P. rubrieaulis of origin is strongly doubted by us. An equally was recognised from Svalbard and ineluded in the R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 36 standard floras, like Rønning and Ball et al. Sojåk (1964, 1979, 1996) (1986) described a new speeies, P. insu laris Sojak, to include those parts of the Svalbard (1968). (1961) in his material previously placed in P. rubricaulis and original report of P. rubricaulis from Svalbard P. pedersenii, and which did not belong to P. The collections cited by Rønning have been re-examined by Sojak and by us. We chamissonis or P. pulchel/a s. lat. It was typified found them to be heterogeneous, including speci on material from "Sassenbay" , mens of tall-growing P. pulehella , some specimens (28/8 1908, leg. H. Resvoll-Dieset, O), in the of P. chamissonis, and specimens differing from inner Isfjorden area. Hyperithatten The material combines (1961 and characters from P. chamissonis and P. pulche/la later) are based on this mixture. His illustration and can be interpreted as representing a possibly both. The descriptions of Rønning of "P. rubricaulis" (Rønning 1964, 1979, ] 996) is apomictic, seed-producing taxon arisen by hybrid (1986) proposed an origin of his P. obviously based on a tall-growing P. pulehella isation. Sojak with distinctly pinnate leaves, while his illus insularis from the hybrid P. chamissonis clearly intermediate between P. chamissonis and x lyngel. Potentilla lyngei Jurtz. & Sojak was described tration of "P. chamissonis" is based on a plant in 1984 on material from Novaja Zemlja (Yurtsev "P. & Sojak in Yurtsev 1984). It was reported from rubricaulis"). This has not facilitated morphotype Svalbard by Yurtsev (l 984), identification within one of the difficult vascular communication by J. Sojåk" (Yurtsev in lit.), P. pulehella (i.e. corresponding to his "according to written and reported to have a disjunct amphi-Atlantic plant genera in Svalbard. As in severai other Svalbard taxa, the problem distribution from Novaja Zemlja through Sval is two-fold: the morphological evaluation of the bard to northeast Greenland, in Greenland as a material and the application of names. In the subsp. spissum Sojak (Yurtsev in lit.). The single opinion of more recent American authors (e.g. known Svalbard specimen is one of four on a 1980) and of Sojak (1986), P. sheet, collected in a known mixed population of Porsild & Cody rubricaulis is an American species, ranging from P. chamissonis, P. pulehella, and P. Alaska eastwards to eastern Greenland, but not at "Sassenbay" , Gipshuken reaching Svalbard. Sojak (1986) interpreted P. Resvoll-Dieset, x insularis, (19/7 1908, leg. H. O) in the Isfjorden area. Resvoll rubricaulis as originating from hybrid(s) between Dieset made the following note on the label (our P. arenosa (Turcz.) Juz. (P. hookeriana auet. translation): non Lehm.), a species widely distributed from between P. pulehella and nilJea f. subquinata". "Probably an intermediate form northeastern Russia through Siberia and North The three other specimens were determined b y Ameriea, but lacking in the North Atlantic area, Sojak t o P . and the American and northeast Asian P. bimun determination dorum Sojak. Both parents and the hybrid have, chamissonis than with P. nivea). The fourth speci x insularis, and w e agree with this (i.e. rather a hybrid with P. (1986), boreal to southern men does not, in our opinion, differ much from arctic distributions. According to these studies P. the three others and is in addition composed according to Sojåk rubricaulis should be excluded from the flora of of rearranged, loose leaves and stems that may Svalbard. The same is the case with P. hookeriana belong to different plants. Until a comprehensive (1989) and study of the variation within P. pulchel/a and P. Lehm. s. str., considered by Sojak North American authors to be a species of western x North Ameriea. lyngei as a distinet taxonomic entity in a Svalbard North American authors, such as Porsild & Cody (1980), include P. pedersenii as arctic forms of P. rubricaulis. It is thus distributed through the American Arctic east to Greenland. Sojak (1986) insularis is undertaken, we hesitate to accept P. context. The Greenland material of P. lyngei subsp. spissum (in O) is also of the same general type. Nilsson (pers. comm.) studied parts of the considered it as a distinct species of a hybrido material in genous origin, from P. pulehella s. lat. on ane morphologically distinct types, all more or less 1993 and found it to consist of severai side and either P. chamissonis or the American intermediate between P. chamissonis and P. pul northern arctic P. vahliana Lehm. on the other. chella. Engelskjøn (pers. comm.) also noted a He described its distribution as ranging from the considerable phenotypic plasticity in specimens Canadian Arctic eastwards to western and north growing in stabilised screes below the mountain ern Greenland. Consequently, this species should Templet in the "Sassenbay" area. also be excluded from the flora of Svalbard. An investigation in 1996 (Elven et al. unpubl.) A catalogue of Svalbard p/anis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria 37 of the majority of known localities of P. insularis leaves as P. crantzii s. str., while those with ter in Svalbard revealed a large morphologieal vari nate leaves were considered to belong to P. gelida ation, always with c1ear features in common with CA. Meyer and those with variation in the num P. pulchella but with variation in the direetion of ber of leafiets to be hybrids between the two (P. either P. chamissonis or P. nivea. It was also x scandica Sojåk) or between P. crantzii and P. usually found in company with one of these hyparctica (P. x protea Sojåk). The last hybrid speeies. In the type locality, Hyperitthatten, it was reported by Sojak (1985) in the scanty oeeurs together with P. chamissonis and P. pul material of P. crantzii from Jan Mayen, in spite chella. but in the absenee of P. nivea. In the of the lack of records of the other tentative parent loeality report ed for P. lyngei, Gipshuken, P. (P. hyparctica) from that island. insularis is also found with P. chamissonis and P. In our opinion all the Svalbard and Jan Mayen pulehella, but without P. nivea. Morphologically material belongs to P. crantzii s. str., irrespective varying hybrid swarms were observed in some of some variation in number of leafiets. Hybrids localities . with P. hyparctica may occur in Svalbard, but no The conclusion reaehed here is that smaller convincing specimens have yet been found. parts of the Svalbard material whieh previously has been determined as P. rubricaulis and P. pedersenii belong to P. pulchella and P. chamis sonis, whereas the remaining majority represents a series of intermediates between P. chamissonis and P. pulchella. These plants occur in cliffs and seree slopes, of ten as obviously seed-reprodueing populations, but mostly in company with both P. chamissonis and P. pulehella. The plants vary from site to sile, sometimes being doser to P. chamissonis with ternate and digitate leaves and a sparse indumentum, sometimes doser to P. pulehella with slightly pinnate leaves and a denser indumentum. The plants approaching P. chamis sonis were assigned to P. x insularis by Sojak (1986), those approaching P. pulehella were assigned to P. lyngei by Sojak (in herb.) and Yurtsev & Sojak (in Yurtsev 1984). They are at present best interpreted as a possibly apo mietically reproducing and locally arisen (poly topie) hybridogenous species swarm. Its distribution is at present uncertain; it oceurs scat tered in warmer fjord areas of Spitsbergen. How ever, a northeastern Greenland sheet accidentally plaeed among the Svalbard plants (in O) was by Sojak determined as P. x insularis. It P. lyngei is induded, the "species" has an amphi-Atlantie, arctic distribution (and the name P. lynget will have prior ity before P. x insularis). (60) Potentilla crantzii (Cr.) G. Beck ex Fritsch The Svalbard and Jan Mayen material of P. (61) Potentilla pulehella R. Br. Whereas the taxa within the P. nivea complex and P. crantzii are regularly associated with warm slopes, cliffs, scree and bird e1iff meadows, P. pulehella also often grows as the only Potentilla on dry ridges and deposits of siltY alkaline soils, associated with Puccinellia angustata and Poa abbreviata. In such sites only a small amount of variation is found. Most plants are villous, whereas some populations on dry shore terraces in the Isfjorden area con sist of very distinctive, small and glabrescent plants. These have ten tatively been considered as a "Sassen morpho type", but have not yer been sufficiently studied or taxonomically recognised. The deviating "mor photypes", both the glabrescent gravel shore ter race type and a distinet dwarfish silt terrace type, keep their morphological features in comparative cultivation (Elven et al. unpubl.). The genetical base of the variation is yet unknown. The scree and bird cliff populations, where P. pulehella usually grows together with other species of Poten tilla are also varied. Tall-growing , plants have been mistaken for "P. rubricaulis", see note (59), and some back-crossing from hybrids is suggested. (62) Pucdnellia angustata (R. Br.) Rand & Redf. coU. Tzvelev (1984) induded severai taxa previously described at specific levet in a widely defined P. crantzii is homogeneous, except for some vari angustata. Three taxa are found in Svalbard, two ation in the number of leafiets. Sojak (1985), of them previously reeognised at species leve!. however, recognised only the plants with digitate The major part of the herbarium material belongs R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 38 to subsp. angustata, which is growing in a wide Love & Love (1975) treated the entities on range of open, often base- and nutrient-rich habi different ploidy levels as separate species (within tats. A decumbent and lax plant deseribed as var. the genus Phippsia) and reserved the name decumbens E. Jørgensen is sometimes found on Phippsia phryganodes (Trin.) A. & D. Love (Puc siltY shore terraces and river-banks. It is known cinellia phryganodes) for the diploid Beringian only from eastern Greenland and Spitsbergen. plant. The triploid was named Phippsia neoarctica A deviating plant was found on two separate A. & D. Love), while the common tetraploid oeeasions on dry ealcareous soil near the warm Svalbard plant was named Phippsia vilfoidea springs in Bockfjorden. by Elvebakk and by (Anderss.) Thannheiser (Anderss.) (Elvebakk et al. 1994). Similar A. A. & D. Love (Puccinellia vilfoidea & D. Love). However, one popu plants were found in 1996 in the Pyramiden area lation of the morphologicaljanatomieal "Green (Thannheiser pers. comm.). They correspond land type" (i.e. corresponding to the triploid fairly well with P. angustata subsp. palibinii (Th. leve!) has been found at Biscayerhuken. northern Sør.) Tzvelev (P. palibinii Th. Sør.). The plants Spitsbergen (revised in the herbarium by Sør differ from subsp. angustata e.g. in almost smooth ensen in panicJe branehes. Jemmas almost without apical AIthough no cytological data are available, this 1952, reported by Rønning 1962). ciliae and fringes, and an open and much more population may belong to P. lax panicle. The taxon is e1sewhere only known present we prefer to treat the material as P. from Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa and Novaja Zemlja. neoarctica. At phryganodes in a wide sense, possibly with severai subspecies, as the correspondenee between ploidy levels and morphologieal and anatomical features (63) Pucdnellia capillaris (LiljebL) Jansen Engelskjøn & Schweitzer (1970) and Engelskjøn (1986a) recognised only one species of the genus, P. phryganodes, on Bjørnøya. Among the col leetions made by Engelskjøn in 1967 and 1983 at a eireumpolar scale is still tentative. This treat ment is in accordance with Tzvelev (1984). (65) Puccinel/ia svalbardensis Rønning First reported as P. tenelIa (Lange) Holmberg by some contain a mixture of P. capillaris with culms Dahl & Hadac (1946) based on colleetions from and P. phryganodes only with stolons, and two are the Dicksonfjorden and Kongsfjorden entirely P. capiflaris, with well-developed pollen. Later Rønning (1962) revised the former eol The collections were made on the shore terrace leetion as P. angustata and described the latter as areas. on the north eoast of the island (Nordkapp and P. svalbardensis Rønning (Rønning 1962, 1971). Kobbebukta) and landwards from the south Rønning (1972) added one loeality of P. sval eastern eoast at Røedvika, up to 30 m a.s.l. The bardensis from the material belongs to the northem type previously material differs from other Svalbard Puccinellia recognised as P. coarctara Fem. & Weath. Its species, but was considered by Hughes & Halliday Wijdefjorden area. The status on Bjørnøya is presently being studied by (1980) to be doubtfully distinct from the almost Engelskjøn & Elven (in prep.). cireumpolar P. reneIla s. lat. The Svalbard plant is, however, hexaploid (2n (64) Pucdnellia phryganodes (Trin.) diploid (2n Scribn. & Merr. coU. Novaja Zemlja plants are tetraploid (2n = 28) from northem Fennoseandia and Greenland triploid (2n = 21). The eytotypes are also separated by morphologieal and anatomical features (Sørensen 1953). Flowering is rare in Fennoseandian plants, frequent in Svalbard plants, but development of seeds has not been proved. The plants reproduee by fragmented sto lons dispersed by ocean eurrents and possibly by birds. 42, Rønning 1961), = 14, Love & Love 1975) or to belong to the otherwise hexaploid P. capillaris gro up A polyploid eomplex in whieh the Svalbard and and plants = whereas P. renelIa has variously been reported as (Tzve!ev 1984) from which the Svalbard plant is c\early different. Pending further investigations we accept the speeies. A report of P. svalbardensis from Forlandssundet (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Nory skiewiez 1982) proved to be X Pucciphippsia vac illans (rev. A. Elvebakk). At present the species is only known from Spitsbergen. (66) X Pucdphippsia vaeillans (Th. Fr.) Tzvelev This probably hybridogenous taxon is reported A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungt, algae and cyanobacteria 39 from Svalbard and from both the Canadian and geneous. The latter, R. wilan deri, is found in Russian Arctic. It occurs seattered over most of damp moss tundra and is separated by a different the Spitsbergen archipelago. Hedberg (1962) dis leaf form, short (c. 0.2 mm) marginal hairs and eussed severaI alternatives as to the origin of different fmits. These morphological differences Canadian plants and regarded them finally as a are hybrid between Phippsia algida and Puccinellia Hesselman (1900) who diseussed and illustrated vahliana. He coneIuded that the Svalbard also in accordance with Andersson & these two taxa. material was of the same origin. This inter Tutin (1964b) treated R. affinis (with R. auri pretation was accepted by Tzvelev (1984). Scho eomus var. glabratus Lynge as a synonym) and R. lander possible pedatifidus as fairly well-separated taxa, including hybridogenous origins of the Svalbard plants and (1934) diseussed the former in the R. auricomus group but not the found Phippsia concinna latter. Tolmachev (1971) listed both R. pedatifidus x severaI Puccinellia vahliana to be the most probable. After comparing and R. wilanderi as synonyms of R. affinis. Bocher Svalbard material with et al. (1978) treated R. pedalifidus and R. affinis material collected by Elvebakk in Canada in 1989 as synonyms, and R. wilanderi as possibly one of (TROM), we agree with Scholander that the Sval three agamospecies within the complex. Jalas & bard material resembles the hybrid Phippsia con Suominen (1989) included R. pedatifidus in a the widely defined R. affinis, but excluded R. wilan Canadian material inspected by us most probably deri. Rønning (1979) listed R. pedatifidus from has a Phippsia algida severai localities in Svalbard, and in addition cinna x Puccinellia vahliana, x whereas Puccinellia vahliana origin. Catabrosa concinna Th. Fr. subsp. vac listed R. aurieomus var. glabratus and/or R. ped illans Th. Fr. was described from Svalbard (Fries atifidus var. wilanderi as uncertain in Svalbard. 1869a), and the name therefore belongs to the Tutin & Akeroyd (1993) induded the Svalbard Svalbard plant, whereas the Canadian plant prob plants in R. affinis, and excluded R. pedatifidus ably is unnamed. Sm. from the European flora. A triploid chromosome number (2n "" 21) is reported from Canada (Hedberg 1962), and the Canadian hybrid is considered to be sterile. The Svalbard plants form large populations and often occur in absenee of one or both of the proposed parents. Investigated plants have shrunken (67) Ranunculus affinis Sm. We agree with Lid in placing the majority of the anthers and no mature seeds have been found. It Svalbard plants in the arctic R. affinis R. Br. is difficult to understand how this plant, laeking complex rather than in the R. aurieomus L. com means of vegetative propagation, is able to form plex, widespread in mainland Fennoscandia. The populations, and further studies are needed. R. auricomus complex is almost entirely apomictic with differentiation into an abundancy of local agamospecies. The reproductive systems in the The Ranunculus affinis-auricomus complex (notes 67-68) R. affinis complex are unknown. There are no modem studies of the complex, and as seen from the citations above, there is an abundance of synonyms in the literature. The name R. affinis is J. Lid (unpublished notes, Bot. Mus., Univ. Oslo) used collectively for the complex in most arctic studied the material of the R. affinis-R. auricomus areas, and this approach is also followed here, complex in Svalbard in the 1930's. He stated that especially as the name R. pedatifidus may be there are two speeies present, a rather widespread based on material from Central Asia and is R. affinis (later usually called R. pedatifidus Sm. ambiguous in an arctic context. R anuneulus affinis in Svalbard contexts) in western and central parts may have to be replaced by an earlier synonym, of Spitsbergen, and a second, local speeies, R. R. aretieus Richards. (S. Ericsson, pers. comm.). wilanderi. The former is a comparatively tall growing plant of eIiff and bird eIiff meadows, has A tetraploid chromosome number (2n 32) has recently been counted on Svalbard material of long (c. 1.0 mm) and soft marginal hairs on the R. affinis (Engelskjøn pers. comm.). This number leaves and long, distinetly curved beaks on the has been reported repeatedly in both the R. affinis nutlets. The Svalbard material is fairly homo and R. aurieomus complexes. R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 40 The valid name of the species may be R. arctic us Richards. (Nilsson in prep., Flora Nordica). (70) Ranunculus X spetsbergensis Hadac (Nath.) The taxon is considered to have its origin in the hybrid R. lapponicus x pal/asU and is known only with vegetative propagation. In Svalbard it is (68) Ranunculus wilanderi (Nath.) A. & D. Love morphologically and ecologically distinct. In gen eral its biology is that of an autonomous species, and its distribution is distinctly different from one The plant has only been found at Kapp Thordsen of hs proposed parents (R. pallasii), which is very in the rare. Rønning (1971) considered it as a Svalbard Isfjorden area and was described by Nathorst (1883) as R. affinis f. wilanderi. endemic, but it is now recorded from severai The fairly extensive discussion about this taxon localities in Siberia and Canada (Tolmachev 1971, has been based on the small original collection by Cody et al. 1988). It was first described as R. Nathorst. The locality was revisited and tho pal/asii var. minimus Rupr. from Kolgujev in 1846 roughly investigated in 1992, and a single, but (see Tolmachev 1971) and later as R. pal/asii var. fairly extensive stand was found in a damp, deep spetsbergensis by Nathorst (1883). The occurrence moss tundra beneath a dry bird eliff meadow in Svalbard has been described by Hadac (1942, where typical R. 1944). affinis was growing (Elven unpubl.). The evaluation here is therefore based on a more extensive material than previously available, and also on comparison of live plants of both R. affinis and R. wilanderi (Botanical Garden, Oslo). In view of its location, elose to a large popu lation of R. affinis, but in a different habitat, the plant might be considered to be a local (ecotypic) race. However, the morphological differences are considered (by Nilsson in prep., Flora Nordica, and S. Ericsson pers. comm.) to be of an order deserving separation at the rank of species. A few plants growing mixed with R. affinis also proved consistently different from this (Elven pers. observ. 1996). Both Nilsson and Ericsson also considered R. wilanderi to be more elosely related to the R. auricomus complex than to the R. affinis complex. Ranunculus wilanderi is therefore he re accepted as the only native "species" of the R. auricomus complex known in Svalbard. (71) Ranunculus hybrids The hybrid R. nivalis L. x pygmaeus Wahlenb. has been found with certainty at one site in the Van Mijenfjorden area (O). It is seed-sterile and weU known from the Fennoscandian mountains. A fairly certain hybrid, morphologically inter mediate between R. pygmaeus Wahlenb. and R. sulphureus Sol., has been found at Bjondalen in the Isfjorden area (in 1985 by Engelskjøn & Brochmann, O and TROM). A single stand of a plant identified by Nilsson (in prep., Flora Nordica) as the hybrid R. affinis Sm. x sulphureus Sol. was found in 1992 below a heavily manured bird eliff on Kapp Thordsen in the Isfjord area (Elven, O). It was growing with the putative parents. The hybrid has, as far as we know, not been reported previously, except by Lid & Lid (1994). It is, however, only ten tatively ineluded by us as a better understanding of the reproductive system of the proposed par (69) Ranunculus hyperboreus Rottb. coll. According to Nilsson (in prep., Flora Nordiea) ents should be achieved before such an improb able hybrid is fully accepted. the Spitsbergen and Bjørnøya materials differ. The material from Spitsbergen and neighbouring islands belongs to the mainly arctic subsp. amellii Scheutz (subsp. samojedorum (Rupr.) Hult.) together with the Jan Mayen material. whereas (72) Rumex acetosa L. coll. An introduction, at present only known from two the Bjørnøya material and at least the majority localities on Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a), but of the mainland Fennoscandian material belongs reported as stable. The available material is sterile to the mainly boreal subsp. hyperboreus. and difficult to determine to subspecies. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria (73) Salix arctiea Pallas 41 and Wijdefjorden areas, although Rønning (1979) The species is only known from two very small populations in Svalbard. A single individual near the airstrip at NY-Ålesund in the Kongsfjorden area has become extinct, probably due to grazing by the recently introduced reindeer, whereas a few plants are located in the upper middle part of Adventdalen east of Longyearbyen. At the latter locality the plants are threatened by fiuvial erosion and human traffic. Their extreme rarity only indicated Bjørnøya. Dubiel (1990) and Kuc & Dubie! (1995) considered the majority of Salix collections from Sørkapp Land as belonging to S. herbacea x polaris. A Fennoscandian population of the hybrid was found to be tetraploid (2n 76, Borgen & Elven 1983). Tentative hybrids produee well-formed seeds. The hybrids may reproduce independently of the diploid and hex aploid parents and behave as a separate species. has prevented collection, and only a few twigs have been available for study. On ly male plants are known from Svalbard, and no fiowering material has been collected. The shrubs were reported by Hulten (1964) as (75) Saussurea alpina (L.) De. Only found near a trapper's cabin at Storvika between Bellsund and Hornsund, southwestern S. glauca L. subsp. callicarpaea (Trautv.) Bocher Spitsbergen (Rønning 1961). The plant may have (S. callicarpaea Trautv.) and accepted as such by been introduced, but has been observed during Rønning (1979). A revision of the North Atlantic the last decade and seems to be established. taxa of the S. glauca complex (Palsson & Elven in prep., Flora Nordica) indicates that S. cal licarpaea is a boreal American taxon reaching north and east to southern Greenland only, and that the plants on the Faeroes, in leeland and Spitsbergen previously named as S. callicarpaea belong to the widespread and polymorphic S. arctiea, cornmon e.g. in Greenland. For phytogeographical reasons S. arctica is a more probable identification of the Svalbard plants than either S. glauca or S. callicarpaea. Their final identity will, however, remain uncon (76) Saxifraga aizoides L. The Svalbard plants differ consistently from the F ennoscandian ones with a more compact growth, shorter petals, and more glaucous leaves. Colour variability, cornmon in Fennoscandian moun tains, does not seem to be present in Svalbard. According to Nilsson (pers. comm.) they cor respond more to the Alpine than to the Fenno scandian type. A further study is needed before any taxonomic conclusion can be reached. firmed until a better material is available for study. The origin of the Svalbard plants is prob lematic. The persisting dones may be relicts from a time with more favourable c1imate. In favor of this hypothesis is the occurrence of material from Bellsund (O) of a possible hybrid between S. polaris and a species of the S. arctica-glauca group. The plant differs from S. arctica in more rounded, smaller, thinner and less hairy leaves, from S. polaris in oblong, hairy leaves and much thicker branches. However, the plant must be refound and more material collected before this hybrid can be accepted from Svalbard. (77) Saxifraga cespitosa L. A very polymorphic species. Hadac (1944) described six varieties and forms from Svalbard and reported on intermediates between the varieties alba, (with three forms, possible eco morphs), aurea and apetala. Rønning (1996) sep arated the material in two species, S. cespitosa and a new species proposed to cover Hadac's var. aurea, and he recognised a var. apetala within his new species. The position of these specific and subspecific taxa, also including a var. uniflora (R. Br.) Simm. (74) Salix herbacea L. X polaris Wahlenb. (S. uniflora R. Br.) is dubious. Morphotypes with small fiowers and narrow, erect yellow petals Intermediate in leaf margin (basally dentate) and (Hadac's var. aurea, Rønning's new species) and fruit indumentum. Known from severai sites on types with large fiowers and broad, spreading Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a, map 21). Reported white petals have been found mixed in severai from Sørkapp Land by Lid (1925) and later found populations, and the variation may have a quite at severai sites along the western coast of Spits simple genetical explanation. The variation has bergen north to Danskeøya and in the Isfjorden also been found to be continuous in many R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 42 populations. The same morphological variation tative hybrid growing with both parents (also has also been found in other areas, i.e. local counted) in NY-Ålesund in the Kongsfjorden area stands of yellow-flowered. narrow-petalled plants (Borgen & Elven 1983). Other morphological within normal white-flowered populations (see intermediates have been found, together with 5. hyperborea, at one locality in Krossfjorden. The e.g. Elven et al. 1980). A formal taxonomic treatment should include hybrid may be widespread. material from a larger geographical area and should be based on experimental studies, especially on crossing experiments. We therefore do not accept the separation proposed by Rønning (81) Saxifraga OPPOSilifolia L. cou. (1996). Ongoing genetic studies (see Tollefsrud Two distinct morphotypes with deviant ecological et al. 1995) indicate that the variation in flower preferences have been reported (see i.a. Craw shape and colour is taxonomically entirely insig ford et al. 1993). In less exposed, damp habitats nificant. a prostrate type is found with long, slender branches and distant leaves usually with marginal (78) Saxifraga fiageIlaris Sternb. subsp. platysepala (Trautv.) A.E. Porsild The arctic taxon present in Svalbard is tetraploid (2n = 32), as opposed to the more southern and diploid subsp. fiagellaris (2n = 16). It may merit rank as a separate species, 5. platysepala (Trautv.) Tolm. (see e.g. Rønning 1996). cilia. This type probably corresponds with the majority of Scandinavian mountain plants. On dry, wind-exposed ridges there is a compact, cush ion-forming type with dense, overlapping leaves entirely or mostly without cilia. This type is also reported from the northern Scandinavian moun tains (Nilsson 1986). It may eorrespond with what is recognised as a separate, closely related taxon, 5. pulvinata Small (5. oppositifolia subsp. smal liana (Engler & Irmscher) Hult.), in the American (79) Saxifraga hirculus L. Arctic induding Greenland. The name pulvinata coU. The arctic type found in Svalbard is small growing, forming dense cushions and usually with only one ftower per stem. It differs considerably from the lowland European type and has some times been distinguished, together with the lce landic and (Engler) Alpine plants, as subsp. alpina Å. Love. was published at speeies leve! in 1901. The types also differ in floral morphology. Rønning (1996) accepted the types at subspecific leve!, first described in a Svalbard context as forms by And ersson & Hesselman (1900). The prostrate type was named as subsp. reptans (Anderss. & Hesseim. ) Rønning, probably eorresponding with what should be named subsp. oppositifolia, and the pulvinate type as subsp. pulvinata (Anderss. (80) Saxifraga hyperborea rioularis L. R. Br. and S. and the relation between the Svalbard and arctic The two species are separated cytologically (5. hyperborea diploid with 2n & Hesselm.jSmall) Rønning. Both the priority of the names (Small's or Andersson & Hesselman's) American types are still unsolved questions. 26, 5. rivularis A recent loeal investigation in the Ny Ålesund 52, both counted on Svalbard area, Svalbard (Brysting et al. 1996) revealed that material). The morphological differences are, no other morphologieal feature was correlated however, small, and 5. hyperborea is at least with growth form, that the pollen grains were of tetraploid with 2n = one of the parents of the polyploid 5. rivularis one size (differenees often indicative of dif (Brochmann pers. comm.). 5axifraga hyperborea ferences in ploidy level), and that intermediates differs mainly in lacking subterranean runners had and in having petals nearly double the length of hybridization. Their condusion was that the vari the sepals. Pigmentation is often used in sep ation in growth form was dinal and not worthy arating them, but both may have a distinctly pur of taxonomic recognition. plish pigmentation. well-developed pollen not indieative of From mainland northern Europe only the dip Hybridisation between the two species has been loid chromosome number (2n 26) is known, documented. The expected intermediate chro corresponding with 5. oppositifolia s. str. A single mosome num ber of 2n count of a Svalbard plant revealed a tetraploid 39 was found in a ten- A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria number (2n = 52, Flovik 1940). It is not known from which of the two morphotypes the count originates. 43 is appropriate, even if it may originally have appeared as a hybrid. Tetraploid numbers are elsewhere reported from the American Arctic including Greenland (LOve & Love 1975) and are associated with S. pulvinata. (83) Silene uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq. A complex which until recently was treated as one species in Fennoscandia and Svalbard (Mel (82) Saxifraga sualbardensis D.D. 0vstedal This comparatively recently described taxon (0vstedal 1975) is found to be common in Sval bard. It may be an endemic as no similar plants are found in the extensive collections from other arctic areas in O, TRH and TROM. The plants are morphologically homogeneous, characterised by half-open ftowers with irregular numbers, posi tions and development stages of petals and sepal5, by petals with a purplish pigmentation, and by subterranean runners. Seeds are produced only rarely (Brochmann pers. comm.), and S. sval bardensis mostly reproduces by bul bils and locally by runnen;. The plants are confined to deep, wet moss tundra. Saxifraga svalbardensis has been interpreted as originating from a hybrid between S. cernua and either S. hyperborea or S. rivularis. In the latter case it may have the same parentage as S. x opdalensis Blytt, described from mountains in andrium apetalum Fenzl or Silene wahlbergella Chowdh.) and another in the Urals (S. uralensis). Bocquet (1969) found a continuity in the variation between S. uralensis and S. wahlbergella that justified a treatment at subspecific \eve\. At species level the name S. uralensis has priority, and Bocquet (1969) recognised three subspecies in the European area: subsp. uralensis in the Urals, subsp. apetala (L.) Bocq. in Fennoscandia, and subsp. arctiea (Th. Fr.) Bocq. in the Arctic including Svalbard. Kurtto (in prep., Flora Nord iea) found the differences between the plants in the Urals and the Arctic toa insignificant to merit separation even at level of subspecies, whereas the differences between these and the Scandi navian plants were of an order corresponding to separation as distinet species. This treatment is folJowed here. The arctic-boreal species group of S. uralensis , S. wahlbergella , S. furcata and aJlies is very distinct and may well deserve separation in a distinet genus, Gastrolychnis. southern Norway, but differing from S. sval bardensis in being low-growing, with white, open, and regular ftowers, in laeking runners, and in being an ecological specialist of irrigated gravel fIats. One chromosome count in S. svalbardensis (Borgen & Elven 1983) also resulted in a slightly higher number (2n S. x = opdalensis (2n ca 64) than usually found in 48-50, Engelskjøn 1979). The S. cf. svalbardensis tentatively reported by Rune (1988) from a serpentine bedrock area in northern Scandinavia is probably another S. cer nua x rivularis hybrid, as the illustration shows it to differ considerably from Svalbard S. sval bardensis. Such putative hybrids are known from severai parts of southern and northern Scan dinavia. Recent genetic studies by Brochmann (unpubl.) confirm a probable origin from S. cer nua and S. riuularis. The morphological features combine runners characteristic of S. riuularis and purplish pigmentation. Its homogeneous appear (84) Stellaria longipes Goldie coll. A very complicated arctic/bore al aggregate, urgently in need of a world-wide revisjon. Accord ing to Hulten (1943) and Chater & Heywood (1964) there are three speeies in Svalbard: S. ciliatisepala Trautv., S. crassipes HulL, and S. longipes Goldie s. str. Rønning (1979) recognised only S. crassipes, whereas Chater & Heywood (1993) excluded S. ciliatisepala, but reported S. crassipes and S. longipes s. str. from the islands. According to studies in Canada, Norway (includ ing Svalbard) and Russia (Chinnappa 1985, Often 1989) there are no reliable morphological charac ters separating these species, and they are at present best treated as parts of a polymorphic S. longipes Goldie. Further studies may, however, reveal severai taxa in Svalbard. by se ed (at least as well as one of its putative (85) Vaccinium uliginosum L. subsp. microphyllum Lange parents, S. cemua), indicates that rank of species The Svalbard material is probably diploid (one ance over large areas, and its ability to reproduce R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 44 count of 2n 24 from the Isfjorden area, Flovik 1940), as most investigated materials from the Arctic and from northern alpine areas. The diploid is usually separated from the tetraploid southern taxon as subspecies or species therioides Bigel.). (V. gaul The Fennoscandian alpine Rumex acetosella L. subsp. acetosella--Småsyre (LR) R. longi/olius DC.-Høymol (LR) Sinapis arvensis L. -Åkersennep (R) Stellaria media (L.) Vill.-Vassarve (NR) Taraxacum spp.-Ugrasløvetann (R) plants resemble the same taxon, as proposed by Thlaspi arvense L.-Pengeurt (R) Nilsson (1986), but the few chromosome counts Tri/otium repens L.-Kvitkløver (R). from Fennoscandian mountains have yielded tetraploid numbers (Engelskjøn 1979; Borgen & Elven 1983). The taxon has only been found a few times in central parts of Spitsbergen (Elvebakk Excluded taxa 1989). Alchemilla vulgaris L. Ephemeral (introduced) taxa Used by Rønning (1979) and other authors t o indicate severai introduced Alchemilla taxa. See note (2). A large number of taxa have been found intro duced in the settlements and near trappers' cabins (see references in the lntroduction). Taxa Iisted below have been found severai times and may still be introduced regularly or be more or less permanent in the vicinity of the Russian settle ments (R_ according to information from Bar Braya alpina Sternb. & Hoppe Previously considered, i.e. by Triloff (l943), to include also B. purpurascens and other speeies. Svalbard records refer to B. purpurascens. entsburg by Tishkov pers. comm., and from a visit in 1993), more infrequently in Longyearbyen (L') or on Bjørnøya (B, according to Engelskjøn 1986a), and very rarely and not recently in Ny Carex bigelowii Torr. Reported from a few localities by severai authors Ålesund (N): and mapped by Rønning (1972). Some reports Alchemilla subcrenata Bus.-Engmarikåpe (B) nised it from Adventpynten. The available her Agroslis capillaris L.-Engkvein (B) CapseIla bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic.-Gjetartaske (R) Chamomilla suaveolens balderbrå (Pursh) Rydb.-Tun (N) were revised by Asplund (1918) who only recog barium specimens have later proved to be non littoral forms of C. subspathacea, and we have not seen any proper C. bigelowii collections from Svalbard. See also notes (11) and (12). Chenopodium album L. coll.-Meldestokk (R) Fallopia convolvulus (L.) A. Love-Vinde slirekne (R) Galeopsis cf. telrahit L.-Kvassdå (R) mens determined to subsp. subpolaris (Pobed.) Rauschert - Nordleg strandbalderbrå - and phaeocephala X subspathacea Wormskj. Matricaria maritim a L. coll. (LNR, fertile speci subsp. Carex bigelowii Tor r . (Rupr.) Rauschert Finnmarksbalderbrå) Poa annua L.-Tunrapp (R) Hjelmqvist & Nyholm (1947) reported this hybrid from the area near Longyearbyen Airport. The collection (probably in a Swedish herbarium) has not been reexamined but is tentatively included in C. subspathacea based on the erroneous reports of other C. bigelowii collections from Svalbard. Polygonum aviculare L. (mostly var. boreale Lange)-Tungras (L) Ranunculus acris L. coll.-Engsoleie (R) Carex hepburnii Boott R. auricomus L. coll.-Nyresoleie (R) Much of the Svalbard material of C. nardina Fr. R. repens L.-Krypsoleie (R) in the herbaria has been named C. hepburnii. Raphanus raphanistrum L.-Åkerreddik (R) This is a more tall-growing and poorly defined A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 45 taxon from western North America, which is not Hadac (1946) from Longyeardalen are probably recognised by most arctic fioras. referrable to D. laetea X oxycarpa, as these authors used the name D. alpin a collectively. The hybrids D. alpina X lactea and D. laetea Cerastium alpinum L. X regelii Ostenf. X oxycarpa, produced by experimental crossings Reported from Svalbard by Tolmachev (1930), and cited by e.g. Triloff (1943), but the material probably belongs to C. arcticum x regelii. See note (19). (Brochmann et al. 1993), are difficult to separate morphologically, and both combinations prob ably occur on Svalbard. The speeimens inspected, however, have marginal hairs on the siliculae, suggesting D. oxycarpa as the other parent (Elven unpubl.). See note (33). Cerastium hyperboreum Tolm. Described from Svalbard by Tolmachev (1930), but by us at present included in C. arcticwn s. str. See note (20). Draba arctica J. Vahl subsp. ostenfeldii (E. Ekm.) Bocher One collection from Longyearbyen was referred to this subspecies by Boeher (1966). The sub speeies differs from subsp. arctiea in quantitative Cochlearia anglica L. eharacters only, easily modified by the environ Reported e.g. by Rønning (1979) as C. officinalis ment, and on ly ane taxon of the group is here var. anglica (L.) Alet. This is a southern plant accepted from Svalbard. See note (30). not found in the Arctic, and the material belongs to C. groenlandica. See note (23). Draba cana Rydberg Listed from Svalbard by Mulligan (1971). He Cochlearia officinalis L. treated this species as a close relative of D. arctica, Frequently reported in a collective sense, but all Svalbard material is at present regarded as C. groenlandica. See note (23). not of D. daurica/norvegica. He was also of the opinion that D. arctiea, described from Bellsund, differed from D. cinerea, but he did not present further opinions on the identity of D. arctica as he did not recognise it from Canada. His report probably refers to D. arctiea. See note (30). Deschampsia brevifolia R. Br. Confused with D. horealis . See note (27). Draba cinerea Adams Reported by numerous authors (e.g. Rønning Deschampsia glauca Hartm. 1979). All reports refer to D. arclica, see note Indicated by Hadac (1989) as the correet identi (30). fication of the Svalbard plants previously named D. brevifolia and here treated as D. borealis see • note (27). However, Hartman's D. glauca is a quite distinct and different plant from boreal river-banks in Fennoscandia (described in 1820 from Jamtland) and possibly in northern Russia. However, also Tzvelev (1984) seerned to identify this plant as a northern Russian and Siberian mountain and tundra taxon. Draba glacialis Adams Draba glacialis has been reeognised as a Svalbard speeies during most of this eentury, most reeently by Walters (1964), Love & Love (1975), Godzik & W6jcicki (1987), and Walters & Akeroyd (1993). The name has been in use for severai Svalbard taxa, none of them eorresponding with Adams' D. glacialis. See note (28). Draba a/pina L. X laetea Adams The reports by e.g. Asplund (1918) from Coles bukta (determined by E. Ekman) and by Dahl & Draba groenlandiea E. Ekm. This taxon has been reported from Svalbard by R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 46 oblongata may in any case have to be rejected as Ekman (1929), Neilson (1968 as D. arctica subsp. groenlandiea (E. Ekm.) Bocher), and by E. Ekman in O. As indicated in note (30) the earlier it during a long period has been applied to taxa speeies concept in this group was very narrow, the D. cinerea-arctica group where the type resulting both in a confusion concerning the sep material belongs. in the D. micropetala group, quite different from aration of D. cinerea Adams from D. arctica J. Vahl, and a description of severai species closely D. aretica. Bocher (1966) accepted D. groenlandica as a subspecies of D. arctiea, but did not report this subspecies related to or now incIuded in from Svalbard. Reports from Svalbard are, wait ing for further investigations, referred to D. are liea subsp. arctica in the present concept, but see note 30. Equisetum arvense L. riparium (Fr.) Rønning Described by Rønning (1996) based on E. arvense var. riparium Fr. In our concept this plant is incIuded in E. arvense subsp. boreale (which Rønning (1996) renarnes as E. arvense subsp. alpeslre (Wahlenb.) Rønning). Draba kjellmanii Lid ex E. Ekm. Of the Svalbard material originally determined as D. kjellmannii in O, about 75% belongs to D. Festuca ovina L. eorymbosa in the present concept, about 20% to a leiocarp type of D. alpina on Bjørnøya and Novaja Zemlja, and the remaining 5% to a leiocarp type of the white-flowered D. norvegiea (F. baffinensis, F. brachyphylla, F. edlundiae and F. hyperborea), from Bjørnøya. The name is probably to be see notes 38-39. Festuca ovina was excIuded from The name was previously used (e.g. by Resvoll Holmsen 1927) in a collective sense for all small grown, tufted fescues on Svalbard referred (mainly) to D. corymbosa and is super the Svalbard flora by Scholander (1934) and by fluous. See note (28). Hadac (1944). However, it was recently erroneously indicated from Svalbard by Hulten & Fries (1986). Draba magelIaniea Lam. The name should be restricted to South American plants (see note 31) but has frequently been used for Svalbard plants, e.g. by Triloff (1943) who refers both to D. hirta L. and D. magelIaniea. In Festuca rubra L. var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fr. the herbarium the name has been used for In the early parts of this century this name was material of both D. aretica and D. daurica in the applied for what now is considered as present concept and it is usually impossible to subsp. aretica (Hack.) Govor. in Svalbard. At F. rubra decide to which of the two speeies a literary record present var. arenaria is variously considered a refers. more or less distinct variety, subspecies (subsp. arenaria (Osbeck) Syme), or speeies (F. arenaria Osbeck), but distributed on northwestern Euro Draba oblongata R. Br. ex De. pean sand dunes, not reaching the Arctic. KjeII There are many references to D. oblongata in the qvist (1964) gives the taxon specific rank because Svalbard literature (e.g. Rønning 1964). Most reports refer to D. mieropetala in our concept, of its octoploid chromosome num ber , 2n 56. See note (41). some probably also to D. paucijlora. As shown by M ulligan (1974) the type collection of D. oblongata does not represent a yellow-flowered speeies, but corresponds to what later has been Festuca supina Schur D. groenlandiea E. Ekm. (D. arctica Reported from Svalbard by Hadac (1942, 1944). subsp. groenlandica). The priorities of the names The speeies is central European (Tzvelev 1984), named applied to speeies in the D. cinerea-arctica group are still uncertain. However, the name D. and the material collected by Hadac (O) belongs to F. brachyphylla, see note (39). A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Kobresia myosuroides (Vill.) Fiori 47 Poa x herjedaliea H. Sm. Erroneously reported from Svalbard by Hulten Numerous collections from Svalbard have been & Fries (1986). determined as this polymorphic taxon, believed to be of hybrid origin (P. alpina L. X pratensis L. coll., see Nannfeldt 1937). The material seems Papaver nudicaule mainly to belong to tall-grown (possibly manured) L. P. a/pina. Occurrence of this hybrid is, however, Listed by severai authors, even as late as Triloff to be expected. (1943), in spite of Nordhagen's (1931) c1arification as to the differences between the diploid P. nudi caule (now considered restricted to Siberia) and the polyploids in N European mountains and the Potentilla kei/haui Sommerf. Arctic.All Svalbard records of P. nudicaule refer Described from Svalbard (Vestspitsbergen, Som to P. dahlianum. merlelt 1833), but conspecific with P. pulehella R.Br. Papaver radicatum Rottb. Listed by Resvoll-Holmsen (1927), Scholander Potentilla lyngei Jurtz. investigations, & Sojak (1934), and Dahl (1937), but later authors con Pending sidered all Svalbard material as belonging to P. described taxon (Yurtsev & Sojak in Yurtsev dahlianum in the sense of Nordhagen (1931). 1984) is included in P. further x this recently insularis Sojak.See note (61). Parrya nudicaulis (L.) Regel This species has been reported twice from Sval Potentilla multifida L. bard, first from Sorgfjorden by Hooker (1828) Recognised from Svalbard by Resvoll-Holmsen and later from Krossfjorden by Mathey-Dupraz (1927), Hadac (1944),and Hulten & Fries (1986). (1912). The species was included for Svalbard by based on a material collected by Nathorst at Kapp Resvoll-Holmsen (1927). No herbarium speci Thordsen in the Isfjorden area. The specimens (S mens have been preserved. The report from and UPS) were studied by J. Lid in the 1930's and Krossfjorden probably refers to Arabis a/pina as by Elven in 1995. Lid (unpubl. ) found them to Parrya also often is white-tlowered. The Sorg agree weU with P. multifida from other areas fjorden record is enigmatic. The plant has been and to differ significantly from all other Svalbard searched for in vain as shown by Scholander Potentilla. Rønning (1961) considered the Kapp (1934) who did not exclude the report. However, Thordsen plants as a form of P. pulehella, and in accordance with Rønning (1979) we think the the species was excluded from the Svalbard flora Parrya report is best considered as erroneous. by Rønning (1964,1979,1996). Elven (unpubL) found the collected plants to correspond weU with tall-grown bird diff P. pulehella. Phippsia algida x concinna Reported by Polunin (1945). As young specimens of P. concinna easily are mistaken for hybrids this Potentilia pedersenii (Rydb.) Ostenf. report is rejected. Tzvelev (1984) indicated that lndicated for Svalbard by Rønning (1964. 1979) the hybrid "in some Arctic regions ...i s found as an obscure taxon induded in P. rubricaulis. more commonly than the parental forms". This Other authors have either followed Rønning and is, however, not our experience from Svalbard or induded the plant in P. rubricaulis (Porsild & from a study of the arctic herbarium material. Cody 1980) or restricted the name to an arctic We have found no indication of hybridisation in American taxon (Sojak 1986). mature, well-developed material (but have seen material is included in P. X insularis. See note a lot of immature material difficult to determine) (59). . The Svalbard R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 48 Saxifraga aurea (Hadac) Rønning Potentilla rubrieaulis Lehm. Reported from Svalbard by Rønning (1961) and Described as species by Rønning (1996) to include included by Rønning (1964, 1979, 1996) and by yellow-ftowered plants of S. cespitosa (see note Ball et al. (1968). The name was restricted to an 77). Not accepted by us. American taxon by Porsild & Cody (1980), and the Svalbard material is here interpreted as P. x insularis. See note (59). Silene furcata Rafin. subsp. angustiflora (Rupr.) Walters Puecinellia ten elia (Lange) Holmberg Treated as Melandrium angustiflorum (Rupr.) First published from the Kongsfjord and Isfjorden areas by Dahl & Hadac (1946). This record was accepted by Hughes & Halliday (1980) although the material was described by Rønning (1962) as Walp. by Rønning (1979), but this taxon is now considered to be a more southern subspecies (or species), with a few occurrences in Fennoscandia. The Svalbard taxon is subsp. furcata. a new and endemic species, P. sualbardensis, a treatment which is followed here. See note (65). Silene uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq. subsp. apetala Ranunculus aeris L. subsp. borealis (Trautv.) Nyman Reported by Rønning (1979) and others as Mel Reported from Forlandssundet by Gugnacka be a Fennoscandian taxon. The Svalbard and Fiedor Greenland subspecies is Silene uralensis subsp. & Noryskiewicz (1982). andrium apetalum, but this is now considered to This study includes many species later found to be mis uralensis. See note (83). identified, and the report must be confirmed before it can be accepted. Stella ria borealis Bige!. Reported from Bjørnøya by Rønning (1959) as Ranuneulus sabinii R. Br. Mapped from northern Svalbard by Hulten & Fries (1986). In view of the considerable varia bility of the widely distributed R. sulphureus, the S. calycantha, but redetermined as S. humifusa by Engelskjøn & Schweitzer (1970). It was still mapped from Bjørnøya by Hulten & Fries (1986). lack of material avaiIable for study, and the lack of confirm ed reports from the area between Greenland and Taimyr (Tolmachev 1971), the report is rejected here. Stellaria ciliatisepala Trautv. Reported as S. edwardsii R. Br. by numerous early authors, and later by Hulten (1943) and Rhododendron lapponicum Wahlenb. Chater & Heywood (1964), but is here included in the S. longipes Goldie aggregate. See note (84). Indicated from Bjørnøya by Fries (1869b), listed by Resvoll-Holmsen (1927) and still indicated by a question mark by Hulten & Fries (1986). How ever, Rønning (1959) has convincingly argued that the report was based on a misinterpretation of the abbreviation 'Rhod.' which actually referred to Rhodiola. Stellaria crassipes Hult. Reported by numerous authors, but is here included in the S. longipes Goldie aggregate. See note (84). Salix callicarpaea Trautv. Taraxacum ceratophorum, (Ledeb.) De. Previously reported from Svalbard (Hulten 1964, Reported from the Hornsund area by Triloff Rønning 1979), but the material most probably (1943). The record refers to T. brachyceras (see refers to S. arctiea Pallas. See note (73). Kuc & DubieI1995). A cata/ogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacteria Taraxacum nivale Lange 49 c. fenestrata R. Br. Reported from the Hornsund area by Triloff (1943). The reeord refers to T. aretieum (see Kue & KubieI199S). C. groenlandiea L. = e. e. officinalis L. var. angliea (L.) Alef. angliea L. e. e. offieinalis L. var. arctiea (Sehleeht.) Gel. groenlandiea L. (but see note 23) e. officinalis var. groenlandiea (L.) Gel. e. groenlandiea L. Coehleariopsis groenlandiea (L.) A. & D. Love Synonyms X Pue Colpodium vacillans (Th. FL) Polunin The list includes as synonyms only names used in reeent lite ra ture and which may eause mis understandings. Different spelling forms are not included. = A. borealis Trin. C. vahlianum (Liebm.) Nevski Pueeinellia vah = liana (Liebm.) Seribn. & Merr. Cystopteris diekieana R. Sim C. fragilis (L.) = Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. subsp. diekieana (Sim) Hyl. Arenaria ciliata L. subsp. pseudofrigida Ostenf. & Dahl. A. pseudofrigida (Ostenf. & Dahl) = Juz. Amiea alpina auet. A. angustifolia M. Vahl subsp. angustifolia A. alpina auet. subsp. angustifolia (M. Vahl) Maguire A. angustifolia M. Vahl subsp. angustifolia A. prostrata Boueh. Atriplex latifolia Wahlenb. ex DC. subsp. prostrata Calamagrostis G.M.S. negleeta auet. non (Ehrh.) C. strieta (Tirnm.) Koeler Cakile arctiea Pobed. C. maritima Seop. subsp. islandiea (Gand.) Elven Campanula gieseekiana Vest. C. rOlundifolia = L. subsp. gieseekiana (Vest.) Witasek Cardamine nymanii Gand. C. pratensis L. = subsp. polemonioides Rouy C. pratensis L. subsp. angustifolia (Hook.) O.E. = C. pratensis L. subsp. polemonioides Rouy Carex amblyrhyneha V. Kreez. C. amphigena (Fern.) Maek. = = C. marina Dew. C. glareosa Wah lenb. C. fuliginosa Sehkuhr subsp. misandra (R. Br.) Nyman. C. eiphippsia vacillans (Th. Fr.) Tzvelev Bernh. var. diekieana (R. Sim) Moore Alopeeurus alpinus Sm. non Vill. Sehulz = Coehlearia groenlandiea L. C. misandra R. Br. marina auet. non Dewey = C. glareosa Wahlenb. C. setina (Christ) V. Kreez. = C. maritima Gunn. subsp. setina (Christ) Egorova C. stans Drej. = C. aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp. Cerastium hyperboreum Tolm. = C. aretieum Deschampsia brev/folia auet. non R. Br. = D. borealis (Trautv.) Roshev. eespitosa (L.) Beauv. D. Hooker f. D. = subsp. alpina (L.) D. alpina (L.) Roem. & Sehultes glauea auet. non Hartm. D. borealis (Trautv.) Roshev. Draba bellii Holm D. eorymbosa R. Br. ex = De. D. adamsii Ledeb. D. paucifiora R. Br. = D. adamsii auet. non Ledeb. D. mieroearpa Hook. (non Rønning 1964, 1979) D. einerea auet. non Adams D. glabeIla Pursh. = D. aret/ca J. Vahl D. daurica DC. (but see note 31) D. gredinii E. Ekm. = D. oxyearpa Sommerf. D. groenlandiea auet. non E. Ekm. D. arctiea J.Vahl D. kjellmannii Lid ex E. Ekm. D. eorymbosa R. Br. ex De. p.p. D. maeroearpa Adams = D. eorymbosa R. Br. ex De. D. mieropetala sensu Rønning 1964, 1979, non Hook. = D. paueiflora R. Br. D. oblongata R. Br. ex DC Draba arctiea J. Vahl subsp. groenlandiea (E. Ekm.) Boeher. D. oblongata auet. non R. Br. ex De. = D. micropetala Hook. (non Rønning 1964, 1979) Dupontia fisheri R. Br. subsp. pelligera (Rupr.) Tzvelev = D. fisheri R. Br. s. str. Hult. = D. psilosantha Rupr. D. pelligera (Rupr.) Lange (but see note 23) C. fragilis (L.) Bernh. var. diek D. fisheri R. BL subsp. psilosantha (RUpL) stans (Drej.) Hult. Coehlearia arctiea Sehleeht. = ieana (Sim) Moore. = C. groenlandiea L. A. Love & Ritehie = D. fisheri R. Br. S.str. Empetrum hermaphroditum Hagerup = E. nig R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 50 rum L. subsp. hermaphroditum (Hagerup) Equisetum arvense L. subsp. alpestre (Wahlenb.) Rønning = ale (Bong.) Equisetum arven. e L. subsp. bore Å. E. arvense L. subsp. boreale (Bong.) = A Love eriocephalus uniflorus L. J. Vahl erioeephalus subsp. Erigeron = (J. VahI) Cronq. Eriophorum triste (Th. FL) A. Love & Hadac Hult. cinellia E. frigida Pugsley = Puc = F. rubra L. subsp. arctica (Haek.) Govor. F. riehardsonii Hook. (Haek.) Govor. F. rubra L. = subsp. arctiea (Haek.) Govor. Cassiope Harrimanella hypnoides (L.) Coville hypnoides (L.) D. Don Juncus albeseens (Lange) Fem. = J. triglumis L. subsp. albescens (Lange) Hult. K. islandica L. & D. Love var aretiea Hadac Luzula confusa Lindeb. = L. areuata Sw. subsp. confusa (Lindeb,) Blytt Lycopodium selago L. = Huperzia selago (L.) Bernh. Melandrium affine J. Vahl = Silene fureata Raf. M. angustiflorum (Rupr.) Walp. = Silene furcata Raf. subsp. angustiflora (Rupr.) Walters M. apetalum (L.) Fenzl = Silene uralensis (Rupr.) Boeq. subsp. apetala (L) Fenzl M. furcatum (Raf.) Hadac = radieatum Rottb, Silene fureata Raf. subsp. dahlianum p, dahlianum Nordh. (Nordh.) Randel Pedieularis dasyantha (Trautv.) Hadac. = Pedi cu/aris lanata Cham. & Sehleeht. subsp. dasy antha (Trautv.) Hult. Phippsia algida (Sol.) R. Br. subsp. concinna (Th. Å. Phippsia concinna (Th. & D. LOve FL) Lindeb. P. angustata (R, Br.) A. & D. Love = Puccinellia A. P. svalbardensis (Rønning) P. angustata subsp. palibinii (Th. Sør.) A. & D. Puccinellia angustata subsp. palibinii A. & D. Love capillaris (Liljebl.) Jansen = A. & D. LOve = Puccinellia tenelia (Lange) Holmb. P. vahliana (Liebm.) A. & D. Love = Puecinellia P. pratensis L. Poa a/pigena (Fr.) Lindem. subsp. alpigena (Fr.) I-Hit. P. arctiea R. Br. subsp. = stricta (Lindeb.) Nannf. P. aretica R. Br. subsp. cespitans (Simm. ) Nannf. Bistorta vivipara (L.) S.F. Gray Potenti/la emarginata Pursh P. hyparctiea Malte P. hookeriana Lehm subsp. ehamissonis (Hult.) P. chamissonis Hult. Hult. P. keilhaui Sommerf. = P. pulchella R. Br. P. lyngei Jurtz. & Sojåk (but see note P. x insularis Sojåk 59) P. nivea L. subsp. chamissonis (Hult.) Hiit. = P. ehamissonis Hult. P. pedersenii auet. non (Rydb.) Ostenf. = P. x insularis Sojåk P. prostrata Rottb. subsp. chamissonis (Hult.) Sojåk = P. chamissonis Hult. P. prostrata Rottb. subsp. jloccosa Sojåk P. nivea L. subsp. nivea P. robbinsiana Oakes subsp. hyparctica (Malte) D. Love P. hyparctica Malte P. rubrieaulis auet. non Lehm. = P. insularis x Sojåk P. subquinata (Lange) Rydb. = P. nivea L. subsp. subquinata (Lange) Hult. Puccinellia coarctata Fem. & Weath. = P. cap illaris (Liljebl.) Jansen P. palibinii Th. Sør. = P. angustata (R. Br.) Rand & Redf. subsp. palibillii (Th. Sør.) Tzvelev Ranuneulus pedatifidus auet. non Sm. = R. affinis R. Br. R. hyperboreus Rottb. R. samojedorum Rupr. Rhodiola aretica A. Boriss. aretica (A. Boriss.) A, Sagina intermedia Fenzl (Th. Sør.) Tzvelev p, capillaris (Liljebl.) & D. Love Puecinellia svalbardensis Rønning subsp. arnellii Seheutz angustata (R. BL) Rand & Redf. = vilfoldea subsp. Polygonum viviparum L. F. rubra L. subsp. arctica = F. rubra L. var. mutica Hartm. A. Puc & D. Love P. tolmatchewii Roshev. Festuca cryophila Kreez. & Bobr. Koenigia hadacii A. phryganodes P. lindebergii Tzvelev Euphrasia arctica auet. non Lange ex Rostrup Love & D. Love vahliana (Liebm.) Seribn. & Merr. E. angustifolium Honek. subsp. triste (Th. Fr.) FL) P. vilfoidea (Anderss.) P. tenelIa (Lange) Erigeron Papaver Å. (Anderss.) Tzvelev Love Equisetum arvense L. subsp. riparium (Fr.) Røn ning P. phryganodes (Trin.) cinellia phryganodes (Trin.) Seribn. & Merr. Bacher. Puecinellia = Saxifraga groenlandiea L. = R. rosea L. subsp. & D. Love S. nivalis (Lindb. ) Fr. S. eespitosa L. S. platysepala (Trautv.) Tolm. = S. jlagellaris catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria A Sternb. subsp. platysepala (Trautv.) A.E. Por sild Sedum arcticum (A. Boriss. ) Rønning Rhodiola rosea L. subsp. arctiea (A. Boriss.) A. & D. Love Rhodiola rosea L. Engelskjøn & Schwe itzer subsp. arctiea (A. Boriss.) wahlbergella A. & D. Love S. Chowdh. uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq. subsp. apetala (L.) Bocq. Stellaria calycantha (Ledeb.) Bong. av Cysropteris fragilis, Blyl/ia = S. borealis S. longipes Goldie coll. V. uliginosum Vaccinium gaultherioides Bigel. populasjoner Bikher, T,W. 1952: A study of the circumpolar Carex Heleon astes amblyrrhyncha complex, Acta Aretiea 5.1-32 + 1 pl. Bikher. T.W. 1966: Experimental and eytological studies on IX, Some arctic and montane crucifers, Biol, 14.7, Skr. Dan, Vid. Selsk, 1-4. Bocher. T.W, 1977: Cerastium alpinum and C. arcticum, A malure polyploid complex, BOl, Notiser 13 0. 303-309, Bocher. T.W, & Larsen, K. 1950: Chromosome numbers of 147,6. some arctic Or boreal flowering plants, Med. Grøn/. 1- 32, Bigel. Stellaria crassipes Hult. i skandinaviske 50, 143-157. Berg, R.Y. 1992: Sporevariasjon planl spedes, S. rosea (L.) Scop. subsp. arcticum (A. Boriss.) Silene Sl L. subsp. microphyllum Lange B6cher. T,W" Fredskild, B" Holmen, K. & Jakobsen, Grønlands flora, 3, reviderede udgave. P. Haase K, 1978: & Søns forlag. København, Bocquet, G, 1969: Rcvisio Physolychnidum (Silene sec!. Phy solychnis), Phanerog, Monogr, l, 1-341. Borgen, L. & Elven, R, 1983: Chromosome numbers of Hower ing plan Is from northern Norway and Svalbard, Nord. l. Bot, 3,301-306. Brett, O,E. 1950: Chromosomc numbers of Cemstium spedes, Nature Acknowledgements 166, 446-447, Brett. O.E. 1952: Basic chromosome numbers in the genus Cemstiurn, Noture 170. 251-52. Brett. O,E. 1953: Cerastium arcticum Lange, Nature Many of the notes are based on unpublished information made available by C Brochmann (Oslo), T. Engelskjøn (Tromsø). S. Ericsson (Umeå), A. Hagen (Oslo). O. Schjøll (Oslo), T. Sæther b. :-;i!sson (Uppsala), (Oslo), D. Thannheiser 171, 527- 528. Brett, O,E. 1955: Cyto-taxonomy of the genus Cerastium, I. Cytology, New PhYIOI, 54 , 138-148, Bretten, S, 1973: Slekta Draba i Knutshø-Finshø-området pti (Hamburg), and A.A. Tishkov (Moscow). The main editor of Dovre. Sider ved dens systematikk og aU/økologi, Cand. real. Flora Nordica. B. JonselI. has allowed us to eite information Thesis, Univ, of Trondheim. from unpublished manuscripts by R. Y. Berg (Oslo), B. Jon5ell (Stockholm). A. Kurtto (Helsinki), J. Pålsson (Reykjavik), b. Nilsson, and S. Ericsson. Valuable comments to the manuscript were made by C Brochmann and S. Sivertsen (Trondheim), and by T. Engelskjøn, D.F. !Ylurray (FairbanksJ, and RA. Yurtsev (St. Petersburg) which have be en very constructivc referees improving it significantly. J. Wesenberg (Oslo) has provided translations of Russian literature. The curators of the herbaria BM. K, 0, S, TRH, TROM. and UPS have kindly made material and facilities available, Wc hereby acknowledge this valuable help and offer our sincere thanks, Brochmann, C 1992: Pollen and seed morphology of Nordie Draba (Brassieaecac): phylogenetic and ecological impli cations, Nord, Brochmann, C J. BOl, 12,657-673, 1993: Reproductive strategies of diploid and polyploid populations of arclic Draba (Brassieaecac ) , Pl, Sys/. Evol, 185.55-83, Brochmann, C. & Elven, R. 1992: Ecological and genetic 'On sequences of polyploidy in arclie Draba (Brassicaceae), Evo/. Trend, Plants 6, 111-124, Brochmann, C" Soltis, D,E, & Soltis, P,S, 1992a: Elec trophorelic relationships and phylogeny of Nordic polyploids in Draba (Brassicaceae), Plant Syst, Evol. 182,35-70. Brochmann, C, Soltis. P,S, & Soltis, D,E, 1992b: Recurrent formalion and polyphyly of Nordie polyploids in Draba (Bras· sicaceac), Amer, References Brochmann, C, l, Bot, 79,673-688, Stedje. B, & Borgen, L. 1992c: Gene ftow aCross ploidal levels in Draba (Brassicaceae), Evol, Trends PlatllS 6, 125-134, Aiken, S.G.. Consaul, L.L. & Lefkovitch, L.P. 1995: Festuca edlundiae (Poaceae), a High Arctic. new spedes compared enzymatically and speeies. Syst, Bot, Andersson. G, & morphologically 20. with similar Festuca 374-392. Hesselman. H, 1900: Bidrag till kannedomen om Spetsbergens och Beeren Eilands karlviixtftora. 8ih, Svenska Vet,-Akad, Handl. Asplund, E, 1918: 26. llU, Beitrage zur Kenntnis Eisfjordgebietes. Arkiv Bot, 15, 14, K. 1-88, der Flora des 1-40, Bachmann, M.A. 1980: Okologie und Breeding System bei Poa alpina L. Pp, L. & Stcdje. B, 1993: Cross ing relationships and chromosome numbers of Nordic popu· lations of Draba (Brassicaceae), with emphasis on the D, alpina complex, Nord. l. Bot, 13,121-47, Brysting, A,K" Gabrielsen, T.M" Sørlibråten. O., Ytrehorn, 0, & Brochmann, C 1996: The Purple Saxifrage, Saxifraga oppositifolia, in Svalbard: Two taxa or one? Polar Research 15,93-105. Chater, A,O, & Heywood. V.H, 1964: SleIlaria L. Pp, 133-136 in Tut;n, T,G, et al. (eds,): Flora Europaea 1, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Diss .. Ziirich, Ball, P,W .. Pawlowski, B, Brochmann, C .. Borgen, & Walters. S.M, 1968: Potentilla L. 36-47 in Tutin, T.G. et aL (eds,): Flora Europaea 11. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Chaler, A,O, & Heywood, V.H, 1993: Stellaria L. Pp, 161-164 in Tutin, T,G, et al. (eds,): Hora Europaea 1. 2nd ed" Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 52 Chinnappa, c.c. 1985: Biosystematics of the Stellaria longipes complex (Caryophyllaceae). Can. J. Cytol. Genet. 20 46-58. , of dislribm/on of Norwegian uasmlar plmus. Il. Alpine plants, Tapir Publishers, Trondheim. Clarke, G.C.S. 1980: Deschampsla Beallv. Pp. 225-227 i n Engclskjøn, T, & Schweitzer, H.-J. 1970: Studies on the Rora Tutin. TG. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea V . Cambridge o f Bear Island (Bjørnøya). L Vaseular plants. Astarte 3, 1- University Press, Cambridge. 36. Cody, W.J" Blondeau. M. & Cayouette. J. 1988: Ranunc"l"s Engelskjøn. T. Kramer, K. & Schweitzer, H.-J. 1972: Zur t spilzbergensis (Nath.) Hadac, an addition to the flora of Flora des Van Mijenfjorden-Gebietes (Spitsbergen) und North America. Rhodora 90,27-36. Crawford, R.M.M., Chapman, H.M., Ahhott. R.J. & Balfour, J. 1993. Potential impact of dimatic warming on arctic veg etation. Flora 188. 367-381. Dahl, E. 1937: On the vascular plants of easlem Svalbard. Skr. Svalb. Ishavet 75, I-50. Dahl, E. & Hadac, E. 1946: EI bidrag til Spitsbergens flora. Medd. Norges Svalb. Ishavs-unders. 63, l - I S. Downie. S.R 1'!88: Morphologieal. cylological. and Ravonoid variability of the Arnica angustifolia aggregate (Asteraeeae). Can. J. Bol. 66. 24-39. Dubiel, E. 1985: Vaseular plants of the NW part of Sorkappland (Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk. Uniw. J agiel/. Prace Geogr. 63. 69-·83, Dubicl, E. 1990: Vaseular plants of the NW Sorkapp Land (Spitsbergen). Distribution and habitats. Zesz. Nauk. U"iw, Jagieli. Prace Bot. 21, 7-33. Edmondson, J,R. 1980: Poa L Pp. 159-167 m Tutin, T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea V. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. Ekman. E, 1929: Sludies in the genus Draba, IL Contribution to the Draba Ilora of Greenland. Svensk BOl. Tidskr. 23, 483-495, Ekman. E. 1931: Contribution tO the Draba flora of Greenland. Ill. Some notes On the arctic, e,peeially the Greenland Drabas of the ,eaion, Aizopsis and Chrysodraba DC, Suensk BOl. Tidskr. 25,465-494. Ekman, E. 1933: Contribution to Ihe Draha Rora of Greenland, V. Draba crassif()/ia Grdham. Draba Gredini; nov. spee. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 27, 97-103. Elvebakk. A. 1 91;9 : Biogeowaphical zones of Svalbard and adjacent areas based on botanical C'riteria. Dr. scient. Thesi,. Vniv. of Tromsø. Elvebakk. A., Elven. R" Spjelkavik, S .. Thannheiscr, D. & Schweitzer. H.-J. 1994: Botrvchium boreale and Puccinellia angustala "p. palibinii new to Svalbard. Po/arf/okker! 18. 1 33--1 40 . Elven, R. & Gjelsås, T 1981: Strandreddik (Cakile MilL) i Norge. Blyuia 39. 87-106. Elven, R., Løkken, S. & Aarhus, Aa, 1980: Nye karplanter i Finse-Rolaen, Blyttia 38, 119-126. Elven, R .. Eriksen. M.-B.. Elvebakk, A.. Johansen, B,E. & EngcJskjøn. T, 1990: Gipsdalen, Central Svalbard; Flora, vegetation and botanical vallles. In Brekke, B. & Hansson, R. (eds.), Environmental atlas Gipsdalcn, Svalbard Vol. IL Norsk Polarinst. Rapp. 61, 27-66. Elven, R., Hansen. K,T. & Steen, S. W, in press: Carex krausei Boeek., islandsstarr, ny for Svalbard, Blyttia 55. Engelskjøn, T, 1979: Chromosome numbers in vaseular plants from :\'orway. including Svalbard. Opera BOl. 52, 1-38. EngelskjØn, T . 1986a: Eeo-geographical relations of the Bjørn øya vascular flora, Svalbard. Polar Res. Il. s. 5, 79-127. EngelskjØn, T. 1986b: Zonality of dimate and plant dislribution in some arctic and amarelie regions. Norsk Polarinst. Rapp. 30. 1-49, Engelskjøn, T. 1990. Papal1er. Pp. 82-84 in Gjærevoll, 0, Maps Hopens. Norsk Polarin>/. Arb. 1970. 191-198. Flovik, H. 1938: Cytologieal studies of arctic grasses. Heredilas 24, 265-375. Flovik, H. 1940: Chromosome numbers and polyploidy within the !lora of Spitzbergcn. Hereditas 26, 1430-1440. Frederiksen. S. 1977: The Festum brachyphylla group in Green land. Bot. Notiser /30. 269-277. Frederiksen, S. 1981 : FestuCil u;uipara (Poaeeae) in the North Atlantic area. Nord. J. BOl. /, 277-292. Fries, TM. 1869a: Tillagg lill Spetsbergcns fanerogam!lora. Of"ers. k, Vet.-Akad. Forh. 26, 121-/44. Fries. TM. 1869b: Om Beeren-Islands fanerogam-vegctation. 0f"ers. k. Vet.-Akad, for/l. 26. 145-156. GilL J.J.B. 1973: Cytogenetie studies in Cochlearia L (Cm ciferae). The origins of C. olficinalis L. and C. micacea Marshall. Genetiea 44. 217-234. GOdzik, B. & W6jcicki, J.J 1987: Plantae vaseulares sval· bardenses exsiccatae. Fase. I INo. 1 25). W. Szafer Institute of Botany, Krak6w. Gugnaeka-Fiedor. W . & Noryskiewiez. B 1982: Rosliny nue zyniowe Zicmi Oskar" Il (Spitsbergen p61noeno-zaehodni). Acta Uniw. Nicolai Copemici Bio!. 24 Nauki Mat.-Przyrod. 53,55 64 . - Hadac, E. 1941: The introdueed Rora of Spitsbergen. Medd. Norges Svalb. Isillivs-unders, 49, 13-16. Hadac. E. 1942: Notulae ad Horam Svalbardiae speetantes. Stud, Bot, Cech. 5,1-5. Hadac. E. 1944: Die Gefasspflanzen des "Sassengehieles" Vestspitshergen. Norsk Polarinsl. Skr. 87. 1· 71, Hudac, E, 1989: Note, on plant eommunities of Spitsbergen. Folia GeobOl. Phytotax., Praha 24, 131-169, Hagen, A. & Sæther. T 1993: En komparativ studie ap Cer aslium alpinum L. og C. arcticum Lange, med vekt på var iasjonen innen et omrade pa Dovrefjell. Cand. scient. Thesis, Univ. of Oslo. Hagen. A.. SchjØI!. 0" Brochmann. c., Elven, R., Norda!. I. & Borgen. L. 19'!5: Genetie varialion in the polyploids Cerastiufn alpinulIl and C. are/icum (Caryophyllaceae): mor phology, isozymes and RAPDs, VIInt, Symp. IOBP Tromsø Norway, Abstraets 42. Galtcland. T.. Eriksen. A.B. & Norda!. I. differcntiation in arctic CoeMear;a. 19'!5: Eeotypic VI Inr. Symp. IOBP Tromsø Norway. Abstracts 40. Halliday. G. & Chater, A.O. 1969a: Studies in the Carex glareosa complex. l. Fruit-shape. Feddes Repert. 80, 77-92. Halliday. G. & Chater. A,O. l'!6'!b: Carex marina Dewey, a n earlier name f o r C. amblyorhyncha Kreez. reddes Repert. SO, 103-106. HauHer, C.H., Moran. R.C & Windham, M,D. 1993: ( vs topleris Bernhardi. Pp. 263-270 in Marin, N.R. (ed.): Hora of Norlh Ameriea north of Mexico. Vol. 2. Oxford University Press. ew York. Hedberg, O. I %2: The geneslS of Pucrinellia vadl/ans. Bot. Ii'dsskr. 5 8, 157-167. Hedberg, 0, 1%7: Chromosome numbers of vaseular plants from arctic and subaretic North Ameriea, Arkiv Bol. 2.6. 309-326. A calalogue of Svalbard pianIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria Heide, O. M. 1989: Environmental control of flowering and viviparous proliferation in seminiferous and viviparous arctic poplllations of two Poa spedes. Aret. Alp. Res. 21.305--315. Heide, O. M., Pedersen, K. & Dahl, E. 199fJ: Environmental control of flowering and morphology in the high-arctic Cer as/ium regelii, and the taxonomic status of C. jeniseiense. Nord. J. Bot. lO, 141-147. 53 spedes. A. Cyotaxonomical aspects; B. Expcrimental studies. Opera Bot. 1,2 and 3,3. Knaben. G. 1966: Cytotaxonomical studies in some Draba spedes. Bot. Notiser 119,427-444. Komarov. V.L. (ed.). 1934-1964: Flara URSS. 1 -3 0. Lenin grad-Moseow. Kue. M. & Dubiel. E. 1995: The vaseular plants ofthe Hornsund Hjelmqvist, H. & Nyholm. E. 1947: Några anatomiska art karaktiirer inom Carex gruppen Disligmalicae. Bal. Notiser - 1947. 1-31. area (SW Spitsbergen). Fragm. Hor. Geobot. 40, 797-824. Laane, M.M. 1968: Cyto-eeologieal studies of Norwegian Cam panula speeies. Bor. Tidsskr. 63.319-343. Høeg, H.l. 1968: Karplanter fra Vestspitsbergen 1966. Norsk Polarinst. Arb. 1966. 120-124. Lid. J. 1925: Four new phanerogams from Svalbard (Spits bergen). Nyt Mag. NalUrvid. 63.315-316. Høeg. O.A. & Lid. J. 1929: Adventive plants in Spitsbergen. K. Norske Vid. Selsk. Forh. I, 59. 176--178. Lid. J. 1964: The flora of Jan Mayen. Norsk Pvlarinsl. Skr. 130. 1-107. Hofmann, W. 1968. Geobotanische UnterslIchungen in S,Jdost Spitzbergen 1960. Franz Steiner VerJag, Wiesbaden. Lid. J. & Lid, O.T. 1994. Norsk jlora. 6 utgave ved R. Elven. Det norske samlaget, Oslo. Hofmann. W. & Thannheiser, D. 1972: F10ristische Neufunde von Kross- und Kongsfjord, Spitzbergen. Polarforsehllng 42, Lipkin. R. 1983: Systematies of the arctic gras, genus Oupontia R. Br. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Alaska. Fairbanks, Alaska. 66 pp. Love, A. 1955: Cytotaxonomical remarks on the lcelandic Papa 122-124. Holmen. K. 1952: Cytological studies in the !lora of Peary Land. North Greenland. Medd. Grønl. 128,5. ver. Nytt ll·fag. Bot. 4,5-18. Love, Holmen. K. 1957: The vasclIlar plants of Peary Land, North Greenland. Medd. Grøn/. 124.9. l(;ve. Holmgren. P.K.. Holmgren, S.H. & Barnet!. L.C 1990: 1ndex Herbariorum. Part l: The Herbaria of the World. New York A. & Love. D. 1956: Cytotaxonomical eonspectus of the Icclandic Hora. Acta Hort; Gothob. 20. 65-291. A. & Love, D. 1975: Cytolaxvnvmical atlas ol the arctic flora. J. Cramer, Lehrc. Love. A. & Love. D. 1976: Nomenclatural notes on arctic plants. Bot. Notiser 128 Botanical GHrden, New York. Hooker, W.J. 1828: Botanical Hppendix. Pp. 385-388 in Parry, W.E.: Narrative of an attempt to reaeh the North Pole in the year 1827. London. . 497-523. Mathcy-Dupraz. A. 1912: Notes sur la flo re du Spitsberg. Bull. Soc. NeuchOt. Sei. Nat. 39 . 49--63 . McLachlan. K.I.. Aiken. S.G .. Lefkovitch, LP. & Edlund. Hughes. W.E. & Hatliday, G. 1980: PlIccinellia ParI. Pp. 167169in Tutin. T.G. et al. (cds.): Flora Europaea V. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. S.A. 1989: Grasscs of the Queen Elizabeth Islands. Can. J. Bot. 67, 2088-2105. Mulligan. G.A. 1971: Cytotaxonomic studies of the dosely Hulten. E. 1943: Stella ria longipes Goldie and its allies. Bot. allied Draba eana, D. cinerea, and D. groenlandica in Canada and Alaska. Can. Notiser 64.251-270. Hulten, E. 1956: The Cerastium a/pinum complex. A case of J. Bol. 49, 89--93. Mulligan. G.A. 1974: Confusion in the names of three Draba worldwide introgressive hybridization. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. spedes of the arctic: D. adamsii. D. oblongata. and D. 53. 203--228. carymbosa. Can. Hulten. E. 1964: Salix glauca subsp. calliearpaea in Spitsbergen. J. Bot. 52, 791-793. Mulligan, G.A. 1976: The genus Draba in Canada and Alaska: key and slImmary. Can. Svensk Bot, Tidskr. 58. 350. Hulten. E. 1968. Flora of A/aska and neighboring terriwries. J. Bol. 54. 1386--1393. 1'annfeldt, J.A. 1937: On Poa jemtlandiea (Almqv.) Richt.. its distribution and possible origin. BOl. Notiser 19}7. 1-7. Stanford University Press. Stanford. Hulten, E. & Fries. M. 1986: Atlas of North European vaselllar plants. Koeltz Scientific Books. Konigstein. 1'annfcldt. J.A. 1'140: On the polymorphy of Poa arctica R. Br .. with special reference to its Scandinavian forms. Symb. Iversen. A.P. 1992: En populasjollsbiologisk undersøkelse av Poa alpina L Cand.scient. Thesis, Univ. of Oslo. Bot. Upsal. 4,4. 1-86. Nathorst. A.G. 1883: Nya bidrag till kiinnedomen om Spets Ny"' bergens kårlviixter, nch dess vaxtgcograliska fOrhåltanden. Jørgensen. CA .. Sørensen, T. & Westergaard, M. 1958: The Neilson. A.B. 1968: Vascular plant, from the northern part of lalas. J. & Suominen. J. 1989: Alias jlorae europaeae. 8. phaeaceae to Ranunculaceae. Helsinki. flowcring plant' of Greenland. A taxonomical and cytological survey. Biol. Skr. Dan. Vid. Selsk. 9,4. 1-172. Nordaustlandet, Svalbard. Norsk Polarimt. Skr. 143, 1-62. Neilson. A.B. 1970: Vascular plants of Edgeøya. Svalbard. lonselI, B. & Jarvis, C 1994: Lectotypification of Linnean spedes names in Flora Nordica vol. 1 (Lycopodiaceae-Papa veraceae). Nord. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 20,6. 1-88. J. Bal. 14,305-330. Nor"k Polarins/. SÆr. 150, 1-71. Nilsson. 6. 1986: Nordisk fjlill{iora. Bonniers. Uppsala. Nordal, I. & Laane. M.M. 1990: Cytology and reproduction in KjeIIqvist. E. 1964: Festum arenaria Osb.-a misinterprcted speeie,. Bol. Notiser 117. 389--396. arctic Cochlearia. Sommerfeltia 11.147-158. Nordal, I. & Stabbetorp. O.E. 1990: Morphology and taxonomy Kleppa. P. 1973: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 18/4-1964. Uni of the genus Cochlearia (Brassicaccae) in Northern Sean dina';a. Nord. versitetsforlaget, Oslo-Bergen-Tromsø. Kleppa. P. 1979: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1965-1975. Uni J. Bol. 10,249--263. 1'ordal, 1.. Eriksen. A.B., Laane. M.M. & Solberg. Y. 1986: Biogeographic and biosystematie studies in the genus Coch versitetsbibl. i Oslo. Oslo. Kleppa. P. 1989: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1976--1985. Unt learia in Northern Scandinavia. Acta Univ. Ups.. Symb. Bot. Ups. 27 2 83--93. versitetsbibL i Oslo. Oslo. , , Knaben, G. 1959: On the evolution of the Radicatum group of />;ordhagen. R. 1931: Studien tiber die skandinavisehe Rassen the Scapijlora Papavers as studied in 70 and 56 chromosome des Papaver radicatttm Rottb. sowie einige mit densclben - R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK 54 verwechselte neue Arten. Arb. Bergens Mus. Naturv. Rekke Sørensen. T. 1953: A revision of the Greenland spedes of Puccinellia ParI. with contributions lo our knowledge of the 2. l-50. Øvstedal, 0.0. 1975: A neW Saxifraga from Svalbard. As/arte arctic PuccineWa lIora in general. Medd. Grønl. 136, 3, 1179. 8.23-27. Øv,tedal, 0.0. & Haaland. I.M. 1996: On the origins of Carex x lidi! (Cyperaceae) from Spitzbergen. Symb. Bo/. Ups. 31, 3 , Sojak, J. 1985: Some new northcrn hybrids i n Palentilla L. Preslia 57. 263-266. Sojåk, J. 1986: NOles on Potentilla. I. Hybridogenous spedes 69-74. Often. A. 1989: Variasjon innen Stellaria longifolia Miihl. og Stellaria longipes Galdie s. I. i Narge og pa Svalbard. Cand. derived from intersectional hybrid, of sect. Nilleae x sec!. Multifidae. Bot. Jahrb. SysI. 106, 145-210. Sojåk, J. 1987: Notes on Potentil/a. IV. Classification of Wolfs scient. Thesis, Univ. of Oslo. Pålsson, J. 1986: The Poa glauca/nemoralis complex in I 'eland and its response lO the environment. Ac/a Univ. Ups., Symb. Bo/. Ups. 27,2,169-174. group "Potentillae trichocarpae". Candollea 42, 491-500. Sojåk. J. 1989: Notes on Potemilla (Rosaceae). VIII. P. nivea L. agg. Candol/ea 44, 741-762. Polunin, N. 1945: Plant lire in Kongsfjord, West Spitsbergen. Sokolovskaya, A.P. & Strelkova. O.S. 1960: Geograficheskogo rasprostranenie poliploidnykh vi dov rasleniy v evrasiatskoy J. Ecol. 33,82-108. Porsiid, A.E. 1957: lllustrated lIora of the Canadian Arctic arktike. Bot. Zhurn. 45. 370--381. Sommerfelt ,e. 1833: Bidrag lil Spitsbergens og Beeren-Eilands Archipelago. Nal. Mus. Can., Bull. 146, 1-209. Porsild, A.E. & Cody. W.J. 1980: Vascular plants of continental Northwest Territories, Canada. Nat. Mus. Sei., Nat. Mus. Ilora, efter herbarier medbragte af M. Keilhau. Mag. Natur oid. 11, 232-52. Srodon, A. 1960: Pollen speetra from Spitsbergen. Fol. Quart. Canada, Ottawa. Randel, U. 1974: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Sippenstruktur der GaUung Papaver L. sectio Seapiflora Reichenb. (Papa veraceae). Feddes Repert. 84,655-732. 3.1-17. Sunding, P. 196L Noen plantefunn fra Svalbard sommeren 1960. Norsk Polar/ns/. Arb. 1%0. 125-129. Resvoll-Holmsen, H. 1927: Svalbards flora med en del om dens planteveks/ i nutid og fortid. J. W. Cappelens Forlag, Oslo. Rønning. O.l. 1959: The vascular flora of Bear Island. Acta Sunding, P. 1962: Høydegrenser for høyere planter på Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Arb. 1%0,32-59. Sunding, P. 1966: Plantefunn fra Vestspilsbergen sommeren 1964. Norsk Polarins/. Arb. 1%4, 149-154. bor., Ser. A. 15. I-57. Rønning, O.l. 1961: Some new contributions to the lIora of Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 1 24, 1-·-20. Svedberg, T. 1961: Om Draba gredinii E. Ekman på Svalbard. Blyttia 19. 158-159. Rønning, O.l. 1962: The Spitzbergen speeies of Colpodium Swi s, F. 1988: Rosliny naczyniowe poludniowego wybrzeza Trin., Pleuropogon R. Br. and Puecine/lia ParI. Skr. K. Bellsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni). Pp. 289-296 in Jahn. A.. Norske Vid. Selsk. 1%1, 4. I-50. Pereyma. J. & Szczepankiewicz-Szmyrka, A. (eds.): XV Sym Rønning. O.l. 1964: Svalbards flora. Norsk Polarimt. Pol Rønning, O.l. 1971: Synopsis of the lIora of Svalbard. Arb. Wroclaw 1988, Wydawn. Uniw. Wrocl., Thannheiser. D. 1992: Vegclationskartierung auf der Germaniahalvøya. S/uttgarter Geogr. Stud. 117 141-160. Norsk Polarinst 1969, 80--93. , Rønning, O.l. 1972: The distribution of the vaseular cryptog.ms and monocolyledons in Svalbard. Skr. K. Norske Vid. Selsk. 1972, 24, 1-63. Tishkov. A.A. 1985: The ecosyslems of the west eoast of Spils bergen. Polar Geogr. Geol. 9, 70-- 83. Tollefsrud, M.M., Bachmann. K., Jakobsen. K.S. & Broch Rønning, O.l. 1979: Svalbards flora. Annen reviderte u/gaue. Norsk Polarins/. Polarhåndbok 1. Oslo. mann, C. 1995: RAPO variation in an arctic-alpine, polyploid inbreeder: Saxifraga cespitosa. V/1m. Symp. 10 BP Tromsø Rønning. O.l. 1996: The flora of Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Norway, Abstrac/s 57. Tolmachev. A.I. 1930: Die Galtung Cerastium in der Flora von Polarhåndbok JO. Oslo. Rollins, R.e. 1993: The Crueiferae of Continental orth Ameriea. Stanford University Press, Stanford. Spilzbergen. Skr. Svalb. Ishavet. 34, 1-8. Tolmachev, A.I. 1932: Hora cen/ratno] chasti vostoehnogo Rune. O. 1988: Serpcnlinfloran i Skandinavien. Blyltia 46, 43- Tajmyra. Moscow. Tolmachev, A.I. (ed,) 1960-- 1987: Flora Arctic" URSS. Editio 51 Salvesen, P.H. 1986: Festuca vivipara in Southem Norway. infraspecific differentialion and systcmatic aflinities. Ae/a Univ. Ups., Symb. Bo/. Ups. 27, 2. 155-167. "Nauka", Moscow-Leningrad. Tolmachev, A.I. (ed.) 1964: Flora Aretiea URSS. 11. Grami neae. Editio "Nauka". Moscow-Leningrad. Schjøll. O. 1995: Amfia/lantisk variasjon innen Cerastium alpiuum L. og C. arctkum Lange. Cand. scient. Thesis. Univ. of Oslo. Tolmachev. A.l. (ed.) 1966. Flora Aretica URSS. V. Salicaeeae Portulaeaceae. Editio "Nauka", Moscow-Leningrad. Tolmachev, A.I. (cd.) 1971: Flora Arctiea URSS. VI. Caryo Scholander, P.F. 1934: Vascular plants from northern Svalbard with remarks on the vegetatlon in North-Easl Land. Skr. Sva/bo Ishallet 62, 1-153. hei einer gronlandischen Rasse von Poa alpina L. durch den Lichl- phyl/aceae-Ranuneulaceae. Editio "Nauka", Moscow-Lenin grad. Tolmachev, A.I. (ed.) 1975: Flora Aretiea URSS. VII. Pap Schwarzenbach, F.H. 1956: Die Bceinllussung der Viviparie jahreszeitlichcn pozjum polarne, Wroclaw. arhdndbok J. Oslo. und Temperaturwcchsel. Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 66, 204-223. Schweitzer, H.-J. 1966: Beilrage zur Flora Svalbards. Norsk Polarimt. Arb. 1964, 139-148. SØrensen, T. 1933: The vascular planl' of East Greenland from 7IQOO' 10 73°30' n. lat. Medd. Grønl. 101,3,1-177. averaceae-Fabaceae. Edilio "Nauka", Moscow-Leningrad. Triloff. E.G. 1943: Verbrcitung und Okologie der Gefass pllanzcn im Gebiete des Hornsundes; ein Beitrag zur Vege tationskunde Spitzbergens. Bot. Jahrb. 37. 259-360. Tutin. T.G. 1964a: Equisetum L. Pp. t.-8 in Tutin. T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea l. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Tutin, T.G. 19Mb: Ranutlcu/us L. Pp. 223-238 in TUIin, T.G. 55 A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria et al. (ed,.): Flora Europaea I. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Tutin, T.G. 1993: Equiserum L Pp. 7-9 in Tutin, T.G. et al. (ed,.): Flora Europaea I. 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Tutin, TG. & Akcroyd. LR. 1993: Ranuneulus L Pp. 269 286 in Tutin, T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea l. 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Tut;n, T.G., Heywood, V.H.. Burges, N.A., Valentinc. D.H., Walters. S.M. & Webb, D.A. 1964-1980: Flora Europaea l· V. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Tutin, T.G., Burges, N.A., Chater, A.O., Edmondson, J.R., Heywood, V.H., Moore, D.M., Valentine, D.H., Walters, S.M. & Webb, D.A. 1993. Flora Europaea I. 2nd. ed. Cam bridge University Press, Cambridge. Tzvelev, N.N. 1984: Grasses oflheSoviel Union. l-li. Oxonian Press, New Delhi, Calcutta. van der Knaap, W.O. 1985: Human intluence on natural arctic vegetation in the 17th century and dimatic change sincc A.D. 1600 in Northwest Spitsbergen: a palaeobotanical study. Aret. Alp. Res. 17, 371-387. van der Knaap, W.O. 1988: Brøggerhalvøya, Spitsbergen: A pollen diagram from changes in vegetation and environment from ca. 44D0 to ca. 800 BP. Aret. Alp. Res. 20, 1 1l6. Wahlenberg, G. 1803: Inledning til Caricographien. Kungl. Vel. Acad. Handl. 24, 138-169. Walters, S.M. 1964: Draba L Pp. 307-312 in Tutin, T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea . Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Walters, S.M. & Akeroyd, J.R. 1993: Draba L. Pp. 372-377 in Tutin, T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea l. 2nd ed. Cam bridge University Press, Cambridge. Yurtsev, B.A. 1984: Potemilla L Pp. 137-234 in Yurtsev, B.A. (ed.): Flora Aretica URSS. IX, l. Droseraceae..Rosaceae. Editio "Nauka", Leningrad. Zhukova, P.G., Petrovskii, V.V. & Plieva, T.V. 1973: Khro· mosomnye chisla i taksonomiya nekotorykh vidov rastenii Sibiri i Darnego Vostoka. Bol. Zhum. 58, 1331-1342. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano bacteria A. Part 2. Bryophytes ARNE A. FRISVOLL and ARVE ELVEBAKK & Frisvoll. A. A. Elvebakk. A. 1996: Part 2. Bryophytes. Pp. 57-172 in Elvebakk. A. & Prestrud. P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi. algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198. Bryophytes were mentioned for the first time in the Svalbard literature in history up to 1875 is thoroughly reviewed. 1675. The early bryological and the important later papers are presented, All known pa pers and books with reports of bryophytes from Svalbard have bcen seanned for taxonomic and geographical information. In all. these, 190 563 bryophyte spedes (current names excluding synonyms) have been considered. Of be erroneous, leaving a total of 373 accepted 288 mosses in 137 genera). One hundred and fifty (26 hepaties and 124 mosses) have been shown or critically considered to bryophytes (85 hepatics and are accepted from Bjørnøya. and five of these are not known from the rest of Svalbard. Short or sometimes more extensive comments are made on 315 accepted and all rejected spedes; the comments usually includc all reported localitics with literature references. as weU as numerous unreported laealit;es based on own herbarium material. Six spedes are reported from Svalbard for the first time. and Plagiothecium sval· bardense is described as new. One hundred and one valid bryophyte names varieties and 11 forms) have been based on type material from Svalbard. and (29 speeies. 3 subspecies. 58 18 of these are basionyms of accepted spedes (Appendix l ) . Two exsiccates have appeared. viz. Muse; Spetsbergenses Exsiccati (Berg· 1875. 220 numbered spedmens) and Bryophyta Svalbardens;a exsiccata (Bednarek-Ochyra et al. 80 numbers). Numcrical and alphabetical lists. including some revisions. are given to both (Appendix 2). Many of the considered Svalbard papers describe bryophyte vegetation. and a surve y o f all communities whose names are based on nr include bryophytes. are provided (Appendix 3). gren 1987, with with Arne A. Frisvol/. Norwegian InstitU/e for Nature Research. TungasleIla 2, N-7()()5 Trondheim, Norway; Arve Elvebakk. Institute of Biology and Geology. Universiry of Tromsø. N-9037 TromsØ. Norway. all Contents known bryophytes. literature references Many speeimens to of Svalbard rare or taxonomically difficult taxa reported by previous Introduction . ................... ............................ . List of accepted spedes . . . . . ..................... . . . . . . . Comments on accepted spedes ........ ..... . ..... .... . Comments on rejected spedes . . . . . 57 64 72 authors have been seen and revised. Because of many erroneous identifications we have become sceptical to reports of new taxa in papers of non ... . ... .. ... ..... . 120 . . . taxonomic character. This is especially the case . Jan Mayen spede, reported from 'Svalbard' .. . .. 141 . with names solely mentioned in tab les or lists . List of selected synonyms ... ....... .... ..... . . . ..... . 141 . . . . from vegetation analyses (see below). Therefore, Acknowledgements . .. . ............. ....... ....... . .. ... 142 . . . it was decided to exclude such dubious names and References . . ..... . ... . . .... .. .. .... . ... .. . .. .. .. ... 143 . . . . . . . . . . consider them better to be confirmed through future studies than to be erroneously accepted Appendix 1. Bryophytes with type material from Svalbard . . . . " .......................... " ...... 151 from Svalbard here. The aim has been to present Appendix 2. Bryophyte Exsiccatae from Svalbard 154 a realistic list devoid of many questionable names. . Appendix 3. Bryophyte vegetation types Bryophytes were mentioned from Svalbard for (1675); but although he 12 vascular plants and 3-4 algae (see also Heuglin 1874; Holm 1896), described from Svalbard . ... .... .. . .... 166 . . . . the first time by Martens . described and figured about he only referred to bryophytes collectively two Introduction times (as "Mos-·Krauter"): "All the herbs and mosses grow upon the grit and sand of the stones, where the water falleth down, and on that side of In this study we have checked and reconsidered 57 A. A. FRfSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 58 the hill which the east and north winds cannot the shore about King's Bay and Mitre Cape [at easily come at." (transl. in Martens 1855, 45, the outermost northern side of Kongsfjordenj" see Martens 1675). And regarding his 'Kraut als (Scoresby 1820, 148 and footnote to Appendix V; Mauer-Pfeffer' (Saxifraga oppositifolia) he stated see also Brown 1820). (same trans!., 51): "We found this herb on the Hooker (1825) reported Bryum caespiticium low lands of the English Haven, afterwards we and Polytrichastrum alpinum (as Polytrichum) found abundance of it amongst the mosses on the without localities; the former species is not 26th of June [1671]." In Norges Svalbard- og accepted here. The specimens were collected in Ishavsundersøkelser (1942) there is a reference 1823. to Martens (1675) and his name Englischer Hafen, Hooker (1828) reported 18 mosses and 2 liver which is given as an early name of the sound worts. They were collected during W. E. Parry's expedition in 1827, which tried to reach the North Sørgattet between Danskøya and Spitsbergen. Pole. The botanical material was therefore col lected far to the north on Svalbard, viz. at Hecla hamna Bryological reports 1774-1875 in Sorgfjorden, Spitsbergen NE (15 mosses), and the islands Lågøya (2 mosses), Waldenøya (4 mosses, L Iiverwort), Vesle Tavle The first bryophytes from Svalbard (5 mosses, 2 øya (l moss) and Rossøya NW and N of Nord liverworts) were reported by Phips (1777: 109), austlandet. Rossøya is the northernmost island in viz. Racomitrium lanuginosum (as Bryum hyp Svalbard (80050'N), and from there he reported noides), Polytrichum commune, Drepanocladus aduncus (as Hypnum), Anthelia fulacea (as Jun germannia), two sterile species of Bryum resem bling Dillenius' (1741) Bryum trichodes læte virens, [capitulis cernuis oblongis] and Bryum hypnoides pendulum [sericeum, coma insigni atro-rubente]' and one sterile species of Jun germannia resembling Dillenius' (1741) Lichen astrum ramosius, foliis trifidis. According to six bryophytes, viz. Anastrophyllum minutum (as Jungermannia), Drepanocladus aduncus (as Hyp num), Hypnum cupressiforme, Pohlia cruda (as Bryum), Polytrichastrum alpinum (as Polytri chum septentrionale), and Racomitrium lanu ginosum (as Trichostomum). In this paper Hypnum cupressiforme is excluded from Sval Lindberg (1883) the first Di1lenian phrase-name Bjørnøya (20-23 August), the Sørkapp area (3 refers to Pohlia nutans, the second to Bryum September) and Edgeøya SW (11-19 September), alpinum, and the third to Plagiochila spinulosa. Of the above species Polytrichum commune s.str., Bryum alp/num and Plagiochila spinulosa are not mentioned two mosses from Edgeøya SW, viz. bard. Keilhau's (1831) expedition in 1827 visited see below. In his interesting book of travel he locality is given with regard to plants. The only Hypnum cuspidatum (probably Calliergon rich ardsonii) and Aulacomnium turgidum (as Mnium). He also described wetland bryophyte mentioned collecting sites are found in the animal vegetation, see Appendix 3. accepted from Svalbard. Unfortunately. no catalogue, viz. Sjuøyane and "dem Gestade von Sommerfelt (1833) named and published Keil Smeerenbergs Hafen" (Phips 1777, 100, 105f.). hau's entire plant collection. In all he listed 26 The bryophytes were collected in 1773 at the mosses and 3 liverworts: Bjørnøya, 14 mosses, 1 northern part of Svalbard, perhaps at the last liverwort; the Sørkapp area (Tokrossøya, 0yr mentioned landet, Sommerfeltbukta below Kistefjellet), 10 locality on Amsterdamøya (Kuc 1973a; and maps with travel routes in Phips 1777). The next work induding bryophytes from mosses, l liverwort; Edgeøya SW ("Stans Forland") (Russian station by Habenichtbukta Svalbard (Brown 1820) reported Racomitrium and excursions especially across Grunnlinesletta), lanuginosum (as Trichostomum), Bryum pseu dotriquetrum (as B. vemricosum), Climacium dendroides (as Hypnum), Dicranum spp.?, Orthothecium rufescens? (as Hypnum), Pla giomnium undulatum? (as Bryum ligulatum), and Andreaea alpina (original question marks); the 16 mosses, 1 liverwort; and Spitsbergen (without three last names are rejected by us. The plants observation in a comment on Polytrichastrum a/ were collected in 1818 "in three or four visits to p/num (as Polytrichum) (Frisvoll, trans!.): "As exact locality (Frisvoll, trans!.): "It is stated that the plants given from Vest-Spitsbergen are col lected by captain Petersen in Tromsø at Keilhau's request.", cf. Sommerfelt 1833,252),17 mosses, 2 liverworts. Sommerfelt also made the following A catalogue of Svalbard plan IS, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 59 evidence of the harshness of the climate it may 1839)". The rest of his material originated from be pointed out, that among the bryophytes on ly Swedish expeditions in 1858 (leg. A. E. Nor this together with Bryum caespiticium and Splach num urceolatum [Hedw. Tetraplodon mnioides] lists 22 localities whose current names are as were found with sporophytes." We consider that follows: 8 of his mosses were (included the above denskii)ld) and 1861 (leg. A. J. Malmgren). He erroneously reported Bryum Spitsbergen: species). (1) southwestern The first list of the bryophytes of Svalbard was (5) Danskøya with (6) Kobbefjorden, compiJed by Lindblom (1840), who included the reports in the studies cited above, and in addition Raudfjorden, (10) Sorgfjorden, fjorden, and (12) Lovenberget. names (Frisvoll, transl.: "Inventory of plants col - lected on Spitzbergen in the years 1838 and 1839" by J. Vahl; his specimens originate from Bellsund Magdalenefjorden, see Lindberg (2) 1867 (7) Amsterdamøya [with] (8) Smeerenburg, (9) an unpublished manuscript with 42 bryophyte and part, Isfjorden, (3) Kongsfjorden, (4) Krossfjorden, (11) Lom Hinlopenstretet: (13) Southern Vaigattøyane and (14) Fosterøyane. - Nordaustlandet: (15) Wahlenbergfjorden, (16) Russøyane [in] (17) Murchisonfjorden, below). Lindblom's (1840) study includes 59 (18) Storsteinhalvøya with (19) Langgrunn species names; as many as 17 of these are excluded odden, (20) Lågøya, (21) Brennevinsfjorden, here.Unfortunately, no localities were given. His publication can be said to terminate the intro and (22) Sjuøyane. Lindberg never collected on Svalbard himself; ductory period of bryological investigations in his accurate observations regarding the state of Svalbard (Kuc 1973a). Lindblom's (1840) bry the herbarium material are informative (Lindberg ophyte list was accurately reprinted by Beilsch 1867: 536, Frisvoll, trans!.): mied (1842). [M]ost of Svalbard's bryophyte species occur Lindberg (1862) reported 4 liverworts and 46 solely as more or less undeveloped and frost mosses without localities; according to Lindberg bitten forms .... [T]hey suffer considerably (1867), they were collected by Nordenskiold in from the unfavourable climatic conditions, 1858 from (Frisvoll, transl.) "the southwestern because usually the whole plant assurnes a part without more information". darker colour Livesay (1870) collected 5 mosses and 2 liver shade; the shoots become shorter, more branched and more compact; worts at Klovningen 11 July 1869. and later in the even the leaves ... become more imbricate, summer two mosses from Tusenøyane SW of shorter, more obtuse and also more erect or Edgeøya. adpressed and cucul1ate, and of ten als o ter Heuglin (1874) reported 1 hepatic and 19 minally whitish and pellucid because the mosses; he mentioned no locahties for bryo chloroplasts are frozen and ruined; the costa, phytes, but according to the coUecting sites of if excurrent as a long hair or point in weU Isfjorden, severai developed plants, is rarely excurrent here; the localities in the southern and eastern parts of leaf cells possess more sparse and less high Spitsbergen, and Edgeøya. The material was co 1- papillae on the cuticula and sometimes they vascular plants, he visited become quite smooth; the seta and capsule lected on expeditions in 1870 and 1871. The breakthrough in the bryological explo become shorter, thleker and more erect; the ration of the archipelago was made by Lindberg urn becomes shorter and more straight, the (1867) peristome teeth paler. smoother and more or and Berggren (1875); together they described 67 new taxa and reported numerous less brittle, and sometimes they are missing new species. altogether; Lindberg (1867) reported 158 species including 35 taxa new to science (10 species, 1 subspecies and 24 varieties. see Appendix 1 ); the descriptions darker, finally more the calyptra compressed still more shaggy. . and, becomes if hairy, ; the spores become smoother and sometimes smaUer. As regards or diagnoses of 25 of the new taxa were reprinted the sterile dioicous species, usually only female by Milde (1868). Lindberg (1867) had restudied organs are formed; the male seems therefore Vahl's material reported by Lindblom (1840), and to suffer most from the effect of the cold, gave localities and a list of 19 species or varieties so that the whole plant becomes completely (Frisvoll, transl.) "only found by J. Vahl on Spits sterile. Due to these circumstances, the deter bergen (Bellsund 1838 and Magdalenefjorden mination often takes much time and is done A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 60 with unusually great difficulty, sa that many of Liefdefjorden, the bryophytes in this account were studied at (without more exact sites, perhaps i.a. least six times before we [i.e. Il considered the the Archipelago and its bryophytes certainly Hinlopenstretet Berg grenøya which is one of the many VaigattØyane and is named determinations completely reliable. Berggren (1875) visited Svalbard in 1868, and Lomfjorden, (at after him), Depotodden), Brennevinsfjorden Castrenøya, Nordkapp (at Chermsideøya) and Sjuøyane (of which only Par impressed him deeply. He gives many exact obser ryøya is mentioned by name). Also, material col vations and enthusiastic passages regarding dif lected in 1864 by A. J. Malmgren at Hornsund, ferent topics; when describing the colours of arctic Edlundfjellet at Spitsbergen E and Kvalpynten at bryophytes the acute bryologist became lyrical (p. Edgeøya was included. Many of Lindberg's (1867) 18): reports based on material collected by Nor Die Zellmembranen der Blatter und mitunter denskiOld, Vahl and Malmgren were reviewed. auch die Kapsein sind oft schon gelb, roth He supplied extensive information on ftoristics oder schwarz gefarbt. Diese Farbe zeigt ihre and aut- and synecology, and his work will always Klarheit am besten unter dem Mikroskop. Die be an important source of information. Most of und the taxa reported by Berggren were distributed Tetraplodon mnioides haben im frischen Zu in an exsiccatum, see Appendix 2. See also the stande eine tiet purpurbraune, die von Bryum introduction to Appendix 3 regarding bryophyte oeneum, B. aretieum und B. arehangelieum vegetation types described from Svalbard. Kapsel von Splachnum Wormskjoldii eine hell orangegelbe Farbe. Die tiefschwarze Farbe der Rasen ist besonders schon bei And reæa Blyttii und Sareoscyphus Ehrharti var. ferner bei aretiet/s, germannia polarts Comments on later sources Seligeria polaris, JlIn und fung. divarieata var. inet/rva. Die Blatter der beiden ersten sind A century later Kuc (1973a) presented a review unter dem of the mosses of Svalbard; he included a survey Beleuchtung mosinroth. Mikroskope bei durchfallender orangegelb oder Hvpnllm dunkel kar sarmentosum, H. re of the history of bryological studies of the archi pelago, and for the period 1875-1970 we refer to volvens, H. badium und Cinclidium aretieum his work (however. all the relevant publications zeichnen are also cited in the present paper). He listed most sich durch ihre purpurbraune, Braehythecium salebrosum var. aretieum durch previous literary records of mosses and presented ihre hellgelbe glanzende, Orthothecium chry detailed distribution maps of 119 species. Because seum und strictum durch ihre goldgelbe Farbe he did not distinguish between checked herbarium B. Hypnum turge material and literature referenees. many of his seens , H. brevifolium, ist die orangegelbe Far maps are high ly unreliable and ought not to have bung been published. Kuc (1973a) did not include aus, und bei anderen, kenntlich. Bryum oeneum Marsupella = z. [Splaehnum = Aplodon, B. ruti/ans, Sareoseyphus aretiea, var. Jungermannia = = Bjørnøya and the eastern islands Hopen, Kong Karls Land and Kvitøya. His treatment includes Loeskyp 265 speeies aeeepted by him and 46 species sup num, Pseudocalliergon. Seorpidium or Warns posed to be doubtfully correct or erroneously lorfia, Braehythecium determined, in all 311 speeies names. Cephaloziella aretiea, Hypnum Berggren (1875) = B. turgidum.] (187 The major papers on Svalbard hepatics are mosses, 39 !iverworts), among them 32 taxa new those of Watson (1922), Arnell (in ArnelI & Mår to science, viz. 2 speeies, 25 varieties and 5 forms tensson 1959) and Rejment-Grochowska (1967), (see Appendix l). reported 226 speeies He reported bryophytes from the following localities visited by himseJf: Bjørn øya, Isfjorden included Grønfjorden, Coles which altogether list 77 accepted speeies. Some of the speeies that were accepted by Kue (1973a), Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) and bukta, Adventfjorden and Nordfjorden, Prins Rejment-Grochowska (1967) have been rejected Karls Forland (southern point), St. Jonsfjorden, here. For some genera this reevaluation was Spitsbergen west facing Kongsfjorden, fjorden), Danskøya Prins Karls Forland. (especially Kobbe Amsterdamøya (especially Smeeren burg), Spitsbergen NW facing Amsterdamøya. started by Frisvoll (1978d, 1981a) who listed accepted species within Barbilophozia, Brachy thecium, Grimmia, Hvgrohypnum, Lophozia subgen. Leioco[ea and Schislochilopsis, Mnium, A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 61 Plagiothedum, and Seligeria. Other basic sources new primary data from areas outside the former include monographs of the genera Encalypta USSR, we have not accepted these speeies. (Hortan 1983), Jungermannia (Vana 1973, 1974, 1975), Orthotrichum (Frisvoll & Lewinski 1981), Pseudocalliergon (Hedenas 1992), Racomitrium (Frisvoll 1983c), Sphagnum (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a), Sanionia (Hedenas 1989a), Scorpidium and Hamatocaulis (Hedenas 1989b), and Tetra plodon (Frisvoll 1978c). The European bryophyte catalogues by Duell (1983, 1984, 1985) list a number of species from Sanio (1883, 1887) includes a few Svalbard iocalities for species in Drepanocladus s.l., but his taxonomy is quite impossible; he usually refers to Berggren speeimens and is not considered further. In a paper by Hagen (1952), a num ber of rare or southern species were reported as new to Sval bard, and the publication has usually been con sidered of dubious value. We have tried to trace "Svalbard" that are lacking in all the studies cited the reported specimens in the Norwegian herba above and also in any k nown primary literature. ria, but without success, and some of the most Duell (pers. comm.) kindly informed us about probable misidentifications have been excluded some taxa that were erroneously listed from Sval by previous authors as well as by us. Nevertheless, bard in these papers. He included the island Jan some speeies that were excluded as dubious Mayen in Svalbard which is not in accordance before (e.g. Barbilophozia barbata, Palustriella with the political situation; in addition, Jan Mayen decipiens, TortelIa lOrtuosa) have later been con differs greatly phytogeographically from firmed from other localities on Svalbard. This Svalbard. Based on a recent study of the bryo exemplifles some of the difflculties met with when phyte flora of Jan Mayen (Frisvoll 1983a), we compiling a catalogue like this. have traced 12 species names listed from "Sval A special problem is represented by some recent bard" by Duell which must refer to Jan Mayen floristical or mainly ecological and phytosocio only. As these species have never been reported logical papers that include names of bryophytes from Svalbard proper, they are not in our list of not reported from Svalbard before, such as SeTe rejected species but are incIuded in a separate bryannyy et al. (1985), Karczmarz & Swi\!s (1988, list. Duell (1992) treated Jan Mayen with Iceland; 1989a), Dubiel & Olech (1990: 44, 64: O m i he corrected most of the errors but at the same thotrichum (sic) pylaisii, Cinclidium rotundum time unfortunately created new ones incIuding (sic) as weU as C. subrotundum), Kobayashi et erroneous statements and interpretations with al. (1990) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, 1993), regard to a preliminary version of our manuscript with many new names appearing in Iists and (quoted as "Elvebakk, A. & Frisvoll, A.A. 1992. tables, but no noticc has been made that these A catalogue of Svalbard plants and fungi. Part species were new to Svalbard. Some of these VIII. Bryophytes. 46 p. Manuscript."). The pres records are quite umeliable and many have not ence of the hepatic species on Jan Mayen, Bjør been accepted here. nøya and the rest of Svalbard is included by reported Plagiothecium flexicaule, Soderstrom (1995). Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982, table 2) Distiehum Some information on Svalbard bryophytes is Acock (1940, table 6) Gugnacka (sic) tenuifolium, and Hadac (1989,163) Scapania found in studies primarily dealing with other geo oligochaeta; the names are unknown to us. Also graphical areas. Steere (1978, in The Mosses of confusions such as the following occur: Ort/l0 arctic Alaska) and Long (1985) and Murray (1987, thecium Orthotrichum) breutelii ( = pylaisii) both in Illustrated mossflora of arctic North Amer (Summerhayes & Elton 1928, 230, 241); Hylo ica and Greenland) include Svalbard in the total comium distribution record of the species; however, the (Polunin 1945, 98); Plagiomnium Svalbard referenccs are aften taken from previous thomsonii (Karczmarz & Swi\!s 1989a, 91); and publications and bring no new information. The Scapania moss flora of arctic parts of the former USSR Olech 1990, 67). ( = Hygrohypnum) palustre Cephalozia luridum) Mnium) ?) bicuspidata (Dubiel & (Abramova et al. 1961) has many referenccs to We have tried to loan voucher speeimens rep speeies from Bjørnøya and "Spitsbergen". Sev resenting some of the reports, but this has been eral of these species have not been traced in the difficult in most cases. However, there has been primary Svalbard literature by us, and as the no time to search for and loan of all speeimens of preface (translation supplied by the Norwegian dubious but still highly interesting reports which Polar Institute) does not indicate the inclusion of should have been checked. Many speeimens A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 62 reported by Arnell & Mårtensson (UPS), Berg by Kuc (1973a). Only a few have been mentioned gren (LD, S), Eurola (OULO), Frahm (priv. here . Severai species are represented on Svalbard herb.), Kue (KRAM) and Lindberg (H-SOL) only by a taxon different from the type taxon have been loaned and revised. Unfortunately, (e.g. Racomitrium canescens ssp. latiJolium and neither has it be en possible to undertake a full Sphagnum jimbriatum ssp. concinnum). Some of revision of our own specimens of many diffieult these may deserve the rank of species. Until genera (especially Brachythecium, Bryum. Dre recently Plagiomnium medium ssp. curvatulum panocladus s.l.. Dicranum, Lophozia, Pohlia, was in this category; it was convincingly assigned Polytrichum 5.1. and Scapania). About 7000 Sval to speeific rank by Wyatt et al. (1993). bard speeimens collected in 1973, 1974 and 1977 The small island Bjørnøya is situated halfway between the Norwegian mainland and Spits by A. A. Frisvoll are at TRH. Eight students from the University of Trond bergen, and could therefore be expected to house heim participated in the international MAB pro a number of more southem species. But the bryo ject (Man and the where the phyte flora of the island is badly known, the only localised Biosphere), to sources are Sommerfelt (1833. material collected Svalbard. Their theses (cand. real. and cand. by B. M. Keilhau on a visit 20-28.8.1827), Berg scient.) were not published, but facsimilied in gren (1875, visit 1868), Watson (1922) who stud about 50 copies and distributed to scientists and ied specimens collected by Summerhayes & Elton Norwegian contribution was institutions. The theses include phytosociological (1923, visit 13-23.6.1921), and Engelskjøn (19H6, tables with a large number of bryophyte names, visit 9-28.8.1983, his collection at TROM of ca. most of which reter to common Svalbard bry0- 180 specimens has been studied by us). Of these phytes; however. rare bryophytes are referred to only Berggren devoted his study especially to as weU as names which are excluded from the bryophytes. He reported 13 species from Bjørn Svalbard flora in the present paper. Because the øya but not from the rest of Svalbard, viz. Brachy theses cannot be regarded as published literature, thecium they are not taken into consideration in the com Hypnum ments on the species. They are referred to in plicata, glaciale, Dichodontium vaucheri, Marsupella Lescuraea pellucidum, incurvata, condensata, L. Orthotrichum 0ritsland (1986) and included in the present list alpestre, Pohlia wahlenbergii, Racomitrium sud of references (see Brandshaug 1982; Brattbakk eticum, Schistidium maritimum, Scorpidium scor 1979; Dahle 1983b; Elvebakk 1979; Hermansen pioides, 1979; Herstad 19H1; Lund 1979; Olsen 1982). An norvegica (Berggren 1875: 32, nomenclature of unpublished thesis by Nilsen (1992) falls in the this paper and only accepted species). Today this same category. Sphagnwn lindbergii and Syntrichia is true of five species (only two from Berggren's Two species have been described from subfossil list), viz. Kiaeria Jalcata, Lescuraea plicata, Holocene sediments (Schimper 1870), see Appen Pseudocalliergon dix 1, cf. also Andersson (1910). sudeticum and Sphagnum riparium. We accept 26 angustiJolium, Racomitrium hepatics and 124 mosses, in all 150 bryophytes from Bjørnøya; they are marked (B) in the list Nomenclature and number of speeies of accepted species. A trained bryologist could probably colleet many new speeies from Bjørn øya. We have rejeeted the report of 10 liverworts The nomenclature of the mosses is in accordance and 18 mosses; they are included in the list of with Frisvoll et al. (1995) which is mainly based rejected species, although Bjørnøya is not always on Corley et al. (1981), Corley & Crundwell mentioned explicitly there. (1991), Anderson et al. (1990), S6derstrCim, Hed There are evident regional differences in the enas & Hallingback (1992) and GroIle (1983). bryophyte flora of Svalbard. There are most The nomenclature of the Warnstorjia-Calliergon species in the central fjord districts of Spitsbergen, group follows Hedenas (1993) and species in the and more speeies in western than in eastem parts family Pottiaceae Zander (1993). A list of selected of the archipelago. Aeeording to Philippi (1973: synonyms is included. Common Norwegian names folloVIi Frisvoll et al. (1995). table 2) lH6 bryophytes were known from Kongs fjorden, 174 from Hornsund and 112 from Edge A number of subspecific taxa have been listed øya NW/Barentsøya SW. Hofmann (1968) lists 20 in the literature and most of them were reviewed bryophytes from Kvitøya. But, except for Bjørn A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria øya, we have not differentiated between various 63 hepatic species that have been reported from islandslareas. This should be done in a revised Svalbard. There are almost certainly more Sval list. bard species in some genera (e.g. Cephaloziella, However, some authors have published alphabetical or systematical bryophyte lists pur Lophozia s.l., Scapania), but on the other hand ported to be complete from a study area. Some we may have accepted a few erroneous reports. have supplied their lists with taxonomical and/or It appears that not more than 100 hepa ties grow ecological notes (below marked T and on Svalbard. Musci only, h with com Brassard (1971a) summed up the known occur prehensive comments). Not included here are rence of mosses in the Canadian High Arctic or = Hepaticae only; m * = important works which at the same time comment Queen Elizabeth Islands, ca. 75°N to 83°N. This on areas area is considerably larger than Svalbard but has (especially Berggren 1875, regarding Bjørnøya, fewer mosses, in all he recognised 233 species. In material and localities from many Spitsbergen and Nordaustlandet, and Arneli 1900 another paper Brassard (1976) added two species; regarding eastern Svalbard). Areas and authors: more have surely been discovered later, but the Rornsund (Kuc 1963a*: m, TE; Rejment-Gro figure points to the order of magnitude of the Bellsund S (Rz tkowska number of mosses in the area. We aceept 288 1988a: E), Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet (Boinska mosses from Svalbard, and it is probable that & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986: E), 'Sassen Quarter' more than 300 oceur there. So we estimate that (Hadac 1946, see below), Kongsfjorden (AmelI about 400 bryophyte species grow on Svalbard. chowska 1967*: h, TE), & Mårtensson 1959*: TE). Edgeøya NW/Barents The bryophytes can be referred to geographical øya SW (Rofmann 1968; Philippi 1973*: TE; elements, but it is not appropriate to follow up Heinemeijer 1979), Kong Karls Land, Svenskøya the matter here. The most interesting group is (Hofmann probably the circumpolar arctic element; Steere's 1968), Kvitøya (Hofmann 1968). Otherwise, most of the geographical information (1976) list inc1udes 67 species of which 48 are about species has to be scanned from text and recognised from Svalbard by us. Steere did not tables and is more difficult of access. know or recognise Plagiothecium berggrenianum, The list of accepted species from Svalbard Racomitrium panschii or Tetraplodon paradoxus, includes 373 names, viz. 85 hepatics and 288 and Brassard (1971a, 1976) added Funaria arctiea, mosses. aur list of rejected species now totals Oreas martiana and Tetraplodon pallidus to the 190 names, viz. 45 hepatics and 145 mosses (not element. And there are still more species with counting synonyms)! The rarest mosses on Sval such a distribution (perhaps as many as 100 more, bard, viz. those then found 1-3 times, have been cf. Steere 1978: 23). Severai recently deseribed listed by Frisvoll & Blom (1993); the list includes Schistidium species clearly belong here (Blom 14 liverworts and 21 mosses (35 species) found 1996). once, \O liverworts and 15 mosses (25 species) In the annotations the occurrence of accepted found twice, and 6 liverworts and 11 mosses (17 species reported in the literature is usually men species) found thrice, in all 77 rare species. A few tioned in geographical order, from south (Bjørn more rare species have been added in this paper. øya) to north (Spitsbergen W to Nordaustlandet) There are few recent surveys of bryophytes and in the east (Spitsbergen E, Edgeøya, Barents from middle and high arctic areas. Schuster & øya and Kong Karls Land). The new localities are Damsholt (1974) recognise 136 species in their always listed in this geographical manner. The study of the hepaticae of West Greenland from literature reports of the rejected species are usu 66°N to nON (p. 15): "The only other areas in the ally listed in chronological order. Arctic at similarly high latitudes with a com Much could be sa id about the locality names parably rich and diversified hepatic flora are the used in the literature. Some authors of older north slope and coast of Aaska and (possibly) works give no localities at all. On the basis of oceanic Spitsbergen." With regard to Svalbard written information from the expedition in ques they attach importance to "the modifying but tion we may, however, be able to map their routes attenuated effect of the Gulf Stream". The small and the harbours visited. aften the name of a island Bjørnøya is situated at 74°30'N, and the fjord is given; this is a popular but inexact identi rest of Svalbard between ca. 76°3LY:N and 80050'N, fication of a locality, because we are not always which is far to the north compared with the treated told Greenland area. We accept only 85 of the 130 Berggren's (1875) Advent Bai, Kings Bai, Liefde what part of the shore is considered. 64 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Bai, etc., are examples of such wide localisation. But a terrestrial name may also embrace too large an area. Lindberg (1862) lists speeies collected by Nordenskiold in the "south-western part, without Definitions R Rarity 3 more information" (Lindberg 1867, 538, Frisvoll, = Rare. ca. 3--15 localities known at present 2 transl.). Hadac (1946) uses the name 'Sassen Scattered or common, at least locally Quarter', which is not a name of the Sassen area but of the whole district (450 km2) between p Phylog eographicalimportance 3 Sassendalen, Eskerdalen, Adventdalen, Advent = 2 129; Norges Svalbard- og Ishavsundersøkelser = 1942). The name is not in use today, but it is given More or less widespread E Ec ologicalindicator value Very high (specialised, stenoic) 3 tables (where exact sites are given). We have compromised with regard to the exaet ness of localities. The given distribution of rare method' has been used for the more common A 2 = Intermediate l = Low. euryoic Locala b undance 3 Dominant. in places more than 50% cover in its 2 Subdominant, 20-50% cover species. The following should be noted: Although rarely stated, almost all information about bryo habitats Sparse ph ytes in Hornsund is from the northern eoast. At Nordfjorden in Isfjorden almost all reports are from the eastern coast. The name 'Bellsund S' is used about occurrences reported from the nearby Lognedalsftya, Dyrstadflya, LyelIstranda Belonging to a phytogeographical element of special interest on Svalbard by us when a name is included in his list of speeies are usually quite detailed. while the 'fjord Strongly disjunct or described from Svalbard and not yet known elsewhere fjorden and Sassenfjorden (Hadac 1944 and 1946, bryophytes (Hadac 1946, 135f) but not in the on Svalbard Very rare Importance to verte brateanimals 3 2 l = Important as a highly preferred fodder plant = Of secondary importance = Of no importance and Calypsostranda between Recherehefjorden and Dunderbukta on the southern eoast of The va1ues of phytogeography refer to total dis Bellsund (Karezmarc & Swi s 1988, 1989a. 1990b; tribution patterns and/or Svalbard patterns. A Rz tkowska 1988a, b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a. very 1993). Plagiothecium svalbardense Frisv. is described here as a new speeies, and Campylium arcticum, C. protensum, Kiaeria falcata. Pseudocalliergion angustifolium. muticum are S. holmenianum reported as new and to rare species on Svalbard be a graphically interesting and has although it may is phytogeo a high value widespread species elsewhere. A Svalbard endemic has a high value although it may be widespread on Svalbard. No sub values are indicated in cases where no information Svalbard. exists or in cases where the information is toa S. Numerous previously unpublished localities are searce or uncertain. referred to. Authors are requested to make eom ments about new Svalbard bryrophytes according to the present list of accepted species and to include specimens in a stated herbarium. List of Accepted Speeies Ecosystem Component Values Species accepted also from Bjørnøya are marked (B); Kiaeria falcata, Lescuraea plicata, Pseudo Most species in the list have been assigned Eco system Component Values. which in most cases are tentative. The list includes vernacular calliergon angustifoliwn, Racomitrium sudeticum and Sphagnum riparium are only known from there and are marked (B!). The list inc\udes 85 Norwegian names (Frisvoll et al. 1995). An aster he paties and 288 mosses, in all 373 bryophytes in isk in the list indicates comments. 137 genera. A eatalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 6S Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p (H Abietinella abielina (Hedw,) Fleisch, Granmose Amblyodon dealbatus (Hedw,) Bruch & Sehimp. - Stakemose 2 3 3 Trådkrypmose (B) Amphidium lapponieum (Hedw.) Schimp. A comments) * 3 Aloina brevirostris (Hook. & Grev.) Kindb. - Småtøffe1mose Amblystegium serpens (Hedw.) Schimp. E hepatics; 2 3 2 Fjellpolstermose l 2 Anastrophyllum minuturn (Schreb.) Schust. - Tråddraugmose 1 2 2 3 Andreaea blyttii Schimp. - Bresotmose (B) 2 2 3 A. obovata Thed. 2 I 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 Felesotmose lH A. rupestris Hedw. Bergsotmose A. sparsifolia Zett. Raspsotmose (B) 1 Feittmose 1 2 3 2 l 1H 1H Aneura pinguis (L.) Dum. Ranksnømose Anthelia julacea (L.) Dum. A. juratzkana (Limpr.) Trev. 1 Krypsnømose (B) Aongstroemia longipes (Sommerf.) Bruch & Schimp. - Stiftmose 2 3 lH 2 2 1 2 1 3 Aplodon wormskioldii (Hornem,) Kindb, - Kadavermose (B) 1 I 3 Aretoa anderssonii Wich. - Sveipjøkulmose 2 3 3 1 2 3 2 A. fulvella (Dieks.) Bruch & Schimp, Faksjøkulmose Arnellia fennica (Gott.) Lindb. - Kragemose 2 2 2 Athalamia hyalina (Sommerf.) Hatt. - Navlemose 2 2 3 lH 1 Aulacomnium palustre (Hedw.) Schwaegr. - Myrfiltmose (B) 1 3 A. turgidum (Wahlenb. ) Schwaegr. 1 3 Fjellfiltmose (B) Barbilophozia barbata (Schreb,) Loeske - Skogskjeggmose 3 B. hateheri (Evans) Loeske - Grynskjeggmose (B) l 1H 1H lH B. lycopodioides (Wallr.) Loeske - Gåsefotskjeggmose (B) B. quadriloba (Lindb.) Loeske - Kloskjeggmose Stivkulemose (B) 3 Blasia pusilla L. - Flekkmose Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum. - Piggtråd mose (B) Blindia acuta (Hedw.) Bruch & Schimp. - Rødmesigmose (B) 1 Brachythecium collinum (C. Midt) Schimp. - Kryplundmose 3 B. coruscum I. Hag, 1 1 2 B. gladale Schimp. - Snølundmose (B) 1 2 3 1 lB 1 1 2 lB I 2 2 2 3 2 l 3 3 B. refiexllm (Slarke) Schimp. - Sprikelundmose (B) 3 3 B. trachypodium (Brid.) Schimp. - Skortelundmose 2 l 2 2 2 3 l l Breidleria pratensis (Spruce) Loeske - Skrukkemose 2 I Bryobrittonia longipes (Mitt.) Horton 3 3 Fjell-lundmose (B) Tungemose Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostrum (Hedw.) Chen Raudfotmose 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 l 2 Bryum algovicum C. Mull. - Ribbevrangmose (B) 1 2 B, amblyodon C. Miill. 2 2 Nikkevrangmose B. arcticum (R, Brown) Bruch & Schimp, Krylvrangmose (B) 1 B. argenteum Hedw. - Sølvvrangmose 1 B. bimum (Schreb.) Turn. 2 Tvillingvrangmose (B) B. calophyllum R. Brown - Holtannvrangmose 2 B. creberrimum Tayl. 3 B. cryophilum Mårt. Brakkvrangmose 3 B. nitidulum Lindb. - Jøkulvrangmose (B) 1 B. pallens Anon, - Vinvrangmose (B) 2 1 3 2 Rosevrangmose (B) 3 3 2 3 B. pallescens Schwaegr. - Filtvrangmose (B) B. pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Gaertn, et al. - Bekkevrangmose (B) B. purpurascens (R. Brown) Bruch & Schimp. Kjøttvrangmose 2 lB 3 2 Blakklundmose B, turgidum (Hartm.) Kindb, 2 lH 2 B. kunzeana (Hiib.) K. MiiIL- Myrskjeggmose Bartramia ithyphylla Brid. lH 66 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p (H B. ruti/ans Brid. - Skjørvrangmose (Bl E hepatics; A • = 2 3 B. salinum Limpr. - Fjærevrangmose B. subneodamense Kindb. - Sumpvrangmose 2 B. weigelii Spreng. 3 Kjeldevrangmose 2 3 B. wrightii Sull. & Lesq. - Blodvrangmose (Bl 3 3 Calliergon richardsonii (Mitt.) Kindb. l 2 3 l 2 3 3 C. chrysophyllum (Brid.) J. Lange - Sigdstjernemose 3 3 3 C. longicuspis (Lindb. & H. Arn.) Hedenas - Polarstjernemose 3 3 C. polygamum (Schimp.) J. Lange & C. Jens. 1 l C. protensum (Brid.) Kindb. - Skogstjememose 3 3 3 C. slel/atum (Hedw.) J. Lange & C. Jens. l l 2 3 3 Campylium arclicum Williams C. bicuspidata (L.) Dum. Strandstjememose (B) Myrstjernemose (B) Filtsåtemose Catoscopium nigritum (Hedw.) Brid. Cephalozia ambigua Mass. Sumptjønnmose (B) Tundrastjernemose Campylopus schimperi Milde Svartknoppmose (B) Snøglefsemose (Bl l Broddglefsemose 3 Myrglefsemose 3 C. lunulifolia (Dum.) Dum. 2 CeralOdon antarcticus Card. - Polarvegmose 3 l 2 C. stygium Sw. lB Fjellgittermose (B) Myrgittermose (B) 2 2 1 2 2 2 l 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Cladopodiella francisei (Hook.) Jørg. - Fjellsnutemose 3 3 Climacium dendroides (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr - Palmemose (B) 2 l CneslTUm alpestre (Hiib.) Mogensen - Skortemyggmose 3 3 C. glaucescens (Lindb. & H. Am.) Mogensen & Steere Conostomum tetragonum (Hedw.) Lindb. Tundramyggmose 3 Hjelmmose (Bl Coscinodon cribrosus (Hedw.) Spruce Oldingmose Cratoneuron filicinum (Hedw.) Spruce Kalkmose (B) Leppemose 3 3 3 3 3 2 l l 3 l 3 2 2 C. lenellum (Bruch & Schimp.) Limpr. - Småskortemose (B) 2 2 Hinnetrollmose 2 Tuetrollmose 2 C. hymenophy/lum (Bruch & Schimp.) Holmen Dichodonlium pellucidum (Hedw.) Schimp. Sildremose (B) Dicranel/a crispa (Hedw.) Schimp. - Rakgrøftemose 2 Sprikegrøftemose 2 D. palustris (Dicks.) E. Warb. Kjeldegrøftemose 3 3 2 l 3 3 Kantgrøftemose (B) Dicranoweisia erispula (Hedw.) Milde - Krusputemose (B) l Dicranum aculifolium (Lindb. & H. Am.) Weim. 2 Luggsigd 2 • 3 3 2 Grassigd 2 D. elongatum Schwaegr. - Såtesigd D. fuscescens Sm. - Bergsigd (B) IH 2 D. grevilleana (Brid.) Schimp. Faksgrøfternase I l 2 Cyrtomnium hymenophylloides (Hiib.) 1'. Kop. l 2 IH Cynodontium strumiferum (Hedw.) Lindb. - Halsbyllskortemose D. f1exicaule Brid. - Lyngsigd IH lB 2 D. anguslUm Lindb. 2 3 Cirriphyllum cirrosum (Schwaegr.) Grout - Fagerveikmose D. varia (Hedw.) Schimp. IH 2 C. subrotundum Lindb. - Rundgittermose D. subulata (Hedw.) Schimp. l 3 Fagergittermose CrYPlocolea imbricata Schust. lB 3 Ugrasvegmose (B) Cinclidiwn arcticum (Bruch & Schimp.) Schimp. C. latifolium Lindb. 3 lB 3 C. heterophyllus Kindb. - Buttvegmose 2 l l Cephaloziella arctiea Bryhn & Douin - Fjellpistremose (B) C. uncinam Sehust. - Tundrapistremosc 2 l 2 C. pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb. - Storglefsemose C. purpureus (Hedw.) Brid. comments) l 2 2 2 A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 67 Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R (H D. laevidens Williams - Polarsigd (B) p = 2 D. majus Sm. - Blanksigd (B) 1 D. scoparium Hedw. - Ribbesigd (B) 2 D. spadiceum Zett. - Rørsigd (B) 1 1 D. tauricum Sapehin - Borksigd 3 3 Didymodon acutus (Brid.) K. Saito - Glanskurlemose (B) 2 E hepatics; 2 A * = 2 3 D. fallax (Hedw.) Zand. - Vegkurlemose 3 3 3 D. johansenii (Williams) Crum - Nasekurlemose 3 3 3 1 D. tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa - Tungekurlemose 3 3 3 3 Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Dum. - Stripefoldmose (B) 3 3 D. taxifolium (Wahlenb.) Dum. - Bergfoldmose 2 1 2 Distichium capillaceum (Hedw.) Bruch & Schimp. - Puteplanmose (B) 1 1 2 2 2 3 D. inc/inatum (Hedw.) Bruch & Schimp. - Stridplanmose Ditrichum crispatissimum (C. Miill.) Par. - Kjempebust (B) lH 3 2 D. hagenii Philib. - Polarplanmose lH 2 3 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 3 D. flexicaule (Schwaegr.) Hampe - Storbust (B) Drepanoc/adus aduncus (Hedw.) Warnst. - Leirklo (B) 1 1 Encalypta affinis Hedw. f. - Ruklokkemose 3 3 E. alpina Sm. - Fjellklokkemose (B) 1 1 E. brevicollis (Bruch & Schimp.) Ångstr. - Glattklokkemose 3 3 3 l 2 E. brevipes Schljak. - Frostklokkemose 3 E. longicol/is Bruch - Sporeklokkemose 2 3 3 E. mutica I. Hag. - Buttklokkemose 3 2 3 E. procera Bruch - Trådklokkemose 2 E. rhaptocarpa Schwaegr. - Raudklokkemose (B) 2 1 Eurhynchium pulehelIum (Hedw.) Jenn. - Krypmoldmose Fissidens adianthoides Hedw. - Sag lommemose 2 3 D. asperifolius (Mitt.) Crum et al. - Heikurlemose (B) D. cylindricum (Hedw.) Grout - Rubust comments) 3 3 2 F. arcticus Bryhn - Polarlommemose 2 F. osmundoides Hedw. - Stivlommemose F. viridulus (Anon.) Wahlenb. - Leirlommemose Funaria arctiea (Berggr.) Kindb. - Polarbråtemose 1 2 Grimmia affinis Hornsch. - Seterknausing 2 2 G. anodon Bruch & Schimp. - Vomknausing 2 G. donniana Sm. - Vardeknausing 3 1 G. elatior Bals. & De Not. - Krinsknausing 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 G. incurva Schwaegr. - Urdknausing 1 1 G. sessitana De Not. - Svaknausing 3 3 3 2 G. subsulcata Limpr. - Foldknausing 3 G. torquata Grev. - Krusknausing 2 l Gymnocolea inflata (Huds.) Dum. - Torvdymose 2 2 3 lH Gymnomitrion apiculatum (Schiffn.) K. Miill. - Broddåmemose 3 2 2 lH 1 1 3 3 lH 2 G. concinnatum (Lightf.) Corda - Rabbeåmemose (B) G. corallioides Nees - Kølleåmemose (B) 1 3 2H Hamatocaulis vernicosus (Mitt.) Hedenas - Alvemose 3 3 Haplomitrium hookeri (Sm.) Nees - Tussemose 3 3 lH Harpanthus flotovianus (Nees) Nees - Kjeldesalmose 3 3 lH 3 H. scutatus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce - Kystsalmose (B) 3 Hennediella heimii (Hedw.) Zand. - Fjaeremose (B) 1 Hygrohypnum alpestre (Hedw.) Loeske - Svullbekkemose (B) 2 H. cochlearifolium (Vent.) Broth. - Skeibekkemose 2 3 3 lH 68 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R (H p = H. luridum (Hedw.) Jenn. - Lurvbekkemose 2 l H. oehraeeum (Wils.) Loeske - Klobekkemose (B) 3 3 H. polare (Lindb.) Loeske Jøkulbekkemose (B) Hyloeomium splendens (Hedw.) Schimp. - Elasjemose (B) Hymenostylium reeurvirostrum (Hedw.) Dix. Sprungemose E hepaties; A commenIs) • 3 3 1 1 2 3 2 l 3 2 Hypnum bambergeri Schirnp. - Kloflette (B) 1 3 2 H. cal/iehroum Brid. 2 Dunflette H. revolutum (Mitt.) Lindb. - Jøkulflette (B) Il. vaucheri Lesq. 2 Gullflette (B) 2 3 l Isopterygiopsis pulehella (Hedw.) Iwats. - Skorehlankmose (B) Jungermannia contertissima Nees 1 Nyresleivmose lB 1. po[aris Lindb. - Kalksleivmose (B) l 1. sphaerocarpa Hook. 2 1 lB 2 1 IH Hjulsleivmose J. subelliptica (Kaa!.) Levier - Puslesleivmose Kiaeria blyttii (Schimp.) Broth. Bergfrostmose (B) l K. talcata (Hedw.) J. Hag. - Sigdlrostmose (B!) K. glacialis (BerggL) r. Hag. lB 3 3 Jøkulfrostmose (B) 2 2 3 3 3 K. starkei (Web. & Mohr) J. Hag. - Snøfrostmose (B) 3 3 3 1 Leptobryum pyritorme (Hedw.) Wils. - Pæremose l 1 3 2 Lescuraea incurvata (Hedw.) Lawt. - Krokraspmose (B) 3 3 L. plicata (Web. & Mohr) Broth. - Slorraspmose (B!) 3 3 Messingmose (B) Loeskypnum badium (Hartm.) Paul Lophozia badensis (Gott.) Schiffn. Dvergflik l 2 l 3 2 lB L. bicrenata (Hoffm.) Dum. - Aurflik 3 3 lB L. gillmanii (Aust.) Schust. 2 2 lB 3 2 lB Broddflik L. grandiretis (Kaa!. ) Schiffn. Blodflik L. heteroeolpos (Hartm.) Howe - Piskflik L. hyperarctica Schust. L. latitolia Schust. lB lsflik lB Aksflik 3 IH 2 L. longidens (Lindb.) Macoun - Hornflik (B) 2 l IH L opacitolia Mey\. 2 2 lB Blåflik L pellucida Schust. - Kløftflik L. perssonii Buch & S. Am. Kalkflik 3 L polaris (Schust.) Schust. & Damsh. - Polarflik L rutheana (Limpr.) Bowe - Praktflik 3 2 lB 2 3 lB 2 lB 3 3 lB 2 2 IH L. slidetica (Hiib.) GroIle - Raudflik (B) IH L ventricosa (Dicks.) Dum. - Grokornflik (B) L. wenzelii (Nees) Steph. - Skeiflik lB Marchantia alpestris (Nees) Burgeff - Fjelltvare (B) 3 3 M. polymorpha L. - Ugrastvare Polarhutremose 2 3 3 2 1 Meesia triquetra (Richter) Ångstr. - Skruesvanemose (B) l 3 2 M. uliginosa Hedw. 2 larlm.) Kaa!. - Trinnhutremose (B) Nervesvanemose (B) Mesoptychia sahlbergii (Lindb.) Evans Midnattsolmose Mielichhoteria elongata (Hook.) Nees & Hornsch. Mnillm blyttii Bruch & Schimp. Kopparkismose Blåtornemose 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 M. spinosum (Voit) Schwaegr. 2 2 3 Molendoa tenuinervis Limpr. - Tetlmose (B) 3 3 3 Mylia taylorii (Hook.) S. Gray - Raudmuslingmose 3 3 SlrØtornemose lB IH 2 3 M. marginatum (Dicks.) P. Beauv. - Raudtornemose (B) M. thomsonii Schimp. lH lB Marsupella aretica (BerggL) Bryhn & Kaa\. M. condensata (C. * Bergtornemose lB 2 lB * A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 69 Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R (H p = E Myurella julacea (Schwaegr.) Schimp. - Skåltrinnmose (B) 1 M. tenerrima (Brid.) Lindb. - Spisstrinnmose 2 Nardia geoscyphus (De Not.) Lindb. Skåltrappemose Odontoschisma macounii (Aust.) Underw. 3 Fjellskovlmose Oreas martiana (Hoppe & Hornsch.) Brid. Alpemose Orthothecium chryseon (Schwaegr.) Schimp. O. intricatum (Hartm.) Schimp. 3 Gullhaustmose (B) Sigdhaustmose Lapphaustmose O. lapponicum (Schimp.) C. Hartm. O. strictum Lor. - Ravhaustmose (B) comments) l 3 lB 2 3 1 lH 2 3 2 1 2 3 2 1 1 Oncophorus virens (Hedw.) Brid. - Myrsprikemose (B) O. wahlenbergii Brid. - Fjellsprikemose (B) A hepatics;' 3 1 2 1 3 3 2 3 1 1 3 2 O. obtusifotium Brid. - Buttbustehette 2 2 3 2 O. pallens Brid. - Gulltannbustehette 2 2 3 1 O. pellucidum Lindb. - Tuebustehette 2 Seterbustehette (B) Orthotrichum alpestre Bruch & Schimp. O. pylaisii Brid. - Fuglebustehette (B) 1 O. sordidum Sull. & Lesq. - Holtannbustehette 2 Pipereinsarmose (B) Palustriella decipiens (De No!.) Ochyra Peltolepis quadrata (Saut.) K. Miill. Philonotis tomentelIa Mol. Fjørtuffmose Mørkleggmose P. zieri (Hedw.) Lindb. Raudkrylmosc Bleikkrylmose (B) 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 2 lB 1 2 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 Plagiomnium curuatulum (Lindb.) Schljak. - Fjellfagermose P. ellipticum (Bdd.) T. Kop. Plagiothecium berggrenianum Frisv. P. denticulatum (Bedw.) Sehimp. P. sualbardense Frisv. Nålepute-mose 2 Grasjamnemose Flakjamnemose Pogonatum denlatum (Brid.) Bdd. P. umigerum (Bedw.) P. Beauv. Pohlia andrewsii Shaw 3 1 1 l Furumose 2 1 3 Fjellkrukkemose 2 2 2 Vegkrukkemose P. cruda (Hedw.) Lindb. l Opalnikke (B) Rørnikke P. drummondii (C. Miill.) Andrews Raudknoppnikke (B) Svanenikke 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 1 Vegnikke (B) P. obtusifolia (Brid.) L. Koch Snønikke (B) P. proligera (Breid!.) H. Arn. Trådknoppnikke P. wahlenbergii (Web. & Mohr) Andrews - Kaldnikke (B) 2 l 1 2 2 3 2 1 Polytrichastrum alpinum (Hedw.) G.L. Sm. - Fjellbinnemose (B) 1 1 P. longisetum (Brid.) G.L. Sm. 3 3 Brembinnemose P. sexangulare (Brid.) G.L. Sm. - Snøbinnemose (B) Strandbjørnemose (B) P. juniperinum Hedw. Einerbjørnemose (B) 2 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 l 3 Polytrichum hyperboreum R. Brown - Aurbjørnemose P. jensenii l. Hag. 2 2 Svartknoppnikke P. filum (Schimp.) Mårt. P. nulans (Hedw.) Lindb. lB 3 2 Krokknoppnikke P. crudoides (Sull. & Lesq.) Broth. 3 3 1 P. atropurpurea (Wahlenb.) B. Lindb. - Bruntann-nikke P. elongata Hedw. 1 2 2 Hårmose (B) Pleurocladula albescens (Book.) GroIle - Bremose (B) Pleurozium schreberi (Brid.) Mitt. 1 1 2 Polarjamnemose Plalydictya jungermannioides (Brid.) Crum 1 1 Sumpfagermose (B) Plagiopus oederiana (Sw.) Crum & Anders. 2 3 Grannkjeldemose (B) Plagiobryum demissum (Hook.) Lindb. 3 2 O. speciosum Nees - Duskbustehette Paludella squarrosa (Hedw.) Bdd. l 1 70 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p (H P. piliferum Hedw. P. strictum Brid. P. swartzii Hartm. E hepatics; Rabbebjørnemose Filtbjørnemose Pelsbjørnemose A • = 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 comments) 2 Prasanlhus suecieus (Gott.) Lindb. - Rabbemose 1 3 1 1H Preissia quadrata (Seop.) Nees - Skjøtmose (B) 1 2 2 1H Pseudoealliergon angustifolium Hedenas - Snøgulmose (Bl) 3 P. breuifolium (Lindb.) Hedenas - Polargulmose (B) 1 P. trifarium (Web. & Mohr) Loeske - Navargulmose 2 3 2 P. turgescens (T. Jens.) Loeske - Kvapgulmose (B) PseudoleskeeIla rupestris (Berggr. ) Hedenas & Soderstr. P. teelOrum (Brid.) Broth. 3 Fjelltråklemose (B) Klotraklemose (B) 2 Psilopilum caujfotium (Wils.) L Hag. - Småkomagmose Pterigynandrum filiforme Hedw. - Reipmose Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Hampe 2 l 2 1 2 2 2 l 2 1 l 2 2 2 2 2 2 P. laeuigatum (Wahlenb.) Lindb. - Storkomagmose 2 Bakkefrynse (B) Racomilrium canescens (Hedw.) Brid. - Sandgråmose R. ericoides (Brid.) Brid. Fjørgråmose (B) R. fasciculare (Hedw.) Brid. Knippegråmose (B) R. lanuginosum (Hedw.) Brid. 2 2 Heigråmose (B) R. panschii (C. MOll.) Kindb. Tundragråmose 3 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 Rhizomnium andrewsianum (Steere) T. Kop. - Polarrundmose 2 3 2 Rhytidiadelphus squarrosus (Hedw.) Warnst. - Engkransmose (B) 2 2 3 Saelania glaucescens (Hedw.) Broth. - Eirmose l Sanionia niualis Hedenas 2 2 2 2 2 2 S. orthothecioides (Lindb.) Loeske Storbleikmose (B) 2H 2 l R. sudetkum (Funek) Bruch & Schimp. - Setergramose (Bl) Fjellbleikmose 2 2 1 l S. uncinata (Hedw.) Loeske Klobleikmose (B) l l 3 2 Sauteria alpina (Nees) Nees Kratermose (B) l 3 3 1H Scapania calcicola (lI. Am. & J. Perss.) Ingham - Kalktvibladmose 3 S. eurta (Mart.) Dum. - Aurtvibladmose (B) 2 S. cuspiduligera (Nees) K. Mi.ill. 2 3 3 2 S. gymnostomophila KaaL Spriketvibladmose (B) Skortetvibladmose 3 2 IH IH Ul 2 Ul S. hyperborea Jørg. - Bruntvibladmose (B) 2 1H S. irrigua (Nees) Nees 1H S. kaurinii Ryan - Hettetvibladmose 2 2 2 1H S. mucronata Bueh - Broddtvibladmose 2 2 1H S. obcordata (Berggr.) S. Arn. Småtvibladmose (B) 2 Bogetvibladmose 2 Sumptvibladmose (B) S. paludicola Loeske & K. Mi.ill. 1H lH 3 2 1H S. spitsbergens!s (Lindb.) K. MOlL - Piggtvibladmose 2 2 1H S. subalpina (Lindenb.) Dum. 3 2 2 IH 3 3 Ul 3 3 S. paruifolia Warnst. - Bordtvibladmose S. simmonsii Bryhn & Kaal. S. t!mdrae (H. Arn.) Buch Polartvibladmose Tvillingtvibladmose Tundratvibladmose S. uliginosa (Lindenb.) Dum. - Kjeldetvibladmose IH 1H Sehistidiwn frigidum Blom - Reipblomstermose S. frisuollianum Blom Vorteblomstermose S. grandirete Blom - Polarblomstermose S. holmenianwn Steere & Brassard Tundrablomstermose S. maritimum (Turn.) Bruch & Schimp. Saltblomstermose (B) S. papi/loswn Culm. - Raudblomstermose 3 l S. pulchrwn Blom - Glansblomstermose (B) S. rlvu/are (Brid.) Podp. - Bekkeblomstermose (B) 3 3 A catalogue of Svalbard plams, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 71 Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R (H p = E hepatics; A comments) • Rekkeblomstermose S, submuticum Blom S, tenerum (Zett,) Nyh, Tradblomstermose 2 3 3 Seorpidium eossonii (Schimp,) Hedenas - Brunmakkmose (B) 2 2 3 S, revolvens (Anon,) Rubers - Raudmakkmose (B) 1 1 3 S, scorpioides (Hedw.) Limpr. - Stormakkmose (B) 1 3 3 2 S, umbrosum (ZetL) Blom Klippeblomstermose S, venetum Blom - Fjellblomstermose Passblygmose Seligeria diversifolia Lindb, 3 3 S. oelandica C. Jens. & Mede!. - Begerblygmose 3 3 3 S. polaris Berggr. 1 2 3 3 3 2 Polarblygmose S. tristichoides Kindb. Radblygmose Sphagnum aongstroemii C. Hartm. - Fjelltorvmose S. aretieum Flatb. & Frisv. Polartorvmose S. balticum (Russ.) C. Jens. Svelttorvmose 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 S, fimbriatum Wils. & J. D. Hook. - Frynsetorvmose S. girgensohnii Russ. Grantorvmose S. lindbergii Lindb. Bjørnetorvmose (B) S. obrusum WarnsL Butt-torvmose * l l 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 S. olafii Flatb. Frosttorvmose Skartorvmose (B l) S. riparium Ångstr, 2 3 2 3 3 3 Spriketorvmose (B) S. squarrosum Crome S. teres (Schimp.) Ångstr. - Beitetorvmose 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 Tundratorvmose 2 3 2 1 Rosetorvmose 1 S. lundrae F1atb. S. warnstorjii Russ. 2 Splaehnum vasculosum Hedw. - Knappmøkkmose (B) 3 Stegonia latifolia (Schwaegr.) Broth. - Knollmose 2 2 Grasmose (B) Straminergon stramineum (Brid.) Hedenas Syntrichia norvegiea Web. - Fjellharstjerne (B) 2 S. ruralis (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr - Puteharstjerne (B) 1 l 2 Tayloria aeuminata Hornsch. - Spisstrompetmose 2 2 3 T. lingulata (Dicks.) Lindb. - :'vIyrtrornpetrnose 2 Rustmose Tetralophozia setiformis (Ehrh.) Schljak. Tetraplodon blyttii Frisv, - Kuppellemenmose l 1 3 3 3 3 3 l l 2 3 T. paradoxus (R. Brown) I. Hag. - Blindlemenmose 2 2 3 Timmia austriaea Hedw. - Raudslirernose (B) l l 1 1 l 2 T. pallidus I. Hag. T. bavarica Hess!. Gull-Iemenrnose Grottesliremose T. comata Lindb. & H, Arn. - Grannsliremose T. norvegica Zett. 3 1 2 2 2 l T. sibirica Lindb. & H. Arn. - Tundrasliremose 2 SkjØrvrimose (B) T. tortuosa (Hedw.) Limpr. - Putevrimose 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 1 2 Tomentypnum nitens (Hedw.) Loeske - Gullmose (B) 3 Tortlda cemua (Hlib.) Lindb. - Kryltustrnose 2 2 3 T. euryphylla Zand. - Setertustmose 2 2 2 T. laureri (Schultz) Lindb. - Nikketustmose 2 T. leucostorna (R. Brown) Hook. & Grev. - Krølltustmose (B) 2 T. ml/eronifalia Schwaegr. - Torntustmose T. systy/ia (Schimp.) Lindb. - Hatt-tustrnose Trichostomum areticum Kaal. 3 Tundrasvamose T. crispulum Bruch - Kalksvamose lH 1 Vortesliremose (B) Tortella fragUis (Hook. & Wils.) Lirnpr. 2 2 2 T. mnioides (Hedw.) Bruch & Schirnp. - Fagerlemenmose (B) 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 72 Scientific and Norwegian names Eeosystem Component Values R (H 3 Tritomaria exsectiformis (BreidL) Loeske - Stihoggtann T. polita (Nees) Jørg. - Bekkehoggtann T. quinquedentata (Huds.) Buch - Storhoggtann (B) eomments) 3 I 3 2 2 W. fluitans (Hedw.) Loeske - Vassnøkkemose (B) W. sarmentosa (Wahlenb.) Hedenas A * lH l Vrangnøkkemose (B) W. pseudoslraminea (C. Mi.il!.) Tuom. & T. Kop. E hepatics; lB T. scitula (TayL) Jørg. - Grottehoggtann Voitia hyperborea Grev. & Amott Snabel mose Warnstorfia exannula/a (Schimp.) Loeske p = Pyttnøkkemose 3 l I 3 Blodnøkkemose (B) IH I 3 3 2 2 2 IH I 3 3 1 3 1 1 2 W. tundrae (H. Am.) Loeske - Hakenøkkemose (B) & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a), with Comments on accepted speeies reservation from Midterhuken at Bellsund (Eur ola & Hakala 1977, as A . cf. serpens), Billefjorden When nothing else is stated the eomments on (Aeoek 1940: Table 5), Kongsfjorden (Brossard distribution and eeology refer to Svalbard. The et al. 1984: Table 1) and Edgeøya N (Heinemeijer symbol 1979: Tabel 3). Lindberg's (1867) Hypnum eo[ o before a name refers to the list of eom ments on rejeeted species. The names are the linum from Russøyane in Murehisonfjorden is A. same as in Frisvoll et al. (1995), and synonyms serpens (H-SOL). Colleeted at Sassenfjorden. are not always presented here (cf. List of seleeted Nordfjorden, synonyms,and Wijk et aL 1959,1962,1964 ,1967, Boekfjorden, Liefdefjorden 1969; Corley et aL 1981; Corley & Crundwell (Frisvoll unpubl.). Ekmanfjorden, Krossfjorden, and Reinsdyrftya 1991; S6derstr6m, Hedenas & Hallingbaek 1992; GroIle 1983). Amphidium lapponicum (Hedw.) Schimp. Aloina brevirostris (Hook. & Grev.) Kindb. Reponed from severaI sites at Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1964), one loeality at Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875, as Tortu[a), Adventdalen (Fris voll 1981a: 96), and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). Colleeted at Nordfjorden (below Tsehermakfjel let) and Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), near Longyearbyen (Frahm 1977), Adventfjorden W, Kapp Thordsen and Lom fjorden (Berggren 1875, as Amphoridium), and Kongsfjorden (Wall 1979). Sassenfjorden, Also eolleeted at Billefjorden, Ekmanfjorden, Krossfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.) and Frankenhalv øya at Barentsøya (TRH, leg. R Hjelmstad). Sometimes it grows on soil (Berggren 1875). Amblyodon dealbatus (Brid.) Bruch & Schimp. Reported from Bohemanftya in Isfjorden (Koba yashi et aL 1990: Table 7) and Regnardneset in Krossfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d). Anastrophyllum minutum (Schreb.) Schust. Widespread and eommon. "Most of the eollected material ean be referred to var. gran dis. . . ." (Arnell & M artensson 1959, as Sphenolobus), Amblystegium serpens (Hedw.) Schimp. which has been shown to be a superftuous name Reported from Bjørnøya (Dixon 1922; Summer et al. 1977: Annotation 6-7); the name of the hayes Elton 1923: 227), one loeality for the typical variety, var. minulum (Koponen at smaller taxon is var. weberi (Man.) Kartt. (Sod Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund S (Karezmarz erstr6m. Hedenas & Hallingbaek 1992; S6der & A catalogue of Svalbard p/ams, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 73 strom, Karttunen & Hedenas 1992). See also °A. "Andr. sparsifolia habet folia dissita, subsecunda, cavjfotium. acuta, cellulis multo minoribus minusque incras satis et papillosis." (A. s. has more distant, sub secund and acute Ieaves, and much smaller and less incrassate and papillose cells.) Some of these Andreaea blyttii Schimp. A rare moss confined to extremely late snow beds on quartzitic or granitic rocks, preferably in the mountains. Known from Bjørnøya, Hornsund, severai sites at Spitsbergen NW (Brøggerhalvøya, Danskøya, Smeerenburgfjorden, Backfjorden, Liefdefjorden), and Nordaustlandet (Brennevins fjorden, Nordkapp on Chermsideøya, Parryøya) (Elvebakk 1984: Fig. 2, the two dots in Vest fjorden are misplaced and refer to the Bock fjorden sites). differences may prove to be important.The taxon was called A. rupestris var. papillosa by Murray (1987), but according to the synonym list (and pers. comm. in litt.1993) its correct species name will be A. sparsifolia. Nyholm (1969) treated it as A. obovata var. papillosa, and the comment by Murray (1987) indicates that it is in need of more study: " .... I have treated var. papillosa as doser to [A.] rupestris than to A. obovata, but not without hesitation." (see also Soderstrom, Hedenas & Hallingback 1992: Annotation 23). For the present we reluctantly follow Murray's (1987, 1988) opinion regarding synonyms of the Andreaea obouata Thed. taxon. Scattered on Svalbard and characteristic of mod erate pebble snowbeds on siliceous substrates. Known from Varsolbukta in Bellsund; Bjørn dalen, Longyearbyen and Dickson Land in Is fjorden; and from about eight localities between Brøggerhalvøya and Liefdefjorden at Spitsbergen NW (Elvebakk 1984: Fig. 1). Anthelia julacea (L.) Dum. Old records of this species are not reliable (Phips 1774; Lindberg 1867, as Jungermannia). Reported by Berggren (1875, as Jungermannia) from severai localities, but the material was revised as A. juratzkana by Amell & Martensson (1959). Rejment-Grochowska (1967) diseussed Andreaea rupestris Hedw. these species and reported two nearby localities A common and variable species even when A. of A. julacea from Ariekammen and Rotjesfjellet sparsifolia is treated as a species (see Kuc 1963a at the N side of Hornsund: "One tuft of this and 1973a, regarding subordinate epithets). Berg species was found with the sporangia fixed on gren (1875) described the new A. papillosa var. short staiks and hidden in the perianthium and brevifolia from Bjørnøya: "Entspricht A. the leaves at the tap of the stem." Karczmarz & alpestris, unterscheidet sich jedoch von dieser Art Swi s (1989a) reported it from Bellsund S. Cer durch ihre grossen eckigen dickwandigen Zellen." tain identification of the two Anthelia species Murray (1987) reestablished A. alpestris (Thed.) usually requires fertile material; regarding dif Schimp. as a species, and reported it to be rare ferences in sexuality, perianth and elater appear in the American Arctic and common in Green ance, see Schuster (1974). The elater structure is land; it has not been reported from Svalbard, an easily observed and reliable where it nevertheless may occur. characteristic, which perhaps should be checked (?) microscopic in the reported Svalbard material (but see Steere & Inoue 1978). Schuster (1983: 581, Fig. 64) Andreaea sparsifolia Zett. On Svalbard this species appears to be reasonably presents a map and comments on the world dis tribution of the two Anthelia species. well separated from A. rupestris both morpho logically and ecologically; A. rupestris is a saxico lous species, whereas A. sparsifolia mainly grows Anthelia juratzkana (Limpr.) Trev. on finetextured soils between rocks and pebbles. Common. "However, the speeies is considerably Lindberg (1867) described A. papillosa from Sval less important ecologically here than in the alpine bard. In the diagnosis of the protologue he dis belt of the Scandes:' (AmeIl & Mårtensson 1959). tinguished between it and A. sparsifola as follows: It is one of a very few Svalbard liverworts that A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 74 regularly produce sporophytes. See also A. fula cea. Arnellia fennica (Gott.) Lindb. Reported from the NY-Ålesund area (Berggren 1875, as Southbya; not found again by Arnell & Mårtensson Aongstroemia longipes (Sommerf.) Bruch & Schimp. Reported from Lognedalsflya at Bellsund S (Swi\!s & Karczmarz 1991a), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi\!s & Karczmarz 1991b), by Hoganasbreen E of Sveagruva in Van Mijen 1959), Vestfjorddalen (Frisvoll 1981a), and Barentsøya SW and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). Collected at Moskusdalen in Sas sen (one shoot seen, L.B. Jacobsen pers. comm.), the Kapp Wijk area in Nordfjorden, and Liefde fjorden (Wulffberget) (Frisvoll unpubl.). In Fennoscandia it is a strongly bicentric species. fjorden (Persson 1942), and Erdmanflya in Is fjorden and Kongsfjorden Ny-Ålesund (Frisvoll and Gluudneset 1981a). The in minute species is always sterile and probably widespread. Athalamia hyalina (Sommerf.) Hatt. First reported from Bjørnøya by the author of the name (Sommerfelt 1833, as Marchantia) and later by Berggren (1875, as Cleuea), who also listed it from Nordfjorden (see below) and Lomfjorden. Aplodon wormskioldii (Hornem.) Kindb. Widespread. Not previously reported from Bjørn øya (cf. Berggren 1875, as Splachnum: "Auf Beeren Eiland nicht aufgefunden. "). Collected there by S. Dunfjell, T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte in 1983 (TROM). See also Bryum algouicum. Lindberg (1867, as Sauteria) reported it from Kongsfjorden. However, these Svalbard reports were disregarded by Lindberg (1877; see als o Arnell 1900: 99; Rejment-Grochowska 1967: 531) who referred them to Sauteria alpina and stated that that species (Frisvoll, transl.) " . . . . is not at all rare on Spitsbergen, where it, besides Mar chantia polymorpha, is the only observed Mar chantiacea (!), at least as far as we know." The statement about the Bjørnøya and Spitsbergen Arctoa anderssonii Wich. reports of A. hyalina was repeated by Lindberg Reported from Krossfjorden and Bockfjorden (1882, in comment on Sauteria alpina). According (Frisvoll to Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) the 1978d), and collected at Bjørndalen near report of Mannia pilosa from Nordfjorden by Longyearbyen and Hallwylfjellet (900 m a.s.l.) in (Pilarberget) and Sverdruphamaren Berggren (1875) refers to A. hyalina (as Cleuea). Adventdalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). An interesting Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & arctic species which in Fennoscandia is recorded Olech 1990: only from N Sweden and C Norway (Nyholm between 1987). Dicksonfjorden (Frisvoll 1981a: 95, in comment Tab. 12, as Cleuea), the valley Trollfuglfjella and Tolmodryggen in on Lophozia hyperarctica), and Kongsfjorden (Arnell in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Cleuea; Arctoa fulvella (Dicks.) Bruch & Schimp. Reported from Linnedalen (Frahm 1977) and the NW and N parts of Svalbard (Kongsfjorden, Danskøya, Amsterdamøya, Brennevinsfjorden , Castrenøya, Parryøya) (Berggren 1875, as Diera referred many specimens to his new f. rufescens, which differs from f. hyalina by having purple ventraI scales). Collected at Billefjorden (by Svenskehuset), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta and Coraholmen) and Idodalen in Dicksonfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). num; Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Recently col lected at Bjørndalen, Adventdalen (Hallwyl fjellet), Krossfjorden (Signehamna), Bockfjor den (Trolltindane 1100 m a.s.l.) (Frisvoll unpubl.) and Brennevinsfjorden at Nordaustlandet (O, leg. A.H. Neilson). The species is not listed Aulacomnium palustre (Hedw.) Schwaegr. One of the commonest mosses on Svalbard. Var. imbricatum Bruch & Schimp. has obtuse to rounded and entire apex, as opposed to the acute from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). See also Dip and dentate apex of var. palustre. The former is lophyllumalbicans. reported without locality by Theriot (1907), and A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 75 from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a) and Linnedalen and Kuc 1963a). We are in favour of recognising the Russekeila (Hagen 1952). At Hornsund var. closely related B. breviseta Lindb. as a species imbricatum was stated to be common and var. (see als o Frisvoll 1983a). It was reported from palustre very rare or doubtful. Var. imbricatum Bockfjorden by Frisvoll (1978d), but the studied is probably com mon also in other areas. Because material has few sporophytes, and more finds of its obtuse apex it is more like A. turgidum, should be made to confirm its occurrence there. but the leaf form alone, ovate-lanceolate in var. Perhaps Berggren (1875, in comment on B. ithy phylla) alludes to that taxon when stating: "Der imbricatum and elongate-obovate in A. turgidum, Fruchtstiel mitunter sehr kurz, das Peristom ... will distinguish them. schlecht entwickelt und die Zåhne wie verstiim melt." Barbilophozia barbata (Schreb.) Loeske Reported from Linnedalen (Hagen 1952, as 'Lophozia barbata var.'), Nordfjorden (by Kon gressfjellet), and Blomstrandhalvøya in Kongs fjorden (Frisvoll 1981a). This is the northernmost localities in the world for this non-arctic species (see Schuster 1969). Blasia pusilla L. First reported from near Svenskehuset in Bille fjorden (Frisvoll 1978d), the oldest building on Spitsbergen and a centre of human activity in the second half of the nineteenth century, and later collected at Foxdalen in Adventdalen by S. Sivert Barbilophozia hateheri (Evans) Loeske sen in 1986 (TRH, unpubl.) and at Ny-Ålesund by T. Prestø (pers. comm.) in 1992. Introduced See °B. floerkei and B. lycopodioides. by man? Barbilophozia lycopodioides (Wallr.) Loeske Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum. Typical plants of B. lycopodioides possess broad, One of the commonest hepatics on Svalbard (see Cephaloziella aretiea). Amell (in Amell & Mår bordered and mucronate leaf lobes, and ventral tensson 1959) and Rejment-Grochowska (1967) leaf bases and amphigastria with many cilia.How consider that all Svalbard material belongs to var. ever, Svalbard plants are often small, and there brevirete. However, Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b, sometimes seems to be difficult to draw a sound 1993) report both var. triehophyllum and var. distinction between it and B. hateheri. Old records may refer to B. hateheri (see Amell & Mårtensson brevirete from Bellsund S and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden: uSsp. brevirete is an exclus 1959). The only Bjørnøya report is by Berggren ively Arctic taxon ... [but] the situation ... (1875, as Jungermannia), who did not distinguish is . . . complex, with a broad zone of inter well between this species and B. hatcheri (as J. gradation geographicalJy and (in part) seasonally, lycopodioides var. cauifoUa). between and 'triehophyllum' 'brevirete' characters.... As a matter of praetieality, we Barbilophozia quadriloba (Lindb. ) Loeske A frequent species in ca1careous districts. Accord refer all plants having elongated leaf lobes with , elongated cells to ssp. triehophyllum. (Sehuster . & Damsholt 1974). ing to Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Orthocaulis) it is "commonest as var. glareosa" . "L.fophoziaj quadriloba is a baffiing and complex Brachythecium collinum typus polymorphus in the Arctic." (Schuster & Correctly Damsholt 1974). reported from (C. MOll.) Schimp. Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as var. subjulaceum); but the material (KRAM) belongs to the typical variety. The Bartramia ithyphylla Brid. Widespread and of ten common .Listed from Sval bard both as var. ithyphylla and var. strigosa (see report from Russøyane in Murchisonfjorden (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum) is based on robust dense-growing plants of Amblystegium serpens (H-SOL). A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 76 based on a specimen of Eurhynehium pulchellum Brachythecium coruscum I. Hag. Mårtensson (in AmelI & Mårtensson 1959) dis (rev.det. Frisvoll). eussed the problematie status of B. lurgidum s.l. He found it difficult to accept more than that speeies in the albicansj5alebrosum group on Sval Brachythecium reflexum (Starke) Schimp. bard. It is especially the slender plants from dry Reported as a dominant speeies in a Salix her habitats that are difficult to interpret. Most of baeea community at Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn them obviously represent habitat modifications (1986). We have seen three mixed specimens of of the same genotype as the more turgid plants B. reflexum and the dosely related and more growing in neighbouring more humid habitats: arctic B. glacia/e from there (TROM). Frisvoll "Associated mosses such as Drepanoc/adus unci (1978d) reported B. glaciale from the hot springs natus. Hylocomium sp lendens and Orthothecium Trollkjeldene in Bockfjorden. But B. reflexum chryseum are also much more slender than usual grows also there: A reinvestigation of the material in these habitats (e.g. exposed flat rock and earth collected in 1974 revealed that of ten specimens slopes). And why should not B. turgidum behave are two B. glaciale, two B. reflexum, and six a similarly?" (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959: 160). mixture of both. When compared with B. glaciale, However, there are similar plants which are not B. reflexum is less robust, less glossy and more habitat modifications of B. wrgidum. They are, regularly (subpinnately or pinnately) branched; inter aHa, more branched and have more broadly Hs stem leaves are less concave, less ovate, less and longly decurrent leaves; they belong to B. imbricate and have a longer costa; the branch coruscum. So far the species is known with cer leaves are less ovate and have also a longer costa. tainty only from Bockfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl., The difference in branching ha bit seems to be det. conf.R.Ochyra who compared two Svalbard an important and easily recognised taxonomic specimens with the type of the name).The taxon characteristic between the two. has been reported from Barentsøya S (Hofmann 1968, as 8. groenlandicum) and Edgeøya NW (Heinemeijer 1979, as B. groenlandicum). Brass ard (1971 b) gives differential characteristics between B. turgidum and B. coruscum (as B. groenlandicwn) in Ellesmere Island. but not all the mentioned differences seem to fit the Svalbard matrial well.According to R. Ochyra (in litt.) B. coruscum is a soft and irregularly branched plant Brachythecium trachypodium (Brid.) Schimp. Widespread but scattered. Also reported as B. payotianum Boul. (Philippi 1973), a taxon which is treated as B. traehypodium var. payotianum by Wijk et al. (1959). with leaf margin rather narrowly recurved below and in the apex otten flat, and B. turgidum is otten a rigid plant with cIosely imbricate leaves Brachythecium turgidum (Hartm.) Kindb. whose margin is usually distinctly recurved at the Common. Some authors (e.g. Berggren 1875, as apex. B. salebrosum var. arclieum; Amell & Mår tensson 1959) comment on the dose similarity between Svalbard ecads of this species and Cir riphyllum cirrosum. Brassard (1971b) comments Brachythecium glaciale Schimp. Reported from Bjørnøya where it forrned large stands (Berggren 1875; Engelskjøn 1986: 87 and Figure 3: "The first 10 m of the transect are uni form Drepanocladus on the same problem in Ellesmere Island. See also B. coruseum, °B. albieans, °B. j"rigidum, °B. rutabu.lum, salebrosum, 08. °B. udwn and °Cirriphyllum piliferum. uncinatus-Brachythecium glaciale carpets.... "), from Kiærstranda at the S side of Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977), and from Breidleria pratensis (Spruce) Loeske the area near the hot springs of Bockfjorden "This (Frisvoll 1978d). A specimen from Bockfjorden unbranched, pale green type with almost ortho species possesses two sporophytes. The report from Stup phyllous, hallet in Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992) is Arnell & is represented appressed leaves.'· Mårtensson 1959, by an almost (Mårtensson as in Hypnum). A catalogue ot Svalbard plm1ls. tungi. algae and cyanobacteria Reported (as from Hypnum) Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swil;!s 1988: 233). 'Sassen Quarter' (Hadac 1946), Billefjorden (Acock 1940), Kongs fjorden (Lindberg 1867, first report; Berggren 77 or as a supposed synonym (Lindberg 1867 and Berggren 1875, as B. inclinatum var. gracile; B. inclinatum intumesc.[ensj, B. graejianum. B. kaurinianum), see also Kue (1969, Hadac 1946, as 1875; Amell & Mårtensson 1959) and Barentsøya 1973a). Podpera (1973b) cited Svalbard loealities S and Edgeøya N (Philippi 1973). Collected at for the following names: Adventfjorden Nordfjorden (Kapp (Advent (Kapp Smith), City), Wijk), Adventdalen, Dicksonfjorden Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta). Kiærstranda at Brøggerhalvøya S, and Reinsdyr flya (Dvergkilen and Reinstrandodden) (Frisvoll unpubL). Bryobrittonia longipes (Mitt.) Horton Reported from two nearby sites in the Kapp Wijk area and one in Wijdefjorden (Vestfjorddalen) (FrisvOll 1981a). The species has not been found in Fennoscandia. It has a distinct arctic dis tribution area (Horton 1983), and its occurrence in North America and Svalbard is therefore of particular phytogeographieal interest. B. inclinatum ssp. inclinatum var. intumescens (p. 33), var. graeile Lindb. (p. 38), var. alpestre (p. 38), var. haemo chroodes (p. 46), var. graefianum (p. 51), var. haematostomum (p. 60), ssp. spitzbergense (AmeIl) Podp. (p. 147) [see B. salinum], and ssp. kaurinianum (p. 157).We doubt that sueh a host of subordinate taxa of B. amblyodon grows on Svalbard. Later reported by Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982: Table 8: same as in Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor 1986, as B. inclinatum), RZl;!tkowska (1988a, b, as B. imbricatum), Dubiel & Oleeh (1990: Tab. 26, 1992: Tab. l, as B. inclinatum). Karezmarz & Swi s (1990b, as B. inc!inatum), and Swil;!s & Karezmarz ( l 991b, 1993, as B. inclinatum). The name B. inclinatum has probably been used in a colleetive sense, and the status of the speeies on Svalbard is not dear. It may have been confused with Bryum algovicum C. Midl. Frequent and often fertile: "Kaum habe ieh irgendwo einen solchen Reichthum an Fruehtem eines Bryum gesehen wie hier an geeigneten Stel len." (Berggren 1875, as B. salinum and other taxa. The reported speeimens should be B. pendulum). Seems to be especially vigorous on old dung, when the restudied, but this is, however, not always easy: "Since [Lindberg's (1867) speeimen of var. gracile (S, syntype) l has no fruits, I have not been able to re-determine it." (Mårtensson in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as B. inclinatum). first nitrophilous eolonisers (of Splaehnaeeae) are disappearing: "It seems possible to demonstrate a suecession heTe [on muskox droppings], with Haplodon wormskjoldii [sic] as the first invader, Tetraplodon mnioides and Voitia hyperborea, which finally more and more will be replaeed by species of Bryum (especially B. pendulum)." (Holmen 1955). Bryum pau peridens has only been reported from the type this is followed by loeality at Brucebyen in Billefjorden (Acock 1940; Jones 1951). Aceording to the protologue (Jones 1951: see also Corley et al. 1981; Nyholm Bryum argenteum Hedw. Known from scattered localities in bird c1iffs where it probably is eommon. It is widespread on Edgeøya, at " ... Kiiste sowie an VogelfeIsen, hier okologisch durch salzhaltige Nahrungsreste und Exkremente der Gryllteiste (Cepphus grylle) bedingt. ... " (Philippi 1973). "It is eonsidered to have been introdueed by the sea-birds them selves." (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 277; see also Berggren 1875). 1993) it is very dose to and perhaps eonspecifie with B. algolJicum. Berggren (1875: 15. as B. pendulum) noted that the eapsules of this and other mosses are preferred as food by the snow bunting (Plectrophenax nilJalis). See also °B. knowltonii. Bryum bimum (Schreb.) Turn. Reported without loeality (SommerfeIt 1833), as frequent at Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), and from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swil;!s 1990b: Swil;!s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Adventdalen with a question mark (Hadac 1946: Bryum amblyodon C. Miill. Mostly reported as a taxon within 144), and For landsundet (Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz B. inclinatum 1982: TabLe 5; Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor A. A. FRlSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 78 1986). It was not reported by Amell & Mår Svalbard this beautiful moss was first deseribed tensson (cf.Kue 1973a). Arnell's (1900) B. ven as B. obtusifolium (Lindberg 1867). Typieal along Iricosllm var. synoicum deseribed from Svenskøya streamlets and in pereolation arcas on siliceous is probably the same. There is also a subfossil substrates, " ... and sometimes the entire veg report by Sehimper (1870). The species may be etation is eoloured blood red by Bryum cryophi similar to, and is often treated within B. pseudo lum." (Barkman 1987: 125). This arctic/subaretie triquetrum. ::-.lo authors (exeept ArneIl) mention speeies is bicentric in Fennoseandia (Mårtensson sporophytes or a synoieous eondition of their 1949). plants, and the eorreetness of sueh reports may be questioned until this has been verified. See also B. nitidulum. Bryum nitidulum Lindb. Deseribed on the basis of material from Bellsund, Raudfjorden and Brennevinsfjorden (Lindberg Bryum calophyllum R. Brown Reported without loeality by Heuglin (1874), but as he included 'B. obtusifolium Ldbg.· cryo philum) as a synonym, the reeord is unreliable. Reported from the::-.l side (Kue 1963a; Dubiel & Oleeh 1992) and from Sergeijevfjellet at the S side of Hornsund (Dubiel & Oleeh 1990: 70), from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1989a, 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), Reeherehe fjorden (Karezmarz & Swi s ] 990a; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b), the W side of Adventfjorden and Nordfjorden (Berggren 1875), and from Kaf fiøyra by Forlandsundet (Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewiez 1982: Table 1 ,6; Boinska & Gugn aeka-Fiedor (TROM, 1986). leg. S. Colleeted at Sørkapp Kristoffersen 1930), Berze liusdalen in Van Mijenfjorden (TRH, leg. O.L Rønning), Kapp Linne, Kongsfjorden and Boek fjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). 1867), and later reported many times (see Kue 1973a; Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982; Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986: "The most frequent speeies, oeeurring on the moraines of all glaciers, is B. nitidulum."). But many or most of the reeords may refer to other speeies. Mar tensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) did not find it in the Kongsfjorden area, and eonsidered the Kongsfjorden material reported by Berggren (1875) to belong to B. pallescens. Berggren's speeimens from Bjørnøya and Grønfjorden seen by us (LD) are B. bimum: the segments of the inner peristome are widely perforated, the eilia appendiculate, and the spores in the former 16 ] 9 ,um and in the latter about 16 !tm. Engelskjøn (1986: 91) also reports it from Bjørnøya. Before all the reported specimens are revised the status of B. nitidulum on Svalbard remains uneertain; we think the name has served as a pigeonhole for depauperate material of many speeies. The type Bryum creberrimum TayL material is in a bad state and the interpretation of its eharaeteristies are therefore problematie Reported by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959, as B. (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Sec also B. palle cuspidatum; det. E. Nyholm) on the basis of a scens. specimen from "mossy tundra" at Ny-Ålesund previously published as B. inclinatum (Arrnitage 1937). It has also been reported in vegetation tables from Bohemanflya by Kobayashi et al. (1990: 56, as B. lisae var. cuspidatum). (See B. pallescens regarding a Bryum taxon from Ny Ålesund resembling B. creberrimum; for the present we are not quite eonvineed that the aeeepted report of B. creberrimum from there is based on a speeimen different from this taxon, but wc have not seen the speeimcn.) Bryum pallens Anon. Reported a fcw times (see Kue 1973a, and below), but its status on Svalbard is uneertain. It may have been confused with other red Brya, especially B. rutdans and B. arcticum. However, the former is almost never fertile while the latter is synoieous, and the report of male and fruiting plants from Kongsfjordcn by Lindberg (1867) seems convine ing. But Amell & Mårtensson (1959) eonsidered that the aetual speeimcn (H-SOL) was "too poor Bryum cryophilum Mårt. Common. On the basis of speeimens from NW to permit a eomplete re-examination". It is odd that the B. æneum B. rutilans) reported by Berggren (1875) is stated to be 50 fertile, and if A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria not quite erroneously interpreted it may in part refer to B. pallens. Podpera (1973a, as B. pallens and f. abbreviata, f. microphylla) reported a few 79 (B. cirrhatum), and if 50, this may be well founded. localities from the Isfjorden area. Dubiel & Olech (1990: Tab. l, 13) listed B. pallens in six com munities and regarded it a differential species of their Polygonum viviparum community; but since they do not include B. arcticum in their tables we doubt that (all) the material is correctly named. Hadac (1989) listed B. pallens in a vegetation table from Barentsburg, Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, 1993) from Bellsund S, and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b) from Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden. There is also a subfossil report by Schimper (1870). It has not been reported from Bjørnøya, but a dioicous specimen (archegonia only) col lected there by S. Dunfjell, T.Engelskjøn and O. Skifte in 1983 (TROM), is probably this species. Bryum pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Gaertn. et al. "One of the commoner bryophytes in Spitsbergen [= Svalbard)" (Kue 1973a). "Sehr formenreieh: an nassen Stellen zarte, entfernt bebllitterte, kaum wurzelfilzige Sprosse, an trockenen Stellen kraftige. stark wurzelfilzige Formen, an den trockensten Stellen sehlieBlieh stark gerotete, kurzstengelige Formen. Dazwisehen zahlreiche Ubergange." (Philippi 1973). The reports of B. crispulum are induded here [regarding important deseriptions and comments on the taxon, see Hagen 1899-1904 (as species), Jensen 1939 (as B. pseudotriquetrum ssp.) and Mårtensson (1956: 165, as doubtful species)]. Berggren's (1875) reports of B. pseudotriquetrum var. cavi/otium and var. compactum were referred to B. cris Bryum pallescens Schwaegr. Reported many times (see Kuc 1973a). "Most of the fruiting Bryum material from perpendicular rock surfaees of bird cliffs is fairly typical B. pallescens. In all probability the non-fruiting cushions of various form and size whieh are so abundant in these localities also belong to this speeies." (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Bryum teres Lindb., whose type is from Raudfjorden and Russøyane, is alternately plaeed dose to B. pallescens (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), B. niti dulum (Berggren 1875: Kue 1973a) or treated as a speeies (Anderson et al. 1990). The reports of B. lonchocaulon (B. cirrhatum), B. subglobosum pulum by Hagen (1899-1904): "Aus Spitzbergen besitzte ich Exemplare von mehreren Standorten ohne Lokalangabe (leg. et eomm. Berggren)." The taxon was also reported by Hagen (1908), Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 205), Hadac (1946: 157, as B. ventricosum crispulllm). Kue (1963a), Podpera (1973a, as B. pselldotriquetrum ssp. cris pulum), Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b) and Swi s & Karezmarz (1991b, 1993). There are evident taxonomical problems within B. pseudotrique tmm s.l.: "On the whole arctic types as well as alpine-montane ones of this speeies seem to be very difficult to survey." (Mårtensson in Amell & Mårtensson 1959). See also B. subneodamense. and B. subrotundum (see Kue 1973a; Dubiel & Oleeh 1990; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a, 1993) are also included here. Thus treated, B. pal/escens is very variable, and, aceording to Anderson et al. (1990), includes three speeies (B. lonchocaulon, B. pallescens and B. teres). Sinee the type area of Bryum purpurascens (R. Brown) Bruch & Schimp. Induded in a bryophyte list from subfossil sedi ments by Sehimper (1870). Reponed from NW B. nitidulum and B. teres is Svalbard, a special Sørkapp study of their taxonomic status should be made Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s there. Mårtensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, in comment on B. pallescens) deseribes plants of a Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: 64), & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlindalen in Reeherehefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), common Bryum from sand y soil in Ny-Ålesund, Moskushamn in Adventfjorden (liadac 1946: which "have something of B. cuspidatum in their 151, as 'var. grapeanum'; quoted also by Podpera general appearanee", see B. creberrimum. We 1973b, as var. grapeanum Podp., with the fol have eolleeted and studied the same taxon and lowing comment [Frisvoll, transl.]: "To this taxon can confirm Mårtensson's observations, and in belongs apparently small specimens I have seen addition state that it is synoicous. Perhaps some from . .. Moskushamn ..., leg.E. Hadac; they authors have named such plants B. lonchocaulon are gracile, with setae only 1.5 cm long, but the A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 80 peristome has nevertheless prominent lamellae quent (Kue 1963a, 1994b, as B. ovatum), Bellsund and are not transversely striolate dorsally."), and S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, as B. ovatum), Edge SW Spitsbergen and Sorgfjorden (Lindberg 1862, øya (Heinemeijer 1979, as B. ovatum), and Kong 1867). It appears that no speeimen of quite typical Karls Land (ArnelI 1900, as B. neodamense var. B. purpurascens has been commented on in the ovatum, first report). Hornsund material was dis literature, and therefore the reports may need tributed in an exsiccatum by Bednarek-Ochyra confirmation. Some of the cited authors do not et al. (1987; see also Bednarek-Ochyra 1993, a arcticwn speeimen in the TRH set belongs to B. cryophi (which has cross-walls between its basal peri lum). Part of the material described as B. pseu stome lamellae). dotriquetrum var. cavifolium by Berggren (1875), include the frequent and similar B. and alluded to as such by Mårtensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, in comment on B. pseu Bryum ru ti/ans Brid. dotriquetrum), probably belongs to the present By Berggren (1875, as B. æneum) reported from Bjørnøya, several localities at the W and N side of Spitsbergen and Nordaustlandet (Grønfjorden , Adventfjorden, Nordfjorden, Smeerenburg, Kongsfjorden , Liefdefjorden, Lomfjorden, Parryøya), and from Kvalpynten at Edgeøya SW. The speeimen from Parryøya is convincingly characterised: "Eine grosse Menge Faden, . sind in den Blattwinkeln vorhanden ...." Mår tensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959) apparently saw and confirmed severai of Berggren's speei mens, but some of his reports may not be rehable (see B. pallens). Further reported as "rather not frequent" at Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as B. oeneum), from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1991b), Tempelfjorden (Summer hayes & Elton 1923: 279), with some uncertainty from Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), and from Klovningen (Wulff 1902; speeimen stud ied by Podpera 1973a). Collected at Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Ekmanfjorden Dicksonfjorden fjorden, and (Flintholmen), (Heimenfjellet Bockfjorden SW). strange appearance compared with normal ones, but they appear always to be connected with these by intermediate types. Characters such as form and concavity of the leaves, length and strength of the nerve, distinctness of the revolute margins, and size and form of the cells do not seem to give any clear picture of the variation but show that it is very great. " It is possible that some reports of B. crispulllln and B. subneodamense consider ane and the same taxon (cf. B. pseudotriquetrum). We treat the Svalbard material here referred to B. subneodamense, and that reported as °B. neo damen e. as one speeies, but the problem needs more study. 1993), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz taxon: "The extremely turgid types have a very Kongs (Germaniahøgdene SE) (Frisvoll unpubl. ). Bryum weigelii Spreng. Reported from Bellsund by Berggren (1875, as B. duva/U) based on a specimen with dubious provenance (see °Chiloscyphus polyanthos), from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a), and from Hopen by Jørgensen (1929, as B. duvalii). According to Philippi (1973) erroneously reported from Edgeøya by Hofmann (1968). Dis tributed in an exsiccatum by Bednarek-Ochyra e t al. (1987). W e have seen a n exsiccate speeimen Bryum salinum Limpr. Reported from Kongsfjorden by ArnelI & Mår tensson (1959) and Thannheiser & Hofmann (1977). Bryum spitsbergense, based on material from the E side of Spitsbergen by Storfjorden (ArneIl 1900), is perhaps a synonym. See also B. (TRH) from Ariedalen at Hornsund; it is made up of reddish, densely crowded weak stems with short leaves (1.2-1.6 mm including the typically broadly and longly decurrent part). It is stated to have grown "on banks of melt water channel in wet situation". Not listed from Svalbard by yholm (1993). amblyodol1. Bryum wrightii Sull. & Lesq. Brywn subneodamense Kindb. Reported from Hornsund where it was quite fre- An arctic moss reported from Bjørnøya (Dixon 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 221, as B. A catalogue of Svalbard planIs. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 81 globosum), the W side of Spitsbergen from C. polygamum) from Svalbard. Srodon (1960: 10) Hornsund to Kongsfjorden (many authors, see called it C. chrysophyllum var. zemliae. Duell Kuc 1973a; Podpera 1973b; Karczmarc & Swi s (1985) listed C. chrysophyllum because of the 1990a, 1993), Reinsdyrflya (Rønning 1965: Table supposed synonym C. zemliae, but the status of 2, 3) and Sorgfjorden (Wulff 1902, as B. mam the latter needs more study. Recently, C. chry illatum var. globosum; specimen confirmed by sophyllum has been confirmed from Svalbard by Podpera 1973b, as B. globosum). Collected at L. Hedenas (pers. comm.), Bockfjorden (Trollkjeldene) and Liefdefjorden (Wulffberget SW) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Bryum glo bosum Lindb, based on material from Kongs fjorden, is a synonym. "The fruiting plants are very beautiful. . .. " (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Campylium lOllgicuspis (Lindb. & H. Am.) Hedenås "Dixon (1922) was so impressed by the bright An rosy capsule color of recently collected specimens Amblystegium and at present only known from arctic species previously treated within from Spitzbergen that he proposed an unnecess arctic E Siberia and one locality ne ar Gluudneset ary new variety, Bryum globosum var. E of Ny-Alesund, leg. S.Amell & O. Mårtensson ru ber rimum, apparently not realizing at the time that 1956 (Heden as 1988a; see also Amell & Mår this was the normal condition of living capsules tensson 1959, in comment on Drepanoc/adus lyco of the current year's growth." (Steere & Murray podioides) . 1974). Typical of dry limestone ridges and similar sites. Campylium polygamum (Schimp.) Calliergon richardsonii (Mitt.) Kindb. Common in suitable habitats. Calliergon obtusi folium Karcz. was described on the basis of material from Kapp Thordsen (Karczmarz 1966; see also Karczmarz 1971), and later reported by Frahm (1977), Brossard et al. (1984: Table l), Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor (1986), Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b), Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, b), and mapped on Svalbard by Karczmarz & Swi s (1989a). However, the type material of C. obtu sifotium belongs to C. J. Lange & C. Jens. "Bliithenstand, Blattbasis und Nerv variirt, so dass nach den arktischen Exemplaren zu urtheilen kaum genug Grund vorhanden ist diese Art und die vorige [C. stellatum l zu trennen." (Berggren 1875). The Campylium species were previously confused, and L. Hedenas (pers. comm.) recog nises three common and three rare (C. chry sophyllum, C. protensum, C. longicuspis) species on Svalbard. richardsonii (Hedenas 1993). See also cc. cordifolium, cc. giganteum and cc. orbiculari-cordatum. Only the three last mentioned species have been reported from Bjørnøya, but the reports probably refer to C. Campylium protensum (Brid.) Kindb. See C. polygamum . richardsonii; we have seen many specimens from there collected by T. Engelskjøn in 1983 (TROM). Campylopus schimperi Milde A southem species which is recorded only from Campylium arcticum Williams Ossian Sarsfjellet at the head of Kongsfjorden The species has been found to be frequent on don at the nearby Blomstrandhalvøya (Polunin Svalbard by L. Hedenas (pers. comm.). (Frisvoll 1978d). A taxon reported from Ny-Lon 1945: 93, as Campylopus n.sp.) may belong here; it grew in closely compacted Dryas tussocks: Campylium chrysophyllum (Brid.) J. Lange "Indeed, mosses occurred mostly as mere scraps that needed a lot of picking out, but nevertheless SeveraI authors have reported C. zemliae (see included an apparently undescribed species of Kue 1973a; Frahm 1977; Swi s & Karczmarz Campylopus. "This material could not be located 1991a, b, 1993 in the last paper also report of by Amell & Mårtensson (1959: 132). A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 82 Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Cephalozia ambigua Mass. See also C. lunulifolia. See C. bieuspidata. Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dum. Cephaloziella arctiea Bryhn & Douin Reported a few times, but the name has often "After Blepharostoma triehophyllum the com been used in a collective sense; the reports by Lindberg (1867, as Jungermannia bieu.\pidata B* gracillima) and ArnelI (1900) refer to C. ambigua (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Rejment-Gro chowska (1967) pointed out differences between the two and reported both from .Hornsund: "The stems [of C. bieuspidata]are sterile and similar to C. ambigua, but the leaf cells are larger, the cell monest hepatic in the [ Kongsfjorden] district." (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). "Hier [on moist dayey sand by Smeerenburg on Amsterdamøya] wachsen weiten Strecken llypnum und Jungermannia diuarieata E ineuTIJa, die beiden letzteren in tief schwarzroten Rasen weit und breit den Boden bedeckend ... ." (Berggren walls thinner and the leaf lobes longer than in C. 1875: ambigua." Both taxa were also reported from seyphus Bellsund S and Chamberlindalen in Recherche auf sarmentosum, Sareoseyphus Ehrhartivar. arctieus 30). = (Hypnum Warnstorfia, Sarco Marsupella arctiea, Jungermannia = Cephaloziella arctiea. ) See also cC. diuaricata. fjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). The common Svalbard taxon is C. ambigua. Their chromosome number is dif ferent: n 9 in C. ambigua, n = 18 in C. bicus pidata. "When chromosome counts ... are not available, identification of much material remains highly subjective." (Schuster 1988). Therefore, the presence on Svalbard of C. bieuspidata is perhaps not yet absolutely certain. Because of the identification problems. C. ambigua is frequently treated as a subspecies of C. bieuspidata. Cephaloziella uncinata Schust. Reported from between Moskushamn and Advent City in Adventfjorden by Crundwell (1978), who also renamed specimens from one )ocality in Longyearbyen and many in Kongs fjorden reported by Amell (in ArnelI & Mår tensson 1959, as C. subdentata), and supposed that the 'Sassen Quarter' report of Hadac (1946, as Cephalozia striatula) belongs here. Collected from severai stations in the Kapp Wijk area (Fris Cephalozia lunulifolia (Dum.) Dum. Reported from Fugleberget at Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967, as C. media) and Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a, as C. media). "The problem of separating sterile plants of C. lunutifoUa and C. plenieeps in the Arctic is critkal. . .. Evidently L. [= C. l]lunulifolia. in voIl unpubl.). The reports of Cephaloziella sub dentata from Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967) and of C. striatula from DeItaneset between Adventfjorden and Sassenfjorden (Persson 1942) probably also are this species. It has not been reported from the European mainland (Duell 1983). the Arctic, is able to produce vigorous phenotypes which in vegetative criteria totally bridge the gap between temperate zone lunulifolia and tem perate zone pleniceps. Criteria of sterile plants thus besome of dubious value .... " (Schuster 1988: 182f).See al50 Schuster & Damsholt (1974). Ceratodon antarcticus Card. This name has been mentioned in the Svalbard literature once befme, when Theriot (1907) reported C. areticus 'Kindb.' without locality [actually (Kindb.) Card. in Ther. eomb. nov., Cephalozia pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb. Reported from near Longyearbyen (Eurola 1968: predating '(Kindb.) Roth' 1913 of Wijk et al. (1959) and Burley & Pritchard (1990)] (Frisvoll, trans!.): "The author [i.e. Kindberg] regards this 27), Adventfjorden (Crundwell 1978), 'Sassen as a subspecies of C. purpureus. It is remarkable Quarter' (Hadac 1946), Bohemanflya (Kobayashi by its compact, tomentose tufts and its small et al. 1990: 56), Kongsfjorden (Persson 1942), leaves with wider and less chlorophyllose areo and collected at Adventdalen (Bolternosa) and lation than in the type. Mr. Cardot whom I owe A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria this determination, remarks that its areolation resembles C. antaretieus Card. and C. gross/retis Card. from the Antarctic which, however, are different in other characters." In their taxonomic revision of Ceratodon Burley & Pritchard (1990) found that C. purpureus ssp. aretieus Kindb. (Kindberg 1898), whose type is from Kobbe fjorden at Danskøya and collected by Berggren in 1868, is indistinguishable from material of C. antaretieus. The oldest name of the taxon is actu ally C. purpureus ssp. aret/eus, whereas C. ant aretieus and its synonym C. gross/retis date from 1900 and 1906, respectively! The southern dis tribution comprises the Antarctic mainland (Ant arctic Peninsula, Victoria Land, Enderby Land). S. Georgia, S. Orkney Is., S. Shetland Is. and Bouvetøya; in the north it is known from the type of C. purpureus ssp.aretieus and with so uncertainty from specimens "; that the h • • • two conspecific...." • "other e arctlc-alpme there i s n o evidence to suggest populations (Burley & are other than Pritchard 1990). Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 231) reported both C. purpur us and C. aretieus from the isolated Isispynten at Nordaustlandet E. The species has never been found with sporophytes, which is the reason why its relationship and occurrence are somewhat obscure. The width of the mid-leaf cells is 8-12 11m in C. purpureus and 13-22 11m in C. antaretieus, and this is the main practical difference between them. Three species of Cer atodon are now known from Svalbard, and the previously so-called weedy and dull genus has become interesting. A revision of all Svalbard specimens will probably show that the three species partly grow in different habitats and have different frequency and distribution there. The habitat of C. antaretieus is said to be "'Terrestrial on bare soil, rock crevices and ledges; aften associated with bird colonies." (Burley & Prit chard 1990). It was (probably) described for the first time by Berggren (1875, in comment on C. purpureus): "Auf Parry's Insel bei 80°40' n.Br. auf den 83 Ceratodon heterophyllus Kindb. Berggren (1875) described C. purpureus var. rotundifolius based on material from Advent fjorden (Burley Pritchard & 1990; their 'Adventborg' is an error of 'Adventbai'; they state that the type is Berggren 30b, this number is not mentioned by Berggren but is included in the survey of his exsiccate in Appendix 2).Berggren's variety is a synonym of C. heterophyllus dating from 1892.From Hornsund Kuc (1963a) reported C. purpureus f. obtusifolius which refers to the same taxon. Amell (1900, in comment on C. purpureus) described a specimen from whale bone at Svenskøya as " ... eine arktische Form mit eif6rmigen, am haufigsten abgerundet stumpfen Blattem, deren Rippe unter der Spitze aufhort...." This accurate description probably refers to C. heterophyllus. See a180 comments on the taxon by Amell (1918, as C. purpureus var. rotundifolius), Kuc (1973b, as c. purpureus var. rotundifolius) and Ireland (1980).The spore size is the best distinguishing characteristic between C. heterophyllus (18-21 11m) and C. purpureus (10-17 !lID), but sporophytes have only been found in Alaska and Taymyr. "Collection of fer tile material of Ceratodon purpureus var. rotundifolius from Spitsbergen ... is required to confirm the distribution of C. heterophyllus." (Burley & Pritchard 1990).The next best charac teristic is the mid-leaf cell width: 12-16(22) 11m in C. heterophyllus and 9-12(14) 11m in C. pur pureus. The leaves of C. heterophyllus are entire at apex and concave and obtuse and often cucul late, but sterile alpine (not mentioning arctic) morphs of C. purpureus with entire margin cannot be separated from C. heterophyllus (Burley & Pritchard 1990). Field work and revision of her barium material will show whether they always can be separated on Svalbard. The study of mixed material may solve the problem. The species has an arctic circumpolar distribution and is also known from the Alps (Burley & Pritchard 1990). Guanolagen der Vogelberge wachst eine .. .Form, die sich durch ihre breit en Blatter mit aussergewohnlich starkem Nerv auszeichnet, der entweder unter der Spitze endet oder zu einer Ceratodon purpureus (Hedw.) Brid. See C. antaretieus and C. heterophyllus. kurzen Spitze auslauft. Die Zellen des Blattes sind gross Ill . .. Am Nordkap auf den F lsen der Brandewijne und Kobbe Bai [type locahty of ssp. aretieusJ auf gleichartigem Boden kom en Cinclidium arcticum (Bruch & Schimp.) Schimp. Formen vor, die ... doch etwas schlanker smd Common in calcareous areas.The species is easily und schmalere Blatter haben." modified by the habitat.Its great morphological A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 84 variation is surveyed by Mårtensson (in Arnell & Hopen Mårtensson 1959) including eomments on ssp. areticum). Colleeted at Bjørndalen, Nordfjorden (Jørgensen 1929, als o report of polare Kindb. and f. gracillima Berggr. with type (Kapp Wijk), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) and C. material from Svalbard. The latter was deseribed Liefdefjorden (Sørdalsodden) (Frisvoll unpubl.). as follows: "Eine forma gracillima, deren Blatter Dixon (1922), Summerhayes & kaum ein Viertel der gewohnliehen Grosse haben, speeimens named by Dixon), Aeock (1940) and waehst an der Westkiiste gegeniiber Charles' Wall (1979) do not report the ubiquitous C. Elton (1923, aret/eum, and their reports are therefore less reli Foreland." (Berggren 1875: 68). able. There is also a subfossil report by Schimper (1870). When a synoicous inflorescence cannot be demonstrated (noted by Arnell & Mårtensson Cinclidium latifolium Lindb. This beautiful moss has been reported from the N side of Hornsund (Bednarek-Oehyra et al. 1987, specimen in TRH is C. subrofundum), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi,.s 1989b: Swi,.s & Karezmarz 1991a), Swi,.s Recherchefjorden 1990a), W Isfjordflya. (Karezmarz Adventdalen 1959), the best distinguishing character with regard to C. aretieum is the structure of the upper leaves with their apiculus. See also °Mnillm stel lare. & and Brøggerhalvøya W (Frahm 1977), '·the Isfjorden Cinclidium subrotundum Lindb. district" and Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & 1959, first report). Stuphallet west of NY-Ålesund (Wall 1979). and Edgeøya NW (Heinemeijer 1979: Barkman 1987). According to Phihppi (1973) the report of this speeies from Barentsøya by Hofmann (1968, det. K. Holmen Il, cf. Holmen 1957b) was based on Cyrtomnium hymenophyl lum. Also collected asodden), at Sassenfjorden Sauriedalen. :"lordfjorden (Diab (Kapp Wijk), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta), Diekson fjorden (Kapp Smith), Bockfjorden (by Wat neliøyra), and Liefdefjorden (SØrdalsodden) (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also °Mnium stellare. Olech 1990: 64). Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1994b). Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi,.s 1988. 1989b; Swi,.s & Karczmarz 1993). Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi\!s & Karczmarz 199Ib). Storrnyra at Van Mijenfjorden N (Eurola 1971a: Table I), Isfjord Radio (Hagen 1952). Kon gressdalen (Hadac 1989: 153). Colesbukta (Arnell 1900, tlrst report), 'Sassen Quarter' (Hadac 1946), Prins Karls Forland (Hagen 1908), and Agardh bukta and Barents,?ya SW (Philippi 1973). Col lected at Bjørndalen and Adventdalen (from Dammyra to Janssonhaugen) (Frisvoll unpubl.). See al50 C. lalifolium. Cinclidium stygium Sw. Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 228), Hornsund (Kuc 1963a, 1994b), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi,.s 1989b, 1990b; Swi,.s & Karczmarz 1993), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi,.s & Karezmarz 1991b), Isfjord R adio (Hagen 1952), Todalen in Advent dalen (Eurola ]971a: 98), Bohemanneset, Bille fjorden and Tempelfjorden (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 254. 260, 279), Billefjorden (Acock 1940: Table 2), Gipsdalen (Dixon 1922: "Berg gren [1875] records only C. aretieum B. & S., but the present plant cannot be that, as the cells are Cirriphyllum cirrosum (Schwaegr.) Grout Scattered but widespread. Lindberg (1867) reported Hypnum herjedalielIIn from Wahlen bergfjorden: "Although this name is commonly used as a synonym of C. eirrosum. Lindberg's Spitsbergen material, which Dr. [H.] Persson kindly loaned me, is not the same." (Kue 1973a: 444). But he did not refer it to another speeies. Regarding material of Braehythecium turgidum S.1. resembling Cirriphyllum, see cC. piliferum and o Braehytheeium frigidum. distinctly in divergent rows."), Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977: "viel seltener als C. aretieum."), Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959; Wall 1979), Reinsdyrflya (Dahle 1983a), Heclahamna in Sorgfjorden (Hooker 1828, is more probably C. aret/eum which was described in 1846), and Cladopodiella francisei (Hook.) Jørg. Only reported once from moist soil at Zep pelinfjellet near Ny-Ålesund tensson 1959). (Arnell & Mår A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Climacium dendroides (Hedw.) Web. & 85 Cnestrum glaucescens Mohr (Lindb. & H. Am.) Mogensen & Steere Reported from Bjørnøya (Dixon 1922; Summer See also C. alpestre. Cnestrum glaucescens is an hayes & Elton 1923: 223; Engelskjøn 1986), Spits interesting arctic speeies also known from a few bergen without loeality (Sommerfelt 1833), Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1994b; Bednarek-Oehyra localities in northern Fennoscandia (Nyholm 1987). et al. 1987), Isbjørnhamna in Hornsund and Trygghamna in Isfjorden (Eurola 1968: Tab. 4, 6; from the latter loeality also by Dahl & Hadac 1946), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a, 1993), Midterhuken at Bellsund (Euro la & Hakala 1977: Table 2), Isfjordflya and Brøggerhalvøya W (Frahm 1977), W of Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989: 147), Kaffiøyra by Forlandsundet (Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor 1986), Kongsfjorden (Brown 1820, as Hypnum, Coscinodon cribrosus (Hedw.) Spruce Collected in rock crevices of a bird diff at Kolfjel let near Camp Morton in Van Mijenfjorden (Elvebakk et al. 1987, leg. A. Elvebakk 1986, TRaM), and from a bird manured rock at Aretowskifjellet in Adventdalen (Frisvoll & Blom 1993, leg. A.A. Frisvoll, det. E. Nyholm, TRH). first report; Lindberg 1867; ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959), 'northern Spitsbergen' (Bailey & Halliday pers. eomm. to Kue 1973a), Floraberget at the head of Murehisonfjorden on Nordaustlandet (Eurola & Hakala 1977: Table 8), Barentsøya N (Hjelmstad 1981: Tabell 7), and Barentsøya SW/ Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). Not reported by Hadac (1946, see Kue 1973a). Colleeted at Bille fjorden (Svenskehuset and Skansbukta, TRH leg. O.l. Rønning), Nordfjorden (Tsehermakfjel let), Dieksonfjorden (Heimenfjellet SW), Kross fjorden (Ole Hansenkammen) and Boekfjorden (Germaniahøgdene SE) (Frisvoll Sometimes it is less dendroid (d. unpubl.). Kue 1963a: Figure 23). Its eeology on Svalbard is interesting, (Hedw.) Spruce Cratoneuron filicinum A variable taxon whose arctic expressions have caused much confusion. Many have reported on var. curvicaule (see Kue 1973a), and it is still uncertain how this Svalbard material shall be interpreted or named. It is described by Berggren (1875, as Hypnum filicinum var. curvicaule): "Weicht von der Hauptform ab durch Fehlen der Paraphyllien, durch die pl6tzlich zugespitzten Blatter, deren versehwindet ... ." Rippe See unter also der Spitze Drepanocladus aduncus and °Callialaria curvicaulis. as it always groWS at manured sites and usually below bird difts (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). A similar restricted eeology is noted for some weedy speeies widely distributed in temperate regions (e.g. Bryum argenteum, Marchantia polymorpha 5.1., Pleurozium schreberi, and Rhytidiadelphus squarrosus). Cryptocolea imbricata Schust. OnJy found on ealcareous substrates in Vestfjord dalen in Wijdefjorden (Frisvoll 1981a). The species was previously known from N Sweden in mainland Europe (Schuster & Mårtensson 1978). Hs distribution pattern is correlated with unglaci ated areas in N Ameriea, and the Svalbard locality is therefore interesting phytogeographically. Cnestrum alpestre (Hiib.) Mogensen Published as new to Svalbard by Frisvoll (1978d), who pointed out that some of the speeimens might Cynodontium strumiferum (Hedw.) Lindb. Reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karczmarz Cnestrum) glaucescens. 1993), Linnevatnet (Hagen 1952), Bohemanftya A reexamination by Mogensen & Steere (1979) (Kobayashi et al. 1990), Dyrevika in Kongs belong to Oncophorus (= eoncluded that 7 speeimens from Kongsfjorden and Bockfjorden belong to C. alpestre; the remaining 22 specimens were referred to C. glau cescens. Reported from Dyrevika in Kongs fjorden by Wegener et al. (1992). fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992, cont. det. Frisvoll), and Krossfjordcn (Ebeltofthamna) and Boek fjorden (Germaniahøgdene) (Frisvoll 1981a). Collected at Dicksonfjorden (Lyckholmdalen) (Frisvoll unpubl.). It grows mainly in habitats A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 86 influenced by bird manuring like rocks and Wijk 1973), and also at Krossfjorden (Camp Zoe) (Frisvoll 1981b: Fig. 81). Otherwise, sporophytes mounds used as bird perches. are only known from Greenland and Yukon Cynodontium tenellum (Bruch & Schimp.) (Koponen in Nyholm 1993). Limpr. Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b, also report of cc. polycarpon) and Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). Collected at Bjørndalen, Todalen in Advent dalen, severai sites in Krossfjorden, and Boek fjorden (Germaniahøgdene) (Frisvoll unpubl. ). See also cc. polycarpon. Dichodontium pe/lucidum (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported from Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), Reeherehefjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), Isfjord Radio (Hagen 1952), Bohe manflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), Adventfjorden (Persson 1942), and Trollkjeldene in Boekfjorden (Frisvoll CyrlOmnium hymenophylloides (Hob.) T. Kop. 1978d). Sassenfjorden Billefjorden, Nordfjorden, Ekmanfjorden Reported without loeality by Theriot (1907, as Mnium: "En petite quantite et en melange."), Colleeted Adventdalen, (Blomesletta), at Bjørndalen, (Diabasodden), Dicksonfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Kollerfjorden, Vestfjorddalen and Reinsdyrflya (Frisvoll unpubl.). and from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund S (Karczmarz Swi s & 1988, 1989b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), and Linnedalen (Hagen 1952, as Mniwn). Not reported from Kongsfjorden by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959, as Mnium)who men tioned dwarf speeimens resembling it, whieh were interpreted as young C. hymenophyllum. However, we have aseertained that C. hymeno phylloides is frequent in Kongsfjorden as well as in other ealcareous areas. We have specimens also from the Isfjorden area [Adventdalen (Bolterdalen, Foxdalen), Sassenfjorden (Diaba sodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Dickson fjorden (Heimenfjellet), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta )], Krossfjorden (Fanciullipynten), Boekfjorden (Trollkjeldene, Jotunkjeldene), Dieranella crispa (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported from SW Spitsbergen (Lindberg 1862), Bellsund S (Swit;:s & Karczmarz 1991a, as Arli sothecium). Chamberlindalen in Reeherehe fjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b, as Aniso thedum), Grønfjorden and Adventfjorden (Berg gren 1875, but a specimen from the last loeality was eonsidered to belong to D. grevilleana by Kue 1973a), and Longyeardalen and Kongs fjorden (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Also eol leeted in Bjørndalen, Longyearbyen, Adventdalen (many plaees), and Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also D. varia. Liefdefjorden (Næssøpynten) and Reinsdyrftya (Reinstrandodden and Dvergkilen). A short leaf apiculus never fails to oecur in C. hymeno phylloides, whereas an apiculus is absent in C. hymenophyllum, and this key charaeter will always distinguish the two, even if studied with a hand lense. The common habitat of C. hymeno phylloides is within frost eraeks in the soil. See also OM. stellare. Dieranella grevil!eana (Brid.) Schimp. Reported from one locality at the N side of Hornsund (Kue 1963a), from near Longyearbyen (Frahm 1977). Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet (Gugn aeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewiez 1982; Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986). and Sorgfjorden (Lind berg 1867, as Dicranum grevillei ) . Colleeted at Billefjorden, Kongsfjorden CyrlOmnium hymenophyllum (Bruch & Nordfjorden (Kapp and Wijk Reinsdyrflya area), (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also D. crispa. Schimp.) Holmen Common (see Kue 1973a). The speeies is almost never fertile (Holmen 1957a). It has been found with abundant sporophytes at Nordfjorden (Kapp Dieranella palustris (Dicks.) E. Warb. Reported from "a plane terraee at foot of Arie 87 A catalogue of Svalbard plarus, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria kammen and Fugleberget" in Hornsund, and dis tributed in an exsieeatum by Bednarek-Oehyra et al, (1987; see also Bednarek-Oehyra 1993), and from Bohemanftya by Kobayashi et al, (1990). We have seen an exsieeate speeimen (TRH) , and it is made up of typically robust plants. Dicranella palustris was not listed from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). Dieranella subulata (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), and Smeerenburg at Amsterdamøya and Kobbefjorden at Danskøya (Berggren 1875). Also eolleeted at Bjørndalen, Adventdalen and Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll unpubL). Dieranella varia (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982; Boinska Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986) and Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, as D. muehlenbeckii var.; Wegener et al.1992). The upper leaf cells are always irregular , and the taxon appears to inelude all previous eorreetly named reports of D. muehlenbeckii sensu Nyholm (1954) from the arehipelago (cf.Kue 1973a), see also OD. muehlen· beckii and OD. brevifoliwn. It is apparently wide spread but probably not eommon. & (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 223), the Adventfjorden area without exact locality (Berggren 1875, as var. obtusifolia nov. var.), Adventdalen by Innerhytta (Frahm 1971), at delta in front of Helvetiadalen (Frisvoll 1981a, as Anisothecium, mixed with the rare Pohlia atro purpurea and other minute speeies colonizing banks of a glaeier river), and below a bird eliff at Tschermakfjellet in Nordfjorden (Frisvoll & Blom 1993: 44).A report from Kongsfjorden by Armitage (1937) refers to D. crispa (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). Var. obtusifolia has been reported only from Svalbard; it may be of liUle taxonomic importance . Dicranoweisia crispula (Hedw.) Milde A dominant species on siliceous boulders in snow beds (Elvebakk 1984), but also common in more exposed habitats. Loose eushions (moss-balls) grow on loamy soil with frost activity. "... auf dem Erdboden waehsend, vorzugsweise im Sand steingebiet auf hartem steinigen Boden eine 2 Zoll hohe Form in lockeren Rasen, mit sich elfOrmig gekriimmten BUittern und selten fruchtend.... " (Berggren 1875, as Weissia). Dicranum acutifolium (Lindb. & H. Am.) Weim. Reported from two localities at Forlandsundet Dicranum angustum Lindb. First reported by Bryhn (1909), and in the last deeades it has been frequently reported from Svalbard. Nyholm (1987) distinguishes between D. angustum and D. laevidens, which for a long time have been treated as synonyms by most authors. A differentiation between them may not be unproblematic with regard to arctic material. The bulk of the Svalbard material possesses elon gate, thick-walled and porose cells throughout the whole leaf. Aeeording to Nyholm (1987) these characteristics are typical of D. laevidens. Dicra num angus(um has shorter, more thin-walled and less porose cells throughout the leaf. We have seen a few speeimens with rather short, thin walled and non-porose leaf cells; they have ten tatively been referred to D. angus(wn 5.Str. The problem is in need of more study.Arnell & Mår tensson's (1959) material is D. laevidens: "The leaf cells are long and have thick porose walls." Many ofKuc's (1963a) specimens (KRAM) ofoD. groenlandicum belong to D. angus(um!laevidens. On the other hand, five speeimens (KRAM) named D. angustum by Kue (1963a) belong to D. elongatum and Kiaeria spadiceum (3), D. glacialis. Dicranum elongatum Schwaegr. The cushions of D. elongatum are normally very dense with red-brown rhizoid felt, and they usu ally inelude plants of Anastrophyllum minutum; according to Hagen (1908: 327) the moss and liverwort "are woven together into eompact, almost woody tufts". However, dense-growing ecads of D. fuscescens, with erect non-ftexuose leaves and quite thick-walled leaf cells, may be very similar in appearance (see D. fuscescens). The broad costa and even more thiek-walled A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 88 non-papillose cells (also in young leaves) are lamina and costa, may be more important as diagnostic characteristics of D. elongatum. It is differentiating characteristics than subtle dis Svalbard than generally believed. (stressed e.g. by Nyholm 1987; J6hannsson 1991: certainly frequent, but may be less common on similarities in the structure of cells and papillae 119). Typical boreal D. fuscescens is doubtfully present on Svalbard, and the relationship between this lowland and the arctic and alpine ecads needs Dicranum flexicaule Brid. The taxon is frequently present as large deep cushions (to 10 cm); the shoots are robust with falcate leaves along the whole stem and especially at the top. The leaves are large, the upper margin denticulate, and the costa usually not or sHghtly excurrent. There are usually few papiUae on upper leaf ceUs and margin; but sometimes there are more fairly high papillae, and the back of the nerve is sometimes quite papillose in its upper part. This is surprising because the Svalbard D. fuscescens is so Httle papillose . The ceU structure of the upper part of the leaves vades much.Some times the cells are strongly irregular (as it is stated to be in the floras), but they may also be more regular. However, the robustness and structure of the falcate shoots, and the appearance of the broad !eaves with shortly or not excurrent costa place these plants in D. flexicaule (sensu Nyholm 1987). Kuc's (1963a) D. fuscescens var. fuscescens f. falcifolium is this species (KRAM, 5 speci mens). Dicranum fuscescens Sm. The possible specific distinction between D. fus cescells and D. flexicaule is disputed. However, they seem to represent different genotypes or genotype goups. and sometimes grow together in mixed stands. A Berggren specimen from Grøn fjorden (LD) is made up of two tufts; one is D. flexicaule and the other D. fuscescens mixed with a Httle D. flexicaule. The orientation and size of the upper leaves of intimately mixed plants of the further studies. The Svalbard plants frequently grow in very dense cushions of about the same appearance as D. elollgatum, and some speeimens may not be easily separated from that species (see also Berggren 1875: 25: "Dicrallum elollgatum, formenreich wie sonst nirgends, oft 3-4 Zoll tiefe kompakte Rasen bildene, oft von den Formen des D. fuscescells kaum zu unterscheiden.... ). " Dicrallum fuscescells is usually known by its rela tively broader leaf lamina and narrower costa, its less incrassate leaf cells, and its more or less papillose upper leaf cells and costa. The top of exposed cushions are made up of very dense growing plants with modified, non-papillose short leaves whose subula is strongly reduced. Plants growing in less dense cushions possess more of the well-known characteristics of non-arctic plants, but such specimens are not common. These plants have erect-flexuose leaves with a long--excurrent and papillose costa. Dicranum fuscescens was reviewed as frequent on Svalbard by Kuc (1973a), but has usually been treated collectively inc\uding D. flexicaule. Dicranum laeuidens Williams This is the common taxon of D. angustum $.1. on Svalbard, see D. angustum. The taxon is arctic and known from Svalbard, N Fennoscandia, arctic Russia, Greenland and North America (Nyholm 1987). Most Svalbard specimens of D. angustum s.l. will now key out as D. laevidens. Also col lected at Bjørnøya (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell and T. Engelskjøn 1983). two are markedly different, in D. flexicaule falcate and about 3-3.4 mm long and 0.65-0.75 mm broad, in D. fuScescells erect-flexuose and about 1.8--2.0 mm long and 0.45-0.50 mm broad. It is Dicranum majus Sm. The Svalbard D. majus is frequently ortho the relative difference which is of interest here, phyllous, but otherwise it principally agrees with paratively small. Mixed stands are also known the subula are usually somewhat reduced but still because the tuft is compact and both taxa com from C and E Norway (Frisvoll unpubl.; see also Kellomaki et al. 1977). The general appearance inc!uding size of plants and orientation of leaves, and the reiative length and dentation of the upper boreal material. The teeth and dorsal papillae of present, and leaf transverse sections show the typical structure of the costa and the rectangular lumen of the lamina cells. Dicrallum scoparium has quadratic lamina cells in cross section. Wide A calalogue of SlJalbard p/anis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria 89 spread in the less calcareous districts, especially leaves are made up of an ovate basailamina which where there is much Sphagnum. In calcareous rapidly narrowg into a channelIed subula. When areas it has been frequently confused with D. dry, the subula is typically erect-Hexuose. There spadiceum (q.v.). Not reported from Bjørnøya are few or no marginal teeth at the subula. When but recently collected there (TROM, leg. S. known, the macroscopical characteristics makes Dunfjell, T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte 1983). this a rather easily recognised species both in the field and laboratory. Some orthophyJlous plants of D. majus may look like D. spadiceum, but Dicranum scoparium Hedw. possess, inter alia, a less channelled leaf apex with LittJe reported and probably also scattered in reality. The Svalbard material of D. scoparium marginal teeth and more elongate and thin-walled upper leaf cells. s.l. is variable, but does not include specimens of OD. bonjeanii or OD. leioneuron. These species have been thought to occur there (see Kuc 1973a), because the dorsal leat lameJlae and marginal teeth of the Svalbard D. scoparium may be strongly reduced and sometimes entirely absent, and the leaf apex sometimes quite obtuse (Kuc 1963a: Fig 12). But the costa is strong in the lower half of the leaves, and transverse sections reveal that it is distinctly dorsaJly convex and includes many stereid bands. In D. bonjeanii s.l. the costa is Hat and weak. This difference is very pro nounced in mixed stands from the Norwegian mainland, and there is no important variation in the structure of this part of the costa of the Sval bard D. scoparium. In our opinion this charac teristic is much more important than the variation in the easily modified leaf ape x with its lamellae and teeth. We have seen six D. scoparium speci mens (KRAM) named D. bonjeanii var. ano malum and two named D. latifolium/D. leioneuron by Kuc (1963a, 1973a), and in addition studied specimens from many parts of Svalbard. One specimen of Sphagnum squarrosum (TROM, leg. T. Engelskjøn BB 003.2) from Bjørnøya includes a shoot of D. scoparium, and it is new to the island. The D. bonjeanii of some authors (e.g. Berggren 1875, specimens in LD) refers at least in part to D. laeuidens. The variation of D. scoparium s.l. excIuding D. bonjeanii s.l. is still great, and it is possible that the arctic ecad should be recognised as a separate taxon. Dicranum spadiceum Zett. The only common Dicranum species in calcareous Dicranum tauricum Sapehin Reported from SW Spitsbergen, Magdalene fjorden and Kobbefjorden by Lindberg (1867, as D. strictum), who aIso summarised the differences between this species and his own <>D. fragilifolium. Previously, he had reported the latter on the basis of the SW Spitsbergen specimen (Lindberg 1862). Berggren (1875: 39, as D. strictum) indicated a locality of D. tauricum at Miseryfjellet, Bjørnøya. The reports of D. tauricum were considered erroneous by Kue (1973a, as D. strictum), whereas he accepted the report of D. fragilifolium (as did Nyholm 1987). However, we have seen a speeimen from each of Lindberg's three localities (H-SOL), and they belong, surprisingly, to D. tauricum. The cells are thin-walled in the whole leaf; the costa is fairly narrow, and in transverse section it has no stereids and only one to rarely two layers of cells ventrai to the guide cells. In D. fragilifolium the leaf cells are more thick waIled; the costa is slightly wider and in transverse section it possesses poorly differentiated stereid bands towards the base, and two to three layers of cells ventrai to the guide cells (Lawton 1971; Hegewald 1992, and comparative herbarium material from Scandinavia). In Fennoscandia it is mostly corticolous (Nyholm 1987), the north ernmost confirmed locality from there is in Alta in Northern Norway (Hegewald 1992). Didymodon acutus (Brid. ) K. Saito A bird eliff species which has been overlooked areas. Rønning (1965) incIudes only one Dicra and which is probably widespread in suitable habi num species, viz. D. majus, in his vegetation tats; it has been reported from nine localities in tables from Dryas vegetation on Svalbard; most Kongsfjorden, of the records certainly refer to D. spadiceum. Liefdefjorden The species is usually shiny yellowish brown; its 1978d). Collected at BjØrnØya in 1983 (TROM, Krossfjorden, and at Bockfjorden, ReinsdyrHya (Frisvoll A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 90 leg. T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte). See also oD. Trollkjeldene and Jotunkjeldene at Boekfjorden, where it was locally common (Frisvoll 1978d). icmadophilus. The species is essentially non-arctic and oceurs in Didymodon asperifolius (Mitt.) Crum et al. scattered loealities in the lowlands of Fenno scandia. Reported from NW SØr kapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: 55, as Barbula), Hornsund (Kuc 1963a, as Barbula), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Swi s 1988; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993, as Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton Barbula), Mimerdalen (Hadac 1989: 163). Bille fjorden (Acoek 1940; Jones 1951, as D. spits bergensis), Forlandsundet (Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewiez 1982; Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986), Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll 1985b), Reinsdyr flya (Dahle 1983a), Frankenhalvøya at Barents øya (Hjelmstad 1981), and Edgeøya NW (Heinemeijer 1979, as Barbula rufa). Collected at Bjørnøya (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell & T. Eng elskjøn 1983), (Diabasodden), Boekfjorden Adventdalen, Sassenfjorden Nordfjorden , Krossfjorden, and Liefdefjorden (Frisvoll unpubl. ). It has sometimes been eonfused with reddish terrestrial Schistidium species: An exsic cate specimen (No. 32, TRH) from Hornsund named S. apocarpum (Bednarek-Ochyra et al. 1987) is this species. Dum. 1923: 226) and Amsterdamøya (Berggren 1875). In the former locality it was said to grow inside crevices between boulders, from where the authors mentioned also 9 mosses and 12 other liverworts. The latter locality was said to inelude Arctoa fu/vella growing at ".... die chaotiseher Trummerfelder von Gneissbloeken an den Gebirgsabhangen, wo sie . .. in den dunklen Hohlen unter den FelsenblOeken mit Grimmia contorta in Menge auftritt und wo aueh zu tinden sind Scapania nemorosa, . .. Jungermannia albi cans und taxifolia, J. plicata, Andreæa papillosa, Jungerma. und setiformis Polytrichum commune." (Berggren 1875: 31, and also p. 97 in comment on Scapania nemorosa). (G. contorta G. incurva, Scapania bergensis, Jungermannia bilophozia or nemorosa = = S. = spits Diplophyllum, Bar Tetralophozia.) Diplophyllum albicans is a western speeies rarely found north Didymodon fallax (Hedw.) Zand. of Tromsø in Norway (Jørgensen 1934; Elvebakk unpubL), and the locality in NW Svalbard is phy Reported from near the hot springs at Bock togeographically remarkable."Oas Vorkommen fjorden (Frisvoll 1978d, as Barbula) and in rock auf Spitzbergen scheint mir kaum m6glieh; viel ereviees near Kapp Wijk at Nordfjorden (Frisvoll leicht grundet sieh die Angabe auf eine alte, & Blom 1993). Also reported from ridge veg unkontrollierte Bestimmung." (Bueh 1928).The etation at Dyrevika and Stuphallet in Kongs identifieation of Berggrens material has been con fjorden by Wegener et al. (1992, as Barbula). but tirrned by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959), and we may have been confused with Cnestrum glau have also studied a specimen (LD). Its leaves cescens which was sent (by L.B. Jacobsen) as a have a distinet vitta and a smooth cuticle, and the possible material. stem eortex is 3-4 stratose. It is aceepted also from Bjørnøya, but we have not seen the material; Didymodon johansenii (Williams) Crum it may betong to the more arctic D. taxifolium whieh has not been reported from there. Reported from bird eliffs and boulders us ed as bird perehes. Four localities in Kongsfjorden, Liefdefjorden and Bockfjorden are known at present.Formerly it was only known from North Ameriea and Siberia and it has been regarded as a glacial reliet (FrisvoH 1978d). Distichium hagenii Philib. Almost universally overlooked and eonfused with D. inclinatum. Reported from Hornsund [Kue 1963a; but the peristome of the eapsule of his Figure 8 is inaccurately redrawn from Hagen Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa Only reported from areas elose to the hot springs (1899-1904: Tat. 1, Fig, 2) and does not show the erucial peristome characteristie of the speeies, see e.g. Nyhotm (1987)]; Bellsund S (Swi s & A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Karezmarz 1991a, 1993); Chamberlindalen in Reeherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b); in vegetation tables from Bohemanflya (Kobay ashi et al. 1990, but they incIude only D. hagenii of that genus and this is unrealistie); and from Nordaustlandet (Mårtensson & Persson MS in Kue 1973a). The D. inclinatum of the salt-tolerant bryophyte society mentioned by Frahm (1977) from Isfjord Radio and Brøggerhalvøya SW is probably for the most part D. hagenii. Dahle (1983a) used the collective designation D. hageniil inelinatum in his tables from Reinsdyrflya. Fre quent on sea shores and collected at Kapp Linne, Longyearbyen, Adventdalen, 91 Drepanocladus aduncus (Hedw.) Warnst. Common and strongly modified by the habitat; it is often very gracile. Sometimes it looks like Cratoneuron filicinum and has been thought to Pseudoleskea ehilensis and °Callialaria euruieaulis. Hadac (1946: 143f, 151, 157) used the names D. aduneus and D. polyearpus about represent o Svalbard material. Also Nyholm (1965) recog D. polyearpus as a separate species, but it aduncus. According to L. Hedenas (pers. comm.) D. aduncus is taxo nises is now usually included in D. nomically unclear in arctic areas. Sassenfjorden (Diabasodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk area), and Ekmanfjorden (Flintholmen) in the Isjorden area, and from Kongsfjorden (common) and Bockfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). Par. D. flexicaule, but eonsidered to be a separate widespread species by Frisvoll (1985a; see also Smith 1993), who also listed it from Svalbard, where it is fairly common in moist habitats: "The species f. Only reported once from Reinsdyrflya at N Spits bergen (Frisvoll 1978d). Ditrichum crispatissimum (C. Miill.) Often regarded as a variety of Encalypta affinis Hedw. [D. flexicauleJ is very variable but is generally met with as the long-Ieaved type." (Amell & Mårtensson 1959). Encalypta brevicollis (Bruch Ångstr. & Schimp.) Colleeted from the summit of Sherdalfjellet near NY-Ålesund (Frisvoll 1978d). Reported from Dyrevika at the N side of Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992), but the material sent on loan was sterile and (probably) erroneously named. Reported from Stuphallet in Kongsfjorden by Wegener et al. (1992). Not explieitly reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875), but it was probably seen also there as "der bekannten lang blåttrigen Form". Collected at Bjørnøya by S. Dunfjell and T. Engelskjøn in 1983 (TROM). Encalypta brevipes Schljak. Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993) on the basis of a nice specimen collected at Platåberget near Longyearbyen by A. Myrmæl in 1991. It has mature sporophytes with short setae (about 2 Ditrichum cylindricum (Hedw.) Grout . Reported from SW Spitsbergen by Lindberg (1862, as Triehodon; 1864a, b, as Triehodon oblongus; 1867, as Ceratodon oblongus); his fer tile speeimen (H-SOL) has been studied. Also reported in vegetation tables from Trygghamna mm). smooth gymnostomous eapsules with spores 37-48 11m, and fringed ealyptrae with a short rostrum (see Horton & Murray 1976). Encalypta longicollis Bruch (Eurola 1968) and Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet A phytogeographically interesting species col (Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor 1986). Four speci leeted at nine loealities in Kongsfjorden. Boek mens reported by Polunin (1945, as fjorden and Liefdefjorden, always from Trichodon Dryas communities (Frisvoll 1978d). Included in vege oblongus) from Kongsfjorden have been renamed Distiehium capillaceum (see Arnell & Mårtensson tation tables from Brøggerhalvøya by Brattbakk 1959). Collected at Dieksonfjorden (Idodalen), (1986). The distribution area includes Alaska, Lilliehookfjorden (bird cIiff at Nilsfjellet), Koller Newfoundland, Svalbard, Arctic Siberia, one fjorden (bird cIiff behind Speidarneset) and Bock loeality in N Sweden, Ukraine, and the Alps fjorden (Trolltindane ) (Frisvoll unpubL); these (Horton 1982, 1983; Belland & Brassard 1980; specimens are sterile. Ignatov & Afonina 1992). A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 92 Enealypta mutiea I. Hag. Fissidens aret/eus Bryhn Reported from Barentsburg (Hadac 1989: 166), The specimens previously called and from dry limestone loealities at Nordfjorden bryoides (Frisvoll 1981a) have been referred to F. arcticus/ (Kapp Wijk) and Kongsfjorden (Juttaholmen) F. arcticus and F. uiridulus by Nyholm (1987). (FrisvoH 1981a). The distribution map by Horton Only two specimens from Billefjorden and Kongs (1983) shows large gaps between three areas fjorden were named F. arcticus by Nyholm. It is (Alaska/W Canada, Svalbard and Fennoscandia). known from Svalbard, Greenland Russia NW and the Baltic countries. The species idulus and oF. exilis. and Ignatov & Afonina (1992) report it from and arctic North America (Nyholm 1987). See also F. vir is of phytogeographical interest. Fissidens osmundoides Hedw. Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s Enealypta rhaptoearpa Schwaegr. Widespread and frequent. "Die Stengel sind an gesehiitzten humusreichen Stellen an der Baien des Eisfjords bisweilen zollhoeh, die Kapsel hat ihren [n]ormale Form und dasPeristom ist vollstan dig entwiekelt; an anderen Stellen ist der Stengel niedrig, der Fruchtstiel und die Kapsel kurz und das Peristom unvollstandig, es ist die Var. B lep todon Lindb ... (Berggren 1875). There are also plants with affinity to E. rhaptocarpa, whose eap sules lack a peristom and which therefore may be mistaken for E. breuipes and E. mutica. The taxonomic status of this gymnostomous taxon is uncertain; it is, inter alia, distinguished from the two mentioned species by the lack of a fringed calyptra. 1990b), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & (Kobayashi Karezmarz 1990: 1991b), Table 4, Bohemanflya 6), Billefjorden (Aeoek 1940: Table 2-3), Adventfjorden and Kongsfjorden (Berggren 1875), Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959; Frisvoll 1978, in eom ment on Campylopus schimperi and Fissidens adi anthoides; Wegener et al. 1992), Reinsdyrflya (Dahle 1983a), 'northem Spitsbergen' (Bailey & Halliday pers. eomm. to Kue 1973a), and in a speeies list from lichen or moss heath "eompiled from many different loealities" in and on both sides of Hinlopenstretet (Summerhayes & Elton 1928: 204). Colleeted at Adventdalen, Nord fjorden (Kapp Wijk), Dicksonfjorden (Heimen fjellet SW), Krossfjorden (Camp Zoe, Regnard neset), and Boekfjorden (N of Nygaardbreen) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Eurhynehium pulchellum (Hedw.) Jenn. Reported from Grønfjorden where it was col lected in 1868 (Berggren 1875, as E. diuersi folium), Nordfjorden (Frisvoll 1981a: 101), and Barentsøya and Edgeøya (Philippi 1973; Heine meijer 1979). However, the species has been much overlooked, and more than 30 specimens are now known from different parts of C and N Spitsbergen (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also Brachy thecium glaciale. Fissidens uiridulus (Anon.) Wahlenb. The name is mentioned in the text by Berggren (1875: 36, in eomment on Dieranella crispa), but the same material is probably ealled F. incurvus in his speeies eatalogue. Most of the specimens referred to F. arcticus/bryoides by Frisvoll (1981a) have been renamed F. viridulus by Nyholm (1987). Thus it appears to be a frequent species known from Adventdalen, Ekmanfjorden and Nordfjorden in the Isfjorden area, and from Kongsfjorden, Liefdefjorden and Bockfjorden. Its main habitat is in frost eraeks in the soil (see Fissidens adianthoides Hedw. Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al. (1961). A southem temperature also Cyrtomnium hymenophylloides ) . demanding speeies only known from Ossian Sarsfjellet (Fris voIl 1978d), Kapp Wijk (leg. A.A. Frisvoll) and Funaria aretiea (Berggr.) Kindb. Sassendalen (leg. A. Elvebakk) (Frisvoll & Blom Described by Berggren (1875, as F. hygrometrica 1993). var.) based on material from Adventfjorden and A calalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Lomfjorden.Later reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1964), Longyearbyen and/or lower Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), Longyearbyen and Ny-Ålesund (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, as F. hygrometriea var.), and Stuphallet in Kongs fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992). Colleeted below bird cliffs at Tschermakfjellet in Nordfjorden and on Flintholmen in Ekmanfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). 93 Grimmia incurua Schwaegr. Reported from Skoddefjellet (Srodon 1960: 9, as Grimmia cf.) and severai sites at the N side of Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Kapp Guissez between Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden (Arne Il & Mår tensson 1959), Amsterdamøya and Danskøya (Berggren 1875, as G. eontorta: "Hier massenhaft in dunklen Hohlungen zwisehen Felsentrilmmern auf erde oder Steinen ....", see also Diplo phyllum albieans), and NW part of Nordaustlan det (Mårtensson & Persson MS and Blake Jr. MS, Grimmia affinis Hornsch. in Kuc 1973a). Collected at seven localities in Recorded from three localities in Bockfjorden, Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden, five localities in all of which are used as bird perehes (Frisvoll Bockfjorden (e.g. Trolltindane 1l00 m a.s.I.), 1978d). Liefdefjorden (Siktefjellet) and Reinsdyrftya (Frisvoll unpubl.). Grimmia anodon Bruch & Schimp. Only found in bird eliffs. Reported from Kongs Grimmia sessitana De Not. fjorden and Liefdefjorden (Frisvoll 1978d) and Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993); the speci collected at Adventdalen and Dicksonfjorden men was collected from (Kapp Smith and Idodalen) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Bjørndalen (leg. A.A. Frisvoll, det. E. Nyholm). sandstone rocks at Greven (1995a,b) reported it from Nybyen in Longyearbyen. Grimmia donniana Sm. Polunin's (1945) report from Kongsfjorden is doubtful, a specimen (BM) consists of Grimmia subsulcata Limpr. Mårtensson Lindberg (1867) deseribed G. jacquinii var. sub 1959), a curious misidentification or possibly a imberbis from Amsterdamøya, and this taxon was label error, as it has been eollected in the same later treated within oG. alpestris (Berggren 1875; ehostomum aretieum (Arnell Tri· & area (Sherdalfjellet, Ossian Sarsfjellet) later (leg. Kue 1973a) and oG. eaespiticia (Wijk et al. 1962; A.A. Frisvoll et al. 1984). The type specimen has now Frisvoll). It Magdalenefjorden was also (Lindberg reported 1867, from as G. Donnii), and from Barentsøya and Edgeøya at Freemansundet 1979). The (Philippi description 1973; of Heinemeijer Philippi's been revised and found to correspond to G. sub sulcata Nyholm pers. comm.). This name was used by Frisvoll & Blom (1993) (1973) material may indicate that it is another species: " .. .. die Haarspitzen sind kurz und konnen teilweise auch fehlen, die Zellen Blattgrundes . . . kurzrechteckig des (Verhaltnis Lange zu Breite wie 2: 1, GraBe 24 x 12 ) ,u , die Zellen der oberen Blatthalfte quadratisch und dilnnwandig, ca. 8-10 11- groB." Perhaps G. sub suleata? Grimmia torquata Homsch. Reported from the N side of Hornsund (Kuc 1964a), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Ossian Sarsfjellet in Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959), Kobbefjorden (Berggren 1875, locality uncertain because he eould not remember collecting it there), and "northem part of the Archipelago" Grimmia elatior Bals. & De Not. (Balley & Halliday pers. comm. to Kuc 1973a: 403, 421).Collected at Bjørndalen (Fuglefjella), Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993); the speci Nordfjorden men was collected from dolerite rocks at B10 (Sherdalfjellet), Krossfjorden (Signehamna) and (Kongressfjellet), Kongsfjorden mesletta in Ekmanfjorden in 1973 (leg. A.A. Bockfjorden (top of Trolltindane and towards Frisvoll). Germaniahøgdene) (Frisvoll unpubl.). A. A. FR1SVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 94 Haplomitrium hookeri (Sm.) Nees Gymnocolea infiata (Huds.) Dum. Reported from the Hornsund area (Rejment Only reported from the mountain slope of Sver Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & druphamaren at Longyearbyen (Arnell & Mår Swi s 1989a), Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden tensson 1959). A rare or very rare species in (Hadac 1989), Barentsburg (Bednarek-Ochyra et Central Europe and Scandinavia (Arnell 1956; al. 1987). Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et aL 1990: Høiland & Pedersen 1975). The nearest known Table 8), Adventfjorden [Berggren 1875, as Jun locality is at Vadsø in Finnmark, N Norway (Fris germannia inflata var. voIl & Blom 1993). rigidiuscula, "zwischen Hypnen und Cinclidium arcticum" and therefore perhaps the unreported calciphilous G. borealis (Frisv. & Moen) Schust.?], Agardhbukta (Phi lippi 1973; Elvebakk unpubL) and Edgeøya NW (Heinemeijer 1979). At Agardhbukta it forrned large carpets on strongly acidie shale deposits, and its distribution is probably limited by the substrate. Duell (1983) inc1uded Svalbard in the distribution of oG. acutiloba. but we think that is an error. Harpanthus fiotouianus (Nees) Nees Reported from Wijdefjorden (Wulff 1902, as H. flotowii) and Svenskøya at Kong Karls Land (ArnellI900: " .. . . sparlich in einem Mischrasen mit Jungermannia quinquedentata, J. Floerkei, Amblystegium stellaturn u.s. w. Eine fUr die Spitz bergische Inselgruppe mannia Amblystegium neue Art. ) Tritomaria, " . (Junger Barbilophozia; Campylium.) The reports of this characteristic species are included here although it is thought to be in need of confirmation (but Gymnomitrion apiculatum (Schiffn.) K. MillI. what else could it be?); it is odd that it has not been found later. The species is common in Reported from Bohemanftya (Kobayashi et aL 1990: Table 4, 7), Danskøya (Arnell & Mar tensson 1959), and by the lake Finnmark county, northernmost Norway (Jør gensen 1934). Hajern at Lilliehookfjorden (Frisvoll & Blom 1983). Harpanthus scutatus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce Reported as "present in small quantity in material from" Bjørnøya (Watson 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 225), Forlandsundet (Hermansen Hamatocaulis uemicosus (Mitt.) Hedenas Reported severai times in the old Svalbard litera ture (see Kue 1973a, as Drepanocladus). It was later reported (as Drepanocladus) from Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986; als o by Summerhayes & Elton 1923), NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: 54), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlin dalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990: øya), and Prins Karls Forland (Watson 1922): "The specimens, as Mr. [D. A.l Jones remarked, were very variable in regard to infoiding of leaves, frequency and size of underleaves, and amount of thickening of cell-angles, much more so than is usual in British plants." The northernmost known Norwegian loeality is in Rana in Nordland county (Jørgensen 1934), and the reports may need con firmation. Table 7), and the Forlandsundet area (Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986). Severai Svalbard speci mens have been shown to belong to Scorpidium revo!vens s.L (see Hagen 1899-1904: 321, in com ment on Hypnum intermedium; Arnell & Mar Hennediella heimii (Hedw.) Zand. "Frequent around the coast of the archipelago" (Kuc 1973a, as Pottia). The arctic ecad, var. arc tensson 1959 and Kuc 1973a, in comment on ticus (Lindb.) Zand., is sometimes treated as a Drepanocladus vemicosus). But there is one veri species (e.g. by Steere 1978, as Pottia obtusifoiia fied specimen, collected at the N side of Adventdalen towards Malardalen in 1954 by A.C. Crundwell (S, L. Hedenas pers. comm.; Frisvoll & Blom 1993). (R. Brown) C. Miil1.), and it is the common taxon on Svalbard. The present species has usually been referred to the genera Pottia or Desmatodon, but has not been a fit element in either. Zander (1993) A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, [ungi, algae and cyanobacteria transferred it to the essentially austrai genus 95 at Grønfjorden by Berggren (1875, as Hypnum), Hennediella; its speeies has, i.a., "laneeolate and from Adventdalen (west of Passhytta) by leaves ... bordered by a band of usually elongate Frisvoll (1981a). thiek-walled eells, with usually serrulate to den tate and alm ost always plane . . . upper laminal margins... . . " Hylocomium sp/endens (Hedw.) Schimp. The common Svalbard eead is made up of simple Hygrohypnum alpestre (Hedw.) Loeske pinnate plants, rarely it is more branehed: "Auf Reported from Bjørnøya and Kobbefjorden at Beeren Eiland noeh mit niederliegendem Stengel Danskøya (Berggren 1875, as Hypnum), from in loekeren Rasen aber je weiter nordlieh desto two nearby sites at Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Ossian mehr aufreeht waehsend mit diehter gedrangten, Sarsfjellet in Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson wenig verzweigten Stengein, kurzen aufwarts ge 1959), and from Agardhbukta and SW Barents riehteten Aestehen und plotzlieh in eine kurze øya (Philippi 1973). Colleeted at Adventdalen Spitze verlaufenden Stengelblattern." (Berggren (Todalen) and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). 1875). The taxonomie problems presented by the different morphologieal eeads of H. splendens s.1. are unsettled. The Svalbard material has some Hygrohypnum cochlearifolium (Vent.) Broth. times been treated as a speeies, H. alaskanum (Lesg. & James) Aust. The taxonomy of H. alas Reported from Isfjord Radio by Hagen (1952). Aeeording to Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) the reports of H. molle from Adventfjorden and Danskøya (Kobbefjorden) by Berggren (1875, as Hypnum) refer to this species; and they reported it themselves from Longyearbyen. Eurola & Hakala (1977) induded it with reservation in a vegetation table from Hunnberget in Murehison fjorden at Nordaustlandet. Later eolleeted in Adventdalen (Bolterdalen and W of Passhytta) (Frisvoll unpubl.). kanum is diseussed by Persson (in Persson & Gjærevoll 1961): "As far as I can see all or prac tically all material from Arctic . . .belongs to H. alaskanum. " The opposite view is held by Steere (1978): .... H. alaskanum can be only a stunted " physiologieal-eeological tundra form or eeotype of Hylocomium splendens which does not merit nomendaturai recognition at any taxonomic level." The variation of H. splendens s.l. in Sval bard is described and figured by Kue (1963a). See also Muller (1892, as Hypnum alaskanum, first report), Theriot (1907, as Hylocomium splendens var. gracilius) and Størmer (1940, as H. splendens var. alaskanum). A review of the taxonomic treat Hygrohypnum luridum (Hedw.) Jenn. ment of H. alaskanum is given by Persson & Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), M1i.lar Viereck (1983). dalen in Adventfjorden (Eurola 1968: Table 6), Tempelfjorden (Hartmann 1980: 115), Kongs fjorden (Polunin 1945, as H. palustre var. julaceum; Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), Hunnber get in Murehisonfjorden (Eurola & Hakala 1977) and SW Barentsøya and NW Edgeøya (Philippi 1973). Colleeted in Billefjorden, Nordfjorden, Dieksonfjorden, Vestfjorddalen and Liefde fjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). In Kongsfjorden the spe eies "seems to prefer moist rock surfaces at or ne ar the bases of bird diffs... ." (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Hymenostylium recurvirostre (Hedw.) Dix. Reported from Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mår tensson 1959, as Gymnostomum), Liefdefjorden (Berggren 1875, as G. curvirostre), Boekfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d, in eomment on Didymodon tophaceus) and Sorgfjorden (Lindberg 1867, as G. curvirostre). Sassenfjorden at Adventdalen, (Diabasodden), Collected Billefjorden , Nordfjorden, Dicksonfjorden, Krossfjorden and Vestfjorddalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). The spe eies Hygrohypnum ochraceum (WiIs.) Loeske Reported from three loealities on Bjørnøya and freguently grows on soil (Berggren 1875), as weU as on rocks as usual in more southern latitudes (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). A. A. FR/SVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 96 Jungermannia confertissima Nees Reported from the NY-Ålesund area by Vana DunfjelL T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte in 1983 (TROM). (1974) based on a specimen published by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959, as J. pusilla), see 0J. jen seniana. The entire Svalbard material of Jun Kiaeria starkei (Web. & Mohr) I. Hag. germannia ought to be restudied. It seems that it Reported from Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875; Dixon occurs there with one or two species from each 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 225, all as of three pairs of closely related taxa, viz. J. obo Dicranum), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swit;)s 1988, vata - J. subelliptica, J. sphaerocarpa - J. con 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Chamberlin J. po/aris. Their prob dalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz lematic status in the Arctic is thoroughly discussed 1991b), the southernmost part of Prins Karls For by Schuster (1988). land (Berggren 1875, as Dicranum), and EdgeØya Jertissima, and J. pumila and the E side of Spitsbergen at Kvalvågen (Phi lippi 1973). We have seen two of Berggren's exsic Jungermannia poiaris Lindb. The type of the name was collected in Sorgfjorden by Malmgren in 1861 (Lindberg 1867). Probably widespread in calcareous distriets; it includes also J. schiJJneri published as new to Svalbard by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959). See also 0J. pumila. cate specimens (No. 12 Dicranum starkei, LD); the one from Bjørnøya (Mount Misery 1868) is K. Jalcata, whereas that from Prins Karls Forland is correctly named. The leaves of the material of K. Jalcata have distinctly papillose subula with short cells, and slightly widened but not inftated alar cells; the material of K. starke! has more elongate cells in a non-papillose subula, and Jungermannia sphaerocarpa Hook. Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990), Fugleberget in Hornsund (Rejment Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1989a; Swit;)s & Karczmarz 1991a), and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden inftated thin-walled alar cells. Dixon (1922) and Summarhayes & Elton's (1923) record of K. star kei from Bjørnøya may also need to be reexam ined (it was said to grow "directly on rocks" and "have the habit of Blindia acuta"). This ubiqui tous snow bed species in the Scandinavian moun tains is evidently very rare on Svalbard. (Swit;)s & Karczmarz 1991 b), all reports as Soleno stoma sphaerocarpum var. nana. See also J. con Jertissima. Leptobryum pyriforme (Hedw.) WiIs. Reported from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Bellsund Jungermannia subelliptica (Kaal.) Levier First reported from Grønfjorden (Berggren 1875, as J. genthiana). Later reported by Amell & Mårtensson (1959, as Plectocolea) from Long yearbyen and the NY-Ålesund area where it was common. Therefore it is probably much more frequent than the reports indicate. See also 0J. obovata. S (Rzt;)tkowska 1988a, b; Karczmarz & Swit;)s 1989a: Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a), three sites in Grønfjorden and Pyramiden in Billefjorden (Hadac 1989: Table 2, 5, 11, 20), W side of Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875: 57, first report), Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), De Geerdalen and Botneheia in Sassenfjorden (Hadac 1946: 142, 153), four sites in Kongsfjorden (Amell & Mår tensson 1959: HA common species in Ny-Ålesund and in the immediate surroundings of the eoal mines .... In addition to areas inhabited by man Kiaeria faicata (Hedw.) I. Hag. Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1984), but Ihis the species also occurs on bird perches, e.g. on the soil on earth slopes below bird cliffs. It fruits abundantly. "), and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). may eonsider Jan Mayen. Perhaps therefore it Collected was listed from Svalbard with a question mark by (Tschermakfjellet Nyholm (1987). We do not know of any primary fjorden (Flintholmen), Liefdefjorden (Wulffber at Longyearbyen, and Kapp Nordfjorden Wijk), Ekman report from Svalbard. Colleeted at Bjørnøya by get) and Boekfjorden (in front of Adolfbreen and S. Berggren in 1868 (see K. s/arkei) and by S. Trollkjeldene) (Frisvoll unpubl.). A calalogue of Sua/bard planIs, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacleria 97 Lescuraea incurvata (Hedw.) Lawt. Lophozia gillmanii (Aust.) Schust. Reported from Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875, as Pseudo/eskea atrovirens), and the hot springs at Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d). Reported from Nordfjorden, Ekmanfjorden, Vestfjorddalen and Kongsfjorden by Frisvoll (1981a, as Leioeolea), Lescuraea plicata (Web. & Mohr) Broth. Only reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875, as Ptyehodium) and Summerhayes & Elton (1923: as Braehythecium); we have seen a Berggren speeimen (LD).Not reported from there by Eng elskjøn (1986), but present in abundance in some specimens of Braehythecium turgidum (TRaM) collected by him. Lophozia badensis (Gott.) Schiffn. Reported from Recherchefjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b, as Leio eolea) and three localities in Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Leioeolea). Sch us ter & Damsholt (1974) state that " .... all col lections from the [Greenland] Arctic are critical insofar as they tend to show a mixture of 'badensis' and 'collaris' characters." Schuster (1988) reported Lophozia collaris from S Green land based on a single collection: "The aspect approached L. badensis, and, initially, I felt it should go there." However, after a detailed study he changed his mind. He did not report L. badensis . The Svalbard material may need to be restudied. o Lophozia bicrenata (Hoffm.) Dum. Reported from Rotjesfjellet in Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967, as Isopaehes) and Billefjorden (Watson 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 260). Watson (1922) mentioned the characteristic odor of the speeies. Kell Damsholt (pers. comm.) considers it very unlikely that L. bierenata occurs on Svalbard; and he suppD ses the reports may refer to L. alboviridis Schust., a recently described species which is known from Greenland and which is calciphilous as opposed to the acidophilous L. bicrenata. See Schuster (1988) concerning a comparision between the two. Until the Svalbard material has been restud ied we will not change the name. Lophozia grandiretis (Kaal.) Schiffn. So far reported only ''from moist coal-inter mingled soil" at Longyearbyen (Arnell & Mår tensson 1959); we have seen a speeimen (UPS), and it belongs to var. grandiretis. Lophozia heterocolpos (Hartm.) Howe Reported from six sites at Hornsund (Rejment Grochowska 1967, as Leioeolea), Recherche fjorden W (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a, as Leio eolea), Kongressdalen (Hadac 1989), and three sites in Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, as Leioeolea). ane specimen from Kongsfjorden was referred to var. arctiea (of Leioeolea het eroeolpos), and that taxon has also been reported from Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978, as Leioeolea heteroeo/pos harpanthoides in comment on Lophozia opacifolia). Swi\;s & Karczmarz ( J 991a) probably reported it from Bellsund S [as' Lopho zia arctica' (S. Am.) comb. ined. ?, en. eit. in syn. pro Leioeolea are/iea S, Am., K. Miill. in Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 6,1: 694. 1954]. Previous reports of Lophozia eol/aris from Bellsund (Lind berg 1867, collected by J. Vahl in 1838) and Linnevatnet (Hagen 1952) perhaps also belong here, see L. collaris and Amell & Mårtensson (1959, in comment on Leioeolea heteroeolpos). Collected at Longyearbyen, Sassenfjorden (Dia basodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Dickson fjorden (Heimenfjellet), Ekmanfjorden (Blome sletta), Bockfjorden (Jotunkjeldene and Troll kjeldene), and Liefdefjorden (Store Måkeøya) (Frisvoll unpubJ.). Probably overlooked, but may be quite rare or absent from N and E Svalbard. o Lophozia hyperarctica Schust. This species was described by Schuster (1961) and has been reported from a few localities in the Arctic including one from Svalbard (Dickson fjorden) (Frisvoll 1981a). Bisang (1991) mon0graphed Lophozia subgen. Sehistoehilopsis, but was not quite convinced that the Svalbard speci men belongs to L. hyperarctiea because it was A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 98 dead and devoid of oil bodies. The same specimen was studied by K. Damsholt (pers. comm.): "Oil bodies ca. 14 pr. cell, relative ly large and pap illose-segmented (made up of many small drops). The leaf lobes possess brownish secondary pig mentation (never present in the L. incisa complex), and old stems have brownish cell walls in their lower half [Frisvoll, trans!.]." Although it was found to differ somewhat from neoarctic material, he referred it to L. hyperarctica. Lophozia lati/oUa Reported in Longyeardalen and collected at Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya by (in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). But according to GroIle (1967, see also Schuster 1969) all European records except one from Svalbard are based on erroneous øya and Blomstrandhalvøya in the Kongsfjorden area (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). The species is rare in Fennoscandia (ArnelI 1956). It has been reported four times from mainland Norway (Fris voll 1983b; Frisvoll & Blom 1993), and have later turned out to be frequent on clayey soil in Trondheim, Sør-Trøndelag (Frisvoll unpubl.). (Schust.) Schust. & Damsh. Kongsfjorden, and also presumably observed and ArnelI Buch & S. Am. Reported from Haavimbfjellet, Prins Heinrich Lophozia polaris Schust. as com mon Lophozia perssonii identifications; Listed as questionable on Svalbard by Duell (1983). Reported from Kongressdalen by Hadac (1989: 153. specimen named by J. Vana). The species is thoroughly described by Schuster & Damsholt (1974). the accepted specimen has perianths and originates from the slope of Zeppelinfjellet by Ny-Ålesund. Lophozia rutheana (Limpr.) Howe The presence of the species on Svalbard should Reported from rich fen habitats in the Kapp Wijk be confirmed. area in Nordfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d), and col lected from similar sites in the lower part of Adventdalen and Sauriedalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). Lophozia longidens Reported In Fennoscandia it is a widespread indicator of (Lindb.) Macoun from Bjørnøya and Bohemanneset rich fens (Moen 1985). (Watson 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 226, 252), Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a), and Kong Lophozia uentricosa (Dicks.) Dum. Karls Land (ArneI11900, as Jungermannia, first First reported from Kobbefjorden (Danskøya) report). and Smeerenburg (Amsterdamøya) by Lindberg Collected at Brøggerhalvøya (Brøg gerfjellet) (Frisvoll unpubL). (1867. as Jungermannia ventricosa "IG.laxa "'gem mipara", "Il porphyroleuca A. 213. l pulehella" , and "Il porphyroleuca B.y. [axa *gemmipara"). Lophozia opaci/oUa Mey\. Reported from Ekmanfjorden, Billefjorden and Bockfjorden by Frisvoll (1978d, 1981a). Probably also known from Magdalenefjorden, Kvalvågen at the E side of Spitsbergen, and Barentsøya, see oL. incisa. Later reported from Kong Karls Land and Prins Karls Forland (Arnell 1900, as Jungermannia). Watson (1922; same as in Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 226, 252) reported it from Bjørnøya, Bohemanneset and Prins Karls forland; the material from the latter locality was said to possess the characteristic gemmae. The reports have to be reconsidered according to an updated tax Lophozia pellucida Schust. onomy of the group. Schuster (1969) reported L. ventricosa as frequent in arctic N Amerka and Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993). The material Greenland, and its arctic ecads are probably also was collected from moist sand at the moraine in present on Svalbard. Lophozia ventricosa var. front of Karlsbreen in Bockfjorden (leg. A.A. confusa Frisvoll, det. conf. K. Damsholt). The leaf lobes mouth and may be confused with oL. longiflora, Schuster (1969) has ciliate perianth have masses of orange-yellow gemmae and the previously lobes are similarly coloured. Lindberg's names above). It is noteworthy that called L. porphyroleuca (see A catalogue of Svalbard plants, /ungi, algae and cyanobacteria 99 L. ventricosa was not reported by ArnelI (in (1992) may help to solve the problem; according Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). A useful key to the to him M. polymorpha "appears to be lacking arctic taxa of L ventricosa in Greenland ,together from the Arctic". but he had apparently not stud with descriptions, discussions and illustrations, is ied any Svalbard material. Syn.: M. polymorpha given by Schuster & Damsholt (1974). Lophozia wenzelii Probably ssp. ruderalis Bischl. & Boisselier. (Nees) Steph. frequent. Lophozia Marsupella arctiea groenlandiea (Nees) Macoun was mentioned by Berggren (1875, in comment on Jungermannia attenuata); reported from Colesbukta (Bryhn 1909); regarded as common in Kongsfjorden and also at Longyearbyen and Magdalenefjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, figured with ciliate perianth mouth and oil bodies of L. siluieola type, cf. comment by Schuster 1969: 592, footnote 183); (Berggr.) Bryhn & Kaal. An arctic species which is known from the type localities at Smeerenburg on Amsterdamøya and Kobbefjorden on Danskøya (Berggren 1875, as Sarcoscyphus emarginatus var. aretieus and in the text pp. 11, 18,29,31 - also as S. ehrharti var. arcticus ) , and from Bjørndalen (Fuglefjella) and Adventdalen (Bolternosa) (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also Cephaloziella arctiea. and reported from Hornsund (Rejment-Gro chowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1989a, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993) and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). See also Philippi (1973, in comment on L. wenzelii). It has been indicated that L. groenlandiea is an American species, while the European material belongs to Marsupella condensata (C. Hartm.) KaaL Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875, as Gymnomitrium), but no specimen from there could be traced by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) who, however, Danskøya. themselves reported it from oL. murmaniea (Schljakov 1976-1981; Schuster 1988; see also Schuster & Damsholt 1974: 89f). It remains to see where the material of this pur portedly common Svalbard taxon belongs. The name was typified and made a synonym of L. wenzelii by Damsholt (1994). Meesia uliginosa Hedw. Probably frequent, but overlooked when sterile. Not previously reported from Bjørnøya, but ster ile materiale (in a specimen of Calliergon rieh ardsonii) was collected there by T. Engelskjøn in Marchantia alpestris 1983 (TROM, det. Frisvoll). (Nees) Burgeff Usually reported to be the only or common species of the genus, which often is subdominant below bird cliffs and characteristic of this habitat. Syn.: M. polymorpha ssp. montivagans Bischl. & Boisselier. Mesoptychia sahlbergii (Lindb.) Evans A very conspicuous species found on calcareous substrate near Kapp Wijk (FrisvoIl 1981a) and in Sassendalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). Previously it was known only from unglaciated or partially glaciated parts of Alaska, Yukon, Ellesmere Marchantia polymorpha L. Severai authors have claimed that all Marchantia from Svalbard belongs to M. alpestris (see e.g. ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). According to Rejment-Grochowska (1967) some material from Island and Siberia (Steere & Inoue 1975; Kon stantinova et al. 1992). The presence of this species on Svalbard is therefore of interest from a bryogeographical point of view. Hornsund has thalli"with very well distinguished midrib", and she states"....that in this region both species occur and M. polymorpha has a larger area than M. alpestris. " A good com Mielichhoferia elongata (Hook.) Nees & Hornsch. parision between the twa is given by Warncke Only reported from the south side of Bjørndalen (1968). near Longyearbyen (Frisvoll 1981a). The thorough treatment by Schuster A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 100 fjorden (Blomstrandhalvøya) and at Reinsdyrftya Mnium blyttii Bruch & Schimp. Reported from Grønfjorden (Berggren 1 875), Eskerdalen (Frahm 1977), Kongsfjorden (Weg ener et al. 1992), Bockfjorden (FrisvoIl 1978: BO, (Frisvoll 1978d). Also collected at Bjørndalen, Adventdalen, Kapp Wijk, and Blomesletta in the Isfjorden area (Frisvoll unpubl. ). in comment on Lophozia opaci[olia), Reinsdyr ftya (Dahle 1983a), and Edgeøya (Heinemeijer 1979). Collected at Isfjorden S of Bjørndalen. Longyearbyen, and Kapp Wijk in Nordfjorden Mnium thomsonii Schimp. See M. marginatum. (Frisvoll unpubl.). Molendoa tenuinervis Limpr. Mnium marginatum (Dicks.) P. Beauv. Scattered but probably somewhat overlooked. The only Mnium species reported from Bjørnøya is M. marginatum (Sommerfelt 1833, as Bryum); the genus probably occurs there and the report is therefore accepted, but it may refer to another species. Reported from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989b), upper Adventdalen and Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977, points out differences with regard to M. thomsonii), Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al 1992, Reported from bird clitfs near NY-Ålesund (Fris voIl 1978d). Collected at Bjørnøya (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell and T. Enge1skjøn 1983), Nordfjorden (N side of Kongressfjellet), Ekmanfjorden (Blo mesletta) and Dicksonfjorden (W side of Hei menfjellet and Idodalen) (Frisvoll unpubl.). It is a phytogeographically interesting species that is known from central Europe, Svalbard, NE Euro pean and arctic Siberian Russia (Ignatov & Afo nina 1992), and North America. no report of M. thomsonii), and Sorgfjorden (Lindberg 1867, first report: also report of M. thomsonii, as M. orthorrhynchum). Collected in Kongsfjorden (Gluudneset and Blomstrandhalv øya) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Kuc (1963a: 334 and Table 2) had some difficulties in distinguishing between M. thomsonii (as M. ortllOrrhynchum) and M. marginatum at Hornsund, and he recog nised both and in addition M. marginatum var. riparium with intermediate characteristics. The type of Mnium riparium Mitt. refers to dioicous populations of the usually synoicous M. marginatum, but otherwise they are not different (Crundwell 1962; Koponen et al. 1977: Anno tation 221; Koponen 1980). A restudy of Kuc's specimens will probably show they can be divided between the two species in question. Kuc (1973a) suspected that M. marginatum "may prove to be common er than M. orthorrhynchum" in Svalbard, Mylia taylorii (Hook.) S. Gray A southern species collected in Kongsfjorden "inter Rhacomitrium Malmgren in 1861 germannia Taylori lY hypnoides" (Lindberg 1867, by A.J. as Jun genuina; see also Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). We have seen a specimen lab elled "Kingsbay 1861 Malmgren" (H-SOL). The small piece is made up of typical plants with reddish-tinged leaves whose upper part is deftexed in the usual manner; microscopically, the leaves show the diagnostically cracked cutide. It is a remarkable occurrence which is unrecorded in the ftoras. Muller (1954-1957) indicates that OM. anomala is known from Svalbard (see also Schuster 1983: 521, Fig. 25), but this must be a confusion or an error. but we are convinced the opposite is the case. Teeth and spinulae are of ten reduced in the sterile arctic M. thomsonii, and its cells are frequently Myurella tenerrima (Brid.) Lindb. slightly collenchymatous, and the cell size (pre The species has not always been weU understood. dominantly < 17 11m in M. thomsonii and> 20 J11TI in M. marginatum) is the reliable distinguishing characteristic there. Mårtensson (in Amell & Mårtensson 1959) treated it within M. julacea; he found that " .... in addition to normal sterns, shoots or part of shoots with non-appressed, distant, apiculate lea Mnium spinosum (Voit) Schwaegr. Reported from Dryas communities in Kongs ves may occur in a specimen." Philippi (1973) reported both species, but wondered whether M. tenerrima was only "ein Sumpfform" of M. A catalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacteria 101 julacea. But they are without doubt two good America (Brassard et al. 1982), and is not found species, in the area between Svalbard and Central Europe. and mixed stands are not rare on Svalbard. Exposed plants of M. tenerrima have often (sub)imbricate leaves in the Arctic as opposed to the distant leaves of non-exposed and non-arctic plants. Probably overlooked. Orthothecium intricatum (Hartm.) Schimp. Much rarer than its common twin O. strictum. Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Recherche Nardia geoscyphus (De Not.) Lindb. Reported from Bratteggdalen in fjorden Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967) and in vegetation tables from Bjørndalen (Eurola 1968) and Gluud neset in Kongsfjorden (Brattbakk et al. 1978). Also collected by Tredalshytta in Adventdalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). (Rz tkowska 1988a, b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), four localities at the S side of Isfjorden (Hagen 1952), and Dyrevika in Kongs fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992); see also the discus sion by Berggren (1875, in comment on O. strictum). Collected at Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk, Kongressfjellet) and Bockfjorden (Trollkjeldene) (Frisvoll unpubl.). The material we have seen possesses slightly secund, longly acuminate leaves with plane margin. Oncophorus virens (Hedw.) Brid. Less common than the ubiquitous O. wahlell bergii, but still widespread. Philippi (1973) was unable to distinguish between the two. and he even presented a histogram to show the medium leaf length of his collective O. virells. Such a quantitative approach to the taxonomy of the two is of course impossible. The usual qualitative differences between them are present also on Svalbard. Their small ecads, otten called O. virens var. arcticum and O. wahlenbergii var. compactum, are "parallei forms well distinguished by the (often only a little) recurved leaf margin of the first one" (Kuc 1963a, as Cynodontium). Oncophorus wahlenbergii Brid. The morphological variation of the taxon is very large, and it is present almost everywhere in the calcareous areas. Without much experience with arctic material its small modifications are difficult to know. Mårtensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959: 148) found it hard to recognise Catoscopium nigritum in the field because of "the high fre quency of curious short-leaved Oncophorus types resembling it in general appearance". See also O. virens. Orthothecium lapponicum (Schimp.) C. Hartm. Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993). The speci men was collected in Liefdefjorden from below a bird diff at Wulffberget above Hornbækpollen, where it grew together with species like Aplodoll wormskioldii, Tetraplodon pallidus and T. para doxus (leg. A. A. Frisvoll. det. cont. L. Hedenas). The occurrence together with these nitrophilous species is certainly a mere coincidence. Previously known from NE Sweden (Hedeniis 1988b) and Alta in Finnmark, N Norway (Frisvoll unpubl.). Orthotrichum alpestre Bruch & Schimp. Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875). but two specimens collected by him in 1868 are labelled 'Spitzbergen', see Frisvoll & Lewinsky (1981) who also presented distribution maps of all Orthotrichum species on Svalbard. Reported from Brucebyen in Billefjorden by Lewinsky & Soldan (1994). The O. alpestre reported from Kongsfjorden by ArnelI & Mårtensson (1959) and from Isfjordftya and Kiærstranda by Frahm (1977), belongs to O. pellucidum. Oreas martiana (Hoppe & Hornsch.) Brid. Orthotrichum obtusifolium Brid. Reported from behind Knattodden at the N side Restricted to bird eliffs where it may be quite of Magdalenefjorden by Bonnot (1974). The common. species is phytogeographically very interesting as fjorden(Krossfjorden and Bockfjorden (Frisvoll it occurs in widely scattered localities in North 1978, as Nyholmiella; Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981). Known from Nordfjorden, Kongs A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 102 Orthotrichum pallens Plagiobryum zieri Brid. reported (Hedw.) Lindb. Restricted to bird eliffs or sites used as bird Only perches. Known from inner part of Isfjorden, (Berggren from Brøggerhalvøya, Magdalenefjorden and Reins Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & dyrflya (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981). Karczmarz 1991b). But the species is widespread 1875, as Bjørnøya, Zieria Nordfjorden julacea), and and known from the following additional areas: Adventdalen, Orthotrichum pellucidum Foxdalen, Sassenfjorden (Dia basodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Ekman Lindb. Described on the basis of material from Sorg fjorden (Lindberg 1867), and known from C and N Spitsbergen (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981). In mainland Europe only known from N Sweden (Lewinsky 1980). fjorden (Blomesletta), Kongsfjorden (by Lov enbreen and Ossian Sarsfjellet) and Reinsdyrflya (Frisvoll unpubl.). Kuc (1973a) states that Mathey-Dupraz (1912) reported this species, but he used the name Bryum julaceum Schr. which is °Anomobryum filiforme with syn onym A. julaceum (Gaertn. et al.) Schimp. jula ceum. a synonym of Orthotrichum sordidum SulL & Lesq. An arctic species not known from mainland Europe (Duell 1985).On Svalbard it is an exclus ive bird diff species (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981). The statement by Berggren (1875, in comment on Plagiomnium curvatulum (Lindb.) Sehljak. Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989b, as P. Reported from Russekeila (Hagen 1952, as Cm medium ssp.), Kapp Linne (Koponen medium ssp.), Kobbefjorden at Danskøya [Koponen 1971, as P. medium ssp., based on the type of Mnium medium var. inte grifolium Lindb. (Lindberg 1868; same as in Lind berg 1867, as M. medium)], Barentsøya (Hofmann 1968, as M. medium), and Kong Karls Land (ArnelI 1900, as Astrophyllum medium, toneuron), and later collected from the nearby with comment on the synoicous inflorescence of O. breutelii) that " . .. die Zahne schmaler und der Spitze mehr durchl6chert sind.... " may refer to O. sordidum. Palustriella decipiens (De Not.) Oehyra Grønfjorden (Kongressdalen) by O.L Rønning in 1958 (TRH, det. A. A.Frisvoll, cont. L. Hed enas; Frisvoll & Blom 1993). 1977, as P. the material). Also collected at Colesbukta (TRH, leg. O.L Rønning 1960, det. A. A. Frisvoll), the Longyearbyen area, Kapp Wijk in Nordfjorden, and the NY-Ålesund area (Frisvoll Peltolepis quadrata (Saut.) unpubL).Wyatt et al. (1993) confirmed that the K. Milli. As far as we know not reported in any primary literature. but Iisted from Svalbard in floras (Midler 1954-1957; Arnell 1956). Collected at Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk) Ekmanfjorden (Blo mesletta) and Kongsfjorden (Blomstrandhalv øya) (Frisvoll unpubl.). allopolyploid P. medium s.l. is heterogeneous, curvatulum and the more southern P. medium S.str. have and found that the arctic/subarctic P. different origin and ought to be treated as dif ferent species. ane of the parent species of P. curvatulum is the ubiquitous P. ellipticum, and when sterile they are "very difficult to separate" from each other (Koponen in Nyholm 1993; see also comments on arctic material of the two by Philonotis tomentelIa Mol. See Up. Koponen 1971: 349, as P. medium ssp.). arnellii, 0p. caespitosa and 0p. fontana. Plagiopus oederiana Plagiobryum demissum (Hook.) Lindb. Reported from Blomesletta at Ekmanfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d), and Sassenfjorden (Diabasod den) (Frisvoll & Blom 1993), always sterile. (Sw.) Crum & Anders. Reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875, as Bart ramla oederi), 'Sassen Quarter' (Hadac 1946, as P. oederi), Ny-Ålesund (Frahm 1977, as P. oederi), and Wahlenbergfjorden at Nordaustlan A caralogue of Svalbard p/arm, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacleria 103 det (Lindberg 1867, as Bartramia oederi). But the eulata; foliorum cellulae magnitudine 7-10 x 80 species is more common than the se sites indicate, 110 as it is also found in Adventdalen, Sassenfjorden below a bird diff in Christian Miche\senfjella W, (Diabasodden), Nordfjorden, Dicksonfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Ekmanfjorden, Krossfjorden, Vestfjorddalen, Bockfjorden, and Liefdefjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). It often grows on soil. See also o Bartramia pomiformis. .um . Holotype: Krossfjorden, Kollerfjorden, alt. 50 m., 22 July 1974 A.A. Frisvoll (TRH), isotypes (O, S, TRH). Regarding thorough deseription, illustrations and relationship to 0p. laetum, 0p. piliferum, P. cavifolium (never reported from Svalbard), and P. denticulatum, see Frisvoll (1981a: 98f., Fig. 3-4 in comment on Plagiothecium berggrenianum P. laetum s.I.). A reinvestigation of all the Frisv. material has made it elear that it does not fit First accurately described as part of a colleetive P. denticulatum by Berggren (1875: 81) and there fore named after him: ". . . . die BHitter wie allseitig gesteIlt, dem stengel angedriiekt, konkav, plotzlieh zugespitzt mit zuriiekgebogener Spitze. Diese Form, . .. hat eine strohgelbe Farbe, hohen Stengel und ist dem Habitus naeh Hypnum [Straminergon] stramineum ahnlich." The speeies was validly deseribed and reported from steep slopes below bird eliffs in distinctly silieeous areas at Bellsund, Krossfjorden and Parryøya (Frisvoll 1981a). It is phytogeographieally very interesting and is otherwise known from Thule/Qanaaq in Greenland, one loeality in arctic Canada, severaI localities in Alaska (FrisvoIl 1984), and from seat tered sites in the Russian (European and Siberian) arctic (O.M. Afonina pers. eomm.; Ignatov & Afonina 1992), and is therefore eircumarctic. into P. laetum. The majority of the leaves of P. svalbardense are quite or almost symmetrical whereas most leaves of P. laetum are distinetly asymmetrical. Their form is also otherwise dif ferent; in P. svalbardense they are ovate and fairly suddenly narrowed into an apiculus, while in P. laetum they are more evenly narrowed towards a shorter apex (Frisvoll 1981a: Fig. 4). The shoots of P. svalbardense are frequently subjulaeeous and rarely eomplanate, whereas P. laetum is one of the Plagiothecium species with really com planate shoots. The previous statements (Frisvoll 1981a) regarding this character are therefore modified here. The areolation of the leaves of P. svalbardense is strikingly more lax than in P. laetum (Frisvoll 1981a). Previously reported as P. piliferum var. brevifolium by Kuc (1963a) and P. laetum S.1. or 'P. laetum Svalbard plant' by Frisvoll (1981a). Kuc's specimens (KRAM) agree with the rest of the material. Apparently, the Plagiothecium denticulatum Sehimp. Widespread but infrequent. taxon oeeurs on non-calcareous substrate and is at (Hedw.) present known from all the three major basement Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as var. obtusifolium), Kongsfjorden, Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya rock areas of Svalbard: Hornsund, Krossfjorden, Bockfjorden, and Sjuøyane (N of Nordaustlan det). (Arneli & Mårtensson 1959, as P. denticulatum s.str.), Kobbefjorden at Danskøya (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum), Danskøya, Amsterdamøya and Parryøya (Berggren 1875, see also P. berg grenianum and 0p. laetum), Kvalvågen at Spits bergen E (Philippi 1973), and perhaps from NW Edgeøya (Heinemeijer 1979, as Plagiothecium spee.). Colleeted at Fuglefjella west of Bjørn dalen, Krossfjorden and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). Pleurocladula albescens Reported from (Hook.) Grolle Bjørnøya, Bellsund, Grøn fjorden, Nordfjorden, Prins Karls Forland and Smeerenburg (Berggren 1875, as Jungermannia islandiea), many localities in Kongsfjorden, and Longyearbyen and Danskøya (AmelI & Mår tensson 1959, as Pleuroclada: "seems to be repre sented mainly by its var. islandiea"), Kvalvågen at the E side of Spitsbergen (Philippi 1973, as Plagiothecium sualbardense Frisv. spee. nov. Pleuroclada), and Edgeøya (Heinemeijer 1979, as Pleuroclada). Also collected at Billefjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). There are evidently two taxa Muscus sureulimbus subjulaceis; caespitosus, pul in Pleurocladula, but their status has been mueh vinos densos formans; folia ovata, distincte api disputed (see Krzakowa 1972; Szweykowski 1984: A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 104 1134 and footnote 6 [by SchusterJ). The arctic situation is discussed by Schuster & Damsholt (1974), and Schuster (1988): "There, if any seg regation into two chief genotypic eIusters ... exists it is totally masked by the obvious pheno typic maUeability of the taxon." (Schuster 1988). Pogonatum dentatum (Bdd.) Brid. Reported from Hornsund where it was stated to be common (Kue 1963a, 1973a, as P. capillare), Reeherehefjorden W (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a, as P. capilIare), Linm:dalen (as P. capillare) and Barentsburg (Hadac 1989: 153, 160), Eskerdalen (Frahm 1977, as P. capillare), Bohemanftya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), and Dyrevika in Kongs fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992, who, however, kept no material). It has been looked for in vain in Pleurozium schreberi (Brid. ) Mitt. Sommerfelt (1833) reported Hypnum parietinum L. from Spitsbergen and Edgeøya, and Lindblom (1840, as H. parietinum; see also Kuc 1973a, as Entodon) accepted this as a report of P. schre beri a fact which, however, may be questioned [no report of the much more common Hylo comium splendens: Hypnum parietinwn L. ex With. 1801 = Hylocomium splendens, Hypnum parietinum L. ex Wahlenb.1812 horn. illeg. P. schreberi fide Wijk et al.1964]. Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dublei & Olech 1990: Tab. 8), many localities at the N side of Hornsund (Kuc 1963a, as Entodon, 1994b), Bellsund S (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Bellsund (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum, leg. Vahl 1838), Chamberlin dalen in Recherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b), Kongressdalen (Hadac 1989: 153), Isfjord Radio and Longyearbyen (Hagen 1952, as Hylo comium), Adventdalen and Bohemanneset (Lid 1967: Table 12 and 20, as Hylocomium; in the same tables also H. splendens, but three speci mens named H. schreberi by Lid are as weU H. splendens - herb. O), Kapp Thordsen in Nord fjorden (ArneIl1900, as Hylocomium pariet/num; see comment by Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), Fuglehuken (A. Elvebakk unpubl.), Grimaldi fjellet between Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959; speeimen seen, herb. O), and Kobbefjorden at Danskøya (Berggren 1875: 90, as Hypnum: "mit Hylocomium splendens . .., hochstengelig und kraftig."; conf. other areas (see Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), and is evidently quite rare compared with P. urnig erum . We have seen Kuc's specimens (KRAM). Pohlia andrewsii Shaw Reported from 'Spitsbergen' by Shaw (1981a), and more precisely from Smeerenburg and Sju øyane by Shaw [1981b, based on specimens reported as Bryum annotinum <? bulbilliferum by Lindberg (1867) and Webera annotina by Berg gren (1875); see also Czernyadjeva & Ignatov (1991)]. Reports of 0p. annotina (q.v.) pre surnably refer also to this speeies : ". . .. iiberall nur sparlieh und steril aber am meisten mit einer Menge theils rundlicher theils langgestreekter probably P. andrewsii] probably P. proligera] Bulbillen in den Blattwinkeln" (Berggren 1875, as Webera). Reported as common at Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as P. grandiflora var.grandi(lora: "Severai bulbils together in each axil, cuplike in shape, composed of rounded cells with some sharp teeth on the upper margin.") and from Daudbjørnpynten at the E side of Sørkapp Land by Kuc (1963b, as P. grandiflora: "gemmae in the corners of the leaves. severai in each, cup-like in shape, and terminating in severaI sharp teeth, tufts shining."). We have much unpublished material and P. andrewsii is probably common in W and N Svalbard.So far the re are no reports of P. annotina s.. 1 from E Svalbard. O. Mårtensson, cf. ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). Collected at Signehamna in Krossfjorden and Germaniahøgdene SE at Bockfjorden (FrisvoI1 unpubl.). The species is therefore known only from the whole western side of Spitsbergen. It usually grows in bryophyte mats in favourable Pohlia atropurpurea (Wahlenb.) H. Lindb. A rare species only found once at Adventdalen eolonizing ftuvial deposits (Frisvoll 1981a, as Mniobryum). habitats and therefore often at bird eIiffs. "Turgid pinnate types of Hylocomium sp/endens . .. often resemble P. schreberi very much in their Pohlia crudoides (Sull. & Lesq.) Broth. general appearanee ..., but have paraphyllia." Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959: 161, 163). S (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlin A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria dalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 105 P. elongata var. green i! (Brid.) Shaw (Anderson 1991b). and Magdalenefjorden (Arnell & Mår et al. 1990), which is the same as var. polymorpha tensson 1959). Collected at Bjørndalen, Kross of Nyholm (1958) and var. minor of Nyholm fjorden and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). (1993). The traditional differenees between the taxa are as follows: Plants paroieous (var. elongata, var. greenii), or autoieous and at times Pohlia drummondii (C. Miill.) Andrews Although ArnelI (1900, as P. commutata) stated that this was "Eine naeh Berggren auf Spitzbergen haufige Arr', it was reported for the first time by him from many localities at Kong Karls Land. Berggren (1875) reported only P. ludwigii, but the mention of "Bulbillen" may indieate that he also studied or colleeted P. drummondii. And when diseussing the oeeurrence of branehlets in simultaneously paroicous (var. acuminata); eap sule narrowly elongate with neek often longer than the urn (var. e/ongata), capsule shorter with neek as long as the urn (var. acuminata), or eap sule short and ovate with neek shorter than the urn (var. greenii) (Jensen 1939, mainly). More over, var. greenii has the smallest leaves with the shortest cells, and is probably the common (or only) Svalbard taxon. the upper leaf axils of B. rutilans (p. 62, as B. æneum) he states: "Es erinnern diese gewis sermassen an die Knospen der an denselben Stel len haufig wachsenden Webera Ludwigii." As Mårtensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) and Philippi (1973) point out P. drummondii may not always be easy to identify, but it is certainly eommon in the ealcareous areas. Included from Bjørnøya on the basis of Berggren's (1875) report of Webera ludwigii. See also P. obtusifolia and Pohlia filum (Schimp.) Mårt. Reported from one or two localities at the N side of Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as P. gracilis), Bellsund S (Swi s & Karczmarz 1993, as P. gracilis), and Klovningen (Wulff 1902. as P. commutata var. gracilis). Colleeted at Nordfjorden, Kongsfjor den, Bockfjorden and Liefdefjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). Probably overlooked. 0p. ludwigii. Pohlia nutans (Hedw.) Lindb. Pohlia elongata Hedw. A very common speeies. Some aut hors (Lindberg Reported from severai localities by Lindberg (1867, as P. polymorpha), Berggren (1875, as Webera polymorpha) and Kue (1963a, as P. acu minata). Listed in vegetation tables from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Oleeh 1990: 69), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b, Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, as P. acuminata, 1993, as P. polymorpha), and Recherchefjorden (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990a, as P. polymorpha; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b), reported from Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet by Gugnacka-Fiedor & Nory 1867; Berggren 1875; Boirlska & Gugnaeka-Fie dor 1986; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993) reported ssp. schimperi C. MillI. under various names (see Kue 1973a, as P. rutilans non Bryum rutilans B. oeneum of Kue), and this is a frequent taxon on Svalbard. Nyholm (1993) treats P. schimperi (C. Milli.) Andrews as a species, but the only key eharacteristic mentioned is colour, viz. green in P. nU/ans and red in P. schimperi. The problem is certainly more eomplex. and needs further studies. skiewicz (1982: Table 8, as P. acuminata) and Boirlska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor (1986), and eol leeted from severaI localities in C and N Spits bergen (Frisvoll unpubl.). The taxonomy of P. Pohlia obtusifolia (Brid.) L. Koch Reported by some old and recent authors (see e/ongata s.l. is obseure, as different treatments Kue 1973a; Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz and synonymy are met with in different works. 1982: Table 1, 6; Boirlska & Gugnacka-Fiedor On Svalbard it is hardly present as var. e/ongata, 1986; Karezmare & Swi s 1988, 1989a; Kobayashi although P. acuminata is usually, and P. poly et al. 1990: Table 7; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a). morpha sometimes, treated as synonymous with Berggren (1875, as Webera cucullata) reported i t it. The arctic-alpine taxon is sometimes eon from Bjørnøya, Lindberg (1867, as Bryum cu sidered a speeies, P. minor Schwaegr. (Wijk et al. 1967): its coneet varietal name appears to be cullatum) from Lågøya and Sjuøyane at Nord austlandet, Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 203f, as A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 106 Webera eucullata) from Fosterøyane in Hin and Pogonatum) P. (Hedw.) nonvegicum lopenstretet, and Hofmann (1968) from Barents Sehljak., respeetively (Long 1985; S6derstr6m, øya; the other reports are from the whole western Hedenas & Hallingbliek 1992). Schriebl (1991. as side of Spitsbergen. Some reports may need to be Polytrichum) cultivated taxa within P. alpinum eheeked, because P. obtusifoiia is similar to other s.L: "Nach dem studium des Typusmaterials und speeies of the genus and especially to P. drum aehtjahrigen Kulturversuehen erwiesen sich die mondii (see e.g. Kue 1963a, in comment on Varietaten von p, P. drummondii). Important differential eharac trionale, teristics are pointed out by Shaw (l98Ia: 32f): eingezogen .... Es lieSen sieh keine Hinweise alpinum: arcticum, septen als i.iberfli.issig und werden ab nun "Alpine populations of P. drummondii that seem auf genetisch fixierte Rasen tinden." He did not to lack propagula may be confused with P. cultivate var.fragile. The second taxonomie eom obtusifolia . . . When sterile, P. obtusifolia can ment on a Svalbard bryophyte eoncerns a speci be distinguished from P. drummondii by its subtIy men of P. alpinum from Edgeøya (Sommerfelt . cucullate leaf apex, wider, laxer leaf eells (ca. 15 1833, as Polytrichum) [Frisvoll, trans!.]: "Very wide or more) [8--11(14) {lm in P. drum depauperate ... , so that it, by the short, almost ,um mondii], and by its less distinet red pigmentation, ereet leaves, although it is sometimes pink-stemmed." Sporo tentrionale, but folia evidenter serrata shows that somewhat approaches P. sep phytes have been reported by Lindberg (1867) it belongs here." Regarding the first taxonomie and Berggren (1875). comment, sec Tetraplodon paradoxus. Pahlia praligera (Breidl.) H. Am. Polytrichastrum longisetum (Brid. ) Probably reported as part of a colleetive o P. anno Reported from one locality at Hornsund by Kuc G.L. Sm. tina by Berggren (1875, as Webera), see P. and (1963a, as Polytrichum gracile), as subfossil from rewsii. Pohlia proligera was deseribed in 1888 (as Semmeldalen (Serebryannyy et al. 1985, as Poly Webera), but only recently treated as a member trichum gracile), and from Barentsburg and dis of the Svalbard bryoflora: It has been reported tributed in their exsiecate by Bednarek-Ochyra et from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as P. grandiflora al. (1987; see also Bednarek-Oehyra 1993). We ssp.), Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a), have seen Kuc's specimen (KRAM) as well as Chamberlindalen in Reeherehefjorden (Swi s & an exsiceate speeimen (TRH). The report from Karczmarz 1991b), and Spitsbergen N (Bailey Adventdalen (Frisvoll & Blom 1993) was an error. & Halliday pers. comm. to Kue 1973a, as P. This is a grandif/ora ssp.).Collected at Bjørndalen (Pilar southernmost parts of the Arctic (Long 1985). berget N), Longyearbyen, boreal species which reaches the Billefjorden (Rotundafjellet), Adventdalen (five sites from Todalen to Arnieadalen), Kongsfjorden (Wil leberget and Ossian Sarsfjellet), Boekfjorden (Germaniahøgdene SE) (Frisvoll unpubl.) and Biskayerhuken (TRH, leg. O.l. Rønning). See also 0p. ludwigii. Polytrichastrum sexangulare (Bri d .) G.L. Sm. Unless otherwise stated the species has been named Polytrichum norvegicum. Reported from Bjørnøya, and with reservation from Grønfjorden and Kobbefjorden by Berggren (1875, as Poly Palytrichastrum alpinum (Hedw.) G.L. Very common and variable, but plants H• Sm. • • • with the eharacters of var. septentrionale . .. are trichum: "Die Exemplare von den zwei letz genannten Orten geh6ren vielleicht zu P. alpinum var. septentrionale. .. ."), the N side of Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Bellsund S (Swi s & most frequent." (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Karezmarz Pogonatum). Many names have been used about Recherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b), Svalbard material (see Kue 1973a, as Polytri Vengsletta at the N side of Van Mijenfjorden, Of these, var. fragile and var. sep Grønfjorden and Kongressdalen (Hadac 1 989, chum). 1991a), Chamberlindalen in tentrionale are sometimes treated as species, and as Polytrichum), Russekeila (Hagen 1952), N of their eorrect speeies names are Polytrichastrum Adventfjorden (Wall 1979), Eskerdalen (Frahm lamellosum (James) comb, ined. (originally as 1977), Bohemanneset (Lid 1967, one specimen A catalogue of Sualbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 107 seen is small P. alpinum, herb. O), Bohemanftya and P. jensenii var. diminutwn L Hag. (TRH, (Kobayashi et syntype: "Polytr. al. 1990), and NW Edgeøya * 'propinqum var. diminutum' (Heinemeijer 1979). There is also a subfossil [separate label in Hagen's hand], [Norway, Sør report by Schimper (1870, as Polytrichum). Col Trøndelag, Oppdal, på vei] til Sneh.[ætt]l[ = en], lected at Adventdalen, Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk) 25.7.1878 Kiær, ex herb. Kiaer", cf. protologue), and Bockfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.), one speci and find that they may not belong to the same men from the last locality includes a sporophyte. taxon: Var. diminutum possesses the partly hya The end cells of the leaf lamellae are usually line long leaf hairpoints ("Glashaaren") attri smooth, and rarely papillose, in this speeies; both buted to P. jensenii by Schriebl (1991), and in conditions occur in Svalbard. Papillose plants may addition it has a denticulate leaf margin, and actually be the commoner there; of the own shallowly grooved or platelike end cells of the leaf material mentioned above, that from Nord fjorden has smooth and the other comparatively lamellae. The type is depauperate cm) as it originates from the alpine region, but in nearby coarsely papillose lamellae end cells. Plants with subalpine areas it occurs as large plants. The papillose end cells may easily be confused with hyaline small P. alpinum (cf. Berggren and Lid above). hairpoint of the uppermost leaves resembles that of P. hyperboreum. SchriebJ (1991: The differences between them are summed up by 483) seems to have cultivated such plants collected Long (1985). From Fennoscandia Nyholm (1969) in "Lappland". Var. diminutum needs more mentions on ly smooth end cells of lamellae. In study. The type of P. jensenii has fairly short Iceland the end cells are very rarely papillose: and stout leaf hairpoints which sometimes are "Oftast er hann slettur at) ofan en 6rsjaldan em subhyaline (bleached), but they are not as in par 6rsmaar v6rtur." (J6hannsson 1990, as Poly var. diminutum. Its leaf margin is incurved and trichum). It would have been interesting to study without teeth, and the end cells of the leaf lamel the taxonomic status and occurrence of the pap Iae are usually deeply furrowed. The plants in the illose P. sexangulare. type is more than 20 cm long. and must have grown in a protected moist habitat. The known Svalbard material is much less elongate, but Polytrichum jensenii I. Hag. agrees with the type of P. jensenii in all important characteristics. And any taxon of P. commune S.l. The taxonomy of the arctic P. commune s.1. is recognised by Schriebl (1991, presupposing that not yet clarified, even after the removal of the his P. jensenii does not include the type of the distinctive P. swartzii. The Svalbard P. commune name) is not known from Svalbard. Hagen (1914: S.l. has, e.g., leaves with incurved margin devoid 59) supposed that the P. commune reported and of teeth or with a few bulging cells at the upper commented on by Berggren (1875: "Der BIaU most part; a staut and almost smooth hairpoint; rand ist wenig oder fast nicht gesagt.") referred and leaf lamellae with a deep sinus of the end to his P. jensenii. That name was also used by cells and high, papillae-Iike thickenings on each Jensen (1939), Abramova et al. (1961) and Flat side (t.s.). The materai is in agreement with the berg & Frisvoll (1984: 308, from Bockfjorden as illustration of the arctic North American P. com P. commune var.). The other authors reported P. mune var. diminutum (I. Hag.) Long sensu Long commune unless otherwise stated: Mentioned by (1985), who states that this name is a synonym of Phips (1774), but this is hardly reliable because P. jensenii. Material of the same taxon from the he did not report the more common speeies of Chukotski peninsula is figured and named P. the genus. Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, algidum by Kue (1966), but that name refers to 1994b, as P. another taxon, see P. swartzii. However, Schriebl yearbyen (Eurola & Hakala 1977: Table 6), (1991: 467,469, 473, 483, Icon 6) postulates that Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), Smeer P. jensenii has dentate leaves with long fragile enburg (Lindberg 1867). Klovningen (Livesay commune var. humile), Long hairpoint, and that the end cells of the leaf lameI 1870), Amsterdamøya and nearby mainland, and lae are shallowly grooved or platelike; he culti-' Edlundfjellet at the E side of Spitsbergen (Berg vated taxa of P. commune 5.1., and treated P. gren 1875). [A specimen from the last locality commune, P. perigoniale, P. uliginosum and his includes only elongate (to 15 cm long, both gracile P. jensenii as different speeies. We have studied and more robust) plants of P. alpinum var. fragile . type material of both P. jensenii (C, holotype) leg. Malmgren 1874 (0).1 Collected at Bjørnøya A. A. FRlSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 108 (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell, T. Engelskjøn and O. Storrnyra at the N side of Van Mijenfjorden; Kue Skifte 1983), Berzeliusdalen in Van Mijenfjorden (1973a) was right in supposing that this referred (OULU, leg. S. Eurola), Fuglefjella W of Bjørn to P. algidum (OULU, 5 specimens colleeted by dalen, Adventdalen, Idodalen in Dieksonfjorden, Eurola). Listed from Svalbard by Long (1985) Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.), and Kapp Wil whose source (pers. eomm.) was Steere (1978), liam by Svenskegattet (TRH, leg. O.l. Rønning). but we do not know his source or any eertain Exsieeate specimens from Hornsund (No. 16 and 70, TRIl) distributed as Polytrichastrum alpinum (Bednarek-Ochyra et al. 1987) are P. jensenii. So primary literary record of the species. Two her barium speeimens collected in NordaustIandet by A.H. Neilson in 1966 exist (O, det. Frisvoll), far it is therefore known only from Bjørnøya and from Duvefjorden (Godfreybukta, low wet area the whole western part of Spitsbergen inc\uding above river) and Rijpfjorden (Polarjomyra, well adjacent islands. developed bog) (Frisvoll & Blom 1993). In 1977 collected at six sites in Adventdalen, from Dam Polytrichum juniperinum myra at the lower part of the valley to the side Hedw. valley Arnicadalen; one of the specimens is a Probably rather rare; regarding previous reports of this (and the next) speeies prior to 1970, see Kue ( 1973a), who thinks that ". .. it has prob ably with been frequently eonfused other speeies . .. . ".See also P. strictum. mixture of P. swartzii and P. jensenii (Frisvoll unpubl.). Prasanthus suecicus ( Go tt. ) Lindb. Reported by Rejment-Grochowska (1967) from Polytrichum strictum Rotjesfjellet in Hornsund, by Karczmarz & Swi s Brid. (1990a) from Recherchefjorden W, and by ArnelI Common. Not found on Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875: 74, as P. juniperillum var.), who did not report P. juniperinum S.str. from Svalbard at all. Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 221 ) reported P. juniperinum from Bjørnøya and did not mention P. strictum. The former is aecepted from there; but the report may refer to the latter, whieh is the commoner of the two in the arctic. Polytrichum swartzii (in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959) from K ongs fjorden (four sites), Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya. Colleeted in Adventdalen (tap of Hallwylfjellet), Kongsfjorden (Sherdalfjellet and Brøggerfjellet), Bockfjorden (top of Trolltind ane) and Liefdefjorden (in front of Albertbreen) (Frisvoll unpubL). '"Certainly overlooked by earlier collectors. .. ." (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Hartm. Svalbard specimens of P. swartzii S.l. are from I lS cm long; the end cells of the leaf lamellae are thin-walled and flat-topped or shallowly grooved, and usually much broader than tall, many of the end cells are paired and somewhat irregular, and in side view they are flat or slightly crenate without the papillae-like thickenings of P. commune s.1. (cf. Long 1985). We have studied an isotype of P. algidum I. Hag. & C. Jens. ("østgrønland: Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees Schuster (1992) distinguishes between a tem perate-boreal dioicous taxon, ssp. quadrala, and a subarctic-arctie autoieous taxon, ssp. hyper borea Schust. The Svalbard belongs to ssp. hyperborea. Jf plant 50, probably Preissia com mutata var. minor-arctica Berggr. described from Nordfjorden is its only known synonym (see al50 Lindberg & ArnelI 1889). Scoresby-Sund, Søbred paa Kobberpynten, 750 Fod o. H., 5-1892 leg. N. Harz" , TRH). which is very similar to the Svalbard specimens. This is Pseudocalliergon angustifoliwn Hedenas perhaps the correct name of the arctic taxon, Recently deseribed and reported from Fenno because the type of P. swartzii from the lowland scandia and the Kola peninsula (Bedenas 1992). in S Sweden (Stockholm) is stated to have serrate leaves and isodiametric end eells (Ls.) of the lamellae (Lang 1985). Eurola (197l a) reported P. commune cf. var. jensenii from the fen A specimen from the outlet brook of Avtjønna at the N coast of Bjørnøya proved to be this species (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell. T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte 1983, det L. Hedenas 1994). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 109 Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (Lindb.) Hedenas Psilopilum cavifolium (Wils.) I. Hag. Reported in a wide sense as Drepanocladus lyco Kobbefjorden and Parryøya (Hagen 1914, as P. podioides, partly as f. brevifolius, from numerous localities on Svalbard (see Kue 1973a). The genus Pseudocalliergon was monographed by Hedenas (1992); P. brevifoiium is an arctic species unknown from the Norwegian mainland, while P. First reported from Isfjorden, Adventfjorden, lschuctschicum; cf. Kuc 1973a), and later from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a, as P. laevigatum vaL), Bohemanftya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), and SW Barentsøya and NW Edgeøya (Philippi 1973). Martensson (in Arnell & Martensson 1959) ten lycopodioides is non-arctic. Drepanocladus lati tatively used the name about material from folius (cf. Kuc 1973a: 440) is a synoym of P. Kongsfjorden. brevifolium (Hedenas 1992). Adventdalen Collected and at Longyearbyen, Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll unpubL). Both P. cavifolium and P. laevigatum are arctic and prefer open siliceous mineral soll. PseudoleskeelIa rupestris (Berggr.) Hedenas & Soderstr. First reported by Berggren (1875: 75, as Pseudo H They definitively behave as separate species on Svalbard (see comments by Amell & Martensson 1959: Kuc 1963a). leskea catenulata var. rupestris (Leskea rupestris Berggr. )"). It has been confused with P. nervosa o and o P. catenulata. Its taxonmy was c\arified by Wilson & Norris (1989, as P. sibirica), and its nomenclature by Hedenas & Soderstrom (1991). The PseudoleskeelIa species are frequent in bird Psilopilum laevigatum (Wahlenb.) Lindb. This is the commoner of the two Psilopi/um species, see P. cavifolium. Berggren (1875: 23, 29-3U) also used the name P. arcticum. eliffs and other manured sites. This species has presurnably been reported from Russøyane in Murchisonfjorden at Nordaustlandet, Kvalpyn Racomitrium canescens (Hedw.) Brid. catenulatum; Berggren 1875, as Pseudoleskea cat sites on rather dry substrates, possibly avoiding ten at Edgeøya SW (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum enu!ata), Barentsøya SWjEdgeøya NW (Philippi 1973, as LeskeelIa nervosa), and otherwise from Bjørnøya and the W and N side of Spitsbergen (see Kuc 1973a, as Leskea catenulata and L. ner vosa). A common plant typical of unstable or gravelly granitic, quartzitic and limestone rocks like its relative R. ericoides (Elvebakk 1984). On Sval bard it occurs only as ssp. latifolium (C. Jens.) Frisv.. the epithet has previously been used about material from Castrenøya by Berggren (1875: 24, as var. latifoUum Berggr. nom. nud. which may refer to R. panschii). The distribution of all Racomitrium species on Svalbard was mapped by PseudoleskeelIa fectorum (Brid.) Broth. Berggren (1875: 76, as Pseudoleskea) probably Frisvoll (1983c). reported close tufts or mixed stands of this species and P. rupestris (as Pseudoleskea catenu/ata) from Bjørnøya and Kobbefjorden at Danskøya. Mår tensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) treated P. tectorum within his LeskeelIa nervosa; he Racomitrium fasciculare (Hedw.) Brid. Known from Bjørnøya, Sørkapp Land E, Hornsund, and a few localities at Spitsbergen NW described the great variation of the Kongsfjorden (Krossfjorden, Danskøya. Amsterdamøya) and material of the collective taxon, but was unwilling Nordaustlandet N (Nordkapp, Parryøya) (Kuc to recognise more than one species. Recent taxo 1963a. b; FrisvoIl 1983c). Recently reported from nomic work (Wilson & Norris 1989) and more Recherchefjorden W (Karczmarz & Swies 1990a), specimens from the area have shown that he had Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & two species, viz. P. tectorum and P. rupestris. It Karczmarz 1991b), and Berzeliusdalen at the N appears that P. tectorum are reported only from side of Van Mijenfjorden (Elvebakk et al. 1987). Bjørnøya and the W and N side of Spitsbergen The species is characteristic of wet surfaces of (but see Philippi 1973, in comment on LeskeelIa nervosa from Barentsøya SWjEdgeøya NW). strongly acidic rocks and gravel, and the habitat requirements probably delimit its distribution on 110 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. EL VEBAKK Svalbard. The plants may be nearly unbranehed roearpous (cf. Berggren 1875). Reported from Bjørnøya mosses In favourable localities. (Engelskjøn 1986), Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1994b), Bellsund (Lind berg 1867) and more preeisely Midterhuken at Racomitrium lanuginosum (Hedw.) Brid. ane of the most common bryophytes on Svalbard forming dense carpets in humic, siliceous areas on stable substrates. Known from all districts Bellsund (Eurola & Hakala 1977: Table 2), Fug lehuken (A. Elvebakk unpubl.) and Krossfjorden (Frisvoll & Blom 1993). Evidently favoured by or dependent on bird manuring. including the outlying Bjørnøya, Hopen. Kong Karls Land and Kvitøya. Frisvoll (l983c) reported on a mixed stand between normally greyish plants and plants where the otherwise hyaline part of Saelania glaucescens (Hedw.) Broth. Reported from Bellsund by Vahl in Lindblom the !eaf was chlorophyllous. In moist habitats the (1840, as Didymodon; regarding the locality see leat hairpoint is often strongly reduced. Lindberg 1867: 537. as Triehostomum) and not found again until reported by Frisvoll (1981a) from numerous localities in the Isfjorden area, Racomitrium panschii (C. Mull.) Kindb. A cireumarctic species that has not been found in Kongsfjorden and Liefdefjorden, and by Kobay ashi et al. (1990: Table 4) from Bohemanflya. mainland Europe. So far not known from Bjørn øya. Spitsbergen south of Van Mijenfjorden. NW Spitsbergen from north of Isfjorden to Raud Sanionia nivalis Hedenas fjorden, Edgeøya, or Kong Karls Land (Frisvoll A recently described snow bed speeies reported 1983c). Its eeology is similar to that of R. eane from Prins Karls Forland and Reinsdyrflya (Hede seens, and they often grow together or in mixed nas 1989a), and also known from Grønfjorden, stands. Breinosa in Adventdalen, Danskøya, Bock fjorden, Fosterneset at the mouth of Sorgfjorden , Brennevinsfjorden and Duvefjorden (L. Hedenas Racomitrium sudeticum (Fu nek) Brueh & pers. comm.). Sehimp. Colleeted twiee from temporarily percolated quartzitic rocks at the base of the mountain Miseryfjellet on Bjørnøya in 1868 (Berggren 1875; see als o Frisvoll 1983c). This is the north ernmost known localities in the world for any species in the R. heterostichum group (Frisvoll 1988). Reported from ridge vegetation at Dyre vika in Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992: Weg ener 1993); the material (sent by L. B. Jacobsen) is sparse and was, unfortunately, first thought to be correctly named, but a reexamination revealed Sanionia orthothecioides (Lindb.) Loeske Widely distributed along coasts, and recently reported and confirmed from Bjørnøya, Signe hamna in Krossfjorden, Danskøya (Iectotype locality) and Parryøya (Hedenas 1989a). Also verified from other main parts of Svalbard except Spitsbergen E, Barentsøya, Hopen, Kong Karls Land and Kvitøya (ca. 45 specimens studied, L. Hedenas pers. comrn.). Previous reports of Dre panocladus uncinatus var. subjulaeeus (see Kue that it belongs to the genus Schistidium. 1973a) may refer to this speeies. Hagen's (1908) Rhizomnium andrewsianum (Steere) T. panocladus lmcinatus f. foenus Kop. this speeies (Hedenas 1989a; see also Dixon 1912, Hypnum uneinatum var. faeneum (regarding pre vious Svalbard reports see Kue 1973a, as Dre See OR. p seudopunetatum and oR. punetatum. !) is probably also in comment on Hypnum uncinatum). We have seen a nice specimen of mixed S. orthothecioides and S. uncinata from Sørkapp (TRaM, leg. S. Kristoffersen 1930), and mixed stands between Rhytidiadelphus squarrosus (Hedw.) the two are probably frequent. They were re Warnst. A rare ported already by Berggren (1875: 25, 27, 86): speeies growing among other pleu "Hypnum uncinatum var. orthothecioides. A catalogue ot Sualbard planIs. tungi. algae and cyanobacteria massenhaft, oft untermischt mit der Hauptform von H. uncinatum .... . 111 Scapania curta (Mart.) Dum. First mentioned by Berggren (1875) from sandy " soil at Adventfjorden, but this is S. cuspiduligera according to Amell & Mårtensson (1959; see however also ArneIl1922). Reported from Bjørn Sanionia uncinata (Hedw.) Loeske Common. According to Kuc (1963a, 1973a, as Drepanocladus) eleven varieties and forms of this species grow on Svalbard. But the ubiquitous S, uncinata is easily modified by the habitat. and the size of the plants and falcateness of the leaves are given no taxonomic value by Hedenas (1989a: 407). Some very tiny plants from dry habitats may have a weak costa and unplicate leaves. On the basis of this morph Berggren (1875, as Hypnum) described var, gracillimum, but the name is placed in synonymy of the main speeies by Hedenas (1989a). Some reports of subordinate names may øya and Bohemanneset (Watson 1922; Sum merhayes & Elton 1923: 226, 252), Dunøyane at the mouth of Hornsund where it formed brown tufts on the peat (Rejment-Grochowska 1967), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991 b), Ossian Sarsfjellet in Kongs fjorden (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959), and Kong Karls Land (AmeIl 1900, as Martinellia). Philippi (1973) mentions S. curta in his discussion of the variation of S. irrigua at SW Barentsøya, NW E dgeøya and Agardhbukta. Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) reported four speeies of Sect. Curtae (sensu Arnell 1956), viz. S. calcicola, S. refer to S, nivalis and, especially, to the common curta, S. mucronata (as S. praetervisa) and S. S. orthothecioides, parvifolia, and Swic:s & Karczmarz (1991b) reported oS. scandica. A restudy of the Svalbard material of these taxa is strongly needed. Sauteria alpina (Nees) Nees The first reports of Athalamia hyalina (as Mar chantia or Sauteria) from Svalbard refer to S. alpina: "Beeren Eiland (1827, M. Keilhau; 1868, Sv. Berggren). Spitsbergia, plur. locis (1861, A.J. Malmgren; 1868, Sv. Berggren)," (Lindberg 1882). A characteristic and common speeies of late alkaline snowbeds (Elvebakk 1985), and often present in large quantities. See also Atha lamla hyalina. Scapania cuspiduligera (Nees) K. Miill. Reported from Bjørnøya and Grønfjorden (Berg gren 1875. as S. bartlingii). Adventfjorden (Pers son 1942). Smeerenburg and Magdalenefjorden (Lindberg 1867, as S. bartlingii var. elongata n, var. and var. obtusata). and collected at Kapp Wijk (severai sites), Kongsfjorden and Bock fjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also S. curta. Scapania gymnostomophila Kaal. Scapania calcicola (H. Am. & J. Perss.) Ingham Reported from two localities in Kongsfjorden (Prins Heinrichøya and Blomstrandhalvøya) by Arnell (in Amell & Mårtensson 1959). Damsholt Reported from Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) and Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk) in the Isfjorden area (Frisvoll & Blom 1993), and from Kongsfjorden (Blomstrandhalvøya) (Arnell 1959). & Mårtensson & Long (1979) made the combination S. calcicola ssp. ligulifolia (Schust.) Damsh. & Long (based on the neoarctic S. ligulifolia (Schust.) Schust.) Scapania hyperborea Jørg. and presented a distribution map of the collective Reported from Bjørnøya, and Grønfjorden on species. The above Svalbard report was kept in Spitsbergen by Arnell (1922, specimens collected ssp. calcicola as its only arctic occurrence. Duell by Berggren in 1868). Listed from Svalbard by (1983) listed ssp. ligulifolia from Svalbard, Jørgensen (1934). Reported from one locality at whereas ssp. calcicola was included from there Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967), the fen with a question mark. It seems that the above Storrnyra (Eurola 1971a: Table decisions were taken without studying the Sval (Hadac 1989) in Van Mijenfjorden, Kongsfjorden bard material, and this should evidently be done. (Persson 1942; Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) and l) and Vassdalen A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 112 Magdalenefjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). Many authors treat S. praetervisa as a subspecies and Barentsøya/Edgeøya,! of S. mucronata. Until the Svalbard material has Agardhbukta as a possible part of a collective been restudied we believe that only one of the mentioned from S. irrigua by Philippi (1973). In Greenland S. two is present there. Some of the old reports of hyperborea is "plastic and difficult to comprc S. curta probably also belong here. hend". and "for this reason we treat speeies . . . in terms of 'helvetica', 'hyperborea', and the 'kaurinii', 'paludicola-degenii' pheno types." Schuster & Damsholt (1974). See also S. kaurinii. Scapania obcordata (Berggr.) Described by Berggren (1875, as Sarcoscyphus) based on material from Bjørnøya, Isfjorden, Brennevinsfjorden Reported from Bjørnøya (Watson 1922; Sum merhayes & Elton 1923: 226), two localities at Hornsund 1967), (Rejment-Grochowska Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a), Vassda len in Van Mijenfjorden (Hadac 1989), Bjørn dalen (Eurola 1968: 27), Gluudneset in Kongs (Brattbakk et al. burg (Lindberg 1867, as y. and Nordkapp. Later reported from many sites at Hornsund (Rejment Scapania irrigua (Nees) Nees fjorden S. Am. 1978), Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a), Recherchefjorden W (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a). Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden and Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989), and Longyear byen, Ny-Ålesund and Magdalenefjorden (Amell & Mårtensson 1959). Smeeren globulifera *pur purascens; see also Arnell 1922), and in a wide sense inc!uding S. curta and S. hyperborea from Agardhbukta and many sites at Edgeøya and Barentsøya (Philippi 1973). Subspecies rufescens (Loeske) Schust. is not mentioned by the above authors (see, however. Lindberg's name), but since it is the com mon arctic taxon it may be the most frequent or only Svalbard representative of Scapania paludicola (K. MillI.) K. MillI. Reported from Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967), Storrnyra (Eurola 1971a) and Vass dalen (Hadac 1989) in Van Mijenfjorden, Bohem anflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990: Table 8), and Smeerenburg (Arnell 1922, first report based on a specimen collected in 1861 by Malmgren). Co1lected from Adventdalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). the aggregate species. Scapania parvifolia Warnst. Reported from Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya Scapania kaurinii Ryan Listed from 'Spitzbergen' by Muller (1954-1957): his possibJe primary source is unknown. Reported from Dunøyane Hornsund from and Torbjørnsenfjellet (Rejment-Grochowska Kongsfjorden, at 1967), and Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya (Arnell & Martensson 1959). Ecads of by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) as HA rather robust somewhat atypical form", and the speci mens should therefore be restudied. Scapania simmonsii Bryhn from & "Spitsbergen Kaal. S. hyperborea (its "kaurinii" phase or "kaurinii Reported syndrome") may sometimes be very similar to this affirm. H. Buch)" by Buch (1933) without further (det. Kaalaas, species (Schuster 1974: 493 and Fig. 404: 9-10, geographical information. The species has an arc 1988: 149). tic distribution, and the only record from Fenno scandia is from the Petchenga area in the NW part of the Kola peninsula in Russia (Buch 1933; Scapania mucronata Buch ArneU 1956). Reported from Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden (Hadac 1989) and Russekeila (Hagen 1952), and listed from 'Spitzbergen' by Muller (1954-1957). Scapania spitsbergensis (Lindb.) K. Milli. Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) reported Reported S. praetervisa Meyl. from Kongsfjorden and dis (Rejment-Grochowska cussed its taxonomic status versus S. mueronata. Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992, n o material from one locality at 1967), Stuphallet Hornsund in A catalogue of Svalbard planIs. fungi. algae and cyanobacteria 113 kept, pers. comm. L. B. Jacobsen), Kongsfjorden Brøggerhalvøya, Kongsfjorden and Boekfjorden and Danskøya (AmelI & Martensson 1959), and (Blom 1996). Amsterdamøya (Lindberg in Lindberg & Amell 1889, as Martine/lia, described on the basis of material collected by Berggren at Smeerenburg in 1868). See also oS. nemorea and Diplophyllum albicans. Schistidium grandirete Blom Frequent. Reported from Hornsund, Adventfjor den, Nordfjorden, BrØggerhalvøya and Bar entsøya (Blom 1996). Scapania subalpina (Lindenb.) Dum. Reported from "'the acidophil substratum on the E. slopes of Rotjesfj" in Hornsund by Rejment Groehowska (1967), and from Bellsund S by Karezmarz & SwifYs (1989a). Schistidium holmenianum Steere & Brassard Rare (Blom, pers. eomm.). Frahm (1977) stated that in Kongsfjorden the eeology of his S. strictum was strikingly similar to that of the recently deseribed S. holmenianum from the neoaretie (Steere & Brassard 1976). See also oS. and Scapania tundrae (H. Am.) Buch reaeopsis. Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: 63-64), Hornsund (Rejment-Gro chowska 1967; Eurola 1968: 30), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & SwifYs 1989a), Russekeila (Eurola 1968: 22), Grønfjorden [Buch 1928, based on Berggren 's Musci Spetsbergenses Exsiccati no. 171 (H, as S. undulata), specimen eolleeted in 1868; Jørgensen Magdalenefjorden 1934] and and Kongsfjorden, Danskøya (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Schistidium maritimum (Turn.) Bruch & Schimp. A southern species reported from maritime c1iffs at Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875; Engelskjøn 1986), and from Isfjord Radio (Frahm 1977, Elvebakk unpubl.). Engelskjøn's material from Bjørnøya belongs to spp. maritimum and ssp. piliferum (L Hag.) B. Bremer (TROM, H. H. Blom pers. eomm), whereas material from Spitsbergen belongs to ssp. piliferum (Bremer 1980). Scapania uliginosa (Lindenb.) Dum. Reported from Mosselbukta at the mouth of Wijdefjorden at 79°52'N by Ekman (1993, speci men in S, conf. det. K. Damsholt). Until this find was made its northem most loeality was Thule in NW Greenland at 76°32'N (Schuster & Damsholt 1974). Schistidium papillosum Culm. This is the correet name of the eommon Svalbard plant previously referred to as Grimmia gracilis Schwaegr. or S. strictum (Turn.) T. Kop. & lsov. (Blom 1996). Schistidium frigidum Blom Schistidium pulchrum Blom Common, as shown in a recent monograph of Rare. So far it is the only speeies of the Schis the Schistidium apocarpum group (Blom 1996). °Schistidium apocarpum (Hedw.) Brueh & Sehimp. has been reported as eommon through out the archipelago (see Kue 1973a, as Grimmia), tidium apocarpum group known from Bjørnøya (TROM, leg. T. Engelskjøn 1983). Also reported from NY-Ålesund and Kollerfjorden (Blom 1996). but it does not grow there. Schistidium rivulare (Brid.) Podp. Schistidium frisvollianum Blom "Common throughout the archipelago" 1973a, as Cirimmia a/picola). Bremer (Kue (1980) Common in bird c1iffs. Reported from Hornsund, referred the Svalbard speeimens to ssp. lalifolium Adventdalen, (Zett.) B. Bremer. Nordfjorden, Dicksonfjorden, A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 114 Scorpidium scorpioides (Hedw.) Limpr. Schistidium submuticum Blom Ssp. arcticum Blom is known from Stuphallet at the south side of Kongsfjorden (leg. A. A. Frisvoll 1974). Regarding previous reports, see Kuc (1973a). At Storvatnet by NY-Ålesund a mixed stand between typically falcate and julaceous straight-leaved plants has been found (leg. A. A. Frisvoll 1974, see Hedenas 1989b: 17). Schistidium tenerum (Zett.) Nyh. Widespread. It is almost never found fertile, but plants with sporophytes have been collected at Ole Bansenkammen in Krossfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.; Blom 1996, Fig. 86K). Seligeria diversifolia Lindb. Reported from three localities at Ekmanfjorden and Dicksonfjorden (FrisvoIl 1981a). The species has a disjunct occurrence in Europe and N Amer ica, which has been explained by the distribution Schistidium umbrosum (Zett.) Blom of the ice sheets during the glaciations (Vitt 1976; Bedderson & Brassard 1992). Rare. Known from Ekmanfjorden, Krossfjorden and Bockfjorden (Blom 1996). Seligeria oelandica C. Jens, & Medel. Reported Schistidium venetum Blom from Dicksonfjorden (see S. tristichoides ) , Kongsfjorden (Ochyra 1991, leg. Only found at Blomesletta in Ekmanfjorden (Blom 1996, leg. A. A. Frisvoll 1973). Schafer 1922), and the hot springs at Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d). A phytogeographically inter esting species otherwise known from Greenland, NW North America (Alaska, Yukon, W part of Scorpidium cossonii (Schimp.) Hedenas Reported from numerous localities (see Kuc the North West Territories), Siberia (Chukots Peninsula), N and S Sweden, Norway (Troms: Signaldalen, L. Bedenas pers. comm; Gud 1973a, as Drepanacladus intermedius). It is much brandsdalen), Ireland, Slovakia and Switzerland two species were thoroughly described and at the 1987; Ochyra 1991). commoner on Svalbard than S. revalvens. The same time transferred to the genus Scorpidium (Coker 1983; Frisvoll 1978d; Gos 1993; Nyholm by Hedenas (1989b). This placing has not been universally accepted (see e.g. Anderson et al. 1990, as Limprichtia ) . Seligeria polaris Berggr. Collected in 1868 and mentioned by Berggren (1873) as 'a new BUndia with curved seta'. When Scorpidium revolvens (Anon.) Rubers Probably widespread and certainly most frequent described (Berggren 1875) reported from the type localities in Grønfjorden, Adventfjorden, Nord fjorden, St. Jonsfjorden and Liefdefjorden, and in the less calcareous districts (see e. g. Boinska characterised as "Eine der schonsten Zierden der & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986, as Drepanocladus ) , as Moosfiora dieses Polarlandes" . Not found again opposed to S. until about 100 years later when Philippi (1973) cossonii which is a calcareous species (cf. the study from N Sweden by Kooijman and Heinemeijer (1979) reported it from one & Bedenas 1991). The status of S. revolvens on locality at Barentsøya and Edgeøya, respectively. Svalbard is insufficiently known, because most At the same time (1973-1977) collected at many authors have treated it in a collective sense. It has localities from about sea leve! to 300 m a.s.l., been collected from mixed stands with S. cossonii in at Adventdalen (Frisvoll, unpubl.). Dicksonfjorden See also Adventdalen, Billefjorden, (Idodalen) report of mixed material from Canada by Persson (Frisvoll un publ.). & Sjørs (1960, in comment on Drepanocladus Chamberlindalen inte rmedius). & Karczmarz 1991b). and Nordfjorden, Kongsfjorden The latest report is from in Recherchefjorden (Swi s A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria Seligeria tristichoides Listed from Kindb. 'Spitzbergen' 115 Taymyr peninsula in Siberia (Flatberg & Frisvoll by Monkemeyer (1927). According to Ochyra (1991) the report 1984b), and the species is of special phyto geographical interest. was based on specimens collected in Kongs fjorden by Schafer in 1922, and the material he saw (LE, S) was referred to S. oelandica. Mår tensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) studied a fertile specimen (same locality and collector, UPS), which he referred to S. tristichoides although ". . . . the plants are more slender and less rigid than the S. tristichoides I know from the Sphagnum balticum (Russ.) C. Jens. Known from Van Mijenfjorden, Colesbukta in Isfjorden, and Hamburgbukta and Magdalene fjorden at Spitsbergen NW (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). Scandes." (see Mårtensson 1956). Specimens with much ripe sporophytes have been reported from between Trollfuglfjella Dicksonfjorden and Tolmodryggen in (Frisvoll 1981a, mixed with Lophozia hyperarctica) and collected at Kongs Sphagnumfimbriatum Known from Van Wils. & J. D. Hook. Mijenfjorden, Isfjorden, Magdalenefjorden, Edlundfjellet at Spitsbergen fjorden (Steinflåstupet, 1974) (Frisvoll unpubl.). E, Edgeøya NW and Kongsøya at Kong Karls The shoots are quite three-ranked; the caps ules Land (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; Serebryannyy are ovate or globular with a well-developed peri et al. 1985). Probably also correctly reported from storne; the spores are j: 20 11m. In Dicksonfjorden Barentsøya S (Philippi 1973). The Svalbard it grew mixed with S. oelandica, which differs material belongs to ssp. concinnum (Berggr.) in its wide-mouthed capsule, short and obtuse Flatb. & Frisv. peristome teeth, and large spores (25-30 11m). See also Philippi (1973: 11, in comment on S. polaris) regarding notes on the spore size of Seli geria species and on one more specimen (B) col Sphagnum girgensohnii Russ. Known lected in Kongsfjorden by Schafer. from Van Mijenfjorden, S side of Isfjorden, scattered localities at NW Spitsbergen Sphagnum aongstroemii (Kongsfjorden, C. Hartm. Hamburgbukta, Magdalene fjorden, Smeerenburg, Bockfjorden, Wijdefjor On ly known from Nordenskiold Land (the area or peninsula between Van Mijenfjorden and Is fjorden) (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; Hadac 1989: Table 6, 8, 9). Probably due to both edaphic and den), Birddalen at Laponiahalvøya on Nordaust landet (second northernmost Sphagnum locality in the world), and Edgeøya NW (Flatberg & Fris voll 1984a). climatic reasons, the high frequency of Sphagnum species is particularly characteristic of moss tun dra and wet vegetation types in this area. Dis tribution maps, descriptions, and a key to ten Sphagnum species on Svalbard have been pre sented by Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a). Since then, two new species (S. olafii and S. tundrae) have been described, and S. riparium has been reported and confirmed from Bjørnøya. Sphagnum arcticum Sphagnum lindbergii Lindb. Only known from some localities on Bjørnøya and two near-by localities on Spitsbergen (Van Mijenfjorden: Vengsletthytta and Vassdalen) (Berggren 1875; Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; Eng elskjøn 1986; Hadac 1989: 141). It belongs to a southern bryoelement on Svalbard. Flatb. & Frisv. Described by Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a, b), and Sphagnum obtusum Warnst. only known from Nordenskiold Land. Except for A rare species only known from Nordenskiold Svalbard, S. Land (two localities at the N side of Van Mijen arcticum is reported from many localities in Greenland (Lange 1993), Alaska fjorden, Colesbukta at the S side of Isfjorden, (widespread) and five sites in the Canadian arctic and Adventdalen) (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; (Andrus et al. 1992: Fig 1c), and one at the K.r. Flatberg pers. comm.). 116 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK from Grønfjorden. Colesbukta, Bjørndalen. and Sphagnum olajii Flatb. Described by Flatberg (1993) and reported from the S side of Isfjorden (Colesbukta. Bjørndalen, Longyeardalen and Bolterdalen). It seems to be a '.!\IordenskiOld Land species' and is probably present also at the N side of Van Mijenfjorde It is most related to S. arcticum, and grows ? m tundra mire of somewhat sloping terrain, where it forms small mats and low humrnoeks. Reports from Colesbukta (Berggren 1875, as S. recurIJum var. riparium) and Storrnyra in Van Mijenfjorden (Eurola 1971a: Tab. 1) refer to S. (Flatberg & Todalen and Bolterdalen) on Svalbard, and from one locality in Alaska. Like S. olafii it seems to be a 'Nordenskiold Land speeies' which will probably be found also at the N side of Van Mijenfjorden. It is most related to S. teres. It grows in less eutrophic tundra habitats and is favoured by a constant supply of ground water. Sphagnum wamscorfii Russ. Sphagnum riparium Angstr. obtusllm three side valleys off Adventdalen (Endalen, Frisvoll 1984a). Later reported from Reindalen (Serebryannyy et. al. Known from Van Mijenfjorden, Isfjorden and Dyrevika in Kongsfjorden. "We unlikely that other red-pigmented consider it Acutifolia species will be found in Svalbard." (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). 1985) and Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986: 98, 101). We have seen two duplicates of a correctly named specimen from Bjørnøya collected in 1983 (TROM; det. B. Lange, conf. K. L Flatberg). The material of the Reindalen report is in need of confirmation. Splachnum vasculosum Hedw. Common (see Kuc 1973a). Frahm (1977) reported a mixed stand from Isfjordflya, with the typical ecad and a plant with longer and paler seta and narrower paler apophysis. The two appeared to be well-separated taxa. Brassard (1971b) dis Sphagnum squarrosum Crome tinguished between var. IJasculosum and var. het This is the most common Sphagnum on Svalbard, erophyllwn and it is partly dominant in certain 'mire' types on siliceous substrates, mainly in continental areas (Rønning 1961; Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). The Nordkapp locality on Chermsideøya (N of .!\Iord austlandet), discovered by Berggren in 1868, is of special interest as it is the northernmost Sphag (Hook.) Brassard, and most specimens from the Canadian tundra and all from the arctic islands were referred to the latter variety. It was distinguished from var. vasculosum by its shorter seta. narrower apophysis and more pointed leaves. The Svalbard material should be restudied in the light of these alleged differences. num loeality in the world. There it grew. rather surprisingly, Han (Berggren 1875). feuehten Bergabhangen." Stegonia latifofia (Schwaegr.) Broth. Reported from one locality at Hornsund (Kue 1963a), SW Spitsbergen and Sorgfjorden (Lind berg Sphagnum leres (Schimp.) Angstr. Known from Nordenskiold Land and one locality at Dicksonfjorden (S side of Heimenfjellet ) (FIat berg & Frisvoll 1984a; Serebryannyy et al. 1985; Hadac 1989: Table 9). Also reported from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi;;:s 1988. 1989a), Chamberlindalen in Reeherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b) and Edgeøya .!\IW (Heine meijer 1979. cf. Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). 1862. Bellsund S as Pottia; (Swi s 1867, & as Anacalypta). Karczmarz 1993), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b, as Pottia). Adventfjorden and Lomfjorden (Berggren 1875, as Pottia), Tem pelfjellet in Tempelfjorden (Persson 1942, as var. pili/era), Isfjordflya, upper part of Adventdalen and NV-Ålesund (Frahm 1977), and SW Barents øya CPhilippi 1973). Collected at Billefjorden , Nordfjorden, Dieksonfjorden. Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta). Krossfjorden and Liefdefjorden Sphagnum tundrae Flatb. Recently described (Flatberg 1994) and reported (Frisvoll unpubl.). Var. pili/era was treated as a species by Steere (1978, as S. pili/era (Dicks.) Crum et al.); the taxon seems to be rare on A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Svalbard (known from Sassenfjorden, Ekman fjorden and Kongsfjorden). 117 Tetraplodon pallidus I. Hag. First collected at Heelahamna in Sorgfjorden dur ing W.E. Parry's expedition in 1827, and named Splachnum adamsianum (Hooker 1828; Frisvoll Syntrichia norvegiea Web. 1978d: 244). Reported from Isfjordflya, Long Reported (as Tortula) from Bjørnøya (Berggren yearbyen and Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), and 1875; Engelskjøn 1986; see also Amell & Mår from Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978c, one locality) tensson 1959, Hornsund in (Kue comment 1963a, as on T. T. ruralis), and the Liefdefjorden/Reinsdyrftya area (Frisvoll var.), 1978c, nine localities; Dahle 1983a). Collected by rura/is Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s Rijpelva in Rijpfjorden (O, leg. A.H. Neilson). & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlindalen in A speeimen labelIed "Kingsbay 1861, Malmgren" Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), (O) is of particular interest. At that time the Billefjorden (Dobbs 1 939: 134), Forlandsundet reindeer was common in Kongsfjorden, but later (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982: Table 8; it was eradicated there, and no other herbarium Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986), Bockfjorden speeimen of T. pallidus from the thoroughly inves (Frisvoll 1978d: 126), and Wijdefjorden (Sum tigated area was known (see inter aHa Arnell & merhayes & Elton 1928: 247). Mårtensson 1959, in comment on T. mnioides). In 1978 a small reindeer population was rees tabHshed in the area as a part of the MAB project (0ritsland & Alendal 1986), and the population Tayloria acuminata Hornsch. Only reported from bird eliffs in the Kongs fjorden/Krossfjorden area (Frisvoll 1978d). Also collected at Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk and Tscher makfjellet, Frisvoll unpubl.). In mainland Nor increased to near 300 individuals in 1991 (Weg ener et al. 1992). In 1993 T. pallidus was refound a few places at Brøggerhalvøya on reindeer drop pings (Elvebakk unpubl.). way it is only known from a few localities in the central continental parts (Frisvoll 1978b). and from the bird e1iff Syltefjordstauren in Båtsfjord, Tetraplodon paradoxus (R. Brown) I. Hag. Finnmark (Sortland 1989). The arctic and sub Also collected at Heclahamna in 1827 (see T. arctic occurrences are usually associated with bird pallidus): "Amongst specimens of this moss gath cliffs, but the Kapp Wijk locality was at a hum ered by Captain J.c. Ross, in the same tuft, ... mock in a Hat wetland area. However, such sites are stems upon longer stalks, bearing capsules are often used as bird perches and therefore without operculum manured. which the separation between capsule and opercu T. paradoxusJ; others, in lum is marked by a distinet suture; and some, tinally, from which the operculum has fallen away, leaving exhibited the peristome, the teeth of Tayloria lingulata (Dicks.) Lindb. Reported from Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990: 56) and from seven localities in Kongs fjorden. Liefdefjorden and at Reinsdyrflya (Fris voIl 1978d). Also collected at Kapp Wijk in Nordfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). which are united almost to the summit in fours [= T. pallidus]." (Hooker 1828, as Splachnum adamsianum with synonym: 'S. paradoxum?') . Because of this mixing he studied their relation ship and, unfortunately. concluded as follows regarding the value of T. paradoxus: "I should, therefore, be disposed to consider the former state as a variety or monstrosity, depending upon Tetraplodon blyttii Frisv. climate. . . . I may add, that, in disseeting the This recently discribed speeies has been reported variety which possesses no distinet operculum, I from Dicksonfjorden, Kongsfjorden and Kross can tind, as may be expected, no trace whatever fjorden (FrisvollI978c). Also collected at Bjørn of peristome, although the capsules contain ripe dalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). Otherwise it is known seeds." (Actually, it has a hidden peristome, see from Swedish Frisvoll 1978c: Fig.14.) This is the first taxonomic mountains (Jonsson 1991), and Jan Mayen (Fris comment on a Svalbard bryophyte. Berggren voIl 1983a). (1875: 55) reported Splachnum paradoxum R. Br. the Norwegian mainland, the A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 118 as part of a eolleetive T. mnioides; he noted the Kongsfjorden by Wegener et al. (1992) is based key eharaeters "Kapsel braungelb" and "Deekei on nieht leieht abfallend", and another place (p. 73) known localities of he ealled it T. mnioides var. paradoxum. Saviez T. fragilis. These are by far the northernmost See also 0T. T. tortuosa. arctiea. (1924) clarified its taxonomy and reported it from Adventfjorden and Lomfjorden ["Lommebay, Beeren Eiland (Berggren)"; her quotation of 'Beeren Eiland' is eonfusing here and refers pre surnably not to Bjørnøya]. Later reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), Adventda len (Frahm 1977), 'Sassen Quarter' (Ha dac 1946), and Reinsdyrftya (Dahle 1983a). The previous or this speeies may also be present at Hornsund (see Kue 1963a, in eomment on T. mnioides). Colleeted at Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.), see also Frisvoll (1978e, d). Tortula cernua (Hiib.) Lindb. A eharaeteristie speeies in littoral vegetation, for a long time known only from one loeality at Longyearbyen (Persson 1942, as Desmatodon). Later reported from severai similar localities at Diekson Land, Liefdefjorden and Bockfjorden, and from one loeality in Adventdalen away from the sea (FrisvollI981a, as Desmatodon). In north ern Norway (see Hagen 1929) and on Svalbard this spe eies usually grows close to the sea. Thus it may belong to a group of sea shore speeies with Timmia bauarica Hessl. See inland loealities whieh have been thought to be °T. megapolitana. reliets from earlier periods with higher sea levels (Hadac 1947). Timmia comata Lindb. & H. Am. Reported as frequent and widespread at the N side of Hornsund by Kue (1963a); but only speci mens from two sites were regarded as typieal, and his eomments regarding identifieation problems indieate that it may not be so frequent. An exsie eate specimen (No. 75, TRH) from Hornsund distributed as 1: norvegiea var. exeurrens (= T. comata) (Bednarek-Oehyra et al. 1987) is T. (lUS triaea. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karezmarz (1993). Colleeted at Nordfjorden, Ido dalen and Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Tortula euryphylla Zand. Reported (as Desmatodon lati/o/ius unless other wise stated) from liornsund (Kue 1963a), SW D. latifolius var. gIacialis; the specimen was renamed D. obliquus [= Tortula leucostomaJ var. muticus by Lindberg Spitsbergen (Lindberg 1862, as 1867), Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), upper part of Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), 'Sassen Quarter' (Hadac 1946), Magdalenefjorden (Vahl in Lindblom 1840, as Triehostomum piliferum, loeality aeeording to Lindberg 1867), and Kobbe fjorden on Danskøya (Berggren 1875, eompared with Desmatodon systylius, see Tortula systylia). Timmia sibiriea Lindb. & H. Am. Colleeted at Krossfjorden (Willeberget S) and Reported from Isfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Liefde Boekfjorden (Trollkjeldene) (Frisvoll unpubl.). fjorden, Boekfjorden and Vestfjorddalen (Fris voll 1981a); it is not known from mainland Europe (Brassard 1979; Duell 1985). Tortula [aureri (Schultz) Lindb. TortelIa tortuosa (Hedw.) Limpr. Reported from a few sites at Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as Desmatodon), and from the W side of Reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875, as 1991a, 1993), the Isfjord Radio area (Hagen Colleeted 1952), and from fjorden Dryas vegetation at Kongs (Blomstrandhalvøya ), Liefdefjorden at Adventdalen Desmatodon). (Brentskardet), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta), Nordfjorden (Kon gressfjellet), Dieksonfjorden (Kapp Smith and (Wulffberget) and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll 1981a). Idodalen), The report from Dyrevika and Stuphallet in (Frisvoll unpubl.). and Kongsfjorden (Mitrahalvøya) A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Tortula leucostoma (R. Brown) Hook, & 119 a southem bryoelement on Svalbard. In mainland Norway known as far north as Troms (L. Bedenas Grev. As pointed out (Frisvoll 1981a, as Desmatodon, pers. comm.). in comment on D. systylius), this is the most frequent Svalbard taxon of the genus. Zander (1993) found "no sharp difference between tra 32 similar Only reported from near NY-Ålesund by Amen & Mårtensson (1959); we have seen a specimen • Tortula' with (Breidl. ) Loeske rami . . . and 'Desmatodon' peristomes with 16 ditional peristomes Tritomaria exsectiformis teeth eIeft to near the base", and in accordance to his treatment the genus Desmatodon is induded in Tortula (whose type species is T. subulata Bedw.). N yholm (1989) retained Desmatodon but (UPS), according to K. Damsholt (pers. comm., based on some leaves and gemmae from a few shoots) it probably belongs to ssp. exsectiformis and not ssp. arctiea Schust. referred the present species to Tortula on account of its dose similarity to °T. muralis (see that). Tortula norvegiea and T. ruraUs are treated in the genus Syntrichia (whose type species is S. ruralis). Tritomaria palita (Nees) Jørg. Reported from a few sites at Hornsund (Rejment Grochowska 1967, as Saccobasis), Bellsund S Tortula systylia Reported (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a; Swi s & Karczmarz (Schimp.) Lindb. 1991a, 1993, as Saccobasis), Chamberlindalen in (as Desmatodon) from Bellsund S Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b, as (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a), Rotundafjellet in Saccobasis), one locality in Kongsfjorden (ArnelI Billefjorden and Ossian Sarsfjellet in Kongs & Mårtensson 1959, as Saccobasis), and Nord fjorden kapp (Berggren 1875, as Jungermannia; deter (Frisvoll 1981a), and Kobbefjorden (Berggren 1875: 27, but treated as D. latifolius mination confirmed [= Tortula euryphylla] in his species catalogue, Mårtensson 1959). Also conected at Boekfjorden, by ArnelI in Amen & p. 46). It has also been eollected from bird eliffs and this specimen probably belongs to ssp. poly in the Longyearbyen area (Frisvoll unpubl.). morpha Schust. (Frisvoll unpubl.). Trichostomum arcticum Tritomaria quinquedentata Kaal. The speeies was deseribed in 1900 based on material collected at Reeherehefjorden in 1899. Grimmia spitsbergensis described by Bizot & (Huds.) Buch According to Rejment-Grochowska (1967) this is "The most common [liverwort] species in W. Svalbard, very variable, with a wide ecological Theriot (1936) is the same (see also oG. ovalis). amplitude. ... ". Watson (1922, as Lophozia) Frisvoll (1978a) mapped its distribution on Sval and Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 254, as Lopho bard. Not ineIuded there are reports from NW zia) reported f. turgida from wet and flat bogs at Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Oleeh 1990), Bellsund Bohemanneset, and ArnelI (in Arnell & Mår S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz tensson 1959) var. turgida from Kongsfjorden; 1991a, 1993), the Forlandsundet area (Boinska the taxon is now frequently given subspecific rank & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986; Kuc 1994a), and Ny (Damsholt 1982). See al50 Persson & Viereck's Ålesund and Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977, as (1983) comments on the treatment and value of T. cuspidatissimum). A few recent reports from the taxon. previously known localities are not mentioned here. Voitia hyperborea Trichostomum crispulum Grev. & Arnott Reported from Adventfjorden (coll. Bjalynitzky Bruch Birula, Savicz 1924), Adventdalen and Esker Reported from two nearby localities at Nord dalen (Frahm 1977), Adventfjorden, Nordfjor fjorden and Dicksonfjorden (W slope of Kon den and Liefdefjorden (Berggren 1875), Hec1a Frisvoll hamna in Sorgfjorden (Booker 1828, first report), (1981a). It is a limestone species and belongs to Sorgfjorden and Lomfjorden (Lindberg 1867), gressfjellet and Beimenfjellet) by A. A. FR/SVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 120 and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). Mentioned 1971: 68, as Drepanocladus), with reservation 279) when from lower Reindalen (Eurola 1971a, as Dre deseribing vegetation in Tempelfjorden, but they panocladus cf.), and Adventdalen (Frisvoll & do not seem to report it from there. Collected at Blom 1993, det. eonf. L. Hedenas). by Summerhayes & Elton (1923: Bjørndalen and Boekfjorden (inter aha Trolltin dane 1000 m a.s.I.), and also at Adventdalen and Liefdefjorden from where it was known before (Frisvoll unpubl.). See al50 Bryum algouicum. Warnstorfia tundrae Only reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as Drepanocladus Warnstorfia exannulata (Schimp,) Loeske Reported from Bjørnøya and Grønfjorden (Berg gren ]875, as Hypnum), Hornsund (Kue 1963a; 1994b), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s Karezmarz & 1991a, 1993), (H. Am.) Loeske exannulatus var.) and Kongs fjorden (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959, as Dre panocladus). Some own eolleetions indieate that it is frequent at W and N Spitsbergen, at least loeally (Frisvoll unpubl.). Colleeted at Bjørnøya by T. Engelskjøn in 1983 (TROM). Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz fjorden 1991b), Stormyra in (Eurola 1971a: Van Table 1), Mijen Reindalen (Serebryannyy et al. 1985}, Vassdalen in Van Comments on rejected species Mijenfjorden and Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989), Linnedalen (Hagen 1952, as Drepanocladus exan nulatus f. (Frahm orthophy/la), 1977, as upper D. Adventdalen var. exannulatus purpurascens), from behind Richardlaguna at Prins Karls Forland (Summerhayes & Elton]923: 243, as Hypnum), and NY-Ålesund (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). (Unless otherwise stated referred to Drepanocladus.) See also W. fluitans and °W. trichophylla. Some southern speeies that are very unlikely to oceur on Svalbard, and which have been excluded by previous authors, are mentioned without a comment. Regarding previous comments on many of the names below see Kue (1973a), Arnell & Mårtensson (1959), Frisvoll & Lewinsky (1981), Frisvoll (1981a, 1983e), and Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a). The below list includes the accepted names of 45 hepaties and 145 mosses rejeeted from Svalbard, in all 190 bryophyte Warnstorfia fluitans (Hedw.) Loeske Reported in different genera (Amblystegium, Drepanocladus, dominant Hypnum), (Engelskjøn (common) and names (not counting Aulacomnium acuminatum, Hypnum nordenskioeldii, Leskea sp. and Tri chostomum nordenskioeldii). from Bjørnøya as 1986), Grønfjorden from Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875; Wulff 1902), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Recherchefjorden (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990a, 1991b), Reindalen (Serebryannyy et al. 1985), Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden and Finneset E of Barentsburg (Hadac 1989), 'Sassen Quarter' Amblystegium subtile (Hedw.) Schimp. Listed in a vegetation table from NW Sørkapp Land by Dubiel & Oleeh (1990: 54, as Ambly sregiella), Karezmarz and from Bellsund S by Swi s & (1991a, as Amblystegiella). The reports are doubtfully correct. (Hadac 1946), Reinsdyrflya (Summerhayes & Elton 1928: 225, as Hypnumfluitans group Rotae, and therefore probably another speeies), and Kong Karls Land (Arnell 1900). There is also a Amblystegium varium (Hedw.) Lindb. See °Callialaria curuicaulis. subfossil report by Sehimper (1870). Anastrophyllum cavifolium Warnstorfia pseudostraminea (C. MillI.) Tuom. & T . Kop. Reported from Brennevinsfjorden (Karezmarz (Buch & S. Am.) Lammes Reported with reservation from Kvalvågen at the E side of Spitsbergen by Philippi (1973, as Sphen A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 121 olobus). His comments on cell size indicate that Jungermannia), Kong Karls Land (ArnelI 1900, this is not A. cavifolium but more probably A. as minutum var. minutum (syn. var. grande, see A. Murchisonfjorden (Wulff 1902, as Jungermannia minutum). See Schuster & Damsholt (1974: 37f) gracilis), Prins Karls Forland (Watson 1922; Sum Jungermannia gracilis), Celsiusberget in regarding comments on, and a list of, the so merhayes & Elton 1928: 248, as Lophozia), and called large-celled arctic hepatic taxa. Isfjord Radio (Hagen 1952, as Lophozia). It is not known from Greenland (Schuster 1988, 1969; Andreaea a/pina Schuster & Damsholt 1974). "AIso reported from Hedw. Spitsbergen and eastward to Novaya Zemlya, Sib Reported by Brown (1820) from Kongsfjorden, and by Vahl in Lindblom (1840) without locality. eria (but these reports possibly refer in part to L. binsteadii or L. at/antica." (Schuster 1969). No species of Lophozia subgen. Orthocaulis sect. Attenuatae (sensu Schuster 1969) is known with certainty Anomobryum filiforme (Dicks.) Solms from Svalbard, and the reported material needs to be restudied. Reported from Magdalenefjorden by Mathey Dupraz (1912, as Bryum julaceum Schr.) and from near Isfjord Radio by Hagen (1952, as A. juliforme), but the reports are considered here Barbilophozia binsteadii (Kaal.) Loeske as doubtfully correct. The name is mentioned from Edgeøya by Heinemeijer (1979, as Orthocaulis cf. binsteadii and O. elongatusjO. cf. binsteadii). Arctoa hyperborea (Dicks.) Bruch & Schimp. "Dicranum hyperboreum, auf Gronland ziemlich haufig, ist nicht auf Spitzbergen aufgefunden." (Berggren 1875, in comment on Arctoa fulvella, as Dicranum). Only reported from Hornsund by Eurola (1968). On the basis of this report the species was included from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987; Nyholm pers. comm.). No specimen lab elled A. hyperborea is available in Eurola's her barium (OULU, M. Ohenoja pers. comm.). Barbilophozia fioerkei (Web. & Mohr) Loeske Jungermannia hatcheri, the basionym of B. hat cheri, was described in 1898, and the early reports of B. floerkei could therefore be expected to be erroneous. Reported from Kobbefjorden by Lindberg (1867, as Jungermannia Florkei I den sifolia A. major {) gemmipara), and as common in the basement rock areas at N Svalbard by Berggren (1875, as Jungermannia, "meisten als I densifolia A major oder B minor, auch als ABI Aulacomnium acuminatum Am.) Kindb. (Lindb, & H. [Not reported from Svalbard, but mentioned by Mårtensson (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, in com ment on A. palustre). This exclusively arctic species is known from Siberia, Greenland and arctic North America, and could be expected to occur also in Svalbard (see Holmen 1957b; Brassard 1971b; Steere 1978: 22ff).] arcuata. ) who also referred to one locality in E " , Svalbard (Edlundfjellet N of Barentsøya). Seven specimens named Jungermannia floerkei in Berg gren's herbarium (LD) have been studied by us, and they belong to Barbilophozia hateheri (5) and Tritomaria quinquedentata. The species was reported from Prins Karls Forland and Kong Karls Land (Svenskøya) (ArnelI 1900, as Jun germannia), Prins Karls Forland (Hagen 1908, as Jungermannia), Bjørnøya (the same material reported by Watson 1922 and Summerhayes & Barbilophozia attenuata (Mart.) Loeske Reported from Kobbefjorden (Lindberg 1867, as Elton 1923, as Lophozia), from one locality in Kongsfjorden (ArnelI in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, as Orthocaulis), reported "from Svalbard Jungermannia attenuata var. laxifolia; a specimen, for the first time" (Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor in H-SOL, probably belongs to Tritomaria), 1986; sec also Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz Bjørnøya, severai places along the W coast of 1982: Table 8) based on two collections from Spitsbergen and Smeerenburg (Berggren 1875, as Forlandsundet, and from Stuphallet in Kongs A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 122 fjorden (Wegener et al.1992). GrolIe (1960) eon sidered that previous reports from Svalbard refer to other species; specimens collected by Malmgren, ArnelI et Mårtensson, Berggren and Eaton were renamed B. hateheri, and specimens eolleeted by Berggren, Malmgren and Nor denski6ld were renamed Tritomaria sp. Due to the obvious misidentifieations its oeeurrenee on Svalbard should be eonfirmed. Sehuster (1983: 609, Fig. 74) includes Svalbard in the world dis tribution of B. floerkei (as Lophozia), but his sourees are probably those rejeeted here. Brachythecium frigidum (C. Miill.) Besch. Berggren (1875) stated about his new B. sale brosum var. arcticum: "Dem Habitus nach Bra chyth. drrhosum [l, = Cirriphyllum cirrosum] ahnlich... .". Mårtensson (in AmelI & Mår tensson 1959) deseribed "A curious robust whitish green type" of B. turgidum which had "very con cave leaves with a generally distinet piliferous apex.. ..At first glanee one believes the plants to be Cirriphyllum cirrosum." He found that auth entie material of Hypnum rutabulum var. cavi folium deseribed by Lindberg (1867) "is almost identical with some of my turgid plants . Barbilophozia rubescens (Schust. & Damsholt) Kartt. & Soderstr. Arnell (in Amell & Mårtenson 1959) reported B. hateheri, and wrote about one of the speeimens: "The plants . ..have fairly large leaf-eells (24 30 tlm) and approaeh var. grandiretis Bueh [ex Lammes]." This name is a synonym of B. rubes cens, which may well oeeur on Svalbard.Aecord ing to Sehuster (1988, as Lophozia), B. hateheri has marginal cells in lobes 20-24 #m and median eells from 20-25 to 28-32 !lm wide; in B. rubescens the cells are 30-32 and 30-35 um wide, respee . . . B. udum Hag . .. . seems also to lie within this vari ation amplitude." Frahm (1977) refers to Mår tensson's deseription and to similar own plants with "Cirriphyllum-artige Blattspitze. .. . Die gesehilderte Form weist Ahnlichkeit mit der Beschreibung von B. frigidum (C. Milli.) Beseh. aus Kanada auf." Aeeording to Lawton (1971) B. frigidum has, inter aHa, deltoid-ovate leaves with fiat margin; B. turgidum has ovate-Ianceolate leaves with reeurved margin. The deseribed Sval bard taxon needs further studies. See also °Cirriphyllum piliferum. . tively. The presenee on Svalbard of B. rubescens needs to be eonfirmed. Brachythecium glareosum (Spruee) Schimp. Reported from Wijdefjorden by Summerhayes Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karezmarz (1991a). Also reported from Dyrevika in Kongs fjorden by Wegener et al. (1992), but the material & Elton (1928: 232). Duell (1992) reported B. glareosum var. alpinum (De Not.) Limpr. without loeality, "(leg. G.Philippi sub B. turgescens [sic, err. pro turgidum?])". See also °B. latifolium. (sent by L B. Jacobsen) is Plagiopus oederiana (see also Jacobsen 1994:24). Brachythecium latifotium Kindb. Brachythecium albicans merhayes & Elton (1928: 237) and from Svensk Reported from a 'bog' in Wijdefjorden by Sum (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported from Kongsfjorden by Polunin (1945) but this report has been considered to reter to slender plants of B. turgidum (Amell & Mår tensson 1959). Later reported from the For øya by Hofmann (1968, as B. nelsonii). The material may be supposed to belong to the ubiqui tous and very modifiable B. turgidum, and needs reexamination. landsundet area (Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986), and from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988). See also B. coruscum. Brachythecium erythrorrhizon Schimp. The name is used by Eurola & Hakala (1977, as B. cf. erythrorrhizon) about material from the mountain Alkhomet at the mouth of Isfjorden. Brachythecium mildeanum (Schimp.) Milde Reported from Bellsund S by Karezmarz & Swi s (1990b). See also °B. udum. Brachythecium plumosum (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported from Kobbefjorden (Lindberg 1867, as A catalogue ot Sllalbard plants. tungi. algae and cyanobacteria 123 Hypnum); it was stated to grow among Bryo (Hadac 1946: 135, 143, as B. mildeanum var. erythrophyllum recurvirostre (as Trichostomum udum and B. udum). The systematic position of rubellum), and a small amount of a Bra the taxon is disputed. It is of ten referred to B. chythecium is present in the reported sample of mildeanum. Mårtensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson that species (H-SOL). It is so sparse that it is 1959) tended to associate it with turgid plants difficuIt to name, but the leaves are somewhat of B. turgidum, see a1so Cor!ey et al. (1981: plicate and have not the homogeneous basal cells of B. plumosum; however, they are sharply ser Annotation 252) and DB. frigidum. It is like ly that Hagen's (1908) material includes the ubiquitous rate unlike the leaves of B. turgidum S.l. It was B. turgidum because B. udum is his only reported later reported from Linnedalen by Hagen (1952). Brachythecium: "On Prince Charles Foreland it The Hypnum plumosum Huds. reported by ArnelJ (1900. see also Lindberg 1867 pro syn.) is a synonym of °Brachythecium salebrosum. occurs in a smaller form markedly decumbent, in very loose tufts, or creeping in single individuals among grasses and other higher plants in moist sheItered places." Brachythecium rivulare Schimp. Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875); a specimen (UPS) is typical B. turgidum. Listed from Bjørnøya and 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al. (1961). Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1993). See also 0B. latifolium. Bryum acutiforme Limpr. in Hag. "Ein unvollstandiges Exemplar, von Berggren bei Advent-Bay in Spitzbergen gesammelt, und von ihm als B. calophyllum bestimmt, ziehe ich zu dieser Art." (Hagen ]899-1904, in the protologue of the name, and therefore to be regarded a syntype). Listed from Svalbard by Jensen (1939). Brachythecium r utab ulum (Hedw.) Schimp. Lindberg (1867) described Hypnum rutabulum var. cavifolium which belongs to B. turgidum s.l. (see Berggren 1875: 80; ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959; Wigh 1975: 479). See also DB. frigidum. Reported by Persson (1942, as B. acutum) from the Van Mijenfjorden area; the specimen (S) is annotated by E. Nyholm: "se ems to be B. calophyllum, but bad material". Reported from 'Sassen Quarter' by Hadac (1946) and from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, as B. acutum). The reports of this species from Svalbard Brachythecium salebrosum (Web. & Mohr) need verification. Schimp. First reported from Sorgfjorden by Lindberg (1867) and from Adventfjorden by Berggren Bryum alpinum With . Phips (1774) reported two sterile species of (1875); both authors also reported B. turgidum Bryum, which were found to be like Dillenius' also Kuc (1973a). Reported from Bjørnøya by nuis oblongis1 and Bryum hypnoides pendulum (as B. salebrosum var. and ssp., respectively), see Engelskjøn (1986); we have seen four specimens collected by him (TROM), and they belong to B. turgidum. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a). The common Svalbard taxon is B. turgidum, and the possible occurrence there of B. salebrosum is doubtful and needs con firmation. Se also B. coruscum. (1741) Bryum trkhodes læte virens, [capitulis cer [sericeum. coma insigni atro-rubente). According to Lindberg (1883) the Dillenian names refer to Pohlia nutans and Bryum alpinum, respectively. Pohlia nutans is common on Svalbard. Bryum alpinum reaches Finnmark in Norway (Størmer 1969), and is unlikely to grow further north.Per haps the old record refers to Pohlia nutans ssp. schimperi whose sterile reddish cushions may be Brachythecium udum I. Hag. Reported from Prins Karls Forland by its author (Hagen 1908): "I have se en his material and am quite like those of B. alpinum. Bryum archangelicum Bruch & Schimp. convinced that it is a distinct species. ... " (Kuc Reported from two localities on Spitsbergen N 1973a). Later reported from 'Sassen Quarter' (Lindberg 1867; Berggren 1875). However, Lind A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 124 berg (1867) doubted whether his material was Berggren (1875, in comment on B. obtusifolium). well separated from B. algovicum (as B. pendu The differences between them are dealt with in lum), and Berggren's (1875) material was stated some detail by Persson & Viereck (1983). to have only immature sporophytes. We have seen a Berggren specimen (O), it is made up of a synoicous plant with unripe capsules and can hardly be satisfactorily named. Bryum elegans Nees Arnell's (1900) B. var. elegans sanguinellm described from Svenskøya is B. ruti/ans (type material seen, pers. comm. E. Nyholm). Perhaps Bryum blindii Bruch & Schimp. Reported by Frahm (1977) from Adventdalen! Eskerdalen, but the material (herb. Frahm) belongs to Pohlia nutans. It is made up of depau perate paroicous plants with short capsul es as in ssp. schimperi. the mention of B. elegans from Svalbard by Bryhn (1906), Podpera (1954) and Abramova et al. (1961) originates from Arnell's report. Recently reported from Bellsund S by Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b). Bryum caespiticium Hedw. Bryum intermedium (Brid.) Bland. Reported by Hooker (1825, 1828), Sommerfelt Berggren (1875: 12) mentions this name; but it is (1833) and Vahl in Lindblom (1840). but the se not incIuded in his annotated list of species and reports were rejected by Kuc (1973a), and from the report is therefore considered dubious. Listed Bellsund S by Swit;s & Karczmarz (1991a) and from Svalbard by Nyholm (1993). Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b). 'Bryum caespitosum' reported by Tishkov (1986) is probably meant to be this species. Duell (1992: 91) states that the present authors reported B. kunzei Hornsch. from Svalbard. This taxon belongs to B. caes piticium s.1. No reference at all was made to B. Bryum knowltonii Barnes Reported from Bjørnøya, Adventfjorden by Grønfjorden Berggren (1875, as and "eine bemerkelseswerthe Form" of B. lacustre). Later kunzei in a preliminary rough copy of the present reported from Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902, as paper seen by Duell! B.lacustre); the speeimen (LD) has large capsules with cross walls on outer peristome teeth and belongs to B. Bryum capillare Hedw. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a). !ts presence on Svalbard has to be con firmed. Bryum cyclophyllum (Schwaegr.) Bruch & Schimp. In the primary literature only listed in a vegetation algovicum. Reported from Is fjorden by Tishkov (1986, as B. lacustre). There is also a subfossil report by Schimper (1870, as B. lacustre). The uncontrolled reports need veri fication. Listed from Svalbard by Nyholm (1993). Bryum longisetum Schwaegr. Mentioned in vegetation tables from Hornsund and Bjørndalen SW of Longyearbyen by Eurola table from Bohemanftya by Kobayashi et al. (1968, as Bryum cf. longisetum var. labrado (1990: Table 7, as B. tortifolium). Listed from rense). Svalbard by Steere (1978) and Nyholm (1993). Some authors (e.g. Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smir nova 1970, as B. tortifolium) place B. cryophilum (as B. obtllsifolium) as a synonym, and the Sval bard record probably refers to that taxon. The Bryum mamillatum Lindb. Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875). two are compared for the first time in the pro The specimen is stated to have young sporophytes tologue of B. obtusifolium (Lindberg 1867) and by only, and the report is in need of confirmation. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Bryum neodamense C manftya by Kobayashi et al. (1990: Table 5, 7). It Milli. Reports of this speeies (see Kue 1973a; Barkman 1987; Kobayashi et al. 1990: Table 7, as B. pseu dotriquetrum f.; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b - as B. 125 is mainly a southem lowland species in Fenno scandia (Nyholm 1993; Hallingback & Holmåsen 1985), and the report is in need of confirmation. neodamense unless otherwise stated) are included in B. subneodamense. According to Persson (in Persson & Sjørs 1960, as B. ouatum) B. subneodamense "is an arctic-alpine species most related to B. neodamense Itzigs. The latter is a lowland speeies which seems to be more Bryum ueronense De Not. Reported once from a dry scree at Hornsund (Kue 1963a; also in Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smirnova 1970); its usual habitat is moist sandy soil beside or less replaced by B. ouatum to the north:' streams However, Karczmarz & Swi s (1988) reported material (KRAM) consists of dense cushions both species from Bellsund S (as B. neodamense made up of filiform plants with reddish sterns. be confirmed. Listed from Svalbard by Nyholm leaves are evenly arranged along the stem. In B. and B. ovatum), but their interpretation needs to (1993), who does not mention B. subneodamense. (Jensen 1939; Nyholm 1993). Kuc's Also the leaf bases and costa are reddish. The veronense the leaves are greenish and the shoot budlike. In the most filiform plants the leaves are Bryum schleicheri Lam. & 0.7 mm long and 0.55 mm broad, whereas in more DC robust stems they are about 1.3 mm long and 0.8 Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993 in the last paper both as var. schleicheri and var. latifolium), and Chamberlindalen in Recherche fjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b, as var. schleicheri and var. latifotium), see also 0B. tur binatum. It is hardly accepted from Fennoscandia mm broad. The costa usually reaches the apex in the large leaves. The specimen represents strongly depauperate material of Bryum sp. non B. veronense. The taxonomic status of B. veronense has been disputed (Nyholm 1958: 245, 1993), but own fieId experience (at Driva river in Oppdal, C Norway) indicates that it is a good species. by Nyholm (1993). The Svalbard reports need confirmation. Callia/ada curuicaulis Bryum turbinatum The taxon has been reported many times as Cra (Hedw.) Turn. Reported by Hooker (1828), Vahl in Lindblom (1840) and Berggren (1875, as B. turbinatum var. latifolium, only from Bjørnøya). According to Wijk et al. (1959) the variety belongs to B. o schleicheri. These old reports are unreliable and must be considered in the light of a modem species concept in Bryum. Hooker (Jur.) Oehyra (1828) reported a Bryum species from Heclahamna in Sorgfjorden as follows: "Bryum ? follis ouato toneuron filidnum var. eurvicaule, see summary in Kuc (1973a). Ochyra (1989) disregarded all Svalbard specimens he saw; Kuc's (1963a) speci mens from Hornsund were identified as Dre panocladus aduneus. It seems that the specimens reported from Svalbard as Cratoneuron areticum Steere are part of the same set of problems. Eurola & Hakala (1977) state that their C. are tieum is the same as C. filicinum var. eurvieaule. We have seen eight specimens named C. aretieum rotundatis laxe imbricatis valde eoneauis aeutis by Eurola (OULU); they include almost nothing insigniter retieulatis, nervo ante apicem euane of the taxon in question but are made up of sueh scente. There is no fruit on this plant, which has entirely the habit of a Bryum, and will rank near to B. turbinatum: but the structure of its leaves is different from any that I am acquainted with." lf the described material exists it could probably be identified. different speeies as Hypnum revolutum, Sanionia uncinata and Philonotis tomentelIa. Philippi (1973) cited localities of Cratoneuron arcticum from widely separated areas; see also Frahm (1977) and Barkman (1987). Ochyra (1989) made C. arctieum a synonym of Pseudoleskea chilensis (Lar.) Ochyra - before that known as a southern Bryum uliginosum (Brid.) Brueh & Sehimp. Only reported in vegetation tables from Bohe hemisphere species. Until the reported Svalbard specimens have been revised according to the cIarified taxonomy, Callialarta curvieaulis and A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 126 Pseudoleskea chilensis are rejected from and subfossil from Holocene sediments at Svalbard. The reports of °Amblystegium varium Adventdalen by Gottlich & Hornburg (1982, as (Kuc 1963a) and A. boreale (Dixon 1933) prob Acrocladium). ably also reter to the same mess (see Kuc 1973a). Campylium elodes (Lindb.) Kindb. Calliergon cordifolium (Hedw.) Kindb. Reported from a number of localities in the early literature (see Kuc 1973a) and by Frahm (1977) and Kobayashi et al. (1990). This is not an arctic species, and thorough determination of large recent Calliergon collections indicates that the reports are erroneous and refer to the variable C. It was reported by Acock (1940, as Hypnum elodes Spr. forma) in his vegetation analyses from a shingle beach at Billefjorden and later by Hei nemeijer (1979, as f.'pro stratum') from Edgeøya. The species is southern (Nyholm 1965) and the reports probably erroneous. richardsonii. See also Hagen (1899-1904: 342, as Hypnum). Calliergon giganteum (Schimp.) Kindb. The slender Svalbard material reported as C. giganteum is not identical with material from more Cephalozia catenulata (HOb.) Lindb. Reported from Bjørnøya by Watson (1922, as C. ' reclusa; the same material reported by Sum merhayes & Elton 1923: 226, as C. semfolja) who himself considered the determination as doubtful. southem areas.The costa may be long and mostly unbranched, but the plants belong within the variation of C. richardsonii (L. Hedenas pers. comm.). Cepha/ozia leucantha Spruce Reported from Bjørnøya (Watson 1922; Sum merhayes & Elton 1923: 226), and listed with reservation in a vegetation table from the large Calliergon megalophyllum Mik. Reported by Persson (1942); the material belongs to C. richardsonii (Kuc 1973a). mire area Storrnyra in Van Mijenfjorden (Eurola 1971a, as C. cf. leucantha). "It barely penetrates , into the Arctic..... (Schuster & Damsholt 1974), and we consider the Svalbard reports in need of confirmation. Calliergon orbiculari-cordatum (Ren. & Card.) Broth. This arctic North American taxon was reported from Bjørnøya and four localities on Spitsbergen by Karczmarz & Kue (1966: see also Karczmarz 1971), and mapped from Svalbard by Karczmarz & Swi s (1989a). Further reported from NW SØr kapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: Tab. 22-23), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a), and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). The Svalbard material called C. orbiculari-cor datum is not identical to the American material and belongs within the variation range of C. rich ardsonii (Hedenas 1993, and pers. comm.). Cephaloziella divaricata (Sm.) Schiffn. Reported as widespread by Berggren (1875, as Jungermannia divaricata var. incIlrva), but according to ArnelI & Mårtensson (1959) this refers to C. aretiea. Watson (1922, as C byssacea) reported it from Prins Karls Forland: "The leaves were distant. two-third bila bed into acute seg ments; the apical leaves were eroded by the for mation of two-lobed gemmæ; small 2-3-celled, subulate underleaves were present at the apices of the shoots." Under different names it is also mentioned by other authors. In Fennoscandia C. divaricata is supposed to be the only common species (Hallingback & Holmåsen 1985), while C. arctica is the common species on Svalbard Calliergonella cuspidata (Hedw.) Loeske (according to Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Erroneously listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983, Reported by Keilhau (1831, as Hypnum) and R. Duell pers. comm.). Material from strongly Sommerfelt (1833, as Hypnum, same material), acidic substrates may correspond to C. divaricata A catalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria or another species different from the basiphilous C. arctiea. The problem is in need of further studies. The most thorough recent treatment of the genus Cephaloziella from an arctic area (S Greenland) is presented by Schuster (1988), who points out that C. aret/ca "shows extraordinary malleability - so much so that its perimeters can hardly be adequately established." (l) See also Schuster & Damsholt (1974). It is probable that more than two Cephaloziella species occur on Svalbard. 127 Chiloscyphus polyanthos (L.) Corda Reported by Lindberg (1867, as var. rivularis); the same material was referred to by Schiffner (1912, as f. luxurians. Herb. Lindenberg 4446) when revising the genus in Europe. The actual material was mixed with Bryum weigelii and stated to have been collected by J . Vahl at Bellsund in 1838 (Berggren 1875: 66, in comment on B. duvalii). Listed from Svalbard in all floras (Muller 1954-1957, as C. palleseens; Amell 1956 and Schuster 1980, as C. polyanthus and C. pal lescens; Smith 1990. as C. polyanthos var. poly Cephaloziella grimsulana (Gott. & Rabenh.) Laeout. Reported from Bellsund S by Swies & Karczmarz (1991a, 1993) and Karczmarz & Swies (1990b), and from Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden , by Swies & Karczmarz (1991b). This is their only species of the genus, and that is quite unrealistic. Berggren (1875) stated that his Jungermannia div arieata var. ineurva Cephaloziella arctiea) is "Der schweizischen J. grimsulana Jack .. . sehr ahnlich." . Cephaloziella integerrima (Lindb.) Warnst. Only reported from the mountain slope of Zep pelinfjellet near Ny-Ålesund (Amell & Mår tensson 1959). It is a rare lowland speeies in Fennoscandia (AmelI 1956; Hallingback & Hol måsen 1985), and listed as 'suboceanic' by Duell (1983), and the Svalbard material is in need of revisjon according to recent studies especially by Schuster (1988). anthos and var. palleseens), and all statements probably refer to this single old report! However, Berggren (1875: 66) considered that " . ... das Vorkommen auf Spitzbergen von Chiloscyphus polyanthus . . . sehr zweifelhaft scheint.... ". and he supposed that the reported material had been erroneously labelled and possibly originated from the Scandinavian coast (the expedition vis ited northernmost Norway). The presence on Svalbard of this mainly non-arctic species needs to be confirmed. Cirriphyllum piliferum (Hedw.) Grout Reported by Hagen (1952). "As pointed out under Braehythecium turgidum, in my opinion at !east two of Lindberg's (1867, p. 539) C. cirrosum refer to turgid types of the former species. I think therefore that other reports of C. eirrosum and C. piliferum from Svalbard must be read critically." (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959: 161). See also °Braehythecium frigidum. Cephaloziella ru beila (Nees) Warnst. Cnestrum schisti (Web. & Mohr) I. Hag. Reported from Svenskøya and Kongsøya at Kong Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al. Karls Land by Amell (1900, as 'Cephalozia bifida (Schreb.) Lindberg' with synonym 'Jungermannia divarieata Nees'). Reported from Raudfjorden by Wulff (1902, as Cephalozia bifida (Schreb.) Lindb.) and from Bohemanflya by Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 254, as Cephaloziella bifida Schiffn. and var. erosa). The taxon is called C. rubella var. bifida by Schuster (1980). Its presence (1961) and from Chamberlindalen in Recherche fjorden by Swies & Karczmarz (1991b). Dieranum sehisti Lindb. reported by Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 225) from Bjømøya and by Polunin (1945) from Kongsfjorden is a synonym of Kiaeria blyttii (but Polunins material belongs to Oncophorus wahlenbergii according to Amell & Mårtensson 1959: 129). on Svalbard needs confirmation. G'ynodontium fallax Limpr. Cephaloziella spinigera (Lindb.) Jørg. Reported also as C. subdentata, see C. uneinata. Reported from severaI localities at Homsund by Kuc (1963a), but four specimens (KRAM) have A. A. FRJSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 128 been renamed C. tenellum (3) and Dicranoweisia (Dubiel & Olech 1990: 46, 62), ChamberlindaJen crispula (Frisvoll unpubl.). in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b) and Barentsburg (Schurnaeher 1993, in speeimen of the discomycete Lamprospora minuta; the C.Ynodontium gracilescens (Web. & Mohr) Schimp. material is revised and is Leptobryum pyriforme. herb. O). The lack of other, more probable Sehimper (1870) has a subfossiJ report of "Cyno dontium [sp.]. Dem C. gracilescens ahnlieh, aber dureh breitere und kurzere BJatter versehieden." The name was us ed by Berggren (1875: 34) when Dicranella speeies in the above speeies lists and tables indicates that the reports need to be con tirrned. There is also a subfossil report by Schim per (1870). describing the variation of cC. polycarpon; he simply states that near bird eliffs the plants beeome more like C. gracilescens, with broader , more obtuse and papillose leavcs. Listed from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). but the report is erroneous (E. Nyholm pers. comm.). Dieranella heteromalla (Hedw.) Schimp. The name is mentioned by Schimper (1870) in a list of subfossil bryophytes: "Dicranum sp.? Eine zu Dicrane/la heteromalla Hedw. hinneigende Form." Cynodontium polycarpon (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported by Lindberg (1862) from SW Spits bergen, Lindberg (1867, as Dicranum) from Kobbefjorden and Sorgfjorden, and by Berggren (1875) from Bjørnøya and severai localities in Spitsbergen. At this time C. tenellum was not yet distinguished as a species but usually treated as a variety of C. polycarpon. Berggren's (1875) material from Parryøya (O, 3 speeimens) and Dicranoweisia cirrata (Hedw.) Milde Listed in vegetation tables from Kongsfjorden (Brossard et al. 1984), NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: 64), and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b, also report of D. crispula). The speeies is strongly southern in Fennoseandia (Størmer 1969). Kobbefjorden (O) is C. tenellum. Kuc (1973a) stated that Berggren's material from Parryøya, Brennevinsfjorden and Grønfjorden belongs to C. polycarpon. but the speeimens he examined need to be checked. All speeimens we have stud ied possess obtuse perigonial leaves and lack an annulus of large separating cells (see Crundwell 1960). Also reported from Wijdefjorden (Sum Dicranum bonjeanii De Not. The previous reports (see Kue 1973a, 1994b) are rejected, see D. scoparium. Herbarium speci mens named D. palustre and D. paluslre var. juniperifolium (LD, O) by Berggren are D. lae videns. merhayes & Elton 1928: 230) and recently from near Barentsburg in Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989), Recherehefjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), and Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993). Although we have seen no material of the Bjørnøya C. polycarpon, we think also this refers to C. tenellum. Dicranum brevifolium (Lindb.) Lindb. This is the correct name of D. muehlenbeckii in the sense of previous Fennoscandian authors (Nyholm 1987). The related D. acutifolium is widespread on Svalbard. Both are, inter alia, known by their leaf transverse sections which are like a pair of tongs (Nyholm 1987), but D. flexicaule has a slight tendency to show a similar Dieranella cerviculata (Hedw.) Schimp. Reported as very rare, and type of transverse section. We have seen no typi associated with cal Svalbard speeimens of D. brevifolium, with °Calliergon giganteum, on Hermansenøya in For the cells in the upper part of the leaf lamina landsundet (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz regularly or roundedly quadrate and arranged in 1982: 1986). Table Later 6; Boinska reported & Gugnacka-Fiedor from Bellsund rows. Although it was listed from Svalbard by S Podpera (1954, as D. muehlenbeckii var. cirra (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988), NW Sørkapp Land tum) and Nyholm (1987), and reported from A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 129 Forlandsundet by Boifiska & Gugnacka-Fiedor ible. (1986, as D. muehlenbeckii vaL), we think this (1987) has, inter alia, more slender shoots and needs confirmation. Kuc's (1973a) statement that relatively narrower leaves than the mentioned D. breuifolium was reported by Bryhn (1909) is species erroneous as the only Dicranum included by him (1991) D. groenlandicum appears to be D. lae Dicranum groenlandicum sensu Nyholm (except D. fuscescens). J6hannsson's is D. angustum. But it was reported from 'Spits uidens sensu the present interpretation. The types bergen' by Bryhn (1906). of the names may need to be checked. Dicranum fragilifolium Lindb. Dicranum leioneuron Kindb. Reported by Lindberg (1862) and Heuglin (1874) Reported by without locality information. The reports were (1970) and Kuc (1973a), see D. scoparium. Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smirnova considered to be doubtful by Frisvoll (1981a), but the species was later listed from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Karczmarz 1991a, Swi s 1988, 1993), 1990b; Swit;:s & Recherchefjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b), and in four vegetation tables from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990). It was also listed from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). Until more specific morphological characteristics are attributed to Svalbard material the reports should be rejected, sec D. tauricum. Dicranum muehlenbeckii Bruch & Schimp. In Fennoscandia this name has been erroneously used for D. breuifolium. The true D. muehlen beckii is known from only one Fennoscandian locality (Nyholm 1987), and is certainly absent from Svalbard. The correctly interpreted reports of D. muehlenbeckU sensu Nyholm (1954) from Svalbard refer to D. acutifolium. But Gugnacka Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982: Table 1, 3, 7) reported both D. acutifolium and D. muehlen Dicranum groenlandicum Brid. beckii from Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet; the latter was probably reported as var. brevifolium by " ....von Spitzbergen besitze ich auch vom ProL Boinska & Berggren gesammelte Exemplare von derselben breuifolium. Gugnacka-Fiedor (1986), see OD. Art." (Arnell in Lindberg & Arnell 1890).Also reported, as "Spetsbergen: Berggren" , by Kind berg (1898). A review of the previous reports in the Svalbard literature is given by Kuc (1973a). Kuc (1963a) reported this species to be "One of the commonest species of the dry tundra." at the N side of Hornsund. All Kuc's specimens (KRAM) have been revised by us and they belong to D. acutifolium (1), D. angustumllaeuidens (10), D. fuscescens (3), and D. spadiceum (6). Recently it has been reported from Recherchefjorden and Dicranum scottianum Turn. Kindberg (1900: 84) reported this species in the following way: "D. Scottii, Turner. Spitzbergen: com.Mr. K. Johansson". Also listed from Sval bard by Podpera (1954, as Orthodicranum scot tianum ssp. anglicum). The Norwegian and European distribution of this southern and west ern species is presented by Størmer (1969). Bellsund S (Rz tkowska 1988a, b; Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1989a, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, b, 1993), Forlandsundet (Gugnacka-Fie dor & Noryskiewicz 1982; Boifiska & Gugnacka Fiedor 1986) and HornsundjNW Sørkapp Land Didymodon icmadophilus (C. Mull.) K. Saito Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1984) and Nyholm (Dublel & Olech 1990, 1992). Dicranum groen (1989). However, we have seen no primary landicum is absent from our large collections of report, and Nyholm's report is an error (E. Dicranum from Isfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Liefde Nyholm pers. comm.).As the species is closely fjorden and Bockfjorden, and is excluded here related to D. acutus, a taxonomic reevaluation from the Svalbard flora (sec also Arnell & Mår (see Frisvoll 1978d, in comment on D. acutus) tensson 1959). The thick-walled leaf cells of other is perhaps needed. Steere (1978) and Brassard species (especially D. laeuidens and D. spadi (1971b) report D. icmadophilus (as Rarbula) from ceum) have made these misinterpretations poss Alaska and Ellesmere Island, respectively, and A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 130 their plants are probably the same as the Svalbard taxon. But we cannot see that the taxon reported here is identieal to D. icmadophilus from 'cIassi ea!' localities in Central Norway (e.g. the Driva river in Oppdal, Sør-Trøndelag). Encalypta stre ptocarpa Hedw. Reported from SW Spitsbergen (Lindberg 1862), Trygghamna in Isfjorden (Eurola 1968: 14), Bellsund S (Swit;;s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993) and Chamberlindalen in Recherehefjorden (Swit;;s & Karczmarz 1991b). It is probabIe that the reports refer to E. procera whieh sometimes is very similar to the more southern E. streptocarpa (see Horton Didymodon luridus Hornsch. Reported by Dobbs (1939): "Dark brown patehes 1983). of moss on shingle bank near the wet 'tundra' consisting ehiefly of Barbula lurida Lindb. and Tortula [= Syntrichia] ruralis Ehrh." Supposed to refer to Didymodon asperifolius by Kue (1973a, sub nom. Barbula lurida). Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. This southern species is doubtfully present on Svalbard. It was reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as var. mutiGa). Drepanocladus sendtneri (H. Milll.) Warnst. Cited from a few older dubious referenees by Kue (1973a; see also Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, in comment on D. lycopodioides and D. interme dius) , and later reported from Forlandsundet Eremonotus myriocarpus (Carring.) Pears. Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983), but the reference is erroneous (Duell pers. comm.). It was not reeorded from Svalbard by Urmi (1978). (Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewiez 1982: Table 6; Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor 1986) and Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b), but interpreted by us as in ne ed of confirmation. It was reported as a high temperature indicator in Holoeene deposits at Semmeldalen by Sere bryannyy et. al (1985). Fissidens bryoides Hedw. Reported in a eoJleetive sense by Frisvoll (1981a), the specimens belong to F. viridulus and F. arcticus. Also reported by Dahle (1983a: Tab. 7). Fissidens exilis Hedw. Encalypta eiliata Hedw. Reported by Berggren (1875) based on "nur ein The reports (see Kue 1973a) are doubtful, because paar Individuen" from Adventfjorden. But he sinee then severai Encalypta species with fringed ealyptra have been reported. An Eurola (197lb) speeimen (OULU) from Sveagruva is made up was uncertain about the determination: "Sollte wohl diese spitzbergisehe Pflanze eine eigene Species sein?" Perhaps it refers to F. arcticus? of a sterile Encalypta with long yellowish leaf hairpoint (E. ciliata has praetieally no hairpoint), and fertile Tortula mucronifolia. Reeently reported from Bellsund S (Swit;;s & Karezmarz 1993) and Ny-Ålesund (Schurnaeher 1993, in Fissidens incurvus R6hl. Reported by Berggren (1875), see F. viridulus. specimen of the discomycete Lamprospora seav eri; the bad material is revised and is probably E. procera, herb. O). Grimmia alpestris (Web. & Mohr) Hornsch. Grimmia jacquinii var. subimberbis deseribed from Amsterdamøya by Lindberg (1867) was Encalypta spathulata C. Milli. transferred to G. alpestris by Berggren (1875; see also Kue 1973a), but the type speeimen has proved Reported in vegetation tables from Russekeila by to be G. Eurola (1968: 14, as E. rhaptocarpa var.). The comm.; Frisvoll & Blom 1993). See also oG. cae report is in need of confirmation, see °E. ciliata. spiticia (below). subsulcata (rev. E. Nyholm, pers. A catalogue o[ Svalbard plants. [ungi. algae and cyanobacteria 131 hyalodermis and 1-2 inflated alar cells. They Grimmia caespiticia (Brid.) Jur. The Lindberg (1867) report of Grimmia jaequinii var. subimberbis was interpreted as G. eaespiticia by Wijk et al. (1962) and, accordingly, Iisted from belong to Scorpidium revolvens.Hedenas (1989b) did not include any report of H. lapponicus from Svalbard. Svalbard by Frisvoll et al. (1984). Also Iisted from there by Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smirnova (1970). See also G. subsuleata. llerzogiella adscendens (Lindb.) Iwats. & Schof. Grimmia ovalis (Hedw.) Lindb. source of the report is doubtful (R. Duell pers. Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1985), but the Reported by Dixon (1922) and Summerhayes & comm.). Elton (1923: 263) as G. eommutata. Curiously enough the speeimen belongs to Triehostomum aretieum (Frisvoll 1978a). Grimmia ovalis ssp. llomalothecium lutescens (Hedw.) Robins. spitsbergensis (Biz. & Ther.) Podp., based on G. Reported by Polunin (1945, as Camptothecium). spitsbergensis, is also a synonym of T. aretieum Probably Tomenrypnum nitens. (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959, as T. euspida tissimum). llygrohypnum duriusculum (De Not.) Jamieson Grimmia plagiopodia Hedw. Only reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Only reported from 'Sassen Quarter' by Hadac Swics 1988; Swics & Karczmarz 1993, as H. di/a (1946) and possibly confused with the similar G. tatum). The report is in need of confirmation. anodon, which has proved to be frequent and is known from the area. We consider that this very interesting report needs confirmation. llygrohypnum molle (Hedw.) Loeske Reported by Berggren (1875, as Hypnum), see H. cochlearifolium, and as subfossil by Schimper Grimmia pulvinata (Hedw.) Sm. (1870, as Hypnum: "Zehr kleine Form. Ziemlich Reported by Vahl in Lindblom (1840)."Thus we haufig."). find, e.g., in Lindblom's inventory of Spitsber gen's plants, published in Bot. Not. 1840, inter aha Hypnum eupressiforme, Grimmia pulvinata. Tortula muralis, Orthotriehum affine etc., which certainly never have been and never will be found there [Frisvoll, trans!.]." (Lindberg 1867: 535) Hypnum cupressiforme Hedw. Reported by Hooker (1828), by Sommerfelt (1833) "from all places" (see Introduction), and by Swics & Karczmarz (1991a) from Bellsund S; the name probably refers to different Hypnum Gymnocolea acutiloba (Schiffn.) K. MiilI. species. See also °Grimmia pulvinata. See G. inflata. llypnum hamulosum Schimp. llamatocaulis lapponicus (Norrl.) Hedenas Published from lower Reindalen by Eurola Reported from Lomfjorden based on material collected by Malmgren in 1861 (Lindberg 1867). The speeimen (H-SOL) is made up of a few pale (1971a, as 'Drepanocladus cf.lapponieus' and 'D. elongate stems of H. revolutum with somewhat lapponieus (inel. D. vernicosus)') . We have seen weakly recurved leaf margin; however, the mar eight speeimens (OULU) labelled D. cf. lap gin is denticulate as in that species, and there ponieus and 'D. revolvens (stem without central is a large group of small incrassate alar cells. strand)'. Three of the four examined specimens Reported from Kong Karls Land (Svenskøya) have a central strand, and they all possess a stem by Amell (1900, as Stereodon). Two specimens A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 132 (KRAM) from Hornsund reported by Kuc (1963a) belong to H. callichroum and H. reuo lutum, respectively. It was also reported from Adventdalen by Frahm (1977), but his material Jungermannia exsertifolia Steph. Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983), but the reference is erroneous (R. Duell pers. comm.). (herb. Frahm, 3 specimens) belongs to H. revo lutum. Reported from Dyrevika in Kongsfjorden by Wegener et aL (1992), original material (sent by L.B. Jacobsen) is H. uaucheri. The only material which has not been revised is Amell's, Jungermannia gracillima Sm. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, as Solenostoma crenulatum var. nana). and we doubt that it is correctly named. There is also a subfossil report of "Hypnum hamulatum" by Schimper (1870); the name is not listed by Wijk et aL (1964. 1969) and may be a misprint for H. hamulosum. Jungermannia jenseniana GroIle Reported by Amell & Mårtensson (1959, as J. pusilla), but this specimen has been renamed 1. confertissima by Vana (1974). Duell (1983) also reported 1. jenseniana from Svalbard based on an Hypnum nordenskioeldii Schimp. Described from subfossil material unpublished reference which may not be correct (Schimper (R. Duell pers. comm.). 1870) and referred to Hypnum subgen. Lim nobium which is a synonym of Hygrohypnllln. The diagnosis emphasises the differences with Jungermannia obovata Nees regard to H. luridum: "Differt ab Hypno palustri, Only reported from the Longyearbyen and Ny foliis omnibus multo minoribus, acutioribus." Ålesund areas (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959, as Plectocolea). The specimens were rcnamedJ. sub elliptica by Vana (1975). Schuster (1988) found it difficult to distinguish bctween South Greenland JamesonielIa sp. Reported in vegetation tables from Bohemanftya material of J. obovata and J. subelliptica. by Kobayashi et al. (1990: Table 6). The most northerly of the JamesonielIa species is J. undu lifolia (Nees) K. Milli., which is reported from W Greenland north to Disco, and from Thu\e (77°48'N, see e.g. Schuster 1983: 605, Fig. 72). It could therefore well occur on Svalbard, but we suppose that the genus is erroneously reported. Jungermannia pumila With. Only reportcd from two sites in the Ny-Ålesund area (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Later, the tax onomy of J. pumilajpolaris has been revised and thoroughly diseussed by Vana (1973), Schuster & Damsholt (1974) and Schuster (1988). The possible difference between the two taxa is found in the form of the leaves, while the form of the Jungermannia atrovirens Dum. perianth is less reliable. The common arctic taxon Reported with reservation by Philippi (1973, as is J. polaris. and we consider that the presenee of Solenostoma) from Barentsøya, Edgeøya and J. pumila should be confirmed aecording to the Agardhbukta, but the cited material has been mentioned treatments. renamedJ. polaris by Vana (1973). See also Pers son (1942) and Amell & Mårtensson (1959, in comment on J. polaris). Leskea sp. See °Pterogonium sp. Jungermannia borealis Damsh. & Vana Only reported from Longyearbyen by Amell & Mårtensson (1959, as J. Lophozia bantriensis (Hook.) Steph. The Listed from Svalbard by Muller (1954-1957) and material has been referred to J. po/aris by Vana Amell (1956), but we have not seen any primary (1973). reports. oblongifolia). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria points out that his material is L. incisa s. str., the Lophozia collaris (Nees) Dum. Reported by Lindberg (1867, as Jungermannia mulleri Il acuta a 133 major gonidUfera) and Hagen speeimens most likely belong to L. opacifolia (Frisvoll 1981a). (1952, as Leiocolea mueIleri). The reports prob ably refer to Lophozia heteracaipas or its var. arctiea whieh both are frequent (see Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, in comment on Leiacalea Lophozia longiflora (Nees) Schiffn. Reported from rock ereviees at Bjørnøya (Watson heterocolpos). See also Lophozia badensis and 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923. as L. por L. heterocolpos. phyroleuca). The L. longiflora reported by Wat son (1922) from Bjørnøya is probably ment to be the taxon treated as L. uentricosa var. longiflora Lophozia elongata Steph. by Smith (1990) (and whose eorreet varietal epi Reported from Longyearbyen (Arnell & Mår tensson 1959, as Orthocaulis) and Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967, as Orthocaulis). Sehuster (1988) pointed out that gemmae are laeking in this speeies. but both reports were based on gemmiferous material. See also °Barbilophozia binsteadii. Lophozia is one of the least known bryophyte genera on Svalbard, and may include severai unpublished and poorly understood speeies. Important thet appears to be var. uliginosa Schiffn., cf. S6derstrom, Karttunen & Hedenas 1992). "... Muller [1954-1957] ... report[s] the species from . .. Spitsbergen. Since Lophozia porphy roleuca is 50 nearly uniform ly restricted to xylicolous sites, the report . .. (based on Watson, 1922 [Bjørnøya only!]) is surely erroneous.. .." (Schuster 1969: 551, footnote 159). See also L. ventricosa. monographic studies on the genus have been done after the above reports, including descriptions of many Lophozia murmaniea Kaal. new arctic taxa (e.g.by Schuster 1969, 1988). A The name is mentioned from Svalbard by Duell monographie treatment of the Svalbard Lopho ziae is strongly needed. (1983, as L. groenlandica with synonym L. mur manica). Lophozia murmaniea (syn. L. hetero morpha Sehust. & Damsh.) is a species of its own, while L. groenlandiea is a synonym of L. wenzelii Lophozia excisa (Dicks.) Dum. (Damsholt 1994 and pers. comm.). ArneII & Mårtensson (1959) reported L. kiaeri Jørg. from Longyearbyen and Ossian Sarsfjellet at Kongsfjorden.The type of L. kiaeri belongs to L. excisa (Frisvoll 1982), but the identity of the Svalbard L. kiaeri is unknown. Reported with reservation from Bjørnøya by Watson (1922, as var. cylindracea). It is reported in a vegetation Lophozia obtusa (Lindb.) Evans Listed from Svalbard by Bisang (1991), but not reported in any primary literature known to us and therefore considered erroneous. table from Bjørndalen by Eurola (1968) and listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983, as L. excisa var. excisa). The species may occur there, but its pres ence on Svalbard needs confirmation. Some of the 27 Svalbard speeimens rejected as L. latifolia by GrolIe (1967) may belong to L. excisa, but he does not state that. Mannia pi/osa (Hornem.) Frye & Clark Reported by Berggren (1875), but the specimen was referred to Athalamia hyalina by Amell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Cle!)ea). Recently reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1993). Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dum. Reported from Magdalenefjorden (ArnelI & Marsupella sprucei (Lim pr.) H. Bern. Mårtensson 1959), Kvalvågen at the E side of The name is mentioned from Amieadalen near Spitsbergen and Barentsøya SW (Philippi 1973). Adventdalen by Hadac (1946: 147, as Marsu Although Amell (in Amell & Mårtensson 1959) pella ? sprucei). The genus is very rare on 134 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Svalbard, but Elvebakk et al. (1987) reported Marsupella spp. from Berzeliusdalen. Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dum. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (199la). Meesia longiseta Hedw. Previously listed from Svalbard in severai fioras Odontoschisma elongatum (Lindb.) Evans (Jensen 1939; Podpera 1954; Abramova et al. Reported from Vassdalen and Vengsletta in Van 1961), but Kuc (1973a) could not tind any primary Mijenfjorden by Hadac (1989: 141). Schuster & sources and did not accept this species. Recently reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s Damsholt (1974) stated that the species was 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a), NW their report i s unknown. An old name of Odon Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: reported from 'Spitsbergen', but the source o f 64) and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden ( Swi s & and, of Odontoschisma macounii, Sphagnoecetis Karczmarz 1991b). We have in vain asked the communis authors to see their reported material, and think described from Kongsfjorden. Perhaps there has the reports should be contirrned. been some confusion regarding these names. Mnium stellare Hedw. Odontoschisma sphagni (Dicks.) Dum. Listed from Svalbard by Koponen in Nyholm (1993). But we have seen no primary report, and the record is regarded as an error. (Otherwise, he forgot to treat Cinclidium latifolium and did not include Svalbard in the distribution of C. stygium and Cyrtomnium hymenophylloides.) Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. Gray Listed from Svalbard by Muller (1954-1957), see M. taylorii. toschisma elongatum is Sphagnoecetis communis, var. tessellata Berggren (1875) Reported from Bohemanftya by Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 254). The reports of three dark coloured Odontoschisma species from Svalbard are enigmatic, and the specimens have to be restudied before we know their identity. May Marsupella arctiea be involved? Oreoweisia torquescens (Brid.) Wijk & Marg. Reported from Kongsfjorden by Lindberg (1867, as Weissia serrulata), see also comment by AmeH & Mårtensson (1959, as O. serrulata) who were not able to trace Lindberg's specimen. The similar Myurella sibiriea (C. Miill.) Reim. Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al. (1961) and Steere (1978), but according to Ochyra Dichodontium pellucidum (q.v.) has later been found in Kongsfjorden, and the report of O. torquescens needs confirmation. & Bednarek-Ochyra (1991) these reports "cannot be contirrned by the corresponding voucher speci mens." Reported from Bellsund S by Karcmarcz & Swi s (1988) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1993). If correct this is a most interesting member of the bryoftora of Svalbard. However, we think the reports need to be contirrned. Orthothecium rufescens (Brid.) Schimp. Reported from Kongsfjorden with a question mark by Brown (1820, as Hypnum), and without locality by Lindberg (1862); this probably refers to O. strictum (which was described in 1864). Hagen (1952) reported O. rufescens from Is fjorden SW and Murchisonfjorden, and at the Nardia scalaris S. Gray same time gave localities of O. chryseon, O. intri catum and O. strictum. Kuc (1963a) reported and Reported by Hooker (1828, as Jungermannia) figured from Waldenøya, and by Acock (1940: 97, as Hornsund. Material from Hornsund was included Alicularia) from manured sites in a mire at Bille in an exsiccate by Bednarek-Ochyra et al. (1987), fjorden. The reports should be confirmed. but a specimen (TRH) is reddish golden O. chry var. binervulum (Mol.) Kuc from A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria seon (cf. Berggren 1875 p. 78: .... auf Kalkgrund . . . die Farbe mehr ins Rothliche spielend.... "). Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 135 Land by Dubiel & Olech (1990: 41, as Dicranum). This is not an arctic species, and the report needs confirmation. 1991a, 1993) and Chamberlindalen in Recherche fjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). We think the presence of O. rufescens in Svalbard needs to be confirmed. Philonotis amellii Husn. Reported from the Isfjord Radio area by Hagen (1952). It is probably erroneously determined and may refer to filiform P. tomentelIa . Orthotrichum affine Brid. Reported with a question mark by Vahl in Lind blom (1840), see Frisvoll & Lewinsky (1981). See also °Grimmia pulvinata. Philonotis caespitosa Jur. Only reported from Moskushamn in Advent fjorden and Deltaneset between Adventfjorden Orthotrichum rupestre and Sassenfjorden by Hadac (1946: 143, 149) who Schwaegr. considered it to be locally common. He even Reported by Dixon (1922), the specimen belongs to O. speciosum (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981). described a separate spring community, Phi lonotidetum caespitosae. We suggest that the fre quency report by Hadac (1946) indicates a possible confusion with the ubiquitous and modi Palustriella commutata fiable P. tomenteIla. See also 0p. fontana (below). (Hedw.) Ochyra Reported from Linnedalen by Hagen (1952, as Cratoneuron), see also 0p' falcata (below). Palustriella falcata Philonotis fontana Frequently cited from Svalbard in the older litera (Brid.) Hedenas ture, see the survey by Kuc (1973a). Most or all In the Isfjorden area reported from Advent fjorden (Berggren 1875: 86, as Hypnum com mutatum var. sulcatum: "spiirlich zwischen Hyp num pellucidum [= Hamatocaulis vernicosus]") and Billefjorden (Dobbs 1939: 134, as Cra toneuron falcatum: "found only on the drier part of the wet 'tundra"'), and otherwise from Lom fjorden (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum commutatum var. sulcatum f. tenuis) and Edgeøya (Heine meijer 1979, as Cratoneuron commutatum f. sul· catum: found in his 'Dicranum elongatum - Vegetatie') . All material is in need of reexami nation; some reports are from rather dry habitats. A Lindberg specimen (H-SOL) labelled "Lomme-bay 1861, leg. Malmgren", and a Berg gren specimen (S) labelled "Adventbav 1868" d do not include any Palustriella (pers. c mm. L. Hedeniis) but probably material referable to Dre panocladus sJ. Paraleucobryum longifolium (Hedw.) Brid. (Hedw.) Loeske Reported in a vegetation table from NW Sørkapp of these reports certainly refer to the collective species.Jørgensen (1929) reported P. fontana and P. tomentelIa from Hopen.Hadac (1946) reported P. caespitosa, P. fontana and P. tomenteIla from 'Sassen Quarter', but we do not think his deter mina!ions are reliable. Karczmarz & Swi\!s (1988) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1993) reported P. fon tana and P. tomenteIla from Bellsund S; both grew at their locality 21 and P. tomentella was assigned to cover class 3 (21-50 % cover of 100 m2) and %). Swi s & Karczmarz P. fontana to class 2 (6-20 (1991b) reported also both species Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden. from Philo notis fontana was reported from Forlandsundet by Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor (1986), and from Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn (1986), but these authors did not report the common P. tomenteIla. We believe that the presence of P. fontana s.str. on Svalbard needs confirmation. Plagiochila porelloides (Nees) Lindenb. Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983), but to our knowledge it has not been reported from there. A, A, FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 136 Bryum ligulatum: the synonymy is according to Plagiochila spinulosa (Dicks. ) Dum. Phips (1774) reported a sterile species of Jun germannia which was said to be not very different from Dillenius' (1741) Lichenastrum ramosius, folUs trifidis. According to Lindberg (1883) this name refers to Plagiochila spinulosa. No P/a giochila is known from Svalbard, not even P. asplenioides 5, 1.. and p, spinulosa is definitely Koponen 1980). Plagiothecium laetum Schimp. Mentioned by Berggren (1875) as part of a eol 1eetive fjorden P. denticulatum. Reported from Boek and Sjuøyane (Frisvoll 1981a). The out of the question. material belongs to Plagiomnium affine (Bland.) T. Kop. Plagiothecium piliferum (Hartm.) Schimp. Kuc (1973a, as Reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as var. Mnium) states to have examined specimens from Hornsund and Kobbefjorden col lected by Malmgren and Berggren, respectively, P. ellipticum (as M, affine var. rugicum). All reports (see Kuc 1973a; P. svalbardense. brevipilum); his specimens (KRAM) belong to P. svalbardense. and he referred them to Rz tkowska 1988b) are certainly based on a eol Pleurochaete squarrosa (Brid.) Lindb. leetive treatment of the species. The six Reported by Dobbs (1939). Supposed to refer to Pla giomnium species rejeeted from Svalbard here were mostly reported before the family and genus were taxonomically revised by Koponen (many Trichostomum arcticum by Kue (1973a, as T. cuspidatissimum). papers, e.g. Koponen 1980; Koponen in Nyholm 1993). Pohlia annotina (Hedw.) Lindb. The Plagiomnium cuspidatum (Hedw.) T. Kop. Reported by Sommerfelt (1833, as also Lindblom 1840, as Bryum; see Mnium). The Astro phyllum cuspidatum (L., Neck,) Lindb. of ArnelI (1900) and Wulff (1902) is a synonym of P. affine. Plagiomnium elatum (Bruch & Schimp.) T. Kop. Reported from BiIlefjorden by Dobbs (1939, as Mnium affine var.). Pohlia species with many propagula in each (P. andrewsii and P. pro ligera) have been reported in a collective sense by Lindberg (1867, as Bryum annotinum « bul billiferum) and Berggren (1875: 59, as Webera). The identity of Kuc's (1963a) P. annotina "with leaf axil from Svalbard single ovate bulbils in the axils" is obseure, because he at the same time reported P. drum mondii and P. filum (as P. gracilis) which have such bulbills. Berggren (1875, as Webera annot ina) reported specimens from Smeerenburg and Kobbefjorden with brown-red spherical gemmae on the rhizoids ("auf den WurzelfJiden braun rothe kugelf6rmige Bulbillen"); the identity of Plagiomnium medium (Bruch & Schimp.) T. this material is obscure. See also P. andrewsii. Kop. The Svalbard meterial of to P. medium s. l. belongs P. curvatulum. Pohlia bulbifera (Warnst.) Warnst. Reported from Chamberlindalen in Reeherche fjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b) and Long Plagiomnium rostratum (Schrad.) T. Kop. Reported by Hagen (1952, as Mnium longirostre), yearbyen (Schurnaeher 1993, in specimen of the discomycete Lamprospora miniata; the material P. drummondii, herb. O). is revised and is Plagiomnium undulatum (Hedw,) T. Kop. Pohlia ludwigii (Schwaegr.) Broth. Listed with a question mark by Brown (1820, as Reported from Smeerenburg (Lindberg 1867, as A catalogue ot Svalbard plants, tungi, algae and cyanobacteria 137 Bryum) and from Bjørnøya and many localities and the name is also used in recent papers (e.g. throughout Svalbard (Berggren 1875, as Webera). by Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Berggren (1875) stated that "Bulbillen" were usu Karczmarz 1991b). However, the dioicous P. ally at hand, and the reports presumably refer 10 or inelude the frequent P. drummondii which he did not mention. (Bryum drummondii C. Mi.ill. sphagnicola has been widely confused with gracile plants of the paroicous P. nutans (see also Amell & Mårtensson 1959, in comment on P. nutans). was described in 1862 and its commonly used The former is a southem lowland species in Scan synonym Webera commutata Schimp. in 1876.) dinavia. Lindberg (1862,1867) and Amell (1900) One specimen from Berggren's exsiccate (No 65. reter to male and female plants, respectively, but Webera Ludwigii, Nordkapp 1868 Berggren, herb. O) possesses many elongate gemmae in we still think their observations and concIusion should be confirmed. each leaf axil; they are not unlike those of P. proligera, but have laminate and not peglike leaf primordia (cf. Shaw 1981a). The material does not fit into any described taxon, and J. Shaw (pers. comm. 1994) thinks "this plant could be an offspring from a P. drummondii cross". Berggren (1875) also Polytrichum commune Hedw. See P. jensenii. P. proligera described and reported Webera ludwigii var. subcarnosa from six localities in bird eIiffs at NW and N Svalbard. Type material is No. 65b in Berggren's exsiccate, and two speeimens have been available; they were sent to J. Shaw who kindly studied and named them p, wahlenbergii (Brennevinsfjorden 1868 Berggren, herb. O) and P. nutans (Parryøya 1868 Pseudobryum cinclidioides (Hi.i.b.) T. Kop. Reported by Srodon (1960, as Mnium); according to Kuc (1973a) the specimen belongs to Pla giomnium ellipticum. Recently reported from Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b). Berggren, herb. O). All Berggren's speeimens must be studied before a lectotype can be selected for the name. Later reports of P. ludwigii are also less reliable: Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, list also P. drum mondii) reported it from Bellsund S, Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b, no report of P. drummondii) from Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden, Pseudocalliergon lycopodioides (Brid.) Hedenas A southern species confused with the arctic P. brevtfotium (see Hedenas 1992) and perhaps with P. angustifolium which may be more common than known today. Hagen (1952, as Webera)from near Isfjord Radio, Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 278, as Webera ludwigii var. subcarnosa) from bird eliffs in Tempelfjorden, and Frahm (1977, no mention of P. drummondii) from Isfjord Radio and Kiær Pseudoleskea chilensis (Lor.) Oehyra See °Callialaria curuicautis. stranda. There is also a subfossil report by Schim per (1870, as Webera ludwigii var. angustifolia). All speeimens of P. ludwigii s.1. need to be revised. PseudoleskeelIa catenulata (Schrad. ) Kindb. The Svalbard material has probably been con fused with modifications of P. rupestris and P. Pohlia lutescens (Limpr.) H. Lindb. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1993). In Scandinavia known only from a few lowland localities in the south (Floravårdskom mitten fOr mossor 1988; Frisvoll & Blom 1993). Pohlia sphagnicola (Brueh & Schimp.) Broth. A few old references were cited by Kuc (1973a), tectorum forming dense cushions made up of plants with short leaves and incrassate cells. Regarding most previous reports, see Kue (1973a, as Leskea). Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 223, as Pseudoleskea)reported P. catenulata, P. tectorum and 'P. tectorum formas' from Bjørnøya. Frahm (1977) report ed P. catenulata, P. nervosa and P. tectorum, and diseussed the differences between them, but we still think his determinations need to be checked. A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 138 PseudoleskeelIa nervosa Racomitrium microcarpon (Brid.) Nyh. (Hedw.) Brid. Material reported as P. nervosa from the Arctic Reported by Berggren (1875); the herbarium is now considered to belong to a separate species, speeimens P. rupestris. 1983c). Pterogonium to R. Racomitrium pruinosum sp. Subfossil material was reported as "Pterogonium oder Leskea" by Schimper (1870) and described as follows: belong "Foliis ovato-Ianceolatis, margine revolutis, papillosis, costa valida, in cuspidem fascieulare (FrisvoIl (Wils.) C. MuelI. "One of the gatherings ...showed the very long, white hair-points characteristic of the austrai . . . R. pruinosum... . "(Dixon 1924). It is certainly R. lanuginosum. excurrente." We have no good idea as to the identity of the reported material. Rhizomnium pseudopunctatum (Bruch & Schimp.) T. Kop. Ptilidium pulcherrimum (G. Web.) Vainio Reported from a few localities in western Sval Reported from Prins Karls Forland (Watson 1922), Kongsfjorden (Polunin 1945) and Lin nedalen (Hagen 1952). Polunin's speeimen was renamed P. ei/iare by Amell & Mårtensson (1959), and the other reports are certainly also based on incorrectly named material. bard (see Kue 1973a, as Mnlum). The old reports probably refer to R. andrewsianum which at that time was undescribed, and until they are con firmed we consider also the recent reports to be erroneous (e.g. in the separate treatment of Mniaceae at Bellsund S by Karczmarz & Swi s 1989b; see also Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). There is also a subfos Pti/ium crista-castrensis sil report by Schimper (1870, as Mnium subglo (Hedw.) De Not. bosum). Reported by Hagen (1952). It is challenging to speculate about the identity of the reported material.Perhaps Sanionia? Rhizomnium punctatum (Hedw.) T. Kop. Reported from Kongsfjorden and Longyearbyen Racomitrium affine (Web. & Mohr) Lindb. Cited from Svalbard by Duell (1984). His report refers to R. sudeticum which erroneously is treated as a synonym (see Frisvoll 1983c, 1988). by ArnelI & Martensson (1959, as Mnium). Their description makes it eIear that they had collected R. andrewsianum which was described at about the same time (Steere 1958). Later reported from Midterhuken by Eurola & Hakala (1977) and Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden by Hadac (1989). We believe that also this material belongs to R. Racomitrium aquaticum (Schrad.) Brid. andrewsianum. Reported from near Isfjord radio by Hagen (1952). We have no idea as to the identity of the reported material. Rhytidium rugosum (Hedw.) Kindb. Reported from Bjørnøya with a question mark by SommerleIt (1833, as Hypnum) and from Spits Racomitrium heterostichum (Hedw.) Brid. Not reported in his species catalogue but men bergen by Vahl in Lindblom (1840, as Hypnum). Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al. (1961). "This speeies has a wide distribution in tioned in the text (Berggren 1875: 8) as an the Arctic and it could quite conceivably occur example of epilithic species which "auf Spitz on Spitsbergen." (Kue 1973a). It may possibly bergen genothigt, sich auf dem Erdboden zu have been confused with robust plants of Sanionia halten." Certainly the same as his R. sudeticum. orthothecioides. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Scapania helvetica Gott. 139 Schistidium apocarpum (Hedw.) Reported from Bohemanneset by Watson (1922, Brueh. & Sehimp. as S. eurta var. genieulata). Not known from Reported northern Europe. Grimmia), but the species does not oceur on many times (see Kue 1973a, as Svalbard (Blom 1996, cf. p. 141). See also Didy modon asperifolius. Scapania nemorea (L.) GroIle Reported from Klovningen by Livesay (1870, as Jungermannia nemorosa) and from Smeerenburg, Kobbefjorden and Nordkapp by Berggren (1875, as S. nemorosa, partly as j3 purpuraseens). The southern species is unlikely to grow on Svalbard. The reports refer to S. spitsbergensis; the holotype Schistidium confertum (Funek) Brueh & Sehimp. Reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as Grimmia). The speeies is unlikely to grow on Svalbard (H. H. Blom pers. comm.). og that name is Berggren's Musci Spetsbergenses exsiceati no. 170 named S. nemorosa (Lindberg & Arne Il 1889: 31. 'n. 70' err. pro n. 170; GroIle 1976). Regarding the habitat of Berggrens material from Amsterdamøya, see Diplophyllum albieans. Schistidium flaccidum (De Not.) Oehyra Reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as Grimmia). The single specimen (KRAM) is ster ile and the determination is erroneous, it may belong to S. frigidum (H. H. Blom pers. eomm.). Scapania scandica (H. Am. & Bueh) Maev. Reported from Chamberlindalen in Reeherehe fjorden (Swi\!s & Karezmarz 1991b). See also S. Schistidium strictum (Turn.) T. Kop. & Isov. See S. papillosum. eurta. Sphagnum capillifo/ium Scapania undulata (L.) Dum. Reported from Bjørnøya, the W eoast of Spits 1 gemmipara; Berggren 1875). "Das Vorkommen auf Spitzbergen ist unsicher, da die einzigen gesammelten Hedw. Listed in vegetation tables from Bohemanftya by bergen and Smeerenburg (Lindberg 1867, as B. B dort (Ehrh.) angebliehen Se. Kobayashi et al. (1990. as S. nemoreum). The species has previously been excluded from Sval bard (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). See also S. warnstorfii. undulata exemplare, diejenigen Berggrens, teils zu Se. tun drae . .. und teils zu Se. hyperborea . . . gehoren." (Bueh 1928: 144). See also S. tundrae. Schistidium andreaeopsis (C. Mi.ilL) Laz. Reported from Hornsund by Ochyra & Afonina (1986). However, the type of the name has frag mentary or no leaf hairpoints (Frisvoll 1986), whereas the leaves illustrated by Ochyra & Afo Sphagnum condensatum Brid. See Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a). Sphagnum contortum K.F. Sehultz Reported from Longyearbyen (Dixon 1922; Sum merhayes & Elton 1923: 255, as S. subseeundum var.). nina (1986) have quite long point. We are there fore sceptical to the report, and it needs to be verified. Aecording to H. H. Blom (pers. comm.) S. andreaeopsis is not a synonym of S. holmen ianum. Sphagnum fal/ax (Klinggr.) Klinggr. Reported by Wall (1979), the specimen is S. squarrosum (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). 140 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Sphagnum fuscum (Schimp.) Klinggr. Tetraplodon urceolatus Bruch & Schimp. Reported by Polunin (1945) and Rønning (1961), Kue (1973a. as T. urceolatus BSG.. syn. Splach their speeimens are S. jimbriatum and S. arcticum, num urceolatum Brid.) stated that this taxon was respeetively (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). reported by Sommerfelt (1833) and Vahl in Lind blom (1840). However. they reported Splachnum urceolatum Hedw. beeause the genus Tetraplodon Sphagnum majus (Russ.) C. Jens. Reported by Bryhn (1909, as S. dusenii), the speeimen is S. balticum (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). Reeentiy reported from Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden by Hadac (1989: 141), the speeimen should be restudied. and T. urceolatus were deseribed severai years later (Brueh et al. 1844), and Splachnum urceo latum Hedw. is not the basionym (and therefore not a nomenclatural synonym) of T. urceolatus Brueh & Sehimp. (but probably a taxonomie synonym of T. mnioides, see Frisvoll 1978e). The taxonomie relationship between T. mnioides and T. urceolatus is not clarified; the latter hardly oeeurs on Svalbard. But the eompaet plants with Sphagnum recurvum P. Beauv. short eapsules ealled T. mnioides var. cauifolius Reported by Paris (1905), see Flatberg & Frisvoll need further studies. (1984a). Tetrodontium ovatum (Funek) Schwaegr. Sphagnum rubellum Wils. The report of this speeies from Svalbard by Duell Excluded from Svalbard and regarded as too ther mophilous to possibly oeeur there; some speei mens named S. rubellum belong to S. warnstorjii (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). (1984) was an error (Duell 1992: Sb denoting Svalbard is stated to be a misprint for Su denoting Sweden). Reported from Colesbukta (p. 315), with a question mark from Reindalen (Table 1), and in Holoeene deposits from Semmeldalen by Serebryannyy et al. (1985). Timmia megapolitana Hedw. Reported from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993) and Chamberlindalen in Reeherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b). There is also a subfossil report Sphagnum subfulvum Sjors A report from Reindalen by Eurola (1971a) was based on S. arcticum (Flatberg & FrisvoIl 1984a). Duell (1984) included it as he had not seen the latter study. by Sehimper (1870). See also Amell & Mår tensson (1959, in comment on T. bauariea). We assurne that the name is used in a eollective sense, and that it refers to the rather widespread T. bauarica, which some authors treat as a subspecies of T. megapolitana. Sphagnum subnitens Russ. & Wamst. Reported by Dixon (1922; same as in Sum TortelIa arctiea (H. Am.) Crundw. & Nyh. merhayes & Elton 1923: 255, as S. acutifolium Listed var.) and Hadac (1946, as S. plumulosum), see Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a) and Flatberg (1993). erroneously from Svalbard by Duell (1984); his report refers to Trichostomum arc ticum (Duell pers. eomm.), The species has been looked for in the field, but so far all possible speeimens have proved to belong to T. tortuosa. Splachnum ampullaceum Hedw. It ought to be found there (see Crundwell & Reported by Eurola & Hakala (1977. as S. cf. ampullaceum). Also included in the habitat deseription of the fungus Scutellinia minor from Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987). The reports are eertainly erroneous. Nyholm 1963: Figure 6). Tortula lanceola Zand. Reported from Nordaustlandet hy Dixon (1924) A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria 141 and hence listed by Podpera (1954), and from actually never report ed from Svalbard proper. Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a), all See also Watson (1964) and Frisvoll (1983a). as Pottia lanceolata. In Fennoscandia this is a Duell (1992) treated Jan Mayen with Iceland and southern lowland plant (Nyholm 1989, as P. lan made some corrections, but there are still some eeo/ata). errors in the paper. Atrichum undulatum (Hedw.) P. Beauv. Tortu/a mura lis Hedw. Campylium sommerfeltii (Myr.) J. Lange (Re Reported by Vahl in Lindblom (1840). "It is difficult to know to what Lindblom was referring. " (Kue 1973a). We think he referred to T. leu eostoma (see that). See also °Grimmia pulvinata. jected from Jan Mayen by Watson (1964». Diphyscium foliosum (Hedw.) Mohr Ditrichum heteromallum (Hedw.) Britt. Funaria hygromefriea Hedw. Heterocladium dimorphum (Brid.) Schimp. Lescuraea patens (Lindb.) H. Arn. & C. Trichostomum nordenskioeldii Schimp. Leseuraea radicosa (Mitt.) Mank. Described Plagiothecium eavlfolium (Brid.) Iwats. from subfossil material (Schimper 1870). It may belong to Didymodon because of the following information in the diagnosis: "Dif fert a Trich. Didymodonj tophaeeo proximo Jens. Philonotis seriata MitL Pohlia andalusiea (Hahnel) Broth. Sehistidium agassizii SulL & Lesq. foliorum costa triplo latiore." Warnstorfia trichophylla (Warnst.) Tuom. & T. Kop. List of selected synonyms Reported from near Sveagruva and lower Rein dalen (Stormyra) by Eurola (1971a, as Dre panocladus). in the latter locality also as subfossiL and from Kvadehuken west of NY-Ålesund by Frahm (1977, as Drepanocladus). Three sped mens (OULU) collected by Eurola belong to W. exannulata. The speeimen cited by Frahm (1977, as Drepanocladus, herb. Frahm) has also been renamed W. exannulaw by us. Amblystegium jungermannioides A .J.E. Sm. Platydielya jungermannioides Amblystegium longieuspis Lindb. & H. Arn. Campylium longicuspis Andreaea papillosa Lindb. Anoectangium This name is used by Livesay (1870: 338) about material from Tusenøyane. It may refer to Die ranoweisia crispula. (Lim pr.) Par. (Gaertn. et Molendoa tenuineruis Anomobryum Schimp. Weissia sp. A. sparsifolia = tenuinerve = julaceum Bartramia breviseta Lindb. Braehythecium Schljak. = = B. ithyphylla Bryum erispulum Hampe = Bryum inelinatum auet. B. pseudotriquetrum B. amblyodon = B. amblyodon B. subneodamense Bryum pauperidens Dix. ex Jones Bryum stenotriehum C. Milli. Bryum subglobosum Schlieph. Bryum subrotundum Brid. Bryum teres Lindb. = geographieal obscurity. We therefore give a list of 12 Jan Mayen speeies reported by him but = B. algovieum B. amblyodon B. pallescens B. pallescens B. pallescens Calliergon obtusifolium Karcz. Svalbard. This unfortunate deeision led to bryo Jens.) B. coruscum Bryum ovatum Jur. Duell (1983,1984,1985) included Jan Mayen in (C. groenlandicum Bryum kaurinianum Warnst. Jan Mayen species reported from 'Svalbard' al.) A. filiforme = C. richardsonii Calliergon sarmentosum (Wah1enb.) Kindb. Warnstorfia sarmentosa Calliergon stramineum (Brid.) Kindb. minergon stramineum == Stra 142 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Calliergon trifarium (Web. & Mohr) Kindb. '= Pseudocalliergon trifarium nitens (Hedw.) Robins. '=' Herzo Hypnum pratense Spruee Breidleria pratensis Jsopterygium pulchellum (Hedw.) Jaeg. giella adscendens Cratoneuron arcticum Steere - Tomentypnum nitens Campylium adscendens (Lindb. ) Perss. Pseudoleskea = == Palus Jsop terygiopsis pulehella L. wen Lophozia groenlandica (Nees) Maeoun chilensis Cratoneuron decipiens (De Not.) Loeske zelii Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dum. ssp. opacifolia trielIa decipiens Palustriella Cratoneuron falcatum (Brid.) Roth Cratoneuron filicinum (Hedw.) Spruee var. curvi caule (Jur.) Moenk. Callialaria curvicaulis L. excisa Plagiopus oederi (Brid.) Limpr. = P. oederiana Pleurocladula islandka (Nees) GroIle = P. albes cens Desmatodon cernuus (Hiib.) Brueh & Schimp. Polytrichum p.p. Tortula cernua Desmatodon heimii (Hedw.) Mitt. L. opacifolia (Culm.) Sehust. & Damsh. Lophozia kiaeri Jørg. falcata Hennediella Polytrichastrum Pottia lanceolata (Hedw.) C. Miill. Tortula lanceola heimii Desmatodon latifolius (Hedw.) Brid. == Tortula Desmatodon laureri == Pseudoleskea incurvata (Hedw.) Loeske == Les curaea incurvata euryphylla Schimp. Homalothecium (K.F. Sehultz) Brueh & Desmatodon leucostoma (R. Brown) Berggr. Tortula leucostoma Tortula systylia Desmatodon systylius Schimp. Didymodon spitzbergensis Dix. = D. asperifolius Drepanocladus badius (Hartm.) G. Roth. == Loe skypnum badium (Schimp.) Loeske - Scorpidium cossonii Schistidium pulvinatum auet. Scorpidium turgescens (C. S. mucronata S. flaccidum Jens.) Loeske Pseudocalliergon turgescens Abi Tortula norvegica (Web.) Lindb. Syntrichia norvegica == Syn trichia ruralis Warnstorfia exannulata (Hedw.) Scapania praetervisa Meyl. Tortula ruralis (Hedw.) Gaertn. et al. Drepanocladus exannulatus (Sehimp.) G. Roth fluitans == Lescuraea plicata etinella abietina Pseudocalliergon brevifolium Drepanocladus P. rupestris Ptychodium plicatum (Web. & Mohr) Sehimp. Thuidium abietinum (Hedw.) Sehimp. Drepanocladus brevjfolius (Lindb.) Warnst. Drepanocladus cossonii PseudoleskeeIla sibirica (H. Am.) P. Wils. & Norris Tortula laureri Warnst. Warnstorfia fluitans Drepanocladus lapponicus (NorrI.) Z. Smirn. - Hamatocaulis lapponicus Drepanocladus latifolius (Lindb. & H. Arn.) Warnst. = Pseudocalliergon brevifolium Acknowledgements Drepanocladus lycopodioides (Brid. ) Warnst. Pseudocalliergon lycopodioides Drepanocladus pseudostramineus (C. Milli.) G. Roth Warnstorfia pseudostraminea Drepanocladus revolvens (Anon.) Warnst. Many bryologists and cumtors have hclpcd with loan of her - Scorpidium revolvens taxonomy and oeeurrence of Svalbard bryophytes. We arC grate· Drepanocladus trichophyllus (Warnst.) Podp. ful for hclp and information from O. M. Afonina. St. Peters· burg; H. H. Blom. Trondheim; I. Brattbakk. Trondheim; A. Warnstorfia trichophylla Drepanocladus tundrae H. Arn. := Warnstorfia tundrae Drepanocladus uncinatus (Hedw.) Warnst. Sanionia uncinata Drepanocladus vernicosus (Lindb.) Warnst. Hamatocaulis vernicosus barium material and/or given personal information about the C. Crundwcll. Glasgow: K. Damsholt. København; Flatberg. Trondheim; J.·P. Frahm. Duisburg; = R. Duell. Duisburg; T. Engclskjøn. Tromsø; S. Eurola. Oulu; K . I. Stockholm; L. L. Heden;;s. B. Jacobsen. Oslo: D. Long. Edinburgh; E. Nyholm, Lund: R. Oehyra. Krakow; M. Ohenoja. Oulu; S. Piippo, Helsinki; T.H. Schumachcr. O slo; J. Shaw. Ithaca; and C. Wegener. Tromsø. S. Sivertsen. Trondheim. prepared the Latin diagnosis of Plagiotheciwll svalbardense. A calalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 143 Schistochilopsis (Hepaticae). Bryophyt. Bibl. 43,1- 18 7,Tafel References 1-17. BilOt, M. & Theriot,l. 1936: Grimmia spitsbergensis Biz. & Ther. Spee. nov. Bull. Sei. Bourgogne 5,70-71. Abramova, A. L" Savicz-Ljubickaya,L. l. & Smirnova,Z. N. 1961: Opredelitel' listostebe/'nych mchov Arktiki SSSR (Field guide of mosses of the Arctic USSR). Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moscow, Leningrad. 715 pp. Acock, A. M. 1940: Vegetation of a calcareous inner fjord region in Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 28, 8 1-106. Anderson, L. E" Crum, H. & Buck, W. R. 1990: List of the mosses of North Ameriea north of Mexico. Bryologist 93, 448--499. Andersson,G. 1910: Die jetzige und fossile Quartarflora Spitz bergens als Zeugnis von Klimaanderungen. Pp. 409--417 in Die Veriinderungen des Klimas seit dem Maximum der letzten Eiszeit. Il internat. Geologenkongress. Stockholm. Andrus, R. E., Karlin, E. F. & Talbot, S. S. 1992: Rare and endangered Sphagnum spe eies in North Ameriea. Biol. Conserv. 59, 247-254. Armitage, E. 1937: Some Spitsbergen mosses. Bryologist 40, 74-78. ArnelI,H. W. 1900: Beitrage zur Moosflora der Spitzbergischen Inselgruppe. OJvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. 57, 99-130. AmeIl, H. W. 1918: Die Moose der Vega-Expedition. Ark. Bot. 15(5), 1-111. ArnelI, H. W. 1922: Die schwedischen Arten der Gattung Diplophyllum und Martinellia. Goteborgs K. Vetensk.- och Vitterhets-samhiilles Handl. Pp. 1-80. ArnelI,S. 1956: 1/lustrated moss flora oJ Fennoscandia. 1. Hepa tieae. Lund. 308 pp. ArnelI,S. & Mårtensson,0. 1959: A contribution to the know ledge of the bryophyte flora of W. Spitsbergen,and Kongs fjorden (King's Bay, 79°N.) in particular. Ark. Bot. 4,105- 164. Barkman, J. J. 1987: Preliminary investigations on the texture of high arctic tundra vegetation. Pp. 120-132 in Huiskes, A. H. L., Blom, C. W. P. M. & Rozema, J. (eds.): Vegetation between land and sea. Junk Publ" Dordrecht/Boston/Lancas ter. Barkman, J. J., Moravec, J. & Rauschert, S. 1986: Code of phytosociological nomenclature. 2nd ed. Vegetatio 67, 145 195. Bednarek-Ochyra, H. 1993: Three speeies of mosses [Bryum subneodamense, Dicranella palustris, Polytrichastrum long; setum] new to Svalbard. Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 38, 322-323. Bednarek-Ochyra, H., Godzik, B. & Grodzinska, K. 1987: Bryophyta svalbardensia exsiccata. Fase. I: 1-13 (No. 1-20), Il: 1-13 (No. 21-40), I I I : 1-11 (No. 41-60), IV: 1-11 (No. 61-80). Polish Acad. Sei., Krak6w. BeiIschmied, C. T. 1842: Flora von Spitzbergen,hauptsachlich nach Lindblom's Zusammenstellung. Flora 25, 481-493. Belland,R. J. & Brassard,G. R. 1980: A major range extention for Encalypta longicolla. Bryologist 83, 563. Berggren,S. in Anonymo 1873: Smarre notiser. Larda sallskaps sammantraden. Fysiografiska sallskapet. Den 31 Apri!. Doc. S. Berggren redogjorde fOr Spetsbergens mossvegetation med ledning af 1868 års samIingar. Bot. Not. 1873, 90-96. Berggren, S. 1875: Musci et Hepaticæ Spetsbergenses. Bericht Blom, H. H. 1996: A revision of the Schistidium apocarpum complex in Norway and Sweden. Bryophyt. Bibl. 49, 1-333. Boiriska, U. & Gugnacka-Fiedor, W. 1986: Bryophytes and their distribution in the tundra communities of the Kaffii:iyra Plain (NW Spitsbergen).Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 29, 401-413. Bonnot,E.-J. 1974: Oreas martiana (Hopp. et Hornsch.) Brid. au Spitzberg, genre monotypique nouveau pour l'Arctique europeen. In "Les probiernes modernes de la bryologie." Colloque organise il Lille les 15,16 et 17 december 1972. Soc. Bot. France, Coll. Bryol. 1974, 339--345. Brandshaug, R. 1982: Deschampsia-mark på Svalbard. En vegetasjonsøkologisk undersøkelse på Lågnesflya og på Brøggerhalvøya. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ. Trondheim (unpub!.). 274 pp. Brassard, G. R. 1971a: The mosses of northern Ellesmere Island. Arctic Canada. l. Ecology and phytogeography,with an analysis for the Queen Elizabeth Islands. Bryologist 74, 233-281. Brassard, G. R. 1971b: The mosses of northern Ellesmere Island, Arctic Canada. Il. Annotated list of taxa. Bryologist 74,282-311. Brassard,G. R. 1976: The moss es of northem Ellesmere Island Arctic Canada. Ill. New or additional records. Bryologist 79 480-487. : Brassard,G.R. 1979: The moss genus Timmia. 1.lntroduction, and revision of T. norvegica and allied taxa. Lindbergia 5, 39--5 3. Brassard, G. R., Belland, R. J. & Bridgland,J. 1982: Two rare arctic or montane mosses [Oreas martiana, Tetraplodon paradoxus] new to the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Bry ologist 85, 139--141. Brattbakk,l. 1979: Strandeng på Svalbard. Thesis (cand. rea!.), Univ. Trondheim (unpub!.). 268 pp. Brattbakk, l. 1981: Vegetasjonskart 1:10000, Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard. [8 map sheets:] l. Kvadehuksletta. 2. Bran dalpynten. 3. Kiærfjellet. 4. NY-Ålesund. 5. Lovenøyane. 6. Leinstranda. 7. Steenfjellet. 8. Engelskbukta. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Mus. Bot. Avd. Trondheim. Brattbakk, l. 1984: Adventdalen, Svalbard, vegetas;onskart 1:50000. [1 map sheet]- K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Mus. Bot. Avd. Trondheim. Brattbakk, l. 1985a: Laponiahalvøya, Svalbard, vegeta sjonskart 1:20000. [l map sheet]- Univ. Trondheim, Mus. Bot. Avd. Trondheim. Brattbakk, I. 1985b: Vegetasjonskart Lågnesflya, Svalbard, 1:20000. [2 map sheets:]! . Eungane. 2. Vårsolbukta. Univ. Trondheim,Mus. Bot. Avd. Trondheim. Brattbakk, I. 1985c: Vegetasjonskart Reinsdyrflya, Svalbard, 1:20000. [4 map sheets:] 1. Sven Olssonodden. 2. Vel komstpynten. 3. Kollebekken. 4. Worsleyhamna. Univ. Trondheim, Mus. Bol. Avd. Trondheim. Brattbakk, l. 1986: Flora og vegetasjon. Pp.15--32 in Øritsland, N.A. (ed.): Svalbardreinen og dens livsgrunnlag. Univer sitetsforlaget,Oslo - Bergen - Stavanger - Tromsø. Brattbakk,I" Rønning,O. l. & Sendstad,E. 1978: Økologiske iiber die Untersuchung der Moosflora Spitzbergens und studier på Svalbard. l. Økologiske effekter og nedbrytning Beeren-Eilands wahrend der Schwedischen Expeditionen av et simulert råoljeutslipp i strandsonen på Svalbard, 1976 1864 und 1868, und Verzeichniss der dort gesammelten Arten. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 13(7), 1-103. Bisang,l. 1991: Biosystematische Studien an Lophozia subgen. 1977. SlNTEF Rapp. STF21 A78064, 1-31. Bremer, B. 1980: A taxonomic revision of Schistidium (Grim miaceae, Bryophyta) 1. Lindbergia 6, 1-16. A. A. FR/SVOLL & A ELVEBAKK 144 Brossard,T.. Deruelle. S.. Simis, P. L. & Petit. P. 1984: An interdisciplinary approach to vegetation mapping on liehcn dominated systems in high-arctic environment,Ny Ålesund relalionship to Scapania ligulifolia (Schust.) Schust. Lind bergia 5, 73--76. Dillenius, J. J. 1741: Historia museor"m. Oxonii. XVI + 576 pp., 85 PL (Svalbard). PhYlocoenologia 12. 433--453. Brown, R. 1820: Catalogue of plants found in Spitzbergen. Pp. Dixon, H. ;-.;. 1912: Supplemenlary note on mOsses of Prince 75-76 in Scoresby, W. (ed.): An accoullI of the arctic regiom, Charles Forcland. Spitzbergcn. Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc Edin with a history and deseriplion of the nOr/hem whale-fishery. burgh 24, 93-94. VoL l , Appendix V. Edinburgh. [Also as 'Verzeichniss in Spitzbergen gefundencr Pilanzen. Pp. 364-366 in Nees von Dixon. H. N. 1922: The mosses of the Oxford University cxpcdition to Spitzbergen, 1921. Bry% gist 25. 8&-89. Esenbeck. C G. (cd.): Robert Brown's uermischlebolanische Dixon, H. N. 1924: Spilzbcrgcn mosses. Bryologist 27,69. Sehriflen. Erster Band. Leipzig 1825.] Dixon, H. N. 1933: Amblystegium boreale Dix. sp. nov. Brv Bruch. P .. Schimper, W. P. & Gumbcl, T. 1844: Bryologia Europaea seu genera muscoru.m Europaeorum monographica illuslrala. Fase. 23-24 Mon Splachnum 1-8. pl. 1-3. Stuttgar . tiae. Bryhn, ologi.1I 36, 4. Dobbs. C. G. 1939: The vegetation of Cape Napier, Spits· bergen. J. Ecol. 27, 12&-148 Dubiel. E. & Oleeh, M. 1985: Vegetation map of the NW part N. 1906: Bryophyta in itinere polari seeundo eolleeta. Rep. norvagorum Second Norwegian Arclic Exped. 'Fram' 1898-1902. 2(11). 1-260. Bryhn. N. 1909: Bryophyta pro Ilora Spitzbergensi nova. Nyt ,"'lag. NalurVidensk. 47. 207-208. of Sørkappland (Spitsbergen), Zesz. Nauk, Uniw. Jaglell. Prate Geogr, 63. 57-67, Dubiel. E. & Oleeh. M. 1990: Plant communities of NW S6r kapp Land (Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk, Uni,,'. Jagiell, Prace Bot. 21. 35-74. Buch,H. 1928: Die Scapanien Sordcuropas und Sibiriens. IL Dubie!. E. & Olcch. M. 1992: Ornithoeoprophilous plant eom Systematiseher TeiL Soc. Sei. Fenn .. Comm. Bio/. J(l J. 1 munities on the southern slope of Ariekammen (Hornsund 177. region, Spitsbergen). Pp. 167.. 175 in Opalinski. K. W. & Buch. H. 1933: Scapania simmonsii Bryhn et KaaL. cin fUr das Klckowski. R. Z. (eds.): Spitsbergen '84. Landscape. /ife Festland Europas ncucs Lebermnns. Me",. Soc. F. Fl. Fenn. world and man ill high arctic. Inst. of ecology, Polish Acad. 9,142. Sei., Warszawa. Bmley. J. S. & Pritehard. N. M. 1990: Revision of the genu:, Ceratodon (Bryophyta), Harvard Popers in Botany 2,17·76. Coker,P. D. 1983: Seligeria camlolira (Breid!. & Beek) Nyh. and S. oelandica C, Jens. & Med.: two mosses new to Norway. Lindbergia 9, 81-85. Corley, M. F. V & CrundwelL A. e. 1991: Addilions and amendments to the mosses of Europe and the Azores. J. Bryol. 16, 337-356. Corley. M. F. V" Crundwell, A. e.. Dull. R" Hill. M. O. & Smith, A. ,L E. 1981: Mosses of Europe and the Azores: an annotated list of spedes. with synonyms from thc recent !iteralure. J. Bryor Il, 609-689. Crundwell. A. C. 1960: Notes on the British speeies of Cyno dom!um. Trans. Brit. Bryo/. Soc. 3, 706-712. Crundwcll, A. C. 1962: The status and nomenclature of Mniurn riparium. Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc. 4.334-335. Crundwell, A. e. 1978: Ceph aloziellu uncinata Schust. in Spits bergen. Lindberg!a 4. 297-298 Crundwell, A. C. & Nyholm, E. 1963: Notes on the genus TortelIa Il. TOr/elia arctiea. Bryologist 06. 184-191. Czernyadjeva. l. V. & Ignatov,M. S. 1991: Poh/ia andrewsi! J. Shaw in the U.S.S.R. 1. Bryo/. 16,581-588. Dahl. E. & Hadac. E. 1946: Et bidrag til Spitsbergens llora. Duell, R. 1983: Distribution of the European and Macaronesian hvcrworts (Hepaticophytina). Bryo/' Beilr. 2, 1·IlS. Duell, R. 19,,4: Distribution of the European and Maearonesian mosses (Bryophytina). Part I. Brya/. Beilr. 4, 1··113. Duell. R. 19S5: Di>tribntion of the European and Macaronesian mosses (Bryophytina). Part Il. Bryol. Beilr. 5. 1 l0-232, Duell. R. 1992: Distrihut;on of the European and Macaroncsian mosscs (Bryophytina). Annotations and progress. Bryo/. Beitr. 8/9, 1-223. Eberle, J .• Thannhciscr. D. & Wcber. L 1993: Untersuehungcn zur Bodenbildung und Vegetation auf basaltischen Aus gangssubstraten in cinem hoeharktischen Geoilkosystem (BoekfjordcnjNordwestspitzbergen). Norden 9, 1-29. Ekman. J. 1993: Mossor. Meddelande av Joakim Ekman,Oden gatan 35A, 633 52 Eskilstuna. P. 106 in Karlsson, T. (ed.): Floristiska notiser. Svensk Bal. Tidskr. 87: 104-106. Elvebakk. A. 1979: P/tll!lesosiologi og -fellologi i eit urktisk omrJde: Sluphallet Brøg/(erhalvøYIl, Svalbard. Undersøking , gjort i samband med det norske MAS-program,med drøfting av nokre arktiske vegetasjonstypar. Thesis (cand. real.), Univ. Trondheim (unpubL). 233 pp .. Tab. I - I l . Elvebakk. A. 1984: Vegetation pattern and eeology of siheeous Medd. Norges Svalbard- og lshavsunder,'økelser 63. 1-15. bouldcr snow beds on Svalbard. Polarforsclllmg 54, 9-20. Dahle, O. 1983a: Snøleiepreget vegetasjon på Rcinsdyrflya: Elvebakk, A. 1985: Higher phytosociologieal syntaxa on Sval· Svalbard. Pp. 17-32 in Baadsvik. K. & Rønning,O. l. (eds.): bard and their use in suhdivision of the Arctic. Nord. J. BOl. Fagmøte i vegetasjonsøkologi på Kongsvoll 7.-8.3. 1983. K. Norske VideIlsk. Selsk. Mus. Rapp. BOl. Ser. i983(7). 1-131. Dahle, O. 19S3b: Snøleiepreget vegetasjon pa Reinsdyrjlya. Svalbard. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ. Trondheim (unpubl. ). IR8 pp. 5,273-284. Elvcbakk. A. 1994: A survey of plant associations and allianees from Svalbard. J, Veg. Sei. 5, 791-R02. Elvebakk, A., Engelskiøn, T. & Hodin, L 19R7: Vege tasjonsskader i Berzehusdalen. In Prestrud. P, & 0ritsland, Damsholt, K. 19R2: The perianth of Tritomaria quinquedentolll N. A. (eds.): Miljøundersøkelser i tilknytning til seismisk var. lurgida (Lindb.) Weim. (Hepaticae). Bryoiogis! 85.96 virksomhet på Svalbard 1986, Norsk Polarinsl. Rapp, 34. 98. 161-194, Damsholt. K. 1994: On lhe identity of Jungermannia groell landica Nees. J. Hallori Bol. Lab. 75, 173--1 78. Damsholt, K. & Long, D,G. 1979: The perianth of Scapania ca/dcola (Arn. et Perss.) lngham (Hepaticae) and the Elven,R.. Eriksen, M.-B .. Elvebakk. A .. Johansen. B. E. & Engelskiøn. T 1990: Gipsdalen. Central Svalbard: flora, vegetation, and botanical values, Possible consequences of planned mining activities. Pp. 27-66 in Brekke, B. & A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria Hansson, R. (eds.): Environmental Atlas Gipsdalen, Svalbard. Vol. Il. Norsk Polarlns!. Rapp. 6I. 145 Frisvoll.A. A. & Blom, H. H. 1993: Trua moser i Norge med Svalbard; raud liste. N/NA U/redn. 42. 1-55. Engelskjøn, T. 1986: Eco-geographical relations of the Bjørn øya vascular flora, Svalbard. Polar Res. n. s. 5, 79-127. Eurola,S. 1968: Uber die Fj eldheidevegctation in den Gebi eten von Isfjorden und Hornsund in Westspitzbergen. Aquilo. Ser. Bo!. 7, l -56. Frisvoll, A. A. & Lewinsky, J. 1981: [Revisjon of Svalbard bryophytes. I.l The genus Ortho/richum in Svalbard. Lind bergia7, 2-9. Frisvoll, A. A., Elvebakk. A., F1atberg, K. 1., Halvorsen, R. & Skogen, A. 1984: Norske navn på moser. Po/arf/okke"8, Eurola, S. 1971a: The middlc arctic mire vcgetation in Spits bergen. Acta Agr. Fenn. /23.87-107. 1-59. Frisvoll, A. A., Elvebakk, A., Flatberg. K. I. & Økland. R. Eurola, S. 1971b: Die Vegetation einer Sturzhalde (Sveagruva. Spitzbergen, 77°53' n.Br.). Aquilo. Ser. Bo!. 10. &-28. Eurola, S. & Hakala,A. V. K. 1977: The bird e1iff vegetation of Svalbard. Aquilo, Ser. Bot. 15 , 1-18. H. 1995: Sjekkliste over norske mosar. Vitskapleg og norsk namnevcrk. NINA Temahefte4. 1-104. Gos. L. 1993: Se/igeria oelandica (Musei,Seligeriaceae) in Swit zerland. Fragrn. Flor. Geobol. 38, 323-324. Flatberg. K. l. 1993: Sphagnum o/afii (Sect. Acutifolia), a new Gottlich, K. & Homburg, P. 1982: Ein Zeuge warmezcitlicher Moore im Adventdalen auf Spitzbergen (Svalbard-Archipel). peal-moss from Svalbard. J. Bryol. 17,613-620. Flatberg. K. I. 1994: Sphagnum /undrae, a new speeies of Sect. Telma12. 253-260. Gottsche. C. 11.1.. I.indenberg, J. B. G. & Nees von Esenbcck. Squarrosa from lhe Arctic. Lindbergia19,3-10. Flatberg, K. I. & Frisvoll, A. A. 19H4a: Revision of Svalbard C.G. 1844-1847: Synopsis Hepaticarllm. Hamburg. 834 pp. bryophytes. m. The genus Sphagnurn. J. Hal/ori Bot. Lab. Greven, H. C. 1995a: Grimmia sessitana De Not. in Scotland. J. Bryol. 1 8 , 499-502. 56.287-319. Flatberg, K. I. & Frisvoll, A. A. 1984b: Sphagnurn are/icurn in Ellrope. Backhuys Publ., Leiden. 158 pp. sp. nov. Bryologis/8 7,143-148. Floravardskommitten fOr mossor 1988: Preliminiir lista over hotade mossor i Sverige. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 8 2.423-445. Frahm, J.-P. 1977: Ein Beitrag zur Laubmoosflora von Spitz Frisvoll, A. A. 1978a: Nomenclatural note on TricilOs/omurn gist8 1 , IS&-159, Fri,voll, A. A. 1978b: Oversikt over norske moser. I. Møkk mosefamilien Splachnaceae. Blyttia 36.3-16. Frisvoll, A. A. 1978c: The genus Tetraplodon in Norway. A taxonomic revision. Undbergia4. 225-246. Frisvoll, A. A. 1978d: Twenty-eight bryophytes new to Svalbard. Bryologis/81, 122-136. FrisvolL A. A. 19H1a: Fiftcen bryophyles new lo Svalbard, including notes on some rare or interesting speeies. Lind bergia 7. 91-102. Frisvoll.A. A. 1981b: Oversikt over norske moser. Il. Fager mosefamilien - Mniaceae. Blytlia 39. 165-188. Frisvoll, A. A. 1982: The status of Lophozia kiaerii Jørg. Bryologis/85,142·144. Frisvoll, A. A. 1983a: Bryophytes from Jan Mayen. including twenty-five speeies new to the island. Bryologis/8 6,332-341. Frisvoll. A. A. 1983b: Registrerte moser i Sanddøladalen. Pp. 13-18 in Holten,J. I.: Flora- og vegetasjonsundersøkelser i nedbørsfeltene for Sanddøla og Luru i Nord-Trøndelag. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Mus. Rapp. BOl. Ser. 198 3(2). 1 148. Frisvoll, A. A. 1983c: Revision of Svalbard bryophytes. Il. The genus Raeomitrium. Lindbergia 9. 4 1 -52 GroIle. R. 1960: Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Barbilophozia. insbesondcre B. f/oerkei und B. ha/cheri. Nova Hedwigia 2 , 555-566. GroIle. R. 1967: Miscellanea hepaticologia (71-80). Trans. Bri/. bergen. Herzogia 4, 249-264. cuspidatissimum. Bry% Greven, H. C. 1995b: Grimmia Hedw. (Grirnmiaceae,Musci) . Frisvoll, A. A. 1984: The distribution of P/agio/hedum berg grenianull1 Frisv. Bryologisl87, 167. Frisvoll, A. A. 1985a: Lectotypitications including nomen c1atural and laxonomieal notes on Di/riehum fe 1 xicaule sensu lato. Bryologist 88, 31-40. benachbarter Gebiete. Feddes Reperwriurn87, 171-279. GroIle, R. 1983: Hepatics of Europe ineluding the Azores: an annotated list of species, with synonyms from the recent litcrature. J. Bryol. 12,403-459. Gugnacka-Fiedor. W. & Noryskicwicz, B. 1982: The vegetation of Kaftiøyra. Oscar I l l.and, NW Spitsbergen. Art. Univ. N. Copemici 51. Geogr. 16, 203-238. Hadac, E. 1944: Die Gefiisspllanzen des "Sassengcbietes" Vestspitsbergen. Norges Svalbard- og lshavsundersøkelser. Skrifter 87,1-71, Tafel l-XIV. Hadac. E. 1946: The plant-communities of Sassen Ouarter, Vestspitsbergen. Studia Bo/. Cechosl. 7. 127-164. Hadac. E. 1947: Strandplanter og landhevning på Spitsbergen. Blyltia 5.67-71. Hadac. E. 1989: Notes on plant communities of Spitsbergen. FoUa Geobol. Phytotux. 24,131-169. Hagen, A. 1952: Plants collected in Vestspitsbergen in the summer of 1933. Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70, 1-14. Hagen, I. 1899-1904: Musei Norvegiæ Borealis. Tromsø Mus. Aarsh. 21-2 2. I-XXIII. 1-382. Hagen. I. 1908: The mosses and hepatics of Prince Charles Foreland, Spitsbergen. Trans. Proc. Bo/. Soe. Edinburgh 2 3, 32&-330. Hagen, I. 1914: Forarbejder til en norsk løvmosllora. XIX. Polytrichaceæ. K . Norske Videns/c Selsk. Skr 1913(1),1-77. Hagen, I. 1929 (cd. Printz, H.): Forarbeider til en norsk lØvmos flora. XXI. Pottiaceae. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. SÆr. 19 28 (3), 1-96. Frisvoll, A. A. 1985b: The identity of Didymodon arcticus Broth. of Index Muscorum. J. Bryol. 13,435. Hallingback, T. & Holmasen, I. 19H5: Mossor. En fiilthandbok. 2nd ed. Interpublishing.Stockholm. 288 pp. Frisvoll, A. A. 1986: The status of Sehislidium andreaeopsis. with notes on the Krause collection from the Chuek Penin sula. Bryologis/89, 27&-278. Hartmann. H. 1980: Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pflanzen gesellschaftcn Spitzbergens. Phylocoenologia8 ,65-147. Hedderson, T. A. & Bras-sard,G. R. 1992: Tetrodon/ium repan Frisvoll,A. A. 1988: A laxonomic revision of the Ra cornitrium he/erostiehum group (Bryophyta, Grimmiales) in N. and C. Ameriea, N. Africa. Europe and Asia. Gunneria 59 Bryol. Soc. 5,271-282. GroIle. R. 1976: Verzeichnis der Lebermoose Europas und , 1-289. dum and Seligeria diversifolia discovered in Arctic Canada. Bryologist 9 5. 443-444. Hedcniis. L. 1988a: Arnblystegium 10ngicll.spis Undb. & H. 146 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Arn,. its status and taxonomic position, Lindbergia 14 . 142Hedenas. L. 1988b: The status of Ortholhecium lapponicum and O, complanalUm (Musei, Plagiotheciaceac), Ann, Bal, Europe, a taxonomic revision, Ann, Bal, Fem!. 26, 399-·419, Hedenas, L. 1989b: The genera Scorpidium and Hamaloraulis. gen, nov" in northern Europe, Lindbergia 15. S-36, Heden;;s, L. 1993: A generie revision of the Warnslorjia-Callier gon group, l, Bryo/, 17, 447-479, & Siiderstrom, L. 1991: Leskea rupeslris, an older Hegewald, E, 1992: Oie Verbreitung von Dicranum lauricum 0, 1979: Oe vegetatie van het westelijk gedeelte van Rosenbergdalen, EdgeØya, Svalbard, Results Reindecr Environment Expedition Svalbard (REES '77). Researell groep Oecologie /Jan Cor Thesis Soa/bard, (cand, reaL). Univ, Trondheim (unpubl. ), 139 pp .. Tab, 1-4, p, 1981: Vegetasjon og produksjonsforhold i Boller· Svalbard, Thesis (cand, reaL), Univ, Trondheim (unpubL), 193 pp .. vedl. 1-2, Hcuglin. M, T. 1874: Reisen nacll dem Nordpolarmeer in den lahren 1870 und 1871, 2, Beitriige zur Fauna, Flora und Geologie, IL B()tanik, Pp, 265-285, Braunschweig, Bjclmstad, R. 1981: Flora- og vegetasjonsundersøkelser på Barcntsøya, MAB i Norge Svalbardprosjeklel, Rapp, 8. 1- 46, Høiland, K, & Pedersen. A. 1975: En ny lokalitet for Haplo milrium 110okeri, dens Økologi og utbredelse i Norge, BlYl/ia 33,53--59. Hofmann, W, 1968: Gcobotanische Untersuchungen in Sudost Spitzbcrgen 1960, In Budd, J, & Wirthmann. A, (eds,): Ergebn, Stauferland-Exped, 1959/60 (8;, 1-83, Abb, l-IS, Nuten, Holm, T, 1896, The carliest rccord of Arctic plants, PraL Bio/, SoC. Washington 10. 103-107, Holmen. K, 1955: Notes on the bryophyte vegetation of Peary Land. :srorth Greenland, Mitt, Th"ringLscllen BOl, Ges, l: %- 106, Holmen. K. 1957a: The sporophytc of Mnium hymenophyllum, Bry% gist 60. 135-138, Holmen, K, 1957b: Three west arctic moss speeies in Greenland, On the occurrence of eine/idium lalifolium, Aulacomnium acuminatum and G, A" Ammirati. J, F, & Redead, S, C. (eds.): Arctic and & Afonina, 0, M, (eds,) 1992, Cheek-list of Ignatov, M, S, lreland. R, R, 1980: The taxonomie status of CeralOdon helero phyllus, Bryologisl 8 3 . 234-237, Jacobsen, L. B, 1994: Re-analyse av pennanente prøveflater i Trichoslomum cuspidalissimum, Medd, Grøn/and 156(3;, 1-16, Hooker, W, J, 1825: Some account of a colleetion of arctic plants forrned by Edward Sabine, Esg" ved Kongsfjorden, Svalbard, 1994 , Norsk Polarinsl, Rapp, 87, 1-29, Jensen. C. 1939: Skandinavlens bladmossfiora, København, 535 pp, Jørgensen. E. 1929: Mosses, In Iversen. T, (ed, j: Hopen (Hope Island). Svalbard, ResuIts of a reeonnaissanee in the summer mopllyla en Vegelallekunde, 1ntern Rapp, 67, 1 63, Hermansen, J, E, 1979: Vegetasjonsøkologi i el arklisk område, Brøggerhalvøya, E. mU/iea. gymnostomous spedes new to North Arnerica. Bryologisl 79. 321-331. overvåkingsområdet in :srordeuropa , Lindbergia 17: 83-85, UnIV, Amslerdam, l, Hattori Bot, Lab, 54,353--532, 0, G, & Murray. M, 1976; Enca/ypla brevipes and Horton, mos$Cs of the former USSR, A rctoa J, 1-85, name for PseudoleskeelIa sibirica, Lindbergia 17. 64-66, Heinemeijer, H. 0, G, 1983: A revision of the Encalyptaceae (Muscil. with particular reference to the North American taxa, Part alpine mycology Il, Plenum Press. New York & London, Europc, Lindbergia 16. 80-99. dalen, 0, G, 1982: Enealyptl/ longicolla Bruch in northern Huhtinen, S, 1987: New Svalbard fungi, Pp, 123-151 in Laursen. Heden;;s, L. 1992: The genus Pseudocalliergon in northern Hedenas, L. Horton, Il, Fenn, 25, 153-157, Hedenas. L. 1989a: The genus Sanionia (Museil in northwestern Herstad. Horton, Swedcn, Lindbergia 8, 93, 95, 146, F.R,S, and L.S" captain in the Royal Artillery, during a voyagc in the Polar Seas in the year 1823, Trans, Unn, Soc. London 14, 360394, (Spitzbergen plants, pp, 385-388, ) 1924, Res, Norske Slalsundersl, Spilsbergeneksp, 1( 10),29 30. Jørgensen. E, 1934: Norges levermoser, Bergens Mus, Skr, 16. 1-343, PL l-XXV. J6hannsson, B. 1990: islenskir mosar. S6tmosaætt og haddmo saæll, fiO/rit Nlitturufræ6istofnunar 13, 1-7L J6hannsson, B, 1991: islenskir mosar, Bruskmosaæt!, Fjijlril Nallurufræ6istofnunar 19,1-119, Jones, E. W, 1951: Didymodon spitsbergensis and Bryum pau peridens. two new mosses from Spitsbergen, Rev, Bryol. Lichenol, 20. 122-125, Jonsson. B. G, 199\: Tetraplodon blyttii, tjockskaftad lam melmossa - ny art for Sverige bland herbarie materiaL Myrinia 1,8-10, Karezmarz, K, 1966: Cal/iergon Oblusifotium sp, nov, Cne espece nouvelle du genre Calliergon (SulL) Kindb, Reu, Bryol, Ucll"nol, 34, 762 ·764, Karczmarz. K, 1971: A monograph of the genus Calliergon (Sull,) Kindb, Monogr, BOl, 34,1-209, PL 1-20, Warszawa, Karczmarz. K, & Kue, M, 1906: otcs on Calliergon orbiculari cordatum from Spitsbergen, Bryologisl 69 , 373--376, Karczmarz, K, & Swi s. F. 1988: Brioflora poludniowego wybrzeza Bcllsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni), Pp, 229-235 in Repelewska-Pekalowa. J" (eds,): Sesja Pekala. K, & Harasimiuk, M, Polarna, Badania Srodowiska Naluralnego, Rejonu Bellsundu, Spitsbergen, Wyprawy Geograliczne na Spitsbergen, Maria Curie-Sklodowska Univ" Karezmarz, K, Lublin, & Swi\!s, F, 1989a: Mszaki (Bryophyta) rejon6w Lognedalsflya. Dyrstadflya i p61nocncj czesel Chamberlin dalen na poludniowo-wschodnim wybrzezu Bellsundu (Spits bergen Zachodni), Pp, 89-96 in Repelewska-Pekalowa, J, & Pekala, K, (eds,): Sesja Po/ama, Wyprawy Geograficzne no Spilsbergen 1986-1988, Maria Curie-Sklodowska Univ" Lub lin, Karczmarz K, & Swi s, F, 1989b: Udzial gatunkow rodziny Mniaccae w zbiorowiskach tundry na poludniowo-wschod Booker, W, J, 1828; Botanical appendix, Pp, 207-220 in W, E, nim wybrzezu Bellsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni), Pp, 217- Parry; Narratioe of an allempl to reaeh Ille North Pole, in 220 in Kwiecinska, F, (ed,): XVI Sympozjum Polarne, Doro boals fil/ed for the purpose, and allaciled lo His Majesty's ship bek i perspektywy Polskirh badan polamych, Torun. 19-20 Hec/a, in Ihe year MDCCCXXVlJ., under tile command of wrzesnia 1989, Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika. Captain William Edward Parry, R,N" F,R,S" and Ilonorary members of Ille imperial arademy of sciences al SI, Pelersburg, Karczmarz, K, & Swi s, F. 1990a: Bryophytes collected in arctic tundra of the castern slopes of Activekammen (Western A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 147 Spitsbergen) in 1987-1988. Pp. 175-183 in Repelewska-Peka Kue, M. 1994b: High-arctic peat-belt of the northern eoast of Iowa,J. & Pekala,K. (ed,.): Polar session. Periglacial pheno Hornsund (SW Svalbard): Plant diversity, constituents and April 1990. dynamics. Pp. 271-286 in Zalewski, S.M. (ed.): XXI Polar Wyprawy Geograficzne na Spitsbergen. Maria Curie-Sklo Symposium. 60 years of Polish research on Spitsbergen. mena of western Spitsbergen. Lublin, Poland Vw' arszawa. dowska Univ., Lublin. Karczmarz, K. & Swi s, F. 1990b: Bryophytes collected in arctic Lange, B. 1993: Distribution of Sphagnum arclieum and S. tundra of Dyrstad region (Western Spitsbergen) in 1988. subfulvum in Greenland and on Svalbard. Lindbergia 18. :> Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie-Sklodowska. sectio C 45,127-139. Keilhau,B. M. 1831: Reise i øst- og Vest-Finmarken saml til Beeren-Eiland og Spitsbergen. i aarene 1827 og 1828. (Beeren-Eiland pp. 108-133, Spitsbergen pp. 134-170). Christiania. in Bol. Lab. ,Nichinan. 362 pp.. 195 PI. Lewinsky, J. 1980: Orthotriehum pellucidum Lindb. new to Sweden. Lindbergia 5,129-130. Kellomaki,S.,Hari,P. & Koponen, T.1977: Ecology of photo synthesis 6. Lawton,E. 1971: Moss Flora of the Pacific Northwest. Hattori Dicranum and its taxonomic signineaner. BryophYI. Bibl 13,485-507. Lewinsky, J. & Soldån,Z. 1994: Miscellaneous notes on Ortho· trichum 4. Orlhotrichum alpestre B .S.G. confirmed from Sval bard. Lindbergia 18,121-122. Kindberg,N. C.1898: Speeies of European and Northamerican Bryineæ (mosses) synoptically described. Part 2. Acrocar pous. Link6ping. Pp. 15:>-410. Lid, J. 1967: Synedria of twenty vascular plants from Svalbard. Bot. Jahrb. 86. 481-493. Lindberg,S. O. 1862: Mossor år 1858 på Spitsbergen insamlade Kindberg,N. C. 1900: Additions to the North American and European bryology (Moss-Flora). Ottawa Nat. 14,77-88. Kobayashi,K .. Kashiwadani. H. & Deguchi. H. 1990: Vege af professor A.E. Nordenski6ld. Ofvers. K. Vetensk.- Akad. Fdrh. 18. 189-190. Lindberg, S. O. 1864a: De Tortulis et ceteris Trichostomeis tation of Bohemanflya in Spitsbergen. Pp. 29-70 in Tatsumi. europæis.Ofvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrh. 21,21:>-254. T. (ed.): The Japanese scientific expeditions lo Svalbard 1983 Lindberg. S. O. 1864b: Om de europeiska Trichoslomeæ. Aka 1988. Kyoikusha, Tokyo. demisk afhandling. som med den vidtberomda Filosofiska Kooijman,A. & Hedenas,L. 1991: Differentiation in habitat requirements within the genus Scorpidium. especially between S. rwolvem' and S. cossonii. J. Bryol. 16,619-627. Konstantinova,N. A.. Potemkin,A. D. & Schljakov. R. . 1 992 : Check-list of the Hepatieae and Anthocerotae of the former USSR. Arctoa 1,87-127. Koponen,T. 1971: A monograph of Plagiomnium sect. Rosu lata (Mniaceael. Ann. Bol. Fenn. 8. 305-367. Koponen, T. 1977: Miscellaneous notes on Mniaceae (Bryo phyta). 11. 2. Confirmation of the presenee of Plagiomnium medium (B.S.G.l T. Kop. ssp. eurvalulum (Lindb.) T. Kop. in Spitsbergen. Ann. BOL. Fenn. 14. 62-64. Koponen, T. 1980: A synopsis of Mniaceae (Bryophyta). IV. Taxa in Europe,Macaronesia. NW Afriea and the Near East. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 17.125-162. Koponen, T., Isoviita. P. & Lammes, T, 1977: The bryophytes Fakulteten vid Kejserliga Alexanders Universitet i Finland tillstånd till offentlig granskning framstiilles .. uti historisk filosofiska lårosalen den 26 Oktober 1864. Helsingfors. 48 pp. Lindberg, S. O. 1867: F6rteckning 6fver mossor, insamlade under de svenska expeditionerna till Spitsbergen 1858 och 1861. Ofvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. 23,535-561. Lilldberg, S. O. 1868: Observatlones de Mnlaceis europæls. Not. Siillsk. F. f1. Fenn. Forh. 9,41-88. Lindberg.S. O. 1877: Utredning af de under namn af Sauteria alpina sammanblandade former. Bot. Not. 1877,73-78. Lindberg,S. O. 1882: Monographia præcursoria Peltolepidis. Sauteriæ et Cleveæ. Act. SOG. F. Fl. Penn. 2(3). :>-9. Lindberg.S. O. 1883: Kritisk granskning afmossorna uti DiIlenii Historia muscorum. Helsingfors. 59 pp. Lindberg, S.O. & ArneIl, H. W. 1889: Musci Asiae Borealis. Beschreibung der von den schwedisehen Expeditionen nach of Finland: An annotated checklist. Flora Fenniea 6, 1-77. Sibirien in den Jahren 1H75 und 1876 gesammelten Moose Krzakowa, M. 1972: Variability of Polish speeies of the genus mit beriicksichtigung aller frUheren bryologisehen Allgaben Pleuroclada (Hepaticae, Hygrobiellaceae). Bull. Soe. Amis fUr das russischen Nord-Asien. Erstcr TheiJ. Lebermoose. Sei. de Poznan, ser. D, 12-13. 13-71. K. S"enska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 23(5).1-69. Kue, M. 1963a: Flora of mosses and their distribution on the north eoast of Hornsund (S.W.-Svalbard). Fragm. Flor. Geo bot. 9, 291-366,Fig. 37-87. Kue, M. 1963b: Bryophytes from the northeast of Sørkapp Land, Vestspitsbergen. Norsk Polarinst. Arbok 1962,140145. Kue. M. 1964: Deglaeiation of Treskelen-Treskelodden in Hornsund,Vestspitsbergen. as shown by vegetation. Studia Geo/. Polon. 11, 197-205. Kue, M. 1969: Plants from the nunataks of TorelI Land,Vest spitsbergen. Norsk Polarinst. Arbok 1967.7:>-78. Kue, M. 1973a: A review of the mosses of Svalbard. Rev. Bryol. Lichenol. 39, 401-472. Kue,M. 1973b: Additions to the aretic moss flora. VII. Alti tudinal differentiations of the moss cover at Purehase Bay, Melville Island. N.W.T. Rev. Bryol. Lichenol. 39,539-553. Kue, M. 1994a: Trichostomum arclicum Kaal. in the forgotten collection ofS. Bernadzikiewicz from Kaffiøyra (Central Sval bard). P. 2H7 in Za1ewski. S.M. (ed.): XXI Polar Symposium. 60 years of Polish researeh on Spitsbergen. Warszawa. Lindberg. S. O. & Arne!!. H. W. 1890: Musci Asiae Borealis. Beschreibung der von den schwedischen Expeditionen naeb Sibir!en in Moose. . .. den Jahren Zweiter 1875 Thei!. und 1876 Laubmoose. gesammelten K. Svenska Verensk.-Akad. Handl. 23(10),1-163. Lindblom. A. E. 1840: F6rteckning 6fver de på Spetsbergen och Beeren Eiland anmarkta vexter. Bot. Not. 1840, IS:> 158. Livesay,W. 1870: Notice of plants collected in Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla in the summer of 1869. Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 10. 33:>-341. Long, D. G. 1985: Po1ytrichaeeae. In Mogensen. G.S. (ed.): I1\ustrated moss flora of arctic North Ameriea and Greenland. l . Medd. Grønland, Biosci. 17. 9-57. Lund, N. 1979: Luzula-mark på Soalbard. En vege tasjonsøkologisk undersøkelse i Adoentdalen og på Brøgger halvøya. Thesis (cand. real.), Univ. Trondheim (unpubl.). 158 pp. Martens. F. 1675: Spilzbergisehe oder Groenlandische Reise Beschreibung gethan im Jahr 1671. Dritter Theil. Von den A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 148 Pllanzen so ich in Spitsbergen gcfunden. Pp. 41-51. Hamburg. Translated in Martens, F. 1855: Voyage to Spitz bergen. Part the third. Of the plants of Spitzbergen. Pp. interesting moss newly recorded from Central Europe. Folla Geobol. Phytotax. 26, 181-191. Oehyra, R. & Afonina, O. !v!. 1986; The taxonomie position 45--65 in White. A. (ed.): A eollection of doeumcnts on and geographica] distribution of Grimmia andreaeopsis C. Spitzbergen and Greenland. comprising a translation from F. Miill. (Grimmiaceae, Muse;). Polish Polar Res. 7,319-332. Martens' voyage to Spitzbergen. Work issued by the Haklylll Oehyra, R. & Bednarek·Ochyra, H. 1991: Notes on Polish mosses: l. Myurella. Fragm. Flor. Geobol. 35, 65-70. Society 18. London. Martensson. O. 1949: Brywn oblusifolium Lindb. -en forbisedd 0rits1and, N. A, 1986: MAB-Svalbardprosjektet; bibliografi 1975-/985. Pp. 174-179 in 0ritsland, N. A. (cd.): Sval· fjållmossa. Svensk Bol. Tidskr. 43, 460-467. Månensson, O. 1956: Bryophytes of the Tornetrask area, north cro Swedish Lappland. Il Musei. K. Svenska Velenskapsakad. Avhandl. Naturskyddsiirenden 14. 1-321. bardreinen og dellS livsgrunnlag. Universitetsforlaget. Oslo Bergen Stavanger- Tromsø. 0ritsland, :-.r. A. & Alendal, E. 1986: Svalbardreinen. Bestan Mathey-Dupraz, A. 1912: Notes sur la Hore du Spitzberg. Bull. dens størrelse og livshistorie. Pp. 52-60 in 0ritsland. N. A. (ed.): Svalbardreinen og dens livsgrunnlag. Soc. Neuchateloise Sei. Nat. 38. 49-63. Milde, C. A. J. 1868; Forteekning Mver mossor, insamlade forlaget, Oslo Bergen Stavanger Universitets· Tromsø. under de svenska cxpcditioncrna till Spitsbergen 1858 oeh Olsen. J. K. 1982: Mosetundra og "å/mark ved lngeborgf;e/let 1861. S.O. Lindberg. (Meddelad, 12. Dec 1866.). Hedwigia og på Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ. Trondheim (unpubl. l. 203 pp. 7. 108-110. Moen, A. 1985; Classifieation of mires for conservation pur· poses in Norway. Aquilo, Ser. Bot. 21. 95-100. Paris, E. G. 1905: Index bryologicus. Ed. 2, Vol. 4. Paris. Persson. H. 1942: Arctic hryophytes mainly colleeted by the Mogensen, G. S. & Steere, W. C. 1979: The taxonomic position of G}nodontium glaucescens (Lindh. et Arn.) Kindb. (Die· Rev. j. Lagerkranz. Spcnsk Bol. Tidskr. 36, 444-450. Persson, H. & Gjærevoll, O. ]961: New rccords of Alaskan bryophytes. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 1961(2}, 1-26. ranaeeac, Musei). Lindbergia 5. 19-24. Monkemeyer, W. 1927: Die Laubmoose Europas. In Dr. L. Rabenl!orsl's Kryptogamen-Flora von Deutschland, Dster· reich und der Schweiz. IV (4), (Ergiinzungsband). Leipz.ig. X + 990 pp. Pers'<lIl, H. & Sjørs, H. 1%0: Sorne bryophytes from the Hudson Bay lowland of Ontario. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 54, 247-26H. Persson. H. & Viereck, L.A. ]983: Collcctions and discussions Muller, C. ('K.') 1892. Bryophyten. P. 72 in Cremer, L.: Ein Ausflug nacl! Spilzbergen, Berlin. of somc bryophytes from Alaska. Lilldbergia 9, 5-20. Philippi, G. 1973: Moosftora und Moosvegetation des Freeman Muller, K. 1954-1957: Die Lebermoose Europas. In Dr. L. Rab enhorst's Kryplogamen-Flora vOn Deutschland, DSler· reieh u",i der Schweiz. VI (l -2) . Leipz.ig. 1365 pp. Sund-Gebietcs (Siidost-Spitzbcrgcn). In Budel. J. & Wirthmann, A. (cds.): Ergehn. Srauferland-Exped. 1959/60 (7), 1-83. Murray, B. M. 1987: Andreaeobryaccae - Tctraphidaceae. In Phips, C. I. [1774, ed. not seenl!777: Reise naell dem Nordpol. Mogensen, G.S. (ed.): Illustrated moss flora of arctic North Auf Befell/ lhm Konigl. GrossbrittOlUlischen MajesliU. Unter· America and Greenland. 3. iHedd. Grønland. Blosci. 23, 1- nommen im lahr 1773. Bern. Podpcra.1. ] 95 4 : ConspecllI.I' mUscorum Europaeorum. Praha. 36. Murray, B. M. 1988: The genus Andreaea in Britain and lreland. 1. Bryol. 15. 17-82, Nilsen, L. 1992: Phylosociological and rcmOie sensing .Hudies of changes in vegelation 697 pp. Podpera. J. 1973a: Brvum generis monographiac prodromus I. pauern on a glaeier forefield al Uversøyra, north-west Spilsbergen. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ. Tromsø (unpubl.). 91 pp. Pa" 16. systematica. Podpera. J. 1'!73b: Brvum generis monographiae prodromus Il. 1. Speeies Eurasiae scptentrionalis. Pars 17. systematiea. Norges Svalbard- og Ishavsundersøkelser 1942; The place names of Svalbard. Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavel 80, 1- 47fl pp. Polunin, N. 1'!45: Plant life in Kongsfjord, West Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 33,82--108. 539. Nyholm, E. ]954: I/luslrated moss flora of Fellnoscandia. l I. Musci. Fase. I. Pp. 1-87, Lund. Mw·ei . Fase. 3. Pp. 189-288. Lund. Nyholm, E. 1965: Illustraled mo.'" flora of Fennoscandia. Il. Musei. Fase. 5. Pp. 407-647. Lund. Nyholm, E. 1969: lIIuslraled moss flora of Fennoscantiia. Il. Musci, Fase. 6. Pp. 647-799. Lund. Nyholm, E. 1987: llIustraled flora of Nordic mosses. Fase. I. Fissidentaceae - Seligeriaceae. Nordie Bryo!. Soc. 72 pp. Nyholm. E. 1989: IIIustraled flora of Nordie mosses. riISe. 2. SchislOstegaceae. Nordie Bryo!' Soe. Pp. 75-140. BOl. Polon. 36, 531-544. Rønning. O. I. 1961: Svalbards Sphagnum -art cr. Blyl/ia 19. 41-53. Rønning, O. I. 1965: Studies in Dryadion of Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 134. I-52. RZl,;tkowska, A. 1988a: Contribution to the moss flora of CalYPsosIranda in Wedel-jarlsberg Land, Spitsbergen. Pol· ish Polar Res. 9, 485--495. Rz tkowska, A. 1988b: Wystepowanie niekt6ryeh gatunk6w mch6w w rejonie Ca]ypsostranda /Wedel. Jarlsberg Land, Spitsbergen/o Pp. 305-309 in jahn, A. & Szczepankiewicz Nyholm, E. 1993: II/uslraled flora of Nordic mosses. Fase. 3. Bryaceae - Rhodobryaceae Rejment·Grochowska, I. 1967: Contribution to the hepatic Hora of the north coasl of Hornsund (S.W. Svalbard). Au. Soe. Nyholm. E. 1958: IIIuslra/ed moss floru of FennosCGndia. Il. Pottiaceae - Splachnaceae I. Speeies Eurasiae septcntrionalis Subscctio 8. Pscwiolriquelra Amann. 257 pp. Mniareae - Cinc/idiaceae - Plagiomniaceae. Nordic Bryol. Soe. Pp. 145-244. Oehyra, R. 19i19: Animadversions on the moss genus Cra· lonel/ron (Sull.) Spruee. J. Hattori Bal. Lab. 67, 203-242. Oehyra, R. 1991: Seligeria oelandiea. a phytogeographieally Szmyrka, A. (eds.): XV Sympozjum polarne, Wroclaw 1988. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Wroc\awskiego. Sanio, C. 1883: Additamentum secundum in Harpidiocum cog· nitionem. Bol. Cen/ralhl. /3,425-440. Sanio, C. 1887: Bryo]ogisehe Fragmente Il . Hedwigia 1887: 129-169. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, [ung;, algae and cyanobacteria Savicz, L 1924: De Te/rap/odontis paradoxi (R. Br.) Hag, origine hybrida, No/. Sys/. 1ns/. Crypt, Hort. Bo/. Reip, Ross. 3,65-78, 149 arctic-alpine propaguliferous spedes from North America . Bryologist84, 65-74. Smith, A. J. E. 1990: Tite liverworts of Britain and lreland. Savicz-Ljubitzkaya, L I. & Smirnova, Z. N. 1970: Opredeli/el' lis/os/ebel'nych SSSR. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Leningrad. 825 pp. (Also copy of translation to German lent by E. Nyholm.) Cambridge. 362 pp. Smith, A. J. E. 1993: DitrieltamflexieauleandD. crispatissimum in Great Britain. Bull. Bril. Bryo/. Soc. 61, 45-54. Sayre, G, 1971: Cryptogamae Exsiccatae - An annotated bib Siiderstriim, L. 1995: Preliminary distribu/ion maps of bryo Iiography of published exsiccatae of Algae, Lichenes, Hepa phytes in Norden. Vol l Hepatieae and An/hoeero/ae. Mos tieae, and MuseL IV. Bryophyta. Mem. New York Bo/, Garden 19(2), 175-276. Schiffner, V. 1912: Kritik der europaischen Formen der Gattung Cltiloscyphus auf phylogenetischer Grundlage. Beih. Bol. Cen/ra/bl. 29, 74-116. Schimper, W. P . 1860. sornas Vanner, Trondheim. Siiderstriim, L., Hedenas. L. & Hallingbåck, T. 1992: Check lista over Sveriges mossor. Myrinia 2, 13-56. S6derstr(im, L" Karttunen, K. & Hedenas, L 1992: Nomen c1atural notes on Fennoscandian bryophytes. Ann. Bot. Fenn. Synopsis Muscorum europaeorum. Stuttgartiae. Schimper, W. p, 1870. [Die Pflanzen und Thiere des Myti lusbettes.]11. Moose. Pp. 88-89 in Heer, O. (cd.): Fl. Foss. Aret. 2(3). Schljakov, R. N. 1976-1981: Pershenotshnye mchi severa SSSR. Vol. 1-4. Leningrad. Scholander, P. F. 1934: Vaseular plants from northem Svalbard. With remarks on the vegetation in North-East Land. Norges Svalbard- og Ishavs-undersøkelser. Skrifler om Svalbard og Ishavet 62, 1-153. Sehriebl, A. 1991: Experimentelle Studien tiber die Laub moosgattung Polylrichum. C.arinthia 11 181/101, 461-506. Schurnaeher, T. K. 1993: Studies in arctic and alpine Lam prospora spede,. Sydowia 45 , 307-337. Schuster, R. M. 1961: Sotes on Searctic hepaticae. XVIII. New Lophoziaceae from the arctic archipelago of Canada. Can. J. Bot. 39. 965-972. 29, 1 19--1 22. Sommerfelt, S. C. 1833: Bidrag til Spitsbergens og Beeren Eilands fiora. efter herbarier, medbragte al M. Keilhau, Mag. Naturvidensk. I l , 232-245. Sortland, A. 1989: Fuglefjellsvegelasjon på Varangerhalvøya, Øst-Finnmark. Thesis (cand. seient.), Univ. Tromsø tunpubL). 65 pp. Srodol\, A. 1960: Pollen spectra from Spitsbergen. Folia Quatem. 3. 1-17. Steere, W. C . 1958: Mniwn andrewsianum, a new subarctic and arctic moss. Bry% gist 61. 173-·182. Steere, W. C. 1976: Ecology, phytogeography and floristies of Arctic Alaskan bryophytes. J. Hallori Bot. Lab. 41,47-72. Steere, W. C. 1978: The mosses of Arctic Alaska. Bryophyt. Bibl. ]4, 1-508. Steere, W. C. & Brassard. G. R. 1976: Schistidium hol menianum sp. nov. from arctic North America. Bryalogist 79. 208-214. Schuster, R. M. 1969: The Hepa/icae and An/hocemtae ofNorth Steere, W, C. & Inoue, H. 1975: Contributions to our know America east of the hundredtl! meridian. Vol. 11. XII + 1062 ledge of Mesoptychia sahlbergii. Bull. Natn. Sei. Mus" Ser. pp. Schuster, R. M. 1974: The Hepaticae andAnthocerotae ofNorlh Ameriea east of the hundredlh meridian. Vol. Ill. XIV + 880 pp. Schuster. R. M. 1<)80: The Hepatieae andAnlhocerOlae ofNorth America east of the handredtl! meridian. Vol. IV. XVIII + 1334 pp. Schuster. R. M. 1983: New manual of bryalogy. 1. Hattori Bot. Lab" Sichinan. 626 pp. Schuster, R. M. 1988: The hepaticae of South Greenland. Beil!. Nova Hedwigia 92, 1-255. Schuster, R. M. 1992: The Hepatieae andAnthocerotae ofNortIt Ameriea east of Ihe hundredth meridian. Vol. VI. XVIII + 937 pp. B (Bol.) I, 60-72. Tokyo. Steere. W. C. & Inoue, H. 1978: The hepaticae of Arctic Alaska. J. Hattori Bal. Lab. 44.251-345. Steere, W. C. & Murray. B. M. 1974: The geographical dis tribution of Bryum wrightii in arctic and boreal North Ameriea. Bryalogist 77. 172-178. Størmer, P. 1940: Bryophytes from Franz Josef Land and East em Svalbard collected by Mr. Olaf Hanssen on the Norwegian expedition in 1930. Medd. Norges Svalbard- og Ishavs Under!. 47,1-16. Størmer, P. 1969: Mosses with a western and southem dis tribU/iol! in Norway. Universitetsforlaget, Oslo Bergen Tromsø. 288 pp. Summerhayes.V. S. & Elton,C. S. 1923: Contributions to the Schuster, R. M. & Damsholt. K. 1974: The Hepaticae of West ecology of Spitsbergen and Bear Island. J. Ecol. lI, 214-285. Greenland from ea. 66°N to 72'N. Medd. Grønland 199(1), Summerhayes. V. S. & Elton, C. S. 1928: Further eontributions 1-373. Map 1-80. Schuster, R. M. & Mårtensson,O. 1978: The genus Cryptocolea (Jungermanniales) new for Europe. Lindbergia 4, 203-205. to the ecology of Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 26, 193-268. Swi\!s_ F. & Karczmarz, K. 1991a: Bryophytes collected in arctic tundra of the Logne region (Western Spitsbergen) in 1988. Scoresby. W. 1820: An account of the arctic regions, with a Pp. 145-162 i n Repelewska-Pekalowa. J. & Pekala, K. (eds.): hislOry and deseription of the nor/hem whale-fishery. Vol. l . Polar session. Arctic environment research. Lublin, Poland Edinburgh. (See also Brown, R. 1820) April 1991. Wyprawy Geograficzne na Spitsbergen. Maria Serebryannyy. L P., Tishkov, A. A., Malyasova. Ve. S" Sol Curie-Sklodowska Univ., Lublin. omina, O. N. & Ilves, E. O. 1985: Reconstruction of the Swi\!s, F. & Karczmarz, K. 1991b: Bryophytes collecled in arctic development of vegetation in arctic high latitudes. Polar tundra of the Chamberlin region (Western Spitsbergen) in Geogr, Geol. 9, 308-320. 1987 and 1988. Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie-Sklodowska, sectio Shaw,A. J. 1981a: A taxonomic revision of the propaguliferous species of Pohlia (Musci) in Sorth Ameriea. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 50, 1-81. Shaw, A . J. 1981b: Pohlia andrewsii and P . tundrae, two new C 46, 29--43. Swi s. F. & Karczmarz. K. 1993: Bryophytes collected in arctic tundra of the Lyellstranda region (Western Spitsbergen) in 1987 and 1988. Pp. 249--2 71 in Repelewska-Pekalowa, J. & 150 A. A. f"'RISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Pekala, K, (eds.): XX Polar symposium. Man impact on polar environment. Lublin, Poland - June 3-5, 1993. Szweykowski, J. 1984: Spedes problems and Vilt, O.H. 1976: The genus Seligeria in North Ameriea. Lind bergia 3,241-275< taxonomic methods in bryophytes. Pp. 1130-1171 in Schuster, R.M, (cd.): New manual of bryology. 2. The Hattori Bot. Lab., Wall, S. 1979: Mossor från Spetsbergen. Mossomas Viinner på Svenska Viislkuslen 6, 3-10. Warncke, E. 1968: Marchantia a/peslris in Ocnmark. BOl, Tidsskr. 63, 358-368. Nichinan. Thannheiser, O. 1979: Pflanzensoziologische Beobachtungen zur Ufer- und f1achmoor-Vegetation auf dem westlichen Watson, E, V. 1964: An annotated list of the bryophytes of Jan Mayen island, Nylt Mag. Bal. Il, 151-212. Arktis-Archipel und auf Spitzbergen. In Muller-Wille, L. & Watson, W. 1922: Spitzbergen liverworts. J. BOl. 60, 327-330. Schroeder-Lanz, H. (eds.): Wegener, C. 1993, Setergråmose (Raeomilrium sudelicum) ny Kanada und das Nordpolar gebiet. Trierer Symposium vom 30. Oktober bis 1. November 1976 aus Anlaf3 der Er6ffnung der Ausstellung "Oas Nord for Spitsbergen. Polarfiokken 17, 3-6. Wegener, C.. Hansen, M. & Jacobsen, L. B. 1992: Vege polargebict und scine Menschen". Trierer Geogr. Studien, tasjonsovervåking på Svalbard 1991. Effekter av reinbeite Sonderh. 2, 207-229. ved Kongsfjorden, Svalbard< Norsk PolarinsI, Medd. 121,1- Thannheiser, O. 1992: Vegetationskartierungen auf der Germaniahalvøya. StuttIlarler Geogr. Sludien 117, 141-160. Thannheiser, O. 1994: Vegetalionsgeographisch-synsozio 53. Wigh, K. 1975: Scandinavian species of the ehYlhecium (Bryophyta) Il. genlIs Bra Morphology, taxonomy and logische Untersuchungen am Liefdefjord (NW-Spitsbergen). cytology in the B. rU/abu/um - B. rivulare complex. BOl. Not. Zeilschr. Geomorph. N.F. Suppl. 97, 205-214. 128,476-496. Thannhciser, O. 1995: Eine landschaft6kologische Fallstudie Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant, W. O. & Florschtitz, P. A. 1959: auf der Insel Store Måkeøy am Liefdefjord (Nordwest-Spitz Index mUsCOrum. Vol. I (A-C). Rellnum Veg. 17, i-xxviii, bergen). Norden 10, 19-35. 1-548. Thannheiser, O. & Hofmann, W. 1977: Pfianzengesellschaften am Meeresstrand im Kongs- und Krossfjord (West-Spitz bergen). Doc. PI1YlOsocio/. n.s. l, 297-303. Theriot, I. 1907: MOllsses du Spitzbcrg. Rev. Bryo/. 34,36-37. Tishkov. A. A. 1986: Prima ry succcssion in arctic tundra on the west coast of Spitsbergen (Svalbard). Pa/ar Geogr. Geo/. 10, 148-156. Urmi. E. 1978: Monographische studien an EremonOlus myrio carpus (Carring.) Penrs. (Hepaticae). Bol. Jahrb. Sysl< 99, 498-564. Vana, J. 1973: Studien tiber die Jungermannioideae (Hepaticac) 2. Jungermannia subg. Jungermannia. Folia Geobol. Phylo tax. 8, 255-309. Vana, J. 1974: Studien iibcrdie Jungcrmannioideae (Hepaticae) 6. Jungermannia subg. So/enoslOma. Europaische und nord amerikanische Arten. Folia Geobot. Phytolax. 9,369-423. Vana, J. 1975: Studien iiberdie Jungcrmannioideae (Hepaticae) 7. lungermannia subg. Pleetocolea. Europaische und nord amerikanische Arten. Folia Geobot. Phytolax. lO, 67-99. Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant, W. O, & f!orsch(jtz, P. A. 1962: Index muscorum. Vol. 2 (D-Hypno). Regnum Veg. 26, 1535< Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant, W. 0< & Florschiitz, P. A. 1964: Index muscorum. Vol. 3 (Hypnum<""O). Regnum Vell. 33, 1529. Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant. W. O, & Florschutz, P. A. 1967: Index muscorum. Vol. 4 (P-S). Regnum Veg. 48, 1-604. Wijk, Kv.d., Margadant, W. O. & Florschiitz, P. A. 1969: Index muscorum. Vol. 5 (T-Z, Appendix). Regnum Veg, 65, i-xii, 1-922. Wilson, P. & Norris. O.H. 1989: PseudoleskeeIla in North America and Europc. Bryolollist 92, 387-396. Wulff, T. 1902: BOlanische Beobachlungen aus Spitzbergen. Akad. Abhandl., Lund. 116 pp. Wyatt, R., Odrzykoski. l. J. & Stoneburner. A. 1993; Isozymc evidence regarding the origins of the allopolyploid moss Pla giomnium eurvatulum. Lindberllia 18. 49-58. Zander. R. H. 1993: Genera of the Pottiaceae: mosses of harsh environments. <. Bull. Buffa/o Soc. Nat. Sei. 32, i<vi, 1-378< A catalogue of Svalbard planIs. ftmgi. algae and cyanabacteria 151 Appendix 1. Bryophytes with type material from Svalbard Basionym and aeeepted synonym. The list includes 29 speeies, 3 subspecies, 70 varieties (including 12 nomina nuda) and 11 forms, in all 113 names (97 mosses, 16 hepatics). Basionyms of 18 names of recognised species are printed in bold. * not validly published or iIIegitimate name. Musci Amblystegium bareale Dix., Bryologist 36: 4. a-do 1933. Andreaea obavata var. acuminata Lindb., Andreaea papillosa Lindb., orv. K Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 557. 1867. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 557. 1867. ( = ( A. sparsifolia) = A. sparsifalia) Andreaea papillosa var. brevifolia Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 93. 1875. Andreaea papillosa var. gracilis Lindb., orv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 558.1867. ( A. sparsifolia) = Andreaea papi/losa var. latifolia Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 93. 1875. Aulacomnium palIlStre var. auriculal11m Ther., Rev. BryoL 34: 36. 1907. Aulacomnium palustre f. gracile Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 70. 1875 ('gracilis'). Aulacomnium turgidum f. 'filiforme Berggr. , K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 28. 1875 nom. nud. Aulacomnium I11rgidum f. tenue Berggr. , K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 70. 1875 ('tenuis'). Bartramia oederi f. microcarpa Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 71. 1875. ( BraehYlhecium salebrosum var. arctieum Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 79.1875. = B. turgidum) Braehythecium turgidum f. hamatum Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 354. 1963. Bryum elegans var. sanguineum H. Am., o rv. Bryum globosum Lindb. , Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 57: 118. 1900. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 546. 1867. Bryum glabosum var. ruberrimum Dix., Bryo\. 25: 88. 1922. Bryum inc/inalum var. gracile Lindb., Bryum nitidulum Lindb. , Ofv. K Lindb., ( = = Ofv. K Bryum spitsbergense H. Am., o rv. = B. rutilans) B. wrightii) K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 547. 1867. orv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 547. 1867. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 544. 1867. ( = Bryum pauperidens Dix. ex Jones, Rev. Bryo\. Lieh. 20: 123. 2. 1951. Bryum teres Lindb., ( B. wrightii) Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 545. 1867. Bryum nutans var. rufescens Lindb., Bryum obtusifolium orv. ( Ofv. B. cryophilum nom. ( B. algovicum) nov.) = K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 57: 119. 1900. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 545. 1867. Bryum ventricosum var. synoicum H. Am., Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 57: 116. 1900. Calliergon obtllSifolium Karezm., Rev. Bryol. Lieh. 34: 762. 1966. ( C. riehardsanii) = Calliergon riehardsonii f. spitsbergense Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 349. 28. 1963 ('spitsbergensis'). ( = C. riehardsonii) ( Ceratodon purpureIlS ssp. aretieu.! Kindb., Eur. N. Am. Bryin. 2: 269.1897. = C. antaretieIlS) Ceratodon purpureIlS var. rotundifolius Berggr., K. Svensk. VeL-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 44. 1875. Cinclidium aretieum ssp. polare Kindb., Eur. N. Am. Bryin. 2: 322. 1897. ( ( = C. heterophyllus) C. aretieum) = Cinclidium aretteum f. graci/limum Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 68.1875 ('gracillima'). Cynodontium virens var. areticum Berggr. , K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 35. 1875. Cynodontium virens var. fragile Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 35. 1875. ( = Triehostomum arctieum) Desmatodon laurer! f. minor Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 324. 1963. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 553. 1867. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 553. 1867. o rv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 537. 1867 nom. Desmatodon obliqullS var. apiculatus Lindb., Desmatodon obliqullS var. muticus Lindb., Desmatodon abliquus var. 'pilifer Lindb., nud. Dieranella varia var. obtusifolia Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 36. 1875. Dieranum seopar!um var. integrifolium Lindb., orv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 555. 1867. Didymodon spitsbergensis Dix. ex Jones, Rev. Bryol. Lich. 20: 1 23. 1. 1951. Enealypta rhaptoearpa var. leptodon Lindb., Funaria hygrometrica var. arctiea Berggr., Ofv. ( = ( = D. laevidens) D. asperifo/ius) K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 549. 1867. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 57. 1875. ( = F. aretiea) ( F. aretiea) orv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 552. 1867. ( Sehiscidium tenerum) G. subsuleata) Grimmia jacquinii var. subimberbis Lindb. , O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 552. 1867. ( Trichostomum areticum) Grimmia spitsbergensis Biz. & Ther., BulL Se. Bourgogne 5: 70. 71. 1936. ( Hypnum brevifolium Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 541. 1867. ( Pseudacalliergon brevifolium) Funaria hygrometriea var. 'glacialis Berggr., K. Svensk. VeL-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 12. 1875 nom. nud. Grimmia apoearpa var. filiformis Lindb., = = = = = Hypnum brevifolium r. gracile Berggr., K. Svensk. VeL-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 84. 1875 ('gracilis'). - H. brevifolium var. gracile (Berggr.) Summerh. & Elton c.nov., J. Eco!. 11: 227. 1923 ('gracilis'). Hypnum catenulatum var. *angustifolium Lindb., rupestris Berggr.). ( = PseudoleskeelIa rupestris) O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 539. 1867 nom. nud. (Leskea A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 152 Hypnum commUlatum var. sulcatum Undb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 540. 1867 (H. sulcatum Schimp. 1860 horn. illeg.). Hypnumfilicinum var. 'filiforme Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 87. 1875 horn. illeg. Hypnumfilicinum var. tenue Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 87.1875. orv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 537. 1867 (H. sendtneri Schimp. 1866). O fv. K. Vet. Ak. Fbrh. 23: 540. 1867 (H. wilsonii Schimp. 1865 nom. Hypnum intermedium var. robustum Lindb., Hypnum inlermedium var. wilsonii Lindb., nud.). Hypnum kneiffii var. filif(mne Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 83. 1875. Hypnum kneiffii var. strictum Berggr .. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 82. 1875. llypnum lycopodioidesvar. bre vifotium Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 83.1875. (= Pseudocalliergon brevifotium Undb.) llypnum (Limnobium) nordenskioeldii Schimp. in Heer, Fl. Foss. Aret. 2(3): 89. XVI: 72-75. 1870 ('Norden skialdi'). [ subfossil ] Hypnum polare Lindb., o rv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 540. 1867. (= Hygrohypnwn polare) Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 540. 1867. O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 540. 1867. llypnllm polare var. pselldo-straminellm Lindb.. Hypnum polygamI1m var. brevifolium Lindb., llypnum rutabulum var. cavifolium Lindb., 5.1. ) O fv. Hypnum stramineum var. *angustifolium Lindb.. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 539. 1867. ( Braehythecium turgidum O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 539. 1867 nom. nud. fl. slraminewn K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 539.1867 nom. nud. fl. stramineum var. angustifolium Lindb. ex Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 91.1875. llypnum stramineum var. *brevifotium Lindb., o rv. var. brellifolium Lindb. ex Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 91. 1875. Hypnwn turgescens var. tenue Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 91. 1875. (= Pseudoealliergon tllrgescens) llypnwn turgescens var. uliginosum Lindb., Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 539. 1867. (= Pseudoealliergon IUrgeseens) Hvpnum uncinatum var. faenewn I. Hag., Trans. Proc. Bot. Soe. Edinburgh 23: 329. 1908 ('fæneum'). (= Sanionia ortholhecioides 'l) Hypnum uneinalum var. graeillimum Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 86. 1875. (= Sanionia uneinata) Hypnum uneinatum ssp. orthothecioides Lindb. , Ofv. K. Vet .-Ak. Forh. 23: 540. lR67. Sanionia orthotheeioides) Leptotrichum flexieaule var. brevifolium Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 45. 1875. (= Ditriehum flexieallle) Leskea ehrysea var. cochlearifolia Lindb., orv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 543.1867 ('cochlearifolium'). (= Orlho thecium chryseon) Mnium affine var. *integrifolium Wils. ex Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 543. 1867 nom. nud. Mnium cuspidalllm Lindb. hom. illeg. var. integrifolium Lindb .. ",",ot. Sallsk. F. FL Fenn. Forh. 9: 65. 1868. (= Plagiomnium ellipl/cum) Mnium medium var. integrifolium I.indb.. Not. Sallsk. F. Fl. Fenn. Forh. 9: 62.1868. (= Plagiomnium curvalulwn) Museites berggrenii Heer, K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. N.F. R(7): 31. I: 16. 1870 (·-gren!'). Orthotrichum peUucidum Lindb.. Orthotriehum polare Lindb., O fv. O fv. [ fossil ] K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 549. 1867. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 537.1867. (= O. pallens) Plagiothecium berggrenianum Frisv., Lindbergia 7: 96. 2a-i. 1981. Plagiothecium denliculatum var. *auriculatum Berggr. , K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 27.1875 nom. nud. Plagiothecium svalbardense Frisv., ",",orsk PoIarinst. Skf. 198: 101. 1996. Polytrichum a/pinum var. *edentatum E. Jbrg. ex A. Hag., Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70: 7. 1952 nom. nud. Polylrichum alp/num var. *subdenlalum E. Jorg. ex A. Hag., Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70: 7. 1952 nom. nud. Polytriehum alpinum var. *sublaeve E. Jbrg. ex A. Hag" Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70: 7. 1952 nom. nud. Polytrichum piliferum var. gracile Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 548. 1867. Polvtrichum strictum var. *hyperboraceum C. Miil!. in eremer, Ein Ausflug nach Spitzbergen 72. 1892 nom. nud. Pottia heimii var. an'liea Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 551.1867. Racomitrium canescens var. */atifolium Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 24. 1875 nom. nud. non J. Lange & C. Jens., Medd. GrønL 3(2): 345.1887. Scorpidium turgeseens f. cuspidalllm Kue. Fragm. flor. Geobot. 9: 351. 1963. Seligeria polaris Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 41. 1875. Sphagnum areneum F1atb. & Frisv., Bryologist 87: 143. 1984. Sphagnum olafii Flatb., J. BryoI. 17: 613.1993. Sphagnum leres var. concinnum Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 94. 1875. ( "'" S. fimbrialllm ssp. eoneinnum) Sphagnum tundrae Flatb., Lindbergia 19: 3. 1994. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 153 Thuidium abietinum f. arcticum Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 341. 1963. Timmia an'tica Kindb., Bot. Not. 1893: 258. 1893. (= T. austriaca) Timmia austriaca var. *papillosa Philippi, Moosfl. Moosveg. Freeman-Sund-Gebietes 19. 1973 hom. il/eg. (= T. austriaca) Trichodon oblongus Lindb., Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 21: 226. 1864 et Om de europeiska Trichostomeæ 15. Oet. 26, 1864. (= Ditrichum cylindricum) Trichostomum arcticum Kaal., Bot. Not. 1900: 257. 1900. Trichostomum nordenskioeldii Sehimp. in Heer, Fl. Foss. Aret. 2(3): 88. XVI: 76-79. 1870 C'Nordenskioldi'). [subfossil] Webera ludwigii var. subcamosa Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 59. 1875. Hepatieae Clevea hyalina f. rufescens S. Am" Ark. Bot. 4: 123. 1959. O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fiirh. 23: 559. 1867. Oiv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 560. 1867. Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 560. 1867. (= Gymnomitrion corallioides var. minutum Lindb., Jungermannia attenuata var. laxifolia Lindb., Jungermannia divarieata var. incurva Cephaloziella arctica) Jungermannia infiata var. rigidiuscula Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 98. 1875. Jungermannia lycopodioides var. mvifolia Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 99. 1875. (= Barbilophozia hateheri) Jungermannia plicata var. gracilis Berggr. , K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 98. 1875. (= Barbilophozia kunzeana) Jungermannia polarls Lindb., Oiv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 560. 1867. Martinellia spitsbergensis Lindb. in Lindb. & H . Am., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 23(5): 31. 1889. ( == Scapania spitsbergensis) Preissia commutata var. minor-arctica Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 102. 1875. (= P. quadrata s.l.) Sarcoscyphus ehrhartii var. *incurvus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 13. 1875 nom. nud. ('incurva') ( = Marsupella arctiea) Sarcoscyphus ehrhartii var. *arcticus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 11. 1875 nom. nud. err. pro S. emarginatus var. arctic us. ("" Marsupella arctiea) Sarcoscyphus emarginatus var. arcticus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 96. 1875. ( = Marsupella are/iea) Sarcoscyphus obcordatus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 96. 1875. Scapania bartlingii var. elongata Lindb., Ofv. K. VeL-Ak. Forh. 23: 559. 1867. ( = ( Scapania obcordata) = S. cuspiduligera) Sphagnoecetis communis var. tessellata Berggr" K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 101. 1875. (= Odontoschisma macounii) 154 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK Appendix 2. Bryophyte Exsiccatae from Svalbard Sven Berggren. 1874. Musci Spetsbergenses Exsiccati or Plantae in itineribus Suecorum polaribus collectæ The names and numbers are given by Berggren (1875); the first title is used in the paper. but the second on the speeimen labeis. The list has never been printed separately before. Sayre (1971) gives some delails aboul labelling, occurrence and publishing date (viz. 1874, laken from a reference in Index muscorum 2: 12 (Wiik et aj. 1962: "Desmatodon leucostoma (R. Brown) Berggr., Musci Spetsb. n. 34. 1874"» which may need verification. She states that it is found in herb. FH, K, PC and UPS, but speeimens are certainly present also in many other herbaria. and we have seen some from LD and O. The type of Ceratodon purpureus var. rotundij'olius was stated to occur in LD, BM. GB. H. L and MICH (Burley & Pritchard 1990). The speeimens originate from many different places, but most of Ihem come from the NW and N part of the archipelago, i.e. from Isfjorden northwards. Some come from Bjørnøya. There are 199 numbers, but due to Iwenty-one b (15), c (5) or d (1) numbers, there are 220 specimens (36 hepatic and 184 moss specimens). When there is more than one taxon with the same figure, the first usually indudes no letter, the second is called b. etc.: exceptions are 126a and 136a. The number of Hypnum uncinatum var. graciltimum is given as 134c, but all specimens have the number 134b (Hedenas 1989a: 408). Below, all letters are kept as in the publication. Below are two lists with the nomenclature and taxonomy of the present paper. The first is in numerical order which is identical to Berggren's systematieal order: "In folgende Verzeichnisse der Arten habe ich in Bezug auf die Anordnung und Nomenklatur mit wenigen Ausnahmen Schimper's [1860] Synopsis und Synopsis Hepaticarum [Gottsche et al. 1844-1847J benutzt." (Berggren 1875: 32). The other list is in alphabetical order. The original name according to Berggren (1875) is always given in the numerical list, but sometimes the exsiccate labels are slightly different (No. 161 Sphagnum recurvum var. riparium is labelled S. riparium: No. 162 S. fimbriatum var. strictum is labelled S. fimbriatum. cf. Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). The known identities of material referring lo excluded names and of the erroneously identified material of accepted names are given in the alphabetical list (as -» . Some comments on exsiccate specimens are found in the literature; the Sphagnum specimens have been revised b y Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a). But so far only a minor part of the exsiccate specimens has be en checked, and most of the below decisions are Iherefore based on nomenclatural considerations only. Valid names of taxa not accepted from Svalbard are in italics. Berggren (1875) includes no index to taxa, and his systematical order is out of date and difficult to know or remember. In the alphabetical list we have therefore provided a reference to the actual page in his paper; his original name can be found in the numerical list at the actual num ber. In addition to the taxa collected by himself and distributed in the exsiccate, he listed and accepted 26 other species. Of these. all except one werc reported by Lindberg (1867). and Berggren (1875) brings no new information. The new species not inc!uded in his exsiccate is Sphagnum aongslroemii (treated on p. 94), which was collected by Malmgren in 1864. Numerical order M usci l Voitia hyperborea 2 Hymenostylium recurvirostrum (as Gymnostomum curvirostrum) 3 Dicranoweisia crispula (as Weissia) 3b Dicranoweisia crispula vaL atrala (as Weissia) 4 Cynodolltium polycarpon 5 Oncophorus virens (as Cynodontium) 5b Trichostomum arcticum (as Cynodontium virens var. fragile n. vaL) 6 Oncophorus wahlenbergii (as Cynodontium) 7 Dichodontium pellucidum 8 Dicranella crispa 9 Dicranella varia vaL obtusifolia n. var. 10 Dicranella subulata 11 Arctoa fulvella (as Dicranum) 12 Kiaeria starkei (as Dicranum Starkii) 13 Kiaeria blyttii (as Dicranum) 14 Kiaeria glacialis (as Dicranum arclicum) 15 Dicranum elongatum 16 Dicranum fuscescens 17 Dicranum muehlenbeckii 18 Dieranum scoparium var. integrifolium A cacalogue of Svalbard plams, fungi, algae and cyanobacceria 19 Dicranum bonjeanii (as D. palustre var. juniperifolium) 20 Fissidens incurvus 21 Fissidens exilis 22 Fissidens osmundoides 23 Blindia acuta 24 Seligeria polaris n. sp. 25 Hennedielia heimii var. arctiea (as Pottia) 26 Stegonia latifolia (as Pottia) 27 Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostrum (as Didymodon rubellus) 28 Distichium capillaceum 29 Distichium inclinatum 30 Ceratodon purpureus 30b Ceratodon heterophylius (as C. purpureus var. rotundifolius) 31 Ditrichum f1exicaule (as Leptotrichum) 32 Tortula euryphylla (as Desmatodon latifolius) 33 Tortula laureri (as Desmatodon) 34 Tortula leucostoma (as Desmatodon) 35 Aloina brevirostris (as Tortula) 36 TortelIa fragilis (as Tortula) 37 Syntrichia norvegica (as Tortula) 38 Tortula mucronifolia 39 Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula) 40 Schistidium maritimum (as Grimmia) 41 Schistidium apocarpum (as Grimmia) 41b Schistidium tenerum (as Grimmia apocarpa var. filiformis) 4lc Schistidium rivulare (as Grimmia apoearpa var. latifolia) 41d Sehistidium rivulare (as Grimmia apoearpa var. alpicola) 42 Grimmia incurva (as G. eontorta) 43 Grimmia torquata 44 Raeomitrium sudeticum 45 Racomitrium microcarpon 46 Raeomitrium faseiculare 47 Raeomitrium lanuginosum (as R. hypnoides) 48 Raeomitrium canescens 49 Amphidium lapponieum (as Amphoridium) 50 Orthotrichum alpestre 51 Orthotrichum pylaisii (as O. breutelii) 52 Encalypta alpina (as E. commutata) 53 Encalypta rhaptoearpa (as E. rhabdoearpa) 54 Enealypta proeera 55 Tetraplodon mnioides 56 Aplodon wormskioldii (as Splaehnum wormskjoldii) 57 Splaehnum vasculosum 58 Funaria arctica (as F. hygrometriea var. aretica n. var.) 59 Leptobryum pyriforme 60 Pohlia nutans (as Webera) 60b Pohlia nutans var. bicolor (as Webera) 60e Pohlia nutans var. rufescens (as Webera) 61 Pohlia obtusifolia (as Webera eucullata) 62 Pohlia eruda (as Webera) 63 Pohlia nutans ssp. schimperi (as Webera schimperi) 64 Pohlia annotina (as Webera) 65 Pohlia ludwigii (as Webera) 65b Pohlia ludwigii var. (as Webera ludwigii var. subcarnosa n. var.) 66 Pohlia wahlenbergii (as Webera albicans var. glacialis) 67 Bryum arcticum 68 Bryum rutilans (as B. æneum) 69 Bryum algovicum (as B . pendulum) 155 156 A. A. FRISVOLL & A ELVEBAKK . 70 Bryum archangelicum 71 Bryum amblyodon var. (as Bryum incJinatum var. gracile) 72 Bryum knowltonii (as B. lacustre) 73 Bryum calophyllum 74 Bryum mamillatum 74b Bryum wrightii (as B. mamillatum var. globosum) 75 Bryum pallescens var. eontextum 76 Bryum nitidulum 76b Bryum nitidulum ssp. teres 77 Bryum argenteum 78 Bryum pseudotriquetrum 79 Bryum cryophilum (as B. obtusifolium) 80 Bryum schlekheri var. latifolium (as B. turbinatum var. latifolium) 81 Plagiobryum zieri (as Zieria julacea) 82 Plagiomnium ellipticum (as Mnium affine var. integrifolium) 83 Mnium thomsonii (as M. orthorrhynchum) 84 Mnium blyttii 85 Cyrtomnium hymenophyllum (as Mnium) 86 CincJidium arcticum 87 Catoscopium nigritum 88 Meesia uliginosa var. minor 89 Meesia triquetra 90 Paludella squarrosa 91 Aulacomnium paluslre 92 Aulacomnium turgidum 93 Bartramia ithyphylla 94 Plagiopus oederiana (as Bartramia oederi) 95 Conostomum tetragonum (as C. boreale) 96 Plzilonotis fontana 97 Timmia austriaca 98 Timmia norvegica (as T. megapolitana var.) 99 Psilopilum laevigatum (as Oligotrichum) 100 Polytrichastrum aJpinum (as Pogonatum) 101 Polytrichastrum sexangulare (as Polytrichum) 102 Polytrichum piliferum 103 Polytrichum strictum (as P. juniperinum var.) 104 Polytrichum commune 105 Myurella julacea 106 Myurella tenerrima (as M. apiculata) 107 Lescuraea incurvata (as Pseudoleskea atrovirens) 108 PseudoleskeelIa catenu/ata (as Pseudoleskea) 109 PseudoleskeelIa teclOrum (as Pseudoleskea) 110 Abietinella abietina (as Thuidium) 111 Pterigynandrum filiforme 112 Orthothecium strictum 113 Orthothecium chryseon (as O. chryseum) 114 Lescuraea plicata (as Ptychodium) 115 Tomentypnum nitens (as Camptothecium) 116 Brachythecium sa/ebrosum 116b Brachythecium turgidum (as B. salebrosum var. arcticum n. vaL) 117 Brachythecium trachypodium 118 Brachythecium glaciale 119 Brachythecium rivu/are 120 Eurhynchium pulchellum (as E. diversifolium) 121 lsopterygiopsis pulchella (as Plagiothecium nitidulum var. suberectum) 122 Plagiothecium denticulatum 123 Platydictya jungermannioides (as Amblystegium sprucei) 124 Campylium stellatum (as Hypnum) A eatalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 125 Campylium polygamum (as Hypnum) 126a DrepanocJadus aduncus var. (as Hypnum kneiffii var. strictum n. vaL) 126b DrepanocJadus aduncus var. (as Hypnum kneiffii var. filiforme n. var.) 127 Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (as Hypnum lycopodioides var. brevifolium n. var.) 128 Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (as Hypnum) 129 Hamatocaulis vernicosus (as Hypnum) 130 Scorpidium cossonii (as Hypnum intermedium) 131 Scorpidium revolvens (as Hypnum) 132 Wamstorfia exannulata (as Hypnum) 133 Wamstorfia fluitans (as Hypnum) 134 Sanionia uncinata (as Hypnum) 134b Sanionia orthothecioides (as Hypnum uncinatum vaL) 134c Sanionia uncinala (as Hypnum uncinatum vaL gracillimum n. vaL) 135 Palustriella falcata var. suleata (as Hypnum commutatum vaL) 136a Callialaria curvicaulis (as Hypnum filicinum var. curvicaule ) 136b Cratoneuron filicinum var. (as Hypnum filicinum var. filiforme n. var.) 136c Cratoneuron filicinum var. (as Hypnum filicinum var. tenue n. vaL) 137 Hypnum callichroum 138 Hypnum bambcrgeri 139 Hypnum revolutum 140 Hypnum vaucheri 141 Hygrohypnum molle (as Hypnum) 142 Hygrohypnum alpestre (as Hypnum) 143 Hygrohypnum ochraceum (as Hypnum) 144 Hygrohypnum polare (as Hypnum) 145 Cal/iergon cordifolium (as Hypnum) 146 Calliergon giganteum (as Hypnum) 147 Wamstorfia sarmentosa (as Hypnum) 148 Pleurozium schreberi (as Hypnum) 149 Straminergon stramineum (as Hypnum) 150 Pseudoealliergon trifarium (as Hypnum) 151 Pseudocalliergon turgescens (as Hypnum) 151b Pseudocalliergon turgescens (as Hypnum turgescens var. tenue n. vaL) 152 Loeskypnum badium (as Hypnum) 153 Scorpidium scorpioides (as Hypnum) 154 Hyloeomium splendens 155 Andreaea sparsifolia (as A. papillosa) 155b Andreaea sparsifolia var. (as A. papillosa var. latifolia n. vaL) ISSe Andreaea sparsifolia var. (as A. papillosa var. brevifolia n. var.) 156 Andreaea obovata 157 Andreaea blyttii 158 Sphagnum squarrosum 159 Sphagnum leres 159b Sphagnum fimbriatum ssp. concinnum (as S. teres vaL concinnum n. vaL) 160· Sphagnum capi/lifo/ium (as S. aeutifolium) 161 Sphagnum riparium (as S. recurvum vaL riparium) 162 Sphagnum girgensohnii (as S. fimbriatum vaL strictum) 163 Sphagnum lindbergii Hepaticae 164 Gymnomitrion concinnatum (as Gymnomitrium) 165 Gymnomitrion eorallioides (as Gymnomitrium) 166 Marsupella condensata (as Gymnomitrium) 167 Marsupella arctica (as Sarcoscyphus emarginatus var. arctieus n. vaL) 168 Scapania obcordata (as Sarcoscyphus) 169 Arnellia fennica (as Southbya) 170 Scapania nemarea (as S. nemorosa) 171 Scapania undulata 157 158 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 172 Scapania cuspiduligera (as S. bartlingii) 173 Scapania curta 174 Diplophyllum albicans (as Jungermannia) 175 Diplophyllum taxifolium (as Jungermannia) 176 Jungermannia polaris (as J. pumBa ssp.) 177 Jungermannia subelliptica (as J. genthiana) 178 Odontoschisma macounii (as Sphagnoecetis communis var. tessellata n. var.) 179 Barbilophozia kunzeana (as Jungermannia plicata var. gracilis n. var.) 180 Gymnocolea inHata var. (as Jungermannia inflata var. rigidiuscula n. var.) 181 Lophozia sudetica (as Jungermannia alpestris) 182 Anastrophyllum minutum (as Jungermannia) 183 Barbilophozia Iycopodioides (as Jungermannia) 184 Tritomaria quinquedentata (as Jungermannia) (as Jungermannia F1orkii) 185 Barbilophozia 186 Barbilophozia allenuata (as Jungermannia) 187 Tetralophozia setiformis (as Jungermannia) 188 Tritomaria polita (as Jungermannia) floerkei 189 Anthelia julaeea (as Jungcrmannia) 190 Blepharostoma trichophyllum (as Jungermannia) 191 Pleurocladula albescens (as Jungermannia islandiea) 192 Cephaloziella arctiea (as Jungermannia divarieata var. incurva) 193 Cephalozia bicuspidata (as Jungermannia) 194 Ptilidium ciliare 195 Aneura pinguis 1% Marchantia polymorpha 197 Preissia quadrata (as P. commutata var. minor-arctica) 198 Mannia pi/osa (as Duvalia) 199 Athalamia hyalina (as Clevea) Alphabetical order Musci (p. 76) 110 Abietinella abietina (p. 47) 35 Aloina brevirostris (p. 52) 49 Amphidium lapponicum (p. 93) 157 Andreaea blyttii (p. 93) 156 Andreaea obovata (p. 92) 155 Andreaea sparsifolia (p. 93) i55e Andreaea sparsifolia var. (p. 93) 155b Andreaea sparsifolia var. (p. 56) 56 Aplodon wormskioldii (p. 37) 11 Arctoa fulvella (p. 70) 91 Aulacomnium palustre (p. 70) 92 Aulacomnium lurgidum (p. 71) 93 Bartramia ithyphylla (p. 41) 23 Blindia acuta (p. 80) 118 Brachythecium glaciale (p. 81) 119 Brachythecium rivulare (p. 79) 116 Brachythedum salebrosum (p. 80) 117 Brachythecium trachypodium (p. 79) 116b Brachythecium turgidum (p. 43) 27 Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostrum (p. 62) 69 Bryum algovieum (p. 63) 71 Bryum amblyodon var. (p. 62) 70 Bryum archangelicum (p. 60) 67 Bryum arcticum (p. 65) 77 Bryum argenteum (p. 63) 73 Bryum calophyllum (p. 65) 79 Bryum cryophilum B. turgidum) B. turgidum) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria (p. 63) 72 Bryum knowltonii (p. 63) 74 Bryum mamil/atum (p. 64) 76 Bryurn nitidulurn (p. 64) 76b Bryurn nitidulurn ssp. teres (p. 63) 75 Bryurn pallescens var. contexturn (p. 65) 78 Bryurn pseudotriquetrurn Bryurn rutilans (p. 61) 68 (p. 66) 80 Bryum schleicheri var. latifolium (p. 63) 74b Bryurn wrightii (p. 86) 136a Cal/ialaria curvicaulis (p. 90) 145 Cal/iergon cordifolium (p. 90) 146 Calliergon giganteum (p. 82) 125 Carnpyliurn polygarnurn (p. 82) 124 Carnpyliurn stellaturn ( ( C. richardsonii) C. richardsonii) (p. 68) 87 Catoscopiurn nigriturn (p. 44) 30b Ceratodon heterophyllus (p. 44) 30 Ceratodon purpureus (p. 68) 86 Cinclidiurn arcticurn Conostornurn tetragonurn (p. 71) 95 (p. 87) 136b Cratoneuron filicinurn var. (p. 87) 136c Cratoneuron filicinurn var. ( (p. 34) 4 Cynodontium polycarpon (p. 68) 85 Cyrtornniurn hyrnenophyllurn (p. 35) 7 Dichodontiurn pellucidurn (p. 36) 8 Dieranella crispa (p. 37) 10 Dieranella subulata (p. 36) 9 Dieranella varia var. obtusifolia n. var. (p. 33) 3 Dicranoweisia crispula (p. 34) 3b Dicranoweisia crispula var. atrata ( C. tenellurn) (p. 40) 19 Dicranum bonjeanii (p. 38) 15 Dicranurn elongaturn (p. 39) 16 Dicranurn fuscescens (p. 39) 17 Dicranum muehlenbeckii (p. 39) 18 Dicranurn scopariurn var. integrifoliurn D. laevidens) ( (p. 43) 28 Distichiurn capillaceurn (p. 43) 29 Distichiurn inclinaturn (p. 45) 31 Ditrichurn flexicaule (p. 82) 126a Drepanocladus aduncus var. (p. 83) 126b Drepanocladus aduncus var. (p. 54) 52 Encalypta alpina D. acutifoliurn, D. spadiceurn) (p. 54) 54 Encalypta procera (p. 54) 53 Encalypta rhaptocarpa (p. 81) 120 Eurhynchiurn pulchellurn (p. 40) 21 Fissidens exilis (p. 40) 20 Fissidens incurvus (p. 40) 22 Fissidens osrnundoides (p. 57) 58 Funaria arctiea (p. 49) 42 Grirnrnia incurva (p. 49) 43 Grirnrnia torquata (p. 84) 129 Harnatocaulis vernicosus (p. 42) 25 Hennediella heirnii var. arctiea (p. 88) 142 Hygrohypnurn alpestre (p. 88) 141 Hygrohypnum mol/e (p. 89) 143 Hygrohypnurn ochraceurn (p. 89) 144 Hygrohypnurn polare (p. 92) 154 Hylocorniurn splendens (p. 33) 2 Hyrnenostyliurn recurvirostrurn (p. 87) 138 Hypnurn barnbergeri ( F. arcticusjviridulus) ( F. arcticusjviridulus) ( ( Scorpidiurn cossonii?) H. cochlearifoliurn) 159 160 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK (p. 87) 137 Hypnum callichroum (p. 88) 139 Hypnum revolutum (p. 88) 140 Hypnum vaucheri (p. 81) 121 Isopterygiopsis pukhella (p. 37) 13 Kiaeria blyttii (p. 38) 14 Kiaeria glacialis (p. 37) 12 Kiaeria starkei (p. 57) 59 Leptobryum pyriforme (p. 75) 107 Lescuraea incurvata (p. 78) 114 Lescuraea plicata (p . 91) 152 Loeskypnum badium (p. 69) 89 Meesia triquetra (p. 69) 88 Meesia uliginosa var. minm (p. 67) 84 Mnium blyttii (p. 67) 83 Mnium thomsonii (p. 75) 105 Myurella julacea (p. 75) 106 Myurella tenerrima (p. 34) 5 Oncophorus virens (p. 35) 6 Oncophorus wahlenbergii (p. 77) 113 Orthothecium chryseon (p. 77) 112 Orthothecium strictum (+ K. fa1cata) (p. 52) 50 Orthotrichum alpestre (p. 53) 51 Orthotrichum pylaisii (p. 69) 90 Paludella squarrosa (p. 86) 135 (p. 71) 96 Palustriella Jalcata var. sulcata Phi/onatis Jontana (-> P. tomentelIa) (p. 67) 81 Plagiobryum zieri (p. 67) 82 Plagiomnium ellipticum (p. 71) 94 Plagiopus oederiana (p. 81) 122 Plagiothecium denticulatum (+ P. berggrenianum. P. svalbardense) (p. 82) 123 Platydictya jungermannioides (p. 90) 148 Pleurozium schreberi (p. 59) 64 Pohlia annotina ( (p. 58) 62 Pohlia cruda (p. 59) 65 (p. 59) 65b PohUa ludwigii PohUa ludwigii var. (-> P. wahlenbergii, P. nutans) Polllia nutans -ry. P. andrewsii) (p. 58) 60 (p. 58) 60b Polllia nutans var. bicolor (p. 58) 60c Pohlia nutans var. rufescens Polllia nutans ssp. schimperi (p. 59) 63 (p. 58) 61 Pohlia obtusifolia (p. 60) 66 Pohlia wahlenbergii (p. 73) 100 Polytrichastrum alpinum (p. 74) 101 Polytrichastrum sexangulare (p. 75) 104 Polytrichum commune ( -> P. jensenii) (p. 74) 102 Polytrichum piliferum (p. 74) 103 Polytrichum strictum (p. 84) 128 Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (p. 83) 127 Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (p. 91) 150 Pseudocalliergon trifarium (p. 91) 151 Pseudocalliergon turgescens (p. 91) 151b Pseudocalliergon turgescens (p. 75) 108 PseudoleskeeIla catenulata (-> P. rupestris, P. tectorum?) (p. 76) 109 PseudoleskeeIla tectorum (p. 73) 99 Psilopilum laevigatum (p. 76) 111 Pterigynandrum filiforme (p. 51) 48 Racomitrium canescens (p. 50) 46 Racomitrium fasciculare A catalogue of Svalbard planIS. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 50) 50) (p. 50) (p. 85) (p. 85) (p. 86) (p. 48) (p. 48) (p. 49) (p. 48) (p. 48) (p. 84) (p. 84) (p. 92) (p. 41) (p. 95) (p. 94) (p. 95) (p. 95) (p. 95) (p. 94) (p. 94) (p. 56) (p. 43) (p. 90) (p. 47) (p. 48) (p. 55) (p. 72) (p. 72) (p. 78) (p. 47) (p. 46) (p. 46) (p. 46) (p. 47) (p. 35) (p. 33) (p. 85) (p. 85) (p. 90) (p. (p. 47 45 44 134b 134 134c 41 40 41d 41c 41b 130 131 153 24 160 159b 162 163 161 158 159 57 26 149 37 39 55 97 98 115 36 32 33 34 38 5b 1 132 133 147 Racomitrium lanuginosum Racomitrium microcarpon (-> R. fasciculare) Racomitrium sudeticum Sanionia orthothecioides Sanionia uncinata Sanionia uncinata Schistidium apocarpum (-+ Schistidium spp.) (-+ S. warnstorfii) Schistidium maritimum Schistidium rivulare Schistidium rivulare Schistidium tenerum Scorpidium cossonii Scorpidium revolvens Scorpidium scorpioides Seligeria polaris n. sp. Sphagnum capillifolium Sphagnum fimbriatum ssp. concinnum (-o. Sphagnum girgensohnii (+ S. teres) S. teres) Sphagnum tindbergii (-+ Sphagnum riparium S. obtusum) Sphagnum squarrosum Sphagnum teres (+ S. fimbriatum ssp. concinnum) Splachnum vaseulosum Stegonia latifolia Straminergon stramineum Syntrichia norvegiea Syntrichia ruralis Tetraplodon mnioides Timmia austriaca Timmia norvegica Tomentypnum nitens TortelIa fragilis Tortula euryphylla Tortula laureri Tortula leucostoma Tortula rnucronifolia Trichostomum arcticum Voitia hyperborea Warnstorfia exannulata Warnstorfia fluitans Warnstorfia sarmentosa Hepaticae 99) 102) (p. 100) (p. 97) (p. 103) (p. 99) (p. 99) (p. 98) (p. 99) (p. 100) (p. 101) (p. 100) (p. 97) (p. 97) (p. 98) (p. (p. 182 195 189 169 199 186 185 179 183 190 193 192 174 175 180 Anastrophyllum minutum Aneura pinguis Anthelia julacea ( --> A. juratzkana) Arnellia fennica Athalamia hyatina ( --> Sauteria alpina) Barbilophozia aftenuata Barbilophozia floerkei ( --> B. hateheri, Tritiomaria quinquedentata) Barbilophozia kunzeana Barbilophozia lycopodioides B1epharostoma trichophyllum Cephalozia bicuspidata (--> Cephaloziella arctiea Diplophyllum albicans Diplophyllum taxifolium Gymnocolea inflata var. C. ambigua) 161 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 162 Gymnomitrion concinnatum (p. 96) 164 (p. 96) 165 Gymnomitrion corallioides (p. 98) 176 Jungermannia polaris J ungermannia subelliptica (p. 98) 177 (p. 98) 181 Lophozia sudetica (p. 102) 198 Mannia pilosa (-> Athalamia hyalina) (p. 102) 196 Marchantia polymorpha (p. 96) 167 Marsupella arctica (p. 96) 166 Marsupella condensata (p. 101) 178 Odontoschisma macounii (p. 100) 191 Pleurocladula albescens (p. 102) 197 Preissia quadrata Cp. 102) 194 Ptilidium ciliare Cp. 97) (p. 97) 173 Scapania curta 172 Scapania cuspiduligera (p. 97) 170 Scapania nemorea (...... S. spitsbergensis) (p. 96) 168 Scapania obcordata S. hyperborea, S. tundrae) (p. 97) 171 Scapania undulata (p. 99) 187 Tetralophozia setiformis (p. 100) 188 Tritomaria polita (p. 99) 184 Tritomaria quinquedentata ( -,> Halina Bednarek-Ochyra, Barbara Godzik and Krystyna Grodzinska, 1987. Bryophyta Svalbardensia Exsiccata The content of the exsiccate is presented in four booklets with copies of specimen labels (Bednarek-Ochyra et al. 1987). It includes 80 numbers but only 51 different names. The specimens originate from Hornsund, Bellsund and Grønfjorden, but most of them come from the north side of the Hornsund fjord. Below are two lists with the nomenclature and taxonomy of the present paper, one in numerical and one in alphabetical order. Taxonomical revisjons in the TRH set of the exsiccate are given in parentheses in the alphabetical list. Seven specimens are erroneously labelled as follows: Bryum subneodamense, Cinclidium lati/otium, Dicranum elongatum, Ditrichum fiexicaule, Orthothedum ru/escens, Polytrichastrum alpinum and Schistidium apocarpum. Eight species occur but are named differently: Cine/idium subrotundum, Dicranum /uscescens, D. spadiceum, Didymodon asperi/olius, Orthothecium chryseon, Polytrichumjensenii, Racomitrium canescens and Scorpidium cossonii. This makes a total of 52 species. Numerical order Paludella squarrosa 2 Sanionia uncinata 3 Aulacomnium turgidum 4 Climacium dendroides 5 Aulacomnium palustre 6 Pohlia cruda 7 Hylocomium splendens 8 Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula) 9 Hypnum revolutum 10 Orthotrichum pylaisii 11 Aplodon wormskioldii 12 Warnstorfia sarmentosa (as Calliergon) 13 Racomitrium lanuginosum 14 Andreaea rupestris 15 Racomitrium panschii 16 Polytrichastrum alpinum 17 Tetralophozia setiformis 18 Bryum cryophilum 19 Bryum weigelii 20 Dicranoweisia crispula 21 Tomentypnum nitens A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 22 Plagiomnium el1ipticum 23 Straminergon stramineum (as Calliergon) 24 Oncophorus virens 25 Distichium capillaceum 26 Bryum pseudotriquetrum 27 Hygrohypnum polare 28 Dicranum elongatum 29 Ditrichum flexicaule 30 Polytrichum strictum 31 Cinclidium latifolium 32 Schistidium apocarpum 33 Gymnomitrion coral1ioides 34 Scorpidium scorpioides 35 Hylocomium splendens 36 Andreaea sparsifolia (as A. obovata var. papillosa) 37 Hypnum vaucheri 38 Aulacomnium turgidum 39 Wamstorfia sarmentosa (as Calliergon) 40 Hypnum revolutum 41 Climacium dendroides 42 Distichium capillaceum 43 Timmia austriaca 44 Aulacomnium palustfe 45 Pohlia cruda 46 Philonotis tomenteIla 47 Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula) 48 Warnstorfia sarmentosa (as Calliergon) 49 Sanionia uncinata 50 Calliergon richardsonii 51 Pseudocalliergon turgescens (as Scorpidium) 52 Racomitrium lanuginosum 53 Hylocomium splendens 54 Oncophorus wahlenbergii 55 Gymnocolea inflata 56 Sphagnum squarrosum 57 Dicranoweisia crispula 58 Trichostomum arcticum 59 Bryum cryophilum 60 Polytrichastrum longisetum 61 Warnstorfia sarmentosa (as Cal1iergon) 62 Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula) 63 Timmia bavarica 64 Philonotis tomenteIla 65 Calliergon richardsonii 66 Bryum subneodamense 67 Plagiomnium ellipticum 68 Oncophorus wahlenbergii 69 Sphagnum squarrosum 70 Polytrichastrum alpinum 71 Andreaea rupestris 72 Racomitrium ericoides 73 Sanionia uncinata 74 Dieranella palustris 75 Timmia comata (as T. norvegiea var. excurrens) 76 Aulacomnium turgidum 77 Splachnum vaseulosum 78 Bryum pseudotriquetrum 79 Racomitrium panschii 163 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 164 80 Orthothecium rufescens Alphabeticalorder 14 Andreaea rupestris (TRH = A. sparsifolia) 71 Andreaea rupestris (TRH = A. sparsifolia) 36 Andreaea sparsifolia (TRH 11 Aplodon wormskioldii A. rupestris) 5 Aulacomnium palustre 44 Aulacomnium palustre 3 Aulacomnium turgidum 38 Aulacomnium turgidum 76 Aulacomnium turgidum 18 Bryum cryophilum 59 Bryum cryophilum 26 Bryum pseudotriquetrum (TRH 78 Bryum pseudotriquetrum 66 Bryum subneodamense (TRH 19 Bryum weigelii 50 Calliergon richardsonii 65 Calliergon richardsonii B. cryophilum) C. subrotundum) 31 Cinclidium latifolium (TRH 4 Bryum sp. non B. pseudotriquetrum) Climacium dendroides 41 Climacium dendroides 74 Dieranella palustris 20 Dicranoweisia crispula 57 Dicranoweisia crispula 28 Dicranum elongatum (TRH 25 Distichium capillaceum 42 Distichium capillaceum 29 Ditrichum ftexicaule (TRH 55 Gymnocolea inftata D. spadiceum) = Dicranum fuscescens) 33 Gymnomitrion corallioides (TRH 27 7 == ! + Prasanthus suecicus) Hygrohypnum polare Hylocomium splendens 35 Hylocomium splendens 53 9 Hylocomium splendens Hypnum revolutum 40 Hypnum revolutum 37 Hypnum vaucheri 24 Oncophorus virens 54 Oncophorus wahlenbergii 68 Oncophorus wahJenbergii 80 Orthothecium rufescens (TRH 10 Orthotrichum pylaisii 1 = O. chryseon) Paludella squarrosa 46 Philonotis tomentelIa 64 Philonotis tomentelIa 22 Plagiomnium ellipticum 67 Plagiomnium ellipticum 6 Pohlia cruda 45 Pohlia cruda 16 Polytrichastrum alpinum (TRH 70 Polytrichastrum alpinum (TRH 60 Polytrichastrum longisetum 30 Polytrichum strieturn 51 Pseudocalliergon turgescens 72 Racomitrium ericoides 13 Racomitrium lanuginosum = Polytrichum jensenii) Polytrichum jensenii) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 52 Racornitriurn lanuginosurn 15 Racornitriurn panschii (TRH 79 R. canescens) Racornitriurn panschii 2 Sanionia uncinata 49 Sanionia uncinata 73 Sanionia uncinata (TRH Scorpidiurn cossonii) 32 Schistidiurn apocarpurn (TRH 34 Scorpidiurn scorpioides 56 Sphagnurn squarrosurn 69 Sphagnurn squarrosurn 77 Splachnurn vaseulosum 23 Strarninergon strarnineurn 8 Syntrichia ruralis 47 Syntrichia ruralis = Didyrnodon asperifolius) 62 Syntrichia ruralis 17 Tetralophozia setiforrnis 43 Tirnrnia austriaca 63 Tirnrnia bavarica 75 Tirnrnia cornata (TRH 21 Tornentypnurn nitens 58 Trichostornurn arcticurn 12 Warnstorfia sarrnentosa 39 Warnstorfia sarrnentosa 48 Warnstorfia sarrnentosa 61 Warnstorfia sarrnentosa T. austriaca) 165 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 166 Appendix 3. Bryophyte vegetation types described from Svalbard The first description of bryophyte vegetation from Svalbard is presented by Keilhau (1831: 165f.; also quoted by Sommerfelt 1833); the following passage considers what was later called Grunnlinesletta at Edgeøya SW, which was visited 11-19 September 1827 (Frisvoll, transI. ) : Large stretehes of the moist landscape of the plain ...were overgrown by a dense and soft, swelling bryophyte cover, whose thickness in places approached 6 to 8 inches.This was namely the eonsiderable height of a moss (Hypnum cuspidatum) especially associated with such places, which together with another (Mnium turgidum) almost entirely constituted the whole with regard to quantity - not insignificant vegetation in places where the water had absolutely no outlet. The colour of these plants had to a great extent that yellowish and reddish tinge, which gives the moss-stretches of Svalbard and Bjørnøya the unpleasant glaring light, ...Where the moisture is able to drain somewhat away from these plains, there is at once a little more variation in the vegetation; here one may even find a few vascular plants protruding from among the bryophytes. And if the water finally converges to form real brooks and streams, then the bryophytes are still less important, and the grasses, sedges and Saxifraga species become the prevailing.(Hypnum cuspidatum Mnium turgidum = ? Calliergon richardsonii, Aulacomnium t.). Philippi (1973) described bryophyte vegetation from Edgeøya NW, and the above types belong to his "Moos gesellsehaften nasser bis feuehter Standorte" (probably the Calliergon giganteum-Drepanocladus Gesellschaft) - and "Moostundren" (especially the Tomenthypnum-Tundra). Many authors have later written about bryophyte vegetation types from Svalbard in the same manner, without giving them adequate names. Berggren's (1875) work includes comprehensive descriptions of synecological conditions of bryophytes, and is well worth serutinizing with regard to this subject.He visited Svalbard in 1868, and in a lecture given 31 April 1873 he presented interesting general results regarding the moss vegetation of the Archipelago. We have only the seeretary's report entitled (Frisvoll, transl.): "Senior leeturer S.Berggren gave an aceount of the moss vegetation of Svalbard based on the colleetions made in 1868" (Berggren 1873). The apparently long and intcresting lecture delt with different topies, sueh as the iee age and the similarity between the alpine and aretic floras. "The leeturer further spoke about ... the differenccs in the moss vcgetation between the north west granite area and the western limestone and slate areas ...." We are not told what he said then, but it was probably mueh the same as in a later written account (Berggren 1875: tlf): Vergleichen wir naher die Kalk- und Sehiefergegenden von Spitzbergen mit den Granit- und Gneisgegenden in Bezug auf ihre Vegetation, 50 ist es gleieh in die Augen fallend, dass in jenen die Artenzahl verhaltnissmassig gross ist, in diesen gering. Die Zahl der Arten ist hier kaum die Halfte der dortigen....Als Beispiel dieser Versehiedenheit will ieh nur das F1achland, das die Mitte von Danish Island zwischen der Kobbe Bai und der Smeerenberg Bai durchzieht, im Vergleich mit jenem am Eisfjorde anfUhren. Hier Orthothecia, Hypna, Brya mit einander verfloehten, den Boden gleiehformiger deckend, dort eine geringere Zahl von Racomitrien, Arctoa fulvella, Polytriehen, Sarcoscyphus Ehrharti var.arcticus und Jungermannia divaricata var. incurva, eine jede Art ihren Platz aussehliesslich einnehmend. ... Der Schiefer und Kalkboden mit seinen fein zermalmten Bestandtheilen tragt die hauptsaehliche Menge der akrokarpisehen Moose von Spitzbergen .... Hierher gehoren mehrere fruchttragende Bryen z.[B.J B. pendulum und intermedium, ferner die die arktische Zone auszeiehnenden Brya, B. arcticum, oeneum, nitidulum, calophyllum, Distiehia, Desmatodon leuco· stomus, Pottia Heimii. Anacalypta latifolia, Barbula brevirostris, Dicranella varia, Funaria hygrometrica var. glacialis und andere. pendulum calypta " (Sarcoseyphus B. algovieum, B. oeneum Stegonia, Barbula = Marsupella aretiea, Jungermannia = B. rutilans, Desmatodon Aloina, Funaria = = Cephaloziella arcriea, Bryum Tortula, Pottia Hennediella, Ana- F. aretiea. ) Berggren (1875: 22-31) deals especially with the bryophytes and bryophyte vegetation of six areas in the north and northwest [Parryøya, Nordkapp (at Chermsideøya), Castn:nøya, Brennevinsfjorden (Nordaustlandet NW, mainly at Depotodden, cf.Seholander 1934: 8), Danskøya (partieularly the Kobbefjorden area), and Amsterdam· øya (the Smeerenburg area)]. Sometimes he presents lists which are not far from being equivalent to vegetation tables (Berggren 1875: 28): "An der Sudseite der Kobbe Bai auf den einige Quadratklafter [lO x 10 ml weiten Feldem mit kleinen Hugel unter der Gebirgsvand besteht die Hauptvegetation aus folgenden Arten: ... " Then follow the names of 28 bryophytes (22 mosses and 6 liverworts).He even described epilithic moss vegetation (by giving species lists from sueh sites, see especially Brandewijne Bai, p. 25); the epilithic moss vegetation of Svalbard is still not classified. Many of the vegetation types of Svalbard are mentioned for the first time by Berggren. The main vegetation type of Castnenøya is described as follows (Berggren 1875: 24): "Die Hauptvegetation bUden Racomitrium lanuginosum, welche Art an troekenen, steinigen, windigen Stellen vorherrschend ist, Jungermannia alpestris, einige Weberen (Ludwigii, annotina, eruda mit dunnen Stengein in dichten tiefen spangrunen rasen), und an feuchten stellen die genannten Racomitria." (Jungermannia Lophozia sudetica, Webera = Pohlia.) This is, inter alia, the Moss-liehen or Rhacomitrium heath of Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 231f, who fefer back to A catalogue of SlJalbard p/anis, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 167 Berggren), the Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi spitsbergense of Hadac (1946) and the corresponding community of many later authors, see below. 27 August 1868 Berggren (1875: 29) walked acro.s DanskØya from Kobbefjorden to Smeerenburgfjorden: "Der Sommer war schon voriiber und der Winter gab sich durch gefrorne Siisswassersammlungen und gefrornen Erdboden zu erkennen." He specifies the composition of the bryophyte vegetation in many habitats a10ng this route, including irrigated, moist and dry soil; moist and dry rocks, boulders and stones; lake shores; dry and waterfilled brooks from snowfields, etc. He certainly was an excellent field bryologist. Also Summerhayes & Elton's (1923,1928) papers are interesting from a bryo-sociological point of view, as they include moss lists from almost every community type they described. They were actually the first to classify and name a majority of the vegetation types of Bjørnøya and Spitsbergen, and to give the bryophytes the attention they deserve in the plant sociology of the Arctic. However, their types are of ten somewhat collectively treated. But nobody should study bryophyte vegetation on Svalbard without consulting Summerhayes & Elton's (1923, 1928) treatment. They include many bryophyte lists from habitats frequently left out from general cJassifications, as skua hummocks (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 223, 1928: 241-243), communities of rock and boulder crevices and cavities bctween boulders (1923: 225f, 252; 1928: 230f), erratic boulders (1928: 220f), polygon ri ms (1923: 243, 1928: 222), wet ravines (1923: 248), zonation at margin of beach pond (1923: 260), streamside communities (1923: 228, 279; 1928: 237), and zones around a tam (1928: 225). Their few community names referring to mosses are Iisted below. The bryophyte vegetation types appear to have much in common throughout the Arctic. Holmen (1955) described 21 bryophyte communities from Peary Land, northernmost Greenland. Brassard (1971a) presented a key to and described 18 communities from northern Ellesmerc Island, Canada. See also Steere's (1976) comments on these papers, and his own lists of typical mosses in 20 "tundra associations" or "special habitats". "Bryologically, the relatively weU watered tundra of northernmost Alaska comcs off very favorably in comparision with the polar deserts of northern Ellesmere Island and, especially, northernmost Greenland, in numbers of speeies, complexity of wet tundra bryological communities, and importance in vegetation cover." (Steere 1976: 59). In this connection, Svalbard has evidently more in common with Arctic Alaska than with Ellesmere Island or Peary Land. Relatively much work has been done on Svalbard bryophyte vegetation. Elvebakk (1994) has arranged the vegetation types of Svalbard in 17 alliances, and many of the below types are placed in this system. Only plant communities whose name is based on or include bryophytes, and mainly with releve data (synoptical tables, before 1979 also Iists according to recommendations by Barkman et al. 1986) published in internationally available journals or books, are included here. The most thorough study of bryophyte vegetation on Svalbard is presented by Philippi (1973). Surnrnerhayes & Elton (1923): Moss heath (at Bjørnøya) Moss-mat Moss-bog Moss-Salix bog Surnrnerhayes & Elton (1928): Moss-lichen heath = Rhacomitrium heath Hadae (1946): Bryo-Dupomietum fisheri Hadac Phi/onotidetum caespitosae ass. prov. Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi spitsbergense Hadac Gymnomitrietum corall[iloidis ass. prov. Drepanoclado-Poetum alpinae ass. nov. Distichio-Polygonetum lJilJipari ass. prov. Tortuleto-Salicetum polaris ass. prov. Tomentohypnetum inlJoluti ass. nov. Hofmann (1968): Tomenthypnum tundra (Tomenthypnetum nitentis Hadac) Bryum cryophilum community (Ca/liergo-Bryetum cryophili ass. nov.) Rhacomitrium (/anuginosum) lichen heath (Sphaerophoro-Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi nom. nov. mitrietum lanuginosi Hadac) Rhacomitrium canescens community Drepanoc/adus uncinatus snow-bed community Rhaco- A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK 168 Eurola (1968): Trockene Moosheiden Frische Moosheiden Eurola (1971a): Ranunculus hyperboreus-R. spitsbergensis-Calliergon sarmentosum type of spring fen Eriophorum scheuchzeri-Aulacomnium turgidum type of spring fen Saxi/raga-Dicranum-Sphagnum type of tundra heath mi re Philippi (1973; all subdivisions include a main type not listed here, which is called the typical subass. or var.): 1 Communities of moist to wet habitats [Ranunculo (hyperborei)-Drepanocladion (reuolventis) all. prov. J Bryum cryophilum community Subass. with Splachnum vasculosum Subass. with Cratoneuron arcticum Subass. with Cyrtomnium hymenophyllum Subass. with Orthothecium chryseum Meesia triquetra community Subass. with Paludella squarrosa Calliergon giganteum-Drepanocladus (revolvens) community Var. with Calliergon sarmentosum Scorpidium turgescens community Subass. with Schistidium apocarpum Hygrohypnum polare community Catoscopium nigritum community Var. with Oncophorus virens Orthothecium chryseum community Subass. with Calliergon giganteum Subass. with Racomitrium canescens 2 Moss tundra Tomenthypnum tundra Var. with Dicranum anguslUm Subass. with Hypnum revolutum Subass. ",ith Paludella squarrosa Subass. with Calliergon stramineum Subass. with Racomitrium canescens Dicranum angustum tundra Subass. with Calliergon stramineum Racomitrium canescens community Var. with Hylocomium splendens Stand with Dicranoweisia crispula Drepanocladus uncinalUs snow-bed eommunity 3 Racomitrium lanuginosum community 4 Pioneer vcgetation on soil Subass. with Barbilophozia hateheri Kiaeria starkei-Psilopilum cavl/otium community Gymnomitrion corallioldes community Var. with Anthelia juratzkana Var. with Raeomitrium lanuginosum Stand with Psilopilum laevigatum Anthetia juratzkana community Pohlia drummondii snow-bed community Barbilophozia quadriloba community Var. with Bryum eryophilum, Orthothecium chryseum and Calliergon giganteum 5 Sphenolobus minutus community 6 Aplodon wormskioldii community 7 Hygrohypnum alpestre water moss community A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria 169 Thannheiser & Hormann (1977): Puccinellietum phryganodis Hadac Subass. typicum Var. with Drepanocladus uncinatus Subass. with Bryum salinum Var. with Drepanocladus uncinatus Eurola & Hakala (1977) Chrysosplenium tetrandrum-Plagiomnium moist bird eliff meadows Oxyria digyna-Polytrichum dry bird eliff meadows Thannheiser (1979): Arctophiletum fulvae Lambert Subass. with Scorpidium scorpioides Heinemeijer (1979): Racomitrium lanuginosum vegetation Dicranum elongalum vegetation Tomenthypnum nitens-Drepanocladus uncinatus vegetation Orthothecium chryseum-Tomenthypnum vegetation Salix-Polygonum-Aulacomnium turgidum vegetation Cardamine bellidifoiia-Saxifraga faiiolosa-Paludella vegetation Bryum cryophilum-Poa alpigena vegetation Papaver-Phippsia algida-Rhacomitrium canescens vegetation Drepanocladus uncinatus-Calliergan vegetation Hartmann (1980): Moss tundra communities (Moostundra-Gesellschaften) Dry community with Sphagnum squarrosum and Hypnum revolulum Moist community with Drepanacladus revolvens and Deschampsia alpina High arctic vegetation of stone rings (Draba micropetala-Gymnomitrion corallioides community) Racomitrium lanuginosum community Hjelrnstad (1981): Saxifraga oppositifolia-Drepanocladus uncinatus vegetation Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982): Dry moss tundra Fresh moss tundra Elvebakk (1984): Dicranoweision crispulae all. prov. Brossard et al. (1984): Hypnum revolulum community type Drepanocladus badius community type Aneura pinguis community type Brattbakk (1981, 1984, 1985a, b, c): Heigråmose-Iavhei (Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi spitsbergense Hadac 1946) Bergsotmose-snøleie (Andreaea rupestris-samfunn) Polarvierhei (Salix polaris-Polytrichum hyperboreum-samfunn) Mosetundra med grassigd og myrfiltmose (Dicranum angustum-Aulacomnium palustre-Saxifraga hyperborea samfunn) Gullmose-mosetundra (Tomenthypnetum nitentis Hofmann 1968) Gullmose-mosetundra i svakt hellande [gentiy sloping] terreng Gullmose-mosetundra i talusskråningar Klomose-blodmose-våtmark (Drepanocladus revolvens-Calliergon sa rmentosum-samfunn) A. A. FRISVOLL 170 Safranlav-snøleie (Solorina crocea-Polytrichum alpinum- samfunn) (Anthelia juratzkana-Phippsia algida samfunn ) Krypsnømose-snøgras-snøleie - Elvebakk (1985): Racomitrio lanuginosi-Luzuletum arcuatae association Gymnomitrio corallioidis-Luzuletum arcuatae association Sauteria alpina communities Polytrichion norvegici Gjærevoll Dubiel & Olecb (1985): Rhacomitrium lanuginosum Calliergon stramineum - Ranunculus hyperboreus Community with Calliergon richardsonii Community with Tetraplodon mnioides Community witb Community witb Engelskjøn (1986, Bjørnøya): Nearly non-vascular NearJy non-vascular Rhacomitrium lanuginosum community. montane Drepanocladus exannulatus community Late thawing or temporarily flooded bryophyte turf snowbeds, nearly non-vascular Barkman (1987): Dryas-Hypnum revolutum tundra Tomenthypnum-Drepanocladus tundra Cal/iergon-Ranunculus hyperboreus tundra Hadac (1989): Bryo-Dupontietum pelligerae Hadac 1946 corr. 1989 Drepanoclado-Ranunculetum hyperborei Hadac 1989 Alopecurus alpinus-Aulacomnium palustre community Saxifraga cemua-Philonotis tomenteila community Pediculari hirsutae-Gymnomitrietum corail[ijoidis Hadac 1989 Cerastium arcticum-Anthelia juratzkana community Sphaerophoro-Racomitrietum lanuginosi (Hadac 1946) Hofmann 1968 Dubiel & Olech (1990): Rhacomitrium lanuginosum community Gymnomitrion corailfiJoides community Calliergon sarmentosum community Tetraplodon mnioides community Elven et al. (1990): Early snowbeds Homalothecium nitens-Dryas type Moss tundra HomalOlhecium nitens-Salix polaris-Alopecurus alpinus type Homalothedum nitens-Salix polaris-Dipontia pelligera type Wet moss tundra Homalothecium nitens-Carex subspathecea type Sedimentation fiats Homalothecium nilens-Salix polaris-Equisetum arvense type Karczmarz & Swi s (1990a): Mesophilous mixed tundra Herb-moss tundra Moss-herb tundra Moss tundra on snowbeds Tundra of humid moss bogs & A. ELVEBAKK A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 171 Kobayashi et al, (1990): Anthelietum juratzkanae Kobayashi ass. prov. Subass. of Oncophorus wahlenbergii Subass. of Tritomaria scitula Saxifragetum caespitosae Kobayashi ass. prov. Subass. of Oncophorus wahlenbergii Hylocomietum splendentis Kobayashi ass. prov. Polytrichum commune community Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a): Dry lichen-moss tundra Dry mossy tundra with Racomitrium lanuginosum Form of typical tundra with Luzula sp. and bryophytes Dry grass-moss tundra on seaside sands Dense tundra of mesophilous moss bog on sea terraces Nitrophilous (coprophilous) tundra of dense mossy bog on slopes Boggy, moss-grass tundra with Deschampsia alpina Dense, emerged [actually immersed?] moss tundra Moss tundra of water flows Moss tundra of lake shores Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b): Dry lichen-moss tundra Moss tundra with Racomitrium lanuginosum Mesophilous moss tundra Moss tundra on muddy-stony drifts Moss tundra on gravelly-stony drifts Boggy moss-gr ass tundra with Deschampsia alpina Tundra of flooded morasses Moss tundra on stony river overflow-arms Moss tundra on muddy-gravelly lake shores Dubiel & Olech (1992): Tetraplodon mnioides-Aplodon wormskioldii community Swi s & Karczmarz (1993): Dry lichen-moss tundra Mossy tundra with Racomitrium lanuginosum Lichen-moss tundra Moss tundra Wet moss tundra of snow beds Marshy, moss-grass tundra with Deschampsia alpina Thannheiser (1992, 1994); Eberle et al. (1993): Salix polaris-Drepanocladus uncinatus-Gesellschaft Tomenthypnum nitens-Orthothecium chryseum-Gesellschaft Bryum Gesellschaft - Luzula confusa-Rhacomitrium lanuginosum-Gesellschaft Festuca rubra-Dicranum elongatum-Gesellschaft Thannheiser (1995): Salix polaris-Drepanocladus uncinatus Gesellschaftkomplex - Salix polaris-Drepanocladus uncinatus-Gesellschaft Tomenthypnum nitens-Mnium hymenophyllum-Paludella squarrosa-Gesellschaftkomplex Tomenthypnum nitens-Mnium hymenophyllus-Paludella squarrosa-Gesellschaften Barkman (1987) paid attention to some aspects of Svalbard's bryophyte vegetation not previously studied. He recognized six tundra types at Kapp Lee (Edgeøya NW), viz. nitrophilous, dry, intermediate, moist, wet, 172 A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK and mountain tundra. "Acrocarpous mosses are most abundant here [in the nitrophilous tundra l (contrary t o pleurocarps), and least abundant i n the dry and the mountain tundra." (p. 127). H e distinguished between two leaf size cIasses of bryophytes, " ...(bryophyllus under 4 mm2 and leptophyllus between 4 and 122): 20 mm2), • . • " (p. "As to the mosses it is evident ... that high proportions of large leaved (Ieptophyllous) mosses occur only i n the nitrophilous and in the wet tundra." (p.130). Leaf inclination was measured, and species were attributed to inclination cIasses. "The most striking difference with temperate vegetation is the absenee in the tundra of EdgeØya ( ...of all strongly bent) leaves in the herb layer, whereas in the moss layer these categories play a much bigger role than in our climate.... So far I have no hypothesis that could explain this difference." (p. 129). In the six tundra types he distinguished the following growth forms among the bryophytes: Marchantiids. Foliose hepatics with large rosetles and broad lobes. Only in intermediate tundra (Preissia quadrata). Sphagnids. Large acrocarpous mosses, growing in tall turfs with many short branches, especially at the stem tip. Only in intermediate tundra (Sphagnum squarrosum). Polytrichids, Large acrocarpous mosses, stem erect, not or sympodially branching, in 3-15 cm tall turfs. In all types, most common in nitrophilous and wet tundra (e.g. Bryum pseudotriquetrum. Aulacomnium turgidum). Bryids, Ditto, but smaUer: 0.2-3 cm. In all types, most common in nitrophilous tundra (e.g. Tortula [= Syntrichia] ruralis, Splachnum vaseulosum). Anomodontids. Pleurocarpous mosses with creeping main stems and erect branches.In all types except nitrophilous tundra (e.g. Tomentypnum nilens, Campylium stellaturn). Amblystegiids. Prostrate, appressed pleurocarpous mosses in low dense mats.Almost only in dry tundra (Hypnum revolutum). Pleuroziids. Prostrate to ascending pleurocarps, branching monopodially. but irregularly.In loose mats.Very rare in moist tundra (no example. but Pleurozium schreberi apparently belangs here). Thuidiids. Ditto. but regularly pinnate or bipinnate. Almost only in nitrophilous and wet tundra (Hylocomium alaskanum). A. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano bacteria Part 3. Fungi I. Basidiomycota: Agaricales, Gastero mycetales, Aphyllophorales, Exobasidiales, Dacrymy cetales and Tremellales GRO GULDEN and ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN Gulden, G. & 1996: Torkelsen, A.-E. Part 3. Fungi I. Basidiomycota: Agaricales, Gasteromycetales, Aphyllophorales, Exobasidiales, Dacrymycetales and Tremellales. Pp. 173-206 in Elvebakk. A. & Prestrud , 198. P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plant', tungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter All taxa of higher basidiomycetes known to oecur on Svalbard are ennumerated. This amounts to 175 (145). Gasteromycetales (10), Aphyllophorales (13), (2) and Tremellales (2). The list includes a critieal selcetion of pertinent speeies belonging to the orders of Agaricales Exobasidiales (3), Dacrymycetales literature records, but it is for the main part based on material collected and/or idemified by the author, themselves. Forty-six spedes are recorded for the first time from Svalbard and one new name (Agaricus ariswcratus) is introduced. Lists of synonyms used in the literature and rejected names are appended. There are short comments on taxonomy. preferred habita!s, occurrence, distribution etc. for nearly all the taxa. In accordance with the general scope of the publication, "Ecosystem Component Values" are given for each taxon, but in view of the early stage of the mycological exploration of the archipelago. these values are vaguely based. Edible spedes for human beings are indicated. Gro Gulden and Anna-Elise Torkel,en. Boranical Garden and Museum. University of Oslo, Trondheimsv. 23B, N-0562 Oslo. Norway. Contents Museum herbarium (O). Important collections from Svalbard are deposited in many other her Introduction ................................................. 173 List of speeies ... . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . .. . . . " .......... 176 . Comments ..... . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . 179 . . . . . . . . . . List of synonyms ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Agaricales part, . . . . . . . . . A.-E. Torkelsen the other groups. . . . . . . . scope of this work. G. Gulden has prepared the . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 . . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . . . ... . 202 Acknowledgements . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . 204 Referenees . . . ... . ... ... . . . . . . . .. ....... . . . . 204 Excluded species . baria, but identification of these is outside the The first to publish on macromycetes from Sval bard was S.C. Sommerfelt (1833), who recorded four agarics collected by M. Keilhau on the Sval . bard mainland (Spitsbergen) and Bjørnøya. Later Lindblom (1841) recorded seven macromycetes collected by J. E. VahL Karsten Introduction nineteen species of (1872) Agaricales and included Gaster omycetales in his enumeration of fungi from Sval This part of the catalogue includes 175 bard species of i.e. 145 cetales, species of Agaricales, 13 Aphyllophorales, Dacrymycetales, and 3 10 and "Beeren Eiland"). in addition records of material collected by Th. Gasteromy 2 M. Fries, identified by E. Fries, Reviews of this The material initial period of macromycete investigations on Exobasidiales, 2 Tremellales, ("Spetsbergen" These incIuded previously recorded species and macromycetes belonging to the Basidiomycota, is based on published records, material collected Svalbard are found in Dobbs mainly by the authors, and to some extent on (1950). collections in the University of Oslo Botanical mycetes 173 (1942) and Hagen Up to that time collections of macro· were made by non-specialists who GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 174 brought scientific material of all kinds back from one arctic expeditions. Svalbard. Hence, by 1989 a total of six Aphyl From the 1960s there has been more regular exploration of the macromycete flora of Svalbard new spe eies lophorales were of Aphyllophorales known from Svalbard. from The Aphyllophorales group is probably poor in speeies and Japanese mycological due to the limited number of small-sized woody The investigation of the macro plants. The same holds for the group of tre mycete flora of Svalbard up to the end of the mellaceous fungi (jelly-fungi), also mainly grow mainly by expeditions. Nordie 1960s has been reviewed by Ohenoja (1971). Her ing on wood. The very first coJlections in this paper contains severai new records of Svalbard group, two in all, were made as late as 1986. macromycetes and a map showing the places During ISAM III in 1988, a total of 18 coJlections where collecting had taken place up to then. of jelly-fungi was made. The aphyllophoraceous From the later part of the 1970s through the and tremellaceous fungi on Svalbard are mainly 1980s a growing mycological activity was evi found on woody remnants from the mining indus denced on Svalbard. Severai species new to Sval try or remnants from other constructions, or on bard were recorded by Huhtinen (1987) and driftwood. Of the three hitherto known jelly expeditions fungi on Svalbard, two are lignicolous, and the brought home macromycete collections which third is fungicolous. Also the Gasteromycetes, further increased the list of known spe eies (Reid especially 1979; Watling 1983; Watling & Watling 1988). unidentified species; however, it is likely that The first monographs concerning macromycete many genera on Svalbard appeared: the genus Galerina rather in the genus Calvatia (Ohenoja 1971). Gulden (1988). British naturalist the genus records Lycoperdon, of Lycoperdon has many species belong Cortinarius In this catalogue 46 basidiomycetes are rec subgenus Dermocybe from Bjørnøya by Skifte orded as new to Svalbard, 37 speeies belonging (1989) and Skifte & Høiland (1993), and the to the order Agaricales, 6 to Aphyllophorales, 2 gasteromycete genera Bovista and Calvatia by to Dacrymycetales, and 1 to Tremellales. by Gulden (1987), Russula and Lange (1987, 1990). More general observations Names used in early publications for macro on the mycoflora of Svalbard were published by mycetes from Svalbard are sometimes impossible Skifte (1979) and Jalink & Nauta (1989). Volurne to interpret; this is true, for example, with Galera 2 of the series "Arctic and Alpine Fungi" by hypnorum, which could be almost any one of Gulden & Jenssen (1988) was devoted to agarics the many muscicolous Galerina species growing of Svalbard. This volurne as weU as voL l and 3 there. In other cases it is fairly dear which species of the series contain full descriptions and colour is meant. Sometimes names of speeies belonging photographs of agarics from arctic and alpine to the temperate region have been used for what habitats. today is considered distinet, arctic-alpine taxa. The growing interest in the mycoflora of Sval For example the small, brightly coloured Lac bard temporarily culminated with the Third Inter tarius lanceolatus of section Russularia, originally national Symposium of Arctic and Alpine Fungi described as late as in 1973, was previously rec (ISAM 1Il), which took place on Svalbard in 1988 orded as L. and gathered 21 mycologists from 10 countries. thejogalus, all temperate species. In many cases, On this occasion a preliminary flora to the agarics however, it is disputable whether the fungi occur mitissimus, L. subdulcis, or L. of Svalbard was distributed to the participants ring on Svalbard represent modifications of tem (Gulden unpubL). still perate species or independent taxa. Following remain to be identified on Svalbard, especially in the Comments section the re is a list of names Many agaric species the two ectomycorrhizal genera Cortinarius and (synonyms) used for Svalbard collections in older Inocybe. Also the genus Entoloma has many literature. A list of excluded taxa is appended. unidentified species. There is rich material in the The nomenclature of the Agaricales follows that Oslo herbarium (O) of these and other genera of Hansen & Knudsen (1992): "Nordic Macro which awaits identification. mycetes", Vol. 2. Woldmar, who visited Svalbard in 1967 and 1968, was the first to collect aphyllophoraceous fungi on Svalbard. He listed three speeies (Wold Ecosystem Component Values mar 1969). Later Arvidsson (1978), Huhtinen (1987) and Jalink & Nauta (1989) each reported Each species in the list has been assigned "Eco A catalogue of Sualbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria system Component Values", which in most cases 175 species to indicate this. For local abundance are tentative. The definitions given below apply (ECV A) we have used the value 2 for species to all gro ups of organisms treated in the catalogue. growing gregariously, i.e., with many fruitbodies The list includes vernacular Norwegian names in according to "Norske Soppnavn" (1996). nance" has no meaning for macromycete fruit Due to the fragmentary knowledge f the myco one site. The concept of "domi bodies. flora of Svalbard, the Ecosystem Component It is well known that the reindeer on Svalbard will certainly change for most eat mushrooms; which species, however, is largely species in the future. The value 3 has probably unknown. We have used the ECV I to indicate Value R (ECV R) been applied much too often. togeographic importance (ECV P) For the phy the value 2 is speeies which are edible and worth collecting for human beings. assigned to a large group of macromycetes which Since no flora to the macromycetes of Svalbard is more or less confined to arctic and alpine habi yet exists, we have made some indications in the tats, and which probably has a circumpolar dis Comments tribution. A few species are hitherto recorded in Svalbard. The more common speeies are treated section on the distribution on the arctic region only and have been assigned the with summarie statements only. The preferred value 3, but more investigations in alpine regions type of habitat(s) is indicated for a few species. may show their presence there also, as has lately Some very preliminary distribution maps have been shown for the two "northern" speeies Clito been printed in Jalink & Nauta (1989). Dis cybe paxillus and Lepista multiformis also occur tribution outside Svalbard is generally not com ring in the Alps (Gulden, unpubI.). Occurring on Svalbard is also an element of mainly temperate mented on, but can to some degree be understood from the ECV section. species still able to endure the cold climate on Svalbard. These speeies have generally been given the value 1, or 3 if they are highly disjunct. Definitions For the indicator value (ECV E) we have only seidom used the value 3. This reflects that very few species appear to be stenoie or specialised, R occurs only on old parts of Dryas. 2 1 Ecto mycorrhizal speeies are usually not associated with one single autotrophic plant or genus; how ever, some such as Leccinum rotundifoliae appar P = Strongly disjunct or described from Svalbard Belonging to a phytogeographical element of special interest on Svalbard l octopetala have very high numbers of agaric part E = = Intermediate A Local abundance 3 sovski 1990; Våre et al. 1992). Jalink & Nauta (1989) reported that 80% of the agaric fruitbodies genus. Terricolous macromycetes, with their main = 2 l l( = qualities, and we have used the value 2 for most Subdominant, 20-50% cover Sparse lmportance to uertebrate animals 3 = Important as a highly preferred fodder plant, or in the marine environment a habitat-forming body (thallus) growing in or in intimate contact with the soi!, tend to be sensitive indicators of soil Dominant, in places more than 50% cover in its habitats on Edgeøya are ectomycorrhizal. Severai of the agarics are muscicolous. None of them, however, Very high (specialised, stenoic) Low, euryoic oppositifolia and species of Kobresia and Ped seem to be confined to a single moss speeies or More or less widespread Ecological indicator value 3 2 such as Bistorta (Polygonum) vivipara, Saxifraga icularis, form ectomycorrhizal symbioses under Seattered or common, at least locally Phytogeographical importance 2 partners. Apparently both Salix polaris and Dryas arctic conditions (Hesselman 1900; Kohn & Sta Rare, 3-15 localities known at present and not yet known elsewhere been done on Svalbard to single out mycorrhizal & Nauta 1989). Even some herbaceous plants, Very rare = 3 ently are. Too little systematie observation has ners, the former probably more than 100 (Jalink Rarity on Sualbard 3 such as for example Marasmius epidryas which speeies 2 1 = Of secondary importance Of no importance GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 176 List of spe eies Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E A ( = comments) * Agaricales Agaricus aristocratus Gulden 3 3 3 3 A. bitorquis (Que!.) Saee. aff. - Bysjampinjong 3 3 2 3 A. comptulus Fr. 3 3 2 3 A. macrosporus (F.H. Møller & J. Schaff.) Pil åt - Kjempesjampinjong 3 3 2 3 Agrocybe praecox (Pers. : Fr.) Fayod - Våråkersopp 3 Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) KUhner var. latispora Favre - Stilkmosekantarell 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 A. auriscalpium (Fr.) Fr. - Ørehatt 2 2 2 A. lilloralis (Høiland) Gulden - Fjæremosekantarell 3 2 3 l A. lobata (Pers. : Fr.) Redhead l 2 2 2 A. Dvergsjampinjong acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) KUhner var. ten elia (Kiihner) Aronsen Stilk- 1 mosekantarell Stor mosekantarell 3 3 2 Bolbitius uariicolor Atk. 3 3 2 Calocybe onyehlna (Fr.) Donk - Gulskivefagerhatt 3 3 2 Clitoeybe ditopus (Fr. : Fr.) Gillet - Mcltraktsopp 3 3 2 C. dryadieola (Favre) Harmaja - Polartraktsopp 2 2 2 C. faurei Kiihncr & Romagn. - Grå vårtraktsopp 3 3 2 C. festiua Favre 2 2 2 2 3 2 C. lateritla Favre - Tegltraktsopp 2 2 2 C. mortuosa (FL) Gillet 3 3 2 C. paxillus Gulden 3 3 2 2 2 2 Conoeybe blattaria (FL : Fr.) KUhner ss. Watling - Tosporet ringkjeglesopp 3 3 2 C. magnieapitata P.D. Orton 3 3 2 A. retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead Småmosekantarell Reinrosetraktsopp C. inornata (Sow. : FL) Gillet Ribbetraktsopp Kjøttrosa traktsopp Collybia alkaliuirens Sing. - Fjellftathatt Coprinus cordisporus Gibbs 3 C. martinU P.D. Orton 2 2 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 Fjellblekksopp C. nudiceps P.D. Orton Cortinarius alpinus Boud. Fjellslørsopp 3 1 Cortinarius anomalus (Fr. : Fr.) FL - Bjørkeslørsopp 2 3 2 C. cinnamomeoluteus P.D. Orton 3 2 2 C. delibutus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr. - Gul slør sopp 2 3 2 C. glandicolor Fr. var. exilis Favre 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 C. paupereulus Favre 3 2 2 C. pereavus Favre 3 2 2 C. phaeopygmaeus Favre 3 2 2 l C. polaris Høiland - Polarslørsopp l 2 2 2 C. pusillus F.H. Møller 3 C. helobius Vierslørsopp SnØleieslørsopp C. hinnuleus (With.) Fr. C. norvegicus Høiland C. subtoruus Lamoure Hjorteslørsopp Rabbeslørsopp Mørk snøleieslørsopp Reinroseslørsopp Cystoderma adnatifolium (Peck) Harmaja Oransjebrun gryn hatt 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 Emoloma alpicola (Favre) Noordel. - Fjellrødskivesopp 3 2 2 E. fuscotomentosum F.R. Møller 3 2 2 E. juncinum (Kiihner & Romagn.) Noorde!. - Striperødskivesopp 3 2 2 C. aretieum Harmaja Polargrynhatt A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 177 Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p E ( 0 A comments) E. rhodocylix (Lasch) Moser - Stubberødskivesopp E. sericeum (Bull.) Quel. - Beiterødskivesopp 2 Fayodia arctiea Gulden 2 3 3 Flagelloscypha kavinae (Pilåt) W.B. Cooke 3 3 3 Galerina antheliae Gulden Polartussehatt 2 3 2 3 1 G. arctiea (Sing.) Nezdojm. l 2 2 2 G. calyptrata P.D. Orton 3 2 2 1 G. clavata (VeIen.) Kiihner - Kølleklokkehatt l 1 2 2 G. embolus (Fr.) P.D. Orton 3 2 2 3 3 2 G. mniophila (Lasch) Kiihner - Gråbrun klokkehatt 2 3 2 G. pseudocerina A.H. Smith & Sing. 2 2 2 3 3 2 l 2 2 3 2 2 G, stagnina (Fr.) Kiihner - Brun myrkJokkehatt 3 3 2 G. stordalii A.H. Smith - Liten torvmoseklokkehatt 3 3 2 G. terrestris Wells & Kempton 3 2 2 G. vittiformis (FL) Sing. var. vittiformis f. tetraspora A.H. Smith & Sing. 3 3 2 Snøklokkehatt G. hypnorum (Schrank : FL) Kiihner Moseklokkehatt Kalkklokkehatt G. pseudomniophila Kiihner G. pseudomycenopsis Pilat Fjellklokkehatt G. pumila (Pers. : FL) Sing. Honningklokkehatt Melet moseklokkehatt Hebeloma alpinum (Favre) Bruchet - Fjellreddiksopp 2 2 2 H. kuehneri Bruchet 3 2 2 Slank vierreddiksopp 3 2 2 H. minus Bruchet - Musørereddiksopp 3 3 2 1 H. polare Vesterholt 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 H. marginatulum (Favre) Bruchet Bremreddiksopp Polarreddiksopp Hohenbuehelia longipes (Boud.) Moser Stilkgelemusling Hydropus scabripes (Murr.) Sing. - MØrk fnugghette (A.H. Smith & Hygrocybe citrinopallida Hesler) Kobayasi - Eggegul vokssopp 3 3 2 3 Hypholoma elongatipes (Peck) A.H. Smith - Gul myrsvovelsopp 3 2 2 1 H. myosotis (FL) Moser - Olivensvovelsopp 3 2 2 lnocybe calamistrata (Fr.) Gillet - Grønnfottrevlesopp 3 2 2 l. dulcamara (Pers.) P. Kumm. - Gulbrun trevle sopp l 2 2 l. fuscomarginata Kiihner 3 3 2 2 H. punicea (FL) P. Kumm. Skarlagenvokssopp l. geophylla (Fr. : Fr.) P. Kumm. - Silketrevlesopp 3 3 l. giacomi Favre 2 2 2 3 3 2 l. lacera (Fr.) P. Kumm. vaL heterosperma Favre l. leucoblema Kiihner Sandtrevlesopp 2 2 2 2 l. malenfonii Heim 3 3 2 l. praetervisa Quel. - Vanlig knolltrevlesopp 3 2 2 l, r/mosa (Bull. : FL) P. Kumm. - Spisstrevlesopp 2 2 2 l. salicis-herbaceae Kiihner 2 2 2 l Laccaria laceata (Seop. : Fr.) Berk. & Broome - Vanlig lakssopp 1 l l 2 L. montana Sing. 2 2 2 2 2 l 2 L. pumila Fayod Stor trevle sopp Fjellakssopp Lactarius dryadophilus Kiihner - Reinroseriske 2 2 L. glyciosmus (FL: Fr.) Fr. - Kokosriske 2 2 l L. lanceolatus Miller & Laursen 2 2 2 2 L. nanus Favre 2 2 2 l L. pseudouvidus Kiihner - Brun vierriske 2 2 2 L. robertianus Bon 2 2 2 FjelImoriske GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 178 Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R E p ( Leccinum rGtundifoliae (Sing.) A.H. Smith, Thiets & Watling - Fjellskrubb 3 2 3 Lepista multiformis (RomelI) Gulden Fjellridderhatt 2 2 2 Lyophyllum atratum (FL: Fr.) Sing. Eggsporet balgråhatt 3 2 3 2 2 2 L. connatum (Schum. : Fr.) Sing. Marasmius epidryas Kiihner Hvit knippesopp Reinroseseigsopp A comments) * 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 Mycena chlorlnella (Lange) Sing. - Liten luthette 3 2 2 1 M. cinerella (P. Karst.) P. Karst. 3 3 2 . M. kallioneus Huhtinen Melanoleuca cognata (Fr.) Kom. & Maub!. Vårmunkehatt Melhette M. citrinomarginata Gillet - Gulhette 3 3 2 M. filopes (Bull.: FL) P. Kumm. 3 2 2 2 M. hyemalis (Retz.) Oue!. Stripehette Blek barkhette 3 3 M. olivaceomarginata (Massee) Massee - Brunkanthette 3 2 2 M. pura (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm. - Reddikhette 3 2 2 M. septentrionalis Maas G. - Blåbærhette 3 3 2 Mycenella bryophila (Voglino) Sing. 3 3 2 M. salicina (Veien.) Sing. - Glattsporet frøkenhette 2 2 2 Naucoria tamilla Favre - Fjellbrunhatt 2 2 2 Omphaliaster asterosporus (Lange) Lamoure Liten stjernenavlesopp 3 3 2 Omphalina chionophila Lamoure 3 3 2 1 O. ericetorum (Fr.) M. Lange - Torvnavlesopp 2 l 2 2 O. ga/ericolor (Romagn.) Bon - Okernavlesopp 3 3 2 O. hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 I 2 O. onlsm! (Fr. : Fr.) Oue!. - Sotnavlesopp 3 3 2 1 O. rivulicola Lamoure 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Lavllavlesopp O. kuehneri Lamoure O. luteovitellina (Pihl! & Nannf.) M. Lange - Kantarellnavlesopp O. obatra (Favre) P.D. Orton O. obscurata Reid Bekkenaviesopp O. velutina (Oue!.) Oue!. Dvergnavlesopp O. velutipes P.D. Orton Panaeolus fimicola Fr. - Grå ftekkskivesopp P. semiovatus (Sow. : Fr.) S. Lundell & Nannf. Psathyrella prona (Fr.) Gillet Gjødselringsopp Glimmersprøsopp 3 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 P. subcoprophila (Britz.) Sace. - Liten møkkfteinsopp 3 1 3 2 P. magnive/aris (Peck) Høiland - Jonsokfteinsopp 3 2 3 3 2 Rickenella fibula (Bul!. : FL) Raithelh. 3 3 2 Fiolett nålehatt 2 * 2 3 Rhodocybe cae/ata (Fr.) Maire - Væpnerhatt R. swartzii (Fr. : FL) Kuyper 1 2 Psilocybe merdaria (Fr.) Ricken - Stor møkkfteinsopp Gul nalehatt 3 3 2 Russula a/taica (Sing.) Sing. - Fjelltårekremle 3 2 2 1 R. chamiteae Kiihner - Snøleiesildekremle 2 2 2 2 R. de/ica Fr. - Traktkremle 2 2 2 R. macu/ata Oue!. ssp. a/pina Knudsen & Borgen - Aekkremle 3 2 2 1 R. nana Killerrn. 1 2 2 2 1 R. norvegica Reid Fjellkremle Skarp vierkremle R. saliceticola (Sing.) Kiihner ex Knudsen & Borgen Mild vierkremie 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 Stropharia semiglobata (Batsch : Fr.) Oue!. - Sitronkragesopp 3 1 Tubaria furfuracea (Pers.: Fr.) Gillet - Pinnehatt 3 3 3 2 1 Gasterornycetales Bovista tomentosa (Vitt.) Oue!. - Kalkrøyksopp 3 3 3 179 A catalogue of Svalbard planes, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R Calvatia arctica Ferdinandsen & Winge 2 2 l 3 C. bellii (Peck) M. Lange C. cretacea (Berk.) C. Lloyd - Polarrøyksopp C. horrida M. Lange C. septentrionalis M. Lange C. turner; (Ellis & Everh.) Demoulin & M. Lange p 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 Crucibulum laeve (Huds.) Kambly - Vanlig brødkorgsopp Lycoperdon nwlle Pers. - Brun rØyksopp Sphaerobolus stellatus Pers. - Slyngball ( E * = A comments) 3 1 2 1 2 3 Aphyllophorales Antrodia serialis (Fr.) Donk - Rekkekjuke Columnocystis abietina (Fr.) Pouzar Cylindrobasidium evolvens (Fr.) Jiilich - Favnvedsopp Dacryobolus sudans (Fr.) Fr. Gloeophyllum sepiarium (Fr.) P. Karst. - Vedmusling Hyphoderma setigerum (Fr.) Donk Litschauerella abietis (Bourd. & Galz.) Oberw. Peniophora pithya (Pers.) J. Erikss. Tjærebarksopp Ramaria ochraceovirens (Jungh.) Donk Grønntuppkorallsopp Sistotrema coroniferum (Hohn. & Litsch.) Donk Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb. & Schw. : Fr.) Fr. Toppråtesopp Thelephora caryophyllea Schaeff. : Fr. - Traktfrynsesopp Typhula culmigena (Mont. & Fr.) Berthier 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 l l 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l Exobasidiales Arcticomyces warmingii (Rostr.) Savile 2 2 2 Sildreklumpblad Exobasidium cassiopes Peck E. hypogenum Nannf. * Dacrymycetales 2 2 Dacrymyces stillatus Nees : Fr. - Vanlig tåresopp Ditiola radicata Fr. - Rottåre 2 3 Tremellales 2 3 Tremella obscura (Olive) M.P. Christ. - Tåresoppsnylter Tremella sp. 1 3 3 3 Jenssen "Arctic and alpine fungi 2", p. 42. 1988, Comments non Agaricus arcticus Sommerf. 1826 p. 262. Only known from the type locality, near the air BASIDIOMYCOTA: Agaricales field at Longyearbyen (Hotellneset, Adventfjor den), where it was growing in large fairy rings on Agaricus aristocratus Syn.: Gulden nom. nov. Agaricus arcticus Gulden, Gulden & soil mixed with remnants of coal heaps. Agaricus arcticus Gulden, the original name for the species, is a later homonym of Agaricus arcticus Sommerf. ( Panellus (Panus) ringens (Fr.) Romagn. fide = GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 180 Blytt (1905 p. 114) or (Pleurotus) rank of species by Bon & Courtecuisse (1987): A. violaceofulvus (Batseh : Fr.) Sing. /ide Pilat (1936, Panellus latispora (Favre) Bon. The specimens were found p. 180) and a new name is henee proposed. Aga on alm ost naked mineral soil as weU as on plant rkus aristocratus belongs in the A. campestre com debris. plex, but is larger and more fleshy, and has Hotellneset, Bjørndalen in the Isfjorden area, Collections are from Adventdalen, broader spores. A description and a colour photo and from Gluudneset and Ossian Sarsfjellet i n graph is found in Gulden & Jenssen (1988 sub A. the Kongsfjorden area. arcticus). Already in 1868, an Agaricus species identified as A. campestre was found in this area (Adventbay) (Karsten 1872) and there are severai later reeords of fairy rings of an Agaricus speeies in this area (cf. Ohenoja 1971 and Skifte 1979). Agaricus aristocratus was eolleeted at Hotellneset also in 1960 (leg. J. Stordal, O), growing in fairy rings. Hagen (1950) reeorded a find of A. arvensis from Hotellneset, which probably represents the same species. Fairy rings of a large species of Agaricus have been observed severai times at Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner var. tenella (Kiihner) Aronsen Reeorded from NY-Ålesund by Gulden & Jenssen (1988) as Phaeotellus acerosus (Fr.) Gulden var. tenellus (Kiihner) Gulden. This is a 2-spored var iety of the species. By mistake the new com binations in the genus Phaeotellus announced in the abstract by Gulden (1988) were never printed in the main text of the paper. the airfield (pers. eomm., severai persons). Very probably all these reeords and observations relate to A. aristocratus. Arrhenia auriscalpium (Fr.) Fr. This tiny agaric was firstly recorded from Svalbard (NY-Ålesund) by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Later Agaricus bitorquis (Quel.) Saee. aff. New to Svalbard. Known only from a single find beneath the bird eliff Fuglenibba in Adventfjor den. The spores are larger than in A. bitorquis, viz., 7-8 x 6-7.5 ,um. records are by Ohenoja (1971), Høiland (1976), Gulden & Jenssen (1988), and Jalink & Nauta (1989). There is a map in the latter paper showing its presenee in the Bellsund, Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden areas, and on Edgeøya. The species is probably not rare but very easy to overiook. Agaricus comptulus Fr. Arrhenia littoralis (Høiland) Gulden Reeorded from Hotellneset near Longyearbyen by Woldmar (1969); identification uncertain. The species was originally described as Lep toglossum littoralis (a later homonym of the asco mycete Leptoglossum littorale Rostrup), from Agaricus macrosporus (F.H. Møller & J. SeMff.) Pilåt North Norway (Finnmark) by Høiland (1976). Recorded from Svalbard by Skifte (1979) as Lep toglossum littoralis and by Gulden & Jenssen Recorded from the Austfjord area among Dryas (1988) and Jalink & Nauta (1989) as Arrhenia on dry soil by Watling (1983). salina (Høiland) Gulden. The latter combination, first time accomplished by Bon & Courtecuisse (1987), is however, incorrect, since the epithet Agrocybe praecox (Pers. : Fr.) Fayod Recorded from Longyearbyen by Ohenoja (1971). littorale has priority in all other genera than Lep toglossum and hence must be used. The com bination in Arrhenia was finally made in Senn Irlet et al. (1990, p. 3). Up to now the species has only been recorded from North Atlantic coastal Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner var. latispora Favre areas and from Alaska. The species grows on pleurocarpic mosses in wet places, generally i n coastal marsh vegetation infiuenced b y brackish New to Svalbard. This is one of two 4-spored water. There is a description and colour photo in varieties of A. acerosa. It has be en raised to the Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Material in O is from A calalogue of Sualbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria Longyearbyen, Kongressfjellet (600 m alt.), Ny 181 etation in a bird e1iff. The species is otherwise Ålesund, Van Mijenfjorden, and from the small, known from boreal and montane northwestern island Moffen. forests. Arrhenia lobata (Pers. : Fr.) Redhead Clitocybe dryadicola (Favre) Harmaja Recorded from Svalbard by severai authors, Recorded by Gulden & Jenssen coniferous (1988). A species from Bjørnøya. A of open pioneer vegetation on calcareous ground, characteristic species of the arctic wet tundra and quite common in Dryas-Carex rupestris heaths. firstly by Sommerfelt (1833) one of the most frequently collected and recorded Known from Sassendalen and a few localities in agarics from Svalbard. Muscicolous, growing in the Kongsfjorden area, but probably widespread. wet habitats, probably in all parts of the archi pelago. Found up to 600 m alt. at Kapp Wijk. The records of Dictyolus muscigenus from Edgeøya by Michelmore Dobbs (1934) and from Longyearbyen (1942) probably refer to this speeies. by Clitocybe ditopus (Fr. : Fr.) Gillet New to Svalbard. A temperate species, which has been collected in Endalen near Adventdalen (Gulden, unpubl.). Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead First time recorded, as Cantharellus retirugis (Bull.) Fr., by Karsten (1872). from Bjørnøya growing on wet mosses, later by Summerhayes & Elton (1923), and Hagen (1950) from the north ernmost parts of Svalbard (as Dictyolus r. and Leptotus r.). These early records are doubtfuL The only collection of this fungus in O is from Ny-Ålesund (cf. Gulden & Jenssen 1988). 1-10 Arrhenia retiruga is a tiny speeies, mm wide, generally whitish to pale grey brown, grow ing in mesic to moist habitats (Høiland Redhead Gulden & Jenssen 1984; 1976; 1988). The descriptions of the early Svalbard records, par ticularly that of Hagen, indicate a greyish species up to 2.5 cm wide growing in wet or boggy habitats. The speeies is generally found in the temperate forest zone, but is known also from the Alps. See also Høiland (1976). Clitocybe favrei Kiihner & Romagn. New to Svalbard. Known from a few localities in inner Isfjorden and in the Kongsfjorden area. This is a species of subgen. Pseudolyophyllum with greyish, slightly decurrent gills, non-striate, hygrophanous cap, and without particular smell. Clitocybe festiva Favre Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen (1988). The (1968) may tentative record by Kobayasi et aL rather belong to C. inornata, con sidering the large spores. Material in O from the Isfjorden area: Bjørndalen, Longyearbyen and Hotellneset, Adventdalen, and from Stuphallet, Brandalspynten, Hamnebotnen, Ny Ålesund, Blomstrandhalvøya, and Ossian Sarsfjellet in the Kongsfjorden area; probably rather common on Svalbard. Bolbitius variicolor Atk. Recorded (1987), from Longyearbyen by Huhtinen identification uncertain. A dull yellowish species found among grass on manured ground. Closely related to the bright egg yellow B. titubans (Bull. : Fr.) Fr. ( = B. vitellinus (Pers. : Fr.) FL). Clitocybe inomata (Sow. : Fr.) Gillet Recorded by Gulden & Jenssen at Sassendalen, (1988). Collected Ny-Ålesund, Blomstrand halvøya, Ossian Sarsfjellet, Inner Lovenbreen and Bohemanflya. The speeies typically grows on unstable, periodically wet soils on calcare Calocybe onychina (Fr.) Donk ous ground and often forms rows or eireles. This Known is a temperate speeies, distinguished by particular only from inner Kongsfjorden (Ossian Sarsfjel spores and a characteristic smell. The smell was let), growing in mats of moss in luxurious veg not noticed in the Svalbard material, and the Recorded by Gulden & Jenssen (1988). GRO GULDEN & ANNA·ELlSE TORKELSEN 182 fruitbody colour was darker than usual, par Conocybe blattaria (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner ss. ticularly on the gills. Watling New to Svalbard. Collected at Kapp Thordsen, growing among Festuca sp. (Gulden, unpubl.). Clitocybe lateritia Faure Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen Conocybe magnicapitata P.D. Orton (1988), also mentioned by Jalink & Nauta (1989). Recorded A species typical of Dryas heaths. There is (1987), from Longyearbyen by Huhtinen growing on dayey ground among grass. material in O from Sassendalen and five localities in the Kongsfjorden area. Coprinus cordisporus Gibbs One collection recorded from Svalbard by Ulje & (1988) from a single locality on Blomstrandhalvøya in was referred to C. mortuosa because of a strong resemblance with the speei mens illustrated and described by Favre (1955) from the Swiss Alps. Gulden has later examined the material of Favre (coll. 13642 without locality designation. Also found in Longyearbyen, growing on geese The species recorded by Gulden & Jenssen Kongsfjorden, (1993) Noordeloos Clitocybe mortuosa (Fr.) Gillet in herb. G), which turned out to belong to Rhodocybe caelata dung, by H. Dissing and S. Sivertsen (S.S., pers. comm.). The speeies grows on dung of severai kinds of animals and is widespread in temperate regions. The closely resembling Coprinus ang ulatus Peck, as recorded by Zabawski (1976) in peatland in the Hornsund area, probably belongs to C. cordisporus and not to the carbonicolous C. angulatus. (Fr.) Maire. There is no material or modem description of the Friesian speeies C. mortuosa with which to compare our material; identification hence uncertain. The material does not agree with any well known species of Clit ocybe . Coprinus martinii P.D. Orton Recorded from Sassendalen Van Mijenfjorden and from growing in by 0vstedal & Schwenke Jalink & Nauta (1989). Dupontia-meadows (1987) and pictured by Also collected in Bjørn dalen by T. Borgen and in Gipsvika by G. Gulden. The species grows in wet sites, on basal parts of Clitocybe paxillus Gulden Originally described from Svalbard (Gulden 1988) and presented with colour picture in Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Known from the type locality at Hotellneset, from Adventdalen, and from Ossian Sarsfjellet. Recently collected in the Tyrolian Alps (Gulden, unpubL). species of Carex, Juneus, Scirpus, and Dupontia. Probably not rare on Svalbard. Coprinus nudiceps P.O. Orton New to Svalbard; identification uncertain. A co p rophilous species collected on dung together with the moss Tayloria lingulata in Bjørndalen by M. Lange (recognised in the field as C. miser ) . The material has distinetly larger spores than C. miser, Collybia alkaliuirens Sing. Recorded from Woodfjorden by Reid (10-)12-15 (1979) as x 7-8 . 4 x 12-14 f1J11, well in accord ance with those of C. nudipes, but they have a C. cf. obscura Favre. Also collected at Hotellne somewhat eccentric germ pore, not a symmetric set (leg. J. Stordal) and in a few places in inner one, as indicated for the latter (Orton & Watling Kongsfjorden (leg. Gulden). The species is recog 1979). nised by its dark, more or less purplish brown lamellae, and pigments which turn green in alka line solutions. The material in O is very het The genus Cortinarius (Fr.) Fr. erogeneous with regard to size of spores and The genus has numerous representatives on Sval cystidia. bard, and many of them appear to be extremely A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria common. They play a very important role in the 183 specimens growing on Svalbard independently of arctic terrestrial ecosystem as ectomycorrhizal Betula correspond to the form calcialpinus Bon partners with Salix polaris, Dryas octopetala, and described from the Alps. Collected a few places Dryas heaths in probably with some herbaceous plants. Unfor in tunately the taxa are not weU known, and only a Blomstrandhalvøya, the Kongsfjorden area: small part of them has been identified up to now. SarsfjeUet. Also collected in the alpine belt (at Many of the older records are treated here as Finse) in mainland Norway (Gulden, unpubl.). Gluudneset, and Ossian excluded species, since their identity and relation to the many recently described species of Cor tinarius from arctic-alpine habitats are uncertain. There are representatives of the subgenera Der mocybe, Myxacium, Sericeocybe, and Telamonia, and the latter is by far the most common, with regard to number of species as well as to number Cortinarius dnnamomeoluteus P.D. Orton Recorded from Blendadalen by Ohenoja (1971), Isfjorden by Høiland (1984), and Bjørnøya by Skifte & Høiland (1993). of fruitbodies. Cortinarius delibutus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr. Cortinarius alpinus Boud. Recorded from Svalbard by Watling & Watling The species is very common on Svalbard, and in a few localities in the Kongsfjorden district (1988) without reference to locality. Collected exhibits a wide variation in colours and size. Two (Blomstrandhalvøya very similar species have been distinguished, one growing among Dryas in the Cassiope zone (Gul relatively small spored, C. favrei D.M. Hend., and Ossian Sarsfjellet) den, unpubl.). and one large spored, C. alpinus, the latter known only from a few sites in the Alps and Alps Mari times (Moser & McKnight 1987; Trimbach 1978). As shown by Guminska at al. (1991) the spore variation in this complex on Svalbard covers the full range from C. ence of two favrei to C. alpinus. The exist distinct species as described is doubted and the material (records) treated as one variable speeies. This has been recorded by most authors, either as C. alpinus Boud. or as C. favrei, and probably occurs in all parts of the archipelago. There is a distribution map in Jalink & Nauta Cortinarius glandicolor Fr. var. exilis Favre Recorded by Kobayasi et al. (1968) from Long yearbyen and tentatively from Bockfjorden by Watling (1983). The main variety has been recorded by Dobbs (1942) from the Billefjord area, identification doubtful. The small brown Telamonia speeies are difficult to identify even for specialists on the group, and the identifications must be taken with reservation. (1989) showing parts of its known localities in Isfjorden, Kongsfjorden and on Edgeøya. In addition it is known from the Hornsund district (SkirgieUo 1961,1968; Guminska et al. 1991), and there is material in O from Kong Karls Land (Svenskøya and Kongsøya, leg. J. Markussen). It grows together with Sa/ix po/aris and Dryas and appears to have a fairly wide pH amplitude. A larger and paler form, probably identical with forma pallida Moser & McKnight (1987) described from North America, has been col lected at Hotellneset (Gulden, unpubl.). Cortinarius helobius Romagn. The complex of C. helobius is diseussed by Bendiksen et al. (1993) in relation to such species aS C. pauperculus Favre, C. scotoides Favre, and C. minutulus Favre. C. helobius is considered as one of the most important species of Salix her bacea snow-beds in "the arctic and alpine zones of Scandinavia". It appears shortly after snow melting. Cortinarius hinnuleus (With.) Fr. Cortinarius anomalus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr. Recorded by Skifte (1979) from Longyearbyen; New to Svalbard. The species is known as a tem identification uncertain. This temperate species is perate species growing together with Betula. The known to occur also in alpine habitats and Favre GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 184 (1955) has described two alpine varieties of the Records of C. species. yearbyen and Ny- Ålesund by Kobayasi et al. (1968), and from Ny- Ålesund by Watling (1983), Cortinarius norvegicus Høiland Recorded from Sergeijevfjellet of NW Sørkapp Land by Guminska et al. (1991). cinereoviolascens from Long and of C. simulatus from Isfjordftya, Linnevatnet, and Ny- Ålesund by Ohenoja (1971) most prob ably refer to C. subtorvus. This is an arctic-alpine species, common in the western fiord districts of Spitsbergen. Grows in heaths with Salix polaris and Dryas, on calcareous ground. Cortinarius pauperculus Favre Recorded from NY- Ålesund by Gulden & Jenssen (1988) and from NW Sørkapp Land by Gumi nska et al. (1991). Collected a few more places in the Kongsfjorden area, and probably not rare. See also below C. helobius. Cystoderma adnatifolium Recorded from yearbyen by calcareous (Peck) Harmaja ground in (1984), Harmaja cf. Long Huhtinen (1987). Also collected by M. Lange in Bjørndalen (Isfjorden area). The record of Lepiota granulosa Cortinarius percavus (Batsch) Fr. from Edgeøya by Michelmore (1934) Favre probably relates to C. adnatifolium. New to Svalbard. Collected on Blomstrandhalv øya (Gulden, unpub1.). Cystoderma arcticum Cortinarius phaeopygmaeus Favre Recorded from the Kongsfjorden area by Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Cortinarius polaris Harmaja The species was recently described on material from Longyearbyen (Harmaja 1984). Later rec orded from Adventdalen by Gulden et al. (1985) and found in Colesbukta (leg. M. Lange) and near Ny- Ålesund (leg. G. Gulden). Grows in dry Høiland Originally described on the basis of material from Norway, Svalbard and Alaska (Høiland 1984). A calcareous heaths. Probably a true arctic-alpine species. also known from mainland Norway, Greenland, and Alaska. common species in the Kongsfjorden area. Also recorded from Svalbard by Gulden et aL (1985) and by Jalink & Nauta (1989), in the latter paper with a distribution map showing some of its known localities between Bellsund and Kongsfjorden. Skifte & Høiland (1993) record it from Bjørnøya. Grows toget her with Salix polaris, S. reticulata, and Dryas on calcareous ground, often greg ariously. The genus Entoloma (Fr.) P. Kumm. The many species of Entoloma on Svalbard are mainly dull coloured, small, and easily overlooked. Noordeloos & Gulden (1989) have described 23 species of Entoloma growing in alpine habitats in Norway, and further given a key to the Entoloma species growing in alpine and arctic habitats in Northern Europe and Cortinarius pusillus F.H. Møller New to Svalbard; collected near NY-Ålesund Greenland. Many of these species occur on Sval bard, but only few have been identified as yet. (Gulden, unpubL). This little Telamonia, better known as C. inops Favre, is rather easily recog nised on its blackish brown, smooth cap and the cheilocystidia, a rare feature in Cortinarius. Enloloma alpicola (Favre) Noordel. Recorded from Svalbard by Noordeloos (1984) and Gulden et al. (1985). A common species in Cortinarius subtorvus Lamoure Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden et aL (1985). alpine habitats in mainland Norway, but to our experience rare on Svalbard, at least in the cal careous districts. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi. algae, and cyanobacteria Entoloma fuseotomentosum F.H. Møller Recorded from Svalbard by Noordelos (1984). 185 Gulden Galerina antheliae A species described from the alpine belt in Nor way (Gulden 1980), growing in oligotrophic, late melting Salix herbacea snow-beds on thalli of the Entoloma juncinum (Kiihner & Romagn.) Noordel. Recorded as Rhodophyllus juneeus (Fr.) Ouel. Iiverwort Anthelia juratzkana. A single tind on Svalbard (Longyearbyen) reported by Gulden (1987). from Longyearbyen, from wet tundra, by Kobay asi et al. (1968). (Sing.) Nezdojm. Galerina aretiea A common species on Svalbard, growing greg Entoloma rhodoeylix ariously on living mosses in wet sites. for instance (Lasch) Moser Recorded from Hornsund by SkirgieIlo 1968), (1961, found in a flower pot inside the station building of the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition. on Calliergon spp. and Drepanocladus S.l. in the arctic wet tundra. Known from severai places on the west coast between Bellsund and Norske øyene, from the western fjord districts, and from Kong Karls Land (Gulden Jenssen Entoloma sericeum (Bull.) Ouel. Recorded from NY-Ålesund by Kobayasi et al. from (1968), Isfjordflya, Griegfjellet, (1971), and by Watling & Watling (1988). Also found in inner Kongsfjorden (Ossian Sarsfjellet), Gulden (unpubl.). Fayodia aretiea 1988). Gulden The speeies was found among lichens and mosses near Hotellneset and in inner Kongsfjorden (Ossian Sarsfjellet). The fruitbodies were in all cases associated with moribund thalli of the lichen genus Peltigera, often hidden among herbs and mosses and easy to overlook. There is a colour picture of the species in Gulden & Jenssen (1988). & 1989). Galerina ealyptrata P.D. Orton Specimens with distinctly calyptrate spores col lected on Sphagnum in Colesdalen (Gulden 1987). Originally described on material from Svalbard (Gulden (Jalink & Nauta Gulden 1987; Recorded also from Edgeøya Kon gressdalen, Blendadalen, Festningen, and Long yearbyen by Ohenoja 1988). Fayodia arctiea is also Galerina clavata (VeIen.) Kiihner Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden Guminska et al. (1991). (1987) and A common species on Svalbard, in wet, mossy sites. Morphologically and ecologically quite similar to G. arctiea. They are both described and illustrated from Svalbard in Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Known from severai places on the west coast of Spitsbergen and from the fjord districts Reinsdyrflya. between Hornsund and recorded from Edgeøya, where it is said to be more common than on the mainland (Jalink & Nauta 1989) and from Bertilryggen and Bohe manflya (Watling & Watling 1988, determination Galerina embolus (Fr.) P.D. Orton Recorded from Bjørnøya by Karsten veritied, R. Watling. pers. comm.). Collected also tentatively by Gulden ganzatoppen in Grønfjorden by E. Ohenoja (det. trichum. in Bjørndalen and on Vardåsen, and Bra (1987) (1872), later from Hotellneset, where the specimens were growing on Poly G. Gulden, unpubl., material in TUR). Flagelloseypha kavinae Recorded (1987), from (Pilat) Blomsterdalen W.B. by Cooke Huhtinen growing on leaves of Sa/ix polaris. Galerina hypnorum (Schrank : Fr.) Kiihner, not ss. A.H. Smith & Sing. There are collections of this species from the Isfjorden area (Nordenskioldfjell), the Kongs GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 186 fjorden area (Gerdøya), and from the north mycenopsis. Probably the most common Galerina western Raufjorden in the Norwegian herbaria species on Svalbard, found in all investigated (Gulden 1987). Older reeords of Galera hyp parts of the archipelago. There is a distribution norum (Lindblom 1841; Karsten 1872; Miehel map in Jalink & Nauta (1989). Grows in moist, more 1934; Dobbs 1942) may represent severai of mossy sites, e.g., in arctic wet tundra, littoral the small, muscicolus Galerina speeies so eommon marshes, and meadows, generally gregariously on Svalbard. or in fairy rings and sometimes seen to cause diseoloration of the moss (parasitic?), as for instance reported by Ohenoja (1971). Galerina mniophila (Lasch) Kiihner Reeorded from Edgeøya by Miehelmore (1934). Reeent reeords are by Reid (1979) and Gulden (1987). Known from a few loealities in the Isfjor Ga/erina pumila (Pers. : Fr.) Sing. Another small, muscicolous species. Reeorded by den area (Colesbukta, Longyearbyen, Hotellne Reid (1979) from the Woodfjorden area and by set, Land Gulden (1987) from Blomsterdalen near Long Bjørndalen), from Kong Karls (Kiikenthalfjell on Svenskøya), and from Edge yearbyen. Reeords of Pholiota pumila Fr. by Skir øya. A museieolous speeies mainly found on Poly gjello (1961, 1968) reter to G. pseudomycenopsis trichum spp. in oligotrophie vegetation types on Pilåt. Svalbard. Galerina stagnina (Fr.) Kiihner Galerina pseudocerina Smith & Sing. Recorded from Colesbukta and St. Jonsfjorden Reeorded by Reid (1979), Gulden (1987), Gulden (Gulden 1987), also collected in Adventdalen & Jenssen (1988), and Guminska et al. (1991) (Gulden, unpubI.). A deseription and illustration from scattered loealities on the western eoast is given by Gulden et al. (1985). A rare species between Hornsund and Norskeøyene, and east on Svalbard, growing on mosses in oligotrophic, wards in Isfjorden to Sassendalen. Grows on moss wet sites. on ealcareous ground, generally in dryer habitats than usual for Galerina species; at Kapp Wijk found at 600 m alt. Galerina stordalii A.H. Smith Recorded from Breinesflya, NW Sørkapp Land, by Guminska et al. (1991), growing among the Galerina pseudomniophila Kiihner mosses Calliergon richardsonii, Drepanocladus A species eolleeted on Nordenski6ldfjellet (400- 500 m alt.) on Dicranum (Gulden 1987). Also reeorded by Watling & Watling (1988). The re revolvens, and Campylium polygamum. In the alpine beIt of Norway this species typically grows on Sphagnum (Gulden et al. 1985). cord of G. pseudombrophila Ktihner (a name not existing) from Trygghamna by Watling (1983), later eited by Huhtinen (1987), probably rep resents this species. Galerina terrestris Wells & Kempton Recorded from Kulmrabben, NW SØr kapp Land by Guminska et al. (1991). The described material seems hardly different from the material recorded Galerina pseudomycenopsis Pilat The largest Galerina species on as G. vittiformis (see below). Svalbard. Recorded by SkirgieHo (1961, 1968) as Pholiota pumila Fr., by Kankainen et al. (1967) as Galerina pumila, by Reid (1979) and Watling (1983) as G. pseudopumila P.D. Orton, by Ohenoja (1971) as Galerina vittiformis (Fr.) Sing. var. vittiformis f. tetraspora A.H. Smith & Sing. G. moelleri Bas, and finally by Gulden et al. Recorded from Breinesflya, NW Sørkapp Land (1985), Gulden (1987), Jalink & Nauta (1989), by Guminska et al. (1991). The vittiformis group and Watling & Watling (1988) as G. pseudo- is surprisingly rare on Svalbard. Of the more than A catalogue of Svalbard planrs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 187 300 Galerina collections examined, Gulden (1987) yearbyen and Isfjorden radio (Vesterholt 1989). found only one tiny specimen belonging to stirps Collected Vittiformis (which could not be identified). Gipsvika, NY-Ålesund and inner Kongsfjorden also at Barentsburg, Hotellneset, (Gulden, unpubl.). The species belongs in section Indusiata, and The genus Hebeloma (F r. ) P. Kumm. Hebeloma species are very abundant on Svalbard and play an important role as is dose to H. marginatulum (Favre) Bruchet. Probably the material recorded ectomycorrhizal from the Krossfjorden area by Watling (1983) as H. versipelle belongs in H. polare. partners with Salix species and probably also with Dryas. However, the Hebeloma species have been difficult to identify and only few have yet been recorded. Recent monographs of the genus (e.g., Bruchet 1970; Vesterholt 1989), partly dealing with arctic and alpine taxa, will probably soon arise a much better insight in the genus on Sval bard. Hohenbuehelia longipes (Boud.) Moser Recorded for the first time in the Arctic by Watling & WatIing (1988), from a single locality: Bohemanfiya on Dickson Land (determination verified by S. Elborne, Copenhagen). It was found growing in the moss Tomenthypnum nilens and together with Omphalina oniscus. The species is rare everywhere and grows in mountainous peat Hebeloma alpinum (Favre) Bruchet bogs. Probably it is nematophagous like most Mentioned from Svalbard by Ohenoja (1971), as other species in the genus. H. cf. crustuliniforme var. a/pinum Favre from Braganzatoppen, NY-Ålesund, and Blomstrand halvøya, and by Senn-Irlet et al. (1990). The species has also been collected in Longyear byen, NY-Ålesund, and at Lovenbreen (Gulden, unpubl.). Hydropus scabripes (Murr.) Sing. New to Svalbard. Collected a few places among moss in heath Longyearbyen, vegetation: Ossian Hotellneset Sarsfjellet, near Stuphallet, and Bayelva in the Kongsfjorden area. Hebeloma kuehneri Bruchet New to Svalbard. Collections are from Ny Ålesund and Gluudneset in the Kongsfjorden area (Gulden, unpubl.). Hygrocybe citrinopallida (Smith & Hesler) Kobayasi Recorded from Rotjesfjellet in the Hornsund area, growing on dead moss, by SkirgieUo (1961, Hebeloma marginatulum (Favre) Bruchet Recorded from Ny-Ålesund, associated with Sa/ix, by Watling (1983) and from Dicksonfjorden by Watling & Watling (1988). Collected also in inner Kongsfjorden (Gulden, unpubl.). 1968), as Hygrophorus vitellinus Fr. sensu Møller. According to Boertmann (1990) the arctic-alpine Hygrocybe taxon in this group, with relatively large, but slender spores, is H. citrinopallida. The species has also been collected in inner Kongsfjor den (Ossian Sarsfjellet), growing in a thick carpet of Racomitrium (Gulden, unpubl.). Hebeloma minus Bruchet The species, belonging to the section Denudata, has been tentatively recorded by WatIing & WatIing (1988) from Ekmanfjorden and Bohe manfiya. Hygrocybe punicea (Fr.) P. Kumm. Found on Svalbard (Spitsbergen) by J. Vahl according to Lindblom (1841), Karsten (1872), and Ohenoja (1971). There are no recent records. The species, which typically grows in pastures, is Hebeloma polare Vesterholt Originally described on material from Long easily recognised, and I am not aware of any other species on Svalbard with which it could be confused. GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 188 Hypholoma elongatipes (Peck) Smith recorded by Watling (1983) from Bockfjorden. Recorded by Ohenoja (1971) from Longyearbyen and Festningen, and by Skifte (1979). Known The species has also been collected at Bayelva near NY-Ålesund (Gulden, unpubl.). also from Adventdalen (leg. M. Lange and K.M. Jenssen). It grows on mosses in wet, oligotrophic sites. Inocybe geophylla (Fr. : Fr.) P. Kumm. Recorded from Adventbukta by Karsten (1872), from Billefjorden by Dobbs (1942), and from Hypholoma myosotis Isfjordftya by Ohenoja (1971). (Fr.) Moser New to Svalbard. Collected by K.M. Jenssen in Adventdalen. The species typically grows in peaty soils, boggy sites and in oligotrophic heath com munities. Hypholoma lapponicum (Fr.) Moser, Inocybe giacomi Favre Found on Svalbard by K.M. Jenssen as recorded originally described from Swedish Lappland by by Senn-Irlet et al. (1990). lnocybe borealis M. Laestadius (1860) as Agaricus eximius Laest. is Lange probably identical. Hypholoma myosotis is mainly originally described from Greenland (Lange 1957) is the same speeies. a temperate species occurring also in alpine habi tats, for instance in mainland Norway and in the Alps.1t is known also from the subantarctic region (Horak 1982). Inocybe lacera (Fr.) P. heterosperma Favre Kumm. var. Recorded from Ekmanfjorden by Watling & The genus Inocybe Watling (1988). (Fr.) Fr. The genus has many species on Svalbard and as an ectomycorrhizal genus it plays an important Inocybe leucoblema Kiihner role in the terrestrial ecosystem. Only a small part Recorded from the airfield area (Hotellneset ) by of our collections has been identified. Huhtinen (1987). There is rich material of the species from inner Kongsfjorden, Ossian Sarsfjel Inocybe calamistrata let in O (Gulden, unpubl.). (Fr.) Gillet New to Svalbard. Known from Longyearbyen (leg. J. Stordal) and from Blomstrandhalvøya (leg. K.M. Jenssen). Inocybe malenr;onii Heim Tentatively recorded by Reid (1979) from NW Spitsbergen and by Watling & Watling (1988) from Ekmanfjorden. Inocybe dulcamara (Pers.) P. Kumm. A common species on Svalbard and a taxon with many forms in arctic and alpine habitats which Inocybe praetervisa Oue!. are often considered as individual taxa. Recorded Recorded from the airfield from Grumantbyen by Lange (1957), from Ny Huhtinen (1987). Ålesund by Kobayasi et al. (1968), (Hotellneset) by from Woodfjorden by Reid (1979), from Bockfjorden by Watling (1983), from Ekmanfjorden by Watling & WatIing (1988), and by Skifte (1979). It is often growing gregariously in heaths among Sa/ix polaris and Dryas. Inocybe rimosa (Bull. : Fr . ) P. Kumm. The species has two forms on Svalbard, f. alpina Heim and f. alpestre Heim. Recorded from Bil lefjorden by Dobbs (1942), from Longyearbyen by Kobayasi et al. (1968), from Braganzatoppen Inocybe fuscomarginata Kiihner A species in the dulcamara complex, tentatively and Forlandsundet by Ohenoja (1971), and from Ekmanfjorden by Watling & Watling (1988), mainly as l. fastigiata. There are severaI col A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 189 lections from the Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden Laccaria species with two-spored basidia in arctic areas in O (Gulden, unpubl.). alpine regions: L. pumila Fayod and L. altaka Sing. They can be distinguished on spore shape and ornamentation. Whether both, or only the lnocybe salicis-herbacea Kiihner apparent1y most common one in the northem Recorded as l. praetervisa f. rufofusca Favre from Kongressdalen by Ohenoja (1971). The taxon has regions, L. altaica, are present on Svalbard, has not yet been examined. been collected in severai places in the Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden area by K.M. Jenssen (pers. comm.). Lactarius dryadophilus Kiihner New to Svalbard. Only known from few localities: The genus Laccaria Berk. & Br. Longyearbyen, Laccaria species are very common on Svalbard. The fruitbodies are extremely variable, especially with regard to colours, and have either 2 or 4 spores on the basidia. After a preliminary revision of a large material from Svalbard, only two taxa were recognised by E. Vellinga (pers. comm.): L. laccata (4-spored) and L. pumila (2-spored). Blomsterdalen, and Ossian Sarsfjellet (Gulden, unpubl.). The species grows in oligotrophic and eutrophic heath vegetation, and can be locally abundant. The violet dis coloring of the initially white milk is generally slow and sometimes very weak or absent. An older name, L. groenlandicus Terkelsen, has been used for L. dryadophilus, but the type of L. groenlandicus is another species (Knudsen & Lamoure 1993). Laccaria laccata (Scop. : Fr.) Cooke Recorded by most of the authors dealing with the mycoflora of Svalbard. Extremely common and very variable on Svalbard; probably present in all parts of the archipelago. Lactarius glyciosmus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr. Recorded by Ohenoja (1971) from Longyear byen. The smell was absent in one of the collec tions. This possibly belongs in L. nanus Favre, which is very similar , but lacks the characteristic Laccaria montana Sing. coconut smell. Alsømentioned from Svalbard by Recorded by Våre et al. (1992) by citing "Gulden Skifte (1979). (1988)", a preliminary flora to the macromycetes of Svalbard which has not yet been published (see introduction). MueIler (1992) considers at least some of the records of L. tetraspora from arctic areas to belong to L. montana. Lactarius lanceolatus Miller & Laursen Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Probably a fair ly common species on Sval bard in dry, calcareous heaths with Salix polaris Laccaria pumila Fayod and Dryas. It grows gregariously and often in Like the preceding species, this is extremely com fairy rings. Material in O is from: Hotellneset, mon and variable on Svalbard. Recorded by Blomsterdalen, Nordenski6ldfjellet, Larsbreen, Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Ohenoja (1971) as L. Adventdalen, Endalen in the Isfjorden area and tortilis (BoIton) Cooke, by Skifte (1979) as L. from Ny-Ålesund, Bayelva, G1uudneset, and striatula Ossian Sarsfjellet in the Kongsfjorden area. The (Peck) Peck. Laccaria ohiensis (Mont.) Sing., as species was described from Alaska by Miller et altaka, and by Reid (1979) as L. recorded by Watling & Watling (1988), probably al. (1973) and is up to now only recorded from refers to L. pumila as well, since Singer in his arctic-subarctic regions. Previous records from later publications used this name for a two-spored Svalbard of L. species (MueIler & Vellinga 1986, p. 32;.Mueller thejogalus (see excIuded species), and of the Lae 1992). According to Sivertsen (1993) there are two mitissimus, L. subdulcis, L. ({trius sp. described by Ohenoja (1971), probably relate to the present species. GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 190 Lactarius nanus Favre Recorded from Longyearbyen by Skifte (1985). and by Gulden et al. (1979) An arctic-alpine species, typically growing in open Dryas and Salix polaris heaths, known from Barentsburg, Bjørn dalen, Blomsterdalen, Longyearbyen and Adventdalen in the Isfjorden area, from St. Jonsfjorden, and 1986), and in Endalen (leg. G. Mathiassen July 1986, N. Lundquist, Aug. 1988). Betula nana is very rare and of ten dwarfish on Svalbard, and well-developed specimens of the fungus may be almost as tall as the shrub, and much more con spicuous. Mentioned from Svalbard and illus trated in Gulden et al. from NY-Ålesund (Gulden, unpubl.). Records of inodorous specimens of L. glyciosmus Fr. by Ohenoja (1971) from Long Lepista multiforrnis den et al. common Lactarius pseudouvidus Kiihner This arctic-alpine species typically grows in moist to wet habitats, on Svalbard together with Salix polaris and mosses, gregariously or Hotellneset, Kapp Collections Blomsterdalen, Wijk, Voltelva, St. Bayelva, in O are Kapp Jonsfjorden, Gluudneset, (1985), speeies (1984), Gul (1989). A and Jalink & Nauta on disturbed ground on Svalbard, often seen along roads, in wheel tracks, Recorded from Svalbard by Jalink & Nauta subfasciculate. (Romell) Gulden Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden yearbyen probably refers to this species. (1989). (1985). from: Thordsen, NY-Ålesund, and Ossian construction sites, etc. In naturai vegetation it grows on unstable soils such as soliftuction lobes, often forming large fairy rings. Known localities: Adventdalen, Endalen, Blomsterdalen, Dick sonfjorden, Kapp Thordsen, Kapp Wijk, Jonsfjorden, NY-Ålesund, St. Blomstrandhalvøya, and Ossian Sarsfjellet. It is an excellent edible fungus. Sarsfjellet. Lyophyllum atratum Lactarius robertianus Bon Recorded from Sørhamna on Bjørnøya by Kar New to Svalbard. Material in O is from Kapp Thordsen, Hotellneset, Blomsterdalen, Long yearbyen, and Ossian Sarsfjellet. The species has a violet staining milk, but is darker, more red brown and dryer than L. uvidus. The species was originally described on material from the French Alps (cf. Bon 1985). little known L. (Fr. : Fr.) Sing. sten (1872) as Ag. (Collybia) atratus Fr. Without any material it can not be verified whether the record refers to this species or to L. anthra cophilum (Lasch) Lange & Sivertsen, or to one of the small dark Fayodia speeies growing on burnt ground. The distinction towards the violascens (Otto : Fr.) Fr. is unclear. Lactarius robertianus appears to prefer oligotrophic heath vegetation. The records of Lyophyllum connatum (Schum. : Fr.) Sing. L. uvidus from Linnevatnet, Braganzatoppen, New to Svalbard. Grows in grassy, often some Longyearbyen, what disturbed sites. Material from Adventdalen, (1971) and NY-Ålesund by Ohenoja probably relate to this species. Endalen, NY-Ålesund, and Blomstrandhalvøya in o. Leccinum rotundifoliae (Sing.) Smith, Thiers & Watling A.H. Marasmius epidryas Kiihner The species has Betula nana as ectomycorrhizal Recorded from Kongressdalen, Braganzatoppen, partner. An early record of Boletus scaber Fr., Longyearbyen, growing together with Betula nana at Colesbukta (1971) (Kolesbay) by Hesselman (1900), probably refers to L. rotundifoliae. The species has later been and NY-Ålesund by Ohenoja and by Gulden et al. (1985). Also men tioned by Skifte (1979) and Jalink & Nauta (1989). The speeies was collected at Hotellneset by Vogts 1928 collected in a few places: Nordhallet on the West Spitsbergenexpedition in side of Colesbukta, in lower part of Adventdalen There are collections also from Sassendalen, (leg. T. Engelskjøn and S. Spjelkavik, Aug. Kapp Wijk, St. Jonsfjorden, Blomstrandhalvøya, (material in O). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 191 Gluudneset, Reinsdyrflya, and Bockfjorden in O. alpine habitats in mainland Norway (Gulden & The species grows on dead parts of Dryas. It is Jenssen 1982, p. 194). probably common on Svalbard, but small and not easily seen. Mycena citrinomarginata Gillet Marasmius kallioneus Huhtinen The original description of this species is based on material from Greenland and Svalbard (Huhtinen 1985). It is recorded by him from Kongressdalen and Blomsterdalen at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen 1985, 1987). This two-spored Marasmius is easily Recorded from Blomstrandhalvøya in the Kongsfjorden area by Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Later collected also in Endalen in the Isfjorden area (Gulden, unpubl.). The species appears to be fairly common in alpine, arctic and subarctic regions (Gulden & Jenssen 1982). recognised by an onion-like smell. Collected by J. Stordal in Longyearbyen in 1960 (O, det. G. Gulden). The material recorded as Marasmius sp. by Ohenoja (1971) belongs to this species. The species has also been collected in Tyrol, Austria (leg. T. Schumacher, det. Gulden) and could hence be regarded as an arctic-alpine species. Mycena jilopes (Bull. : Fr.) P. Kumm. New to Svalbard. Found at HoteUneset, on the bank of a small brook; 2-spored material. The species also occurs in alpine sites in mainland Norway (Gulden & Jenssen 1982). Melanoleuca cognata (Fr.) Konr. & Maubl. Mycena hyemalis (Retz.) Ouel. Recorded from the airfield (Hotellneset) by Huht New to Svalbard. Found in heath vegetation at inen (1987). Also found in Adventdalen and Bayelva (leg. T. Borgen), Blomstrandhalvøya, Ossian Sarsfjellet (Gulden, unpubl.). and Ossian Sarsfjellet (leg. G. Gulden) in the Kongsfjorden area. The genus Mycena (Pers. : Fr.) Roussel There are surprisingly many Mycena species growing on Svalbard, but very few have been recorded. They are tiny and easily overlooked, however. None of the Mycena-species found on Svalbard are strictly arctic-alpine; they have a wide and mainly temperate-boreal distribution. Mycena olivaceomarginata (Massee) Massee New to Svalbard. Collected at Hotellneset, in the same type of habitat as M. citrinomarginata. It is questionable if the two species are really different. The material referred to M. olivaceomarginata, is 4-spored and darker, more olivaceous, than the Mycena chlorinella (Lange) Sing. New to Svalbard. Found in Endalen in the Isfjor den area and at Blomstrandhalvøya and Gluud neset in the Kongsfjorden area, growing in deep moss carpet. The species appears to be fairly common in alpine, arctic and subarctic regions 2-spored collection referred to M. citrinomar ginata. The latter species may, however, also have 4-spored basidia in arctic and alpine habitats (Gul den & Jenssen 1982). An alcaline smell is charac teristic of M. olivaceomarginata. Collected also by Stordal at Hotellneset in 1960 and in Adventdalen by M. Lange (O). (Gulden & Jenssen 1982). Mycena pura (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm. Mycena cinerella (P. Karst.) P. Karst. New to Svalbard. Found at Ossian Sarsfjellet in New to Svalbard. Found at Hotellneset. on the inner Kongsfjorden, growing in deep moss. The bank of a small brook in the Cassiope belt. This species appears to be fairly common in arctic temperate-boreal speeies has also been found in alpine habitats (Gulden & Jenssen 1982). GRO GULDEN & ANNA·ELISE TORKELSEN 192 Mycena septentrionalis Maas G. Omphalina chionophila Lamoure New to Svalbard. Found among small mosses New to Svalbard. Collected by D. Lamoure (pers. and dead leaves on bank of a small brook at comm.). Hotellneset. This appears to be the first record of this boreal species from arctic-alpine regions, leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen. Omphalina ericetorum (Fr.) M. Lange 1838-39 by J. Vahl (Lindblom 1841; Karsten 1872) and later reeorded by most Found already in authors Mycenella bryophila (Voglino) Sing. New to Svalbard. Found on Blomstrandhalvøya in the Kongsfjorden area, growing in moist site with Dryas, leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen. dealing with macromyeetes from Svalbard, often as O. umbellifera (L. : FL) Oue!. Known from many localities between Hornsund and Kongsfjorden and reeorded from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1872, as A. (Omphalea) umbelliferus L. var. nivalis M. Vahl). Grows in mossy habitats, of ten moist. on peaty soil and on turt. The dark green, Mycenella salicina (VeIen.) Sing. New to Svalbard. Collected in Bolterdalen in the Isfjorden area and at Bayelva and Ossian Sarsfjellet in the Kongsfjorden area, leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen. granulose hchen thallus traditionally known as Botrydina vulgaris may be very seanty around the stipe base, especially when the fruit body grows on mosses; sometimes it is only seen under a high magnification lens. The fruitbody eolour is variable, ranging from rather dark red-brown to milky white and eream yellow. Also the nuclear eonditions and the num Naucoria tantilla Favre ber of spores per basidium vary. Severai attempts Reeorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen (1988) as Alnicola tantifla. Found in Sassendalen (Isfjorden area) and at Stuphallet, Ny-Ålesund, and Blomstrandhalvøya Kongsfjorden area. Kiihner Bayelva, in the (1981) has deseribed have been made to distinguish more speeies or 1945; Lamoure 1968; 1977; P.D. Orton 1984). Høiland (1987) subordinate taxa (Møller Watling found two ehemotypes of the speeies, both occur ring on Svalbard. a very similar species. N. chamiteae (Kiihner), having shorter and more almond-shaped spores. Dur material has not been suffieiently examined for possible presence of this speeies. The reeord of Naucoria cf. sphagneti from Bohemanflya by Watling & Watling (1988) possibly relates to N. tantilla, as it is said to have the typical slender, nettlehair-shaped cystidia found in N. tantilla and also larger spores than N. sphagneti. The identity of the Naucoria sp., possibly N. hamadryas Fr., reeorded by Michelmore (1934) from Edgeøya is doubtful. The same holds for a Naucoria belonging in sect. Submelinoideae recorded by Kobayasi et al. (1968) from Ny Ålesund, and the two collections of a Naucoria sp. mentioned by Hagen (1950). Omphalina galericolor (Romagn.) Bon New to Svalbard. Found in Sassendalen growing on moss in arctic wet tundra and at Stuphallet in Kongsfjorden growing on Aulacomnium palustre (leg. G. Gulden). Two similar, orange to ochre Omphalina speeies have been reeognised: O. galericolor and O. favrei Watling (syn. Omphalia brownii Berk. & Broome ss. Favre = Gerronema favrei (Watling) Clemem;on). Only O. favrei has 1955; 1977). In my opinion there is only one, been recorded from alpine habitats (Favre Watling variable speeies, and mueh of the variation follows from ageing of the fruitbodies. The epithet galer icolor has priority. The collection recorded as Omphalina (Gerronema) sp. by Ohenoja (1971) pmbably belongs to O. galericolor. Omphaliaster asterosporus (Lange) Lamoure New to Svalbard. Found in Rhacomitrium mat on Blomstrandhalvøya (Gulden unpubl.). Omphalina hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow This basidiolichen, forming the pale green thallus A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 193 scales known as Coriscium viride, seems to be naked soil or silt among small mosses, and aften rare on Svalbard, Elvebakk (1984) as the first, fairly moist. recorded finds of the lichen thallus only from Same collections in O from Kapp Wijk and Ny Bockfjorden, Later Høiland (1987) recorded finds Ålesund probably belong to O. obatra. Also the of fruitbodies from St. Jonsfjorden and inner material recorded as O. Kongsfjorden, G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen col (1971), from six localities in the Isfjorden and the lected fruitbodies of the speeies in an oligotrophic Kongsfjorden areas, may belong to this species. rustiea by Ohenoja lichen heath at the top of Ossian Sarsfjellet. Omphalina obscurata Omphalina kuehneri Lamoure Reid Recorded from Svalbard by SkirgieUo (1961, New to Svalbard. Collected by D. Lamoure (pers. comm.). 1968) and Kobayasi et al. (1968), but the material has been scanty and a correct identification is doubtful. There is material of this species from Sassendalen, NordenskioldfjeIlet, and Ny-Åle Omphalina luteovitellina M, (Pi 1M & Nannf.) Lange Recorded for the first time from Svalbard by Heikkilli & Kallio (1969), who also diseussed its basidiolichen nature, The phycobiont forms a sund in O, but only very few of the many col leetions of dark Omphalina species have yet been identified. O. obscurata appears to be one of the more common of the dark Omphalina speeies on Svalbard. thin, dark green, granulose thallus around the stipe of the basidiocarp; this part is traditionally known as Botrydina vulgaris. The species appears to prefer acidic soils, and occurs mainly as a pioneer, for instance at rocky outcrops and in soil polygons. Fruitbodies are produced early in the agaric season and can be locally abundant. There are records and material from more than 1510cal ities in the western fiord district Omphalina oniscus (Fr. : Fr.) Oue!. Recorded from Svalbard by Watling & Watling (1988). There is no indication of locality in the paper, but the collection of Hohenbuehelia lon gipes from Bohemanfiya was growing together with O. oniscus (indicated on the envelope). between Hornsund and Kongsfjorden. According to Jalink & Nauta (1989) it probably occurs in all parts of Svalbard. The suggestion by Ohenoja (1971) that the speeies recorded by Skirgietla (1961, 1968) as Hygrophorus vitellinus belongs here, is doubted, because the presence of a yellow Hygrocybe species on Svalbard later has been established (see H. citrinopallida). There is no reference to Botrydina in the papers by SkirgieIlo (1961,1968), as indicated by Ohenoja. Omphalina rivulicola Lamoure Recorded from Blomstrandhalvøya Kongsfjorden by Gulden & III Central Jenssen (1988). Records of O. pyxidata. a similar speeies with somewhat different spores, by Hagen (1950), Kobayasi et al. (1968), Ohenoja (1971), and Skifte (1979) probably relate to O. rivulicola. Omphalina rivulicola is known from many places between Isfjorden and Magdalenefjorden on the western coast of Spitsbergen and from Svenskøya on Kong Karls Land. Grows on various mosses, typically in moist to wet habitats in eutrophic Omphalina obatra (Fa vre) P.D. Orton sites. There are severai dark, blackish brown speeies of Omphalina in arctic and alpine regions, and most of them can not be correctly identified without Omphalina velutina (OueL) Ouel. microscopic examination of spores, preferably Recorded by Heikkilå & Kallio (1969) from a few from spore deposits, and of cystidial hairs on the places in and near Longyearbyen, from Kon stipe (see Lamaure 1975; Clemen\XJn 1982). The gressdalen and from NY-Ålesund, also by Skifte group is weU represented on Svalbard, aften with (1979), Gulden & Jenssen (1988, from Blom species growing gregariously on more or less sterdalen), and by Jalink & Nauta (1989). This GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 194 is another basidiolichen which forms Botrydina of Pholiota cf. squarrosa by Dobbs (1942), grow vulgaris. A typical pioneer, growing on mineral ing on a grassy stream bank in Longyearbyen, soils, often moist and unstable, apparently acido probably relates to P. magnivelaris. philic. Known also from Adventdalen, Endalen, Bjørndalen in the Isfjorden area, Bayelva at Ny Ålesund, and Svenskøya on Kong Karls Land (Gulden, unpubl.). Rhodocybe cae/ata (Fr.) Maire New to Svalbard. Collected in Bjørndalen on Polytrichum by H. Knudsen, det. G. Gulden (O). Omphalina velutipes P.D. Orton New to Svalbard. Collected a number of places near Ny-Ålesund by G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen, growing in moist sites with tiny mosses. Rickenella fibula (Bul!. : Fr.) Raithelh. Recorded from the airfield (Hotellneset) by Huht inen (1987), growing on a somewhat dayey brook bank with small mosses. Collected again by S. Panaeolus fimicola Fr. Huhtinen in Endalen in 1988. New to Svalbard. Collected in Longyearbyen and in Ny-Ålesund, in grassy habitats (leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen). Rickenella swartzii (Fr. : Fr.) Kuyper New to Svalbard. Collected near Longyearbyen and in Bolterdalen by E. Ohenoja, K.M. Jenssen, Panaeolus semiovatus (Sow. : Fr.) S. LundelI & Nannf. Recorded by Skifte (1979), from dung from cattle in Ny-Ålesund. Found also at Longyearbyen (Sverdrupsbyen ) by J. Stordal (O). Psathyrella prona (Fr.) Gillet New to Svalbard. Found among Mnium and other mosses on the bird diff Stuphallet in Kongsfjor den by G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen. Psilocybe merdaria (Fr.) Ricken New to Svalbard. Found in a grassy field with sewage from the NY-Ålesund community, leg. K.M. Jenssen. and A.-E. Torkelsen in 1988. Russula altaka (Sing.) Sing. Recorded from Ny-Ålesund by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and from Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989). Russula chamiteae Kiihner Recorded from Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989). Further localities are Hotellneset and Ossian Sarsfjellet (leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen). Russula delka Fr. Recorded by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Ohenoja (1971) from Longyearbyen and mentioned by Jalink & Nauta (1989). Skifte (1989) recorded it from Bjørnøya and Bockfjorden. It has also Psilocybe subcoprophila (Britz.) Sacc. New to Svalbard. Found on reindeer dung at been found at Hotellneset near Longyearbyen and at Stuphallet and Ny-Ålesund in the Kongs fjord area by G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen. Hotellneset (Gulden unpubl). Psilocybe magnivelaris (Peck) Høiland Russula maculata Oue!. ssp. a/pina (Sing.) Knudsen & Borgen New to Svalbard. Found in Barentsburg in 1988 Recorded from Bjørndalen by Knudsen & Borgen growing on grass turf of Alopecurus alpinus newly (1992). Fellner and Landa (1993) have raised deposited among the buildings in the town. The the taxon to specific rank under the name R. place of origin of the turf is unknown. The record dryadicola. A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 195 Russula nana Killerm. Bovista tomentosa (Vitt.) Quel. There are severaI records of this conspicuous little Recently collected once near Longyear Airport fungus from Svalbard: From Longyearbyen by on Svalbard on co al silt (Lange 1987). It seems Dobbs (1941, as Russula resembling emetiea) and to be a rare species on Svalbard. It is a species of by Kobayasi et al. (1968, continental calcareous soils and is an interesting as R. alpina), from Kongsfjorden and Ebeltoftodden by Watling addition to the mycoflora of Svalbard. (1983, as R. alpina), from seven localities in the Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden areas by Ohenoja (1971, as R. alpina), and from severai localities on the northern part of Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989). The species is fairly common in heath vegetation, often growing together with Salix polaris and Dryas oetopetala, but it has also been observed where no ne of these plants were growing (Gulden unpubl.). An association between R. nana and the omnipresent herb Bistorta (Polygonum) vivi parum probably exists (Knudsen & Borgen 1982). Calvatia aretiea Ferdinandsen & Winge An arctic species recorded from Blomstrandhalv øya by Lange (1990). The distribution of this species points to an east-arctic distribution. Old records of this species (Kobayasi et al. 1968) are in need of confirmation, as well as all published records from Svalbard of Bovista and Calvatia that have not been revised by Lange (1987,1990). Calvatta bellii (Peck) M. Lange Russula norvegiea Reid A widely distributed arctic species and Lange Recorded from Svalbard by Jalink & Nauta (1989) (1990) indicated four collections from Svalbard. with a distribution map showing its presence in the Bellsund and Isfjorden areas, EdgeØya, and Barentsøya. Skifte (1989) recorded it from severaI localities on Bjørnøya. It has been collected in many places in the Kongsfjorden area by G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen. Calvatia eretacea (Berk.) C. Lloyd Recorded from Svalbard by numerous authors (Ohenoja 1971), and recorded as the most com mon Ca/vatia at Sassendalen by Lange (1990). Calvalla cretacea is typically confined to sunny. exposed habitats on calcareous soils in the Arctic. Russula saliceticola (Sing.) Kiihner ex Knudsen & Borgen Recorded from two sites on the northern part of Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989). Collected by J. Stordal at Longyearbyen (unpubl. , material in O). Lange (1990) recorded about 25 collections from Svalbard and Guminska et. al. (1991) reported this species also from the Hornsund area. The species was mentioned by Fries (1914) as C. bore alis. Calvatia horrida M. Lange Stropharia semiglobata (Batsch : Fr.) Quel. This species was recently described as a new New to Svalbard. Collected by J. Stordal in and two on Svalbard: Adventdalen and Bol Longyearbyen (unpubl. , material in O). terdalen (type locality). The species is inter species known from two localities on Greenland mediate between C. cretacea and an undescribed high arctic Lycoperdon species (Lange 1990). Tubaria furfuracea (Pers. : Fr.) Gillet Recorded by Dobbs (1942) from Brucebyen (Billefjorden) on borders of pools. Calvatia septentrionalis M. Lange A newly described arctic species dose to C. aretiea (Lange 1990). It has been found on sandstone, basalt and calcareous rocks and has been collected BASIDIOMYCOTA: Gasteromycetales on numerous occasions by M. Lange in the Sas 196 GRO GULDEN & ANNA-EL/SE TORKELSEN sendalen-Adventdalen area, and it is also known belonging to the taiga-element according to Eriks from Greenland and Iceland. son & Ryvarden (1973). Calvatia turneri (Ellis & Everh.) Demoulin Cylindrobasidium evolvens (Fr.) J iilich & Lange This is New to Svalbard. Collected once by J. Stordal in the most common Calvaria (earlier Kapp Wijk on a barrel-lid of deciduous wood (the described as C. tatrensis) in many arctic areas substrate identified by Torkelsen). The species is including Svalbard (Lange 1990). Is has earlier common in northern Europe, growing on decidu been reported by Ohenoja (1971), as C. tatrensis. ous trees of all kinds, but also occurring on manu The species is most common on basalt or on factured coniferous wood (Eriksson & Ryvarden sandstone and does not seem to be 1976). 50 common as C. cretacea on limestone substrates. Dacryobolus sudans (Fr.) Fr. Crucibulum laeve (Huds. ) Kambly New to Svalbard. Collected once in NY-Ålesund Recorded from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1872) and by it is also known from the Isfjorden area (Skifte material, remnants from the pits. Nowhere a fre 1979). K.M. Jenssen. growing on old wooden quent species. but scattered throughout the coni fer region. It mainly grows on Pinus sylvestris Lycoperdon molte (Pers.) Pers. , and has also been found on manufactured wood (Eriksson & Ryvarden 1975). Only recorded once near Ny-Ålesund and ident ified by Demoulin (Ohenoja 1971). Severai Lyco perdon species reported from Svalbard (see Gloeophyllum sepiarium (Fr.) Karst. excluded species) caU for a revision (Ohenoja op. New to Svalbard. Collected once by A.-E. Tor eit.). kelsen, near Bayelva in Kongsfjorden district, on old manufactured wood of Picea. This species is Sphaerobolus stetlatus Pers. Recorded from Bjørnøya by Skifte (1994). The common in mainland Norway, known from both angiosperm and gymnosperm wood (Ryvarden 1976). species was collected on a board from an old cow stable constructed around 1920. BASIDIOMYCOTA: Aphyllophorales Hyphoderma setigerum (Fr.) Donk New to Svalbard. Collected twice by K.M. Jenssen in Ny-Ålesund, on old manufactured wood. According to Eriksson & Ryvarden (1975) Antrodia serialis (Fr.) Donk New to Svalbard. Collected once in NY-Ålesund, the species grows on deciduous trees, less often on conifers. Humid, deciduous forests seem to be the most suitable biotope for this species. It is on old wooden construetions by K.M. Jenssen. more frequent in southern parts of Europe, but According to Ryvarden (1976) this is the most is regularly met within the middle boreal zone in common resupinate polypore met on gymno North Scandinavia. sperms in mainland Norway. Columnocystis abietina (Fr.) Pouz. Litschauerella abietis (Bourd. & Galz.) Oberw. New to Svalbard. Collected once in NY-Ålesund, Recorded on old wooden material, remnants from the pits (1969) as Litschaurella (sic!) abietis growing on old wooden material. Arvidsson (1978) used the name Litschauerella clematitis for the same speci (leg. K.M. Jenssen). The species is rather com mon in spruce forests of Northern Europe, from Longyearbyen by Woldmar A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria men. However, according to Eriksson & Ryvar den (1976) it is not clear if these two names are synonymous. 197 Typhula culmigena (Mont. & Fr.) Berthier Recorded from pseudoviviparous Longyearbyen on culms Poa pratensis ssp. of alpigena (Huhtinen 1987). This is an extraordinary dis Peniophora pithya (Pers.) J. Erikss. covery of a southern species that has never been found in the Arctic before. Recorded from Ossian Sarsfjellet by Arvidsson (1978), growing on an old planed board of Picea abies. Peniophora pithya has also been collected BASIDIOMYCOTA: Exobasidiales in Longyearbyen by J. Stordal (O). The speeies is very common in spruce forests in northern Scandinavia. The collection by Arvidsson has fairly large spores according to Eriksson & Ryvar den (1978). Arcticomyces warmingii (Rostr.) Savile Recorded as Exobasidium warmingii from severai localities on Svalbard by Hagen (1941). This species is a parasite on Saxifraga oppositifolia. Ramaria ochraceovirens (1ungh.) Dank Reported from Bjørnøya on a moss carpet by Skifte (1994). Exobasidium cassiopes Peck A common parasite on Cassiope tetragona on Svalbard (Nannfeldt 1981) earHer reported as E. uaccinii-myrtilli f. amphigena (Lind 1928; Hagen Sistotrema coroniferum (Hohn. & Litsch.) Dank Recorded from Longyearbyen by Woldmar (1969) growing on old wooden material. Accord ing to Eriksson & Ryvarden (1984) this species is not known from mainland Norway. It is not a 1941, 1950). Exobasidium hypogenum Nannf. Also a common parasite on Cassiope tetragona (Nannfeldt 1981), and this is the more con common speeies, but occurs in all parts of North spicuous of the two Exobasidium speeies on Cas em Europe. siope tetragona. BASIDIOMYCOTA: Dacrymycetales Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb. & Schw. : Fr ) Fr. . Recorded from Longyearbyen by Woldmar (1969) growing on old wooden material. Accord ing to Eriksson & Ryvarden (1984) the species grows on coniferous wood. It is especially com mon on newly dead logs and stumps of Picea, but occurs also on living trees. Old wooden material is an unusual kind of substrate for this species. Dacrymyces stillatus Nees : Fr. New to Svalbard. A single collection of D. stillatus was made in NY-Ålesund in 1986 by K.M. Jenssen and brought to Oslo for identification. Later, in 1988, 11 collections were made, found in Ny Ålesund, Longyearbyen and Gipsvika. Both the red-orange, soft anamorph and the gelatinous often firmer teleomorph were found. Different Thelephora caryophyllea Schaeff. : Fr. from temperate specimens. the Svalbard material shows altogether smaller fruitbodies, seldom Jalink & Nauta (1989) recorded this species from exceeding 3 mm in diameter, and often with a "Vestspitsbergen" without indication of place. At pale yellow colour. Dacrymyces stil/atus is the O, there are four speeimens from Svalbard, col most common Dacrymyces species, known from lected by K.M. Jenssen and G. Gulden in the all parts in mainland Norway. It generally grows Ossian Sarsfjellet and in Thiisbukta (Ny-Ålesund) on coniferous wood and causes a brown rot. in 1986 and one collection from Ny-Ålesund by Recently, it has also been shown to cause damage A.-E. Torkelsen. on panels of wooden houses in mainland Norway. 198 GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN The Svalbard collections were growing on rem nants from the pits (NY-Ålesund) and on rem nants from the pit cable (Adventdalen) or on driftwood (Gipsvika). The substrate shows always Agaricus (Psalliota) campestris L. : Fr. Applied to material probably belonging to A. aristocratus Gulden. every sign of being worn out. Agaricus (Hebeloma) fastibilis Fr. Ditiola radicata (Alb. & Schw. : Fr.) Fr. Recorded D. radicata was found for the first time in NY-Ålesund in 1986 by K.M. Jenssen New to Svalbard. and rediscovered by him on the same wooden staircase in 1988. In addition the species has been found in two more places in NY-Ålesund by A. E. Torkelsen. This species generally grows on coniferous wood and causes a brown rot. There is a distinet smell of xeroform from the (1872). by (1841) Lindblom and Karsten There are no recent records or material in O from Svalbard of this species. The epithet fastibile has been used for widely different species. Hebeloma fastibile (Pers. : FL) P. Kumm. sensu Fries is a veiled species as cIearly shown in the ilIustration in Fries (1877-84), similar to In the sense of Persoon it is H. alpina. otherwise rather a non-veiled species (Kuyper & Vesterholt 1990). substratum. The species is known from all parts in mainland Norway. Agaricus (Hebeloma) firmus Pers. Found by J.E. Vahl on Svalbard (Karsten 1872); BASIDIOMYCOTA: Tremellales identity of Persoons species uncertain. Tremella obscura (OIive) M.P. Christ. New to Svalbard. This speeies is fungicolous and Dacrymyces speeies. It was found 11 speeimens of D. stillatus collected parasitic within in 5 of the in 1988 by A.-E. Torkelsen. It is very surprising that this species, which is known to be rare else where in the world, is so frequent in the Svalbard material of D. stil/atus, with a ratio of 5:11 com pared to l: 10 in mainland Norway. Tremella Coprinus angulatus Peck Recorded by Zabawski (1976) from peat bogs in the Hornsund region, but further documentation is needed. True enough, C. angulatus is known to occur in arctic and alpine regions, for instance on Greenland (Lange 1955), but the habitat cited does not suggest a carbonicolous speeies, rather a coprophilous species like C. cordisporus. obscura was found both in Longyearbyen and Ny Ålesund, but not in Gipsvika. Coprinus plicatilis (Fr.) Fr. Tremella sp. Bjørnøya. However, Recorded by Karsten (1993) a tiny, Tremella species is According to Skytte Christiansen immature specimen of a recorded from Hohenloheskardet. The species is parasitic on the podetia of Cladonia gracilis. (1872) from goose dung on Coprinus plicatilis is not a coprophilous species. Cortillarius albouiolaceus (Pers. : Fr.) Recorded by Dobbs (1942) from the fjorden area. The species grows with Exc1uded species Fr. Bille Betula nana in the alpine belt in Fennoscandia (Hansen & Knudsen 1992), however, this shrub is not known from Billefjorden. Except for an uncertain identi fication by Ohenoja Agaricales (1971), the re are to our knowledge no recent records of this species from Svalbard. The identification is doubted. Agaricus aruensis Schaeff. Applied to material probably belonging to A. aristocratus Gulden. Cortlnarius brufllleus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr.-See C. rigidus. A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 199 Cortinarius cinereoviolaceus (Fr.) Lange Cortinarius subpurpurascens Fr. (1968) and Watling (1983) most probably refer to the common arctic Isfjorden area, but later tentatively named C. alpine species C. subtorvus Lamoure, described albovioLaceus (Ohenoja The records by Kobayasi et al. as late as in Mentioned by Kankainen et al. (1967) from the 1971). 1969. Cystoderma amianthinum (Scop.) Kom. & Cortinarius cinnamomeus (L. : Maubl. Fr.) S.F. Gray Mentioned by Skifte (1872), Recorded by Karsten and Skifte (1979). Hagen (1950), The name was formerly used for the whole C. (Dermocybe) cinnamomeus complex, and can not be strictly interpreted. The record by Ohenoja (1971) as one of "the more Cystoderma appears to be C. arcticum. There are no other records of C. amianthinum from Svalbard, neither any material in O. from Isfjorden has spores in the upper range for C. cinnamomeus. Very probably it belongs to C. polaris, which is common in many places on Svalbard. Høiland (1984), (1979) central" agarics on Svalbard. The most common revising the subgenus Dermocybe in the Nordic countries, gave no records of C. cin Cystoderma granulosum (Batsch : Fr.) Kiihner (1934). The recorded material probably belongs in C. adnatifolium Recorded by Michelmore ( C. granulosum var. adnati namoneus from Svalbard, neither of the very simi (Peck) Harmaja lar C. croceus (Schaeff.) S.F. Gray. Both are, folium (Peck) A.H. Smith & Sing.). = however, known from Greenland, the latter from low arctic sites (Høiland 1988). Dictyolus muscigenus (Bull.) Ouel. Recorded by Dobbs (1942); (1934) Recorded by Michelmore Cortinarius glandicolor Fr. correct identification (1942). Probably Arrhenia 1971; Høiland 1976). and Dobbs lobata (cf. Ohenoja doubted. Entoloma pascuum (Pers. : Fr.) Donk Cortinarius mucosus (Bull. : Fr.) Kickx Recorded by Kobayasi et al. tioned by Skifte (1979). (1968) and men The material of Kobayasi Recorded by Hariot (1893). The name has been used for at least three different species, among them E. sericeum (Noordeloos 1987, p. 381). may very well belong to C. favrei f. pallida Moser & McKnight. Galera hypnorum (Schrank) Fr. Records by Karsten Cortinarius cf. rigidus (Scop.) Fr. or C. brunneus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr. Recorded by Michelmore (1934) from Edgeøya. and Dobbs (1942) (1872), Michelmore (1934), may represent a number of different, small, muscicolous Galerina species. This could be any one of the many small, dark Galera spartea (Fr.) Oue!. cf. brown Telamonia species occurring on Svalbard. Recorded by Michelmore (1934) from Edgeøya (det. E.H.J. Corner). The name probably refers Cortinarius simulatus P.D. Orton Recorded by Ohenoja (1971) with reference to to a Conocybe species in stirps Mesospora (cf. Watling 1982), but the identity of this species probably will rema in uncertain. descriptions of C. cinereoviolaceus by J. Lange (1938) and Kobayasi et al. (1968). The material appears to belong in C. subtorvus Lamoure (cp. C. cinereoviolaceus above). Galerina pseudombrophila Kiihner Recorded by Watling (1983, and referred to by GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 200 Huhtinen 1987). Probably an error for G. pseu domniophila Kiihner. lnocybe rufoalba (1992). Mentioned by Vare et al. Seems to be a mistake for l. praetervisa f. rufofusca Favre recorded by Ohenoja Hebeloma fastibile (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm. (1971). See l. salicis-her baceae. See Agaricus faslibilis above. Laccaria amethystina Cooke Recorded from Hotellneset by Woldmar Hebeloma firmus Pers. This is See Agaricus firmus above. a temperate-boreal speeies (1969). which is unknown in arctic and alpine habitats (MuelIer 1(92). Its northern limit in :-:Iorway is in Central Norway (:-:lord-Trøndelag). The colour range of Laccaria speeies on Svalbard is very large. Both Hebeloma mesophaeum (Pers.) Quel. Kobayasi et al. Ohenoja (1971) from (1983) from L. laccata and L. pumila have been found in very (1957) from Eidenbukta, (1968) from :-:ly-Ålesund. Recorded by Lange by bright and very deep red shades. The identi by fication is doubted. Isfjordflya. and by Watling Backfjorden. Representatives of the mesophaeum complex is very abundant on Sval bard, but it is doubtful whether the real H. meso phaeum grows in arctic-alpine habitats (cf. Laccaria ohiensis (Mant. ) Sing. The record by Watling & Watling (1988) probably (1968) indicates refers to L. pumila Fayod. L. ohiensis is a four that their material may belong to H. versipeIle spored species which mainly oceurs in tropical Vesterholt 1989). Kobayasi et al. 11. marginalulum). The var. marginalulum newly described H. polare Vesterholt is another to south temperate regions (MueIler 1992). The epithet ohiensis was used by Singer in his later publications for a two-spored species (Mue Iler & possibility. Vellinga 1986, p. 32) which makes a mis application for L pumila understandable. Hebeloma pusillum J. Lange Recorded by SkirgieUo (1961, Hornsund and by Kobayasi et aL 1968) (1968) from from Ny-Ålesund. Hebeloma pusillum was originally described from Denmark and belongs in section Denudatae. Both authors record smooth spores in their material; correct identifications are Laccaria tortilis (Bolton) Cooke Recorded by Kobayasi et aL (1971). (1968) and Ohenoja The given spore characteristics indicate that the material belongs in L. pumila Fayod (cf. also MuelIer 1992. p. 45). doubted. The collection recorded by Ohenoja (1971) from Festningen, Isfjorden seems to match H. kuehneri Bruchet. Lactarius groenlandicus Terkelsen Recorded by Vare et al. 1988" Hebeloma versipeIle (Fr.) Gillet ss. (1992) eiting "Gulden (unpubL). The name has been misapplied for L dryadophilus Kiihner. Romagnesi 1965 (1983) and tentatively by (1988). Vesterholt (1989) sug Recorded by Watling Watling & Watling Lactarius mitissimus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr. gests that H. versipeIle should be regarded a Recorded by Skifte (1979). The material probably nomen confusum, due to the lack of type material belongs in L lanceolatus Miller & Laursen, which and the many different interpretations of the appears to be the only representative of the small, name. Probably the material of Watling belongs fulvous to orange brown Lactarius species on in H. polare Vesterholt. Svalbard. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae. and cyanobacteria Lactarius subdulcis (Pers, : Fr.) S.F. Gray (1872) from Adventfjorden (1950) from Lomfjordbotnen; 201 Omphalina eupulatoides P.D. Orton Recorded by Karsten Record based on poor material, examined in dry and by Hagen condition (Reid 1979). probably belonging in L. laneeolatus Miller & Laursen. see above. Omphalina pseudomuralis Lamoure Laetarius thejogalus (Bull.: Fr . ) S.F. Gray Recorded by Kobayasi et al. Tentatively determined on dry material by Reid (1979). (1968) and Watling (1983) from Ny-Ålesund; probably belonging in L. laneeolatus Miller & Laursen, see above. Omphalina pyxidata (Pers. : Fr.) Que!. Recorded from Svalbard by Hagen (1950), (1968), and Ohenoja (1971). Kobayasi et al. Laetarius uvidus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr. There is no record of this species from Svalbard (1971) from Linnevatnet, after Lamoure had recognised Favre's variety Braganzatoppen and Longyearbyen in the Isfjord rivulieola of O. pyxidata as a separate species area and from near Ny-Ålesund in the Kongs (Lamoure Recorded by Ohenoja fjordarea. Also mentioned by Skifte 1974). (1979). The material probably belongs in L. robertianus Bon, a darker and dryer species, or in L. pseudouvidus Ktihner which has a viscid cap like L. uvidus, but with yellowish flesh more or less giving colour to cap and gills. Omphalina rustiea (Fr.) Quel. ss. J.E. Lange and M. Lange Recorded by Ohenoja (1971). According to her description, the material belongs in the group of the small, dark Omphalina species, and has spores Leecinum scabrum (Bull. : Fr.) S.F. Gray Recorded by Hesselman (1900) from Colesbukta (Kolebay) growing together with Betula nana. The material probably belongs in L. rotundifoliae. in the range of O. obatra (Favre) P.D. Orton. Pholiota squarrosa (Weig. : Fr.) P. Kumm. cf. Recorded by Dobbs Lepista pseudoeetypa (M. Lange) Gulden Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden (1984). The species was distinguished from L. multiformis on (1942). We are not aware of any other record of this species from arctic or alpine habitats. The similar Psiloeybe magni velaris, however, beJongs to cold regions and has been found on Svalbard. account of smaller spores and non-incrusting pig ments. Having later seen fresh material agreeing with L. multiformis in all respects but the spores (which were small), the distinction between the Psalliota arvensis (Schaeff.) Fr.-see Agarieus arvensis . two species is doubted. Also with regard to the pigment, there appear to be transitions. Psalliota campestris-see Agaricus eampestris. Naucoria hamadryas cf. Recorded by Michelmore (1934), species. doubtful Russula integra (L.) Fr. Recorded by Karsten Nolanea paseua Fr .-see Entoloma paseuum. (1872) from Adventbukta, as fairly common. The species does not belong to the arctic or alpine flora and the name probably refers to another fungus. GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 202 L. caelatum Bull. Russula nitida (Pers. : Fr.) Fr. Recorded from Blomstrandbreen by Reid (1979). Published by Karsten (1872) as L. coelatum (sic!) The identification is uncertain, based on inad and Michelmore (1934). This is probably a Cal equately annotated, dry material. As R. nitida is vatia species. regularly associated unknown in this with area, Betula, the which is identification is L. echinatum Pers. doubted. Reported by Hariot (1893) and is doubtful. Russula ochroleuca Pers. Recorded from Longyearbyen by Dobbs (1942), L. furfuraceum Schaeff. from river margin. Not refound in recent times. Reported by Pax (1893) and probably is a Calvatia The material may betong in R. claroflava var. species. viridis, recently described by Knudsen & Borgen (1992). L. giganteum (Batsch) Pers. Recorded by Dobbs (1942) and refers to L. bov Russula oreina Sing. ista as recorded by Lindblom (1841), see above. Mentioned by Vare et al. (1992, table 3) with reference to Ohenoja (1971) who recorded a col lection of small specimens under the name of R. xerampelina. The collection was later referred to by Knudsen & Borgen (1992) as possibly belong ing in R. oreina. The species probably occurs on Svalbard, but reliably identified material is still L. cf. ni veum Kreisel Reported from Svalbard by Ohenoja (1971). Seems to be a doubtful record based on scanty material. lacking. L. umbrinum Pers. Reported by Hagen (1950) and Kobayasi et al. Russula xerampelina (Schaeff.) Fr. Recorded by Ohenoja (1971) from Bragan zatoppen and Longyearbyen. The on ly member (1968). According to Ohenoja (1971) there i s uncertainty about these records. of the xerampelina group yet identified from Sval bard is R. chamiteae. Probably the material stud ied by Ohenoja belongs to this species, however, more species in the xerampelina complex may well be present on Svalbard. Scleroderma aurantiacum Pers. Recorded from Svalbard by Michelmore (1934) and Dobbs (1942). This is a doubtful record and according to Ohenoja (1971) probably a Calvatia species. Gasteromycetales Bovista plumbea Pers. Reported by Karsten (1872) and probably is a Calvatia species. Lycoperdon bovista (Linn.) Fr. Collected by J.E. Vahl and reported by Lindblom (1841) and probably is a Calvatia species. List of synonyms Agaricales Agaricus arcticlls Gulden = A. aristocratus GuI den Alnicola tamilla (Favre) Gulden tilla Favre = Naucoria tan A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Anellaria Dennis semiovata = (Sow. : Fr.) Pears. & Panaeolus semiovatus (Sow. : Fr.) S. (Høiland) Gulden) A. littoralis (Høiland) = = Arrhenia lobata montana (cf. MuelIer 1992, p Leptoglossum acerosum (Fr. 43). : Fr.) Moser = Arrhenia reti Clitocybe candicans (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm. var. dryadicola (Favre) Lamoure = C. dryadicola Lyophyllum atratum (Fr. : = = Arrhenia lit Leptoglossum retirugum (Bull. : Fr.) Ricken Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead Leptotus (Favre) Harmaja Fr.) Sing. retirugis (Bul!.: Fr.) P. Karst. Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead Mycena atroalboides (Peck) Sacc. Collybia obscura Favre C. alkalivirens Sing. = Cortinarius cinereoviolaceus Lange C. simu = Cortinarius inops Favre Dermocybe polaris (Høiland) Arnold Cor = tinarius polaris Høiland Dictyolus retirugus (Bull. : Fr.) Oue!. = Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead Galerina moelleri Bas G. pseudomycenopsis = Pilat Galerina pseudopumila P.D. Orton G. pseudo = mycenopsis Pilat Galerina pumila (Pers. : Fr.) Sing. ss. Kankainen = G. pseudomycenopsis Pilat accord ing to Ohenoja (1971). Gerronema ericetorum (Pers.: Fr.) Sing. = Om favrei (Watling) luteovitellinum (Pilat O. luteovitellina O. hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow Hygrocybe punicea (Fr.) P. Kumm. Hygrophorus vitellinus Fr. ss. F.H. Møller citrinopallida (Hesler & = Smith) I. giacomi Favre Inocybe fastigiata (Schaeff.) Oue!. = I. rimosa (Bull. : Fr.) P. Kumm. Laccaria altaica Sing. = = Rickenella = swartzii (Fr.) Raithelh. Nolanea sericea (Bul!.) P.D. Orton = Entoloma sericeum (Bull.) Oue!. Omphalina alpina (Britz.) Bresinsky & StangI and ss. Gulden et a!. (1985) = luteovitellina (Pilat & Nannf.) M. Lange Omphalina brownii (Berk. & Orton ss. Favre = Broome) P.D. O. favrei Watling = O. galericolor (Romagn.) Bon = O. galericolor(Rom = Rickenella fibula (Bul!. : Fr.) Raithelh. = O. lute ovitellina (Pilat & Nannf.) M. Lange = O. velu tina (Oue!.) Oue!. Omphalina luteolilacina (Favre) D.M. Hend. = O. hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow F.H. Møller et auet. = O. ericetorum (Pers. : Fr.) M. Lange Omphalina setipes (Fr. : Fr.) Oue!. = Rickenella swartzii (Fr. : Fr.) Kuyper Omphalina umbellifera (L. : Fr.) Oue!. ss. auet. = L. pum Omphalina umbratilis (Fr.) Oue!. ss. Clemenc;on L. laccata (Scop. : Omphalina umbratilis var. minor (Fr.) Oue!. ss. = & Sing. p.p. 1992) Laccaria tetraspora Sing. Mycena O. ericetorum (Pers. : Fr.) M. Lange L. pumila Fayod Laccaria striatula (Peck) Peck ss. auet. ila Fayod (cf. MuelIer = Omphalina pseudoandrosaceus (Bull.) Moser ss. = Kobayasi Inocybe borealis M. Lange Mycena swartzii (Fr.) A.H. Smith Omphalina grisella (Weinm.) Moser = H. alpinum (Favre) Bruchet = M. oli chlorinella (Lange) Sing. Omphalina flava (Cooke) M. Lange = Hebeloma crustuliniforme var. alpinum Favre Hygrocybe Mycena leptocephala (Pers.: Fr.) Gillet Omphalinafibula (Bull. : Fr.) Oue!. Nannf.) & Gerronema luteolilacinum (Favre) Sing. Hygrophorus puniceus Fr. = agn.) Bon Clemenc;on Omphalina galericolor (Romagn.) Bon Gerronema Mycena avenacea (Fr.) Oue!. ss. auet. Omphalina favreiWatling phalina ericetorum (Pers. : Fr.) M. Lange Gerronema sep vaceomarginata (Massee) Massee C. pusillus F. H. Møller = M. = tentrionalis Maas G. latus P.D. Orton, cp. C. subtorvus 1967 Leptoglossum littorale Høiland toralis (Høiland) Gulden ruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead Collybia atratus Fr. Leptoglossum lobatum (Pers. : Fr.) Ricken Arrhenia lobata (Pers. : Fr.) Redhead (Pers.: Fr.) Redhead Cantharellus retirugis (Bul!.) Fr. = treats L. tetraspora as a syn Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner Gulden Cantharellus lobatus (Pers.) Fr. Sing. (1992) onym of L. ohiensis, but in the Arctic the name has probably been applied for L. laccata or L. LundelI & Nannf. Arrhenia salina (Høiland) Bon (and A. salina et a!. MuelIer 203 Fr.) Cooke (cf. MuelIer & Vellinga 1986). = Møller, Favre O. velutipes P.D. Orton = O. velutipes P.D. Orton GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 204 Phaeotellus acerosus (Fr. : Fr.) Kom. & Maubl. = References Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Ktihner Pholiota pumila Fr. SS. auet. Galerina pseudo = mycenopsis Pilåt Rhodophyllus junceus (Fr.) Que!. = Entoloma juncina (Ktihner & Romagn.) Noordel. Rhodophyllus sericeus Quel. = Enloloma ser Russula a/pina (A. Blytt) F.H. Møller & J. R. nana Killerm. Sehåff. dryadicola Fell ner Landa magnivelaris = R. Psilocybe Peek & Lindstrom, spedal emphasis on arctic-alpine material. In: Petrini. O. & Laursen. G.A. (eds. l: Arctic and alpine mycology 3-4. Bibl. Mycol. 150,3-15. Blytt, A. 1905: Norges hymenomyceteL Skrifter Vidensk. Selsk. & maculata Que!. ssp. a/pina Knudsen & Borgen. Stropharia Bendiksen,E.,Brandrud,T .E., Bendiksen, K. H. 1993. A study of the Cortinarius helobius-complex, with iceum Que!. Russula Arvidsson, L 1978: PeniopllOra pithya funnen på Spetsbergen. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 72. 29J.-294. l. Malh.-nalurv. Kl. 1904. 6, 1-164. Boertmann, D. 1990: The identity of Hygrocybe vitellina and related spedes. Nord. J. Bot. 10,311-317. Bon, M. 1985: Quelques nouveaux taxon, de la flore myco· logiquc alpine. Bull. Trim. FM. Mye. Daup hine-Savoie 97, 23-30. magnivelaris (Peek) Høiland Bon, M. & Courtecuisse, R. 1987: Especes ou combinaisons nou velles et validations de taxons. Dac. Mye. 18 (69).37-38. Gasteromycetales Bruchet, G. 1970: Contribution a I'('tude du genre Hebeloma Calvatia borealis Th.C.E. Fries 39 (sup pl. au flO. 6), 1- 132. C1emen on. H. 1982, Kompendium der B1åtterpilze. Euro (FL) Kummer; partie speciale. Bull. Mens, Soc. Linn. Lyon = C. cretacea paische omphalinoide Tricholomataceae. Zeitschr. Myko/. (Berk.) C. Lloyd Calvatia tatrensis HolIGS = C. turneri (Ellis & Everh.) Demoulin & Lange 48, 195-237. Christiansen, M.S. 1993: Cha/ara Ilchenico/a n.sp. (Deu teromycotina),a lichenicolous hyphomycetes from Svalbard. Nord. J. Bol. 13.309-312. Dobbs, e.G. 1942: Note on the larger fungi of Spitsbergen. Aphyllophorales J. Bot. 80, 94-102. Elvebakk. A. 1984: Contribution to the lichen flora and ecology of Svalbard, Arctic Norway. Bryologist Haemalostereum sanguinolentum (Alb. & Sehw. ex Fr.) Pouz. Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb. & Schw. : Fr.) Fr. Lilschauerella clemalitis Eriksson, J. 87, )08--313. Ryvarden, L. 1973: The Corticiaceae of :>Jorth Europe. 2. Fungiflora. Oslo. Eriksson, J. & Ryvardcn. L. 1975: The Conidaceac of North Europc. 3. Fungiflora. Oslo. (Bourd. & Galz.) J. Erikss. & Ryv. ss. Arvidsson 1978 Lit Eriksson, J. schauerella abielis (Bourd. & Galz.) Oberw. Eriksson, J. == & & Ryvarden. L. 1976: The Corticiaecac of North Europe. 4. Fungiflora. Oslo. & Ryvarden,L. 1978: The Corticiaeeae of North Europe. 5. Fungiflora. Oslo. Eriksson, J. Exobasidiales & Ryvarden,L. 1984: The Corticiaceae of North Europe. 1. Fungiflora. Oslo. Favre. J. 1955: Les champignons superieurs de la zone alpine du Pare National Suisse. Ergebn. WissCflsch. Unters. Schweiz. Exobasidium vaccinii-myrtilli amphigena luel = (Fuek.) luel f. Exobasidium cassiopes Peek Exobasidium warmingii Rostr. Arclicomyces warmingii (Rostr.) Savile Nat.5 (N.F.) 33.1-212. Fellner, R. & Landa.J. 1993: Some spedes of Cortinariaceae and Russu1aceac in the alpine belt of the Belaer Tatras in Petrini, P. & I. Laursen, G.A, (eds,): Arctic and Alpine Mycology 3-4. Bib!. Mycol. 150,33--37. Fries, T.C.E. 1914: Zur Kenntnis der Gasteromycctcnftora in Tome Lappmark. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 8,235-243. Frie,. E, 1877-84: Jeones seleetae hymellomyætwn nondum Acknowledgements delineatarum. Il. Holmiac et Upsaliae. Gulden. G. 1980: Alpine Galerinas (Basidiomyeetes, Agari· cales) with special reference to their Occurrencc in South Norway at Finse On Hardangervidda. Norw. Wc are indebted J. Stordal, Gjøvik, for placing hIS fairly large collcction of Svalbard macromycctes at our disposal. We also J. Bot. 27, 219 253. Gulden,G. 1984: Studies in Lepista (FL) W. G. Smith seetion want to thank K.M. Jenssen,Oslo. who has contributed with Lepista (Basidiomycetes, Agaricales). Sydowia 36,59-74. collections of Aphyllophorales and of tremellaceous fungi, L Gulden, G. 1987: The genus Galerina on Svalbard. Pp. 177- & Ryvarden, University of Oslo, for identification of some of the 204 in Laursen, G.A., Ammirati, l.F. former, and T. Engelskjøn and G. Mathiassen, University of (eds.): Arctic and alpine myco/agy. 11. Plenum Press. N.Y. Tromsø, for valuable information on Leccinum rotundifoliae on Svalbard. Redhead, S.A. and London. Gulden, G. 1988: Studies in the agarics of Svalbard. 1. New A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi. algae. and cyanobacteria spedes and combinations (Tricholomataceael. Sydowia 40 (1987),51-59. Gulden, G. & Jenssen, K.M. 1982: Mycena and related genera & Ammirati, J.F. (ed•. ) : Arctic and alpine mycology. & Jenssen. K.M. 1988: Arctic and alpine /ungi 2. Soppkonsulenten. Oslo. Gulden, G., Jenssen, K.M. & Stordal,J. 1985: Arctic and alpine & Laursen, G.A. (eds.): Arctic and alpine mycology 3- 4. Bibl. Mycol. 150,147-154. Kobayasi. Y., Tubaki. K. 417. Sei. Mus. Tokyo I l , 33-76. Hagen, A. 1941: Micromycetes from Vestspitsbergen collected by Dr. Emil Hadac in 1939. Medd. Norges Svalbard Ishavs 49, 1-11. KUhner, R. 1981: Alnicola. Trav. Sei. Pare Nat. Vanoise I l , l lJ-134. & Vesterholt, J. 1990: The typification of Agaricus /astibilis Pers. : Fr. the type speeies of the genus Hebeloma (Fr.) P. Kumm. Persoonia /4, 189-192. Laestadius, P. 1860: Bidrag till kannedomen om vaxtligheten i Hagen, A. 1950: Notes on Arctic fungi. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 93,1-25. Torne Lappmark. Akad, a/ho Upsala, Enquist & K. 46 pp. Lamoure, D. 1968: Parthenogenese chez Omphalina ericelOrum L. & Knudsen, H. (eds.) 1992: Nardie macramycetes. Hariot, P. 1893: Note sur les collectiones cryptogamiques rap portees par La Manche. In: Bienaime, M. (ed.): Voyage du : "La Manche" 11 1 le Jan Mayen ct aU Spitsberg (juillet-aout 1892). Nauvelles Arch. Missions. Sei. Lill. 5,235-254. & Kallio, P. 1969: On the problem of subarctic basidiolichens. Il. Ann. Univ. Turku. A, 1I:40 (Rep. Kevo Subarclic Res. Stat. 4). 90-97. Genre 5, 149-164. Omphalina (2' partie). Trav. Sei. Pare Na/. Vanoise 6. ISJ- Lange. J.E. 1938: Flara agaricina danica lIl. Ki:ibenhavn. Lange. M. 1957: Macromycetes. Part I l l . Greenland Agaricales (pars) Macromycetes caeteri. Il. Ecological and plant geo Hesselman, H. 1900: Om mykorrhizabildningar hos arktiska vaxter. K. Svenska Vetcnsk.- Akad. Handl. Bihang 26 A/d. graphic studies. Medd. Grønland [48, 21,1-125. Lange, M. 1987: Arctic Gastromycetes. The genus Bovisla in Greenland and Svalbard. Pp. 261-271 in Laurscn, G.A.. III (2). 1-46. 1976: The genera Leploglossum. Arrhenia, Phaeatellus, and Cyphelloslereum in Norway and Svalbard. Ammirati, J.F. & Redhead, S.A (eds.}: Arctic and alpine myeolog}' Il. Plenum Press. N. Y. and London. Lange, M. 1990: Arctic Gastromycetes Il. Calvalia i n Green Norw. J. Bot. 23, 201-212. Høiland, K. 1984: Cortinarius subgenus Dermocybe. Opera land, Svalbard and lceland. Nord. J. Bal. 9,535-546. Lind. J. 1928: The micromycetcs of Svalbard. Skr. Svalbard Bal. 71,5-113. Høiland, K. 1987: The basidiolichens of Norway and Svalbard. Høiland. K. 1988: Cortinarius subgenus Dermocybe in Green· 13, 1-61. Horak, E. 1982: Agarkales in Antaretica and Subantarctica: and taxonomy. Beeren Eiland anmiirkta vaxter. Bot. Nal. 1840 (9).153-158. Michelmore. A.P.G. 1934: Botany ofthe Cambridge expedition J. Bot. 8. 409-4\3. ecology, Ishavet Lindblom, AE. 1841: Forteckning ofver de på Spetsbergen och Graph/s Ser/pla I. 81-90. Distribution, Agaricales de la zone alpine. Omphalina (lere partic). Trav. Sei. Pare Nal. Vanoise 166. n. sp. in Spitzbergen. Karstenia 24,31-32. land. Nord. D, 26 6. 1499-1500. Lamoure. D. 1974: Lamoure. D. 1975: Agaricales de la zonc alpine. Genre Harmaja. H. 1984: CyslOderma adnati/olium and C. arcticum K. (Pers. ex Fr.) M. Lange et deux especes affines. C. R. Acad. Sei. Paris. Serie 2. C.openhagen, 474 pp. Høiland. & Stasovski. E. 1990: The mycorrhizal status of plants at Alexandra Fiord, Ellcsmcre Island, Canada, a high Kuyper, T. Heikkila, H. & Soneda. M. 1968: Enumeration of arctic sitc. Mycologia 82, 2J-35. Z. & Olech. M. 1991. Macromycetes of the Sorkapp Land, Spitzbergen. Polish Polar Res. [2,407 Hansen, O. Kohn. L.M. /ungi l. Soppkonsulenten, Oslo. Guminska. B .. Heirich. Unders. & Lamoure, D. 1993: Notes on l actarius drya the higher fungi, moulds and yeasts of Spitsbergen. Bull. Nal. University of Washington Press. Seattle and London. Gulden, G. Knudsen, H. dophilus KUhn. and L. groenlalldicus Terkelsen. In: Petrini, in alpine habitats of South Norway. Pp. 164-197 in Laursen, G.A. 205 Pp. 164-197 in t o Edge Island, S. E. Spitsbergen, in 1927. Part I . Kew Bull. Miscell. In/arm. Appendix 1934. Pp. 30-39. & Ammirati, J.F. (ed,.): Arctic and alpine Miller, O.K.. Laursen, G.A. & Murray. B.M. 1973. Arctic and University of Washington Press. Seattle and alpine agarics from Alaska and Canada. Can. J. Bal. Sl. 43 Huhtinen, S. 1985: Marasmius kallioneus_ a new arctic speeies. Møller, F.H. 1945: FWlgi a/ the Faeraes. Part l. Basidiomyeetes. Laursen. G.A. myeology. 49. London. Myc. Heiv. Copenhagen, 295 pp. l, 341-351. Huhtinen. S. 1987: New Svalbard fungi. Pp. 123-151in Laursen, G.A., Ammirati, J.F. & Redhead, S.A (ed,.): Arctic and alpine mycology Il. Plenum Press. N.Y. and London. Jalink, L.M. & Nauta, M.M. 1989: Paddestoelen op Spits bergen. Cireumpolar J. 4, 1-17. Kankainen. E., Karlstrom, P. & Heikkilii. H. 1967: Kevolaisten Moser, M. & McKnight, K.H. 1987: Fungi (Agaricales. Rus· sulaIes) from the alpine zone of Yellowstone National Park and the Beartooth Mountains with spedal emphasis on Cor linarius. Pp. 299-317 in Laursen, G.A., Ammirati, J.F. & Redhead, S.A. (eds. j: Arc/ic and alpine mycology Il. Plenum Press. N.Y. and London. retki Huippuvuorille v. 1966. Luonnon Tutkija 7[,118--123. MuelIer. G.M. 1992: Systematies of Daccaria (Agaricalesl in Karsten, P.A. 1872: Fungi in insulis Spetsbergen et Beeren the continental United States and Canada, with discussions Eiland colleeti. O/vers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. (1872) 2, on extralimital taxa and descriptions of extant types. Fieldiana 91-108. Bot., n.s. no. 30. 1-158. Knudsen, li. & Borgen, T. 1982: Russulaceae in Greenland. Pp. 216--244 in Laursen, G .A. & Ammirati, J.F. (eds.):Arclic MuelIer, G.M. & Vellinga. E.e. 1986: Taxonomic and nomen· & Br. Laccaria amethyslea. L. c1atural notes on Laccaria B. and alpine mycology. University of Washington Press. Seattle /raterna. L. laccata, L. pumila,and their synonyms. Persoonia and London. [3,27-43. Knudsen, H. & Borgen, T. 1992: New and rare taxa of Russula from Greenland. Persoonia 14, 509-517. Nannfeldt. J.A. 1981: Exobasidium,a taxonomic reassessment applied to the European speeies. Sym. BOl. Upsal. 23. 1- n. GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN 206 Noordeloos, M.E. 1984: Entolomalaceae (Agaricales, Basidio mycetes) in Greenland-l. The genus Entoloma. Persoonia Noordeloos, M,E, 1987: Enroloma (Agaricales) in Europe. Beih. Nova Hedw. 91. 1-419, Noordeloos, M.E. & Gulden, G, 1989: Entoloma (Basidio· Agaricales) Svalbard. Opera Bot. 100,233-239, Skifte, O. 1994: Records of Ramaria ochraceo-virens (Jungh,) 12, 263-305. mycetes, Skifte, O. 1989: Russula of the island Bjørnøya (Bear Island), of alpine habitals on the Hard· angervidda near Finse. Norway, with a key inc\uding species from Northern Europe and Greenland, Can, J, Bot, 67, 17271738, Norske Soppnavn 1996: Den norske soppnavnkomiteen, Oslo, 3, ed, 0vstedal, 0.0, & Schwenke, J,·T. 1987: Coprinus martinU (Favre ex Orton) on Svalbard. Agarica 16, 5 61. Ohenoja. E, 1971: The larger fungi of Svalbard and their ecology, Rep, Kroo Subarctic Res. Stat. 8, 122-147, Orton, P,D, 1984: Notes on British agarics. VIII. Notes Royal Botanic Garden, Edinb, 41, 565-624. Orton. P,D. & Watling, R. 1979: British fungus flora 2. Coprina· eeae. Part l: Coprinus, Edinburgh, 149 pp, Pax, F. 1892: Ueber die Flora und die Vegetation Spitzbergens, In: Cremer, L.: Ein Au flug nach Spilzbergen, Berlin, 80 pp, PiIM, A. 1936: Atlas des ehampignons de I'Europe, Pleurolus Fries. Fase. 16, 177-193. Redhead, S.A. 1984: Arrhenia and Rimbachia, expanded gen erie concepts, and a reevaluation of Leptoglossum with emphasis on museicolous North American taxa, Can, 1. Bot. 5, 865-892, Reid, D.A. 1979: Some iungi from Spitsbergen. Rep, Kevo Subarctic Res, Sta/. 15,41·47. Romagnesi, H, 1965: Etudes sur le genre Hebeloma. Bull. Trim, Soc. Mycol. France 81,321-344. Ryvarden, L. 1976: The Polyporaceae of North Europc. I, Fungiflora. Oslo. Senn·Irlet, B" Jenssen, K,M, & Gulden, G. 1990: Arctic and alpine funKi 3. Soppkonsulenten. Oslo. Sivertsen. S. 1993: Laccaria pumila Fayod and L. altaica Sing. are they really synonyms? Polarflokken 17. 331-338, Skifte. O, 1979: Storsopp på Svalbard, Ottar 1l0--lJ2, 29-39, Donk and Sphaerobolus stella/US Pers. from the Arctic island Bjørnøya (Bear Island), Mycol, Hel", 2, 101-106, Skifte, O. & HØiland, K. 1993: Cortinarius subgen, Dermocybe on Bear Island. B/yttia 51,151-153. SkirgieIlo, A, 1961: De quelques champignons superieurs recol tes par M. Kue au Spitsbergen 1958. Bull. Res. Counci/lsrael, Sec/. D: Bot. July 1961, lOD, 287-293. SkirgieIlo, A, 1968: Higherfungi collected in 1958 at Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. Pp, 113-116 in Birkenmajer, K.: Polish Spitsbergen Expeditions 1957-1960. Botany, Pol. Acad. Sei" III 1. G . Yil,G,C. Comm, Warszawa, Sommerfelt, S,c. 1833: Bidrag til Spitsbergens og Beeren· Eilands fl o ra, efter herbarier, medbragte at H, Keilhau. Mag. Natur". 2. Rekke, l, 232-245, Summerhayes, VS & Elton, C.S, 1923: Contribution to the ecology of Spitsbergen and Bear Island. J. Eco/. 11,214-286, Trimbach. J. 1978: Materiel pour une "check-list" des Alpes Maritimes (suite). Dac, Mycol. 8 (29), 39-53. Ulje, C.B, & oordeloos. M,E, 1993: Studies in Coprinus III Coprinus scction veliformis. Persoonia 15,257-301. Vare. H" Vestberg, M. & Eurola, S, 1992: Mycorrhiza and root·associated fungi in Spitsbergen. Mycorrhiza 1 ,9.3-104. Vestcrholt, J, 1989: A revision of Hebeloma sec!. Indusiata in the Nordic countries. Nord. J. BOl, 9,289-319. Watling, R. 1977: Larger fungi from Greenland, Astarle 10, 6171. Watling. R. 1982: British fungus flora3. Bolbitiaeeae: Agrocybe, Bolbitius & Conocybe, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. 139 pp. Watling. R. 1983: Larger cold-climate fungi. Sv , dowia36 (1983), 308-325, Watling, C. & Watling. R. 1988: Svalbard fungi. British School,' Exploration Soc. Rep. 1987-1988. Woldmar, S. 1969: Svalbards storsvampar i litteratur och natur. Friesia 9, 282·287 Zabawski. J, 1976: SoU fungi isolated from peat bogs in Hornsund region (West Spitsbergen). Proceed. 5 [ntem. Peal Congr. Poznan. 2. Pp. 158-170 in: A. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano bacteria Part Fungi 4. diomycota, Myxomycota, Il. Oomycota, Chytri Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Deuteromycota, Basidiontycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM and SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Elvebakk, A., Gjærum, H.B. & Sivertsen, S. 1996: Part 4. Fungi 11. Myxomycota, Oomycota, Chy tridiomycota, Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Deuteromycota, Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginalcs. Pp. 207-259 in Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud, P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi. algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198. The Svalbard species of Myxomycota, Oomycota, Chytridiomycota, Zygomycota, Ascomycota (excluding Iichenised and lichenicolous spedes), Deuteromycota and the Uredinales and Ustilaginales within Bas idiomycota are reviewed and include 389 accepted species, whereas 57 species are rejected. The mycological exploration of Svalbard is very incomplete, and the real number of species is much larger. Information on distribution, rarity, ecology, and taxonomy is included, and the intention has been to cover the Svalbard literature completely. The following eight species are reported here as new to Svalbard: Fuligo intermedia, Ascobolus albidus, Cheilymenia pseudohumarioides, Lasiobolus diversisporus, Neottiella aphanodictyon, Onygena corvina, Taphrina carnea, and Thelebolus crustaceus. Arve Elvebakk, Institute of Biology and Geology, University of Tromsø, N-903l Tromsø, Norway; Halvor B. Gjærum, Planteforsk, Plant Protection Centre, Fellesbygget, N-I432 ÅS, Norway; Sigmund Sivertsen, Museum of Natural History and Archaeology, NTNU, Institute of Natural History, N-lOO4 Trondheim, Norway. those by Lind (1928,1934),Hagen (1941,1950), Contents Kobayasi et al. (1968), and Zabawski (1976). As a Introduction .... ........... 207 210 Comments .................................................... 217 Rejected speeies . .... , ..................................... 249 List of synomyms........................................... 253 Anamorphs ..... ........ ........ . .................. 257 Acknowledgements .. .......... ............................ 257 Referenees ................................................... 257 . . . ....... . . .......... . . . . . . . . ... . List of speeies ... ............... .... ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . result of these papers the microfungi on Svalbard remained better known than the macrofungi for a very long period. Discomycetes and other mac rofungi were studied by Kobayasi et al. (1968), Ohenoja (1971) and Huhtinen (1987), and all these authors included reviews of at least parts of the Svalbard mycological literature. Recently, monographs have appeared for the Svalbard species of Lamprospora (Schumacher 1993) and Pleospora s,l. (Holm & Holm 1993b), and Holm & Holm (1993a) studied ascomycetes growing Introduction on Dryas on Svalbard. Holm & Holm (1994) presented an annotated checklist of Svalbard pyr enomycetes and loculoascomycetes (the latter The mycological exploration of Svalbard began treated as bitunicate pyrenomycetes). This study with the studies of Karsten (1872), although a included 31 species new to Svalbard (determined few species had been collected before. Karsten to species level with certainty) and also indicated reported nine discomycetes, six smuts and rust erroneous fungi, reported by Lind (1928). These recent studies and no less than 28 pyrenomycetes/ or doubtful species among those loculoascomycetes in addition to homobasidio were mostly based on collections from a 1988 mycetes. Important papers on microfungi include International Symposium on Arctic and Alpine 207 208 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Mycology in Svalbard, the third in a series of omitted symposia dealing with arctic and alpine fungi. A spores of 9 species of unicellular parasites on number of important contributions are also found mites (Acarina) in Svalbard. One of these has in studies not focusing on Svalbard. later been recombined Some of the groups of fungi were reported here. Thor (1930) described within a resting zygomycete genus, whereas the others remain as species in very late from the Svalbard archipelago. The first genera of dubious systematic position (Hawks myxomycete was reported in a thesis by Elvebakk worth et al. 1983), and they have been listed (1979), and the first zygomycetes and the first here among the rejected speeies. hemiascomycete by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Other The species of fungi previously called Fungi gro ups are published for the first time from Sval Imperfecti have bard in Part 3 of this Catalogue. teromycota been treated he re with the cIasses as Deu Coelomycetes, The mycofiora of Svalbard has only been frag Hyphomycetes and Agonomycetes (indicated by mentarily studied and the list of species of the letter symbols) as far as their anamorphs (asexual groups treated here only represent a very Iimited stages) are concerned. Same of these anamorph part of the real mycoftora. As an example, it species have been related to teleomorphs (sexual can be mentioned that field work specifically on stages). These species have been removed from Pezizales by Dissing and Sivertsen in Svalbard has the Deuteromycota and Iisted as their teleomorph resulted in material of about 85 species. This name among the ascomycetes, even when the contrasts with the 34 speeies included in this cata only reference in the Svalbard literature is of an logue. and many of the remaining unpublished anamorph. A reference list of anamorphs listed speeies are evidently new to science. Among these with their corresponding teleomorphs is included. species Dissing & Sivertsen (1988) indicated the The list of Ascomycota also has abbreviations presence of the genera Mareelleina and Para indicating discomycetes, hemiascomycetes. loc seutellinia on Svalbard. Huhtinen (1993) also uloascomycetes reported on the presence of unnamed Svalbard authors (e.g. Eriksson 1992 and Holm & Holm and pyrenomycetes. Some species of the genera Cistella and Pezizella, Holm 1994) treat the loculoascomycetes among the pyr & Holm (1993a) on an unnamed speeies of the enomycetes. genus Stietis, and Holm & Holm (1994) on un A list of rejected taxa and a list of synonyms is named species within the genera Capronia, Clath included. although we suspect that there are also rospora, misidentifications among the accepted species. Didymosphaeria. Myeosphaerella, Sehizothyrion, Selenophoma, Triehothyrina, and Common Norwegian names have been included Venturia. These taxa are not further commented for speeies where such names have been published in this catalogue. (Eckblad 19R5). Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski (1976, This part of the catalogue includes 3R9 accepted 1981, 1982a, b) listed a number of soil fungi speeies. Eight species are reported here as new to (mainly zygomycetes and hyphomycetes) that Svalbard: Fuligo intermedia, Ascobolus albidus, were isolated from soil samples experimentally. Cheilymenia Soil flora is maybe the least studied aspect of diversispo rus, Neottiella aphanodietyon, Onygena arctic biology, and an important missing link in eorvina, Taphrina earnea, and Thelebolus eru pseudohumarioides, Lasiobolus our understanding of arctic ecosystems. Only staceus. A separate section treats 57 species as brief comments are included on the species here. rejected. Material only determined to genus by Kobayasi All species are first listed in a List of Species et al. (1968) (Beauveria, Catinula, Cryptoeoeeus, table and commented in the following section. and Sap ro As a synopsis most species are given Ecosystem Cylindroearpon, Hysteropezizella, legnia) and Zabawski (1976) (40 species within 30 Component Values in the table. These are values genera) has not be en included in the list. Most of on a l to 3 scale according to "Rarity" , "Phy the species reported by Zabawski (1976) were togeographical republished later (Zabawski 1982b), including Indicator Value" as defined below. As values on Importance" , and "Ecological Mueorales, in two additional papers (Zabawski "Local Abundance" 1981, 1982a), but only the first report is cited in tebrates" which are used in some other parts of this study. and "Importance to Ver Some material determined only to the Catalogue are impossible to assess or not generic level in a recent study on Svalbard very meaningful, they have been omitted here. It mykorrhiza (Vare et al. 1992) has also been should be underlined that the values used here A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 209 are very tentatively set in most cases, and because (1992) of the low degree of mycological exploration of monograph by Holm & Holm Svalbard many will change. No values are added consulted to bring systematies and nomenclature for the soil fungi. up to date as much as possible. However, as and the recent Svalbard pyrenomycete (1994) have been Based on their known distribution, a large pro many arctic species have not been incIuded in the portion of the species are at present considered reference books which cover areas further to the to be very rare, although their frequence and south, it has not been possible to trace all impor Ecosystem Component Value R in most cases tant sources on nomencIature and taxonomy. will certainly change with increased mycological Some species may, therefore, have deserved a exploration. Because of their present rarity status more modem name than we have been able to on Svalbard, their phytogeography is also of inter find in the literature. In addition, some literature est, resulting in a high value of Ecosystem Com has certainly been overlooked. We welcome all ponent Svalbard fungi comments which can be included in a possible inproves in the future, these values will probably future supplement to the catalogue. This part of also generally decrease. Many of the speeies are the Catalogue represents a state-of-the-art over P. As knowledge of stenoichous, growing on dung and on specific host view of these groups on Svalbard, and the infor plants etc., and as a rule the Ecological Indicator mation given here will undoubtedly be outdated Values are also high. earHer than for the other groups covered by the Many tungi have wider distribution areas than Catalogue. Nevertheless, it is our intention that vascular plants. This is especially the case with this paper will facilitate orientation among the soil microfungi where most of the determined present literature and stimulate further myco speeies are cosmopolitan or widely distributed logical exploration of Svalbard. speeies. Ascomycetes that grow on soil can have wide distribution patterns. To be identified, time consuming studies are often required of material Ecosystem Indicator Values from very large geographical areas, even from the Southem Hemisphere. Coprophilous species (growing on dung) and plant saprophytes and Definitions parasites, on the other hand, generally have more limited distribution patterns; these groups incIude many exclusively arctic species. R Rarity 3 A number of lichenicolous tungi, primarily 2 = ascomycetes but al50 a few hyphomycetes and l = coelomycetes, have been reported from Svalbard. Although these fungi systematically belong to this p Phytogeographicallmportance 3 part of the Catalogue, they have in many cases been included in checklists of lichens. We have = 2 chosen to treat the lichenicolous fungi in a sep arate part of this Catalogue. Most author names have been abbreviated according to Kirk & Ansell (1980), (1985), Farr (1992). Handbooks E 3 = 2 = (1989) and Eriksson l Ellis & Ellis non et aJ. et al. (1985), Only known from Svalbard/endemic or highly disjuncI Belonging lo a phytogeographical element of spedel interest on Svalbard More or less widespread Ecological Indicator Value Can such as Sutton Very rare. 1·-2 Ioc ali ties known at present Rare, 2-15 localities known at present Scattered or common, at least locally Very high (specialised, stenoie) Inlermediate Low (euryoic) 210 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN List of Species Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p E Myxomycota Diderma trevelyani (Grev.) Fr. 3 3 Fuligo imermedia T. Macbr. 3 3 Lycogala epidendron (P. Micheli) Fr. - Ulvemjølk 3 3 Oomycota Peronaspora a/sinearum Casp. 2 3 P. parasitica (Pers.:FL) Fr. 2 3 Chytridiomycota Olpidium brassicae (Woronin) P.A. Oang. Synchytrium groenlandicum Allesch. 2 2 3 S. potenti//ae 3 3 3 (l. Schr6t.) Lagerh. Zygomycota Absidia glauca Hagem Haplosporangium bisporale Thaxt. Mortiere//a alpina Peyronel M. antarctica Linnem. M. humicola Oudem. M. humilis Linnem. ex W. Gams M. hyalina (Han) W. Gams M. hygrophila Linnem. M. jenkinii (A.L Sm.) Naumov M. minutissima Tiegh. M. parvispora Linnem. M. pulche/{a Unnem. M. spinosa Linnem. M. turficola Y. Ung M. verticillata Linnem. Mucor abundans Povah M. circinelloides Tiegh. M. fragilis Bainier M. griseo-cyanus Hagem M. hiema!is Wehmer M. microsporus NamysL M. mucedo P. Micheli ex St.-Amans M. plumbeus Bonord. M. saturninus Hagem SpinaUa tenuis (Thaxt.) Zycha Syncephalis nodosa Tiegh. Tarichium svalbardense (Thor) Balazy & Wisniewski Zygorhynchus moel/eri Vuill. Ascomycota (O Oiscomycetes, H Hemiascomycetes. L Loculoascomycetes, P = Pyrenomycetes) Acrospermum erikssonii Nograsek 3 3 2 L Amhostoma po/arts K. & L Holm 3 3 3 P 211 A cata/ogue of Sva/bard p/ants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E Arachnopeziza monoseptata (Galån & Raitv.) Huhtinen 3 3 3 D Arwidssonia empetri (Rehm) B. Erikss. 2 3 3 P Ascobolus a/bidus Crouan 3 3 3 D A. brantophilus Dissing 1 3 3 D 3 3 3 D A. groen/andicus Dissing 2 3 3 D Atopospora betulina (Fr.:Fr) Petro 2 3 3 L 2 P A. furfuraeeus Pers.:Fr. Gulgrønt prikkbeger B/umeria graminis (De.) Speer 2 l Botryotinia fuckeliana (de Bary) Whetzel 2 2 D Bricookea sepa/orum (Vleugel) Barr 3 3 L Bryochiton microscopicus Dobbeler & Poelt 2 2 3 L B. monaseus Dobbeler & Poelt 3 3 2 L B. perpusilius Dobbeler 2 2 2 L 2 2 2 D 3 3 P Bryoglossum gradle (P, KarsL) Redhead Moseklubbemorkel Cainiella borealis Barr C. johansonii (Rehm) E. Milli. 3 3 3 P Capronia pi/osella (P. Karst.) E. Milli. et al. 3 3 3 L Capronia setosa (Barr) E, MiilI. et al. 3 3 3 L P Chaetomium crispatum Fuckel C. e/atum J, e. Schmidt & Kunze: Fr. P C. g/obosum Kunze: Fr, P Chamaeascus arcticus L. Holm, K. Holm & M. Barr 3 Cheilymenia coprinaria (Pers.) Boud. 2 C. /iskae J. Moravec, Fellner & Landa 3 3 3 P 3 D 3 D C. pseudohumarioides D issing, J. Moravec & Sivertsen l 3 3 D Ciboria aschersoniana (Henn. & Plottn. in Henn.) Whetzel 3 3 3 D C. po/ygoni-uiuipari Eckblad - Harerugbeger 2 3 3 D Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl:FL) T. Schumach. & Kohn l 2 3 D 1 L Ci/iop/ea coronata (Nkssl) Munk 2 Clathrospora deflectens (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss. 1 l C. heterospora (De Not.) Wehm. 2 2 2 e. planispora (Ellis) Berl. 3 3 3 L e. uerruculosa Q, E, Erikss. 3 3 3 L Crocicreas culmicola (Desm.) S.E, Carp, 3 3 3 D C. cyathoideum (Bull.:Fr) S.E. Carp. 3 3 3 D D L L P Coniochaeta ligniaria (Grev.) Cooke C. gramineum (Fr.:Fr,) Fr. l l 3 Cudonie/la clavus (Alb. & Schwein. ex FL) Dennis - Vassklubbe 3 3 3 D Didyme/la glacialis Rehm 3 3 3 L Didymosphaeria futilis (Berk. & Broome) Rehm 2 2 l L Diplocarpon polygoni E. MUIL 3 3 3 D Diplonaevia circinata (Lib.) Hein 2 2 3 D D. hyperborea Nannf. 2 2 3 D 3 D D, saui/ei Nannf. l l Dipodascus aggregatus Francke-Grosm, 3 3 Discostroma hyperborea (P, Karst.) Q,E. Erikss. I 2 3 P Duplicaria empetri (Wrangel ex FL) Fuckel 2 2 3 D DureIla macrospora Fuckel 3 3 J D Epibryon diaphanum Dobbeler 3 3 3 L 3 II L E. polysporum Dobbeler 3 3 Epipolaeum absconditum (Johanson) L. Holm 2 2 L 2 2 D Geopora arenosa (Fuckel) Ahmad Sandbeger 212 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E 3 3 3 GlomereIla amenti (Rostr.) Arx & E. Milli. 2 3 3 Gnomonia dryadis Auersw. 3 3 3 P Gnomoniella hyparctica (Lind) Barr 2 3 3 P G. vagans Johanson 3 3 Graphyl/ium pentamerum (P. Karst.) Barr 1 l l L Guignardia graminicola (Rostr.) P. Larsen 3 3 2 L Gibbera barriae L. & K. Holm G. latispora (Barr) L. Holm L L P P Hamatocamhoscypha uncipila (Le Gal) Huhtinen 3 3 1 O HeivelIa aestivalis (R. Heim & Remy) Dissing & Raitv. 3 3 3 O H. aretoalpina Harmaja 3 3 l 2 3 3 Mørk haustmorkel 3 3 H. pocillum Harmaja 3 3 3 O Hyaloseypha albohyalina (P. KarsL) Boud. 2 2 2 D H. aureliella (Nyl.) Huhtinen 1 1 3 D H. britannica Huhtinen 3 3 2 O Hymenoseyphus herbarum (Pers.) Dennis 2 l 2 D H. rhodoleueus (Fr.) W. Phillips 2 2 3 D Hypocopra aviaria P. Karst. 3 3 3 P H. corium (Weberb.) Mass. Svart begermorkel H. dryadophila Harmaja H. laeunosa Afzel.:Fr. O 2 O l O O Hypoderma degenerans (P. Karst.) Nannf. 3 3 3 D Hysleronaevia advena (P. Karst.) Nannf. 2 2 3 D H. c/avulifera Nannf. 3 3 3 D H. kobayasii Nannf. 2 3 3 D H. luzulieola Nannf. l 2 3 D H. lyngei (Lind) Nannf. 3 3 3 D Hysteropezizella diminuens (P. Karst.) Nannf. l 2 2 D H. fuscella P. Karst. 2 Isothea rhytismoides (Bab. ex Berk.) Fr. 2 Kalmusia coniolhyrium (Fuckel) L. Hunndorf 3 Lachnellula calyciformis (Willd. : Fr.) Oharne 3 Lachnum palearum (Desm.) Korf 3 2 D 1 3 P 3 2 P 3 2 O 3 D 3 D D Laetinaevia erylhrostigma (Rehm) Nannf. ex B. Hein L. sleIlariae (Rostr.) Lind 2 Lamprospora carbonicola Boud. 3 3 3 O L. hanffii Benkert 3 3 3 D L. miniata De Not. 2 L. minuta (Veien.) Svrcek 3 L. norvegica Benkert, Aas & Kristiansen 3 L. rugensis Benkert D D 3 D l 3 D L. seaveri Benkert 3 2 D L. spitsbergensis T. Schumach. 3 3 O D 3 3 Lasiobolus diversisporus (Fuckel) Sacc. 3 3 3 Lathraeodiscus arcticus Dissing & Sivertsen 2 3 2 Leptosphaeria brachyasca Rostr. 3 3 L. monotis Rehm 3 3 3 L Leptotrochila cerastiorum (Wallr.) Schfiepp 3 3 3 D Leucoscypha hetieri (Boud.) Rifai 3 3 D Lophiosloma winteri (Sacc. ) G. Winter 1 1 L Lophiotrema vagabundum (Sacc.) Sacc. 3 3 3 L Lophodermium caricinum (Rob. ex Desm.) Ouby 3 3 3 D 2 D L. culmigenum (Fr.:Fr.) De Not. D L A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae. and cyanobacteria Scientific and Norwegian names 213 Ecosystem Component Values R p E L. svalbardense Lind 3 3 3 Massarina balnei-ursi (Rehm) K. & L. Holm 2 Massariopsis wulffii (Lind) Lind 2 Melanomma dryadis Johanson 1 Melaspilea hyparctica K. & L. Holm 2 M. lecideopsida (Rehm) K. & L. Holm 2 Microthyrium holmiae Nograsek D L L 3 L 3 3 L 2 2 L 3 3 3 L M. microscopicum Desm. 3 3 3 L Mol/isla graminis ( D esm.) P. Karst. 2 2 D Montagnula spinosella (Rehm) Crivelli 2 2 Mycosphaerella arthopyrenoides (Auersw.) Lindau 3 2 M. cassiopes Barr M. confinis (P. Karst.) Dearn. 2 L L 3 3 L 2 L M. densa (Rostr.) Lind 1 2 L M. equiseti (FuekeI) J. Sch rot. 3 3 3 L M. equiseticola Bond.-Mont. 3 3 3 L M. halophila (J. Bommer., Roussel & Sacc.) Q.E. Erikss. 3 3 3 L M. lycopodii (Peck) House 3 3 3 L M. maculiformis J. Schrot. 3 3 L 1 L M. minor (P. Karst.) Johanson M. octopetalae (Qudem.) Lind 1 3 M. pachyasca (Rostr.) Vestergr. 3 3 M. pedicularidis (P. Karst.) Lind 1 M. perexigua (P. Karst.) Johanson 3 M. polaris (P. Karst.) Lindau 2 M. pusilla (Auersw.) Johanson 2 M. ranunculi (P. Karst.) Lind 2 L 2 L 3 L 2 L 3 L 2 3 L 1 3 L L M. recutita (Fr.) Johanson 1 1 1 M. salicicola (FL) Johanson ex Qudem. 3 2 3 L 2 L M. taraxaci (P. Karst.) Lind 2 M. tassiana (De No!.) Johanson M. vivipari L 3 (G. Winter) Lind L Naemacyclus lambertii Rehm l 1 D Naeviopsis primulae (Rehm) B. Hein 3 3 D 2 D 2 D 3 3 D 3 3 D 3 3 3 D Onygena corvina Alb. & Schwein.: Fr. 3 3 3 Ouhia dryadis K. Holm, L. Holm & Nograsek 2 2 2 Neottiella aphanodictyon (Kobayasi) Dissing, Korf & Sivertsen Nimbomollisia eriophori (Kirchn.) Nannf. 2 Octospora melina (Veien.) Dennis & ltzerott 3 O. moravecii K.B. Khare 3 Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm D L Phacidium polygoni Rostr. 2 2 3 D Phaeosphaeria caricinella (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss. 2 2 2 L P. consobrina (P. Karse) Q.E. Erikss. 2 2 3 L P. culmorum (Auersw.) Leuchtm. 3 3 3 L P. equiseti (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm 3 3 3 L P. herpotrichoides (De No!.) L. Holm 2 2 2 L 2 2 L P. juncina (Auersw.) L. Holm 3 3 3 L P. lindii (L. & K. Holm) Leuchtm. 2 2 1 L P. marcyensis (Peek) L. & K. Holm 3 3 3 L P. microscopica (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss. 1 2 L P. nigrans (Roberge ex Desm.) L. Holm 3 3 L P. insignis (P. Karse) L. Holm 3 214 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Scientific and Norwegian names Eoosystem Component Values R p E P. silenes-aeaulis (De Not.) L. Holm 3 2 L P. stellariae (Rostr.) Leuehtm. 2 2 3 L P. vagans (Niessl) Q.E. Erikss. 3 2 2 L P. weberi (Qudem.) L. & K. Holm 2 2 3 L Phomatospora dinemasporium J. Wehster 3 3 2 P Phyllaehora junei (Fr.:Fr.) Fuckel 3 3 3 P Physalospora alpestris Niessl 3 3 3 P P. empetri Rostr. 2 3 3 P 2 3 P 3 L P. hyperborea Biiumler Pleospora androsaces Fuckel P. are/iea P. Karst. 1 l 2 L P. aseodedieata K. Holm. L. Holm & Nograsek 3 3 3 L 2 L P. eomata Niessl P. glacialis Niessl ex Rehm 2 2 L P. helvetica Niessl l 2 L P. herbarum (Pers.:Fr.) Rabenh. 3 L P. penicillus (Schmidt: Fr.) Fuekei l l 2 L P. spetsbergensis K. Holm & L. Holm 2 3 3 L P. wulffii Lind 3 3 3 L 2 3 P 3 3 D Pleuroceras helvetieum (Rehm) Barr Podospora vestleola (Berk. & Broome) Mirza & Cain p Polaroscyphus spetsbergianus Huht. 3 Potriphila navicularis Dobbeler 2 I 3 O Pseudomassaria inconspicua (Johanson) Barr 2 2 1 P O Pseudopeziza drabae (Nannf.) Nannf. 2 3 3 P. svalbardensis (Lind) Nannf. 2 3 3 O Pseudorhytisma bislorlae (Lib.) luel :2 3 D Psilachnum aeutum (Veien.) Svrcek 3 3 3 O P. inquilinum (P. Karst.) Dennis 3 3 3 O Psiloeistella obsoleta (Veien.) Svreek 3 l O 2 3 O 2 L 3 L 2 L Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) Fuekei Pyrenophora raeliea (Muller) Crivelli 2 2 P. schroeteri Barr 3 3 P. subalpina (MtiIler) Crivelli l Rhylisma salicina Fr. I I 3 O Ronnigeria arctica (Qudem.) Petro 3 3 3 L Saecobolus ehenocoprieus Dissing 3 3 3 S. quadrisporus Mass. & E.S. Salmon 3 3 Scleropleella hyperborea (Fuekei) L. Holm D D 3 Seutellinia hyperborea T. Schumach. L O S. minor (Veien.) Svrcek 2 3 2 O Sphaerotheca erigeronis-eanadensis (SchJtdl.: Fr.) L JuneH :2 3 3 P Sporormiella amerieana (Griffiths) S. Ahmed & Cain 3 3 3 L S. heptamera (Auersw.) S. Ahmed & Cain 3 3 3 L S. polymera (Ca in) S. Ahmed & Cain L S. leretispora S. Ahmed & Cain L Stomiopeltis dryadis (Rehm) L Holm l Sydowiella dryadis Lar. N. Vassiljeva 2 Taphrina earnea Johanson Taphrophila argyllensis Scheuer 3 L :2 3 P 3 3 3 H 3 3 3 L Tarzetfa cupularis (L.) Lambotte 3 3 Thelebolus erustaceus (Fuekei) Kimbr. 3 3 3 O Triehopezizella nidulus (Schmidt & Kuntze ex Fr.) Raitv. 3 3 3 O O 215 A catalogue of Svalbard planEs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E Trichothyrina saliris J.P. Ellis 3 3 3 L Venturta oxyriae (Rostr.) Sacc. 2 2 3 L V. polygoni-vivipari Arx 1 1 3 L V. potentillae (Wallr.:Fr.) Cooke 2 2 3 L V. subcutanea Dearn. 1 1 3 L Wentiomyces dryadis K. & L. Holm 3 3 3 L 3 L 2 3 L L Wettsteinina distincta (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm l W. dryadis (Rostr.) Petr. 2 W. eucarpa (P. Karst.) E. Milli. & Arx 1 1 2 W. junci Shoemaker & C.E. Babc. 3 3 3 W. macrotheca (Rostr.) E. Milli. 2 2 W. salicicola Nograsek 3 3 3 L W. savilei Shoemaker & C.E. Babc. 3 3 3 L 2 H 2 L L Deuteromycota (C = Coelomycetes, H Hyphomycetes, A = Agonomycetes) Arthrinium puccinioides (DC.) Kunze 3 Ascochyta arctiea (Lind) Punith. 2 2 A. dianthi (Alb. & Schwein.) Lib. 3 3 A. graminieola Sacc. 2 2 C C C Aspergillus ochraceus K. Wilh. H A. oryzae (Ahlb.) Cohn H A. sulphureus (Fresen.) Wehmer H A. ustus (Bainier) Thom & Church H H A. versicolor (Vuill.) Tirab. Asteroma cacaliae Desm. 3 C 3 Cephalosporium mycophilum (Corda) Tubaki H Chrysosporium pannorum (Link) Hughes H Cladosporium cladosporioides (Fresen.) de Vries H Cryptococcus albidus (Saito) Skinner H C. diffiuens (Zach) Lodder & Kreger H C. laurentii (Kuff.) Skinner H H Dendryphion fumosum Fr. 3 3 Diplodia bessimanyii Lind 3 3 C D. simmonsii Rostr. 3 3 C Diplodina euphrasiae (Oudem.) Allesch. 3 D. papaveris (Oudem.) Lind D. pedicularidis (Fuekei) Lind 3 C 3 1 2 3 3 C C H Doratomyces microsporus (Sacc.) Morton & Smith H D. nanus Ehrenb. ex Link Eriospora leucostoma Berk. & Br. 3 3 Gloeosporium roaldii Lind 3 3 Hendersonia arabidis Rostr. 2 H. arundinacea (Desm. ) Sacc. C 3 C 2 3 C 1 2 C H. gigantea Lind 2 3 2 C H. rostrupii Lind 2 2 2 C H. stefansonii Rostr. 3 3 Heteropatella umbilicata (Pers.) Jaap 2 2 2 Leptothyrium arcticum (Fuekei) Lind C C 3 C 3 C C L. palustre Fautrey 3 3 Marssonina obscura (RomelI) Magn. 2 2 Mastigiosporium album Riess 2 2 H Microdiplodia perpusilla (Desm.) Allesch . 3 3 C 216 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p 3 3 E Microdochium bolleyi (R. Sprague) de Hoog & Herm.-Nijh. Microsphaeropsis olivacea (Bonord.) Hahn. H C Oidiodendron cerealis (Thiim.) G.L. Barron H Pachybasium hamatum Sacc. Il Penicillium brevicompactum Dierckx H P. chrysogenum Thom Il P. daviforme Bainier Il P. crustosum Thom Il P. cyanofulvum Biourge Il P. diversum Raper & Fennell H P. feIlutanum Biourge H P. funiculosum Thom Il P. glabrum (Wehmer) Westling Il P. granulatum Bainier H P. herquei Bainier & Sartori H P. islandieum Sopp H P. janthinellum Biourge H P. lanoso-eoeruleum Thom H P. lividum Westling H P. puberulum Bainier H P. roquefortii Thom H P. thomii Maire H P. viridieatum Westling Il P. waksmannii Zalesky H Phaeoseploria rostrup!i (Lind) Jørst. C Phialophora cinerescens (Wollenw.) J.F.B. Beyma H P. fastigiala (Lagerb. & Melin) Conant H P. lagerbergii (Melin & Nannf.) Conant H P. verrueosa Medlar Il Phoma alpina Speg. 1 l 2 P. earieis (FL) Sacc. 3 3 3 P. eomplanata (Tode: FL) Desm. 3 3 C C C P. graminis Westend. 3 3 3 P. herbarum Westend. l l l C P. nebulosa (Pers.: Fr.) Berk. 3 2 2 C C P. oudemansii Berl. & Voglino 3 3 3 P. ranuneuli P. Karst. 2 2 3 P. seeplri P. Karst. 3 3 C C C Phyllostiela saxifragarum Allesch . 3 Plenodomus svalbardensis Lind 3 3 3 Ramularia alborosella (Desm.) Gjærum 1 1 3 H Rhabdospora campanulae Fautrey 3 3 3 C C C R. pleosporoides Sacc. C Rhizoctonia solani J.G. Kiihn A Rhodotorula rubra (Demme) Lodder Sclerolium fulvum Fr. H 3 3 Seimalosporium eassiopes (RostL) B. Sutton 3 3 Selenophoma drabae (Fuekei) Petro 1 1 Septoria eaudala P. Karst. 3 3 S. eriophori Oudem. 2 2 3 C S. lychnidis Desm. 3 3 2 C S. polaris P. Karst. 3 3 3 C A Seopulariopsis brevieau/is (Sacc.) Bainier Il 3 C C C 217 A calalogue of Svalbard plants, fung;, algae, and cyanobacleria Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p E S. punctoidea P. Karst. 1 1 2 C S. saxifragae Pass. 3 3 3 C Sphaeronaema foliicolum (FuekeI) Lind 3 3 C H Spicaria cephalospora Kamyschko H Stachybotrys chartarum (Ehrcnb.) S. Hughes Stagonospora culmicola (Sacc.) E. Castell. & Germano 2 l 2 C S. eriophorella (Sacc. ) Lind 3 3 2 C Trichocladium asperum Harz H Trichoderma album Preuss H T. inflatum Gams H T. koningi Oudem. H T. polysporum (Link ex Pers.) Rifai H Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales (Us = Ustilaginales) Anthracoidea altera Nannf. 3 3 3 Us A. elynae (Syd.) Kukkonen 3 3 3 Us A. lindebergiae (Kukkonen) Kukkonen 3 3 3 Us A. misandrae Kukkonen 3 Us Emyloma dactylidis (Pass.) Gf. - Flekksot 3 Us Melampsora epitea Thiim. 1 3 3 3 Puccinia arenariae (Schumach.) G. Wint. 3 P. bistortae (F. Strauss) De. l P. cruciferarum F. Rudolphi 2 2 3 P. drabae F. Rudolphi 2 2 3 P. eutremae Lindr. 2 2 3 P. gibberulosa J. Schrot. 3 3 3 3 3 P. heucherae (Schwein.) Dietel P. hieracii (Rohl.) Mart. 3 3 3 P. oxyriae Fuckel 3 3 3 P. pazschkei Dietel 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Us 3 Us 1 3 3 Us 3 Us 3 3 Us 3 Us 3 3 Us Schizonella melanogramma (De.) J. Schrot. (1. Ustilago bistortarum (DC.) Kbm. 3 1 U. hyperborea A. B1ytt 3 U. niva/is Liro 2 U. picacea Lagerh. & Liro 3 2 3 U. striiformis (Westend.) Niessl- Stråsot 3 3 Tolyposporium junci Schrbt.) Woronin U. vinosa TuI. & e. TuI. U. violaeea (Pers.:Pers.) Roussel- Nelliksot Comments Us Us (Elvebakk 1979). The material was very scarce and was found among mosses in moss tundra below a bird diff. MYXOMYCOTA Fuligo intermedia T. Macbr. Diderma treve/yani (Grev.) Fr. Only recorded once from the Ny-Ålesund area New to Svalbard. Collected in a Dryas community at Fredheim in the lower part of Sassendalen in 218 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Aug. 1986 by U. Søchting and determined by H. ZYGOMYCOTA Gøtzsche (Søchting pers. comm.). Absidia glauca Hagem Lycogala epidendron (Mich.) Fr. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski This cosmopolite has been found only once grow (1982b). ing on the isolation material near the basis of a wall of the famous house Svenskhuset in Dickson Land, central Isfjorden (Elvebakk 1981). This house is more than hundred years old and is the HapLosporangium bisporale Thaxt. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski oldest building on Spitsbergen. (1982a). OOMYCOTA MortierelIa alpina Peyronel Peronospora alsinearum Casp. et al. (1968) based on soil samples brought from Cultivated experimentally in Japan by Kobayasi Reported on Cerastium alpinum aggr. from sev eral localities on central Spitsbergen by Hagen (1941). The species is critical and restricted to host genera within Caryophyllaceae (Farr et al. 1989). Svalbard. The same is the case with the other zygomycetes reported by these authors. This species was also reported from many peat samples from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976) like most of the other soi! fungi published by Zabawski (1981, 1982a, bl. Peronospora parasitiea (Pers. :Fr.) Fr. MortierelIa antaretiea Linnem. Reported on Cochlearia groenlandiea L. from Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski severaI localities at Bellsund and Isfjorden by Hagen (1941). The species is cosmopolitan on (1982b). members of Brassicaceae. MortierelIa humieola Oudem. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski CHYTRIDIOMYCOTA (1982b). Olpidium brasskae (Woronin) P.A. Dang. Reported as an endophytic fungus from roots of Saxifraga by Vare et al. (1992). Synehytrium groenlandieum Allesch. Reported on Saxifraga cernua from Colesbukta and S. rivularis from Sørkapp Land (Lind 1928). MortierelIa humilis Linnem. ex W. Gams Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Mortierella hyalina (Harz) W. Gams Reported by Zabawski (1976), but not included by Zabawski (1982a, bl. The species is circumpolar (Lind 1934). MortierelLa hygrophila Linnem. Synehytrium potentillae (J. Schrot.) Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Lagerh. Only reported from Moskushavn at Adventfjor den by Hagen (1941). Farr et al. (1989) only listed Potentilla as host. MortierelIa jenkinii (A.L. Sm.) Naumov Reported by Zabawski (1976). A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria 219 MortierelIa minutissima Tiegh. Mucor microsporus Namysl. Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). (1976). Mucor mucedo P. Micheli ex St.-Amans MortierelIa parvispora Linnem. A cosmopolite reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Reported by Zabawski (1976). Mucor plumbeus Bonord. MortierelIa pulehella Linnem. Reported from Hornsund as M. Reported by Zabawski (1976). spinosus by Zabawski (1976) and as M. spinosus and plum beus by Zabawski (1982b). MortierelIa spinosa Linnem. Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski (1976). Mucor saturninus Hagem Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). MortierelIa turficola Y. Ling Spinalia tenuis (Thaxter) Zycha Reported by Zabawski (1976). Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976) as Syncephalis tenuis and by Zabawski (1982b) as Spinalia tenuis. MortierelIa verticillata Linnem. Reported as M. marburgensis by Zabawski Syncephalis nodosa Tiegh. (1976). Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1982a, b). Mucor abundans Povah Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Tarichium svalbardense (Thor) Balazy & Wisniewski Mucor circinellioides Tiegh. A cosmopolite reported from Described as a parasite on the mite Ragidia gelida Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). at Adventfjorden as Rhagidiasporium svalbar dense Thor by Thor (1930). Later shown to be resting spores of a widely defined zygomycete species Mucor fragilis Bainier Reported by Zabawski (1976). Mucor griseo-cyanus Hagem of the genus Tarichium (Balazy & Wisniewski 1978). Zygorhynchus moe/leri Vuill. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Reported by Zabawski (1976). ASCOMYCOTA Mucor hiemalis Wehmer Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski (1976). Acrospermum erikssonii Nograsek Reported from dead leaves and stems of Papaver 220 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN dahlianum from Adventdalen (Holm & Holm near Grønfjorden (Ohenoja 1971) and reported 1994). The species is elsewhere only known from from peat at Hornsund as Ascobolus stercorarius Austria. by Zabawski (1976). Ascobolus groenlandicus Dissing Anthostoma polaris K. & L. Holm Described by Holm & Holm (1993a) from north emmost Sweden and from three localities on Svalbard (NY-Ålesund and two localities ne ar Longyearbyen). The species grows on Dryas octopetala. This species was also recently described from Greenland by Dissing (1989). On Greenland it was collected on musk ox dung, and on Svalbard it was collected twice from Adventdalen, and the species may, according to Dissing (1989), be common on dung of reindeer on Svalbard. It has also been found on sheep dung in the Dovre Arachnopeziza monoseptata (Galan & Raitv.) Huhtinen mountains, central Norway. Reported from an old coniferous board from an Atopospora betulina (Fr.: Fr.) Petr. old mining area in the vicinity of NY-Ålesund (Huhtinen 1993). The species is only known with four collections, from North Norway and North Finland, both on boards, and from Spain, on coniferous wood. Recorded from Svalbard as Dothidella betulina on Betula nana at CoJesbukta and Adventdalen (Lind 1928). The dark spots on the leaves makes this species easy to discover also by non-mycol ogists. The species is common and widely dis tributed on Betula species. Arwidssonia empetri (Rehm) B. Erikss. Reported on dead leaves of Empetrum her Blumeria graminis (De.) Speer maphroditum from Bellsund, Grønfjorden and Reported on Poa and Phippsia algida from three Colesbukta as Sphaeropeziza empetri by Lind Jocalities at Isfjorden and from Wijdefjorden by (1928). Lind (1928), and from Longyearbyen by Hagen (1952). Ascobolus albidus Crouan New to Svalbard. Collected in moss tundra on reindeer dung at Kiærstranda near NY-Ålesund by D.O. 0vstedal in 1981 and determined by O. Aas (0vstedal pers. comm.). land by Dissing (1989) who also incIuded localities and Ellesmere Pers. by as its Lind anamorph (1928) Island, Botrytis from cinerea Raudfjorden and Adventfjorden on dead stems of Papaver sa. Bricookea sepalorum (Vleugel) Barr This species was recently described from Green Svalbard Reported dahlianum and Saxifraga foli% Ascobolus brantophilus Dissing from Botryotinia fuckeliana (de Bary) Whetze1 arctic Canada. This small (0.4-1 mm) arctic species grows on goose dung, and was reported to be very common on dung of bamacle goose on Svalbard. It was collected at Adventdalen, Gipsdalen and near NY-Ålesund. Only reported as Metasphaeria sepalorum from Gråhuken on Luzula arctiea by Lind (1928), who also first described its anamorph Phoma sepa lorum from Raudfjorden. Only found on the glu mes and Iisted by Lind (1934) from Svalbard, Sweden and Iceland with Juneus species as its most common hosts. Ascobolus furfuraceus Per s. : Fr. Bryochiton microscopicus Dobbeler & Poelt Collected from reindeer dung at Kongressdalen This species was described by Dobbeler (1978). A calalogue of Svalbard planis, [ungi, algae, and cyanobacleria 221 It grows on hepatics of the genus Gymnomitrion has been published from arctic Canada, north and is widespread. Dobbeler (1978) reported four ernmost Sweden, where it is rather common, and localities from Longyearbyen (Holm 1975). Holm & Holm from Svalbard: Amsterdamøya, Barentsøya, Edgeøya and Kvalhovden (eastern (1994) added Kongsfjorden and stated that the Spitsbergen). The hosts incIuded G. corallioides species may not be uncommon on Svalbard. and coneinnatum. Cainiella johansonU (Re hm) E. Mull. Bryochiton monaseus Dobbeler & Poelt The species is one of the most common and con A widespread muscicolous species described by spicuous microfungi on Dryas in Fennoscandia Dobbeler (1978). The only collection reported according to Holm (1979) who Iisted one locality from Svalbard is from Amsterdamøya on Raco from Grønfjorden on Svalbard. Holm & Holm mitrium lanuginosum. (1993a) added one locality near Longyearbyen. Bryochiton perpusillus Dobbeler Capronia piloselIa (P. Karst.) E. Mull. et al. A widely distributed species on musci and hep atics recorded by Dobbeler (1978) with four col Reported from Grønsteinfjellet west of Sassen lections from Amsterdamøya and Longyearbyen. dalen by Holm & Holm (1993a). The speeies was The hosts were Polytrichastrum alpinum, Poly collected on Dryas. trichum hyperboreum and Ptilidium eiliare. These bryophyte genera are the most frequent hosts also e1sewhere. Capronia setosa (Barr) E. Miill. et al. Previously only known from arctic Canada, and Bryoglossum gracile (P. Karst.) Redhead First reported from Hornsund by SkirgieUo (1961, 1968) as Gymnomitrula graeilis P. the illustration might indicate another species. Kankainen (1969) Holm (1994). The species is only known from Saxifraga oppositifolia. Karst., although Eckblad (1963) was of the opinion that However, reported from the NY-Ålesund area by Holm & confirmed the reports by SkirgieBo (1961, 1968), and added seven more collections from the area east of Chaetomium crispatum Fuckel Reported from peat at Hornsund as C. cri spatoideum by Zabawski (1976). Isfjord Radio. Guminska et al. (1991) reported the species from Sør kapp Land. Later collected at NY-Ålesund by Elvebakk (unpubl.). The species was transferred from Mitrula by Redhead (1977). The species grows on peat forming mosses such as Drepanocladus s.l., Calliergon, Aulacomnium, Chaetomium elatum J. C. Schmidt & Kunze: Fr. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Scorpidium, and Tomenthypnum nilens, and has not been observed on Paludella squarrosa which is the most common host further south. It forms Chaetomium globosum Kunze: Fr. nice small fairy rings on dead mosses which was Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski illustrated from Svalbard by Kankainen et al. (1976). (1967). The species is northern, and was not mapped from southern Fennoscandia by Kan kainen (1969). Chamaeascus arcticus L. Holm, K. Holm & M. Barr Cainiella borealis Barr A small species growing on Cassiope tetragona. It Described as a new species and a new genus from Svalbard and arctic Canada (Holm & Holm 1993c). The speeies is only known from leaves of ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B, GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 222 Carex misandra and C. rupestris and was listed with four collections from the Kongsfjorden area, two from Gipsvika and two from arctic Canada, According to Holm & Holm (1994) it is "probably widespread but easily overlooked on Svalbard". Ciboria polygoni-vivipari Eckblad First reported from Svalbard by Elvebakk & Spjelkavik (1981) based on an occurrence near the hot springs at Bockfjorden. Later it was found to be common near the airport at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen 1987). This very small species grows on bulbils of Bistorta vivipara that have been Cheilymenia coprinaria (Cooke) Boud. deposited in soi!. It was described from mainland First reported from reindeer dung at Reinsdyrflya on Svalbard by Summerhayes & Elton (1928). Also collected near NY-Ålesund by 0vstedal in 1981 (Herb. BG). Norway (Eckblad 1969) and has a northern dis tribution. It has definitely been overlooked both on Svalbard and in other arctic areas, and it has been collected by us both at Adventdalen and Sassendalen (Elvebakk, Sivertsen unpub!.). Cheilymenia liskae J. Moravec, R. Fellner & Landa Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl:Fr.) T. Schumach. & L.M. Kohn This species was recently described from Svalbard First erroneously reported as Sclerotinia tuberosa and is at present only known from the type locality (a parasite on Anemone nemorosa) by SkirgieHo (Moravec 1989). The species was collected on (1961,1968) from Hornsund. Later reported from dung (probably reindeer) in 1988 by Liska and Van Mijenfjorden by Ohenoja (1971), from Soldån at "Kongress" on western Spitsbergen, Bockfjorden by Elvebakk & Spjelkavik (1981), which probably corresponds to Kongressdalen and from Brøggerhalvøya by Schumacher & Kohn near Grønfjorden. (1985) who changed its name from Myrio sclerotinia vahliana. It has later been observed as a Cheilymenia pseudohumarioides Dissing, J. Moravec & Sivertsen common spring species on Eriophorum, especially E. scheuchzeri, in practically all areas visited on Svalbard (Elvebakk unpub!.). It is also known from E. angustifolium ssp. triste on Sval New to Svalbard. This is the most common orange bard and has on a few occasions been reported discomycete from Carex aquatilis S.!. on Greenland and in on goose dung and has been observed all over Svalbard on areas visited by us. Canada. It has earlier been reported erroneously as C. ciliata C. stercorea) by Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928) and as C. rubra by Dobbs (1942). Cheilymenia rubra is a non-arctic taxon on plant debris and not recorded from goose dung (Mora vec 1989). Cheilymenia ciliata, which is not known from Svalbard, is a species from dung of musk Cilioplea coronata (Niessl) Munk Reported with seven collections from scattered localities on Spitsbergen and from four different host species (Holm & Holm 1993b). ox, sheep, reindeer, cow, etc. and not known from goose dung so far. Cheilymenia pseudo humarioides has recently been described from Greenland (Moravec 1989), but has not yet been reported from other arctic areas. Clathrospora deflectens (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Reported from two localities at Liefdefjorden by Karsten (1872) on Poa pratensis and Trisetum spicatum. The collection on Poa is the type speci Ciboria aschersoniana (Henn. & Pl6ttn. in Henn.) Whetzel men and a variety described by Karsten (1872) was reduced to synonomy by Eriksson (1967b). Lind (1928) recorded it from 14 host species from Recorded from fruits of Carex subspathacea at many localities on Svalbard, but his reports from Kapp Wijk, Svalbard by Schumacher & Kohn dicotyledonous hosts probably refer to another (1985). The species is a parasite on Carex fruits. species (Holm & Holm 1994). In Fennoscandia it A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria is only known from high mountains in northern Sweden (Eriksson 1967b, 1992), 223 Crocicreas gramineum (Fr.) Fr. Recorded from leaves and culms of Poa species from Grønfjorden, from several places on north western Spitsbergen, from Brennevinsfjorden on Clathrospora heterospora (De Not.) Wehm. Nordaustlandet and even from the northernmost Sjuøyane archipelago (800 N) (Karsten 1872) as Reported by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928), as C. elynae Rabenh., and by Holm & Holm (1994) espeeially on Carex nardina as frequent, but also recorded from other graminoids. Crumenula pusiola Karst. Lind (1928) confirmed that it is very common on Svalbard, especially on Poa arctiea. Carpenter (1981) recorded it as Crocicreas gramineum var. gramineum and included localities from Adventdalen and Rein dalen. It has a northern circumpolar distribution (Lind 1934). Clathrospora planispora Reported on (Ellis) Berl. Puccinellia angustata and Erio phorum scheuchzeri from Gipsvika by Holm & Cudoniella clavus Holm (1994). The spores were remarkably vari Fr.) Dennis able, and characters were partly overlapping with C. arctiea Shoemaker & C.E. Babc. (Alb. & Schwein. ex Found three places near Longyearbyen on wet Carex litter (Huhtinen 1987). The genus is in need of a monographical treatment. Clathrospora verruculosa O.E. Erikss. Described by Eriksson (1967b) who listed two localities from Fennoscandia and one from Sval bard. The Svalbard locality was at BiHefjorden on Poa glauca, and the material was part of a collection labelled C. pentamera by Lind (1928). Coniochaeta ligniaria (Grev.) Cooke Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Didymella glacialis Rehm Only reported from Billefjorden on a Poa species (prabably erroneously determined as P. alpigena x alpina) by Lind (1928). An arctic-alpine species (Lind 1934). Didym'osphaeria futilis (Berk. & Broome) Rehm A polyphagous cosmopolitan species reported on Dryas from Blomstrandhalvøya at Kongsfjorden Crocicreas culmicola (Desm.) S.E. Carp. and Grønsteinfjellet W of Sassendalen (Holm & Holm 1993a). Reported (as Belonioscypha vexata) as new to the Arctic based on a collection from Carex saxatifis near Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). Recently reported from grass culms at Longyearbyen by Diplocarpon polygoni E. MillI. Reported as its anamorph stage Bostrichonema Huhtinen (1987). polygoni (Unger) J. Schrot. from leaves of Bis torta vivipara at Isfjorden by Lind (1928). Crocicreas cyathoideum (BulL : Fr.) S.F. Carp. Reported as var. cacaliae (Pers.) Carpenter from culms of pseudoviviparous Poa pratensis ssp. alpi Diplonaevia circinata (Ub.) Hein Reported on Juneus biglumis from Bellsund as gena at Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987). The Belonidium juneisedum (Lind 1928). The species species is cosmopolitan (Farr et al. 1989). was treated by Nannfeldt (1984b). 224 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN DurelIa macrospora Fuekei Diplonaevia hyperborea Nannf. Listed from four locali ties by Nannfeldt (1984b), Only collected on driftwood at Bjørnøya (Lind including reports by Lind (1928) from Sørkapp 1928). This collection was made by Th.M. Fries Land (as Naeuia pusilla) and Longyeardalen (as in 1868. Lynge (1926) als o mentioned a DurelIa Belonidium juncisedum). The latter collection species (D. lecideola (Fr.) Rehm var. eoeruleo was from Juneus eastaneus, the others from J. uiridis Keissl.) collected on driftwood on Bjørn biglumis. øya by Th.M. Fries in 1868 (cfr. Hagen 1950). This record was not cited by Lind (1928), but it is here considered to be based on the same material, Diplonaevia savilei Nannf. and only D. macrospora is included here. Reported on Luzula aretiea from Grønfjorden and Bellsund by Nannfeldt (1984b). Although only two localities were cited from Svalbard by Nannfeldt (1984b), he noted that the species Epibryon diaphanum Dobbeler Described as a new species (D6bbeler 1979) of "seems to attack L. aretiea only but to be rather a new genus (D6bbeler 1978). The species is common on it and to follow it everywhere." widespread, and is known from a number of bryophytes. On Svalbard it was reported from Amsterdamøya on Ptilidium eiliare. Dipodascus aggregatus Francke-Grosm. Isolated in Japan from a soil sample taken at Ny Ålesund by using small pieces of dried cuttlefish as bait (Kobayasi et al. 1968). This cultivated fungus was described as a new variety, var. spits bergensis Kobayasi. It was the first hemia scomycete reported from Svalbard. Epibryon polysporum Dobbeler Described as a new species based on one col lection from northernmost Sweden (typus) and one from Amsterdamøya, Svalbard (D6bbeler 1978). The species was found twice on Ptilidium eiliare and in both cases associated with Bryo Discostroma hyperborea Erikss. First described on (P. Cassiope Karst.) O.E. tetragona from Grønfjorden by Karsten (1872) as Sphaeria hyper borea. Later published from severai places at Isfjorden as Didymella hyperborea by Lind (1928), and it was treated as Griphosphaeria hyperborea by Holm (1975). Holm & Holm (1994) reported it as probably common from the ehiton perpusillus. Epipolaeum absconditum (Johanson) L. Holm Reported on Dryas leaves from Ny-Ålesund and Carolinedalen N of Adventfjorden by Holm & Holm (1993a). According to Holm & Holm (1994) "probably rather frequent but easily overlooked". Kongsfjorden and Longyearbyen areas. Geopora arenosa (Fuekei) Ahmad Duplicaria empetri (Wrangel ex Fr.) Recorded from Braganzatoppen at Isfjorden and Fuekei Blomstrandhalvøya near Ny-Ålesund by Ohenoja Reported from dry Empetrum leaves from Grønfjorden by Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928). (1971). Some own Geopora collections have not been determined to species. Lind (1928) searched in vain for this fungus on other Empetrum collections from Svalbard, but reported its anamorph stage (Melasmia empetri P. Magn. Gibbera barriae L. & K. Holm Hysterodiseula empetri (White) Petr.) A small parasitic fungus on Cassiope hypnoides from Co lesbukta and Bohemanneset. It has been described by Holm & Holm (1980). The species = reported from scattered localities in Europe with is very easily overlooked and it is probably not the highest frequency in northernmost parts of very rare although at present it is only known Fennoscandia (Lind 1934). from Fennoscandia, Novaja Zemlja, Greenland A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 225 and Svalbard. The type locality is from Grønfjor by Karsten (1872) who listed collections from den, Svalbard, and this is the only known Svalbard severai graminoid spedes from several localities. locality. The host is a rare coastal spedes on Lind (1928) identified no less than 190 collections Svalbard (Elvebakk 1989). on more than 50 host species from Svalbard of this distinet spedes. The type collection is from Adventdalen (Eriksson 1967b), and the speeies is Gibbera latispora (Barr) L. Holm arctic-alpine (Lind 1934). Holm & Holm (1993a) Collected from one Dryas leaf at NY-Ålesund (Holm & Holm 1993a). Also reported on Cassiope tetragona from the NY-Ålesund and Longyearbyen areas (Holm & Holm 1994). GlomerelIa amenti (Rostr.) Arx MiiH. & merum. Holm & Holm (1994) confirm ed that it is very common on monocotyledons. Guignardia graminieola (Rostr.) E. P. Larsen Reported as rather common on various grasses A striking spedes reported on catkins of Salix polaris from Longyeardalen and Kapp Thordsen (Lind 1928), and from added Dryas as host on Svalbard which is the first report of a wooden host species for G. penta from Kongsfjorden, Gipsvika and the Long yearbyen area by Holm & Holm (1994). Endalen near Long yearbyen by Holm & Holm (1994). Hamatocanthoscypha uncipila (Le Gal) Huhtinen Gnomonia dryadis Auersw. Reported from coniferous construetion tim ber at Reported from Dryas octopetala strandhalvøya near Ny-Ålesund at Blom by Holm & Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1990). The species has possibly been introduced. Holm (1993a), and from Endalen near Long yearbyen by Holm & Holm (1994). Gnomoniella hyparctica (Lind) Barr A fungus with a very specialised ecology as it has only been found on dead sepals and peduncles of Cassiope tetragona. It is known from Greenland, Canada and Svalbard and has been looked for in vain on Scandinavian Cassiope (Holm 1975). Lind (1928) reported on two collections from Grønfjor den and Skansbukta, Holm (1975) on another one from Grønfjorden and one from Isfjorden without HeivelIa aestivalis Dissing & Raitv. (R. Heim & L. Remy) A species of dry calcareous habitats, often associ ated with Dryas octopetala, and reported from alpine/subalpine localities in mainland Norway, Asia and Switzerland and from arctic localities in Canada, Greenland and Svalbard (Dissing 1983). The Svalbard locality (coll. by Heikkili:i in 1966) is represented by the Blomstrandhalvøya collection earlier published as H. acetabulum by Ohenoja (1971). further geographical information, and Holm & Holm (1994) reported on one collection from Gluudneset near Ny-Ålesund. HeiveIla arctoalpina Harmaja Reported from Bockfjorden by Harmaja (1977) who described it as a new spe eies known from Gnomoniella vagans Johanson Norway and Sweden. This collection had earlier been published as H. acetabulum (Dissing 1966). Reported on peduncles of Dryas octopetala from Blomstrandhalvøya and Endalen near Long yearbyen by Holm & Holm (1993a). HeiveIla corium (B. Weberb.) Mass. Already Graphyllium pentamerum (P. Karst.) Barr Described from Svalbard as Pleospora pentamera reported by Karsten (1872) from Adventdalen as Helvella pezizoides Afz. which later was revised to H. arctica by Nannfeldt (1937). Dissing (1966) added one locaIity from ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 226 Boekfjorden, Kankainen et al. (1967) and Kobay asi et al. (1968) reported it from the NY-Ålesund area, and Ohenoja (1971) added seven eolleetions from the NY-Ålesund area and from the area between Grønfjorden and Isfjord Radio. Reid (1979) also included eollections of this speeies from the southern tip of Woodfjorden, with rein Huhtinen Hyaloscypha britanniea Huhtinen (1990) deseribed H. britanniea from Western Europe and a new var. roseoguttata Huht. only known from the type loeality at Longyearbyen where it was colleeted from the underside of a wooden box Iying on the tundra. de er dung as an unexpected substrate. Hymenoscyphus herbarum HeivelIa dryadophila (Pers.) Dennis Reported from four localities on different hosts Harmaja (Lind 1928). Harmaja (1977) revised the HeiveIla acetabulum group into H. acetabulum s. str., H. arctoalpina and a third new species, H. dryadophila. Of the Hymenoscyphus rhodoleucus two Skifte collections of H. acetabulum s. 1. from Phillips Bockfjorden (Dissing 1966) one was revised as H. arctoalpina and one as H. dryadophila. (Fr.) W. Reported from Bohemanflya on Equisetum var iegatum and from Longyeardalen on Equisetum arvense as Phialea rhodoleuea (Fr.) Sace. (Lind 1928). The identity of this fungus is uneertain, Helvella lacunosa Afzel.:Fr. and colleetions on Equisetum spp. might belong A widespread species reported once from Sval to the genus Stamnaria (Carpenter 1981). bard from the area between Hotellneset and Longyearbyen (Dissing 1966). Hypocopra aviaria P. Karst. Described as a new speeies by Karsten (1872) HeivelIa pocillum based on material eolleeted on goose dung at Harmaja Bjørnøya. The spores are different from the near Ny c\osely related species H. stereoraria. The species Ålesund by Huhtinen (1987). This is the third was not included by Krug & Cain (1974) in their Reported colleetion from Blomstrandhalvøya whieh earlier was study on Hypoeopra, and the taxon is best con deseribed by Harmaja (1976) from its type locality sidered as eriticaL As far as we know this speeies in northernmost Sweden and later added from has only been reported from its type locality. Oppland of this speeies, in Norway (Harmaja 1977). The relationship between this taxon and H. aestivalis Hypoderma degenerans needs further studies. (P. Karst.) Nannf. Only eolleeted on the rare Vaccinium uliginosum at Colesbukta and published as Pseudophaeidium Hyaloscypha albohyalina (P. Karst.) Boud. degenerans (Lind 1928), but later transferred to Hypoderma (Nannfeldt 1932; Lind 1934). The Reported as rare on imported coniferous wood, both as var. albohyalina (at Ny-Ålesund and Longyearbyen) and var. spiralis (VeL) Huhtinen speeies seems to belong to a southern mycoflora element on Svalbard and is widely distributed in northern and alpine parts of Europe (Lind 1934). (at NY-Ålesund) (Huhtinen 1990). Hysteronaevia advena Hyaloscypha aurelieIla (Nyl.) Huhtinen (P. Karst.) Nannf. First deseribed as a new speeies (Mollisia advena) by Karsten (1872) based on eolleetions from Reported as common on old boards and other leaves of Eriophorum angusti/olium spp. triste, mining timber at Longyearbyen and Ny-Ålesund Luzula arctiea and L. areuata ssp. con/usa at (Huhtinen 1990, 1993). Adventdalen and Ekmanfjorden. Reported as A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 227 Niptera advena on Eriophorum angustifolium Hysteropezizella diminuens (P. spp. triste from Isfjorden and on Festuca rubra Nannf. from Krossfjorden by Lind (1928). Nannfeldt (1984a) transferred the species to a new genus, but only listed Eriophorum as host plants. The species has a northern boreal to arctic distribution (Nannfeldt 1984a). Karst.) Reported as Trochila diminuens from Adventda len, Grønfjorden and Liefdefjorden by Karsten (1872). The species was growing on dead remains of Carex glareosa, C. lachenalii, C. ursina, Hiero chloe alpina, and Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa and with somewhat different paraphyses on leaves Hysteronaevia clavulifera of Alopecurus alpinus and Phippsia algida. Lind Nannf. (1928) reported the species as Naevia diminuens This is a recently described arctic-alpine species from many hosts from different localities and on Juneus spp. (Nannfeldt 1984a). On Svalbard it treated the deviating form described by Karsten has been collected once at Sassendalen on Juneus (1872) as N. diminuens f. prominens. Stegia sub biglumis by Asplund in 1915 (Nannfeldt 1984a). velata reported from many localities on different Carex species by Lind (1928) also corresponds to H. diminuens (Lind 1934). Nannfeldt (1984) Hysteronaevia kobayasii Nannf. reported this species to be common on Luzula This is also a recently described species with a high arctic distribution pattern (Nannfeldt 1984a). According to Nannfeldt (1984a) it grows on Eriophorum species, but it was published from arcuata s.l. in Fennoscandia, but rare on this host on Svalbard, while the opposite is the case with Hysteronaevia luzulicola. The species is arctic alpine according to Lind (1934). severai hosts on Svalbard as Mollisia graminea by Lind (1928), and from NY-Ålesund as Hys teropezizella sp. by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Nannfeldt (1984a) added one collection from Wijdefjorden from 1861 in addition to one con tirrned Lind collection from Sassendalen. Hysteropezizella fuscella (P. Reported on Festuca rubra from Sørkapp Land and Edgeøya and on Luzula arctiea from Kva dehuken near NY-Ålesund as Naevia fuscella (Lind Hysteronaevia luzulicola Another Hysteronaevia Karst.) Nannf. 1928), but later transferred teropezizella (Nannfeldt 1932). Nannf. to Hys A widespread northern species according to Lind (1934). species described by Nannfeldt (1984a). It grows on Luzula arcuata s.l. and is only known from arctic Canada and northernmost Sweden, both with only one col lection, in addition to Svalbard and Novaja Zemlja where it is more common. The type locality is on Svalbard, where it has been pub lished as Naevia pusilla by Lind (1928). Isothea rhytismoides (Bab. ex Berk.) Fr. Reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) with out information on locality, from Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902), and reported as Hypospila rhy tismoides from Bellsund and Isfjorden by Lind (1928). Lid (1967) included a locality from Adventdalen. Holm (1979) described it as the Hysteronaevia lyngei most conspicuous species on Dryas leaves where (Lind) Nannf. it forms shining black spots, and as common and Known as Hysteronaevia lyngei from Sørkapp widespread and probably coextensive with Dryas Land on Svalbard (on Festuca rubra), Novaja hosts. Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it from Zemlja, northern four localities and considered it to be probably Canada, altogether Fennoscandia on and three different arctic grass common on Svalbard. species (Nannfeldt 1984a). Also reported as Hys teropezizella lyngei (Lind) Nannf. from Kapp Thordsen (Nannfeldt 1932), from Varanger, North Norway, and northernmost parts of Russia Kalmusia coniothyrium (FuckeJ) L. Hunndorf by Lind (1934), from Greenland (Dennis 1981), A cosmopolitan species only reported from Sas and from the British Isles (Cannon et al. 1985). sendalen on leaves of Salix polaris (Lind 1928). 228 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Lachnellula calyciformis (Willd. : Fr. ) Dharne Reported from a corticated conifer trunk near Lamprospora minuta (VeIen.) Svrcek Reported from Barentsburg associated with bryophytes (Schumacher 1993). Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1993), who discussed problems in de fin ing boundaries to neighbouring species and treated it in a collective sense. Lamprospora norvegiea Benkert, Aas & Kristiansen Reported from Lachnum paLearum (Desm. ) Korf Adventdalen by Schurnaeher (1993) growing in association with bryophytes. Reported as Lachnum patens by Lind (1928) on The species was described by Benkert et al. Phippsia algida from the polar desert island (1991). Hopen. Lamprospora rugensis Benkert Laetinaevia erythrostigma (Rehm) Nannf. ex B. Hein Reported with two collections from Long yearbyen where it was associated with Pohlia Reported on Cerastium spp. from many localities bryophytes by Schumacher (1993), who stated on Svalbard as Helotiella erythrostigma (Lind that the species is common both in Norwegian 1928, Hagen 1941). The species was treated mountains and on Svalbard. as Laetinaevia erythostigmoides by Nannfeldt (1932). The species is arctic-alpine (Lind 1934). Lamprospora seaveri Benkert Reported from Ny-Ålesund and Longyearbyen Laetinaevia stellariae (Rostr.) Lind Reported on Stellaria longipes S. (two eollections) by Schumacher (1993). The l. from Bellsund, spe eies has been found associated with severai Colesbukta and Adventfjorden by Lind (1928) as moss species. This and the preceding species were Naevia stellariae, but later transferred to Lae described by Benkert (1987). tinaevia (Lind 1934). A circumpolar species according to Lind (1934). Lamprospora spitsbergensis T. Schumach. Described by Schumacher (1993) based on one Lamprospora carbonicola Boud. collection from Longyearbyen and another from Reported from Ny-Ålesund where it was found nearby Endalen. The species was growing associ associated with bryophytes in a bumt place (Schu ated with Pohlia in a seashore estuary of a large macher 1993). This is the first record from the glacial river, and it will be interesting to see Arctic. whether future collections will also be on saline soils. Lamprospora hanffii Benkert Reported from Longyearbyen growing on soil associated with Pohlia mosses on two sites (Schu Lasiobolus diversisporus (FuekeI) Sacc. New to Svalbard. Collected on dung of reindeer at macher 1993). The species was described from Kiærstranda near NY-Ålesund by D.a. 0vstedal German and determined by a. Aas. and French mountains by Benkert (1987). Lathraeodiscus arcticus Dissing & Lamprospora miniata De Not. Sivertsen Reported from Longyearbyen with three eol This species was recently described as a species lections associated with Pohlia and Bryum mosses in a new genus by Dissing & Sivertsen (1988). It (Schumacher 1993). is a soil inhabiting fungus known from Svalbard A catalogue of Svalbard plants, [ungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 229 and Greenland. The type locality is at Advent scheuchzeri and E. angustifolium spp. triste, both dalen, where ane additional collection has been collections from the Adventdalen area; the latter made in addition to twa collections from Gips as its anamorph Leptostroma henningsi (Lind dalen and ane from Ny-Ålesund. 1928). Lind (1934) reported scattered occurrences from northern Europe and ane locality in Canada. Leptosphaeria brachyasca Rostr. Only reported from Bjørnøya on Saxifraga oppo sitifolia (Lind 1928), and only known from Dovre, mainland Norway and Greenland, on Saxifraga (Lind 1934). Lophodermium culmigenum (Fr. ) De Not. Recorded from a large number of grasses all over Svalbard by Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928). According to Lind (1934) the species has a wide northern distribution. Lind (1928) treated L. Leptosphaeria monotis Rehm Described on Saxifraga leaves from the Alps, and probably not reported from elsewhere, except arundinaceum as a synonym of L. culmigenum, but they have been treated as different species by Cannon et aL (1985). from the Ny-Ålesund area where it apparently is not rare on Saxifraga oppositifolia (Holm & Holm 1994). Lophodermium svalbardense Lind Described as a new species on dead peduncles of Papaver dahlianum from Sassendalen (Lind (WaHr.) Schiiepp 1928). It should be expected from other arctic Only collected on Cerastium (prabably arcticum) areas, but has as far as we know not been reported Leptotrochila cerastiorum at Adventfjorden and published as Fabraea outside Svalbard yet. cerastiorum (Lind 1928). Leucoscypha hetieri (Boud.) Rifai Collected near Longyear Airport by Huhtinen (1987) at an old fireplace. This is probably the first report of this species from the Arctic. The species may belong to a different genus. Lophiostoma winteri (Sacc.) G. Winter Reported as common and discovered on most Massarina balnei-ursi (Rehm) K. & L. Holm Reported on Dryas from Ny-Ålesund, Gipsvika and twa localities west of Sassendalen by Holm & Holm (1993a). Massariopsis wulffii Reported on (Lind) Lind grasses from Ekmanfjorden, samples of Dryas on Svalbard by Holm & Holm Brøggerhalvøya and Krassfjorden by Lind (1928). (1993a). We have not been ab1e to find any other ref erences to this species, but the genus has been placed in Amphisphaeria. Holm & Holm (1994) Lophiotrema vagabundum (Sacc.) Sacc. Reported on Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa at Ny stated that the species has a doubtful taxonomic position. Ålesund and Deschampsia alpina from Blom strandhalvøya, both at Kongsfjorden (Holm & Melanomma dryadis Holm 1994). Reported Lophodermium caricinum (Rob. ex Desm.) Duby Reported twice from Svalbard, on Eriophorum from Johanson severai colLecting sites at Kongsfjorden and in the Longyearbyen area by Holm & Holm (1993a). The species grows on fmits and remaining parts of the previous years' fiowers of Dryas. 230 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SlVERTSEN Melaspilea hyparctica K. & L. Holm ver dahlianum as probably widespread (Holm & Described from Svalbard on dead wood of Dryas Holm 1994). oetopetala by Holm & Holm (1993a). The type locality is from Gipsvika, and the species was also reported from NY-Ålesund, Endalen near Mycosphaerella cassiopes Barr Longyearbyen and Grønsteinfjellet west of Sas This is the most common microfungus on Cassiope sendalen. The affiliation to Melaspilea is uncer tetragona, constantly infesting overwintered ped tain, but no better alternative was found by Holm undes and fiowers, according to Holm (1975) who & Holm (1993a). also recorded it on Svalbard from dead leaves. Lind (1928) recorded the species (as M. ineon spieua) from three Svalbard localities (Tempel (Rehm) K. & L. Melaspilea lecideopsida fjorden, Kapp Thordsen and Colesbukta). Holm Reported from old Dryas wood from Ny Ålesund, Blomstrandhalvøya and Longyearbyen by Holm & Holm (1993a). Mycosphaerella confinis (P. Karst.) Dearn. Recognised from Krossfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Adventfjorden, and Wijdefjorden by Holm & Microthyrium holmiae Holm (1994), but only from hosts within Bras Nograsek sicaceae as opposed to a wider concept used by A recently described species that was collected from old persistent leaf bases of Dryas at Ny Lind (1928). According to Fan et al. (1989) M. eonfinis is induded in the omnivorous M. tassiana. Ålesund (Holm & Holm 1993a). Mycosphaerella densa Microthyrium microscopicum Desm. Reported as ssp. aretoalpinum Nograsek on Carex misandra at Gluudneset near NY-Ålesund (Holm & Holm 1992). (Rostr.) Lind Reported by Lind (1928) from many localities on Svalbard on four different herbaceous host speeies, and Hagen (1941) added one locality from the mountains near Sassendalen. This eir cumpolar arctic speeies is a true parasite as com pared with most other Myeosphaerella speeies Mollisia graminis (Desm.) P. Karst. Reported on four grass speeies from Bellsund, Grønfjorden and Bohemannesset by Lind (1928). Montagnula spinosella (Rehm) Crivelli Reported with a few collections on graminoids from the Ny-Ålesund area by Holm & Holm (1993b), and from Endalen near Longyearbyen which are saprophytic (Lind 1934; Eriksson 1992). Frequent on Arenaria pseudofrigida and perhaps confined to this speeies according to Holm & Holm (1994). Mycosphaerella equiseti (Fuekei) l. Schrot. Reported on Equisetum scirpoides from Endalen near Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). on Desehampsia cespitosa (a host species deter mination that needs to be confirmed) by Holm & Holm (1994). Holm & Holm (1993b) considered Mycosphaerella equiseticola Bond.-Mont. it "hardly common" on Svalbard. See also notes Also reported on Equisetum scirpoides from below the rejected species Pleospora junci Pass. Endalen near Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm & Beltr. 1994). (Auersw.) Lindau Mycosphaerella halophila (l. Bommer, Roussel & Sacc.) O.E. Erikss. Recorded from the Longyearbyen area on Papa Reported from an old Nathorst collection of Mycosphaerella arthopyrenoides A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Honkenya peploides (Holm & Holm 1994). The speeies has most often been included in M. tassiana. 231 Mycosphaerella perexigua (P. Karst.) Johanson First described from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) as Sphaeria perexigua. The species was reported Mycosphaerella lycopodii (Peck) House from dry leaves of Juneus biglumis at Adventda len and Ekmanfjorden (="Nordfjorden") , and Reported on Huperzia selago from Ny-Ålesund the latter is the type locality. Lind (1928) reported and Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). it from all over Svalbard on Juneus and Luzula species and with a single occurrence on Carex misandra. It has now been confirmed to be a Mycosphaerella maculiformis (Pers. :Fr.) J. Schrot. Reported by Lind (1928) as M. maculiformis on dead leaves of Betula nana from Colesbukta. The species was included in the cosmopolitan M. punc common and widespread speeies on Juncus, Luzula and Cyperaceae by Holm & Holm (1987), who examined one Svalbard collection, and Holm & Holm (1994) stated that it is very common on Juncus biglumis on Svalbard. tiformis (Pers.) Starback by Farr et al. (1989). Mycosphaerella polaris (P. Karst.) Lindau Mycosphaerella minor (P. Karst.) Johanson Reported by Karsten (1872) from Lomfjorden and by Lind (1928) from Bellsund, Wijdefjorden Reported from severaI places at Isfjorden and from Bellsund and Bjørnøya by Lind (1928). An arctic-alpine speeies according to Lind (1934), but it is now known to be widely distributed in Sweden (Eriksson 1992). Reported as M. cf. minor to be and Sørkapp Land on Salix po/aris and S. polaris x herbacea. Holm & Holm (1994) reported it from the Longyearbyen area "sensu auet. non sensu orig.", and stated that the taxonomic con fusion will be dealt with in a separate publication. common on old naked Dryas wood by Holm & Holm (1993a), and as a frequent speeies on many dicotyledons (Holm & Holm 1994). Mycosphaerella pusilla (Auersw.) Johanson Mycosphaerella octopetalae (Oudem.) Lind Reported from three Carex speeies at Isfjorden by Lind (1928). The speeies is poorly known and, Found everywhere on old Dryas leaves (Holm & according to Holm & Holm (1994), it may have Holm 1993a). been confused with M. recUlita (Fr.) Johanson. Mycosphaerella pachyasca (Rostr.) Vestergr. Mycosphaerella ranunculi (P. Karst.) Lind Only reported on Eutrema edwardsii from Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902). Mycosphaerella pedicularidis (P. Karst.) Lind First described by Karsten (1872) from Grønfjor First reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) and later by Lind (1928). Found throughout Sval bard on five Ranunculus speeies (Lind 1928). Mycosphaerella salicicola (Fr.) Johanson ex Oudem. den on Pedicularis hirsuta, later reported by Lind Only reported as its anamorph Septoria salidcola (1928) to be very common on P. hirsuta, but only on Salix polaris at Wijdefjorden and Sorgfjorden collected once (Saurieberget) on P. lanata ssp. by dasyantha. An arctic-subarctic species according relationship is not quite understood yet (Eriksson WuIff (1902). Its anamorph-teleomorph to Lind (1934). 1992). 232 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Mycosphaerella taraxaci (P. Karst.) Lind Naemacyclus lambertii Rehm Described from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) as Reported with numerous localities from Svalbard Sphaerella taraxaci based on collections on dead by Holm & Holm (1993a) as var. dryadis L. & K. leaves of Taraxacum arcticum from Lomfjorden Holm on Dryas octopetala. and Kongsfjorden. Lind (1928) reported it as common on T. arcticum and Petasites frigidus all over the areas visited on Svalbard, and Holm & Holm (1994) found it on most herbarium speci mens of Taraxacum arcticum which still had attached dead leaves. It is a widely distributed Naeviopsis primulae (Rehm) B. Hein Only reported from Grønfjorden on Taraxacum arcticum (Lind 1928). A critical species. northern species (Lind 1934). Neottiella aphanodictyon (Kobayasi) Dissing, Korf & Sivertsen Mycosphaerella tassiana (De Not) Johanson New to Svalbard. This is a very common fungus on Svalbard which grows associated with bryo Reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) on phytes of the family Polytrichaceae, and it has dead leaves of no less than 32 different vascular been recorded from Alaska, Greenland and main species. Lind (1928) reported it from another 41 land Norway (Dissing & Sivertsen 1983). Hum vascular species on Svalbard and stat ed that it is aria semi-immersa reported by Dobbs (1942) the most common of all fungi on Svalbard. It evidently refers to this species. seems to attack all species except dwarf shrubs and Equisetum variegatum and E. scirpoides, and is hardly ever absent from Poa, Carex, Cerastium, Papaver, Silene, and Stellaria species (Lind 1928). Lind (1934) reported a wide circumpolar dis tribution in northern areas. Karsten (1884), Lind (1928), Kobayasi et al. (1968), and Zabawski Nimbomollisia eriophori (Kirchn.) Nannf. Reported as Niptera phaea from Kongsfjorden on Carex misandra and from Adventpynten and Bellsund on C. subspathacea (Lind 1928). (1976) also reported its anamorph Cladosporium herbarum. Octospora melina (Veien.) Dennis & Itzerott Mycosphaerella vivipari (G. Winter) Lind A northern species reported from Longyearbyen (two collections) by Huhtinen (1987). The species Reported from dead leaves of Bistorta vivipara seems to be a parasite on members of the moss along most of the western coast of Spitsbergen by family Bryaceae. Lind (1928). According to Holm & Holm (1994) it is hardly common as they did not observe it in the field on Svalbard, but it was confirmed from two herbarium (UPS) samples from the Isfjorden area. Octospora moravecii K.B. Khare A rare northern or alpine species reported from Longyearbyen (two collections) by Huhtinen (1987) as associated with the moss genus Pohlia. Mycosphaerella recutita (Fr.) Johanson Reported from 12 graminoid host species all over Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm Svalbard by Lind (1928), as M. wichuriana (J. Recorded by Lind (1928) as Metasphaeria cas Schri:it.) Johanson. Frequent on various mon 0- siopes from Mimerdalen and cotyledons according to Holm & Holm (1994), Holm (1975) stated that this identification is Longyeardalen. who indicated that it may be identical to M. minor doubtful. The species is northern and restricted (P. Karst.) Johanson on dicotyledons. to Cassiope tetragona. A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Onygena caruina Alb. & Schwein.: Fr. New to Svalbard (Herb. TRH). Collected by I. Brattbakk in 1973 on old remains of a felt shoe near a trapper's cabin at Kapp Smith. This is the first record from the Arctic, at least from northern parts. Otthia dryadis K. Holm, L. Holm & Nograsek Reported from old Dryas wood from five localities in the Ny-Ålesund and Adventdalen areas by Holm & Holm (1993a), and Holm & Holm (1994) 233 a southern species in Sweden confined to Juneus effusus and conglomeratus, whereas P. con sobrina is the correct identity of the northern species on Carex. Holm & Holm (1994) collected it on Carex paralleIa at Kongsfjorden: Blom strandhalvøya. Phaeasphaeria culmarum (Auersw.) Leuchtm. Reported on 'Luzula cf. confusa' from NY-Åle sund by Holm & Holm (1994), who stated that their determination was tentative. considered it to be scanty and obviously not com mon. Phaeasphaeria equiseti (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm Phacidium palygani Rostr. Leptosphaeria equiseti was first described from Reported from dead 1eaves of Bistorta vivipara Liefdefjorden (type locality) by Karsten (1872), from four localities at Isfjorden (Lind 1928). and later reported from several localities by Lind (1928). Holm & Holm (1981) treated it as a Phaeosphaeria and described a new var. lindii Phaeasphaeria caricinella (P. Karst.) O.E. L. & K. Holm from Iceland and Svalbard, and Leuchtmann (1984) treated it as P. lindii. With Erikss. According to Lind (1928) and with some uncer tainty affirmed by Eriksson (1967c) this species was published by Karsten (1872) from Svalbard as three species (Leptosphaeria caricinella, L. junciseda and L. vagans). Lind (1928) reported it ane exception it is not c1ear whether the reports cited by Lind (1928) belong to P. equiseti or P. lindii, but Holm & Holm (1994) reported it on Equisetum arvense at Ny-Ålesund and on E. scir poides at Longyearbyen: Endalen. as common and widespread, but the only Svalbard localities accepted by Shoemaker & Babcock (1989) were two Th.M. Fries collections of Lep tosphaeria vagans P. Karst. from Ekmanfjorden Phaeasphaeria herpatrichaides (De Not.) L. Holm and Adventfjorden and further studies should Recorded from Billefjorden and Dicksonfjorden reveal whether this is a widespread species or as Leptosphaeria culmifraga by Lind (1928) on not. Holm & Holm (1994) report ed it from two graminoids. A species with a very wide dis localities in the Kongsfjorden area. tribution (Lind 1934). Reported from Kongs fjorden (Ny-Ålesund and Blomstrandhalvøya, two samples from the latter), Phaeasphaeria cansabrina (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Reported from Ekmanfjorden by Karsten (1872) and from severai localities in Isfjorden by Lind Gipsvika, and Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). Two of the samples correspond to P. ovei Shoemaker and C.E. Babc., which was not accepted as a separate species by Holm & Holm (1994). (1928) as Leptosphaeria consobrina on Carex SQX atilis and C. paralleIa. Leuchtmann (1984) treated L. consobrina as a synonym of Phaeosphaeria juncina, but this was not accepted by Shoemaker Phaeasphaeria insignis (P. Karst.) L. Holm Reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872), Lind & Babcock (1989) who mentioned only one (1928), Holm (1957) and Eriksson (1967c). It is a locality from Svalbard (Ekmanfjorden, Th.M. common species on a variety of grasses on Sval Fries on Carex saxatilis, which is the type locality). bard, but it is a predominantly arctic species, with Eriksson (1967c, 1992) showed that P. juneina is the type locality at Ny-Ålesund and with only ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 234 three localities known from northern Fenno Phaeosphaeria silenes-acaulis scandia (Eriksson 1967c). Holm (De Not.) L. First recorded by Karsten (1872) from Silene Phaeosphaeria juneina (Auersw.) L. Holm acaulis at Grønfjorden. Later recorded as com mon by Lind (1928), who also noted Stellaria Reported on Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa from humifusa and S. Ny-Ålesund by Holm & Holm (1994). reported on Silene acaulis from Ny-Ålesund by longipes s.l. as hosts, and Holm & Holm (1994). The speeies is probably Phaeosphaeria lindii (L. & K. coextensive with Silene acaulis (Eriksson 1992) Holm) and is also frequent on Stel/aria longipes. Leuchtm. See below P. equiseti. One report of P. equiseti from Bellsund is P. lindii (Holm & Holm 1981). Holm & Holm (1993a) reported a few ascomata on old fruits of Dryas from the Longyearbyen area; a remarkable host. Holm & Holm (1994) collected the species on Equisetum arven e from Ny-Ålesund and E. scirpoides from Longyear Phaeosphaeria stellariae (Rostr.) Leuchtm. Probably common on Stellaria longipes s.l. and reported from two localities in the Longyearbyen area by Holm & Holm (1994). Not separated from P. silenes-acaulis by Lind (1928). byen. Phaeosphaeria marcyensis (Peck) L. & K. Holm Reported on leaves of Huperzia selago from Ny Ålesund and Longyearbyen by Holm & Holm (1994 ). Phaeosphaeria vagans (Niessl) O.E. Erikss. Reported by Berlese (1888) but with erroneous geographical information (Eriksson 1967b). The species was also reported by Lind (1928) from Phippsia algida at Brennevinsfjorden. and by Holm & Holm (1994) from Gipsvika on Dupontia Phaeosphaeria microscopica (P. Kar st ) . O.E. Erikss. fisheri and Eriophorum scheuchzeri. Phaeo sphaeria vagans is a very com mon species in Fennoscandia, mainly on grasses, but occasionally Reported by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928), Holm also on other plants. (1957), Eriksson (1967c). and Leuchtmann (1984) from Svalbard. Lind (1928) recorded it (as Lep tosphaeria microscopica) from all the localities visited on Spitsbergen growing on a wide range of grasses as hosts. Lind (1928) also reported Leptosphaeria algida Rostr. on Phippsia from some localities. but later (Lind 1934) indicated that it may be included in P. microscopica. Phaeo sphaeria microscopica is a widespread species both in the Arctic and further to the south (Lind 1934). Phaeosphaeria weberi (Oudem.) L. & K. Holm Reported on Ranunculus pygmaeus from Sørkapp Land, Kapp Thordsen and Bohemannesset by Lind (1928). Holm & Holm (1994) added a locality from Grønfjorden on R. sulphureus and another from Endalen near Longyearbyen on R. pygmaeus, and cited collections otherwise only from Novaja Zemlja. from where it was described Phaeosphaeria nigrans (Roberge ex as Leptosphaeria eberi and from arctic Canada. w , Desm.) L. Holm Reported from Billefjorden, on Festuca, and Dicksonfjorden, on Carex parallela, by Lind Phomatospora dinemasporium J. Webster (1928), as Leptosphaeria culmicola. Holm & Reported on Deschampsia alpina from Blom Holm (1992) could not find any voucher material strandhalvøya, Kongsfjorden by Holm & Holm in C, but considered the reports to be probable. (1994). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Phyllachora junci (Fr.: Fr.) Fuekei Pleospora arctica by Karsten (1872), from 17 gra Only reported from Dickson Land on Juneus arcticus (Lind 1928). The host is very rare on Svalbard. Phyllachora junci is widespread further south and is reported to be the most common fungus on dead stems and leaves of large Juneus speeies like J. conglomeratus and J. effusus (Ellis & Ellis 1985), while Eriksson (1992) reported it from scattered provinces throughout Sweden. Physalospora alpestris Niessl (Lind 1928), and on C. misandra and C. paralleia from Kongsfjorden (Holm & Holm 1994). The arctic-alpine minaid host species from large parts of Spits bergen by Lind (1928) (as P. karstenii), and on Alopecurus borealis from Bellsund (as P. lutea) by Wehmeyer (1961). It is an arctic-alpine species (Lind 1934) and it was treated as P. arctagrostidis by Eriksson (1967b), who did not accept this as a synonym of P. arctica; an opinion, however, held by Holm & Holm (1993b). who had access to better spore material. Pleospora ascodedicata K. Holm, L. Holm Reported on Carex mLmndra from Krossfjorden speeies is 235 (Lind 1934, Eriksson 1992). & Nograsek A species restricted to Dryas and reported from Lovenbreen and Blomstrandhalvøya at Kongs fjorden by Holm & Holm (1993a, b). The species was deseribed by Nograsek (1990) and is else where known from Scandinavia and the Alps. Physalospora empetri Rostr. Reported on Empetrum nigrum ssp. herm aphroditum from the climatically most favourable parts of Svalbard (Colesbukta and Mimerdalen) by Lind (1928). A widespread species on Empe trum (Lind 1934). Pleospora cornata Niessl A southern species on Anemone and Pulsatilla and the reports from Svalbard by Lind (1928) most probably do not belang to this species aceording to Eriksson (1992). However, Holm & Holm (1993b) reported three eolleetions of P. Physalospora hyperborea Baumler A eommon microfungus on Cassiope tetragona and the type collection is from Svalbard (Holm 1975; Holm & Holm 1994). Pleospora androsaces Fuekei Reported by Karsten (1883) and Lind (1928) listed it from 28 herbaceaus host species from all over Svalbard. Aeeording to Holm & Holm (1993b) this is obviously not eorrcct as the species is mainly confined to Silene acaulis. Thcy listed only one occurrence from Gipsvika as P. andro saces, and revised five Lind determinations of Svalbard material as P. comata. Pleospora arctica P. Karst. comata from Svalbard that eauId not mor· phologieally be diseriminated from the southern typical form, and were treated within P. comata S.1. Pleospora glacialis Ni essl ex Rehm Reported as P. cerastii from a wide range of host plants but only distributed in the Inner Fjord Zone of Spitsbergen (Lind 1928), but most of the reports probably refer to P. helvetica (Holm & Holm 1994). According to Lind (1934) it is a widely distributed arctic-alpine species. Holm & Holm (1993b) presented supplementary eollee tions, also from cIimatieally less favourable areas like Sørkapp and Ny-Ålesund. Pleospora helvetica Niessl According to Holm & Holm (1993b) this is the Outside Svalbard a widely distributed species that most frequent Pleospora on Svalbard grasses and was first reported from Svalbard by Karsten oeeurs less aften on other monocotylcdons and (1884) and from Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902). on dicotyledons. was reported from Poa Later shown to be common all over Svalbard and praten. is ssp. alpigena from Liefdefjorden as reported as Pyrenophora chrysospora from 42 It ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 236 host species by Lind (1928). Lind (1928) also yearbyen. The species is confined to Dryas. reported it from four localities as Pyrenophora According to Holm & Holm (1993b) the species helvetica. Holm & Holm (1993b) reported it to would perhaps be better accomodated in the be very common on dicotyledons, and only listed genus Teichospora. four collections from other habitats. Holm & Holm (1993a) Iisted it as probably rather common on Dryas. Pleospora herbarum has been reported to be com mon on Svalbard by Karsten (1872, 1884 as two other taxa) and Lind (1928), but all examined collections proved to be forms of P. helvetica with poorly developed setae (Holm & Holm 1993b). Pleospora wulfii Lind Described from Svalbard on Stella ria longipes s.1. collected at Wijdefjorden by T. Wulff (Lind 1928). Later reported from northern Russia and Greenland by Lind (1934). The species is c10sely related to P. islandica, but was still considered to be a separate species by Holm & Holm (1993b) who listed two more collections on Stellaria lon Pleospora herbarum (Pers.:Fr) Rabenh. The species was reported as an endophytic root gipes s.1. from the Longyearbyen area. fungus by Vare et al. (1992). The species has previously been considered to be common on Svalbard, but was redetermined to P. helvetica Pleuroceras helveticum (Rehm) Barr (see this species) by Holm & Holm (1994). It was Reported from Salix leaves in the southern and also lacking from herbarium collections from the central parts of Svalbard as Linospora insularis Alps, but it is common there as an endophyte ( (Holm & Holm 1993b). (Lind 1928). Holm & Holm (1994) redetermined = Pleuroceras insulare (Johanson) M. Monod) a Lind (1928) report from Kongsfjorden: Kva dehuken to P. helveticum and added a record Pleospora penicillus (Schmidt: Fr.) Fuckel Reported by Lind (1928) as P. media from Cera stium alpinum (is most cases probably from Ny-Ålesund, and P. insulare was treated as a doubtful species on Svalbard. C. arcticum) at Bellsund and as Pyrenophora hispida (Niessi) Sacc. from Silene furcata and uralensis at Isfjorden (Lind 1928). Pleospora penicillus is Podospora vesticola (Berk. & Broame) Mirza & Cain widely distributed in temperate areas (Fan et al. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski 1989). Holm & Holm (1993b) also considered (1976) as Sporormiella vesticola and by Zabawski it to be very widespread on a large number of (1982b) as Podospora vesticola. dicotyledoneous herbs, but rare on monocoty ledons, and Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it from Dryas, both as var. penicillus and as var. ambigua (Berl. & Bres.) Crivelli. Lind (1928) also reported P. infectoria Fuckel from 39 host species throughout Svalbard. This is now a synonym of Lewia infectoria (Fuckel) E. Simmons, but Holm & Holm (1993b) considered the Lind (1928) reports of P. infectoria to be "certainly P. peni Polaroscyphus spetsbergianus Huhtinen Recently described as a new species in a new genus based on two collections from Bjørndalen and Blomsterdalen at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen 1987). The species grows on \eaves of Salix polaris. cillus, at least in part". Potriphila navicularis Dobbeler Pleospora spetsbergensis K. Holm & L. Holm Recently described as a new species in a new genus by Dobbeler (1996). The species grows on Described from Svalbard with the type collection the moss Polytrichastrum alpinum, and is widely from Gipsdalen by Holm & Holm (1993a). They distributed, even bipolar, and is known from listed seven more localities from Kongsfjorden Spitsbergen (without further geographical infor and from areas between Sassendalen and Long mation) and from Barentsøya. A catalogul! of Sllalbard p/ants. fungi. a/gal!. and cyanobacteria Pseudomassaria inconspicua (Johanson) Barr Reported on dead leaves of sitifoUa 237 Psilachnum inquilinum (P. Karst.) Dennis Collected on Sædfraga oppo Equisetum arvense at Bjørndalen near Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987). from the Ny-Ålesund area (two collec tions) and on S. aizoides from Gipsvika (Holm & Psilocistella obsoleta (VeIen.) Svrcek Holm 1994). Found on a board in a warm and sheltered habitat at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen 1987). This is an Pseudopeziza drabae (Nannf.) Nannf. extraordinary collection of a species that has only The species was described from northern Sweden been found at its type locality in The Czech Pyrenopeziza drabae by Nannfeldt (1928) and later transferred to Pseudopeziza (Nannfeldt Republic/Slovakia before and of a genus that has as never been found in the Arctic before. 1932). It is very easily observed, since attacked leaves are fully stromatised and coaly black. Pseu dopeziza svalbardensis, the collections on Draba, belong to P. drabae. This refers to a collection from Bohemannesset on Draba lacted published as Pyrenopeziza svalbardensis by Lind (1928). A new collection of P. drabae has now been discovered on Draba /actea from Kongsfjorden Nannfeldt (1932) argued that parts of (TRH, det. S. Sivertsen). Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) Fuekei Reported as Mollisia dehnii by Karsten (1872) from Grønfjorden. Adventdalen and Kobbe vågen on leaves and staiks of Potentilla hyparctica and P. pulcheUa. Lind (1928) reported it as Mol Iisia atrata and as a very common species on Potentilla spp., especially P. pulchefla, from all parts of Svalbard. An arctic-alpine species (Lind 1934). Pseudopeziza svalbardensis (Lind) Nannf. The species was described from Svalbard by Lind (1928), but later recorded elsewhere, at least from Scotland (Cannon et al. 1985). It was collected Saxifraga hirculus lections from Draba on at Adventfjorden. The col are referred to P. drabae, Pyrenophora raetica (Muller) Crivelli Reported from severai grass species from scat tered Spitsbergen localities by Holm & Holm (1993b). The species is otherwise only known see comments below under the latter species. from the Alps. Pseudorhytisma bistortae (Lib.) luel Pyrenophora schroeteri Barr Reported on leaves of Bistoria vivipara from Kapp Thordsen, Dicksonfjorden and Tempelfjor Pleospora mac Arctophila fulva at SØr llierochloe alpina from Reported by Lind (1928) as rospora Schroter from den (Lind 1928), and two localities at Advent kapp dalen were added by Hagen (1941). The spedes Colesbukta, and Lind (1934) concluded that it is is arctic-alpine (Lind 1934). a circumpolar high arctic species, although severai Land and localities are known from northernmost Fenno scandia. The species was not found on Svalbard Psilachnum acutum (VeIen.) Svrcek Recorded from culms of by Holm & Holm (1993b) who considered the Calamagrostis stricta at Blomsterdalen near Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987). This is the first report of this species from Svalbard records by Lind (1928) doubtful, but it was included in the list of Svalbard pyrenomycetes presented by Holm & Holm (1994). the Arctic. Later Huhtinen (1993) considered this to possibly belong to a distinct taxon. as he pub lished a typical collection of P. acutum from Pyrenophora subalpina (Muller) Crivelli Longyearbyen and a deviating type from Ny Reported as quite frequent on Svalbard (Eriksson Ålesund, both on grass culms. 1967b; Holm & Holm 1993b), and includes also 238 ARVE ELVEBAKK. HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN the report of P/eospora magnusiana Berl. by Lind (1928), a species that has been interpreted in different ways, see below "Rejected species". Scutellinia hyperborea T. Schumach. Recently described from the Adventdalen area, mainland Norway and possibly Greenland (Schu macher 1990). Rhytisma salicina (Pers. : Fr.) Reported by Lind (1928) from all over Svalbard on Sa/ix po/aris and S. herbacea x polaris. It has also been reported by Hagen (1941) and Lid (1967), and it is easily observed forming black spots on Sa/ix leaves. Its anamorph is Melasmia salicina Lev. Ronnigeria arctiea (Oudem.) Petr. Only reported from Adventdalen on Potentilla pulehella (Lind 1928). The species was originally described from Novaja Zemlja on P. hyparctica, and is considered to be widespread in the Arctic and in northern Scandinavia (Holm & Holm 1977). Holm & Holm (1994) reexamined the Adventdalen collection without finding the fungus, but concluded that the species is likely to occur on Svalbard. Scutellinia minor (Veien.) Svrcek Reported from severaI localities near Longyear Airport by Huhtinen (1987), on open soil or among mosses like Splachnum ampullaceum (the moss probably mis-identified). Sphaerotheca erigeronis-canadensis (SchItdI.: Fr.) L. luneH Reported on Taraxacum arcticum from Advent fjorden (Lind 1928) and from (Hagen 1941), as S. Helvetiadalen fuliginea (Schltdl.:Fr.) Pollacci. This species has been treated in a wide sense Le. by Farr et al. (1989) as a cosmopolite comprising powdery mildew on Asteraceae, Cucurbitaceae, and Scrophulariaceae, whereas it has been referred to in a strict sense as a species on Veronica by Eriksson (1992), and evident!y also by Holm & Holm (1992), who treated the Lind (1928) and Hagen (1941) records as S. erig Saccobolus chenocopricus Dissing eronis-canadensis . Described recently as a new species based on material from Greenland (Dissing 1989), but a small collection from Gipsdalen on dung of barnacle goose was also listed. Sporormiella americana (Griffiths) S. Ahmed & Cain Recorded from Woodfjorden by Reid (1979) on Saccobolus quadrisporus Mass. & E.S. Salmon A rare species on goose dung reported from Brucebyen at Billefjorden by Eckblad (1968). Dissing (1989) also indicated that S. quadri dung, probably from goose. Sporormiella heptamera (Auersw.) S. Ahmed & Cain sporus was associated with S. chenocopricus at Reported from goose dung on wet sites on Bjørn Gipsdalen. øya (Karsten 1872). Both Sporormiella species were previously treated within the genus Sp 0rormia (Ahmed & Cain 1972). Scleropleella hyperborea (Fuekei) L. Holm Holm (1975) cited one report of this species from Svalbard, but Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it to be common on Cassiope. The species also Sporormiella polymera (Cain) S. Ahmed & Cain grows on Dryas, and Holm & Holm (1993a) cited Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski one Svalbard collection on Dryas. See also below (1976), but it is a dung species (Ahmed & Cain under Wettsteinina andromedae. 1972). A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria Sporormiella teretispora S. Ahmed & Cain Another dung species isolated from peat from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). 239 Trichopezizella nidulus (Schmidt & Kuntze ex Fr.) Raitv. Collected on Carex laehenalii at Carolinedalen north of Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987) as var. hystrieula (Karst.) Haines. This variety was Stomiopeltis dryadis (Rehm) L. Holm Reported to be probably widespread on dead previously only known from its type locality in Finland (Haines 1974). leaves of Dryas by Holm & Holm (1993a), who cited localities from Kongsfjorden, Gipsvika, and areas east and north of Longyearbyen. Trichothyrina salicis J. P. Ellis Reported on Salix retieulata from NY-Ålesund (Holm & Holm 1994). Previously only known Sydowiella dryadis Lar. N. Vassiljeva from Salix atroeinerea in England. Reported as var. maerospora Nograsek from many collecting sites on Svalbard by Holm & Holm (1993a). The species grows on Dryas and is otherwise known from Scandinavia, the Austrian Alps and easternmost Russia (Holm & Holm Venturia oxyriae (Rostr.) Sacc. Reported on Oxyria digyna from Ny-Ålesund and Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). 1993a). Venturia potentillae (Wallr.:Fr.) Cooke Taphrina carnea Johanson Reported by Lind (1928) as Coleroa eireinans New to Svalbard. The species was collected by T. Engelskjøn on Betula nana at Colesbukta in 1986 (Herb. TROM, det. H.B. Gjærum). from Bellsund, Adventdalen and Billefjorden on Potentilla pulehella. It was redetermined to V. potentillae (sensu Barr) by Holm & Holm (1994) who added a locality from Gipsvika. Taphrophila argyllensis Scheuer Venturia polygoni-uiuipari Arx Reported on Desehampsia alpina at Endalen near Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). Previously on ly known from the type collection on Des ehampsia cespilosa in Scotland. Reported from dead leaves of Bistorta vivipara from Bellsund to Magdalenefjorden by Lind (1928) as Myeosphaerella polygonorum (Crie) Lind. The species is obviously common on over wintered Bistorta vivipara on Svalbard according to Holm & Holm (1994). Tarzetta cupularis (L.) Lambotte Reported as Pustularia eupularis (L.) Fuckel from Ebbadalen at Billefjorden by Dobbs (1942). The Venturia subcutanea Dearn. report needs confirmation as already indicated by Huhtinen (1987) erroneously listed this species as Ohenoja (1971). The genus Tarzetta is not among being reported by Watling (1983). Holm & Holm the species of (1994), however, reported V. subeutanea as com Pezizales collected on Svalbard by Dissing and about 85 mostly unpublished mon on dead leaves of Salix polaris and S. reti Sivertsen. eulata, and one collection on Betula nana from Longyearbyen probably also refers to this species. Thelebolus crustaceus (Fuckel) Kimbr. New to Svalbard. Collected on rein deer dung at The same applies to a report by Lind (1928) of Venturia ditrieha on Betula nana from Coles bukta. Kiærstranda near NY-Ålesund by D.O. 0vstedal and determined by O. Aas (0vstedal pers. comm.). The species was associated with Aseo bolus albidus. Wentiomyces dryadis K. & L. Holm Described from old dead leaves on Dryas from ARVE ELVEBAKK. HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 240 Adventdalen (type collection) and from Blomstrandhalvøya and Ny-Ålesund on Cassiope spedes according to Lind (1934) and Farr et al. (1989). tetragona by Holm & Holm (1993a). Wettsteinina andromedae (Auersw.) Barr Reported by Karsten (1872) as Sphaerella and romedae, and as Leptosphaeria andromedae by Lind (1928) who considered it to be common on Svalbard, but as shown by his listed synonyms Lind (1928) did not distinguish between Weus Wettsteinina junci Shoem. & C.E. Babc. Reported on funcus biglumis at Gluudneset and Blomstrandhalvøya. both near NY-Ålesund, by Holm & Holm (1994), who stated that the species was previously known only from the type locality in Canada, where it was collected on f. castaneus. teinina andromedae (Auersw.) Barr. and Se/ero pleella hyperborea (FuckeJ) L. Holm. Holm (1975) was in doubt about the taxonomical status Wettsteinina macrotheca (Rostr.) E. Miill. of this northern material on Cassiope tetragona, Only but W. andromedae was reported as common on spathacea from Bellsund and Kongsfjorden (Lind Cassiope tetragona by Holm & Holm (1994). known on Carex saxatilis and C. sub 1928), as Massarina macrotheca (Rostr.) Lind. According to Lind (1934) it has an arctic-subarctic distribution pattern. Wettsteinina distincta (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm Reported from Kapp Thordsen (type locality) on Puccinellia vahliana by Karsten (1872) as Sphaer elia distincta and later reported from two Phippsia and two Puccinellia species from many localities by Lind (1928) (as Lizonia distincta P. Karst.). Wettsteinina salicicola Nograsek Reported on leaves of Salix reticulata from Ny Ålesund. and previously only known from Swed ish Lapland and Austria (Holm & Holm 1994). The species was transferred to Didymella by Eriksson (1967a), and to Wettsteinina by Holm & Holm (1994). From Fennoscandia there is only one uncertain report from Finland (Eriksson 1967a) and one from Kola Peninsula (Lind 1934). Wettsteinina savilei Shoemaker & e.E. Babc. Reported on Carex misandra and funcus biglumis from three localities in the NY-Ålesund area. and the speeies was previously only known from the Wettsteinina dryadis (Rostr.) Petr. Reported as Didymosphaeria dryadis on dead type locality in arctic Canada (Holm & Holm 1994), leaves of Dryas octopetala from Bellsund, Isfjor den. Krossfjorden. and Sorgfjorden (Lind 1928). and considered to be a circumarctic species (Lind DEUTEROMYCOTA 1934). According to Holm (1979) these reports correspond to immature Wetlsteinina dryadis, and Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it as one of the most common fungi on Dryas, on peduncles and leaves. Arthrinium puccinioides (De.) Kunze Reported from funcus triglumis and Carex mis andra at Adventfjorden and Longyeardalen by Lind (1928). Wettsteinina eucarpa (P. Karst.) Muller & Arx Recorded from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) as Ascochyta an'tica (Lind) Punith. Sphaerella eucarpa and by Lind (1928) as Massaria Reported eucarpa. It is a common species on Svalbard, Krossfjorden on Poa and Festuca rubra (Lind mainly on Bistorta vivipara. It is an arctic-alpine 1928). from Olsokflyan, Grønfjorden og A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fung;, algae, and cyanobacteria Ascochyta dianthi (Alb. & Schwein.) Lib. Reported by Lind (1928) from Klovningen and 241 The report may refer to C. pannarum or the C. pannorum group. Grønfjorden on Stellaria humifusa. Ascochyta graminieola Sacc. Cladosporium cladosporioides (Fresen.) de Ydes Reported by Lind (1928) from grass speeies (A la Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski pecurus barealis . Festuca and Paa arctiea) at (1976). Adventfjorden and several localities in the north west. Cryptococcus albidus (Saito) Skinner Aspergillus ochraceus K. Wilh. Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976), and by Zabawski (1981) as Penicillium achraceum. Cryptococcus diffiuens (Zach) Lodder & Kreger Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Aspergillus oryzae (Ahlb.) Cohn A soil fungus determined with some uncertainty by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Cryptococcus laurentii (Kuff.) Skinner Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Aspergillus sulphureus (Fresen.) Wehmer Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Dendryphion fumosum Fr. Aspergillus ustus (Bainier) Thom & Church from Dicksonfjorden. Reported by Lind (1928) on Eutrema edwardsii Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Diplodia bessimyanii Lind Reported from Sørkapp Land on Poa pratensis Aspergillus versicalar (Vuill.) Tirab. ssp. alpigena by Lind (1928). Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Diplodia simmonsii Rostr. Asteroma cacaliae Desm. and Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa by Lind (1928). Reported from Billefjorden and Bjørnøya on Paa Only known from dead leaves of Petasites frigidus at Colesbukta (Lind 1928). DiplodinQ euphrasiae (Oudem.) Allesch . Cephalosporium mycophilum (Corda) Tubaki den by Lind (1928). Reported on Pedicularis hirsuta from Grønfjor A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Chrysosporium pannorum (Link) Hughes A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Diplodina papaveris (Oudem.) Lind A widespread arctic species reponed from 14 different dicotyledoneous host species on Sval bard (Lind 1928). 242 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Diplodina pedicularidis (FuekeI) Lind C. bigelowii, the latter probably a misidentified This is a systemic species that penetrates and C. subspathacea. deforms the whole tissue of its host (Pedicularis hirsuta) which no longer can produce fiowers. It was first reported from the Adventfjorden area by Hendersonia rostrupii Lind Lind (1928) and later reported from the innermost Reported on Hierochloe a/pina and Poa abbre parts of Adventdalen by Hagen (1950). viata from Adventfjorden, Sassenfjorden and Bil lefjorden by Lind (1928). Severai related Hendersonia species were transferred to Sta Doratomyces microsporus (Sacc. ) Morton gonospora by Castellani & Germano (1977), who & Smith did not mention H. rostrupii. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Hendersonia stefansonii Rostr, Reported by Lind (1928) on Carex misandra from Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden. Doratomyces nanus Ehrenb. ex Link Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1982b). The same taxon was obviously reported as D. fimetarius by Zabawski (1976). Heteropatella umbilicata (Pers,) Jaap A widespread species reported on plant debris from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1872) and from sev eral hosts on severaI localities on Spitsbergen by Eriospora leucostoma Berk. & Br. Only reported on Carex misandra Lind (1928). from Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). Leptothyrium arcticum (FuekeI) Lind Gloeosporium roaldii Lind A widespread species on Potentilla hyparctica and P. nivea (Lind 1928). Reported from Polemonium boreale at Grønfjor den and Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). von Arx (1957) regarded G. roaldii as a doubtful species as he was not able to find any material in the collections studied by Lind (1928). H endersonia arabidis Rostr. Hendersonia arabidis has been reported from sev eral Draba species on severai places on Spits bergen (Lind 1928). It was also reported from northern Sweden and Greenland by Lind (1934). Leptothyrium palustre Fautrey Only reported on Pedicularis hirsuta from Sør kapp Land by Lind (1928) Marssonina obscura (RomelI) Magn. Reported on Salix po/aris and S. herbacea x po/aris from Sørkapp Land by Lind (1928). The generic name Marssonia has replaced Marssonina (Farr et al. 1989), but this species does not seem to have been redisposed. Hendersonia arundinacea (Desm.) Sacc. A widespread fungus recorded from 15 different monocotyledoneous host speeies by Lind (1928). Mastigosporium album Riess Reported on Poa from Sørkapp Land and For landssundet (Lind 1928). Hendersonia gigantea Lind Reported by Lind (1928) from central parts of Isfjorden on Juneus arcticus, Carex saxatilis and Microdiplodia perpusilla (Desm. ) Allesch. Reported from dead leaves of Draba subcapitata A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria at Kongsfjorden by Lind (1928) as perpusilla Desm., a synonym Diplodia according to Zambettakis (1970). 243 Penicillium cyanofulvum Biourge Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Penicillium diversum Raper & Fennell Microdochium bolleyi (R. Sprague) de Hoog & Herm.-Nijh. Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski Reported as an endophytic fungus on roots by (1976). Vare et al. (1992). Penicillium fellutanum Biourge Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1981), Microsphaeriopsis olivacea (Bonord. ) Hohn. Reported on Draba oblongata ( = probably but not included in his other studies (Zabawski 1976, D. 1982b) on the soil hyphomycetes of Hornsund. micropetala) from the Sassenfjorden area by Lind (1928). The species is cosmopolitan (Farr et al. 1989). Penicillium funiculosum Thom Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Oidiodendron cerealis (Thiim.) G.L. Banon A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Penicillium glabrum (Wehmer) Westling Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Pachybasium hamatum Sacc. A soil fungus reported from Longyearbyen by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Penicillium granulatum Bainier Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Penicillium brevicompactum Dierckx Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Penicillium herquei Bainier & Sartory Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Penicillium chrysogenum Thom Reported from peat at Hornsund as P. notatum by Zabawski (1976). Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Penicillium daviforme Bainier Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Penicillium janthinellum Biourge Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Penicillium crustosum Thom Reported as P. Penicillium islandicum Sopp terrestre by Zabawski (1976). from peat at Hornsund Penicillium lanoso-coeruleum Thom Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). 244 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN Penicillium lividum Westling Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski Phialophora lagerbergii (Melin & Nannf.) Conant (1976). Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Penicillium puberulum Bainier Phialophora verrucosa Medlar Reported as P. lanosum and P. puberulum by Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Kobayasi et al. (1968) and as P. commune and P. lanosum by Zabawski (1976). Phoma alpina Speg. Reported by Karsten (1872), and later by Lind Penicillium roquefortii Thom (1928) from numerous localities and host speeies. Reported from soil et Longyearbyen by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Karsten (1884) also described the new ssp. plan iuscula from Grønfjorden on Saxifraga hier adfoUa. Penicillium thomii Maire Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Phoma caricis (Fr.) Sacc . Reported by Lind (1928) on Carex glareosa and C. saxatilis from Adventfjorden and Sassenfjorden. Penicillium viridicatum Westling Phoma comp/anata (Tode: Fr.) Desm. Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Only known from Kapp Thordsen on Pedicularis hirsuta (Lind 1928). Penicillium waksmanii Zalessky Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1981), but not included in his other papers (Zabawski 1976, 1982b) on the soil hyphomycetes of Hornsund. Phaeoseptoria rostrupii (Lind) Jørst. Jørstad (1967) cited a collection from Sassen dalen, reported as Hendersonia rostrupii by Lind (1928). Phoma graminis Westend. Reported on Festum sp. and Poa abbreviata from Sassenfjorden (Lind 1928). Phoma herbarum Westend. Reported by Karsten (1884) as P. herbarum var. thulensis obviously from Svalbard although not explicitly stated. Later Lind (1928) reported P. herbarum on 16 host speeies from numerous Iocal Phialophora cinerescens (WoIlenw.) J.F.H. Beyma ities. Phoma herbarum has been interpreted as the anamorph of Pleospora herbarum, but Sim mons (1981) redefined the teleomorph-anamorph Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski connection of Pleospora herbarum, and Phoma (1976). herbarum is now best considered as a speeies with unknown teleornorph. Phialophora fastigiata (Lagerb. & Melin) Conant Phoma nebulosa (Pers.: Fr.) Berk. A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) Reported by Lind (1928) from Colesbukta and and Zabawski (1976). Adventfjorden on Stellaria longipes. A 245 cataiogue of Svalbard plants. fungi. algae. and cyanobacteria Phoma oudemansii Berl. & Voglino Rhizoctonia solani J. G. Kiihn Only reported from Bellsund and Isfjorden on Reported as an endophytic root fungus by Våre Polemonium boreale (Lind 1928). et aL (1992). Phoma ranunculi P. Karst. Rhodotorula rubra (Demme) Lodder Reported from three different Rammculus species Reported by Kobayasi et aL (1968). at Sørkapp Land, Tempelfjorden, Krossfjorden and Gråhuken by Lind (1928). Sclerotium fulvum Fr. Reported from dead leaves of Puccinellia vah Phoma sceptri P. Karst. liana at Bohemanneset by Lind (1928). Wulff (1902) reported this fungus on Pediclliaris hirsuta from Sorgfjorden. Lind (1928) added P. lanata ssp. dasyantha from Dicksonfjorden. Scopulariopsis brevicaulis (Sacc. ) Bainier Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). The species is cosmopolitan on various Phyllosticta saxifragarum AlIesch. substrates and has been used to detect arsenic (Farr et al. 1989). Reported on SaxiJraga hircllills from Bellsund by Lind (1928). Seimatosporium cassiopes (Rostr.) B. Sutton Plenodomus svalbardensis Lind Lind (1928) reported CoryneumJoliicolum Fuekei Described as a new species from Magdalenefjor Seimawsporium lichenicola (Corda) Shoe den on Draba alpina by Lind (1928). Later Lind maker & E. Miiller, an anamorph of the pyr (1934) reported it on the same host from north enomycete Discostroma corticola ernmost Sweden. The genus Plenodomus is now Brockmann) considered to be a section of Phoma (Farr et al. sidered it to be conspecific with Coryneum cas 1989), but Plenodomlls svalbardensis does not siopes seem to have been transferred. The true status of (Rostr.) Sutton). The report is treated here as this species is unclear. S. cassiopes, but a study of Lind's collection is Rostr. from ( = (Fuckel) I. Bohemannesset, but Seimatosporium con cassiopes necessary to define its identity. Ramularia alborosella (Desm. ) Gjærum This species has been collected many places on Spitsbergen and Bjørnøya on different Cerastium species (Lind 1928), and includes also his report of Sphaerella cerastii (Holm & Holm 1994). Selenophoma drabae (Fuekei) Petr. Reported from all visited localities on Svalbard by Lind (1928). Farr et al. (1989) listed only Carex as host genus, but Lind (1928) included severai graminoids, Draba and four species within Car yophyllaceae. Rhabdospora campanulae Fautrey Only reported from Krossfjorden on Campanula Septoria caudata P. Karst. llniflora by Lind (1928). Described from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1884). Rhabdospora pleosporoides Sacc. Septoria eriophori Oudem. Reported on Oxyria digyna and Draba species Reported from many parts of Svalbard (Lind 1928). Ekmanfjorden and Kongsfjorden on Eriophorum by Lind (1928) from Colesbukta. ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 246 triste and E. scheuchzeri. The species is high arctic according to Lind (1934). Stagonospora eulmieola (Sacc. ) E. Castell. & Germano Lind (1928) reported this species as Hendersonia crastophila Septoria lyehnidis Desm. Gnly known from Silene uralensis at Tem pelfjorden (Lind 1928). The species is widely distributed in temperate regions on genera in Caryophyllaceae (Farr et al. 1989). on Ranunculus severai gr ass species from and Sassenfjorden. Jørstad (1967) referred the material to H. culmicola Sacc., a species later transferred to Stagonospora (Castellani & Ger mano 1977). Stagonospora eriophorella (Sacc.) Lind Septoria polaris P. Karst. Reported on Bjørnbeinflya (Sørkapp Land), Adventfjorden lapponicus from Adventfjorden by Karsten (1884). It is only listed Gnly reported from the rare species Juneus arc ticas in the Dicksonfjorden area (Lind 1928). from central United States and Scandinavia on Ranunculus by Farr et al. (1989). Triehocladium asperum Harz Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski Septo ria punetoidea P. Karst. This species was first described by Karsten (1884) from Adventfjorden on Carex misandra. Later Lind (1928) reported it from numerous localities (1976). Triehoderma album Preuss Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski on Spitsbergen on Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa (1976). The species was left out in the table of and L. arctica. Zabawski (1982b) and may have been rede termined e.g. as T. polysporum. Septoria saxi[ragae Pass. Gnly reported from Bjørnøya on Saxifraga ces pitosa by Lind (1928). Triehoderma inflatum Gams Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). Sphaeronaema [oliieo/um (Fuekei) Lind Triehoderma koningi Oudem. Gnly known from Kapp Thordsen on Salix po/aris Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (Lind 1928). (1976). Spiearia eepha/ospora Kamyschko Triehoderma polysporum (Link ex. Pers.) Rifai Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1982b). Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1982b). Staehybotrys ehartarum (Ehrenb.) S. Hughes BASIDIOMYCOTA: Uredinales and Ustilaginales A cosmopolitan ubiquitous saprobe reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). The speeies produces mycotoxins responsible for stachybotryotoxicosis (Farr et al. 1989). Anthraeoidea altera Nannf. This species is a segregate from A. misandrae A catalogue of Svalbard planIs. fungi, algae. and cyanobacleria Kukkonen, and was first reported by Kukkonen 247 this host alternation by inoculating aeciospores (1963) as A. misandrae Kukkonen from Teist from Saxifraga, probably cespitosa, from Svalbard fjellet. It was later transferred to A. altera by on Salix herbacea. This process produced uredinia Nannfeldt (1979). It is uncertain whether other and telia. This alternation has been regarded as reports Cintractia of caricis from Svalbard includes this speeies. a separate speeies Melampsora arctiea Rostr. by severai authors (Lind 1928; Ziller 1974; Farr et al. 1989). But other host alternations are mor phologically indistinguishable (Hylander et al. Anthracoidea elynae Reported as var. (Syd.) Kukkonen nardinae Kukkonen 1953) and the species is treated in a collective from sense here. Ekmanfjorden and Blomstrandhalvøya, Kongs fjorden by Kukkonen (1963). The host is Carex nardina. Pucdnia arenariae (Schurnaeher) G. Winter Wulff (1902) reported this rust on Cerastium Anthracoidea lindebergiae (Kukkonen) fjorden and Wijdefjorden. The species is a micro Kukkonen Only reported as Cintractia caricis on Kobresia simpliciuscula from Mimerdalen by Lind (1928). Anthracoidea misandrae Reported on alpinum (is probably C. arcticum) from Advent Carex Kukkonen misandra from form and is only known with telia. The species is widespread and occurs on Arenaria and other members of Caryophyllaceae (Farr et al. 1989). Pucdnia bistortae (F. Strauss) DC. Bohem A rust on Bistorta vivipara that was reported to annesset (Lind 1928) and Lomfjordbotn (Hagen be common at Bellsund and Isfjorden by Lind 1950) as Cintractia caricis. The collections might (1928). It was also reported from Isfjorden by belong to Anthracoidea altera and the material Hagen (1941) and was recently collected at Sabine should be studied. Land by Elven (Herb. TROM, unpubl.). Only uredinia and telia have been found on Svalbard. Entyloma dactylidis (Pass.) Cif. The aecial stage oceurs on hosts belonging to Apiaceae, a family which is absent from Svalbard. First reported by Karsten (1872) from grass leaves at Adventfjorden. The host was determined as Dupontia fisheri by Lind (1928). Lind (1928) reported E. dactylidis to be com mon on Dupontia Puccinia cruciferarum F. Rudolphi Reported on Cardamine belfidifolia from Isfjor at Bjørnøya, Bellsund, Grønfjorden, Colesbukta den (Lind 1928; Hagen 1941) and from Vesle and Lomfjorden, and also reported a collection raudfjorden (Lind 1928). The speeies is wide on Poa from Bohemannesset. spread on Cardamine with telial stage only . Melampsora epitea Thiim. Puccinia drabae F. Rudolphi This heteroecious rust species was reported by Reported by Lind (1928) from Dicksonfjorden, Lind (1928) from Bjørnøya, Bellsund, Isfjorden, Adventfjorden and Skansbukta on Draba mic where it is common, and from Krossfjorden. Its ropeta/a, D. "a/pina X oblongata", and D. arctiea, aecial stage (called "Caeoma" by Lind) is on and later by Hagen (1941) on D. corymbosa from Saxifraga cespitosa while the uredinia and telia Moskushavn at Adventfjorden. Also collected at are on Salix polaris. Hagen (1941, 1950, 1952) Lovenøyane, Kongsfjorden by Rønning (Herb. reported the same speeies on Saxifraga cespitosa, TROM, unpubl.). The species has only telia. S. oppositifolia and Sa/ix polaris from severai localities at Isfjorden. Melampsora epitea is a complex rust species including severaI different host alternations. Klebahn (1907) demonstrated Pucdnia eutremae Lindr. Another speeies only known with telia and ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 248 reported from Sassendalen (Nannfeldt 1933), Bjørnbeinflya (Lind 1928), Bohemannesset (Lind which has only telia, is restricted to Saxifraga and the host on Svalbard was S. aizoides. 1928, 1934, Lid 1967), and Kapp Linne (Hagen 1942). The host is Cochlearia groenlandiea for most collections and the speeies was previously Schizonella melanogramma (De.) J. referred to as P. cochleariae Lindr. except for the Sehrat. collection on Eutrema edwardsii from Sassen dalen (Nannfeldt 1933). Reported from Sorgfjorden by Wulff (1902) and from Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). The host was Carex rupestris. Puccinia gibberulosa J. Sehrot. Reported as P. blyuiana Lagh. on Ranunculus from Bjonahamna at Tempelfjorden by Jørstad (1950). It is microcyclic (only known with telia). This rust was described by Blytt (1882) from Tolyposporium junci (J. Sehrat.) Woronin This smut has only been reported by Lind (1928) on funcus biglumis from Adventfjorden. Leka, northern Norway as P. ranunculi, a nomen provisorium, but the valid description is from the Pyrenees as P. gibberulosa. It is known with Usti/ago bistortarum (De.) Kam. severai localities from arctic Canada (Parrneiee Reported from numerous localities on Bistorta 1989), and from Himalaya and Argentina. vivipara by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928, 1934), and Hagen (1941, 1950, 1952). The species is Puccinia heucherae (Sehwein.) Dietel com mon both on the inftorescence and on the 1eaves. The former was previously considered to Reported on six Saxifraga species from most parts be a separate species, U. inflorescentiae (Tre!.) of Svalbard (Karsten 1872; Lind 1928; Hagen Maire, but is now often treated as U. bistortarum 1941, 1950, 1952; Lid 1967) as P. saxifragae var. ustilaginea (De.) B. Lindeb. The variety on Schlechtd. which is synonymous with P. heu the leaves, formerly U. candollei TuI. & e. TuI., cherae (Schwein.) Diet. var. saxifragae is U. bistortarum var. bistortarum. (Schlechtd.) Savile. UstUago hyperborea A. Blytt Puccinia hieracii (Rohl.) Mart. Reported from Bjørnøya by Gjærum (1991). Col Only reported from Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa in the Adventdalen area by Lind (1928). lected by Engelskjøn and Dunfjeld on Bjørnøya in 1983 on Taraxacum cymbifolium. The speeies occurs as var. hieracii. This taxon has sometimes been recognised as a separate species, P. taraxaci PIOWL Both uredinia and telia were present in the collection. Puccinia oxyriae Fuekei Only reported from the Adventfjorden area (Lind 1928) and from easternmost Adventdalen by Ustilago nivalis Liro Reported on Sagina nivalis from Adventfjorden (Lind 1928; Hagen 1941) and from Blåhuken at Van Mijenfjorden by Hagen (1941). Ustilago picacea Lagerh, & Liro Only reported once from the tiny annual species Hagen (1941) who reported both uredinia and Koenigia islandiea in the Adventfjorden area by telia. Lind (1928). Puccinia pazschkei Dietel Ustilago striiformis (Westend. ) Niessl Only reported from Lyckholmdalen and Myggda Only reported on Poa an·tica from Brentskardet len as P. jueliana by Lind (1928). The species in easternmost Adventdalen by Hagen (1941). A catalogue of Svalbard p/mils. fungi, algae. and cyanobacteria Outside Svalbard the species is widespread on grasses (Farr et al. 1989). 249 Cheilymenia rubra (Cooke ex W. Phillips) Baud. Published by Dobbs (1942) and is probably C. pseudohumarioides. Ustilago vinosa TuI. & C. TuI. A common smut on Oxyria digyna reported from numerous localities by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928) and Hagen (1941, 1952). Cintractia caricis (Pers.:Pers.) Magnus This species was reported from Svalbard i n a collective sense, and the material corresponds to severaI Anthracoidea species. Anthracoidea car icis (Pers.:Pers.:) Bref.. the synonym of Cintractia Usti/ago vio/acea (Pers. :Pers.) Roussel An almost cosmopolitan species attacking the caricis s. str.. has not been confirmed from Sval bard. anthers of members of the family Caryophyl laceae. It has been reported on Silene acaulis from many localities Engelskbukta. at Isfjorden Wijdefjorden and and from Lomfjorden (Wulff 1902; Lind 1928; Hagen 1941, 1950, 1952). It was reported on Stellaria longipes s.l. from Tempelfjorden by Lind (1928). The smut on Ste[ lada is now included in U. violacea, but has . previously been regarded as a separate species, U. stellariae (Sow.) Liro, or as a variety, U. Clathrospora elynae Rabenh. Reported by Karsten (1872) from Ekmanfjorden and Kongsfjorden on Carex nardina, and Lind (1928) added more localities and four additional hosts (graminoids). The reports refer to C. het erospora (De Not.) Wehm. according to Holm & Holm (1994). violacea var. stellariae (Sow.) Savile. Clathrospora punctiformis (Niessl) Berl. Only known on Carex misandra from Bohe manneset (Lind 1928). but the speeies is probably Rejected speeies C. deflectens (Holm & Holm 1994). Co/eroa circinans (Moug.:Fr.) G. Winter Arctosporidium lucidum Thor Reported from Adventfjorden and Grønfjorden as an endoparasite on a mite (Thor 1930). Sys tematic position unclear. Reported on Potentilla pulchella from Bellsund. Adventdalen and Billefjorden by Lind (1928). This report is probably erroneous as C. circinans grows on Geranium (Ellis & Ellis 1985; Cannon et al. 1985; Farr et al. 1989; Eriksson 1992). and the report instead refers to Venturia potentillae Capronia polyspora (Barr) E. Miill. et al. (Holm & Holm 1994). The species was reported from Longyearbyen by Holm & Holm (1993a), but determined with uncertainty as it differs from C. polyspora in naked ascomata. Dipleella coniothyrium (FuekeI) Barr Reported from Sassendalen on leaves of Salix polaris as Leptosphaeria coniothyrium (Lind 1928). According to Holm & Holm (1994) this is a most improbable record as the species is generally Cheilymenia ciliata (Bull.) Maas Geest. found on canes of Rubus. No material was found Corresponds to C. stercorea (Pers.) Boud. and in C. Lachnea stercorea (Fr.) Gill. as published by Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928), and is probably C. pseudohumarioides Dissing, J. Moravec & Sivertsen. Discostroma corticola (FuekeI) Brockmann Its anamorph stage Seimatosporium lichenicola 250 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN (Corda) Shoemaker & E. Miill. was reported (as Coryneum foliicola Fuekei) by Lind (1928). He treated it as synonymous with Seimatosporium cassiopes (Rostr.) B. Sutton, a view generally not accepted (e.g. Farr et al. 1989), and only the latter species is Iisted in this catalogue. Leptosphaeria algida Rostr. Lind (1928) reported L. algida on Phippsia from some localities, but later Lind (1934) indicated that it may be included in Phaeosphaeria micro seopiea. Holm & Holm (1994), however, stated that L. algida is a poorly known member of the Phaeosphaeria eustoma complex, and no material was found in C to substantiate the records. DureIla lecideola (Fr.) Rehm Published from BjørnØya (Lynge 1926; Hagen 1950), but probably corresponds to D. mac rospora Fuekei (Lind 1928). Lewia infectoria (FuekeI) E. Simmons Reported to be very cornmon (as P. infeetoria and P. media) by Lind (1928), but Holm & Holm Glutinisporidium compositum Thor (1993b) considered the material to correspond to P. penicillus with reduced bristles. An endoparasite of unclear systematical position described from a mite collected in the Adventda len area by Thor (1930). Lophiostoma myriocarpum FuekeI Reported as L. cf. myrioearpum on Dryas from He/vella acetabulum (L. ex. Fr.) Ouel. the Adventdalen area based on immature material (fIolm & Holm 1993a). Published by Dissing (1966) and Ohenoja (1971), but has has been revised by Harmaja (1977) and represents three different species: H. arctoalpina Harmaja, H. dryadophila Harmaja and H. aes tillalis (R. Heim & L. Remy) Dissing & Raitv. Macrospora scirpicola (De.: Fr.) FuekeI Reported from four host speeies from a few places at Isfjorden by Lind (1928) as Pleospora scirpi cola. Two collections in C were reexamined by Hendersonia crastophila Sacc. Holm & Holm (1994) who only found P. arctiea. Referred to as Stagonospora culmicola by Jørstad (1967). Hermanniasporidium juvenile Thor Massarina arundinacea (Sow.:Fr.) Leuchtm. Only reported from Gipsdalen on Poa abbrelliata as Leptosphaeria arundinacea (Lind 1928). The Described as an endoparasite on a mite at Bjørn speeies is widespread in Europe (Lind 1934), but øya by Thor (1930). The species couid be a from Sweden only recorded from dead culms of younger stage of H. magnum , and its systematic Phragmites australis (Eriksson 1992). Holm & position is uncIear. Holm (1994) could not tind any material in C, and the report was considered "highly improbable". Hermanniasporidium magnum Thor A resting spore of a taxon of unknown systematie position reported as an endoparasite of a mite at Bjørnøya (Thor 1930). Massariosphaeria grandispora (Sacc.) Lcuchtm. Reported on Juneus biglumis from Blomstrand halvøya at Kongsfjorden by Holm & Holm (1994), but their determination was uncertain. Humaria semi-immersa (Karst.) Sacc. Published from Ny-Ålesund by Dobbs (1942) but most probably reters to Neottiella aphanodictyon (Kobayasi) Dissing, Korf & Sivertsen. Molgosporidium ellipticum Thor A taxon of unknown systematie position reported A cala/ogue of Sualbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria from the Adventfjorden area as an endoparasite of a mite (Thor 1930). 251 did not list any teleomorph. Holm & Holm (1994) listed it below "Mycosphaerella cerastii (Rabenh.) Magn.", but the Norskøyane material was rede termined to Ramularia alborosella. Murciasporidium divisum Thor Also an endophytic resting spore of unknown systematic position described from a mite col The reports by Lind (1930). lected at Adventfjorden by Thor Mycosphaerella polygonorum (Crie) Lind (1928) refer to Venturia polygoni-uiuipari (Holm & Holm MortierelIa pusilla Oudem. Reported by Zabawski (1976) from Hornsund, but the speeies was considered to be of "doubtful identity" by Gams Mycosphaerella stellarinearum (Rabenh.) Johanson Reported (1977). 1994). Sphaerella as stellarinearum from Ekmanfjorden and Gråhuken on Stellaria lon gipes s.l. and S. humifusa by Karsten (1872), but von Arx MortierelIa subtilissima Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976) but was not among the recognised species in the M ortiereIla monograph by Gams A doubtful species indicated by Holm & Holm (1994) as a synonym of Sphaerella (1928), reported from cerastii Fuekei Svalbard by Lind but this species was redetermined by Holm & Holm (1994). included it in M. tassiana, an (1994). (1977). Mycosphaerella cerastii (Rabenh.) Magn. previously (1949) alternative which was supported by Holm & Holm Mycosphaerella wichuriana (J. Schrot. ) Johanson Reported as common on many graminoids by Lind (1928), but treated as M. recutita (Fr.:Fr.) Johanson by Holm & Holm (1994). These speeies (1989). were not treated as synonyms by Farr et al. See also below M. isa riophora. Octospora humosa (Fr.:Fr.) Dennis Mycosphaerella eriophila (Niessl) Lindau shown to be Neottiella aphanodictyon. Published by Huhtinen Reported by Lind (1928) but has been on Erigeron hwnilis from Adventdalen and Alkhornet. No material was found in C by Holm & Holm (1994), who considered the report doubtful. The speeies was included in M. tassiana by von Arx not followed by Farr et al. (1987), (1949), a view (1989). Octospora leucoloma Hedw. ex Gray Reported from NY-Ålesund by Kobayasi et al. (1968), but suggested by Huhtinen respond to O. (1987) to cor humosa (Fr.:Fr.) Dennis. We would suggest that this report also corresponds to Neottiella aphanodictyon, see O ctospora humosa. Mycosphaerella isariophora (Desm.) Johanson Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm First reported as Sphaerella cerastii from Cera stium leaves from Norskøyane (Karsten Lind (1928) 1872). concluded that this material was identical with the imperfect fungus Septoria stel Probably corresponds to Scleropleella hyperborea (Fuekei) L. Holm (Wettsteinina (Auersw.) Barr) according to Holm andromedae (1975). lariae, and added collections from Minuartia and Stellaria from Bjørnøya, Bellsund and Adventda (1985) treated this taxon as an isariophora, but Farr et al. (1989) len. Cannon et al. anamorph of M. Pezizula cesati (Carest.) P. Karst. The genus corresponds to Thelebolus (Eriksson 252 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN & Hawksworth 1988), but the present name and bergen where it had been collected on 16 mono the Bjørnøya collection has not been revised as cotyledonous hosts. It was originally described far as we know. from Gotland, Sweden, but this was a mistake, as shown by Lind (1928), as its host Puceinellia vahliana has never been found in mainland Phaeosphaeria graminis (Fuckel) L. Holm Reported on Poa from Olsokflya at Sørkapp Land by Lind (1928), as Leptosphaeria graminum. This report is doubtful as P. graminis is only report ed from Phragmites by Shoemaker & Babcock (1989) and Eriksson (1992). Holm & Holm (1994) could not tind any material of this poorly known taxon in C. Europe. Later Lind (1934) concluded that this speeies has a circumpolar distribution, and this conclusion was shared by Farr et al. (1989). Wehmeyer (1961), however, regarded the species as a synonym of Graphyllium pentamerum (P. Karst.) Barr or possibly C. punctiformis (Niessl) Berl. Eriksson (1967b) considered P. magnusiana "sensu Lind" to be apparently synonymous with Pyrenophora subalpina (a view followed here) whereas Eriksson (1992) indicated (with a ques tion mark) that Pleospora magnusiana and P. Pleospora cerastii Oudem. punctiformis in Sweden might be synonymous Reported to be polyphagous and common on with Clathrospora dejiectens (P. Karst.) O.E. Svalbard by Lind (1928). as Pyrenophora cerastii, Erikss. Holm & Holm (1994) stated that the Lind (1928) reports of Pleospora cerastii. a nomen nudum according to Wehmeyer (1961), probably refer to P. helvetica. Pleospora paucitricha FuekeI Common on dead leaves of Salix polaris and S. reticulata all over Svalbard (Lind 1928). The Pleospora discors (Durieu & Mont.) Ces. & De Not. species was not included by Holm & Holm (1993b) who considered the Lind (1928) records to be doubtful. Holm & Holm (1994) examined Recorded by Lind (1928) from a long list of mono two C collections in vain, and the species was cotyledonous hosts all over Svalbard. The speeies considered to be a doubtful taxon by Wehmeyer was referred to P. arctiea by Eriksson (1967b). (1961). Pleospora junci Pass. & Beitt. Pleospora phaeocomoides (Berk. & Broome) G. Winter Recorded by Lind (1928) from Juncus arcticus, J. biglumis and Luzula arctiea from Bellsund and Reported by Lind (1928) from Isfjorden on Silene from a few places at Isfjorden, and was treated furcata and S. uralensis as Pleospora dianthii De as Not., a species included in P phaeocomoides an arctic-alpine species by Lind (1934). Wehmeyer (1961) considered P. junei Pass. & (Wehmeyer 1961, Holm & Holm 1994). The iden Beltr. to be a nom. contus. Lind (1928) Iisted P. tity of this species is somewhat uncertain (Cannon spinosella Rehm as a synonym. This species is et al. 1985). The species was not included by now Montagnula spinosella (Rehm) Crivelli, but Holm & Holm (1993b) who considered the Lind Crivelli (1983) did not eite P. spinosella as a (1928) report doubtful. Two Lind (1928) col synonym. Holm & Holm (1993b) revised two lections in C were determined to Cilioplea cor samples identified as P. junei by Lind as P. hel onata and Pleospora comata by Holm & Holm vetica and P. islandiea, and presented later co1- (1994). Farr et al. (1989) included P. phae lections of Montagnula spinosella. ocomoides in P. penieillius. Pleospora wichuriana J. Schr6t. Pleospora magnusiana Berl. Reported on Carex saxatilis from Adventfjorden First published as restricted to Svalbard by Lind by Lind (1928) as Pyrenophora wichuriana. Holm (1928) and reported from most parts of Spits & Holm (1994) did not find any material in C, A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 253 and suggested that the report may refer to P. material is restudied. It was not reported from penicillius. Svalbard by Schumacher (1990). Pleuroceras insulare (Johanson) M. Monod Sphaerotheca fuliginea (Schltdl. : Fr. ) Pollacci One Lind (1928) collection redetermined as P. helveticum (Rehm) Barr by Holm & Holm (1994), Reported by Lind (1928) and Hagen (1941), but and all Svalbard reports of P. insulare should be considered to belong to S. erigeronis-canadensis considered as doubtful. by Holm & Holm (1994), see also below the latter species. Pyrenophora filicina Lind Reported on Cystopteris fragilis from Bellsund by Venturia chlorospora (Ces.) P. Karst. Lind (1928), but Wehmeyer (1961) suggested that Common on dead leaves of Salix spp. all over the report corresponds to Pleospora helvetica, Svalbard according to Lind (1928), but the reports and Holm & Holm (1994) could not find any apparently reter to V. subcutanea (Holm & Holm material in C. 1994). Pyrenophora setigera (Niessl) Sacc. Venturia ditricha (Fr.:Fr.) P. Karst. Reported on severai herbaceous host species from A rare southern species only reported from dead central parts of Spitsbergen by Lind (1928). The leaves of Betula nana collected at Colesbukta species has an arctic-alpine distribution (Lind (Lind 1928). Holm & Holm (1994) did not find 1934). It was not found by Holm & Holm (1993b) any material in C, and considered the report to who considered the Svalbard reports by Lind refer to V. subcutanea. (1928) to be doubtful. A sample in UPS deter mined to P. setigera by Lind was redetermined to Pleospora penicillius by Holm & Holm (1994). Venturia petasitidis (Fuekei) Sacc. Reported on Petasites frigidus from Longyear Reticulosporidium globosum Thor A resting spore of unknown systematic position described from Bjørnøya by Thor (1930). byen and Kapp Thordsen (Lind 1928), but V. petasitidis belongs to Gibbera or Epipolaeum (MUller & von Arx 1962). Another undetermined Venturia species was found on Petasites on Sval bard by Holm & Holm (1994). Rhinotrichum curtisii Corda Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski Zercosporidium incrassatum Thor (1976), but later by Zabawski (1982b) changed to Described as an endoparasite on a mite from Rhinotrichum sp. Bjørnøya by Thor (1930). The species is of unknown systematic position. Sclerotinia tuberosa (Hedw. ex Fr.) Fuekei An erroneous report by SkirgieHo (1961, 1968) evidently referring to Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl: List of synonyms Fr.) T. Schumach. & Kohn. Allophyllaria pusiola (P. Karst.) Nannf. Scutellinia scutellata (L.) Larnbotte Reported in a collective sense by Lid (1967) and should be referred to as Scutel/inia sp. until the Cro- cicreas gramineum (Fr.) Fr. Ascobolus stercorarius (Bull.) J. Schrot. furfuraceus Pers. :Fr. Belonidium juncisedum (P. Karst.) Rehm A. ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 254 Diplonaevia circinata (Lib.) Hein & D. hyper Belonioseypha vexata (De Not) Rehm Cro = Belonopeziza advena (P. Karst.) Nannf. Hys = Belonopsis graminea (P. Karst.) Keissl. Hys = Bostriehonema alpestre Ces. Erysiphe graminis De. B. = polygoni Fabraea cerastiorum (FL) Rehm = Leptotroehila Gnomonia hyparetiea Gnomoniella Lind Goniosporium puecinoides (Fr.) Link = Arthri nium pueeinioides (DC.) Kunze. (Unger) J. Schr6t. Chaetomium erispatoideum Sergeeva = C. eri spatum FuekeI Griphosphaeria hyperborea (Karst.) L. Holm = Diseostroma hyperboreum (P. Karst.) Q.E. Cheilymenia stereorea (Pers.) Boud. = C. eiliata Erikss. Helminthosporium flexuosum Corda (Bull.) Maas Gees. Cladosporium gramineum Corda C. herbarum alpina Auersw. C. elynae = Gra discophora (Auersw. ex Niessl) = Mierosphaeropsis olivaeea (Bonord.) H6hn. eassiopes (Rostr.) B. Sutton = (Corda) Shoemaker & E. Miill. Crociereas gra Crumenula pusiola P. Karst. mineum (Fr.) Fr. Isothea rhytismoides (Bab. ex Berk.) Fr. Hys teronaevia lyngei (Lind) Nannf. Hys teronaevia luzulieola Nannf. Isariopsis alborosella (Desm.) Sacc. Crueibulum leve = Laehnea seutellata (L.) Gill. Ramularia Seutellinia se u tel/ata (L.) Lambotte (De.) Kambly Dasyseyphus palearum (Desm.) Massee Laeh num palearum (Desm.) Korf Dendryphium fumosum = Laehaum pale arum (Desm.) Korf Dendryphion Fr. Laehnum patens (Fr.) P. Karst. L. stercorea (Fr.) Gill. fumosum Fr. Cheilymenia ciliata = (Bull.) Maas Gest. Didymella distineta (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss. = Laetinaevia erythrostigmoides (Fr.) Nannf. Wettsteinina distineta (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm Didymella hyperborea (P. Karst.) Sacc. = Gri Didymosphaeria eassiopes Rostr. Scleropleel/a Scleropleella hyperborea (FuekeI) L. Holm L. arundinacea (Sow.) Sacc. Wetts L. carieinella P. Karst. teinina dryadis (Rm;tr.) Petr. Kalmusia eoniothyrium (FuekeI) L. Hunndorf Mierodiplodia per pusilla (Desm.) Allesch. = Phaeosphaeria cari L. eoniothyrium (FuekeI) Sacc. = Dipleella eoniothyrium (FuekeI) Barr. L. eonsobrina P. Karst. = Phaeosphaeria con sobrina (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Aseoehyta arctiea (Lind) Punith. Dothidella betulina (Fr.) Sacc. Massarina arun cinella (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss. Dipleella eoniothyrium (FuekeI) Barr = = dinacea (Sow.:FL) Leuchtm. D. dryadis (FuekeI) Berl. & Voglino = L. Leptosphaeria andromedae (Auersw.) Sacc. hyperborea (FuekeI) L. Holm Diplodia perpusilla Desm. = erythrostigma (Rehm) Nannf. ex B. Hein phosphaeria hyperborea (P. Karst.) L. Holm betulina (Fr.) PetL Stagonospora eul alborosella (Desm.) Gjærum Cyathus erueibu/um Bull. Diplodina arctiea Lind = mieola (Sacc.) Cast. & Germano Hysteropezizella pusilla (Lib.) Nannf. C. leve (DC.) Kambly = H. corium (Weberb.) Hysteropezizella lyngei (Lind) Nannf. Seimatosporium lichenieola Crucibulum vulgare TuI. = Mass. Hypospila rhytismoides (Bab.) Niessl Seimatosporium Coryneum eassiopes Rostr. Hymenoseyphus her = Hendersonia eulmieola Sacc. C. ligniaria (Grev.) Cooke Coniothyrium olivaeeum Bonord. in FuekeI Lae barum (Pers.) Dennis HeivelIa arctiea Nannf. phyllium pentamerum (P. Karst.) Barr = tenaevia erythrostigmoides (FL) Nannf. Helotium herbarum Fr. Rabenh. Clathrospora pentamera (P. Karst.) Berl. Clado = sporium herbarum (Pers.:Fr.) Link Helotiella erythrostigma (Rehm) Sacc. Link ex. Fr. (anamorph) C. foliieola FuekeI Blumeria graminis hyparetiea (Lind) Barr teronaevia kobayasii Nannf. Cain daetylidis cerastiorum (Wallr.) Schiiepp teronaevia advena (P. Karst.) Nannf. Conioehaeta E. = (DC.) Speer cicreas eulmieola (Desm.) S.E. Carp. Clathrospora Entyloma ambiens P. Karst. (Pass.) Cif. borea Nannf. L. eulmicola Auersw. = Phaeosphaeria nigrans (Roberge ex Desm.) L. Holm = Atopospora L. eulmifraga (Fr.) Ces. = Phaeosphaeria her potriehoides (De Not.) L. Holm A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria L. equiseti P. Karst. = Phaeosphaeria equiseti (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm L. graminum Sacc. (Fuckel) L. Holm L. insignis P. Karst. = Phaeosphaeria insignis (P. Phaeosphaeria caricinella = microscopica P. Karst. Phaeosphaeria = L. silenes-acaulis De Not. Phaeosphaeria sil = L. vagans P. Karst. Phaeosphaeria caricinella = Oudem. Phaeosphaeria = weberi Linospora insularis Johanson Pleuroceras insu = Lizonia distincta P. Karst. Didymella distincta = Lophodennium arundinaceum (Fr.) Chev. L. culmigenum (Fr.) De Not. Massaria eucarpa (P. Karst.) Lind = Wettsteinina eucarpa (P. Karst.) Miiller & Arx M. macrotheca (Rostr.) Lind = Wettsteinina mac rotheca (Rostr.) E. MiilI. = M. epitea Thiim. Melasmia empetri P. Magnus = Hysterodiscula empetri (White) Petr. Metasphaeria eassiopes Rostr. = Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm M. sepalorum Vleugel Bricookea sepalorum (Vleugel) Barr Microthyrium arcticum Oudem. = Ronnigeria arctica (Oudem.) Petr. P. Hysteronaevia Karst. advena (P. Karst.) Nannf. M. atrata (Fr.) P. Karst. = Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) FuekeI M. dehnii (Rabenh.) P. Karst. = Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) FuekeI M. graminea P. Karst. Hysteronaevia kobayasii Nannf. Buchw. = (J. inconspieua Schrot.) M. cassiopes Barr Myriosclerotinia Nimbomollisia erto = Orbilia primulae (Rehm) Sacc. = Naeviopsis pri PatelIaria macrospora (Fuekei) W. Phillips Penicillium commune Thom P. frequentans Westling = = P. puberulum = P. glabrum (Wehmer) P. lanosum Westling P. palitans Westling P. puberulum Bainier P. chrysogenum Thom = = P. viridicatum Westling P. crustosum Thom P. terrestre eN. Jensen (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Melampsora arctica Rostr. N. phaea (Re hm) Sacc. P. notatum Westling lare (Johanson) M. Monod = Hysteronaevia Westling (Oudem.) L. & K. Holm Vestergr. = Bainier (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Myeosphaerella Niptera advena CP. Karst.) Lind DurelIa macrospora FuekeI enes-acaulis (De Not.) L. Holm advena Laetinaevia stellariae mulae (Rehm) B. Hein microscopica Cp. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Mollisia = phori (Kirchn.) Nannf. CP. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. weberi N. stellariae (Rostr.) Lind advena (P. KarsL) Nannf. L. juneiseda P. Karst. L. Hysteronaevia luzul = (Rostr.) Lind Karst.) L. Holm L. N. pusilla (Lib.) Rehm icola Nannf. Phaeosphaeria graminis = 255 vahliana N.F. Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl: Fr.) T. Schumach. & Kohn = Hys teropezizella diminuens (P. Karst.) Nannf. fuscella (P. Karst.) Nannf. Phaeosphaeria equiseti (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm var. lindii L. & K. Holm P. lindii (L. & K. = Holm) Leuchtm. P. eustoma (FuekeI) L. Holm = P. microscopica = Hymenoscyphus (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. Phialea rhodoleuca (Fr.) Sacc. rhodoleucus (Fr.) W. Phillips Phyllochora amenei Rostr. = Glomerella amenti (Rostr.) Arx & E. MiiII. Pleospora arctagrostidis Oudem. = P. aretica P. Karst. P. cerastii Oudem. P. glaeialis Niessl ex Rehm P. de/leetens P. Karst. Clathrospora deflectens (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss. P. dianthii De Not. P. phaeocomoides (Berk. & Broome) G. Winter P. infectoria FuekeI = Lewia infectoria (Fuekei) E. Simmons P. karstenii Sacc. P. lutea Wehm. = = P. arctica P. Karst. P. arctica P. Karst. P. maerospora J. Schrot. non Fuekei = Pyr enophora schroeteri Barr P. media Niessl = P. penidl/us (Schm.) Fuekei = Graphyllium pen tamerum (P. Karst.) Barr P. scirpicola (De.: Fr.) P. Karst. Macrospora seirpicola (De.: Fr.) Fuekei Naevia diminuens (P. Karst.) Rehm N. fuscella (P. Karst.) Lind eiliata (Bull.) Maas Gees. P. pentamera P. Karst. (Rostr.) Cheilymenia Peziza stercorea Pers. Hysteropezizella P. vagans Niessl = Phaeosphaeria vagans (Niessl) O.E. Erikss. Pseudophacidium degenerans P. Karst. derma degenerans (P. Karst.) Nannf. = Hypo ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN 256 Pseudopeziza bistortae (Lib,) FuekeI = Pseudo p, gibberulosa J, Puccinia blyttiana Lagerh, cardamines-bellidifoliae Diet. cruci p, P. cochleariae Lindr. p, jueliana Diet. P. pazschkei Diet. P. bistortae (F. P. gibberulosa J. Schrat. p, ranunculi A. Blytt p, heucherae (Sehwein.) p, saxifragae Sehlchtd. Diet. Tarzelta cupu Pustularia cupularis (L) FuekeI Lambotte Pyrenopeziza potentillae (Rostr.) Nannf. = P. atrata (Pers.) Fuekei Pseudopeziza svalbardensis (Lind) Nannf. Pyrenophora androsaces (Fuekei) Saee. = Pleo spora androsaces Fuekei p, chrysospora (Niessl) Saee. = Pleospora hel vetica Niessl Pleospora helvetica Niessl S. genufiexa Auersw. ssp. polaris P. Karst. = Mycosphilerellil poll1ris (P. Karst.) Lindau S. pachyasca Rostr. Mycosphl1erella pachyasca = (Rostr.) Vestergr. S, pedicularidis P, Karst. = Mycosphaerella pedi cularidis (P. Karst.) Lind S, perexigua P. Karst. Mycosphaerella per = exigua (P. Karst.) Johanson S, ranunculi (Fr.) P. Karst. Mycosphaerella = ranunculi (P. Karst.) Lind S. stellarinearum (Rabenh,) P, Karse = Myco sphaerella allicina (Fr.) Vestergr. S. taraxaci P. Karst. Mycosphaerella taraxaci = (P. Karst.) Lind S. tassiana De Not Mycosphaeriella tassiana = Sphaeria hyperborea P. Karst. Griphosphaeria = hyperborea (P. Karse) L Holm Pleospora helvetica p, hispida (Niessl) Saec. Niessl Sphaeropezia empetr! (Fr.) Rehm = Arwidssonia empelri (Rehm) Q,E. Erikss, p, paucitricha (Fuekei) Berl. & Voglino = Pleo spora paucilricha Fuekei wichuriana (J. Sehrat.) Saee. = Pleospora = Fr. Duplicaril1 empelri Sporormiella S. heptamem Auersw. = Sporonniella heptamera S. lychnidis Desm. = Sepultaria I1renosa (Fuckel) Rehm = Geopora arenosa (FuekeI) Ahmad Sphaerella andromedae Auersw. L Stegia subvelala Rehm = Hysteropezizella dim Syncephalis ænuis Thaxt. SpinaUa = tenuis (Thaxt.) Zyeha (Wrangel ex Fr.) Fuekei hyperborea (FuekeI) = inuens (P. Karst.) Nannf. Selenophoma drabae (Fuekei) Petr. Septorill melandrii Pass. Griff. americana (Auersw.) S. Ahmed & Cain Rhabdospora drabae (Fuekei) Berl. & Voglini empetri Sporormia americana (Griff.) S. Ahmed & Cain wichuriana J. Sehrat. Rhytisma Weltsteinina eucarpa (P, (De Not) Johanson p, helvetica (Niessl) Saee. p, Didymella distincta (P. Karst.) Muller & Arx Strauss) DC p, drabae Nannf. S, distinctl1 P. Karst. S, eucarpa P. Karst. p, eutremae Lindr. p, polygoni-vivipari P, Karst. (L) Mycosphilerellil confinis S, confinis P. Karst. Karse) Q,E. Erikss. ferarwn Rud, laris Mycosphaerella isariophora (P, Karse) Lind Sehrat. p, S, cerl1stii Fuekei (Desm,) Johanson rhytisma bistortae (Lib,) Juel Holm = ScleropleeUa Trochila diminuens P. Karst. Hysteropezizella = diminuens (P. Karst.) Nannf. Ustilago candollei TuI. & C TuI. = U. bistortarum (DC) B. Lindeb. var. bistortarum U. inflorescemiae (Tre!.) Maire = U. bistortarum (DC) B. Lindeb. var. ustilaginea B. Lindeb. A cmalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 257 Berlese, A,N. 1888: Monografia dei generi Pleospora, Clalhro Anamorphs Ital. 20, 1-176, spora e Pyrellophora, Nuovo Giom, Bol. 19J-260, Blytt, A, 1882: Bidrag lil Kundskaben om Norges Soparter. Deuteromycota anamorphs listed under their Botrytis cinerea Pers. see Botryotinia fuckeliana (de Bary) Whetzel Cladosporium herbarum Link ex Fr. see Myco sphaerella tassiana (De Not.) Johanson Alleseh. see empetri (White) Petr. see Duplicaria empetri (Wrangel ex Fr.) Fuekei Phoma sepalorum Lind see Bricookea sepalorum & Germano. G, 1977: Le Staganosporae gra C.astellani, E, minieole. Ann. Fae, Sei, Agr. Univ. Torino 10,1-135, Pleospora: Vorschlag fur eine Aufleilung. Ph, D. thesis. No. 7J-18,Ziirich. Dennis, R.W.G, 1981: The tung; of Jensen's Nunataks, Wesl Greenland, K, Norske VideIlSk, Selsk. Skr. 3, 1-20 Dissing, H. 1966: The genus HeivelIa in Europe with special emphasis on Ihe speeies found in Norden. Dansk 801. Arkiv 25; l. 1-172. (Vleugel) Barr Seimatosporium lichenieola (Corda) Shoemaker & E. Miill. see Discostroma corticola (FuekeI) Br oekmann Helotiales, LeOliaceae). Mem, New York Bal. Garden33,1290, Crivelli, P,G. 1983: Vber die helerogene Ascomyeelengattung Lopho dermium caricinum (Rob. & Desm.) Duby Hysterodiscula Commonwealth Mycological Instilule. London. 302 pp. Carpenter, S,E. 1981: Monograph of Crodereas (Ascornyeetes, Diplocarpon polygoni E. MillI. henningsii 1882. 5, & Sherwood-Pike. M.A. 1985: The British Ascomycolina, An annotated checklisl. Bostrichonema polygonia (Unger) J. Sehrat. see Leptostroma Chra, Vidensk, Selsk. For!l. Cannon. P.F .. Hawksworth. D.L eorresponding Ascomyeota teleomorphs: (Aseomyeota, Pyrenomyeetes) below "Rejeeted speeies" . Septoria salicicola (Fr.) Saee. see Mycosphaerella salicicola (Fr.) Johanson ex Oudem. Septoria stellariae Rob. & Desm. see Myco sphaerella isariophora (Desm.) Johanson Dissing. H. 1983: HeiveIla aeslivalis a speeies with a true arctic-alpine-subalpine distribution, Agariea 4 (8J. 176-182. Dissing, H, 1989: Four new coprophilous speeies of Ascobolus and Saccobolus from Greenland (Pezizales), Opera Bol. 1 00. 4J-SO. Dissing, H. & Sivertsen. S. 1983. Operculate discomycetes from Rana (Norway) 5. Rhodos cypha gen, nov, and Rhodolarzella 16. 441-460. & S. Sivertsen. 1988: Lathrueodiscus urcticus gen. gen. nov, Mycolaxon Dissing. H, nov.. sp, nov. (order Pezizales). a new discomycete from Sorth Greenland and Svalbard. Myeologia 80, 832-836. Debbeler. P, 1978: Moosbewohnende Ascomyceten l. Die Pyr enocarpen, den Gametophyten besiedelnden Arten. Mitt. Acknowledgements Bol. Staatssamml. Munchen 14, 1-360. Dobbeler. p, 1979: Moosbewohnende Ascomyceten Ill. Einige neue Arten der Gattungen Neclria. Epibryon und Punclilium, Wc are indebted to 0, Aas, University of Bergen. for allowing us 10 include some coprophilous laJ(a he determined based on material brought from Svalbard by D,O. 0vstedal, University of Bergen. and to U. Søchting, University of Copenhagen. for supplying information on a my"omycete collection, We are also indebted to T. Engelskjøn and 0, Skifte, University of Tromsø, for supplying some undetermined collections now deposited at the Herb. TROM, and to L. Holm, Uppsala Cniversity, and R. P. Kort, Cornell University, for comments on the manuscript. Mitt. Bol. Slaatssamml, Munchen 15. 19J-221. Debbeler. p, 1996: Potriphila navicularis gen. et sp. nov, (Ostropales, Aseomycetes). cin bipolar verbreiteter Parasil von Polytrichum alpinum. Nova Hedw. 62.61-77, Dobbs. e.G, 1942: Note on the larger fung; of Spitsbergen, l. Bol. 80 94-102. . Eckblad. F,-E, 1963: Contributions to the Geoglossaceae of Norway, Ny/l Mag. Bot. 10 137-158. , Eckblad, F,-E, 1968: The genera of Ihe operculale disco mycetes. A re-evaluation of their taxonomy, phyllogeny and nomenc1alure, Nyll Mag, Bot. 15, 1-192. EckbJad. F.-E, 1969: Contributions to Ihe ScJerotiniaceae of Norway. Friesia References 9, 4-9, Eckblad. F.-E. 1985 (ed, j: Norske soppna11n 1985. Den norske soppnavnkomiteen av 1968. Oslo. Ems. M.B. & Ellis.l,P. 1985: Micra/ung; on land plants. Croom Ahmed. S,L & Cain. R,F, 1972: Revision of the genera Spo rormia and Sporormiella, Can, l, Bor. 50,419-477. Balazy. S, & Wisniewski. J, 1978: Nowy dia Polski gatunek owadomorka (Mycophyta, Entomophthoraceae) z roztocza Ve/gara sp, Pozn, Tow. Przyj. Nauk. Prate Kom, Nauk. Roln. Lesn, 49, 36. Benkert. D. 1987: Beitrage zur Taxonomie der Gattung Lam Heim, London & Sydney. 818 pp, Elvebakk, A. 1979: Plartlesosiologi og -fenalogi i eil arklisk omrdde: Slupha/lel, Brøggerhalvøya, Sualbard. UnpubL Cand, real. thesis, Cniv. Trondheim. 233 pp. Elvebakk, A. 1981: Ekskursjonsrapporter from 1980. Hovedek skursjon til Svalbard (juli/august). Polarflokken 5,80--8 3. Elvebakk. A. 1989: Biogeographical zones of Svalbard and prospora (Pezizales). Zeilschr. Myko/. 53, 195-271. adjacent areas baud on botanical criteria, lJnpubL Dr. scient. & Kristiansen, R. 1991: Lamprospora norvegiea sp. nov. Zeitschr. Mykol. 57. 195-200, thesis. Cniv. Tromsø, 129 pp. Benker!, D., Aas, O. Elvebakk. A. & Spjelkavik. S. 1981: Botanisering blant varme 258 ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN kjelder og vulkanar på Nord-Svalbard. Polarflokkert 5. 104 Holm. L. & Holm. K. 1994: Svalbard Pyrenomyeetes. An annOlated cheeklist. Kurstenia 34,65-78. 113. Eriksson. O.E. 1967a: On graminieolous pyrenomycetes from Huhtinen,S. 1987:New Svalbardfungi. Pp. 123-151 in Laursen, Fennoseandia. 3. Amerosporous and didymosporous spedes. G.A.. J.F. Ammirati & Redhead. S.c. (eds.): Arctic and alpine mycology Il. Plenum Press.New York and London. Ark. Bot. Ser. 2(6).441-466. Eriksson. O.E. 1967b: On graminicolous pyrenomycetes from Fennoscandia. 1. Dietyosporous species. Ark. Bol. Ser. 2; 6. 33<}-379. Fennoseandia. 2. Phragmosporous and Hylander, P" Jørstad. l. & Nannfeldt, J .A. 1953: Enumeratio The non-lichenized pyrenomyceles of Jørstad. l. 1950: Pucci/lia blyl/eana. a new member of the east Sweden. SBT·f6rlagel. Lund. 208 pp. Eriksson. O.E. & Hawksworth. D.L 1988: Outline of the aseomycetes. Sys/. Ascom. 7, 1 l<}-315. Bills. G.F .. Chamuris. G.P. & Rossman. A.Y. 1989: Fungi 011 plants and plant products in the Uniled States. APS Press. St. Paul. 1252 pp. Gams.W. 1977: A key to the speeies of MortierelIa. Persoonia 167-169. of the NW Sorkapp Land.Spitsbergen. Polish Polar Res. 11. 401-409. in Norway. Skr. Norske Vidensk.·Akud. Oslo. 1. Mal . Naturo. Kl.. Ny Ser. 24, 1-63. Kankainen, E. 1969: On the structure. ecology and distribution of the spedes of Mitrula s. lat. (Ascornyeetes, Geoglo,· saceae). Karstenia 9. 23-34. retki Huippuvuorille v. 1966. Luonllon Tutkija 71. 11&-123. collecti. Examinat.enumerat. Ofvers. K. Vet.- Akad. Forh. 2.91-108. Karsten.P. 1883: Fragmenta mycologica I l . Hedwigia 22.41 Hagen, A. 1941: Micromyeetes from Vestspitsbergen collected by dr. Emil Hadac in 1939. Medd. Norges Svalb. lshavs Unders. 49 . I-Il. Hagen. A. 1950: Notes on arctic fungi. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 93, 1-25. Hagen, A. 1952: Plants collected in Vestspitsbergen in the summer of 1933. Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70, 1-14. Haines, J.H. 1974: Notes on the genus Trichopezizel/a with dcscriptions of new taxa. Mycologia 66. 213-241. Harmaja, H. 1976: New spedes and combinations in the genera Gyromitra, HeivelIa and Olidea. Karstenia 15. 29-32. Harmaja.H. 1977: A revisjon of the HeivelIa acetabulum group (Pezizales) in Fennoscandia. Kurstenia 17. 45-58. Ha wksworth. D.L., Sullon. B.C. & Ainsworth. G.c. 1983. Ainsworth 's & Bisby's dictionary of Ihe fungi. Seventh edition. Commonwcalth Myeol. Inst. Kew, Sullon. XII + 445 pp. Holm. K. & Holm.L. 1993a: Dryadicolous ascomycetes from Svalbard. In; Pelrini. O. & Laursen. G.A. (cds.): Arctic and alpine mycology 3-4. Bibl. Mycol. 150,53-62. Holm. L. 1957: Etudes taxonomiques sur les pleosporacecs. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 14( 3). 1-188. Holm. L. 1975: Taxonomic notes on ascomycetes. VIL \-tie· rofungi on Cassiope telmgona. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 69.143 160. Holm.L. 1979: Mierofungi on Dryas. Bot. Not. 132 . 77·92. Holm. L. & Holm. K. 1977: A study of the Leptopeltidaceae. Bot. No/. 130.215-229. Holm. L. & Holm, K. 19R{); \-ticrofungi on Cassiope (Har rimanella) hypnoides. Norw. J. Bol. 2 7. !7<}-184. K. 1981: Nordie equiscticolous Pyr enomycetes. Nord. J. Bot. l, 109-119. L. & Holm. K. 1987: Nordic juncicolous Myeo sphaerellae. Pp. 10<}-121 in Laurscn, G.A" Ammirati, J.F. & Redhead. S.A. (eds.): Arctic and alpine mycology 1 1. Plenum Press, New York and London. Holm. L & Holm. K. 1993b: The genus Pleospora s.l. from Svalbard. Sydowia 45, 167-87. Holm, L. & Holm.K. 1993c: Two new northern pyrenomycetes. Blyttia 51.121-123. arctic rust /lora. Bly/lia 8. 81-90. Jørstad. l. 1967: Septoria and septorioid fungi on Gramineae Karsten. P. 1872: Fungi in insulis Spetsbergen ct Beeren Eiland Guminska. B ..Heinrich, Z. & Oleeh, M. 1991; Macromycetes Holm. Uredinearum Scandinavicarum. Opera Bot. j(l), 1-102. Kankainen. E., Karlsson. P. & Heikkilii. H. 1967: Kevolaistcn 9.381-191. Gjærum. H. 1991: Rust- og sotsopper på Svalbard. Blyl/ia 4 9. Holm. L. & Holm. and taiga. Sydowia 45. 18&-198. scolecosporous speeies. Ark. Bot. Ser. 2(6). 381·440. Eriksson. O.E. 1992: .• genera. Karstenia 29 . 45-252. Huhtinen, S. 1993: Some hyaloscyphaeeous fungi from tundra Eriksson. O.E. 1967e: On graminicolous pyrenomycetes {rom Farr. D.F Huhtinen. S. 1990: A monograph of Hyaloscypha and allied 42. Karsten. P. 1884: Fragmenta mycologica Xl. Hedwigia 23,37 39. Kirk, P.M. & AnseIl. A.E. 1992: Authors offungal names. Int. Mye. Inst.. e.A.B. International. Wallingford. 95 pp. Klebahn. H. 1907: Kulturversuche mit Rostpilze. XIII. (Bericht 1905 und 19(6). 2eitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 17. 12<}-157. Kobayasi. y" Tubaki. K. & Soneda,M. 1968: Enumcration of the higher fungi. moulds and yca'ts of Spitsbergen. Bull. Nal. Sei. Mus. Tokyo 11.34-76,4 pl. Krug. J.e. & eain . R.F 1974: New speeies of Hypocopra (Xylariaceac). Can. J. Bot. 52, 809-843. Kukkoncn. l. 1963: Taxonomic studies on the genus Anthm coidea (Ustilaginales). Ann. Soe. 2001.-BOI. Fenn. 'Vanamo' 34; 3, 1-122. Leuchtmann. A. 1984: Ober Phaeosphaeria Miyake und andere bitunicate Ascomyceten mit mchrfach quersepticrten Asco sporen. Svdowia 36. 75--·194. Lid. J. 1967: Synedria of twcnty vascular plants from Svalbard. Bot. Jahrb. 86. 481-493. Lind. J. 1928; The micromyceles of Svalbard. Skr. Svalbard. Ishavet 13. 1-61. Lind. J. 1934: Studies on the geographical distribution of arctic circumpolar micromycetes. K. Danske Vid. Selsk. Biol. ."-ledd. 11; 2.1-152. Lynge.B. 1926: Lichens from Bear Island (Bjørnøya) collected by Norwegian and Swedish cxpeditions, chiefly by Th.M. Frie, during the Swedish Polar Expedition of 1868. Res. Norske Sla/sunders. Spilsbergeneksp. 1; 9. [-78. Moravec. J. 1989: A taKonomi, revision of the genus Chei· lymenia-1. Speeies dose to Cheilymenia rubra. Mycotaxon 36, 169-186. Muller. E. & von Arx. J.A. 1962: Die Gattungen der didy mosporen Pyrenomyceten. Beitr. Kryptogamen{/ora Schweiz 11 (2), 1-922. Nannfeldt. J.A. 1928: Contributions to the mycoflora of Sweden. Svensk Bot. Tidvkr. 22. 115-139. Nannfeldt,l.A. 1932; Studien uber die Morphologie und Sys A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria tematik der nicht-lichenisierten inopcrculaten Discomyceten. Nov. Acr. Reg. Soc. Sei. Ups. Ser. bergen. Svensk BOl. Tidskr. 27, 116-117. discussion of the natural affinities within Helvellaceae and Pezizaceae trib. Acetabulae. Svensk BOL. Tidskr. 31. 47-66. Nannfeldt. J.A. 1979: Anthracoidea (Ustilaginales) in Nordie Cyperaceae-Caricoideae, a concluding synopsis. Symb. Bol. Diseomycetes. Nord. J. Bol. 4,225-247. Nannfeldt, l.A. 1984b: JSotes on Diplonaeoia (Discomycetes inoperculati), with spedal regard to the species on Juncaceae. J. BOL. 4. 791-815. Nograsek, A. 1990: Ascomyceten auf Gefasspflanzen der Pol sterseggenrasen in den Ostalpen. Bibl. Mykol. 133, 1-271. Ohenoja, E. 1971: The larger fungi of Svalbard and their ecology. Rep. Kevo Subarcl. Res. Stal. 8, 122-147. Parmelee, J.A. 1989: The rusts (Uredinales) of arctic Canada. Can. J. BOL. 67,3315-3365. Redhead, S.A. 1977: The genus Mi/rula in North Ameriea. Can. J. BOL. 55,307-325. Reid, D.A. 1979: Some tungi from Spitsbergen. Rep. Kevo Subarcl. Res. Slal. 15, 41-47. Schurnaeher, T. 1990: The genus Sculellinia. Opera BOL. JOl, 1-107. Schurnaeher, T. 1993: Studies in arctic and alpine Lamprospora spedes. Sydowia 4 5 307-337. . Schurnaeher, T. & Kohn, L.!V1. 1985: A monographic rcvision of the genus Myriosc/erolinia. Can. J. Bo/. 63,1610-1640. Shoemaker. R.A. & Babcock, e.E. 1989: Phaeosphaeria. Call. J. Bol. 67,1500--1599. E.G. 1981: Perfect states of Stemphylium. Il. Sydowia 38. 284-293. SkirgieIlo, A. 1961: De quelques ehampignons superieurs reeol tes par M. Kuc au Spitsberg en 1958. Bull. Res. COUIlC. Israel, Secl. D, to the ecology of Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 16. 193-268. Sutton, B.C. 1980; The coelomyceles. Commonwealth Mye. Inst.. Kew. 696 pp. Thor. S. 1930; Uber einzellige Parasiten in verschiededen Aear ina. I. Zeilschr. Parasilenk. 2, 551-570. von Arx. l.A. 1949: Beitråge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Myco sphaerella. Sydowia Upsal. 22(3), 1-41. JSannfeldt. J .A. 1984a: Hysleronaevia, a new genus of mollisioid Simmons. Pp. 113-116. 1 pl. Summerhayes. V.S. & Elton, C.S. 1928: Furthcr contributions 1937: Comributions to the mycoflora of Sweden. 4. On some spedes of He/vella, together with a Nord. Vestspitsbergen. In: Birkenmajer, K. (ed.). Polish Spits bergen Expedirions 1957- 1960. Summary of scientific resuIts. 4, 8, Fase. l. JSannfeldt, I.A. 1933: Puccinia ewremae Lindr. found in Spits JSannfeldt. J.A. 259 BOL. JOD , 287-293. SkirgieIlo, A. 1968: Higher fungi colleeted in 1958 at Hornsund, 3. 28-100. von Arx. J.A. 1957: Revision der zu Gloeosporium gestelIten Pilze. Verh. Na/uurk .• Koningl. Nederi. Akad. Welenseh., Afd. Tweede Reeks. Dee15I: 3,1-153. Vare. H" Vestberg, M. & Eurola. S. 1992: Mycorrhiza and root-associated fungi in Spitsbergen. Mykorrhiza l, 93-104. Watling, R. 1983: Larger cold-c1imate fungi. Sydowia 36,308325. Webrneyer. L.E. 1961: A world monograph of Ihe genus Pleo spora and ilS aggregales. Univ. Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. 451 pp. Wulff, T. 1902: BOlanische Beobachwngen aus Spilzbergen. Akad. Abhandl.. Lund. 116 pp. Zabawski, J. 1976: Soil fungi isolated from peat bogs in Hornsund region (West Spitsbergen). In: New recognitions of peatland and pea!, vol Il, Proc. 5th lnt. Peat Congress, Poznan, Poland, Sept. 1976,Vol. Il. Pp. 158-170. Zabawski, J. 1981: Grzyby z rodzaju Penicillium w niektorych pierwotnych glebach torfowych. Zesz. Nauk. Akad. Roln. Wroc/awiu. Roln. 36(131),37-48. Zabawski, J. 1982a: Fungi from the Mucorales group in the peat soils of Spitsbergen and other tundra areas. Ac/a Uniw. Wralisl. 525,281-287. Zabawski, J. 1982b: Soil microfungi of peats in the Hornsund region (West Spitsbergen). Acta Uni",. Wralisl. 525,269-279. Zambettakis. e. 1970: Recherches sur la systematique des Sphaeropsidales-Phaeodidymae. Bull. Soc. Mycol. Franc'e 70.219-350. Ziller, W.G. 1974: The tree rusts of western Canada. Can. Foreslry Service Publ. No. 1329, 1-272,Dept. of the Environ ment, Victoria, Re. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano bacteria A. Part 5. Fungi Ill. Lichenicolous fungi VAGN ALSTRUP and ARVE ELVEBAKK Aistrup, V. & Elvebakk, A. 1996: Part 5. Fungi Ill. Lichenicolous fungi. Pp. 261-270 in Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud, P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198. The published records on lichenicolous fungi of Svalbard are reviewed including information on hosts and distribution. In addition live spedes (Arrhonia rufidula. Carbonea aggregatula, 1II0sporium carneum, MueIlereIla lichenieola. and Nigropuncta rugulosa) are reported as new to Svalbard, and at present the 60. total species number is Vagn Als/rup. Department of Plant Ecology. Unit/ersity ofCopenhagen. øs/er Farimagsgade 2D. DK-J353 Copenhagen. Denmark; Arve Elvebakk. 1nstitute of Biology and Geology, University of TromsØ. N-9037 Tromsø. Norway. of fayodia arctica is unconfirmed, and this species Contents is treated among the basidiomycetes in Part 3 of this Catalogue. Introduction .. , .............................................. 261 From a systematic point of view the most nat List of species . . . " ........... , ..................... , ... , ... 262 ural treatment in checklists is an integration of ......................... , ... , ... , ... .. . . .... ..... 263 lichenised, non-lichenised and lichenicolous fungi . Comments " Exc!uded or undetermined speeies ... . . .... ..... ... .. 269 as in Cannon et al. . Acknowledgements . .. . . ...... ..... ..... ... ... ... ... .. 270 . . . . References . . ... .. .. .... .. .............................. ... 270 . . (1985). This treatment avoids the problem associated with species that are dif . . ficult to place in one of these categories. Tra ditionally, lichenised, lichenicolous and related fungi have been treated by lichenologists and the remaining fungi by mycologists. In this Catalogue IntroducHon we have chosen to present the Iichenised fungi, the unlichenised lichenicolous fungi, and the remaining fungi in four separate parts. Lichenic olous lichens includes species which are parasitic The species formerly known as lichen parasites are now most commonly called lichenicolous as juveniles but lichenised at later stages (such fungi and include parasitic, commensalistic and as Buellia ni/laUs, B. pull1erulenta and Epilichen saprophytic species. The group is systematically scabrosus) and are included among the lichens. heterogeneous, Like the vast majority of lichens The pioneer in the study of lichenicolous fungi most of the species belong to the Ascomycetes, on Svalbard was T.M. Fries who first (Fries 1860) but reported four species collected by A. E. Nor many species have not been found fertile and denskiold, and later (Fries 1867) reported another especially Dothideales and LecanoraIes, 13 species. Five species were listed from Bjørnøya (1926) based on determinations by KeissIer. Hafellner (1982) reported seven species are classified as Deuteromycota (Coelomycetes or by Lynge Hyphomycetes). The Svalbard flora also includes two basidiomycetes, a species of Tremella re ported by Christiansen (1993) and Fayodia arctiea from Bockfjorden. The flora of lichenicolous which may be lichenicolous (Gulden & Mohn fungi of Svalbard has been reviewed by Hagen Jenssen 1988). (1950) However, the lichenicolous nature 261 and Kobayashi et al. (1968). 262 V. ALSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK The knowledge of the lichenicolous fungi of the exception among the lichenicolous fungi. The 1990) Svalbard, as well as of Greenland and other Greenland flora (Alstrup & Hawksworth Nordie areas, has increased strongly during the includes about three-fourths of the speeies known last decade. Aptroot & Aistrup 10 (1991) reported spedes from a small area at Edgeøya, six of from Svalbard and has been used as a basic source on nomenclature together with Santesson (1993). these were new to Svalbard. A recent treatment A worldwide key to lichenicolous fungi was of the lichenicolous fungi of Greenland (Alstrup recently published by Clauzade et al. & Hawksworth 1990) included 124 24 (1989) spedes, of them previously undeseribed. Triebel added four speeies new to Greenland and five new to Svalbard. Four undescribed speeies and 14 (1989), and this book has been used for the remaining speeies unless otherwise stated. Author names abbreviated according to Kirk & AnselI are (1992). Some herbarium revisions are presented here, spedes new to Svalbard have also been reported and comments on other problematie reports have 1993). been included in the commented list or in the list from Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Oleeh Apart from these papers there are only oceasional of excluded or undetermined speeies. reports of lichenicolous fungi from Svalbard, dted It is our hope that this Catalogue will stimulate in the list of speeies. This list attempts to give a further research on the lichenicolous fungi of complete survey of the literature of liehenicolous Svalbard and that also non-experts will discover fungi from Svalbard, and some unpublished infor and collect these tungi which are so easily over mation is included. looked in the field. The flora of lichenicolous fungi on Svalbard now includes to 50 60 determined speeies, as compared speeies known from the Faroe Islands (Alstrup et al. 1994), and 314 spedes from Sweden and mainland Norway (Santess on 1993). List of species Arthonia rufidula, Carbonea aggregantllla, Illo sporium carneum, MueIlereIla lichenicola and Nigropuncta rugulosa are published here as new to Svalbard. The total number of collections of Iichenieolous fungi from Svalbard is still very low, only a few hundred, and as the studies from Greenland, the Faroe Islands and Svalbard Ascomycetes Acanthonitschkea peltigericola (Alstrup & Olech) O.E. Eriksson & R. Sant. Arthonia demens (TuI.) Th. Fr. A. excentrica Th. Fr. referred to above resulted in the description and A. glaucomaria Ny!. new reports of many speeies, we can eonclude that A. obscurior Triebel Svalbard is eertainly much rieher in liehenieolous A. rufidilla (Hue) D. Hawksw" R. Sant. & fungi than indicated by the present list of spedes. Some other areas are even less studied, only 78 speeies of lichenicolous fungi have been reported from the whole of North Ameriea (Egan 1989, 1990). 1987, Øvstedal Carbonea aggregamula (Miill. Arg.) Diederich & Triebel C. uitellinaria (NyL) Hertel Cecidonia umbonella (NyL) Triebel & Rambold Compared to most other groups of plants and fungi, lichenicolous fungi are stenoie, but some Cercidospora cephalodiorum Triebel & Grube C. epipolytropa (Mudd) Arnold are restrieted 10 a specific genus of host Iiehens, C. lichenieola (Zopf) Hafellner while others to different genera. However, as the C. soror Obermayer & Triebel vast majority of speeies are known only from very C. stereocaulorum (Arnold) Hafellner few collections on Svalbard, "ecosystem com Clypeococcum gross lim (Karb.) D. Hawksw. ponent values" Corticifraga peltigerae (FuekeI) D. Hawksw. & giving information on rarity, abundance and phytogeography etc. which are R. Sant. used for the lichens and other contributions in Dacampia hookeri (Borrer) A. Massa!. this Catalogue are not used here. Instead, a list Dactylospora amygdalariae Triebel of speeies is followed by comments covering all D. cladoniicola Aistrup & Olech the speeies, in addition to some rejected spedes D. deminuta (Th. FL) Triebel and speeies only determined to generic leve!. D. purpurascens Triebel Name change has been the rule rather than Endococcus propinquus (Karb.) D. Hawksw. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria E. rugulosus Ny!. Geltingia associata (Th. Fr.) Aistrup & D. 263 Comments Hawksw. G. stereocaulorum Aistrup & D. Hawksw. Lasiosphaeriopsis christiansenii Aistrup & D. Ascomycetes Hawksw. L. stereocaulicola (Linds.) O.E. Erikss. & R. Sant. Llimoniella neglecta (Nyt.)Triebel & Rambold Merismalium nigritellum (Ny!.) Vouaux MueIlereIla lichenicola (Sommerf. : Fr) D. Hawksw. M. polyspora Hepp ex. Mul!. Arg. M. pygmaea (Ki:irb.) D. Hawksw. Phaeospora parasifica (Li:innr.) Arnold P. peltigericola D. Hawksw. Acanthonitschkea peltigericola (Alstrup & Olech) O.E. Eriksson & R. Sant Described as Hystrix peltigericola from Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The speeies is only known with certainty from Palflyodden on Peltigera scabrosa. A Greenland report of Cap ronia peltigerae by Alstrup & Hawksworth (1990) is probably identkal with A. peltigericola. Plectocarpon lichenum (Sommerf.) D. Hawksw. Polycoccum trypethelioides (Th. Fr.) R. Sant. Pronectria robergei (Mont. & Desm.) Lowen Rhagadostoma lichenicola (De Not) Keiss!. Scutula stereocaulorum (Anzi) Ki:irb. Sphaerellothecium araneosum (Rehm ex Arnold) Zopf S. cladoniicola E.S. Hansen & Aistrup Arthonia clemens (TuI.) Th. Fr. A lichen parasite found on Rhizoplaca mel anophthalma at Sorgfjorden (Fries 1867). Later reported on Candelariella uitellina and Aspicilia sp. from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). Stell fraga cladoniicola Aistrup & Olech Stigmidium atryneae (Arnold) Hafellner S. conspurcans (Th. Fr.) Triebel & R. Sant. Arthonia excentrica Th. Fr. S. peltideae (Vain. ) R. Sant. This speeies was first described from Lovenfjellet S. schaereri (A. Massal.) Trevis. Thelocarpon epibolum Nyl. Weddellomyces tartaricola (Linds.) Aistrup & D. Hawksw. Wentiomyces peltigericola D. Hawksw. Zwackhiomyces macrosporus Aistrup & Olech Hyphomycetes and Brennevinsfjorden in northeastern Svalbard by Fries (1867). It has not been reported later from Svalbard, but it is known from Greenland and northern and central Europe, mostly in mountains, and mostly with Leprocaulon sub albicans and possibly Lepraria ssp. as hosts (Poelt 1969: Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990; Santesson 1993). Fries (1867) reported it as muscicolous. Bispora christiansenii D. Hawksw. Chalara lichenicola M.S. Christ. Epicoccum nigrum Link Arthonia glaucomaria (Nyl.) Nyt. /llosporium carneum Fr. Reported on Lecanora swartzii from Edgeøya by Trimmatostroma lichenicola M. S. Christ. & D. Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Hawksw. Coelomycetes Arthonia obscurior Triebel Lichenoconium lecanorae (Jaap) D. Hawksw. The speeies was recently described by Triebel L. usneae (Anzi) D. Hawksw. (1989) Lichenodiplis lecanorae (Vouaux) Dyko & D. phorus dovrensis. It is recorded from Bolterdalen Hawksw. and was restricted to apothecia of Pila near Longyearbyen, and the only other col Nigropuncta rugulosa D. Hawksw. leetions reported are from northernmost Sweden Phaeosporobolus alpinus R. Sant., Alstrup & D. and Norway (Finnmark) and from one locality on Hawksw. Greenland (Triebel 1989; Santesson 1993). 264 V. A LSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK Arthonia rufidula (Hue) D. Hawksw., R. Sant. & 0vstedal. Cercidospora epipolytropa (Mudd) Arnold New to Svalbard. Reported on Umbilicaria rigida cococca Sommerf. by Fries (erroneously as Arthonia pelvetii (Hepp) Almq.) Edgeøya on Aspicilia sp. by Aptroot & Alstrup from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). Reported from Smeerenburg on Lecanora /eu (1867) and from (1991). Arthonia rufidula is known from Umbilicaria ant arctiea in Antaretiea (Hawksworth 1991). Cercidospora lichenieola (Zopf) HafelIner Collected on Solorina crocea in the mountains almost 1000 m a.s.l. 1982) and on Psoroma hypnorum at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The west Carbonea aggregantula (Milli. Arg.) Diederich & Triebel of Bockfjorden (Hafellner New to Svalbard. Reported on Lecanora po/y tropa from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976) and four localities at Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990) as Carbonea vitellinaria, but the speeies on Lecanora polytropa is different from Carbonea species is rather common outside Svalbard on Solorlna crocea (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990), and in Scandinavia it is found on Peltigera leu cophlebia (Santesson 1993). vitellinaria which grows on Candelariella (San tesson 1993; Kiimmerling et al. 1993). Cercidospora soror Obermayer & Triebel Reported from Bockfjorden on Arthrorhaphis by Hafellner & Obermayer Carbonea vitellinaria (Ny!.) Hertel Reported as Lecidea vitellinaria Ny!. on Can delarieIla vitellina from western Svalbard (no further information Hornsund by Fries about the locality) Reported as Lecidea umbonella from Blomstrand halvøya near Ny-Ålesund and from an area near 1981). Later also reported from Van Mijenfjorden on Lecidea var. pantherina (Hertel 1991). The speeies was formerly thought to be lichenised, but Triebel & Rambold (1988) interpreted the "thallus" as galls forrned by the host. The species is widely distributed in northern and alpine areas (Alstrup & Hawksworth (Sabah). Cercidospora stereocaulorum (Arnold) Hafellner Cecidonia umbonella (Ny!.) Triebel & Rambold lapicida Bolivia, China (Sichuan, Tibet) and Malaysia and (1860. 1867). Longyearbyen Airport (Hertel (1995). The species is known from Arthrorhaphis spp. also in Australia, Collected on Stereocaulon arcticum at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). Clypeococcum grossum (Korb.) D. Hawksw. Reported from Bjørnøya on Umbiliearia eyl indrica as Tiehothecium grossum (Lynge 1926). A rare speeies only known from Norway, Green land, Canada, and New Zealand (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). 1990). Corticifraga peltigerae (Fuekei) D. Hawksw. & R. Sant. Cercidospora cephalodiorum Triebel & Grube Reported on Peltigera eanina from Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). A speeies restrkted to cephalodia of Pilophorus dovrensis and only known from two localities close to Ny-Ålesund and three additional localit Dacampia hookeri (Borrer) A. MassaL ies from Iceland. Sweden and Greenland (Triebel The speeies was reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge 1989). (1926), from Kongsfjorden and Liefdefjorden by A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Elvebakk (1984) as Pleospora hookeri (Borrer) Endococcus propinquus (Korb.) D. Keissier , and from Sørkapp Land by Alstrup & Hawksw. Olech (1993). It has also been observed frequently in other parts of central and western Spitsbergen (Elvebakk unpubl.), and is a common species in moist calcareous snow beds on Svalbard. There has been much confusion about the identity of its 265 Reported on severai lichen species at Hornsund and from three localities in the north (Fries 1860, 1867). Paulson (1923) reported it on Lecidea con fluens from Bjørnøya. host. but it has now been settled that the hosts are Solorina saccata and rarely S. octospora which have been deformed by the parasite beyond re cognition (Alstrup 1986; Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). Endococcus rugulosus Ny!. Found at Bockfjorden growing on Rhizocarpon superjiciale (HafelIner 1982), and on Aspicilia sp. at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). Dactylospora amygdalariae Triebel Reported on Amygdalaria panaeola from Ny Ålesund by Triebel (1989). The species has a wide Geltingia associata (Th. Fr.) Alstrup & D. Hawksw. northern distribution and is restricted to the host Reported on Ochrolechia frigida from Danskøya genus Amygdalaria (Triebel 1989). and Lågøya by Fries (1867) and from the Ny Ålesund area by Elvebakk (1984). The species was described from Svalbard as Lecidea associata, later referred to as Nesoleehia associata, and was Dactylospora cladoniicola Alstrup & recently transferred to the new genus Geltingia Olech (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). It is known from Described growing on Cladonia macrophyllodes Svalbard, Greenland, Norway, Sweden and the from SØrkapp Land by Alstrup & Olech (1993); British Isles. the only collection known 50 far. Geltingia stereocaulorum Aistrup & D. Hawksw. Dactylospora deminuta (Th. Fr.) Triebel Described from Murchisonfjorden at Nordaust landet on a muscicolous crustose lichen as Buellia urceolata Th. Fr. var. majuscula Th. Fr. (Fries 1860, 1867). Triebel (1989) included both this Recently described from Greenland (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990) and only known from the type collection and from a locality at Sørkapp Land, on Stereocaulon rivulorum (Alstrup & Olech 1993). variety and lecideicolous specimens of the pre vious D. urceolata s. 1. here, giving a broader description of D. diminuta, also including a col lection on Rinodina turfacea from Sorgfjorden ( = Treurenbergbay). Dactylospora urceolata s. str. is growing on Protothelenella sphinctrinoides (Santesson 1993). Dactylospora deminuta was col lected on Biatora verna lis and Lecanora epibryon at Sørkapp Land by Alstrup & Olech (1993). Outside Svalbard the species is known from main Lasiosphaeriopsis christiansenii Alstrup & D. Hawksw. Collected on Lecanora polytropa at SØrkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). This is the second col leetion of the species which was described from Greenland on Porpidia tubereulosa (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). land Norway, Sweden and Austria (TriebeI1989). Lasiosphaeriopsis stereocaulicola (Linds.) O.E. Erikss. & R. Sant. Dactylospora purpurascens Triebel Reported on Pilophorus dOlJrensis from Ny First published as Sphaeria sp. from Hinlo penstredet in northeastern Svalbard by Fries Ålesund by Triebel (1989). The species has a wide (1867), where it was collected on Stereocaulon northern distribution (Triebel 1989). alpinum in 1861 by Malmgren. Alstrup & Olech V. A LSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK 266 (1993) added severai collections from Sørkapp from Longyearbyen by Triebel (1989), and from Land on Stereoeaulon alpinum, S. eondensatum Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). and S. rivulorum. The speeies was described as Sphaeria stereoeaulieola by Lindsay (1869) based on the Svalbard colleetion. It was referred to as cf. Leptosphaeria apoealypta (Rehm) Wint. by Hagen (1950). The species was transferred to Lasiosphaeropsis by Eriksson & Santesson (1986), who cited localities from Argentina, Aus tria, Sweden and Uganda in addition to the type Phaeospora parasitiea (Lonnr.) Arnold Reported from Billefjorden on Leeidea marginata by Acoek (1940). The speeies has been reported from many erustose hosts of the genera Rhi zoearpon. Porpidia, Lecidea etc. in Europe. 10caHty on Svalbard. Alstrup & Hawksworth (1990) added Greenland and Alaska. Phaeospora peltigericola D. Hawksw. Only reported on Peltigera sp. from Boekfjorden Llimoniella neglecta (Nyl.) Triebel & Rambold Reported on Lepraria negleeta from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926) as Leeidea negleeta. The speeies was referred to Llimonielta by Kiimmerling et al. (Hafellner 1982) and from P. malacea in Italy. Plectocarpon lichenum (Sommerf.) D . Hawksw. Colleeted on Lobaria linita at Sørkapp Land (1993). (Alstrup & Oleeh 1993). It is widely distributed on Lobaria spp. in the Northern Hemisphere. Merismatium nigritellum (Nyl.) Vouaux Colleeted at Sørkapp Land on Pannaria pez izoides (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The species is widely distributed in Europe and oceurs on sev Polycoccum trypethelioides (Th. Fr.) R. Sant. eral Hchen species (Triebel 1989), but has not Collected on Stereoeaulon condensatum at Sør been reported from Pannaria pezizoides before. kapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). Common on Steroeaulon spp. in Europe and Greenland. MueIlereIla lichenieola (Sommerf.: Fr.) D. Hawksw. New to Svalbard. Reported on Xanthoria elegans Pronectria robergei (Mont. & Desm.) Lowen from Sorgfjorden, and Fulgensia braeteata from Collected on Solorina bispora at Sørkapp Land Repøyane by Fries (1867) as Endoeoeeus pyg (Alstrup & Oleeh 1993) and on Oehroleehia maeus frigida at Backfjorden (Hafellner 1982, as Nec MuelIerelIa pygmaea), but speeimens at UPS have been redetermined as M. liehenicola trielIa robergei). The speeies is widely distributed (Santesson in litt.) in Europe and North Ameriea on Peltigera spp, and is also known from Sweden on Ochroleehia frigida (Santesson 1993). MuelIerelIa polyspora Hepp ex Miill. Arg. Reponed on Aspieilia elevata and Verruearia sp. by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). Rhagadostoma lichenieola (De Not) Keissl. Colleeted on Solorina croeea at Sørkapp Land by Aistrup & Olech (1993). MuelIereIla pygmaea (Korb.) D. Hawksw. Reported from numerous localities on severai lichen speeies in northern Svalbard by Fries (1860, Scutula stereocaulorum (Anzi) Korb. 1867). Later it was reported from Bjørnøya (on Published by Leeidea lap/eida) by Paulson (1923) and Lynge eocaulorum (1926), from Boekfjorden by Hafellner (1982), Wahlenbergfjorden. Fries Th. Fr. (1867) as from from Biatorina ster Lovenberget severai and additional A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fung!, algae and cyanobacteria localities in northeastern Svalbard by Hagen (1950), by Hafellner (1982) from Bockfjorden, and by Alstrup & Olech (1993) from Sørkapp Land. The species is widespread in northern areas and restricted to Stereocaulon hosts. Sphaerellothecium araneosum (Rehm ex Arnold) Zopf Collected on Ochrolechia frigida and O. grimmiae from Sørkapp Land and Edgeøya (Alstrup & 267 Stigmidium peltideae (Vain. ) R. Sant. Known from Sørkapp Land on Peltigera rufes cens, P. canina and Solorina crocea (Alstrup & Olech 1993). Stigmidium schaereri (Mass.) Trevis. Reported on Lecidea swartzoidea from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). This determination may need to be confirmed. Olech 1993). The species was described as Ech inothecium glabrum M. S. Christ., Alstrup & D. Hawksw. from Greenland, but the material has Thelocarpon epibolum Nyl. later been studied by P. Diederich (pers. comm.), Reported on Peltigera aphthosa from Sørkapp who found that the species is identical with S. Land by Alstrup & Olech (1993). araneosum. Weddellomyces tartarieola (Linds. ) Alstrup Sphaerellothecium cladoniicola E.S. Hansen & Aistrup & D. Hawksw. Described as a common species on Cladonia arbu Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The spe eies was Collected on Ochrolechia frigida from Sørkapp scula ssp. mitis and C. stellaris on Greenland by described from Greenland (Alstrup & Hawks Hansen & Alstrup (1995), who also reported the worth 1990) and is known also from Scandinavia species from Canada, Alaska and from Mitrafjel (Santesson 1993). let at Krossfjorden. Wentiomyces peltigericola D. Hawksw. Stelli/raga cladoniicola Aistrup & Olech Collected on Peltigera aphthosa from Sørkapp Described in a new genus from Sørkapp Land Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The species is where it was collected on Cladonia gracilis at widespread in arctic and alpine areas (Alaska, Hohenloheskardet (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The Canada, Greenland, Faroe Islands, Scotland, species is only known from its type locality. Fennoscandia, and Austria) and is often assi ociated with Thelocarpon epibolum (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990; Alstrup & Olech 1993). Stigmidium atryneae (Arnold) Hafellner Reported on Lecanora rupicola ssp. subplanata from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982). Zwackhiomyces macrosporus Aistrup & Olech The species was described on Pannaria pezizoides Stigmidium conspureans (Th. FL) Triebel from Lidfjellet, Sørkapp Land, and is only known & R. Sant. from its type loe ality (AIstrup & Olech 1993). Described as Arthopyrenia conspureans on Psora rubiformis by Fries (1867) from Wijdefjorden and Sorgfjorden. Hagen (1950) erroneously listed Pharcidia dispersa Hyphomycetes Stigmidium dispersum) as a synonym, cfr. Triebel (1989) and Alstrup & Hawksworth (1990). Stigmidium conspureans is Bispora christiansenii D. Hawksw. restricted to Psora rubiformis and known from Reported on Caloplaca eastelIanea from Edgeøya Europe, North Ameriea and Greenland. by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991) and on Lecanora V. ALSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK 268 polytropa from Sørkapp Land by Alstrup & Olech Coelomycetes (1993). Lichenoconium lecanorae (Jaap) D. Hawksw. Chalara lichenieola M. S. Christ. Described from (1993). tiansen Hohenloheskardet by Chris The speeies was growing on Cla Collected on Aretopeltis thuleana from Hornsund (Alstrup & Olech 1993). donia gracilis and is only known from its type locality. Lichenoconium usneae (Anzi) D. Hawksw. Reported on Cladonia gracilis from SØrkapp Land Epicoccum nigrum Link. by Alstrup & Olech (1993). Reported as E. negleetum Desm. on Oehroleehia frigida from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926). It is a cosmo politan saprophyte known from numerous phan erogams (Farr et al. 1989) and is also known from dead Peltigera spp. in Scandinavia (Santesson 1993). Lichenodiplis lecanorae (Vouaux) Dyko & D. Hawksw. Reported from Bjørnøya on Leeanora hagenii by Lynge (1926) and von KeissIer (1928). The material was collected by T. Fries and determined by KeissIer as Diplodia leeanorae. Jllosporium carneum Fr. New to Svalbard. Surprisingly this speeies has not been reported from Svalbard before. although Lynge (1938) wrote that "an Illosporium parasite Nigropuncta rugulosa D. Hawksw. is common on Peltigera didaetyla on Svalbard". New to Svalbard. Found at Kobbefjorden by This certainly refers to Illosporium earneum, Malmgren in which later has been collected from Liefdefjorden eens, and determined by R. Santesson (UPS), 1861 on Bellemerea cinereorufes (Elvebakk unpubl.). The pink aggregated gran (Santesson in litt.). The speeies is widely dis ules are very conspicuous. NeetrielIa robergei tributed in mountaineous areas of Scandinavia (Mont. & Desm.) Weese, Bockfjorden by Hafellner reported (1982), from (Santesson 1993). has been con sidered to represent the teleomorph of Illo sporium earneum, but this does not seem to be the case (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). Phaeosporobolus alpinus R. Sant., Alstrup & D. Hawksw. The speeies was recently described from Green Trimmatostroma lichenieola M.S. Christ. & D. Hawksw. Reported from Sørkapp Land by Dubiel & Olech (1990). land (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). They reported one locality from Blomstrandhalvøya near Ny-Ålesund in addition to other records from other parts of the Arctic (Novaja Zemlja, The host is not noted, but severaI speeies Canada and Alaska), Scandinavia and Chile. The of Candelariella, Leeanora, Toninia, Psoroma, speeies is restricted to Oehroleehia and Pertusaria. and Caloplaea are listed from Greenland by Later it was also reported on Oehroleehia frigida Alstrup & Hawksworth (1990), who only reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup it from Greenland, Norway and Spain. Santesson from four localities at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & (1993) Olech reported it from Sweden. 1993). (1991) and A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Excluded or undetermined speeies 269 (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990), and it is therefore possible that the Fries (1867) report refers instead to S. aggregata. Arthonia pelvetii (Hepp) Almqv. Reported by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991), but here redetermined as A. rufidula. Tremella sp. Reported by Christiansen (1993), but not deter mined to speeies. Endococcus sp. A specimen on Rhizocarpon inarense from Hornsund that eould not be determined with cer tainty (Alstrup & Oleeh 1993) is probably ident ieal with Tichothecium macrosporum Hepp ex Arnold, whieh seems to belong to Endococcus. Torula lichenum Keissl. Reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926) without substrate information. Soredia-like structures on Cetraria and Coelocaulon species have been inter preted as Torula infeetions, although this has not been properly studied (Karnefelt 1979). Such Illosporium carneum Fr. var. macrosporum Keissl. possibly infected individuals have been described as varieties, forms and subspecies like Cor nicularia odontelIa var. sorediata (Du Rietz) Du Reported on Dermatocarpon miniatum from Nor Rietz, Cetraria delisei ssp. sorediifera (Malme) daustiandet by Hagen (1950). Hagen's sugges Du Rietz, C. islandiea var. polaris Rass. and C. tion, that it probably belongs to a different species nivalis f. sorediifera HasseIr . (Lynge 1938; Poelt than lllosporium carneum is supposed to be 1969). Such forms have also been interpreted as correet, and the taxon is therefore not treated sorediate below the laller. It definitely needs to be restud species and resulted in deseriptions of separate ied. counterparts of esorediate liehen species like Cetraria capitata Lynge and Cor nicularia racemosa Lynge. Sorediate forms of both Arctocetraria nivalis, Cetrariella delisei and Leptosphaeria sp. Fries (1867) Cetraria deseribed an tosphaeria speeies on unidentified Lep Lopadium pezizoideum from Kobbefjorden and Lågøya. The specimen does not seem to have been identified later. aculeata reported apotheeia of Biatorina fraudans Hellb. from ( = Cal oplaca sinapisperma (Lam. & De.) Maheu & Gillet) from Nordaustlandet being destroyed by 'Torula filaments'. Bispora as been christiansenii and Trimmatostoma lichenieola have probably been interpreted as Nectria sp. Reported have Svalbard (Lynge 1938). Fries (1867) also reported '"? Nectria sp." from Murchi sonfjorden at Nordaustlandet on Peltigera did actyla by Hagen (1950). The eolleetion has not been identitied. only N. lecanodes Ces. is known from Peltigera, but it may also be a speeies of Pronectria. 'Torula filaments' earlier, but the identity of the thallus infeetions provoking soredia formation has not been thoroughly studied. The name Tomla lichenum Keissl. was rejeeted by Hawksworth (1979) as the type eolleetion laeks any fruiting structures. The possibly liehenieolous struetures reported as Tomla or as soredia on non-sorediose species from Svalbard are there Scutula miliaris (WaUr.) Trevis. Reported as Biatorina tubereulosa on Solorina saccata from Lovenberget at Hinlopenstretet by Fries (1867). Biatorina tubereulosa is a synonym fore left unnarned here. Zwackhiomyces sphinctrinoides (Zwackh) Grube & Hafellner of S. miliaris. which is known from Peltigera spp., Reported from Bjørnøya as Didymella sphinctri whereas S. aggregata besides Peltigera spp. has noides on Leptogium lichenoides (Lynge 1926), been found on Solorina crocea in Greenland but this determination is eertainly erroneous. An 270 V. ALSTRUP & A. EL VEBAKK alternative is Didymellopsis pulposi (Zopf) Grube & Hafellner which was described by Grube & Hafellner (1990) growing on Collema, Lepro gium, and Lempholemma. Grube. & M. Hafellncr. J. 1990: Studien an flcchten bcwohnenden Pilzen der Sammclgattung Didymella (Asco mycetes. Dothideales). Nova Hedwigia 51,283-360. Gulden. G. & Mohn Jenssen. K. 1988: Arctic and alpine fungi 2. Soppkonsulenten. Oslo, 58 pp. HafeHner. J. 1982: Flechtcnfunde im Bockfjord, Spitzbergen (Botanische Ergebnisse der osterrcichischen Spitzbergen Acknowledgements Wc 1.). Expedition 1979. & Hafellner. J. are indebtcd to H. Hertcl and P. Dicderich for supplying Phylon 22,23-50. U.W. Obermayer, 1995: Cercidospora Iry pelheliza und einige weitere hchenicole Ascomycetcn aul information. Thanks are also due to M. Sherwood-Pike and R. Arlhrorhaphis. Cryplogamie. Brvol., Lichenol. 16, 117-190. Santesson for valuable comments on the manuscript. Prof. Hagen. A. 1950: Notes on arctic fungi. Norsk Polarinsl. Skr. Santes50n kindly also supplied information on unpublished own dClerminations of Svalbard material. 93. 1-23. Hansen. E.S. & Aistrup. V. 1995: The lichenicolous fungi on Cladonia subgcn. Cladina in Greenland. Graphis Scripla 7, 33-38. References Hawksworth. D.L. Acock, A.M. 1940: Vegetation of a calcareous inner fjord region in Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 28. 81-106. Alstrup, V. 1986: Contributions to the liehen flora of Green land. Inr. J. Mycol. Lichenologist 3. 1-16. Alstrup. V.. Christensen. S.N.. Hansen. E.S. & Svane. S. 1994: The lichens of the Faroes. Fr6tJskaparrit 40,61-121. Alstrup. V. &. Hawksworth. D.L. 1990: The lichenicolous fungi of Greenland. Medd. Grønland, Biosci. 31 1-90. . & AISlrup. V. M. Olech. 1993: Lichenicolous fungi from Spits & Aistrup. V. 1991: Lichens from Edgeøya. Sval 1985: & Sherwood-Pikc. M.A. The British Ascomycolina. An annotated checklist. Commonwealth Mycological Institute. London. 302 pp. Christiansen. M.S. 1993: Chalara liehenicola n. sp. (Deu teromycotina). a lichcnicolous hyphomyccte from Svalbard. Nord. 1. Clauzade, G .. Dicderich, P. Roux. C. 1989: Nclikenigintaj fungoj likenlogaj. Bull. Linn. Prov. Num. Spee. l. 1 Herte\. H. 1981: Lecidea i n der Arktis Il. Milt. Bal. Slaalss. Munchen 17, 171-184. Herte!. H. 1991: Leddea in der Arktis I l l . Mitt. Bot. Staatss. Munchen 30. 297-333. Hertcl. H. & lJllrich. H. 1976: Flechten von Amsterdamøya (Svalbard). Mitt. Bot. Slaatss. Munchen 12. 417-512. Opera Bot. 46, l -ISO. & Ansell, A. E. 1992: Aurhors of fungal names. C.A.B. Intern .. Wallingford. 95 pp. Kobayashi,Y . Tubaki. K. . & Soneda. M. 1968: Enumeration of the higher fungi. moulds and yeasts of Spitsbergen. Bull. Nat. Sei. Mus. Tokyo 11. 33-76. Kummerling, H .. Triebel, D. & & Rambold. G 1993: Lepraria 160. Lindsay. L. 1869: Observations On new lichcnicolous micro fungi. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 142. Dubicl. E. JO. 127 /jeg/eaa and its lichcnicolous fungi. BiM Lichenol. 53. 147· Bal 13. 309-312. & 50('. lichcnicolous on Umbilicaria. Systema Ascomycetum 134. Kirk. P. M. bard. Graphis Scripra 3(3),73-75. Cannon. P.F.. Hawksworth. D.L. 6, 183-300. Hawksworth. D.L. 1991: Churotia Hue. and Arllwnia speeies Karnefelt. I. 1979: The brown fruticose speeies of Cetraria. bergen. Polish Polar Res. 14. 33-42. Aptroot, A. 1979: The iichenicolous Hyphomycetes. Bull. Bril. Mus. Nat. HisI.. Bot. Olceh. M. 1990: Plant communities of NW SOr 25, 513-556. Lyngc. B. 1926: Liehcns from Bear Island (Bjørnøya) eollected kapp Land (Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk. Uniw. Jagiell. Praee by Norwegian and Swedish expeditions, ehietly by Th. M. BOl. 21. 35-74. Fries during the Swedish Polar Expcdition of 1868. Res. Egan. R. 1987: A tlfth checklist of the hehen-forming. liehcnic olous and allied fungi o f the Continental United States and Spitsbergen and the North-East Land collccted by numerous Canada. Bryologisl 90.17-174. Egan. R. 1989: Changes to the "Fifth eheeklist of the lichen forming. lichenicolous and .med fungi of Continental United States and Canada" Edition I. Bryologist 92.68-72. Egan. R. 1990: Changes to the "Fifth chccklist of the hehen forming. 1ichenicolous and allied fungi of Continental United States and Canada. Bryulogisl93, 211-219. Eriksson, O.E. & 87.308-313. Oslo. 1. Mat.-Natufl'. Kl. 6. :-137. Olech. M. 1990: Lichens of the bergen). Zesl. :-;W Sorkapp Land (Spits Nauk. Uni .... Jagiel/. Prace BOl. 21 . 197 2!O. Poelt. J. 1969: Bestimmunf?sschliissel europiiischen f1echten. J. Cramcr Verlag. Vaduz. 757 pp. Santesson. R. 1986: Lasiosphaeriupsis sler eoeaulicola. Mvcolaxon 25.569-580. Farr. D.F .. Bills, a.F.. Chamuris. G. P. expeditions. I. The macroliehcns. Skr. Norske Vid.- Akad. Paulson. R. 1923: Spitsbergen lichens. J. Bot. 61. 77-81. Elvcbakk. A. 1984: Contribution to the hehen flora of Svalbard, arctic Norway. Bryologist Norske Sta/sund. Spitsbergeneksp. }(9). 1-78. Lynge. B. 1938: Lichcns from the west and north coasts of Santesson, R. 1993: The lichens and lichenicolous fungi of Sweden and Norway. Lund. 240 pp. & Rossman. AY, Triebel. D. 1989: Lecideicolc Ascomycetcn. Eine Revision der 1989: Fungi on plants and plant products in the United States. obligat lichcnicolcn Ascomyceten auf lecideoiden Fleehten. Colllrib. u.s. Nat. Fungus ColI. 5. 1-1252. APS Press. St. Paul. Fries. T.M. 1860: Lichenes areroi: 1-298. Upsala, (Also in An. Reg. Sot'. Sel. Ups. Ser. 3., Vol. 3,101-398. 1861). Fries, T M. 1867: L.iehenes spitsbergenscs. Akad. Handl. Bibl. Lich. 35. 1-278. Triebel. D. 7(2), l-53. K. Svenska Vet. & Rlimbold. G. 1988: Cecidonia and Phacopsis (Lecanorales): zwei lichenicole Pilzgattungen mit ceci dogenen Arten. Nova Hedwigia 4 7. 27'}-309. von Keisslcr. K. 1928: Flechtenparasiten. Rep. Sei. Res. Norw. Exp. Nouaya Zemlya 1921. 38. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.} A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyano bacteria A. Part 6. Lichens ARVE ELVEBAKK and HANNES HERTEL Elvebakk, A. & Herte!. H, 1996: Part 6. Lichens, Pp. 271-359 in Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud, P. (eds,): A cata10gue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198. The lichen flora of Svalbard is reviewed based on Iileralure records in addilion lO some herbarium revisions and unpublished material. The known lichen flora of Svalbard consists of 597 spedes, some of them critica!. bul a high number for such a sman arctic area, Anolher 62 speeies have been rejected as erroneous or probably erroneous. Five spedes (Lempholemma isidioides, Leptogium byssinum, Placynthium tantaleum, Rhizocarpon norvegicum, and Sarcogyne algoviae) are reported as new to Svalbard, and one new com, bination (Lecanora atromarginata) is made. Notes on taxonomy, distribulion, rarity, abundance, ecology and importance to vertebrates are inclllded, Many spedes only reported from a few sites are thought to be more widespread, Certainly a relalively high number of spedes still await discovery on Svalbard, and except for some of the mOSI conspicuous spedes, the present knowledge of Svalbard lichens is very inSlifficient and fragmentary, Nevertheless, the lichen /lora of Svalbard is probably betler known than that of any other comparable part of the Arctic, Arve Elvebakk, institute of Biology and Georogy, University of Tromsø, N-9037 Tromsø, Norway: Hannes Herle/, Botanische Staatssammlung, Menzinger Strasse 67, D-B0638 Munchen, Germany. non-existant for more than three decades, During Contents this period Mattick (1949) reviewed the hchen flora on Svalbard and estimated that about Introduction . .. .,... .,.,..".,,.,., ..., ......... ,.,.,.".,... 271 List of speeies . ..,..........................,.., ..,.,,..,,.,. 273 his list of the Iichen genera of Svalbard indicated CommenIs .......... ..... . ,." .... ,...., ......, ............... 285 only about Rejected speeies . .,.,,.. .,,,,,. ............................. 337 Acknowledgernent .. ... ... . ... .. . .""",.",.............. 342 Referenees .... . . .. .... .. . .... .. ... . . . .. .. . .. ......""..,. .. , 343 450 species had been known to the archipelago. But Iichen 280 species. The only other Svalbard study during period' was an this 'dark lichenological important Hornsund by Nowak (1965), contribution from In addition Eurola (1968) reported five lichen species as new to Sval Appendix: List of synonyrns ..,..............,.. ., ...... 349 bard but without indicating them as additions. Magnusson (1944, 1950) also included Svalbard material in some of his studies, But since the mid seventies a number of studies Introduction have been devoted to the lichen flora of Svalbard. In 1975 Hertel & Ullrich (1976) made large The lichen flora of Svalbard has received con collections siderable attention compared to other areas of Kongsfj orden and Longyearbyen areas and pub lished the Arctic. The process was initiated in particular Amsterdamøya and from the 11 species new to Svalbard, according to the and Lynge species concept and the lichenological exploration The history of the early lichenological history presented in this catalogue, Hertel (1977a ) through the studies by Fries (1938). (1867) at exploration on Svalbard has been thoroughly dealt with by Lynge (1938), stated that at least 473 hchen species had been published from Spitsbergen, including doubtful Lynge regrettably could not finish his studies on the crustose lichens records. He also included 13 new Svalbard species before his death in based on collections from the Longyearbyen and 1942, and after this period the Ny- Ålesund areas, Hertel lichenological research on Svalbard was almost 271 (1981b) included three ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 272 new species on Svalbard. HafelIner (1982) col included in this catalogue and comprises lected at Bockfjorden and published 13 new species. Some of the earliest doubtful records 56 lichens in addition to several lichenicolous fungi. were excluded already by Fries (1867) and these Elvebakk (1984a) added 7 new speeies collected exclusions have not been repeated in our list. in different parts of Svalbard, and Olech (1987) However, many more of the species included in two new speeies from Hornsund. Søchting (1989) this catalogue are critical and in need of rein inc1uded 8 additional Caloplaea species in the first vestigation. part of his monograph of this genus on Svalbard Each species in the list has been given Eeo and later another seven species (Søchting & Olech system Component Values (see definitions below) 1995). Olech & Alstrup (1989) published a list where the present state of knowledge is con of lichens from Sør kapp Land including 17 new sidered to allow for such values. The values have Svalbard species. These records were republished been set tentatively in many cases and will be by Olech (1990) who also reported 10 additional changed in the future. This is especially the case new Svalbard species. Aptroot & Alstrup (1991), with most crustose lichens, where the present who studied the lichen flora of a part of Edgeøya, knowledge is very insufficient. inc1uded 9 new Svalbard species, and finally, Although a few taxa described from Svalbard Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992) included 9 new have not yet been reported from areas outside Svalbard, we are fully convinced that within the species from different parts of Svalbard. The number of recent additions to the lichen lichens there are no speeies endemic to Svalbard. flora of Svalbard is considerable, but the re is a Even the number of speeies restricted to the pronounced lack of monographic treatmen! of Arctic is, as to our knowledge, expected to be genera with 'special emphasis' on the Svalbard much smaller than generally assumed. This is in archipelago. strong contrast to the number of bipolar species, Literature on Iichens specifically related to which may be much higher than actually known. Svalbard prior to 1975 has been included in three The worldwide distribution of lichens, especially bibliographies by Kleppa (1973, 1979, 1989). crustose lichens. is very poorly known, and it However, many reports on lichens from Svalbard would are found in other studies. tribution According to the present concept, the lichen be extremely patterns careless to classify of inconspicuous dis crustose lichens. Almost any of the modern monographs genera richest in species are now Cladonia (40 of lichen genera demonstrate that lichens which species), Caloplaea (40 species) and Rhizoearpon formerly were classified as 'arctic' or 'holarctic' (33 species). Conspicuous macrolichen genera are in reality bipolar, and those classified as such as Peltigera, Stereocaulon, and Umbilicaria 'endemic' are either more widespread or turn out have increased their speeies numbers markedly as synonyms of widespread taxa. during the last years and now include 19, 13 The basic nomenclature adopted here is that of and 15 species, respectively. Species included in Santesson (1993), with the exception of the genus 'Lecidea' are not considered to belong to Leeidea Flavocetraria s. str., and future studies will determine their (1994), the Cetraria eommixta complex following' status. Thell (1995), Alloeetraria following Karnefelt & The number of lichen species known from Sval which follows Karnefelt et al. Thell (1996), Fratidella following Kalb (1995), bard according to this catalogue totals 597 species. Hymenelia and lonaspis following Lutzoni & Lempholemma iSidioides, Leptogium byssinum, BTOdo (1995), two species (Peltigera polydaetylon Plaeynthium and Rinodilla tephraspis) which follow Vitikainen tantaleum, Rhizoearpon Ilor vegieum, and Sareogyne algoviae are reported (1994) and Mayrhofer et al. (1992), respectively, here as new to Svalbard, and one new com and Ophioparma lapponica, treated provisionally bination (Lecanora atromarginata) is made. The lichenological papers from as a variety by Santesson (1993). Nomenclature Svalbard of species not known from the area treated by include a number of poorly known or con Santesson (1993) follow Poelt (1969), Poelt & troversial taxa that have not been studied sys Vezda (1977, 1981) or some more detailed studies tematically during the last decades. A number of cited below the species in question. these critical species have been omitted from the abbreviations follow Kirk & Ansell (1992) and European lichen flora by Poelt (1969), Poelt & Santesson (1993) with two exceptions (E. Dahl Vezda (1977, 1981). A list of rejected speeies is and Mas. Inoue). Norwegian names follow Krog Author 273 A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria et al. (1994), and Eckblad (1985) in the case of Omphalina. Some Norwegian names of crustose speeies proposed in the literature have not been used with the exception of Caliciales which were given Norwegian names by a name committee Ecosystem Component Values Definitions R (Holien et al. 1994). A list of synonyms from the 2 1 Svalbard literature is inc1uded. Lichenicolous fungi have been treated in a sep arate part of the Catalogue, whereas Iichenicolous Rarity 3 P speeies list, all species are commented separately. = Very rare on Svalbard Rare, }-15 localities known at present Scattered or com mon, at Ieast locally Phytogeographical importance 3 2 lichens have been inc1uded here. Following the == Strongly disjunct or only known from Svalbard = Belonging to a phytogeographical element of special interest on Svalbard The task of catalogising the numerous Svalbard l = More or less widespread lichens has been demanding and we weIcome E information on omissions and revisions. The literature on Svalbard lichens inc1udes a number of old versions of geographica! names. These have been transferred to the official Norwegian names following Norges Svalbard- og Ecological indicator value 3 2 1 A Intermediate = Low (euryoic) Local abundance 3 Ishavsundersøkelser (1942) and Orvin (1958), Very high (specialised, stenoie) = Dominant. in plaees more than 50 % cover in its habitats both reprinted by the Norwegian Polar Institute 2 1 in 1991. l = Subdominant, 20-50 % cover Sparsc lmportance to vertebrate animals 3 2 l = Important as a much preferredjused food plant = Of secondary importanee = Of no importanee List of speeies Scientific and Norwegian names Acarospora badioji.lsca (Ny!.) Th. Fr. A. fuscata (Sehrad.) Th. Fr. A. glaucacarpa (Aeh.) Kiirb. A. hospitans H. Magn. A. mo/ybdina (Wahlenb.) A. Massa!. A. peliscypha Th. Fr. A. persimilis H. Magn. A. rosulata (Th. Fr.) H. Magn. A. rugulosa Kiirb. A. scabrida HedL ex H. Magn. A. scyphulifera Vain. A. sinopica (Wahlenb. ) Kiirb. A. smaragdula (Wahlenb.) A. Massa\. A. veronensis A. MassaL Adelolecia kolaensis (Ny\.) Hertel & Rambold A. pi/ati (He pp) HerteI & Hafellner Ecosystem Component Values R p 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 Alectoria nigricans (Aeh.) Ny!. - Jervskjegg A. ochroleuca (Hoffm.) A. MassaL - Rabbeskjegg 2 A. sarmentosa (Aeh.) Ach. ssp. vexillifera (Ny!. ) D. Hawksw. 3 Allantoparmelia alpicola (Th. Fr.) Ess!. - Fjelltopplav 1 Allocetraria madreporiformis (Ach.) Karnefelt & Thell 3 3 2 2 E A 3 l l 2 1 3 274 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p E 3 3 Amandinea eoniops (Wahlenb.) M. Choisy ex Scheid. & H. Mayrhofer l A, pune/ala (Horfm,) Coppins & Scheid. l l Amygdalaria consentiens (Ny!.) Hertel, Brodo & Mas, Inoue 2 3 A. panaeola (Ach,) Hertel & Brodo 2 3 ArClOcelraria nigrieascens (NyL) Karncfelt & Thell 3 3 ArClOmia delieatula Th, Fr. 2 3 A, interfixa (NyL) Vain. A 2 3 3 2 A. incurva (Pers,) Hale - Liten gulkrinslav 2 2 l Are/opellis thuleana Poelt 3 3 2 Aretoparmelia cemrifuga (L.) Hale Stor gulkrinslav Arthonia lapidicola (Taylor) Branth & Rostr. 2 2 2 Arthrorhaphis alpina (Schaer,) R, Sant. 2 A, citrinella (Ach.) Poelt Aspidlia alboradiata (H, Magn.) Oxner 3 A. aqua/iea Korb. 3 2 A. aspidlioidea (Th. Fr.) R. Sant. 3 3 A. eaesioeinerea (Ny!. ex Malbr.) Arnold 2 3 A. ealcarea (L.) Mudd 3 A, dnerea CL.) Korb. 3 3 3 3 A. circularis (R. Magn.) Oxner A, disserpens (Zahlbr,) Rasanen 1 A. elevata (Lynge) J,W. Thomson 3 3 3 A. gibbosa (Ach.) Korb, A. lesleyana Darb. 3 A. mashiginensis (Zahlbr.) Oxner 2 3 A. mastrucata (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. 2 l A. nikrapensis Darb. 3 3 A. obscurascens (H. Magn.) Clauzade & Rondon 3 3 A. obscura/a (Fr.) Arnold 3 3 A. pergibbosa (H, Magn,) Rasanen 3 3 'AspidUa "Lecanora" perpendicularis H. Magn,' 3 3 A. perradia/a (NyL) Hue 3 3 3 3 A. polychroma Anzi? 3 3 A. supertegens Arnold 3 Bacidia baglieltoana (A, MassaL & De NOL) Jatta 2 A. pleiocarpa (R. Magn.) Oxner B. subfuscula (Ny!.) Th. Fr. 2 B, traehona (Ach.) Letlau 3 3 B. venusta Hepp ex Th. Fr. 3 Baeomyces placophyllus Ach. 3 B. rufus (Huds.) Rebent. Bellemerea alpina (Sommerf.) Clauzade & Roux 2 B. cinerorufescens (Ach.) Clauzade & Roux 2 3 B. subsorediza (Lynge) R. Sant. Biatora cameoalbida (Miill.Arg.) Coppins 2 B. cuprea (Sommerf.) Fr. 2 B, subduplex (Ny!.) Printzen 1 l Brigantiaea fuscolutea (Dieks ,) R. Sant. 2 3 2 Brodoa oroarc/ica (Krog) Goward - Fjellrabbelav 2 2 3 Bryocaulon divergens (Ach,) Karnefelt l 3 2 Fjelltagg 3 Bryonora castanea (Hepp) Poelt 2 2 3 B. curvescens (Mudd) Poel! 3 3 3 B. sep/entrionalis Holt.-Hartw. 2 2 2 3 A eatalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and eyanobaeteria 275 Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p Buellia aethalea (Ach.) Th. Fr. 3 3 B. alboatra (Hoffm.) Th. Fr. 3 3 B. diseiformis (Fr.) Mudd 2 2 B. eetoleehoides (Vain.) Erichsen 2 2 B. geophila (Florke ex Sommerf.) Lynge 3 3 B. insignis "(Niigeli ex Hepp) Th. Fr." l Bryoria ehalybeiformis (L.) Brodo & D. Hawksw. - Flokeskjegg 2 B. malmei Lynge 3 B. papillata (Sommerf.) Tuck. 2 B. postglaeialis Hafellner 3 3 B. pulverulenta (Anzi) Jatta B. vilis Th. Fr. E 3 2 Calieium viride Pers. - Grønsotnål 3 3 Caloplaea alearum Poelt 2 2 3 e. ammiospila (Wahlenb.) H. Olivier e. anehon-phoenieeon Poelt & C1auzade e. approximata (Lynge) H. Magn. e. arenaria (Pers.) Miill. Arg. non auet. 3 3 e. eaesiorufella (Nyt.) Zahlbr. 2 2 e. eastellana (Riisiinen) Poelt 3 3 e. eerina (Ehrh. ex Hedw.) Th. Fr. e. eitrina (Hoffm.) Th. Fr. 3 2 e. eoneilians (Nyt.) H. Olivier 3 3 e. eonciliaseens (Nyt.) Zahlbr. 3 3 e. deeipiens (Arnold) Blomb. & ForsseIl 2 2 e. diphyodes (Nyt.) Jatta 3 3 e. epiphyta Lynge 3 3 e. exseeuta (Nyt.) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. 3 2 e. fraudans (Th. Fr.) H. Olivier 2 3 3 e. epithallina Lynge 3 e. insularis Poelt e. invadens Lynge e. jungermanniae (Vahl) Th. Fr. e. leptoeheila H. Magn. e. lithophila H. Magn. e. magni-filii Poelt 3 e. nivalis (Korb.) Th. Fr. 2 2 3 e. noeisii Søchting ad int. 3 3 e. phaeoearpella (Nyt.) Zahlbr. 2 2 e. saxifragarum Poelt 3 3 e. seopularis (Nyt.) Lettau 3 3 3 e. pyraeea (Ach.) Th. Fr. 3 e. saxieola (Hoffm.) Nordin e. seotoplaea (Nyt.) H. Magn. e. sibiriea H. Magn. 3 3 e. sinapisperma (Lam. & De.) Maheu & Gillet 3 3 e. soropelta (E.S. Hansen. Poelt & Søchting) Søchting 3 3 3 e. spitsbergensis H. Magn. 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 e. tetraspora (Nyt.) H. Olivier e. tiroliensis Zahlbr. e. tominii Savicz 3 e. tornaensis H. Magn. e. verrueulifera (Vain.) Zahlbr. 3 A 2 276 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HER TEL Ecosystern Cornponent Values Scientific and Norwegian narnes Candelariella aretiea (Korb.) R. Sant. aurelIa (Hoffrn.) Zahlbr. e. plaeodizans (Ny!.) H. Magn. e. vitellina (Hoffm.) Mii\I. Arg. e. xanthostigma (Ach.) Lettau Carbonea atronivea (Arnold) Hertel C intrusa (Th. Fr.) Rambold & Triebel C. vortieosa (Florke) Hertel Catapyrenium cinereum (Pers.) Korb. e. daedaleum (Kremp.) Stein e. laehneum (Ach.) R. Sant. C norvegieum Breuss Catillaria groenlandiea Lynge C lenticularis (Ach.) Th. Fr. Cephalophysis leucospila (Anzi) H. Kilias & Scheid. Cetraria aeuleata (Schreb.) Fr. Groptagg C islandiea (L.) Ach. - Islandslav C murica/a (Ach.) Eckfeldt Busktagg C nigricans Nyl. - Svartskjerpe Cetrariella deUsei (Bory ex Schaer.) Karncfelt & Thell Snøskjerpe e. fastigiata (Delise ex NyL ) Karnefelt & Thell Brunskjerpe ChaenOlheca furfuracea (L.) TibeH Gullnål Chromatochlamys muscorum (Fr.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt Cladonia acuminata (Ach.) Norr!. Spisslav C amaurocraea (Florke) Schaer. - Begerpigglav C arbuseula (Wallr.) Fiol. ssp. arbuscula Lys reinlav C arbuscula (WaHL) Flot. ssp. mitis (Sandsl.) Ruoss Fjellreinlav C bellidifiora (Ach.) Schaer. - Blomsterlav C borealis Stenroos GJattraudbeger C eariosa (Ach.) Spreng. - Småtrevlelav C earneola (FL) Fr. Bleikbeger C ceno/ea (Ach.) Schaer. Mjøltraktlav C cervicomis (Ach.) FIOL Etasjepolster e. ch/orophaea (Florke ex SornrnerL) Spreng. - Pulverbrunbeger e. coceifera (L) W iIld. Grynraudbeger Skogsyl C comuta (L.) Hoffm. C erispata (Ach.) FIOL - Traktlav Blåfotlav e. cyanipes (Sornmerf.) NyL C dejormis (L.) Hoffm. - Bergfausklav C ecmocyna LeighL - Snøsyl C fimbriata (L.) Fr. - Mjølbeger e.fioerkeana (FL) Florke Kystraudtopp C gracilis (L) WilId. Syllav C luteoalba Wheldon & A.Wilson GulskjeJ C macroceras (Delise) Hav. C macrophylla (SchaeL) Stenh. Trevlelav e. macrophyllodes NyL - Krittskjel e. maxima (Asahina) Ahti Storsyl e. merochlorophaea Asahina - Brunbeger C phyllophora Hoffm. SvartfotIav e. pleurota (Florke) Schaer. - Pulverraudbeger C pocillum (Ach.) Grognot - Kalkbeger C pyxidata (L) Hoffm. - Kornbrunbeger e. R p E 3 l 2 2 1 2 2 A 2 l 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 l l 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 l 2 2 3 3 2 l 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 l 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 I 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 l I 2 A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 277 .... _-��_.... Scientific and Norwegian names C. rangiferina Ecosystem Component Values Grå reinlav (L) Weber ex F,H, Wiggo C. squamosa Hoffm. Fnaslav C. stellaris (Opiz) Pouzar & Vezda - Kvitkrull R p E A 3 2 I 2 3 3 3 3 C. strieta (Ny!.) Ny!. - Glatt svartfotlav l l C. stygia (Fr.) Ruoss- Svartfotreinlav :3 2 C. subfurcata (Ny!.) Arnold - Fjellgaffellav (L) Weber ex F. H. Wiggo C. subulata C. symphycarpa (Florke) Fr. C. turgida Hoffm. C. undalis Hornlav Kalkpolster Narreskjel Collema bachmanianum (Fink) Degel. - Tannjordglye C. ceraniscum Ny!.- Fjellglye C. cristatum 1 2 2 2 2 l 3 3 (L) Weber ex F.H. Wiggo - Pigglav l 3 3 l 2 l 3 (L) Weber ex F.H. Wigg, - Fingerglye 2 3 Skjelglye 3 C. fiaccidum (Ach,) Ach. C. parvum DegeL Småglye 3 C. polycarpon Hoffm. - Skålglye 2 Jordglye C. tenax (Sw.) Ach. em. DegeL C. undulatum Laurer ex Flot. 3 Krusglye 3 l 3 CysfOcoleus ebeneus (Dillwyn) Thwaites 3 Dactylina arctiea (M.J. R ichardson) Ny!. 2 D. ramulosa (Hook.) Tuck. I 3 2 Dermatocarpon intestiniforme (Korb.) Hasse - Putelær 2 2 2 D. rivulorum (Arnold) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. - Brunlær 3 3 3 D. spitsbergense Lynge 2 3 3 l Dimelaena oreina (Ach.) Norman 2 3 3 3 Eiglera fiavida (Hepp) Hafellner 2 2 3 2 3 3 l Endocarpon pulvinatum Th. Fr. Epilichen scabrosus (Ach.) Clem, 3 Euopsis granatina (SommerL) Ny!. 3 E. pulvinata (Schaer.) Vain. 2 3 l l Famoldia hypocrila (A. Massal.) Froberg 2 F. jurana (Schaer.) Hertel 2 F. micropsis (A. Massa!.) Hertel 2 2 I I Flavocetraria cucullara (Bellardi) Karnefelt & Thell - Gulskjerpe l l 3 3 I 2 3 3 F. nivalis (L) Karnefelt & Thell- Gulskinn Frutidella caesioatra (Schaer.) Kalb l l 2 2 Fulgensia bracteata (Hoffm.) Rasanen l l Fuscopannaria leucophaea (Vahl) P.M. Jørg. 3 3 3 F. praetermissa (Nyl.) P.M, Jørg, l Gyalecra foveolaris (Ach,) Schaer. 3 G. geoiea (Wahlenb. ex Ach.) Ach. 2 G. subclausa Anzi 3 Gyalidea rivularis (Eitner) Nowak & Tobo!. 3 3 3 Halecania alpivaga (Th. Fr.) M. Mayrhofer 3 2 3 Hymenelia arctca (Lynge) Lutzoni 2 2 H. ceracea (Arnold) Poelt & Vezda 2 H. epulotica (Ach.) Lutzoni 3 H. haematina (Korb) Lutzoni 3 H. heteromorpha (Kremp) Lutzoni H. melanocarpa (Kremp) Arnold H. rhodopsis (SommerL) Lutzoni Hypogymnia austerodes (NyL) Rasanen H. physodes (L) Nyl. - Vanleg kvistlav Seterlav 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 278 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p E A 3 H. subobscura (Vain.) Poelt lonaspis lacustris (With.) Lutzoni 3 3 Lecania aipospila (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. 2 2 L. erysibe (Ach.) Mudd 3 3 L. nylanderiana A. Massa!. 3 3 L. suavis (Mlill. Arg.) Mig. 3 Lecanora actophila Wedd. 3 3 3 L. argopholis (Ach.) Ach. 3 3 2 l. odora (Ach.) Th. Fr. ex Stein l Japewia tornoensis (Ny!.) Tønsberg L. atromarginata (Il. Magn.) Hertel & Rambold 3 2 L. atrosulphurea (Wahlenb.) Ach. l 2 L. bennetlii L ynge 2 2 L. cenisia Ach. 2 L. contraClula Ny!. 2 2 3 L. epibryon (Ach.) Ach. 1 L. fiotowiana Spreng. 2 L. fruslulosa (Dicks.) Ach. 3 L. hadacii Lynge 3 L. hagenii (Ach.) Ach. 2 3 3 L. intricala (Ach.) Ach. 3 L leptacina Sommerf. 3 L /eucophaeoides Ny!. 3 L. leucococca Sommerf. 2 1 1 L. luteovemalis Brodo 2 3 3 L micheleri (Hertel) Hertel 3 3 2 L. muralis (Schreb.) Rabenh. 3 L. nordenskioeldii Vain. 3 L. orae-frigidae R. Sant. 3 3 2 L polylropa (Ehrh. ex Hoffm.) Rabenh. L polytrope/la Ny!. L. rupicola (L) Zahlbr. l 3 I 1 2 3 2 2 L straminea Ach. 3 3 3 L swartzii (Ach.) Ach. 3 3 3 L. torrida Vain. 2 'Lecidea' alpestri;; Sommerf. 2 L atrobrunnea (Ramond ex Lam. & DC.) Schaer. 1 3 2 2 L. auriculata Th. Fr. I l 2 I 'L' co/lodea (Th. Fr.) Leight. 2 3 'L' commaculans Ny!. 3 3 L. confiuens (Weber) Ach. 2 2 L. ecrustacea (Anzi ex Arnold) Arnold 3 3 3 'L' ementiens Ny!. 2 'L' epiphaea Ny!. 2 'L' i/e(formis Fr. 3 3 3 L lapicida (Ach.) Ach. 2 , L.' limosa Ach. 2 'L' lurida Ach. 3 2 'L' minutissima Lynge 3 3 'L.' miseriae Lynge 3 3 'L.' paanaensis Rasanen & M. Laurila 3 L paupercula Th. Fr. 2 I 'L,' picea Lynge 3 3 3 2 279 A catalogue of Svalbard plmus, fWlgi, algae, and cyanobacteria Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E L. plana (J. Lahm) Ny!. 3 'L.' polycocca Sommerf. 3 'L.' polytrichina Hertel 3 3 3 'L'. polytrichine/la Hertel, W. Obermayer & Poelt 3 3 3 L. praenubila Ny\. 3 3 'L.' ramulosa Th. Fr. l 2 L. rhagadiella (Ny!.) Th. Fr. 3 'L.' scrobieulata (Th. Fr.) Th. Fr. 3 'L.' septentrionalis Th. Fr. 3 L. silacea Ach. 3 L. steineri Hertel 3 L. swartzioidea Ny!. 2 L. symphycarpea Lynge 3 L. syncarpa Zahlbr. 1 A 2 2 3 3 l 3 L. tessellata Florke 2 L. umbonata (Hepp) Mudd 3 3 L. verruca Poelt 3 3 Lecidella aemulans Arnold 3 L. bullata Korb. 2 L. effugiens (Nilson) Knoph & Hertel 3 L. elaeochroma (Ach.) M. Choisy sensu lata L. euphorea (Florke) Hertel 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 L. patavina (A. Massal.) Knoph & Leuckert L. stigmatea (Ach.) Hertel & Leuckert L. wulfenii (Hepp) Korb. 2 Lecidoma demissum (Rutstr.) Gotth. Schneid. & Hertel 2 1 2 Leciophysma finmarkicum Th. Fr. l 2 3 Lempholemma isidiodes (Ny!. ex Arnold) H. Magn. 3 Lepraria neglecta (Ny!.) Erichsen l Lepr% ma vouauxii (Hue) J.R. Laundon 3 3 3 l 3 2 3 3 3 L. subtile (Schrad.) Torss. 3 3 L. tenuissimum (Dicks.) Korb. 2 Leptogium byssinum (Hoffm.) Zwackh ex Ny!. 3 L. gelatinosum (With.) J.R. Laundon - Tuvehinnelav 3 Flishinnelav L. lichenoides (L.) Zahlbr. L. saturninum (Dicks.) Ny!. Filthinnelav 1 Lobaria linita (Ach.) Rabenh. - Fjellnever 1 Lobothallia alphoplaca (Wahlenb.) Hafellner 2 L. melanaspis (Ach.) Hafellner 3 3 Lopadium coralloideum (Ny!.) Lynge 2 3 L. pezizoideum (Ach.) K6rb. 2 2 3 3 Massalongia carnosa (Dicks.) Korb. Moseskjel 3 l Megaspora verrucosa (Ach.) Hafellner & V. Wirth Melanelia disjuncta (Erichsen) Ess!. 2 Svart stein lav 2 M. hepatizon (Ach.) Thell M. infumata (Ny!.) Ess\. 3 2 Rimkrinslav l 2 3 M. sorediata (Ach.) Goward & Ahti - Hovudsteinlav 2 M. stygia (L.) Ess!. - Blankkrinslav 2 2 Melanolecia transitoria (Arnold) Hertel 3 Micarea assimilata (Ny!.) Coppins 1 M. incrassata Hed!. 3 3 3 Miriquidica atrofulva (Sommerf.) A.J. Schwab & Rambold l 2 3 M. complanata (Karb.) Hertel & Rambold 3 2 3 3 2 280 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R (SchaeL) Herte! & Rambold (Flot.) Herte! & Rambold M. leucophaea (Florke ex Rabenh.) Hertel & Rambold M. lulensis (Hellb.) Herte! & Rambold M. nigroleprosa (Vain.) Herte! & Rambold Mycobilimbia berengeriana (A. MassaL) HafelIner & V. Wirth M. hypnorum (Lib.) Kalb & Hafellner M. lobulata (SommerL) Hafellner M. microcarpa (Th. FL) Brunnb. M. sabulelOrum (Schreb.) Hafellner Mycoblastus alpinus (Fr.) Th. Fr. ex Hellb. Nephroma arcticum (L.) Torss. - Storvrenge N. expallidum (NyL) Ny\. Fjellvrenge N. parile (Ach.) Ach. - Grynvrenge Neuropogon sphacelallL (R. Br.) D.J. Galloway Ochrolechia androgyna (Hoffm.) Arnold O. frigida (Sw.) Lynge O. grimmiae Lynge O. inaequatula (Ny!.) Zahlbr. Omphalina alpina (Britzelm.) Bresinsky & Stangl - Kantarellnavlesopp O. hudsoniana (H.S. lenn.) H.E. Bigelow - Lærnavlesopp O. umbeliifera (L.: Fr.) Quelet - Torvnavlesopp O. ve/utina (Quelet) Quelet - Dvergnavlesopp Ophioparma /apponica (Rasanen) Hafellner & R.W. Rogers Orphniospora moriopsis (A. MassaL) D. Hawksw. Pannaria hookeri (Borrer ex Sm.) l"yL Fjellfiltlav P. pezizoides (Weber) Trevis. - Skålfiltlav Parmelia omphalodes (L) Ach. - Brun fargelav P. saxarilis (L.) Ach. - Gra fargelav P. skultii Hale P. sulcata Taylor - Bristlav Parmeliella arctophila (Th. Fr.) Malme P. triptophylla (Ach.) Milli. Arg. - Stiftfiltlav Parmeliopsis ambigua (Wulfen) Nyt. - Gul stokklav Grønnever Peltigera aphthosa (L.) WiIld. P. eanina (L.) WilId. - Bikkjenever P. callina (Ach.) Schrad. Kystarenever Smanever P. didactyla (With.) l.R. Laundon P. frippii Holt.-Hartw. - Skjørnever P. kristinssonii Vitik. Ru brunnever P. lepidophora (Ny!. ex Vain.) Bitter Skjoldnever P. leucophlebia (Ny!.) Gyeln. - Åregrønnever P. lyngei Gyeln. P. malacea (Ach.) Funck Mattnever P. membranaeea (Ach.) Ny!. - Hinnenever P. neckeri Hepp ex MGI!. Arg. Jordnever P. polydactylon (Neck.) Hoffm. Fingernever Granever P. ponojensis Gyeln. P. praetextata (Florke ex SommerL) Zopf - Skje!never P. rufescens (Weiss) Humb. Brunnever P. scabrosa Th. Fr. - Runever P. scabroselIa Holt.-Hartw. - Sildrenever P. venosa (L.) Hoffm. Kalknever M. garovaglii 3 M. griseowra 2 p E 3 2 3 l 2 2 2 2 A 2 2 2 l 3 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 1 l 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 l 3 l 2 l 3 l 3 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 l 2 3 l 3 2 3 2 l 2 l l 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 l 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 l 3 2 2 l 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 1 l 3 2 A catalogue of Sualbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 281 Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R Pertusaria bryontha (Ach.) Nyl. 3 P. coriacea (Th. Fr.) Th. Fr. 2 P. dactylina (Ach.) Nyl. 3 P. geminipara (Th. Fr.) e. Knight ex Brodo 2 P. glomerata (Ach.) Schaer. 3 p 2 2 2 P. panyrga (Ach.) A. Massa!. 2 Phaeophysica constipata (Norr!. & Ny!.) Moberg - Kalkrosettlav 2 P. endococcinea (Korb.) Moberg - Raudmarglav 2 P. kairamoi (Vain.) Moberg - Skjelrosettlav 3 P. nigricans (Florke) Moberg - Svart rosettlav 2 P. sciastra (Ach.) Moberg - Stiftrosettlav 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 l 2 2 3 l 2 Physcia caesia (Hoffm.) Fiirnr. - Hovudrosettlav 2 P. dubia (Hoffm.) Lettau - Fuglesteinlav P. tenelia (Scop.) De. ssp. marina (A. Ny!.) D. Hawksw. - Frynserosettlav 2 Physconia muscigena (Ach.) Poelt - Kalkdogglav I Pilophorus cereolus (Ach.) Th. Fr. - Grynkolve 3 2 2 P. dourensis (Ny!.) Timdal, Hertel & Rambold - Skorpekolve 2 2 2 2 Placidiopsis pseudocinerea Breuss 3 3 Placopsis gelida (L.) Linds. 2 3 2 Placynthiella icmalea (Ach.) Coppins & P. James 3 P. uliginosa (Schrad.) Coppins & P. James 3 Placynthium asperellum (Ach.) Trevis. l 3 P. nigrum (Huds.) Gray 2 3 P. pannariellum (Ny!.) H. Magn. 2 P. tantaleum (Hepp) Hue 3 Pleopsidium chlorophanum (Wahlenb. ) Zopf 3 Polyblastia albida Arnold 3 P. bryophila Lonnr. 2 P. cruenta (Korb.) P. James & Swinscow 3 P. cupularis A. Massal. 3 P. epomphala (Ny!.) Zschacke 3 P. gelatinosa (Ach.) Th. Fr. 2 P. gothica Th. Fr. 3 3 3 3 P. heluetica Th. Fr. 3 P. hyperborea Th. Fr. 2 P. intermedia Th. Fr. 3 P. melaspora (Taylor) Zahlbr. 3 P. sendtneri Kremp. 2 3 P. sepulta A. Massa!. 3 3 3 P. terrestris Th. Fr. 3 P. theleodes (Sommerf.) Th. Fr. 2 Polychidium muscicola (Sw.) Gray 3 Polysporina simplex (Davies) Vezda 2 P. urceolata (Ami) Brodo 2 Porina mammillosa (Th. Fr.) Vain. 3 3 Porpidia cinereoatra (Ach.) Hertel & Knoph 2 3 P. crustulata (Ach.) Hertel & Knoph 3 3 P. flauicunda (Ach.) Gowan 3 P. glaucophaea (Korb.) Hertel & Knoph 2 2 3 2 P. robustus Th. Fr. - Fjellkolve P. macrocarpa (De.) Hertel & A.J. Schwab A 3 P. oculata (Dicks.) Th. Fr. Phaeorrhiza nimbosa (Fr.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt E 3 3 2 2 2 282 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Scientific and Norwegian names Ecosystem Component Values R p E A 2 3 P. melinodes (Karb.) Gowan & Ahti l 1 P. ochrolemma (Vain) Brodo & R. Sant. 2 3 P. speirea (Ach.) Kremp. 2 P. superba (Karb.) Hertel & Knoph 2 P. trullisata (Ach.) Karb. 3 P. tubereulosa (Sm.) Hertel & Knoph 3 Protoblastenia calva (Dicks.) Zahlbr. 2 2 2 2 P. incrustans (De.) J. Steiner 3 3 P. rupestris (Scop.) J. Steiner 2 3 l 2 3 Protoparmelia badia (Hoffm.) HafelIner 2 1 2 Protothelenella sphinctrinoidella (Ny!.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt 3 P. siebenhaariana (Karb.) J. Steiner 2 P. terricola (Anzi) Lynge P. sphinetrinoides (Ny!.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt Pseudephebe minuseula (Nyl. ex Arnold) Brodo & D, Hawksw. 2 2 2 Småskjegg P. pubescens (L.) M. Choisy - Vanleg steinskjegg l Psilolechia lueida (Ach.) M. Choisy 3 3 Psara deeipiens (Hedw.) Hoffm. 2 I P. rubiformis (Ach.) Hook. 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 2 Psoroma hypnorum (Vahl) Gray - Skjelfiltlav 1 1 1 Pyrenocoltema sublitaraie (Leight.) R.e. Harris ex A. Fletcher 3 3 3 2 Rhizacarpon atroftavescens Lynge 3 R. badiaatrum (Flerke ex Spreng.) Th. Fr. 2 2 R. caeruleoalbum (Kremp.) Zahlbr. 2 3 R. chianeum (Norman) Th. Fr. 1 1 3 R. cinereovirens (Mtil!. Arg.) Vain. 3 3 3 R. copelandii (Karb.) Th. Fr. 1 R. dispersum Runemark 2 3 R. distinctum Th. Fr. 3 R. eupetraeoides (Ny!.) Blomb. & ForsseIl 2 3 R. eupetraeum (Ny!.) Arnold 3 3 R. expallescens Th. Fr. 2 2 2 R. ferax H. Magn. 2 l 2 R. geminatum Korb. 2 2 R. geagraphicum (L.) De. 1 R. glaucescens (Th. FL) Zahlbr. 2 R. grande (F1orke) Arnold 1 1 R. hochstetteri (Korb.) Vain. 2 3 l R. inarense (Vain.) Vain. 1 l 3 R. illlermediellum Rasanen 2 R. jemtlandicum (Malme) Malme 1 R. lavatum (Fr.) Hazs!. 3 R. macrosporum Rasanen 3 R. mahreri Hafellner 3 R. narvegicum Rasanen 3 R. obscuratum (Ach.) A. Massa!. 2 R. oederi (Weber) Kerb. 3 3 1 2 3 2 3 R. palycarpum (He pp) Th. Fr. 2 R. pusil/um Runemark 2 3 R. rittokense (Hellb.) Th. Fr. 3 3 R. raridulum (Th. Fr,) H. Olivier 3 3 R. saanaense Rasanen 2 R. superjiciale (Schaer.) Vain. 2 3 2 1 283 A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fung;, algae, and cyanobacteria Ecosystem Component Values Scientific and Norwegian names R p E R. umbilicalum (Ramond) Flagey 2 2 2 Rhizoplaca melanophlhalma (De.) Leuckert & Poelt 1 1 3 Rimularia impavida (Th. Fr.) Hertel & Rambold 2 3 R. insularis (Ny!.) Hertel & Rambold 3 3 R. psephola (Tuck.) Hertel & Rambold 3 3 Rinodina archaea (Ach.) Arnold 3 3 3 R. arnoldU H. Mayrhofer & Poelt 3 2 3 3 R. balanina (Wahlenb.) Vain. 1 R. bischoffii (Hepp) A. Massal. 3 R. cacuminum (Th. Fr.) Malme (nom. iIIegit.) 2 3 R. calcigena (Th. Fr.) Lynge 2 3 R. conradii K6rb. 2 R. lecideoides (Ny!.) Kernst. 2 R. milvina (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. 2 R. mniaraea (Ach.) K6rb. 1 R. oliuaceobrunnea e.W. Dodge & G.E. Baker 3 R. roscida (Sommerf.) Arnold 2 R. lephraspis (Tuck.) Herre 3 A 1 2 3 R. lurfacea (Wahlenb.) K6rb. l l 1 Sagiolechia proluberans (Ach.) A. Massal. 2 3 2 S. rhexoblephara (Ny!.) Zahlbr. 3 3 Sarcogyne algouiae H. Magn. 3 3 S. privigna (Ach.) A. Massal. 2 Schadonia fecunda (Th. Fr.) Vezda & Poelt 3 Schaereria fuscoc;nerea (Ny!.) C1auzade & Roux 2 3 l 3 1 Solorina bispora Ny!. - Liten skållav 3 1 2 2 l 1 S. octospora Arnold - Stor skållav 2 2 S. saccata (L.) Ach. - Vanleg skållav 2 l S. spongiosa (Ach.) Anzi - Svampskållav 2 l 3 Sphaerophorus fragilis (L.) Pers. - Grå korallav 3 3 l l S. globosus (Huds.) Vain. - Brun korallav l 3 3 3 2 S. crocea (L.) Ach. - Safranlav Sporastatia polyspora (Ny!.) Grummann l 2 S. tenuirimata (Th. Fr.) Lynge 3 3 S. testudinea (Ach.) A. Massa!. l 1 2 2 Squamarina poeltii Vanskå 3 3 3 1 Staurothele areolata (Ach.) Lettau 2 2 3 1 S. fuscocuprea (Ny!.) Zschacke 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 Stereocaulon alpinum Laurer - Fjellsaltlav S. arctiCllm Lynge 1 2 S. arenarium (Savicz) I.M. Lamb - Polarsaltlav 3 3 S. botryasum Ach. Steinsaltlav S. capitellamm H. Magn. - Hovudsaltlav 2 2 S. condensatum Hoffm. - Sandsaltlav 3 3 S. depressum (Frey) I.M. Lamb - Polstersaltlav 2 2 S. glareosum (Savicz) H. Magn. - Grussaltlav 3 3 S. grande (H.Magn.) H. Magn. - Stor saltlav 3 3 S. groenlandiCllm ( E. Dahl) I.M. Lamb 3 3 S. paschale (L.) Hoffm. - Vanleg saltlav 3 3 S. riuulorum H. Magn. 1 Bresaltlav 1 2 1 2 1 l 2 3 2 Strigula sychnogonoides (Nitschke) R.e. Harris 3 3 3 Tephrome!a aglaea (Sommerf.) Hertel & Rambold 2 S. uesuuianum Pers. Skjoldsaltlav 2 2 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 284 Ecosystem Component V alues Scientific and Norwegian names R p E A 2 T. armeniaca (DC.) Hertel & Rambold :2 T. a/ra (Huds,) HafelIner l l Thamnolia uermicularis (Swartz) Schaer. - Makklav l 1 2 Thelidium antoniellanum Bagl. & Carestia 3 3 3 T, ca/arac/arum (Hepp) Lonnr. 3 3 T. pyrenophorum (Ach,) Mudd 2 2 Thelignya lignyota (Wahlenb.) P.M. Jorg. & Henssen 3 3 Thelocarpon epibolum Ny!. 3 3 3 Toninia aroma/iea (Sm.) A. Massa!. 3 3 3 'Toninia' eumulata (SommerL) Th. Fr. 3 3 l 2 3 T. sedifolia (Scop.) Timdal 2 2 T. squalida (Ach.) A. Massa!. 3 3 T. uerrucarioides (Ny!.) Timdal 2 2 3 l 1 2 3 1 Tremolecia atrata (Ach.) Hertel Tuckermannopsis inermis (]';yl.) Karnefelt 3 3 3 Umbilicaria aprina Ny!. - Grå navlelav 2 2 2 1 l 2 3 2 2 3 3 U. arctica (Ach,) Ny!. - Vardelav U. crustulosa (Ach.) Frey - Knappskjold U. cylindrica (L.) Delise ex Duby 3 U. decussata (Vill.) Zahlbr. - Åsnavlelav l l U. deus/a (L.) Baumg. - Stiftnavlelav 2 3 1 l 2 2 U. lyngei Scho!. - Rynkeskjold 1 2 U. polyphylla Glatt navlelav 3 3 Rimnavlelav l l 3 3 Vanleg navlelav U. hyperborea (Ach.) Hoffm. U. krasehenninikoui (Savicz) Zahlbr. (L.) Baumg. U. proboscidea (L.) Schrad. U. rigida (Du Rietz) Frey Lærnavlelav U. /orrefae/a (Lightf.) Sch rad , Fjellnavlelav 2 2 1 1 2 2 l 3 3 3 l 2 3 2 Soll-lav U. vellea (L.) Hoffm, - Lys navlelav U. virginis Schaer. 1 3 Frynseskjold Varicellaria rhodocarpa (Korb.) Th. Fr. 3 Verrucaria aethiobola Wahlenb. 3 V. cataleptoides (Nyt) ]';yl. 3 V. ceuthocarpa Wahlenb. 3 l 3 V. deuersa Vain. 3 V. ex/rema Th. Fr. 2 V. halophiloides Vain. 2 V. in/egra (Nyl.) ]';yl. 3 V. margacea (Wahlenb.) Wahlenb. 3 V. maura Wahlenb. 2 l 3 V. nigrescens Pers. 2 2 3 V. rejec/a Th. Fr. 3 V. wilczekii K6rb. 3 3 3 Vestergrenopsis elaeina (Wahlenb.) Gyeln. 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 V. isidia/a (Degel.) E. Dahl Xanthoria boreafis R. Sant. & Poelt X. candelaria (L.) Th. Fr. Fjellmessinglav Grynmessinglav 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 X. elegans (Link) Th. Fr. Raudberglav 2 3 X. soredia/a (Vain.) Poelt Kalkmessinglav 2 A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Comments 285 at Van Keulenfjorden. The taxon is laeking from basic reference sources and is in need of reeval uation. Acarospora badiofusca (Nyl.) Th. Fr. A very scanty material was reported from two Iocalities at Van Keulenfjorden by Magnusson Acarospora rosulata (Th. Fr.) H. Magn. In Scandinavia only known from the central (1935), interior part of southern Norway (Santesson 1993). Collected in 1868 at Adventfjorden by T. Acarospora fuscata (Schrad.) Th.Fr. Fries (Magnusson 1935). Reported from three localities by Magnusson (1935), as "very scantily" or as "not typical", and Summerhayes & Elton (1928) reported f. flavescens Acarospora rugulosa Korb. H. Magn. from Dirksbukta (Wijde Only report ed once from Van Mijenfjorden fjorden). A reaffirmation of its status is strongly (Magnusson 1935). The material was charac needed. terised by Magnusson (1935) as "very scantily and uncertain", and a reaffirmation of its occurrence on Svalbard is needed. Acarospom glaucocarpa (Ach.) Korb. Reported from limestone at Sorgfjorden Treurenberg Bay) and from another unnarned locality by Fries (1867) and from Grønfjorden and Acarospora scabrida Hedl. ex H. Magn. Only known from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). five localities at Van Mijenfjorden by Magnusson (1935). Acarospora scyphulifera Vain. Acarospora hospitans H. Magn. Only recorded from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). The taxon has been treated as A. Fr. var. hospitans impressula Th. (H. Magn.) Clauzade & Roux (Clauzade & Roux 1981). A rare species known only from Greenland, Finland, Norway (Tromsø), the British Isles, and Svalbard, where it was reported from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). It was smaragdula (Wahlenb.) A. Massal. scyphulifera (Vain.) Clauzade & Roux by treated as A. var. Clauzade & Roux (1981). Acarospora molybdina (Wahlenb.) A. Massal. A common species on Svalbard typical of seashore siliceous rocks and rocks manured by birds. It was rnapp ed by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). Acarospora sinopica (Wahlenb.) Korb. Reported from Eholmen at Van Keulenfjorden by Magnusson (1935) and from Kongsfjorden and Longyearbyen by Hertel (1977a). It grows on siliceous rocks rich in iron. Acarospora peliscypha Th. Fr. Reported from two unnarned localities by Fries (1867), and Magnusson (1935) cited one col leetion by T. Fries from Grønfjorden. Acarospora smaragdula (Wahlenb.) A. Massal. Collected both by J. Vahl and A. E. Norden skiold, but the material is transistory to A. Acarospora persimilis H. Magn. opica sin (Fries 1867) and the determinations are in need of confirmation. It was reported from Described from Greenland and Spitsbergen by Nordaustlandet by Paulson (1928) and Magnusson (1935). It was reported from Svea Adventfjorden by Magnusson (1935). Recently gruva at Van Mijenfjorden and Forsbladhamna A. from smaragdula was reported from many localities 286 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990) and from Edge area by Brossard et al. (1984) and Nimis (1985), øya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). but it is suspected to be a misprinting for A. nigricans. Acarospora veronensis A. Massal. Recorded from Dirksbukta (Wijdefjorden) by Summerhayes & Elton (1928) and from Van Keulenfjorden by Magnusson (1935). Alectoria sarmentosa (Ach.) Ach. ssp. vexillifera (Ny!.) D. Hawksw. Only found once at Kobbefjorden in the north western part (Lynge 1938). Phytogeographically interesting as it is a coastal alpine species in Scan Adelolecia kolaensis (Ny\.) Hertel & dinavia. Rambold Correctly reported from Hopen (Lynge 1926a, as Lecidea conferenda) and from Jan Mayen (Lynge 1939b, als Lecidea kolaensis). This inconspicuous Allantoparmelia alpicola (Th. Fr.) Ess!. A common species on siliceous rocks. and easily overlooked species is rarely coJlected, but is widespread, especially in northern Europe. It colonises a variety of substrates, including drift Amandinea coniops (Wahlenb.) M. Choisy wood, bark (Betula, ex Scheid. & H. Mayrhofer Rhododendron, Salix), acidic and slightly calciferous rocks (see Hertel & Ram bold 1995). A common species, long known as Buellia coniops, on sea shore rocks and manured rocks. It is bipolar (Hertel 1988) and was mapped on Svalbard by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). Adelolecia pi/ati (Hepp) Hertel & Hafellner Reported from 'West Station' by Paulson (1928 no material in BM) and from Bolterdalen near Longyearbyen by Hertel (1977a). A relatively rare alpine species which prefers perpendicular to overhanging sites of not too hard siliceous rocks, aften rich in iron (see also Hertel & Ram bold 1995). Amandinea punctata (Hoffm. ) Coppins & Scheid. Reported mostly from northern Svalbard by Fries (1867), Lynge (1939a), Hertel & Ullrich (1976), and with some uncertainty from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b, as Buellia punctiformis var. punctata). The species was mapped on Svalbard by Hertel & Ullrich (1976) and has a bipolar distribution (Heftel 1988). A/ectoria nigricans (Ach.) Ny!. A common species on ridges in areas with stable substrates and where the lichen vegetation has not been destroyed by reindeer grazing. The species is Amygdalaria consentiens (Ny!.) Heftet, Brodo & Mas. Inoue bipolar (Hertel 1988). Reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Alectoria ochroleuca (Hoffm.) A. Massal. Amygdalaria panaeola (Ach.) Hertel & A strictly northeastern species on Svalbard Brodo (Lynge 1938), but the species has been reported Only known from the NY-Ålesund area (Hertel from Bjørnøya (Paulson 1923; Summerhayes & 1977a). Elton 1923). It belongs to a phytogeographically interesting element on Svalbard called the "North Coast Lichens" by Lynge (1938). Most of these species are very common and widespread species in Scandinavia. Arctocetraria nigricascens (Ny!.) Karnefelt & Thell Alectoria ochroleuca was included Only recently collected on Svalbard in middle in phytosociological tab les from the Ny-Ålesund Reindalen in a dry, siliceous Racomitrium boulder A 287 catalogue of SlJalbard plant. , fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria slope (Elvebakk & Tønsberg 1992). The Svalbard (1938). Some additional localities have now been locality and a report from Greenland (Hansen found in western and northern parts of Spits 1981) fil! the distribution gap between the Queen bergen (Hertel 1977a; HafelIner 1982; Elvebakk Elizabeth Islands of northernmost Canada and 1982, unpubL). and Olech (1990) added four Franz Josef Land as shown by Karnefelt (1979), localities from Sørkapp Land. and the species now has a circumarctic dis tribution pattern. Its total distribution was also mapped by Andreev & Makarova (1982), indi cating some new Russian localities. Arctopeltis thuleana Poelt This interesting species was first described as a subspeciflc taxon from Svalbard by Fries (1867), Arctomia delicatula but was recombined in a new monotypical genus Th. Fr. by Poelt (1983). It is an exc\usively arctic species A rare northern species, but it is more com mon in alpine Fennoscandia than A. interfixa. It has been found in Scotland and Ireland and its Euro pean distribution is not arctic. It was reported from Hornsund, Raudfjorden and Sorgfjorden by Fries (1867), from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), from Recherchefjorden, Adventfjorden, Prins Karls Forland, skøya), Kongsfjorden, and Kobbefjorden Smeerenburgfjorden by (Dan Lynge (1938). It was recently published from Edgeøya as '·cf. Arctomia delicatula" (Aptroot & Aistrup growing on manured siliceous rocks. Poelt (1983) indicated eight localities from Svalbard in addition to one (Reinholmen in Recherchefjor den) that was erroneously referred to Novaja Zemlja. Later studies (Elvebakk unpubl.) indi· cate that the species is widespread on suitable habitats on Svalbard where it can occur in large quantities. It was also reported from Sørkapp Land as "Lecanora contraetuia Nyl. (L. thulensis Th. FL)" by Olech (1990) and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). 1991) and incIuded in vegetation releves from Bohemanflya by Kobayashi et al. (1990). Arthonia /apidicola (Taylor) Branth & Rostr. Arctomia interjixa (Nyl.) Vain. Only reported from Van Keulenfjorden and Kob befjorden (Danskøya) by Lynge (1938). It is an arctic species in Europe known from Svalbard and Novaja Zemlja (Poelt & Vezda 1977) in This is the only autotrophic Arthonia species recorded from Svalbard. It was recorded from Lomfjorden and Brennevinsfjorden by Fries (1867), and from Bockfjorden as var. ruderella by Hafellner (1982). addition to Scandinavia where it is very rare (Santesson 1993). Arthrorhaphis a/pina (Schaer.) R. Sant. Published from Longyearbyen, Kongsfjorden and Arctoparmelia centrifuga (L.) Hale Liefdefjorden by Elvebakk (1984a) and from Sør kapp Land by Olech (1990). Arthroraphis alpina This species is widespread in continental boreal has also been collected at Lady FrankIinfjorden at areas further south, but has a distinct northern Nordaustlandet by P.F. Scholander (unpubl.,O). coast pattern on Svalbard according to Lynge Obermayer (1994) in his monograph of Arthror (1938). Later it was reported from Bockfjorden haphis maps its Eurasian and Greenlandic dis (Hafellner 1982 and Schuhwerk 1992) and Sør tribution kapp Land (Olech 1990). It has also been col (Hinlopenstretet), Kongsfjord, Woodfjord, and lected at Liefdefjorden, Kongsfjorden and Prins Amsterdamøya. and reports it from Lovenberget Karls Forland (Elvebakk unpubl.). Arthrorhaphis citrinella Arctoparmelia incurva (Pers.) Hale (Ach.) Poelt Obermayer (1994) in his monograph of Arthror Another widespread species which was a "North haphis reports two localities from the Woodfjord Coast Lichen" on Svalbard in the sense of Lynge area (see also Hafellner 1982). The records pub ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 288 lished by Hertel & Ullrich (1976), Hertel (1977a), and most like ly by Fries (1867) too, represent A. alpina (see Obermayer 1994). Aspicilia disserpens (Zahlbr.) Rasanen An arctic taxon reported from severai localities in Novaja Zemlja and Svalbard by Magnusson (1939) and from one locality in northernmost Sweden (Santesson 1993). Lynge (1940b) stated Aspicilia alboradiata (H. Magn.) Oxner First described Siberia, by Magnusson Novaja Zemlja, (1939) that it is common all over Svalbard. from Bjørnøya (uncertain specimen), Svalbard (Calypsobyen at Recher chefjorden) , Greenland, Ellesmere Island (un certain specimen) and from one locality in northernmost Sweden. Possibly a common cir cumpolar species. Aspicilia elevata (Lynge) J. W. Thomson Described by Lynge (1937) from western Green land and later also recorded from Bjørnøya by Magnusson (1939) based on aT. Fries collection from Miseryfjellet in 1868. Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Aspicilia aquatica K6rb. A widespread species in the Alps and in northern Europe, and published from Svalbard by Magnusson (1939) based on aT. Fries collection Aspicilia gibbosa (Ach.) K6rb. This is treated here as a collective taxon com prising Lecanora gibbosa var. squamata (Sw.) Th. Fr. recorded by Lynge (1924) and Lecanora from Kobbefjorden. virginea Hue (Zahlbr.), being regarded by Magnusson (1939) as a synonym of both the Aspicilia aspicilioidea (Th. Fr.) R. Sant. Reported from one locality on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). former taxon and Lecanora gibbosa (Ach.) Ny!. recorded by Hue in Hariot (1893) from Svalbard. It also includes Lecanora ursina (Lynge) H. Magn. ( = L. heteropiaea f. ursina Lynge) col lected byT. Fries on Bjørnøya in 1868 and treated Aspicilia caesiocinerea (Ny\. ex Malbr.) Arnold both by Lynge (1926b) and Magnusson (1939). The complex is badly in need of revision and severai of the excluded taxa have been noted with Reported from a few localities at Sørkapp Land interesting arctic distribution patterns. by Olech (1990). Aspicilia lesleyana Darb. Aspicilia calcarea (L.) Mudd Reported from Liefdefjorden and Reinsdyrfiya Only recorded from Sorgfjorden (Fries 1867). Aspicilia cinerea (L.) K6rb. by Paulson (1928) and from the area west of Sassendalen by Lynge (1940a). Aspicilia mashiginensis (Zahlbr.) Oxner Reported from one locality on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Reported from Hornsund as Lecanora b ennettii by Olech (1987) and associated with Candelariella arctiea and Umbilicaria decussata. Aspicilia circularis (H. Magn.) Oxner Aspicilin mastrucata (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. A rare species first described from Novaja Zemlja Reported (Magnusson 1939) and in Scandinavia only known Danskøya, from Brennevinsfjorden, by Hue in Hariot (1893) with one locality in northernmost Sweden by Fries (1867) Kobbefjorden, from Hornsund, Smeerenburg, and (Santesson 1993). Reported from Hornsund by out loca lity information, and by Lynge (1926b) Nowak (1965). from Bjørnøya. 289 A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi. algae, and cyanobacteria Aspicilia nikrapensis Darb. described by Magnusson (1939) from northern Reported from dolerite islands in Hinlopenstretet Sweden and from the Kola Peninsula in Russia. (Summerhayes & Elton 1928), from the area west of Sassendalen (Lynge 1940a), and from Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991). Synonyms were pre sented by Thomson & Scotter (1985). Aspicilia polychroma Anzi? Reported from Hornsund by Nowak (1965). The speeies is known from Scandinavia only from the vidnity of Oslo (Santesson 1993). and Magnusson Aspicilia obscurascens (H. Magn.) Clauzade & Rondon Determined with some uncertainty (1939) only cited one collection from Italy and one from Novaja Zemlja. from Hornsund by Nowak (1965) and included in veg etation tables from Sørkapp Land by Dubiel & Olech (1990). Aspicilia supertegens Arnold A widespread northern and alpine species recorded from Bjørnøya by Magnusson (1939) based on a T. Fries collection from 1868. Aspicilia obscurata (Fr.) Arnold Also determined with some uncertainty from Hornsund by Nowak (1965). Bacidia bagliettoana (A. Massal. & De Not.) Jatta Reported from three localities in the north (Fries Aspicilia pergibbosa (H. Magn.) Rasanen A rare spedes only known from Hornsund 1867). from Krossfjorden (Lynge 1924), Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). (Nowak 1965). It was described by Magnusson (1939) from three alpine areas in Scandinavia and from western Greenland. Bacidia subfuscula (Ny!.) Th. Fr. Reported from five localities in the north (Fries 1867; Paulson 1928; Summerhayes & Elton 1928), 'Aspicilia "Lecanora" perpendicularis H. Magn.' The description of this spedes is based on one and from various substrates on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). Systematic position unclear (Printzen 1995). collection from Miseryfjellet on Bjørnøya col lected by T. Fries in 1868 (Magnusson 1939). It does not seem to have been studied later and is best regarded as a critical Aspicilia taxon. Bacidia trachona (Ach.) Lettau Only recorded from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Bacidia venusta Hepp ex Th. Fr. Aspicilia perradiata (Ny\.) Hue Described from Siberia and later reported from Recorded Sørkappøya and Nordaustlandet by Magnusson Lågøya by Fries (1867). The taxon was referred from Hornsund, Sorgfjorden and (1939). The spedes was not included by Poelt to by Zahlbruckner (1926) in his Catalogus, but (1969), but it has recently been reported from it is lacking from major modem references and is arctic Canada (Thomson & Scotter 1985). in need of critical reevaluation. Aspicilia pleiocarpa (H. Magn.) Oxner Baeomyces placophyllus Ach. Determined with some uncertainty from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). The speeies was first Only known from a single locality on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). 290 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Baeomyces rufus Previously (Ruds.) Rebent. reported from bukta by Eurola (1968). According to Coppins Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and included in Lynge's list of mac rolichens from Svalbard (without localities), but lacking in his treatment of macrolichens from northern and western Spitsbergen and Nord (1988) the correct name for this species is Bacidia carneoalbida (MillI. Arg.) Coppins (misprinted as "carneopallida" first). However. it was later changed to Biatora carneoalbida by Coppins et al. (1992). austlandet (Lynge 1938). Reported from central Reindalen as host of Epilichen scabrosus (Elvebakk & Tønsberg 1992) and collected near Colesbukta in 1986 (Elvebakk unpubl.). The species has probably been widely overlooked. Biatora cuprea (Sommerf. ) Fr. Recorded from Sorgfjorden og Brennevinsfjor den in the north (Fries 1867) and from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Determinations confirmed by Printzen 1995. Bellemerea alpina (Sommerf. ) Clauzade & Roux (Ny\.) Printzen Biatora subduplex A widespread speeies on acid siliceous rocks; reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Hin lopenstrctet (Summerhayes & Elton 1928, Paul son 1928), Dyrevika (Kongsfjorden) (Paulson 1928), Sørkapp-Hornsund (Lynge 1924), Hornsund (Nowak 1965), and Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). Fries (1867) recorded it from Bellsund but considered the determination to be doubtful. Probably not rare on dead mosses and plant debris. The specimens reported under the name "Lecidea vernalis" from Bjørnøya (Paulson 1923; Summerhayes & Elton 1923; Lynge 1926b), from various localities in northwestern Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), from Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991), Lovenberget lopenstretet) Forland (Fries (Paulson and 1923), (Hin Vaigattøyane 1867), from and Prins from Karls Kongs fjorden (Nirnis 1985) most likely represent B. subdllplex (see Printzen (1995). who reports B. Bellemerea cinereorufescens (Ach.) subduplex from Woodfjorden. Kongsfjorden and Clauzade & Roux Reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and Bjørnøya). southern Spitsbergen (Lynge 1924; Nowak 1965; R. Sant. Olech 1990). Brigantiaea fuscolutea (Dicks.) Bellemerea subsorediza (1989) and Olech (1990). The species has a coastal Published from Sørkapp Land by Olech & Alstrup (Lynge) R. Sant. Reported from the Longyearbyen area by Hart and alpine distribution in Fennoscandia (Ahlner 1944), and its occurrence in southernmost Spits mann (1980), from Boekfjorden on a siliceous bergen is of great phytogeographical interest com erratic pared to coastal elements in the vascular flora boulder (Hafellner 1982) Kongsfjorden (Herte! 1991). and from Bellemerea sub (Elvebakk 1989). sorediza is probably a very often overlooked, usually sterile, speeies. It is distinctly alpine i n Scandinavia and, as pointed out by Santesson (1984). a pioneer species on bare rock surfaces near retreating glaciers. It was originally described from Greenland as a Lecidea, then transferred to Aspicilia and recently to Bellemerea (Moberg 1987). Brodoa oroarctica Brodoa oroarctica has only been published from a few localities on Svalbard (Krog 1974; HafelIner 1982; Spjelkavik & Elvebakk 1989), but it is reasonable to believe that all the previous reports of Hypogymnia intestiniformis s. l. from Svalbard refer Biatora carneoalbida (Krog) Goward (Milli. Arg .) Coppins to B. oroarctica; Malme (1930) even reported the widely defined speeies from Kvitøya. Brodoa oroarctica has been observed in large Bacidia sphaeroides auet. was listed in vegetation quantities at Sassendalen and collected in severaI tables from Hornsund, Trygghamna and Coles- other areas (Elvebakk unpubl.). A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Bryocau/on divergens (Ach.) Karnefelt 291 B. margaritacea Lynge from Belvedere west of A common species on exposed stabile ridges and rocks in areas not heavily grazed by reindeer. Sassendalen, and by Andre (1993) as B. epipolia from Prins Karls Forland. The conspecifity of B. alboatra, B. epipolia, B. margaritacea and B. nivalis (Bag!. & Carestia) Hertal ex HafelIner Bryonora castanea (under that name mentioned by HafelIner (1979) (Hepp) Poelt from "Spitzbergen", without localities) was Recorded from Svalbard as Lecanora castanea recently stated by Nordin (1996). Also collected from Isfjorden (Lynge 1924), Bjørnøya (Lynge from limestone bird cliffs near NY-Ålesund by 1926b), Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982), and SØr Elvebakk (unpubl. ). kapp Land (Olech 1990). Holtan-Hartwig (1991) mapped four localities on Svalbard and cited one Buellia disciforrnis specimen from Van Mijenfjorden. (Fr.) Mudd Recorded from Longyeardalen (Lynge 1924), Bryonora curvescens from Bjørnøya both on driftwood and as the (Mudd) Poelt common var. mIlscorlIm (Schaer.) Vain. (Lynge A muscicolous species known from Lågøya, 1926b), and from Hopen (Lynge 1939a). Lovenfjellet og Sjuøyane in the north (Fries 1867), and from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). The species was revised by HoItan-Hartwig (1991) who only included one T. Fries collcction from Kobbevågen from Svalbard in his distribution map. The species is restricted to Andreaea and Grimmia cushions (Holtan-Hartwig 1991). Bryonora septentrionalis A species with apothecia (Vain.) Erichsen Recorded three times from Svalbard (Lynge 1940a, b; Hertel & Ullrich 1976) (by the latter as cf. ectolechoides), but Lynge suggested that it might have been overlooked. Holt. -Hartw. pruinose Buellia ectolechoides Buellia geophila recently described by Holtan-Hartwig (1991) who mapped severai Iocalities from Svalbard. The species grows on various mosses. (Florke ex Sommerf.) Lynge Reported from Hornsund, Bellsund, Sorgfjor den, and Brennevinsfjorden by Fries (1867) and from the area west of Sassendalen by Hadac (1946). It was included from severai releves in Bryoria chalybeiformis CL.) Brodo vegetation tables from Bohemanflya by Kobay & D. ashi et al. (1990) and from Longyearbyen by Hawksw. Hartmann (1980). A species reported by numerous authors, and it is common on roeks and ridges exeept in areas with unstable substrates and in areas heavily Buellia insignis grazed by reindeer. Fr." H(Nageli ex Hepp) Th. A rather common species reported from different Buellia aethalea areas by Fries (1867), Summerhayes & Elton (Ach.) Th. Fr. (1923, 1928), Nowak (1965), Herte! & Ullrich First reported by Paulson (1923) from Prins Karls (1976), Kobayashi et al. (1990), and Olech (1987, Forland. Later report ed from Sørkapp Land by 1990). Fries (1867) also reported var. albocincta Olech & Alstrup (1989) and Olech (1990). Th. Fr. Buellia alboatra Reported as "Isbjorn-Bai" Buellia rna/mei (Hoffm. ) Th. Fr. Diplotomma (probably alboatrum Isbjørnhamna from at Hornsund) by K6rber (1875), by Lynge (1940) as Lynge First described from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Previously published Swedish records refer to Buellia IIberior Anzi (Santesson 1993). The 292 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL aethalea by Egan species was included in B. (1987), and Esslinger & Egan (1995). Calicium viride Pers. Only known from Floraberget at Murchisonfjor den (Nordaustlandet) (Lynge 1938). Buellia papillata (Sommerf. ) Tuck. Reported by Fries (1867) from Hornsund, Bellsund, Sa rgfjorden, Lovenberget (Hinlopen stretet) and Murchisonfjorden. It was listed in vegetation tables from Hornsund,Sveagruva, and the Adventdalen area by Eurola (1968,1971) and from Kongsfjorden by Nimis (1985), and was reported by Olech (1990) from three localities at Sørkapp Land. It is a bipolar lichen (HerteI1988) and in Scandinavia it is known from the north emmost parts (Santesson 1993). Caloplaca alcarum Poelt An interesting nitrophilous arctic species described from Novaja Zemlja (Poelt 1954). It has been published from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976), Longyearbyen (Hertel 1977a), the Diabasodden area (Søchting 1989), and Sør kapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990). However, it had already been reported from five localities in northern Svalbard (Sorgfjorden, Rypeøya, Depotøya, Lågøya, and Brennevinsfjorden) by Fries (1867) and from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b) as Xanthoria (Caloplaca) murorum var. obliterata Buellia postglacialis Hafellner Described from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982). auet. aret. The species is only known from its type locality. Caloplaca ammiospila (Wahlenb.) H. Olivier Bue/lia pulverulenta (Anzi) Jatta An endoparasitic Iichen collected by T. Fries in Common and reported by numerous authors. northem Svalbard and published as Buellia con vexa Th. Fr. Whereas part of his determination (those where the host liehen is Physcia caesia) may be coneet identifications (Santesson 1993 Caloplaca anchon-phoeniceon Podt & Clauzade eites Physcia caesia as a rare host), the additional Reported from Svalbard with no further infor records from various other Iichens seem to be mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). misidentifieations. The speeies was reported from the Gluudneset area east of Ny-Ålesund by Nimis (1985). Buellia pulverulenta has been treated as a lie hen parasite under the name Leciographa muscigenae (Anzi) Rehm. Hafellner & Poelt (1980), however, demonstrated that Buellia pul Caloplaca approximata (Lynge) H. Magn. Reported from Svalbard with no further infor mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). verulenta forms its own thallus within the de stroyed thallus of the host, although this is not always c1early visible. The species is widespread Caloplaca arenaria Miill. Arg. non auet. in northem areas (Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). Only recorded from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). Buellia vilis Th. Fr. Caloplaca caesiorufella (Nyl.) Zahlbr. A seattered arctic-alpine pioneer speeies on Known from Bjørnøya, originally named C. siliceous rocks. also known from the American caesiorufa (Ach.) Zahlbr. by Lynge (1926b), but Arctic Kavkas redetermined by Magnusson (1944). From Spits mountains. It was described from the western and the nival zone of the bergen recorded from Sabine Land, Tempel coast of Spitsbergen (without exact locality, leg. fjorden, Krossfjorden and Isfjorden (Søchting A. E. Nordenskiold) and later only collected a 1989). The species was included in C. phae few times on Svalbard, from Roosneset at Liefde ocarpella (Ny!.) Zahlbr. by Hansen et al. (1987), fjorden (Paulson 1928) and in the Isfjorden and but they were treated as two separate species by Kongsfjorden areas (Hertel 1977a). Søchting (1989). 293 A calalogue of Svalbard p/anis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Ca/op/aca castellana (Råsånen) Poelt where Xanthoria elegans is dominant. It is con· Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). Found as a cyanotrophic lichen on Pla cynthium Gipsdalen asperellum on limestone rocks in 1985 (Elvebakk unpubl.). sidered to be a southern element in the lichen flora of Greenland (Hansen et al. 1987). in The speeies was diseussed and mapped on Greenland Ca/op/aca diphyodes (Ny!.) Jatta by Hansen et al. (1987). In Scandinavia only Only published from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b) known from central Norway and Torne Lappmark as C. ursina, but included in C. diphyodes by (Santesson 1993). Its holarctic distribution was Magnusson (1950). On Greenland C. diphyodes mapped by Poelt & Hinteregger (1993). is a spedes of temporarily flooded creeks and pond margins (Hansen et al. 1987). Its holarctic distribution was mapped by Poelt & Hinteregger Ca/op/aca cerina (Ehrh. ex Hedw.) Th. Fr. A com mon species reported by numerous authors. (1993). The Bjørnøya collection of 'c. ursina' has also been restudied by Wetmore (1994), who found it to be similar to the American C. diplacia (Ach.) Riddle, and he concluded that more material would be necessary to reach a conclusion about its taxonomic status. Ca/op/aca citrina (Hoffm.) Th. Fr. Does not seem to have been published from Sval bard until recently by Søchting (1989), who con sidered it to be common on different substrates. The species has a bipolar distribution (Hertel 1988). Ca/op/aca epiphyta Lynge A phytogeographically interesting species in Scandinavia only known from continental Gud brandsdalen and from Åsele Lappmark (Santesson 1993). On Svalbard only known from a limestone boulder at Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982), but was also briefly mentioned by Søchting Ca/op/aca concilians (Ny!.) H. Olivier (1989). A record from Bjørnøya as C. nigricans (Tuck.) bryochrysion Poelt (Hansen et al. 1987). H. Olivier (Lynge 1926b)( = It has previously been named C. c. ferruginea var. nigricans (Tuck.) Th. Fr. p. p.) is in need of revision. Ca/op/aca epithallina Lynge Reported from Svalbard with no further infor Ca/op/aca conciliascens (Ny!.) Zahlbr. Described from the Austrian Alps and reported from Isfjorden by Wunder (1974), and from the Longyearbyen area by Hartmann (1980). Not mation from Søchting & Olech (1995). Ca/ap/a ca exsecuta (Nyl.) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. accepted from Svalbard by Søchting & Olech Reported by Lynge (1926b) from Bjørnøya as (1995). Blastenia arctiea (Søchting 1992b). Recorded from Krossfjorden by Søchting (1989). A report of Blastenia arctiea from Hornsund (Nowak 1965) Ca/op/aca decipiens (Arnold) Blomb. & may refer to the same species. ForsseIl Indicated from Svalbard by Søchting (1989) who plans to deal with this species on a later occasion. Ca/op/aca fraudans (Th. Fr.) H. Olivier It has also been found by Elvebakk (unpubl.) An arctic species which is probably common on both at Kongsfjorden, Krossfjorden, Gipsdalen, Svalbard on driftwood and manured rocks (Fries Berzeliusdalen, and Colesbukta, 1867; Lynge 1926b, 1940a; Magnusson 1944; and is probably a common speeies on extremely Søchting 1989). In Europe it is only known from manured rocks, more strongly manured than the arctic islands, the Kola peninsula, Finnmark Sassendalen, 294 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL (Poelt 1969, Santesson 1993), and has recently been found in Troms (Elvebakk unpubl.) Caloplaea phaeoearpella (Nyl.) Zahlbr. Published from Krossfjorden and Reindalen (Søchting 1989) and from severai localities at Ca/op/aea insu/aris Poelt Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Reported from Svalbard with no further infor mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). Ca/oplaea pyracea (Ach.) Th. Fr. Reported from Svalbard with no further infor Ca/op/aea inuadens Lynge mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). Reported from Svalbard with no further infor mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). Caloplaea saxieala (Hoffm. ) Nordin Recorded only a few times from Svalbard by Fries Ca/oplaea jungermanniae (Vahl) Th. Fr. (1867), Paulson (1927). Summerhayes & Elton (1928) and Hertel (1977a), but seems to be an A common speeies reported by severai authors. important and widespread species in saxicolous The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). bird eliff vegetation in most parts of Svalbard (Elvebakk unpubl.). It was Iisted in a phyto sociological table from Bockfjorden in a Dryas Calop/aea /eptoeheila H. Magn. Reported from Svalbard with no further infor mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). community by Rønning (1965), an unusual habitat. It was also reported from fox traps near bird perching rocks (Søchting 1989). Caloplaca murorum var. pusillllm (A. Massal. ) Flagey reported by Paulson (1927) from Liefdefjorden Caloplaea lithophila H. Magn. and Reinsdyrflya is a pruinous form of C. saxicola Reported from Svalbard with no further infor treated as a proper species, C. pllSilla (A. Massal. ) mation by Søchting & Olech (1995). (Nordin 1972), although it has sometimes been Zahlbr. Caloplaea magni-fllii Poelt Caloplaea saxifragarum Poelt An obligate Iichenised parasite on Miriquidica Reported from Kulmstranda at Sørkapp Land by nigroleprosa on Svalbard only published from Olech (1990). Its distribution (western Green Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). land, Alps, Balkan Peninsula, Nepal) was map ped by Poelt & Hinteregger (1993). Caloplaea nivalis (Korb.) Th. Fr. Reported from Liefdefjorden as growing on Calaplaea seapularis (Ny!.) Lettau Andreaea blyttii (Elvebakk 1984b), and from Collected from Forsbladhamna at Van Keulen many localities at Sørkapp Land, mainly on A. fjorden by Lynge (Nordin 1972) and reported rupestris (A. petrophila) (Olech 1990). from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Ca/oplaea noeisii Søchting ad. inL Described by Søchting (1989) based on two col Calaplaea seotoplaea (Ny!.) H. Magn. leetions on driftwood and lignum from Tempel Published from Svalbard by Fries (1867) as C. fjorden and Sassendalen on Svalbard. It also ferruginea f. occurred on detritus and rocks and a complete Depotøya and from Vaigattøyane. description of this species was delayed until the scotoplaca additional material (Hansen et al. 1987) and the Fries records need 1989). will be treated (Søchting affirmation. is caesiorufa (Ach.) Th. not recorded from Fr. from Caloplaca Greenland A cata/ogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi. a/gae. and cyanobacteria Ca/oplaea sibiriea H. Magn. 295 both C. friesii H. Magn. and C. subalivacea Recorded by Søchting (1989) from lignum and mosses in the lower part of Sassendalen. This is (Hansen et al. 1987). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). a very rare species known from northernmost Sweden (Santesson 1993) and northern Siberia (Magnusson 1952). A previous report from Greenland (Magnusson 1952) eould not be veri fied (Hansen et al. 1987). Ca/op/aea tominii Savicz This is a strongly continental spe eies with a very interesting steppe affinity and the only exclusively soil inhabiting Calap/aea on Greenland (Hansen et al. 1987). Phytogeographically it is among the Ca/op/aea sinapisperma (Lam. & De.) most interesting lichens on Svalbard. Its presence on Svalbard was briefly indicated by Søchting Maheu & A. Gillet Recorded from Lovenberget (Hinlopenstretet) as Biatorina fraudans (Fries 1867), from Hornsund (Nowak 1965; Eurola 1968), and from Colesbukta (1989) who plans a more thorough treatment. Hs holarctic distribution was mapped by Poelt & Hinteregger (1993). (Eurola 1968). Ca/oplaea tornoensis Ca/op/aea soropelta (E.S. Hansen, Poelt & H. Magn. It was indicated from Svalbard by Poelt (1969) and no details about its distribution has been Søchting) SØchting Reported from Greenland and Svalbard as Cal oplaca eitrina var. soropella Hansen, Poelt & Søchting (Søchting 1989). However, it was later raised to the rank of species by Søehting (1992a). who eited two eolleetions from lower Sassendalen. The speeies was found on strongly manured lime stone rocks. Calop/aea spitsbergensis H. Magn. An arctic speeies (not known from Fennoseandia) whieh has been found on old driftwood on scat tered localities on Svalbard (Magnusson 1944; Hertel & Ullrich 1976; Hertel 1977a). It was recently reported from Greenland (Hansen et al. 1987) and Siberia (Zurbenko & Søchting 1993). It should possibly be included in C. ammiospi/a (Søchting 1989). published. until a second report from Reindalen by Søchting (1992b). It is a very rare species in Scandinavia only known from northernmost Sweden (Magnusson 1944; Santesson 1993), but it has a similar substrate ecology and appearance as C. niva/is and has probably been confused with this speeies (Hansen et al. 1987). Caloplaea verruculifera (Vain.) Zahlbr. A bird ditt species reported from Bjømøya as C. granulosa (Lynge 1926b) and from Forsblad odden/Van KeuJenhamna in Van Keulenfjorden by Nordin (1972). It was recently collected on a single locality near Isfjord Radio on a strongly manured siliceous roek near the sea (Elvebakk unpubl.). The speeies has also been collected on Jan Mayen (Vainio] 905). Calaplaea verrueulifera seems to belong to a southern coastal element on Svalbard with a pattem similar to that of Ca/oplaea tetraspora (Nyl.) H. Olivier A bipolar speeies, on Svalbard not rare on de ad Sehistidium maritimum (Frahm 1977). The early record of Xanthoria elegans (Link) f. granulosa (Schaer.) (Fries 1867) refers to X. sorediata. bryophytes and plant debris and reported by many authors. Hs holarctic distribution was mapped by Poelt & Hinteregger (1993). Candelariella aretiea A Ca/op/aea tiroliensis Zahlbr. conspicuous (Korb.) R. Sant. species from sea eliffs and manured silicious rocks, mainly in the Arctic, but also in the northern parts of the boreal zone. It Another common Svalbard Ca/ap/aea species has only been reported from a few localities (Fries reported by numerous authors. It now includes 1867; Hertel & UUrich 1976; Elvebakk 1984a; ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 296 Olech 1990). But it is probably common on suit yet unpublished Carbonea monograph by Knoph, able habitats on Svalbard, which was also indi Rambold & Triebel. The species is lichenicolous, cated but lichenised. by Lynge & Scholander (1932) who compared the lichen flora of northeastern Green land and Svalbard. Carbonea vorticosa (Horke) Hertet Recorded from Sorgfjorden (Fries 1867), the area Candelariella aurelIa (Hoffm.) Zahlbr. west of Sassendalen A common species reported by Fries (1867, as (Lynge 1940a), Amster damøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976), Rijpdalen on C. Nordaustlandet (Hertel 1977b), Kvitøya (Hertel cerinella, 1926b, as C. epixantha, 1939a, 1940a), 1981b), Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982; Schuhwerk Gyalolechia subsimilis), Lynge (1924, as Nowak (1965), Hafellner (1982), Kobayashi et al. 1992), and Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). A very (1990), Aptroot & Alstrup (1991), and 01ech common, but unstriking species on Svalbard (1990). (Hertel 1981b). It is bipolar (HerteI1988). Candelariella placodizans (Nyl.) H. Magn. The only localities published from Svalbard are at Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), Hornsund (Nowak Catapyrenium cinereum (Pers.) K6rb. A common species as indicated by the localities cited by Fries (1867) and Lynge (1926b, 1938). 1965; Eurola 1968), Isfjorden (Eurola 1968), Kongsfjorden (Nirnis 1985), and Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). The species has an alpine distribution in Scandinavia. Catapyrenium daedaleum (Kremp.) Stein A common speeies as indicated by the localities cited by Lynge (1938) and Olech (1990). Candelariella vitellina (Hoffm.) Miill. Arg. A common species reported by numerous Catapyrenium lachneum (Ach.) R. Sant. authors, by Fries (1867) as Gyalolechia vitellina. Recorded It is bi polar (Hertel 1988). Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b), from severai locali as Dermatocarpol1 rufescel1s from ties by Lynge (1938), from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), and confirmed from Svalbard by Breuss & Candelariella xanthostigma (Ach.) Lettau Reported from Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982), Hornsund (Nowak 1965) and Storøya (Lynge 1939a). A widespread and common species Hansen (1988) and Breuss (1990). Breuss (1990) also reported C. lachneum var. oleosum Breuss from Van Keulenfjorden, van Mijenfjorden, Bellsund, and Raudfjorden. further to the south. Catapyrenium norvegicum Breuss Carbonea atronivea (Arnold) Hertel A recently described arctic-alpine species based Reported from Blåhuken at Van Mijenfjorden way collected in 1867 (Breuss & Hansen 1988). by Hertel (1970a), The species is very rare in Scandinavia and its world distribution was mapped by Hertel (1975a). on type material from Skibotn in northern Nor It is known from two localities at Forsbladhamna (Van Keulenfjorden) on Svalbard and a few localities from Greenland and from the Alps (Breuss 1990). Carbonea intrusa (Th. Fr.) Rambold & Triebel Catillaria groenlandiea Lynge Reported Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup on Lecidea lapicida s. stI. from Bolterdalen near Longyearbyen by Hertel (1991), (1991). According to Kilias (1981) this speeies and a more thorough description will follow in a be10ngs to Lecania. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Catillaria lentkularis (Ach.) Th. Fr. 297 Colesbukta (Eurola 1968), but may be mis Reported from Belvederefjellet, Isfjorden by identifieations, and there is no material at OULU. Lynge (1940a). Cephalophysis leucospila (Anzi) H. Kilias & Scheid. Cetrariella delisei (Bory ex Schaer.) Karnefelt & Thell A very common species that is entirely dominant A calciphilous species only known from Stup hallet at Brøggerhalvøya and Nordenskioldfjellet in some areas, e.g. near Ny-Ålesund. It is oecasionally fertile. near Longyearbyen (Heftel 1977a), and from an additional locality near NY-Ålesund by Hertel (1991). Like other rare Leddea s. l. species on Svalbard it has probably been overlooked. In Scandinavia it has only been collected Cetrariella fastigiata (Delise ex Nyt.) Karnefelt & Thell in Reported by Karnefelt (1979) from Sørkappøya, Hordaland and its world distribution was mapped Prins Karls Forland and Virgohamna, and from by Hertel (1975b). Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Lynge (1926b) considered some of the C. delisei plants from Nordhamna on Bjørnøya to "approach var. fas Cetraria aculeata A common (Schreb.) Fr. speeies reported tigiata very mueh", but no Bjørnøya material was by numerous referred to this speeies by Karnefelt (1979). authors. It is bipolar (Karnefelt 1986). Chaenotheca furfuracea Cetraria islandiea (L.) Ach. Reported both as ssp. islandiea and ssp. crispi formis (Råsånen) Kårnefelt by Kårnefelt (1979). Cetraria muricata (Ach.) Eckfeldt According to Karnefelt (1986) a common speeies on Svalbard, although our observations indicate that it is far less common than C. aculeata. A distinct slender, almost black, form with papillae (fibrillae) was collected on a mountain plateau near Gipsdalen in 1985 (Elvebakk, T ROM). The (L.) Tibell Found four times on the northern coast (Fries 1867; Lynge 1938) and onee near Longyearbyen (Elvebakk 1984a). Chromatochlamys muscorum (Fr.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt Published from two localities on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and reeently as new to Spitsbergen by Oleeh & Alstrup (1989) and Oleeh (1990) from Sørkapp Land where it is a rare species on mosses. mainly in Bistorta vivipara communities. species is bipolar (Karnefelt 1986). Cladonia acuminata Cetraria nigricans Nyl. Not included by Lynge (1938) in his general treat ment of the Svalbard macrolichens, but added in (Ach.) Norr!. Reported by Lynge (1938) as a rare species known from Bellsund, Isfjorden, MagdaIenefjorden, Indre NorskØya, and Sorgfjorden. a summary list based on a collection by E. Dahl in 1936. Cetraria nigricans was not indieated from Svalbard by Karnefelt (1979) in his monograph, but Dahl's colleetion has not been available in the Cladonia amaurocraea (Florke) Schaer. This species has been reported by a number of O herbarium. Dahl's colleetion in O has now been authors, but Lynge (1938) incJuded only one studied by Tønsberg (pers. eomm.) who eonfirms locality from the Bellsund area and suggested that its identity. The species was collected at Duvepyn a great number of eolleetions have been mistaken ten at Nordaustlandet. Cetraria nigricans also for C. undalis. It has later been reported by oceurs in vegetation tables from Hornsund and Nowak (1965). Rofmann (1968), Eurola (1968), ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 298 Hertel & Ullrich (1976), Hadac (1989), and Oleeh (1990). The eomplex is in need of reexamination. Cladonia eenotea Only known (Ach.) Schaer. from Kobbefjorden and Bren nevinsfjorden in the north (Lynge 1938). Cladonia arbuscula (Wallr.) Flot. Cladina is not eonsidered as a separate genus, and C. mitis not as a separate speeies aeeording to Ruoss (1987), Ruoss & Ahti (1989) and Ruoss & Huovinen (1989). The most widespread taxon along the eoast (see Eurola 1968) is ssp. mitls, and ssp. arbuscula was not reported by Lynge (1938). However, ssp. arbuscula was reported by Ahti (1961) from "Spitzbergen, Whale's Point, Cladonia cervieornis (Ach.) Flot. Reported from Prins Karls Forland (Paulson 1923; Summerhayes & Elton 1923) and from Havhestfjellet (Brennevinsfjorden) by Lynge (1938). 1901 Palibin (LE)". This loeality on southernmost Cladonia chlorophaea Edgeøya is now named Kvalpynten. Sommerf.) Spreng. (Florke ex A eommon speeies reported by severaI authors. Cladonia bellidiflora (Ach.) Schaer. Coneentrated to the basement roek areas of north western Spitsbergen and north western Nordaustlandet as shown on the distribution map by Lynge (1938) who also included two loealities from southern Bellsund. It has also been reported or eolleeted from seattered loealities in other parts of Svalbard (Lynge 1926b; Olech 1990; Aptroot & Alstrup 1991; Elvebakk unpubl.) and its dis tribution seems to be limited by the presenee of hard acidic substrates. Cladonia coeci/era (L.) Willd. After the separation of C. borealis from C. coc cifem s. I. by Stenroos (1989), the remaining C. coccifera s. str. has a more limited distribution and a distribution map by Stemoos (1989) did not include any Svalbard loealities. But as only one loealitv of C. borealis was included, it means that l the re atively large Svalbard material (e.g. eited by Lynge 1938) of this speeies pair remains prae tically unrevised. Cladonia coccifem is therefore included here until sueh a revision has been made. Cladonia borealis S. Stenroos After the revision of the C. coccifera group by Stenroos (1989), C. borealis and C. pleurota are the most widespread speeies, and Stenroos (1989) mapped one loeality of C. borealis from Svalbard. However, it is probably a eommon speeies there. Cladonia cornuta (L.) Hoffm. Reported with some reservations from Mur ehisonfjorden by Lynge (1938) and Iisted in sev eral vegetation tables from two loealities at Hornsund, from Russekeila, Trygghamna and Colesbukta and Isfjorden by Eurola (196R). The Cladonia eariosa (Ach.) Spreng. A rather frequent speeies in silieeous areas as shown by the loealities reported by Lynge (1938), Nowak (1965), and Oleeh (1990). reports are in need of confirmation. Cladonia erispata (Ach.) Flot. Only known from Fuglehuken at Prins Karls For land (Lynge 1938) and from several loealities at Cladonia earneola Sørkapp (Fr.) Fr. A distinet "North Coast" speeies on Svalbard Land (Olech 1990). Oleeh (1990) reported the speeies as var. cetrariiformis (Delise ) Vain. (Lynge 1938) and only reported from four Iocal ities in the northernmost parts (Lynge 1938; Herte! & Ullrich 1976). Later reported from Sør kapp Land by Olech 0990). Cladonia cyanipes (Sommerf.) Ny!. Reported from the Bellsund area and from Mag A catalogue of Svalbard plams, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria 299 dalenefjorden by Lynge (1938). Later collected gradlis ssp. nigripes (Ny!.) Ahti on Svalbard, a in Reindalen by Tønsberg & Elvebakk (unpubl.) synonym of C. elongata p. p. which is now called C. gradlis ssp. elongata (Jacq.) Vain. (Stenroos & Ahti 1990). This taxon has probably also been Cladonia deformis (L.) Hoffm. confused with C. maeroceras. It is probable that A rare species known from Hornsund and north western Nordaustlandet (0sthagen 1971), Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976), and SØr kapp Land (Olech 1990). Fries (1867) and Lynge (1924, 1938, 1940a) treated the species in a col lective sense including C. sulphurina. It was also reported from Nordenski6ldfjellet near Lon gyaerbyen by Eurola & Hakala (1977). the major part of Svalbard C. graeilis is ssp. elongata. This taxon was also reported to be common at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Cladonia gradlis ssp. gradlis is a rare, southern taxon reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Sørkapp-Hornsund (Lynge 1924; Nowak 1965) and Bellsund (Lynge 1938), but not indicated north of Fennoscandia by Ahti (1980). Future revisions should reveal whether both subspecies are present on Svalbard. The C. gradlis aggregate also includes C. ecmocyna, C. macroceras and C. Cladonia ecmocyna Leight. Not included from Svalbard by Ahti (1980), but maxima. the large arctic herbarium material has not been revised. Literary records from Svalbard include Hue in Hariot (1893), Nowak (1965) and Eurola (1968). There are also some additional collections (Elvebakk unpubl.), but its status on Svalbard is poorly known. Cladonia luteoalba Wheldon & A. Wilson Reported from Rijpfjorden at Nordaustlandet by Dahl & Krog (1970). In addition i t was reported by 0sthagen (1972) (Bjørnøya, Sørkapp Land, Longyearbyen area, Murchisonfjorden) and Elvebakk (1982) (Engelskbukta) and later found as seattered individuals in many parts of Svalbard Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. (Elvebakk unpubl.). According to Stenroos Reported from a few localities in northern Sval (1990) C. luteoalba apparently forms commen bard by Paulson (1928) and Lynge (1938) (as var. salistic symbioses with other Cladonia spp. major (K.G. Hagen) H. Magn.), and listed from vegetation tables from Hornsund and Isfjorden Cladonia macroceras (Delise) Hav. by Eurola (1968) and Hartmann (1980). The most common species in the C. gracilis group in most of the Arctic according to Ahti (1980), Cladonia floerkeana (Fr.) Florke who listed both Spitsbergen, Jan Mayen and A distinctly western species in Scandinavia that Bjørnøya. Un like its relatives it seems to prefer scarcely reaches Finnmark. It has been reported calcareous substrates. Cladonia uncialis f. rube.l' from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b, 1938) and is eens Bilttner & Schade which was described from phytogeographically a very interesting species on Blomstrandhalvøya near NY-Ålesund by Schade Svalbard. The determination of this collection (1966) refers to C was (pers. Cladonia maeroceras was also reported from comm.). Treated as Cladonia madlenta Hoffm. numerous localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech recently confirmed by Tønsberg ssp. floerkeana (Fr.) by Santesson (1993). (1990). maeroceras (Ahti 1980). According to Krog et al. (1994) C. macroceras is not distinguished from C. gracilis Cladonia gracilis (L.) Willd. The Svalbard material of C. gradlis coB. has only partly been revised in accordance with modem in the Scandinavian mountains. Cladonia macrophylla (Schaer.) Stenh. treatments (Ahti 1980). Lynge (1938) and Nowak One of the typical "North Coast Lichens" in the (1965) listed three taxa: C. elongata, C. gradlis sense of Lynge (1938), who published a dis var. gracilL var. ehordalis) and C. eemoeyna . tribution map showing severai localities in the Among these taxa Ahti (1980) only included C. northern part of Svalbard. In 1986 collected near ( =:o 300 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HER TEL Colesbukta at Isfjorden by Tønsberg (unpubl. , BG). Cladonia pleurota (FI6rke) Schaer. A common species reported by severai authors. It has a bipolar distribution (Hertel 1988). Cladonia macrophyllodes Nyl. An overlooked species only reported from Cladonia pocillum (Ach.) Grognot Hornsund by Nowak (1965) and from Sørkapp A common species on circumneutral or alkaline Land by Olech (1990). It was collected in the soils. midd le part of Reindalen in 1986 (Tønsberg unpubl., BG). Olech (1990) reported lllocahties from Sørkapp Land, and the speeies is probably common. Three collections from Nordaustlandet previously reported as C. subceruicornis have now been revised as C. macrophyllodes (Ahti pers. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Hoffm. A common species on Svalbard. It is bipolar (Hertel 1988). comm.). Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Weber ex F.H. Wiggo Cladonia maxima (Asahina) Ahti Only reported from northwestern Svalbard and Reported from northern Bjørnøya by Ahti (1980) from one locality at Nordaustlandet by Lynge based on a T. Fries collection from 1868. The (1938), and al80 from northwestern Svalbard by species has frequently been confused with C. Hertel & Ullrich (1976). But the species has also ecmocyna and C. gracilis ssp. elongata. and the been reported from Bjørnøya and western and Svalbard material of the C. graci/is group has not southern Spitsbergen (Lynge 1924, 1926b; Sum been revised. But C. maxima has a northern merhayes & Elton 1923; Nowak 1965; Eurola coastal and low alpine distribution in Fenno 1968; Elvebakk 1982; Hadac 1989; Olech 1990). scandia (Ahti 1980), and the speeies probably The species has a distinctly western distribution represents a southern coastal phytogeographical pattern and is restricted to siliceous substrates . element on Svalbard. The aut hor citation of this species follows Ahti (1984) and Ruoss (1990). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Cladonia merochlorophaea Asahina Reported as new to Svalbard by Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992) based on one specimen from Hornsund previously published as C. grayii G. Merr. (Lynge 1938) and one new collection from the Colesbukta area. The Svalbard material belongs to var. merochlorophaea. Cladonia squamosa Hoffm. Only known from Kobbefjorden (Lynge 1938) and Miilardalen, northeast of Longyearbyen (Lynge 1940a). The latter sample was published as var. muricella (Delise.) Vain. Also reported from Bohemanflya by Kobayashi et al. (1990). and from northwestern Spitsbergen (Mitrahalv øya/Prins Karls Forland) by Andre (1993). In Cladonia phyllophora Hoffm. Earlier known only from a few localities in the 1986 it was collected in the middle part of Rein dalen by Tønsberg (unpubl., BG). northern and northwestern part of Svalbard (Fries 1867; Summerhayes & Elton 1928; Lynge 1938), from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), and included in vegetation tables from Hornsund and Isfjorden Cladonia stellaris (Opiz) Pouzar & Vezda Listed in a phytosociological table by Rønning by Eurola (1968) and Kobayashi et al. (1990). (1965) from a Dryas community at Dunderbukta Lynge (1938) also included a distribution map. between Bellsund and Hornsund. The species is Recently found to be common in Reindalen, cen extremely rare on Svalbard and the habitat tral Spitsbergen (Elvebakk & Tønsberg unpubl.). unusual and the report needs confirmation. The A catalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 301 species was also reported from Magdalenefjorden been revised as C. by Ahti (1984) based on an old collection from comm.). The collection from Van Keulenfjorden (Ahti pers. symphycarpa 1818 deposited at B M. The population should is the psoromic strain, which has been referred to be searched for as the species is vulnerable to as C. dahliana Kristinsson, a species which has reindeer grazing and trampIing as well as tourism not which is developing in the area. However, C. dahliana can best be considered to been reported from Svalbard before. be a chemotype of C. symphycarpa (Ahti pers. comm.) and is treated as such here. Cladonia sfr/eta (Nyl.) NyL Occurs as var. stricta which is very common on Svalbard, and var. uliginosa Ahti C. lepidora Cladonia turgida Hoffm. var. gracilescens) which has only been recorded Only known from Virgohamna, northwestern twice from Van Mijenfjorden and Brennevins Svalbard (Lynge 1938). fjorden (Lynge 1938) and from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). Cladonia uncialis (L.) Weber ex F.H, Wiggo Cladonia stygia (Fr.) Ruoss A common species reported by many authors. Reported from Bjørnøya by Ahti & Hyvonen (1985). Collema bachmanianum Cladonia subfurcata Reported (NyL) Arnold Hornsund, Only known from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), from three localities on Nordaustlandet (Lynge 1938) and one from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). Both f. trachytera and f. tenuior were noted by Lynge hamna from Olsokflyan Kvalpynten (Van (Fink) Degel. (Sørkapp (Edgeøya), Keulenfjorden) , Land), Forsblad Diabasodden (Isfjorden), and Sorgfjorden by Degelius (1954), from Hornsund by Nowak (1965), and from SØr kapp Land by Dubiel & Olech (1990). (1938). Collema ceraniscum Cladonia subulata A common small species reported (L.) Weber ex F.H. Previously only known from northern Svalbard, where it was mapped as a rather common species (Lynge 1938). Later also collected from Hornsund (Nowak 1965), Sørkapp fjorden (Elvebakk by many authors, previously most ly as C. arcticum. Wiggo Edgeøya (Aptroot & Nyl. Land (Olech 1990), Collema cristatum (L.) Weber ex F.H. Wiggo Recorded by Lynge (1924,1938) as C. multifidum Alstrup 1991), Liefde which corresponds to C. cristatum var. marginale unpubl., TROM), central (Huds. ) Degel. This taxon was distributed in an Reindalen (Tønsberg unpubl., BG), and from exciccatum by Kurokawa & Kashiwadani (1987) Reindalspasset (Elvebakk unpubl., TROM). The which incIudes some common Svalbard Iichens. species should no longer be considered a "North This large species is common on limestone rocks. Coast Lichen". Collemaflaccidum Cladonia symphycarpa (Flarke) Fr. (Ach.) Ach. Reported from Sorgfjorden and Sørkapp by Fries Only reported from two localities at Sørkapp (1867) and Lynge (1924), but these collections Land (Olech 1990), Van have been redetermined as C. bachmannianum Keulenfjorden, Amsterdamøya and Nordaust by Degelius (1954). It has been reported from but material from landet (S. Korsøya and Wargentindalen) pub Midterhukhamna at Bellsund by Lynge (1938) Iished as C. subcervicornis by Lynge (1938) have and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). 302 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Raudfjorden, Collema parvum Degel. On Svalbard only recorded once from Bockfjor den on a limestone boulder (Hafellner 1982) and from Kapp Lee, Edgeøya (Barkman 1987). Wijdefjorden, Liefdefjorden, Sorgfjorden, Lovenberget in northern Bockfjorden. Lomfjorden, Spitsbergen and and in numerous localities in Nordaustlandet. Later it has been found at Engelskbukta (Elvebakk 1982), Gvntflya (Biinsow Land), and Sassendalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). Still it is enigmatic why this Collema polycarpon Hoffm. Common as var. polycarpon, see Fries (1867), Stizenberger (1876), Hue in Hariot (1893), Lynge (1924, 1938), and Degelius (1954). conspicuous species has not been found in other parts of Svalbard such as NordenskiOid Land. In Fennoscandia it is a rare species found only once in northern Finland very dose to the Norwegian border (Hakulinen & Huuskonen 1968). Collema tenax (Sw.) Ach. em Degel. A rather common species on calcareous soil, see Lynge (1938). Dermatocarpon intestiniforme (Kbrb.) Hasse Only published from two localities at Bellsund Collema undulatum Laurer ex Flat. Reported with some uncertainty by Degelius (Reinodden. Blåhuken) and one at Nordaustlan det (Floraberget) (Lynge 1938). The speeies is bipolar (Hertel 1988). (1954) from Prins Karls Forland ("a small sterile speeimen probably belonging here"). Dermatocarpon rivulorum (Arnold) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. Cystoeoleus ebeneus (DilIwyn) Thwaites Only recorded once from Wargentindalen. north ern Svalbard (Lynge 1938). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Daetylina are/iea (M.J. Richardson) Nyl. A very interesting arctic lichen, known only from Klovningen (northwesternmost Only reported from Hornsund by Olech (1987). The speeies was found on a wet rock below a snowbed. Dermatoearpon spitsbergense Lynge This is a critical northern taxon in need of further studies. It was reported from two localities at Spitsbergen), Bellsund. and from Murchisonfjorden, Nord northern Svalbard (Lynge 1933) and Dyrevika/ (1938), and has also been reported from Green Bockfjorden, Dirksbukta. and Nordaustlandet in Ossian Sarsfj. near Ny-Ålesund (Polunin 1946; Hertel 1977a). Daetylina madreporifomis (Ach.) Tuck. Reported from two localities at Wijdefjorden (Kartdalen and an unpresisely defined locality) but severai additional localities were observed in the area (Lynge 1933,1938). It was also reported from Bockfjorden by Elvebakk & Spjelkavik (1981). austlandet and from Kong Karls Land by Lynge land and Iceland. but the speeies was not accepted by Thomson (1984). Dimelanea oreina (Ach.) Norman Dimelaena oreina was published from Bellsund, but as Rinodina hueana in a paper dealing with the Greenland lichen flora (Lynge 1940b) and the report has therefore been overlooked. Two eollections from Van Mijenfjorden (Midter huksletta and Bergmanfjellet) are deposited in O. Later it was discovered at Blomstrandhalvøya Daetylina ramulosa (Hook.) Tuck. A "North Coast" speeies according to Lynge (1933, 1938) who reported it from Kongsfjorden, (Hertel 1977a), and on Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991), and in ]985 in large quantities on quartzitic sand tone/dolerite outerops in Gipsda len (Elvcbakk unpubl.). The latter locality is a A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungt. algae. and cyanobacteria 303 very dry valley with a lot of aeolian calcareous Alstrup (1989 - under the name Pyrenopsis mac dust. In 1988 its distribution was mapped in the rocarpa E. Dahl) and Olech (1990) from Sørkapp Kongsfjorden area by Elvebakk (unpubl.). There Land. it was concentrated to south or west-facing steep surfaces of siliceous rocks and erratic boulders in the eastern part of the fjord which has a favour able temperature climate. Dimelaena oreina seems to require a continental cJimate both on Svalbard and in Fennoscandia and Greenland, but a 1994 collection from Prins Karls Forland (Elvebakk un publ. ) is not in accordance with this pattern. Eiglera flavida Farnoldia hypocrita Only known from a few collections from lime stone localities near NY-Ålesund (Hertel 1977a, 1991). In Scandinavia only known from bland, Gotland, Torne A widespread, inconspicuous, silicicolous species. Reported from Sorgfjorden and Hinlopenstretet by Fries (1867), from Hopen and Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926a, bl, from Hornsund by Nowak Lappmark and Finnmark (Santesson 1993). Farnoldia jurana (Hepp) HafeIJner (A. Massa/.) Froberg (Schaer.) Hertel Reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Oxford breen (central Spitsbergen) (Paulson 1928), Sør kapp Land (Olech 1990), and Edgeøya (Aptroot & Aistrup 1991). (1965) and from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Farnoldia micropsis Endocarpon pulvinatum Th. Fr. Known A species characteristic of limestone bird cJiffs, where is can be locally dominant. It has been reported from a few localities on Svalbard (Fries from (A. Massal.) Hertel Hinlopenstretet (Fries 1867), Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Amsterdamøya (Hertet & Ullrich 1976), and from a few collections on limestone in the NY-Ålesund area (HerteI1977a). 1867; Lynge & Scholander 1932; Lynge 1938; Brossard et al. 1984), and has been observed in many additional parts of Svalbard (Elvebakk unpubl.) and is evidently common on suitable habitats. Flavocetraria cucullata & (Bellardi) Kårnefelt ThelJ A very common species reported by numerous authors. Like so many other frutieose speeies it Epilichen scabrosus is much less frequent in the continental valleys of (Ach.) Clem. Spitsbergen dominated by loose calcareous soil Only reported from the upper part of Reindalen deposits and heavily grazed by reindeer. as a parasite on Baeomyces rufus (Elvebakk & Tønsberg 1992). Flavocetraria nivalis (L.) Karnefelt & Thell Euopsis granatina (Sommerf.) Ny/. A very common species on ridges, but much Recorded from Kobbefjorden by Fries (1867) and from Bockfjorden by Schuhwerk (1992), but probably a much overlooked species. Euopsis pulvinata (Van dominated by loose fine-textured calcareous soil. It was mapped on Svalbard by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). (Schaer.) Vain. Reported by Lynge (1938. as Pyrenopsis) from Van reduced in areas heavily grazed by reindeer or Keulenfjorden, Mijenfjorden), Akseløya and Blåhuken Grønfjorden, Kongs Frutidella caesioatra (Schaer.) Kalb Recorded (as Leddea caesioatra Schaer.) from Hornsund, Magdalenefjorden, Lomfjorden fjorden, and Kobbefjorden, by Hertel & Ullrich (Fries 1867), Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Ulvebukta (1976) from Amsterdamøya, and by Olech & (southeast Nordaustlandet), Bjørnsundet ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 304 "Bismarck Strait", Hinlopenstretet) and a tains of Central Europe. The genus was referred poorly defined third locality (Paulson 1928), and to the new family Solorinellaceae by Vezda & Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). The species grows Poelt (1990). ( = on Andr eaea cushions and on Raeomitrium /anu ginosum (Vainio 1934: Poelt 1985). Halecania alpivaga (Th. Fr.) M. Mayrhofer Fulgensia bracteata (Hoffm. ) Rasanen Occurs as var. a/pina (Th. Fr.) Rasanen. Fuscopannaria leucophaea (Vahl) P.M. Jørg. Only recorded by Fries (1867) from Fosterøyene as Pannaria microphylla, but was not included by Lynge (1938). A reexamination of the material is needed. Only reported from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982). Hymenelia arctica (Lynge) Lutzoni Published from Beelsund, Van Mijenfjorden and Hopen by Magnusson (1933) as l. epu/otiea var. araiea (Lynge) H, Magn. and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Now it has been recog nised as a separate species in Scandinavia restric ted to the inundation zone of rivers and lakes in Fuscopannaria praetermissa (Ny!.) P.M. the northern parts (Jørgensen 1989). Jørg. Many localities were reported as Pannaria prae H. ceracea (Arnold) Poelt & Vezda t ermissa, by Lynge (1938), and the species has also Reported from two localities in the Hornsund been reported by Fries (1867), Lynge (1926b), Nowak (1965), Jørgensen (1978), and Olech (1991). Gyalecta foveolaris (Ach.) Schaer. The only localities that have been published are Miseryfjellet on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Ny Ålesund (HerteI1977a), Hornsund (Olech 1987), and Kulmrabben, Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). area (Nowak 1965) and from two localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Hymenelia epu/otica (Ach). Lutzoni Published from Bockfjorden as lonaspis epu/oliea var. epu/otiea (Hafellner 1982). Other varieties recognised by Magnusson (1933) have now been transferred to Hymene!ia rhodopis while var. are fiea has been established as a separate species (Jørgensen 1989). Gyalecta geoica (Wahlenb. ex. Ach.) Ach. Only reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). Hymenelia epu/otiea s. str. is in Scandinavia only known from dry, calcareous rocks on bland and Gotland in the southeast (Jørgensen 1989). This makes the report from Bockfjorden remark able, and the species seems to be a member of a Gyalecta subclausa Anzi Published recently by Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992) from middle Reindalen. strongly southern element in the Svalbard flora. This can be explained from its habitat near the hot springs Jotunkjeldene at Bockfjorden. The flora of the hot springs (especially Trollkjeldene) is characterised by the only Svalbard localities of Gyalidea rivularis (Eitner) Nowak & Tobol. Only reported from the Colesbukta area by one alga (Hoel & Holtedal 1913), five vascular species and one subspecies (Rønning 1961; Fris voll 1978; Elvebakk et al. 1994) and six bry ophytes (Frisvoll 1978). Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992). The species was Olech (1990) reported H. epu/otiea from sev found on periodically inundated rocks and was eral localities at Sørkapp Land. However, the previously only known from the Sudety Moun- occurrence on acidic, wet rocks indicates that this A catalogue of Svalbard planis. fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria 305 material is referrable to H. epulotica in a wide been sense. Following Jørgensen (1989) it is probable unpubl.) and from a mountain plateau near collected at Liefdefjorden (Elvebakk that this record instead indicates H. arctiea. Also Gipsdalen (Spjelkavik & Elvebakk 1989) where collected as Hymenellia prevostii from ca\careous the species was restricted to chert beds. rocks on the western coast by Nordenski6ld with out information on locality (Fries 1867) and from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). Associated with Pla cythium asperellum. Hypogymnia physodes (L.) Ny\. Earlier only known from the northeastern part (Lynge 1938), but reported from Vårsolbukta Hymenelia haemantina (Korb.) Lutzoni From Magnusson's description and comments, Lutzoni (1990) concluded that "Ioanspis spi ts (Bellsund) by Elvebakk (1982) and collected from chert deposits of a mountain plateau near Gipsda len in central Isfjorden (Spjelkavik & Elvebakk 1989). bergensis H. Magn. ad int. [nom. inva!.]" may belong to this taxon. However, he has not stu died Magnusson's original specimen, collected by Lynge in the Bellsund area. Hypogymnia subobscura (Vain.) Poelt A "North Coast" lichen only known from Nordaustlandet and mapped by Lynge (1938). Hymenelia heteromorpha (Kremp.) Lutzoni A limestone species reported from Sorgfjorden and Lomfjorden by Fries (1867) (as Aspicilia rho dopis var. melanopis) and from Bjørnøya where it is probably rather widespread (Lynge 1926b). Magnusson (1933) described the new Ionaspis heteromorpha var. lyngei H. Magn. from Bjør nøya. Hymenelia melanocarpa (Kremp.) Arnold A saxicolous limestone species only known from Lomfjorden (Magnusson 1933) and Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982). Hymenelia rhodopis (Sommerf.) Lutzoni A widespread species reported as Ionaspis epu lotiea var. crustosa H. Magn. from Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden by Magnusson (1933). This It is difficult to distinguish from esorediate H. austerodes and the Svalbard material of these species is in need of revision. Hypogymnia subob scura is an arctic species also known from Novaja Zemlja (Poeit 1969), Greenland, arctic Canada and northern Alaska (Thomson 1984, with map). In Fennoscandia it has only been recorded from the Khibiny Mountains of the Kola Peninsula (Dombrovskaja 1970). Ionaspis lacustris (With.) Lutzoni A common species reported by Fries (1867, as Lecanora), by Lynge (1926a, 1939a), Hertel & Ullrich (1976), and Hartmann (1980, as Lecanora cf. lacustris). Ionaspis odora (Ach.) Th. Fr. ex Stein Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). taxon was later included in Ionaspis rhodopis (Jørgensen 1989). The crustosa taxon is pul verulent form growing on calcareous overhangs (Jørgensen 1989). Japewia tornoensis (Ny!.) Tønsberg A widespread holarctic species, rather com mon on dead mosses and plant debris, timber and Hypogymnia austerodes (Ny!.) Rasanen wood. Fries (1867) reported it from Mag dalenefjorden (later also reported by Hertel & Reported as rare on Nordaustlandet by Scho Ullrich lander (1934), but all Scholander collections were Amsterdamøya (later also reported by Hertel & 1976), later determined as H. subobscura (Lynge 1938). Ullrich Well-developed sorediate specimens have later Sorgfjorden, 1976), Kobbefjorden, Raudfjorden, Lågøya, Danskøya, Wijdefjorden, and Brennevinsfjorden. 306 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Other records are from Kvitøya (Lynge 1939a; Malme 1930) and Hornsund (Nowak 1965). Lecanora atromarginata is closely related to Lecanora marginata (a speeies most likely not occurring on Svalbard). Both taxa differ mainly in chemistry. Lecanora atromarginata contains Lecania aipospila (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. Recorded from Hornsund (Fries 1867) and Bjørnøya (Lynge 1924, 1926b). The speeies prob ably belongs to a southern liUoral element in the Iichen flora of Svalbard. usnic acid and stictic acid, whereas Lecanora mar ginata contains usnic acid and atranorin as the major lichen compounds. Lecanora atromar ginata is probably not rare on Svalbard on basic rock types (calciferous sandstones, basalt), how ever. not on pure limestone. It has been reported from Hornsund and from Sørkapp Land where it Lecania erysibe (Ach.) Mudd was very common (Olech & Aistrup 1989; Olech Only recorded from Lovenberget by Fries (1867). 1991), and has also been collected at severaI 1990) and from Edgeøya (Aptroot & Aistrup localities Lecania nylanderiana A. Massal. Only recorded from in the Kongsfjorden area (Hertel unpubl.). Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902). Hertel & Ullrich (1976) included a prob ably related, but undetermined Lecania species from Amsterdamøya. Lecanora atrosulphurea (Wahlenb.) Ach. Collected in large quantities by T. Fries on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). From the rest of Sval bard only collected by A. E. Nordenskiold with out Lecania sua vis (Milli. Arg.) Mig. indication of locality (Fries 1867). In Scandinavia only known from North Norway Reported from Trollsteinen near Longyearbyen (Santesson 1993). The taxon is in need of re by M. Mayrhofer (1988). examination. Lecanora actophila Wedd. Lecanora bennettii Lynge Another southern seashore species within Sval bard only known from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). Lecanora argopholis (Ach.) Ach. From Spitsbergen only published by Hue in Reported at bird perches from severai localities at Hornsund by Olech (1987). Lecanora cenisia Ach. Hariot (1893), but without geographical infor Known from three localities in the north (Fries mation about the locality. It was also reported 1867) and from Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup from 1991). Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). However, Vanska (1984) only included a Bjørnøya locality of L. frustulosa, but no Svalbard localities of L. argopholis. The reports of this species from Svalbard are critical and in need of reevaluation. Lecanora contraetuia Ny!. Reponed from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). The larger Lecanora atromarginata (H. Magn.) Hertel & Rambold comb. nov. Basionym: Lecidea atromarginata H. Magn., Acta Horti Gothob. 6: 135-136 (1931).-Typus: Arctopeltis thuleana was previously included in this species (Poelt 1983). Lecanora epibryon (Ach.) Ach. Novaja Semlja, Matotchkin Shar, sydsiden ved A very common species on dead mosses and plant Karahavet, debris reported by numerous authors; by Fries 20.VII.1921, leg. lectotypus, designated here). B. Lynge (O. (1876) as L subfusca vaL hypnorum. 307 A cat alogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria criticaI taxon often considered to be a synonym Lecanora flotowiana Spreng. Recorded by many authors as L. dispersa (Pers.) Sommerf., but considered here to correspond to L. fiotowiana. For further notes, see L. dispersa below 'Rejected species'. Only reported from Bjørnøya (Vånska 1984), as a redetermination of bard. The present collection differs from this taxon and is incIuded here until further studies are available. Lecanora leucococca Sommerf. Lecanora frustulosa (Dicks.) Ach. probably of Miriquidica lzllensis which is common on Sval a single Lecanora argopholis report by Lynge (1926b). Lecanora hadacii Lynge Reported as Lecanora polytropa B leucococca from Lovenberget, Lomfjorden, Lågøya, and Edgeøya by Fries (1867), and from the Advent dalen-Sassendalen area by Lynge (1940a). Lecanora luteovernalis Brodo Described as a new species from the area west of Sassendalen by Lynge (1940a), and Hadac (1946) noted the type locality as Ledalen. The species does not seem to have been reported later, and it should be regarded as a critical taxon. Reported from Bockfjorden, Liefdefjorden and Kongsfjorden by Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992). The species grows on xeric fine-grained calcareous soil. It is phytogeographically interesting as other wise it has only been reported from arctic Canada (Brodo 1981). Lecanora hagenii (Ach.) Ach. Recorded as var. hagenii from Hornsund, Sorgfjorden, Lovenberget, Lomfjorden (Fries 1867), from SørkappjHornsund (Lynge 1924), from DepothamnajDepotøya at Nordaustlandet (Santesson 1939), Bockfjorden Hornsund as var. fallax Hepp from (Hafellner (Olech 1987). 1982), Under and from the name Lecanora micheleri (Hertel) Hertel The species was described from the Norden skioldfjellet mountain near Longyearbyen (HerteI 1981b) and later transferred to the genus Lecanora (HerteI1991). The species was collected 900 m a.s.L on sands tone on a windexposed ridge. Lecanora behringii Nyl., var. saxifragae (Anzi) reported from three localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Lecanora muralis (Schreb.) Rabenh. Only reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Lecanora intricata (Ach.) Ach. Reported from Sørkapp Land and Sørkappøya by Lynge (1924) and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Lecanora leptacina Sommerf. A species consistently growing on Andreaea and reported from Hornsund by Korber (1875), from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b), and from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Lecanora nordenskioeldii Vain. A poorly known arctic taxon reported from B jørnøya (Lynge 1926b). Lecanora orae-frigidae R. Sant. First indicated from Svalbard by Lynge (1939a) as Lecidea sorediata. Later reported from many localities, especially on northern Svalbard by Westman (1973) as Lecanora symmicta (Ach.) Ach. var. sorediosa L. Westman. The species is Lecanora leucophaeoides Ny!. mainly arctic where it is restricted to driftwood, but it has also been found on other types of old Reported from Amsterdamøya as L. cf. leu wood as far south as central Sweden (Santesson cophaeoides by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). This is a 1993). ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 308 Lecanora polyrropa (Ehrh. ex Hoffm.) southwest of Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982) Rabenh. probably refers to L. swartzii. A very common species complex. Reported from many localities in northern Svalbard (Fries 1867; Lynge 1939a). A few localities have also been reported for var. illusoria (Lynge 1926b, 1939a) Lecanora torrida Vain. A very rare limestone species in Scandinavia only and for var. alpigena (Paulson 1923, 1927). The known from northenmost Sweden (Santesson speeies is bipolar (Hertel 1988). 1993). Recorded from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b) and from Jan Mayen (Havhestberget), Bjørnøya (Sørhamna; Miseryfjellet) and Spitsbergen (Mar Lecanora polytropelIa Ny!. iaholmen) from Poelt & Leuekert (1995). Reported from Chermsideøya (near northern most NordaustJandet) by Paulson (1927). The report needs verification. 'Lecidea' alpestris Sommerf. Recorded from northern Svalbard by Fries (1867) and from a few loealities by Lynge (1924), Paulson Lecanora rupicola (L.) Zahlbr. (1928), and Eurola (1968). The speeies does not Reported as var. rupicola from the area near belong to Lecidea sensu strieto. Longyearbyen airport based on three collections made by HafelIner in 1979 (Leuckert & Poelt 1989). A collection from Bjørndalen west of Longyearbyen was with some uncertainty Lecidea atrobrunnea (Ramond ex Lam. & De.) Schaer. refened to the new S5p. arctoa Leuckert & PoeJt, The Lecidea atrobruflnea complex needs further which otherwise is only known from the Disko studies. Lecidea atrobrunnea 5.5tr. is an auto area on Greenland (Leuckert & Poelt 1989). The trophous (non-Iichenicolous), silicicolous speeies report of Lecanora subradiosa from the Bock usually with 2' -O-methylperlatolic acid as the fjorden area by Hafellner (1982) probably refers main hehen compound. On Svalbard it is less to L. swartzii. eommon than L. syflcarpa, a taxon with which it was formerly confused. Lecanora straminea Ach. Collected by A. E. NordenskiOld on seashore rocks from western parts of Svalbard without Lecidea auriculata Th. Fr. Includes var. brachyspora Th. Fr. - previously information on localities (Fries 1867). Collected L. brachyspora (Th. Fr.) Ny!. on bird c\iffs on Bjørnøya in 1986 (Bustnes Hopen (Lynge 1939a). Longyearbyen (Hertel reported from unpubl., TROM). A report of "Lecanora sub 1977a). and Bellsund (Herte! 1991). This taxon fusca (L.) Aeh. efr. var. angustata Ach." from differs from the type variety only by its almost driftwood at Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b) may globose spores. Whereas var. brachyspora seems reter to a different speeies. Lecanora straminea is to be a rather rare taxon, var. auriculma is one of possibly a southern representative in the Svalbard the most common crustose lichens on acid rocks liehen flora. on Svalbard. A distribution map for the northern hemisphere was provided by Hertel (1977b), and it was mapped on Svalbard by Hertel & Ullrich Lecanora swartzii (Ach.) Ach. ( 1976). Reported as S5p. nylanderi (Rasanen) Leuckert & Poelt from two localities near Longyearbyen (Leuekert & Poelt 1989) and from Edgeøya Lecidea collodea (Th. Fr.) Leight. (Aptroot & Aistrup 1991). This subspecies has a Deseribed as "Bimora collodea n. sp." from Mag more northern and alpine distribution than 55p. dalenefjorden, Wijdefjorden, Sorgfjorden, and swartzii (Leuckert & Poelt 1989). The report of Lågøya by Fries (1867). This conesponds to Lec Lecanora subradiosa Ny!. from Fred Olsenfjellet idea collodea (Th. Fr.) Leight., combined in Ann. 309 A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria Mag. Nat. Hist. Zool. Bot. GeoL 3rd Ser., 20:441 (1867), although Zahlbruekner (1925) gave a mis leading nomenc\atural eitation. The taxon is i n need o f a eritieal reevaluation a s its systematie position is unclear (Printzen 1995). 'Lecidea' ileiformis Fr. Only reeorded onee from a mountain (980 m altitude) near Bockfjorden (HafelIner 1982). In Seandinavia it has only been found at Dovre. central Norway (Santesson 1993). Does not belong to Leeidea s. str. 'Lecidea' commaculans Ny!. Only eolleeted near the basis of the mountain Lecidea lapicida (Ach.) Ach. Zeppelinfjellet, near Ny-Ålesund. The speeies A bipolar. extremely com mon, however, aften was previously only known from four other misidentified species. There are two chemotypes localities in the world (Hertel 1977a), but more (preliminary treated as varieties, for there is some localities have now been added, and L. com indication that the y perhaps may also differ in maculans seems to have its highest frequency eeology and distribution): var. lap/eida (with on Iceland (Sehwab 1986). The species does not stictic aeid) and var. pantherina Ach. (with nors belong to Leddea s. str., but is a member of the tietie acid as the main lichen substanee). Very Leeanoraeeae. closely related and Iikely to be included into L. lap/eida are L. ecrustacea (epilithic thallus laeking) and L. swartzoidea (with a dark or black Lecidea confluens (Weber) Ach. Reeorded twiee from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923, Lynge 1926b), from Sørkapp Land (Oleeh 1990), and from a few localities in the north (Fries 1867). Leeidea lepadina Sommerf. is brown, instead of a eolourless or faintly brown hypotheeium, as to be seen on seetions j: 15 tm thiek). Miriquidica lulensis is often similar in habit, but is easily separated by its Lecanora type asei and the negative Jreaction of the medulla. considered to be a teratologieal modifieation of L. confluens , see Hertel (1995). 'Lecidea' limosa Ach. Reeorded from Bjørnøya as L. cf. limosa by Lecidea ecrustacea (Anzi ex Arnold) Arnold Reported from Camp Morton at Van Mijen Lynge (1926b) and as a frequent speeies at SØr kapp Land by Oleeh & Alstrup (1989) and Oleeh (1990). It does not belong to Leddea and is prob ably related to Leddoma (Printzen 1995). fjorden by Hertel (1970a) and from the Long yearbyen area by Hartmann (1980). Closely related to and sometimes included in L. lapieida (Clauzade & Roux 1985b; Foueard 1990). 'Lecidea' lurida Ach. Reported from Liefdefjorden by Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992). The species does neither betong to Leeidea s. str. nor Psora (Timdal 1984). 'Lecidea' ementiens Ny!. A museieolous alpine speeies in Seandinavia (San tesson 1993) that has been reported from Bjørn øya (Lynge 1926b) , Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976) and Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990). Does not belang to Leeidea s. str., but seems to be related to Biatora (Printzen 1995). 'Lecidea' minutissima Lynge Deseribed as a new species from Sørhamna on Biørnøya by Lynge (1926b). It does not seem to have been reported later nor restudied. Aeeord ing to Hertel (1971) the taxon belongs to Lecanora, but it remains unc\ear whether it rep resents a distinet speeies or not. 'Lecidea' epiphaea Ny!. Only reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). 'Lecidea' miseriae Lynge Does not belang to Leeidea s. str., and its sys Deseribed as a new species from the mountain tematie position is unc\ear (Printzen 1995). Miseryfjellet on Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Like 310 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL the previous species it does not seem to have been grows on limestone, dolomite and other car found outside its type locality. The species is not bonate-rieh roek types and is known from Fenno referred to in major reference sources and needs scandia, the Alps, and arctic North America. It to be restudied. It does not belong to Lecidea, does not belong to Lecidea s. str., but is a member and its systematic position is unclear (Printzen of Lecanoraceae. 1995). 'Lecidea' poLytrichina Hertel 'Lecidea' paanaensis Rasanen & M. Laurila The earHest record of this Hchen was given by Fries (1867), who described Biatorina globulosa Published from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982) as L. cf. paanaensis with reservation as com parative samples of this species were not avail able. In Scandinavia it has only been recorded from Luster in western Norway (Magnusson 1957). The Svalbard report is in need of con fiTmation. According to Rambold in Santesson (1993) the taxon belongs to the genus Miriquidica. B polytrichina Th. Fr. as a new variety from Fosterøya, Hinlopenstretet. Vainio (1883) made the combination Lecanora polytrichina (Th. Fr.) Vain. Obermayer & Poelt (1994) found that this lichen is conspecifie with Lecidea polytrichina Herte!. a liehen, independently deseribed from Torne Lappmark, Sweden (Hertel 1968). 'Leci dea' polytriehina does not belong to Lecidea s.str.; however, its eorrect taxonomie position is not yet known. As long as this species is kept as a member of the genus Lecidea, Lecidea polytriehina Hertel Lecidea paupercuLa Th. Fr. is its eorreet name. although Leeanora po/y Recorded from Sørkapp and 0yrlandet (between triellina (Th. Fr.) Vain. (1883) is mueh older Sørkapp and Hornsund) by Lynge (1924), from in the rank of a speeies. 'Lecidea' polytrichina Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b), from Amsterdamøya colonised the distal parts of the leaves of Poly by Hertel & Ullrich (1976) and without locality trichum speeies and was also eolleeted on Gym by Hue in Hariot (1893). Lecidea paupercula is nomitrion corallioides (Obermayer & Poelt 1994). used here in the more restrieted circumscription of Hertel (1995). and not according to HeTtel (1990) and Santesson (1993), where it was con sidered a synonym of L. praenubila. 'Lecidea' polytrichinella Hertel, W. Obermayer & Poelt As 'Miearea spee. (ex aff. Micarea leptaeinella)' this liehen was deseribed and illustrated by Hertel 'Lecidea' picea Lynge & Ullrich (1967) based on a eolleetion from at Amsterdamøya. The speeies does neither belong Nordaustlandet by Lynge (l9' Ob). This is an arc into Micarea nor into Leeidea S.str. 'Leddea' poly Reported from Murchisonfjorden tic species first described from Novaja Zemlja. trichinella eolonises the uppermost leaves of Poly The taxon is critical and most Iikely it does not trichum species, like 'L'. polytriehina. It is aJso belong to Lecidea s. str.. but probably to Miriqui known from the Austrian Alps (where its type dica. locality is) and from northern Sweden (Ober mayer & Poelt 1994). Lecidea pLana (.J. Lahm) Nyl. Only recorded from Marmierfjellet at Isfjorden (Lynge 1940a) and from Bockfjorden by Schuhwerk (1992). Leddea praenubila Ny\. First reported by Lynge (1926b) from Bjørnøya as L. arthrooearpoides Vain.. a synonym of L. paupereula aeeording to Hertel (1995), but later redetermined 'Lecidea' polycocca Sommerf. by Lynge (193%) to L. hel singforsiensis Ny!., a synonym of L. praenubila according to Hertel (1995). The Bjørnøya eol Reported by Hertel (1991) from Brøggerhalvøya, leetion was not studied by Hertel (1995), who has Kongsfjorden. This tiny and inconspicuous lichen not seen any Svalbard speeimen of L. praenubila 311 A calalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria S.str. (with a pale hypothecium), and the eol yearbyen area as Lecidea cf. swartzoidea by leetion needs to be restudied. Hartmann (1980), and was also collected on Edge øya (Aptroot & Aistrup 1990). The species is widespread and should possibly be included in L. 'Lecidea' ramulosa Th. Fr. lapicida according to Schwab (1986). A widespread and often dominant speeies on moist eireumneutral or alkaline soil or on plant debris and bryophytes. It is a member of the Baeidiaeeae (Printzen 1995). Lecidea symphycarpea Lynge Reported from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976) and Blomstrandhalvøya near NY-Ålesund Lecidea rhagadiella (Ny!.) Th. Reeorded only from (Hertel 1980). The species was growing on rocks Fr. Botneheia in very wet polygonal fields. Apart from Svalbard at Isfjorden (Lynge 1940a). In Scandinavia only known from northernmost Sweden (Santesson 1993). The L. symphycarpea is only known from its type loeality on Novaja Zemlja (Herte! & Ullrich 1976). The species is critical. taxon is in need of a critical reevaluation. Lecidea syncarpa 'Lecidea' scrobiculata (Th. Fr.) Th. Fr. Zahlbr. A species of the Lecidea atrobrunnea complex, This is a species only known from arctic Canada usually with a pale yellowish brown, bullate and Svalbard (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). It was thallus and with norstictic acid as the main lichen collected at Lovenberget and Lomfjorden (Fries compound. It seems to be widely distributed 1867) and at Amsterdamøya as cf. scrobiculata throughout Svalbard, where it often prefers nutri (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). The species does not ent rich localities over acid rocks. Specimens in belong to Lecidea s. str.. but is a member of the herbaria are usually named genus Lecanora that needs further studies. nea', see Hertel (1995). 'Lecidea' septentrionalis Th. Lecidea tessellata Fr. Only recorded from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). In . Lecidea atrobrun F16rke A very widespread and ecologically variable mainland Norway on ly known from Finnmark species, for Svalbard reported by Fries (1867), (Santesson 1993). Does not belong to Lecidea s. Lynge (1940a), Aptroot & Aistrup (1991), Hertel str., and its systematic position is undear (1991), and Olech (1991) from various localities. On rocks rich in carbonate var. caesia (Anzi) (Printzen 1995). Arnold occurs. Both varieties often behave as a youth-parasite on Aspicilia spp. Lecidea silacea Ach. Only known from Longyearbyen (Hertel 1977a) and Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). The species is confined to substrate rich in iron (Schwab 1986). Lecidea umbonata (Hepp) Mudd An alpine species restricted to carbonate-rich rock types. Hs northern hemisphere distribution Lecidea steineri Hertel On ly recorded from one locality dose to the air was mapped by Hertel (1977a). It is, however, rare in northern Europe. On Svalbard at present only known from the NY-Ålesund area (Hertel port at Longyearbyen (Hertel 1981b). 1977a). Lecidea swartzioidea Ny!. Lecidea verruca Reported by Hertel & Ullrich (1976) to be com A lichenicolous species growing on thalli of mon on Amsterdamøya, reported from the Long Aspicilia species. Only reported from Bjørndalen Poelt 'JAKK & HANNES HERTEL near Longyearbyen by Hertel (1981b). The speeies is c10sely related to Lecidea tessellata. Lecidella patavina (A. Massal. ) Knoph & Leuckert Previously reported from Botneheia at Isfjorden as Lecidea spitsbergensis by Lynge (1940a), from Lecidella aemulans Arnold Sørkapp Land, from NY-Ålesund, from Bjørnøya A very rare speeies at present known from five localities in the Alps, the Tatra Mountains and one from Blomstrandhalvøya near NY-Ålesund (Hertel 1977a). Its generic position is unclear. (HerteI1970), and from Bockfjorden as Lecidelta inamoena (HerteI1981b; Hafellner 1982). Hertel (1981b), who cited numerous collections from the NY-Ålesund area, als o referred Lecidea acro cyanea pubhshed from Svalbard by Magnusson (1945) to Lecidella inamoena. Lecidella inamoena and L. spitsbergensis were recently included in L. Lecidella bul/ala Karb. patavina by Knoph (1990) and the speeies was Reported from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrieh reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup 1976), from Kongsfjorden and the Longyearbyen (1991). area (Hertel 1977a), from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990) and Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991). A world distribution map was presented by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). Lecidella stigmatea (Ach.) Hertel & Leuckert Lecidella effugiens (Nilson) Knoph & Hertel Hornsund (Nowak 1965), Edgeøya (Aptroot & Recorded from Sørkapp Land (Oleeh 1990), Alstrup 1991), Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich Known from Isfjorden near Longyearbyen, leg. Hertel (Leuekert et al. 1992). Reported als o from Sveagruva by Eurola (1971) based on material determined as L. albidocinerelta by J.W. 1976), from numerous localities on Spitsbergen by Hertel (1981b), and from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982). The species is bi polar (Herte! 1988). Thomson. Its worldwide distribution was mapped by Knoph et aL (1995). Lecidella wulfenii (Hepp) Korb. Known from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Sørkapp Lecidella elaeochroma (Ach.) M. Choisy sensu lato Land (Olech & Alstrup ]989; Olech 1990) and Only known from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). Lecidea enteroleuea auet. was used from several localities in northern Svalbard (Fries 1867). as a name for a number of Lecidelta speeies (e.g. L. stigmatea), whereas Leeidea enteroleuea Aeh. is a synonym of Melaspilea urceolata (Fr.) Almb. (Santesson 1993). Lecidella enteroleuca Ach. 13 latypea (Ach.) Ny\. as published from Spitsbergen Lecidoma demissum (Rutstr.) Gotth. Schneid, & Hertel by Fries (1867) was thought to correspond to Reported from Bellsund and Magdalenefjorden, Leeidelta elaeoehroma by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). Kobbefjorden, Danskøya, Lågøya, and Sjuøyane The latter alternative is followed for the T. Fries in northern Svalbard by Fries (1867, as Psora eollection. atrorufa), from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), Hornsund (Olech 1987), Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991), Krossfjorden (Elvebakk unpubL), Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Lecidella euphorea (Harke) Hertel Ullrich 1976). The distribution of Leddoma dem Reported from driftwood on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and from Adventdalen reindeer's ander (Lynge 1940a). on an old issum is possibly restricted due to the limited distribution of hard siliceous rocks and their cor responding strongly acidic soils. A catalogue of Slwlbard p/ants, fungi. algae. and cyanobacleria Leciophysma finmarkicum Th. Fr. A eommon species reported by many authors. Lempholemma isidioides (Nyt. ex Arnold) H. Magn. New to Svalbard. Collected by D.O. 0vstedal at Sassendalen in 1986 (BO). 313 southern taxon on Svalbard only known from habitats with a favourable loeal climate. Leptogium subtile (Schrad.) Torss. A very small and sterile speeimen determined with some uncertainty from Hornsund by Nowak (1965). A very small speeies reported as far north as Tromsø by Jørgensen (1994). Lepraria neglecta (Nyt.) Erichsen Leptogium tenuissimum (Dicks.) K6rb. A eommon bipolar liehen reported by severai authors. Reported as Leptogium lacerum var. tenuissimum (Ach.) Th. Fr. by Fries (1867) from Isfjorden, Sorgfjorden, Rypeøya and Kvalpynten. Leproloma vouauxii (Hue) l.R. Laundon This speeies was previously known as Crocynia arctiea Lynge as described from Oreenland, but is now known as a speeies with a worldwide dis tribution (Laundon 1989). The only published records are from Hornsund (Laundon 1989) and Edgeøya (Aptroot & Aistrup 1991), but the Lobaria linita (Ach.) Rabenh. Known from localities scattered all over Svalbard; see Lynge (1938) and later reports by Lynge (1940a), Hofmann (1868), and Hertel & Ullrich (1976). species has probably been overlooked on Sval bard. Lobothallia alphoplaca (Wahlenb.) Hafellner Leptogium byssinum (Hoffm.) Zwackh ex Nyl. Reported from irrigated rocks at Liefdefjorden by Elvebakk (1984a). New to Svalbard. Collected from calcareous soil at Oipsdalen by D. O. 0vstedal in 1987 (BO). This small speeies is known from Sweden and Finland, but not from mainland Norway (San tesson 1993; Jørgensen 1994). Leptogium gelatinosum (With.) l.R. Laundon Only reported from Lomfjorden (Fries 1867) and Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991). Lobothallia melanaspis (Ach.) Hafellner Reported from Reinsdyrflya by Paulson (1928) and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). Lopadium coralloideum (Nyl.) Lynge Reported from Sørkappøya by Lynge (1924), as a single plant from Sørhamna on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), and from Kvitøya (Lynge 1939a). The species was recently reported from numerous loealities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990), and Leptogium lichenoides (L.) Zahlbr. was reported in vegetation tables from Bohe manflya by Kobayashi et aL (1990). Widespread on Svalbard. Reported as var. pul vinatum (Hoffm.) Zahlbr. by Hafellner (1982). Lopadium pezizoideum (Ach.) K6rb. Leptogium saturninum (Dicks.) Nyl. Reported by Fries (1867) from severai localities in the north, from two localities at Hinlop Reported from Ekmanfjorden and Liefdefjorden enstretet by Paulson (1928), and later from four by localities at Hornsund by OIech (1987). It has also Elvebakk (1984a). This is a remarkable ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 314 been collected at Reindalen (Engelskjøn un publ. ; (Nordaustlandet, Elvcbakk unpubl.). ditional locality near Pyramiden (Fries 1867; Lomfjorden) with one ad Lynge 1938) and one west of Sassendalen (Lynge 1940a). Later it has been found in large quantities (Dicks.) Korb. Massalongia carnosa on chert deposits near Gipsdalen (Spjelkavik & Reeently reported from Sørkapp Land by Olech & Aistrup (1989) and Olech (1990). The speeies is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Megaspora verrucosa Elvebakk 1989) and in Sassendalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). Recorded by Lynge (1938) as var. sep tentrionalis Lynge. Melanolecia transistoria (Ach.) Hafellner & (Arnold) Hertel V. Wirth At present only known from China, the Alps and A common species on soils rich in calcium. Svalbard, where it has been collected twice on limestone near Ny-Ålesund (Hertel 1977a). The genus is now monotypic, as other species have Melanelia disjuneta been transferred to Farnoldia Herte\. (Erichsen) Essl. Scattered over most parts of Svalbard (see Lynge 1938), but probably restricted due to the lack of hard siliceous rocks in large areas. Micarea assimilata (Ny\.) Coppins Recorded from three localities on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), from BrØggerhalvøya (Hertel 1985), from twa localities at Hornsund (Olech (Ach.) Thell Melanelia hepatizon A very common species on Svalbard. previously named Cetraria hepatizon. It belongs to a complex in need of revision. According to own experiences 1987), from Kapp Lee. Edgeøya (Barkman 1987), and from eight localities at Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). the Svalbard, material belongs to at least two taxa, excluding Melanelia agnata (Ny\.) Thell and M. commixta (Ny!.) ThelI. Fries (1867) pub lished C. fahlunensis (L.) B. polyschiza (Ny\.) Th. Fr. ( = Platysma polyschizum Ny\.) from Nor daustIandet, but its taxonomical significance has Micarea incrassata Hedl. Known from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and Ny Ålesund (Hertel 1977a), in the latter case associ ated with Polytrichum. not been reevaluated. Melanelia infumata Miriquidica atrofulva (Ny!.) Essl. (Sommerf.) A. J. Schwab & Rambold A common species on manured rocks (Lynge 1938, 1940a; Olech 1990; Aptroot & Aistrup 1991). Hertel & Ullrich (1976) found it to be very com mon on Amsterdamøya as compared to the more continental areas around Ny-Ålesund (Hertel 1977a) and it is a moisture demanding species. Melanelia sorediata Only reported (Ach.) Goward & Ahti from two localities at Van Mijenfjorden/Van Keulenfjorden (Lynge 1938) Additional localities presented later by Hertel (1980) include Sørkappøya, Murchisonfjorden on Nordaustlandet, Storøya (east of Nordaust landet), and Abeløya (easternmost island of Kong and from EdgeØya (Aptroot & Aistrup 1991), but Karls Land). The spe eies was als o reported from collected Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). from severai other localities by Elvebakk (unpubl. ). Miriquidica camp/anata Melanelia stygia (L.) Ess!. Concentrated to the northeastern part of Svalbard (Korb.) Hertel & Rambold Reported from Ulvebukta (Nordaustlandet) by A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 315 Paulson (1928) as Aspicilia complanata (Karb.) (1991), and it is Stein. (Santesson 1993). Miriquidica garovaglii (Schaer.) Hertel & Rambold Mycobilimbia hypnorum (Lib.) Kalb & Hafellner widespread in Scandinavia Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup Only known from Bjørnøya (1991) and from Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden by Hornsund (Nowak 1965), SØr kapp Land (Olech Hertel (1991). 1990), Kongsfjorden (Nirnis (Lynge 1926b), 1985), Amster damøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976), and Bockfjor den (HafelIner 1982). Miriquidica griseoatra (Flot.) Herte! & Rambold Only recorded from Hornsund by Nowak (1965) and from a few localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Mycobilimbia lobulata (Sommerf.) Hafellner A common species on calcareous soH. In early literature reported as Biatorina regeliana, Bilimbia sabulosa var. montana, Bilimbia syn Miriquidica leucophaea (Flørke ex Rabenh.) Hertel & Rambold Only recorded from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). Miriquidica lulensis (Hellb.) Hertel & Rambold Probably a very common arctic pioneer species on siliceous (including iron-containing) rocks, and its world distribution was mapped by Hertel (1991). Lecidea circumnigrata H. Magn. var. reagens H. Magn. is a synonym. Miriquidica nigroleprosa (Vain.) Hertel & Rambold Probably a common species on Svalbard, but until comisla, or Toninia syncomista. Mycobilimbia microcarpa (Th. Fr.) Brunnb. Reported from Brennevinsfjorden on Nordaust landet (Fries 1867), and from Bjørnøya, where it was supposed to be common (Lynge 1926b). The identification of the Bjørnøya material was not certain. It was also listed in vegetation tables from Hornsund and Trygghamna (Isfjorden) by Eurola (1968). Mycobilimbia sabuletorum (Schreb.) Hafellner Only recorded from Hornsund by Nowak (1965). now only published from Blomstrandhalvøya near Ny-Ålesund on a siliceous, erratic boulder (Hertel 1977a), from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982), and from Mycoblastus alpinus (Fr.) Th. Fr. ex Hellb. Reported from Krossfjorden and Colesbukta by Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992). Mycobilimbia berengeriana HafeIIner & V. Wirth (A. Massal.) Nephroma arcticum (L.) Torss. Reported from Edlundfjellet at Storfjorden by A southern species in the Arctic, recorded as one Fries (1867) as "Biatora miscella (Sommerft.) of the rarest lichens on Spitsbergen by Lynge Fr. ". The species has also been reported from (1938), but severai additional localities have later Bellsund by Eurola & Hakala (1977), from Sør been discovered at Dickson Land, Alkepynten kapp Land by Olech & Aistrup (1989) and Olech and Krossfjorden (Elvebakk 1984a) and Sørkapp (1990), from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup Land (Olech 1990). Nephroma arcticum has also ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 316 been collected at Nordaustlandet by E. Dahl in 1936 (unpubl., O) and on severaI occasions in central parts of Reindalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). It was published by Lynge (1938) as var. compli catum, dr. his critical comments on Lobaria linita f. complicata (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr. Both these infra Ochrolechia frigida (Sw.) Lynge A very common speeies on Svalbard. Includes O. frigida f. telephoroides (Th. Fr.) Lynge and O. gonotades (Aeh.) Rasanen reported by Nowak (1965). The speeies is bipolar (Hertel 1988). specific taxa seem to be modifications of low systematie value. The same goes for Peltigera aphthosa f. microphyllina Gyeln. and P. leu Ochrolechia grimmiae Lynge Only published from Sørkapp Land (Oleeh 1990), cophlebia fl complicata Th. Fr. Hornsund (Olech 1987), Hornsund and Isfjorden (Eurola 1968), Isfjorden (Lynge 1940a; Hertel Nephroma expallidum (Ny!.) Ny!. 1977a) and Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrieh 1976), but has been eolleeted from severai A rather common species reported from seattered additional localities (Elvebakk unpubl.) and is localities in most parts of Svalbard (Lynge 1938; probably common on Racomitrium lanuginosum. Malme 1930 Eurola 1968; Hertel & Ullrich 1976; Hartmann 1980; Kobayashi et al. 1990; Oleeh (Ny\.) Zahlbr. Ochrolechia inaequatula 1990; Aptroot & Aistrup 1991). First listed as common in vegetation tables from Nephroma parile (Ach.) Ach. Recently reported from Sørkapp Land by Oleeh & Aistrup (1989) and Oleeh (1990). This is a remarkable addition of a southern speeies to the hehen flora of Svalbard. Hornsund, Colesbukta and Longyearbyen by Eurola (1968). Later also reported from Svea gruva by Eurola (1971), from Sørkapp Land by Oleeh & Alstrup (1989) and Oleeh (1990) and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). Nephroma parile is reported from the southernmost part of Green land (Thomson 1984; James & White 1987), but it has also been eolleeted at 70° N on Disko Island (Alstrup 1977). Omphalina a/pina (Britzelm.) Bresinsky & Stangl Common along the western eoast of Spitsbergen (Heikkila & Kallio 1969; Gulden et al. 1985; Høiland 1987). The speeies was mapped on Sval Neuropogon sphacelatus (R. Br.) D.l. bard by Høiland (1987) and seems to belong to a coastal phytogeographical element that only Galloway A bipolar lichen known from Svalbard, Jan Mayen and Iceland and other cireumaretic areas, but not from Fennoseandia (Lynge 1941). It is common on Svalbard espeeially in humid, alpine areas. It prefers intermediate rocks and avoids granite and limestone (Elvebakk 1984a). In a includes a restrieted number of speeies. The genus name Phytoconis was proposed for these Omphal ina speeies by Redhead & Kuyper (1988), but Jørgensen & Ryman (1989a), who treated the iiehenised speeies in Scandinavia, proposed con serving the name Omphalina. monograph (Walker 1985) its widely used name Neuropogon sulphureus was replaeed by Usnea sp/tacelata. Omphalina hudsoniana (H.S. lenn.) H. E. Bigelow First reported from Boekfjorden by Elvebakk Ochrolecia androgyna (Hoffm. ) Arnold First listed in vegetation tables from Hornsund, (l984a), who reported two localities from bird perehes. Only Iiehenised thalli ("Coriscium viride") were eolleeted. Later Høiland (1987) Colesbukta and Longyearbyen (Eurola 1968), mapped the speeies on Svalbard. However, he then added from the Ny-Ålesund area (Hertel only included one locality at St. Johnsfjorden and 1977a), from Boekfjorden (Hafellner 1982), and one from the easternmost part of Kongsfjorden from Sørkapp Land (Oleeh 1990). as the previous publieation was overlooked. A 317 catalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Omphalina umbellifera (L.: Fr.) Quelet Pannaria pezizoides (Weber) Trevis. Reported from Svalbard by numerous authors, A very common species. cfr. Heikkilii & Kallio (1969). The species was mapped on Svalbard by Høiland (1987). This map is only based on material from the four University herbaria of Norway, and many other records (cfr. Heikkilii & Kallio 1969) have not been included. Parmelia omphalodes (L.) Ach. Believed to be a "North Coast" species on Sval bard (Lynge 1938), but scattered localities have also been reported from other parts of Svalbard. Skult (1985) described the arctic ssp. glacialis and Omphalina velutina (Quelet) Quelet listed 10 collections from Svalbard. Later Skult First reported by Heikkilii & Kallio (1969), and (1987) also included ssp. omphalodes and ssp. later Høiland (1987) added severai other local pinnatifida from Svalbard. The ssp. glacialis has ities. now been treated as P. skultii Hale (Hale 1987). Hale (1987) did not recognise subspecific taxa of P. omphalodes. Ophioparma lapponica (Rasanen) Hafellner & R.W. Rogers It is pro bable that all Ophioparma ventosa s.l. material from Svalbard belongs to O. lapponica ( = O. ventosa var. lapponica) even if the older collections published as "Haematomma ventosum Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Ach. A common acidophilous species with a bipolar distribution pattern. (L.) A. Massal." (Fries 1867; Summerhayes & Elton 1928) have not been reinvestigated as to this point. The lapponica taxon was provisionally given the rank as a variety by Santesson (1993), who stated that the ventosajlapponica complex Parmelia skultii Hale Published as Parmelia omphalodes ssp. glacialis by Skult (1985), see below P. omphalodes. Skult needs further studies. It has been published as (1985) H. lapponicum from Svalbard by Nowak (1965), Nordaustlandet and neighbouring smaller islands, Hertel & Ullrich (1976), two from Edgeøya and only one from Spitsbergen Hertel (1977a) and listed severai collections from Hafellner (1982). The species has been found on (near Sveagruva). In 1985 it was observed as scattered localities on siliceous rocks on Svalbard. abundant on the mountain plateau at Gipshuken (Elvebakk unpubl.) where it was growing on soil and between mosses. The species is not normally Orphniospora moriopsis (A. Massa!.) Hawksw. A widespread, saxicolous Reported from Hornsund, collective D. species. Magdalenefjorden, saxicolous as P. omphalodes. Parmelia sulcata Taylor Kobbefjorden, Wijdefjorden, and Sorgfjorden by The species has only been reported from scattered Fries (1867), from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b), localities (see Lynge 1938), but is not rare on from manured sites. Hornsund by Nowak (1965), from Amsterdamøya by Hertel & Ullrich (1976), from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982), and from Sør kapp Land by Olech (1990). Parmeliella arctophila (Th. Fr.) Malme Reported from Fosterøyane (Hinlopenstretet), Pannaria hookeri (Borrer ex. Sm.) Ny!. Sorgfjorden, and Wahlenbergfjorden by Fries (1867), from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b) and A common species on sandstone and schistose Engelskjøn rocks in snow beds with a moderate snow cover Adventfjorden by Lynge (1938), from Hornsund (1986), from Grønfjorden and (Elvebakk 1982, 1984b). The species is bipolar and Isfjorden by Eurola (1968), and from SØrkapp and has been reported by severai authors. Land by Olech (1990). ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 318 Parmeliella triptophylla (Ach.) Miill. Arg. Peltigera trippii Holt.-Hartw. Only known from Sørkapp Land where it is rare Described from mainland Norway by Holtan Hartwig (1988). Three collections from Nor (Olech & Aistrup 1989; Olech 1990). daustiandet (Lady Franklinfjorden : Persberget and Gerardodden and Brennevinsfjorden: Kapp Parmeliopsis ambigua (Wulfen) Ny!. A typical "North Coast Lichen" only known from Kobbefjorden (Danskøya), previously published as P. poly dactyloides by Lynge (1938) are now determined as P. {rippii and included in a distribution map Hansteen) Murchisonfjorden (Nordaustlandet), and Parryøya (north of Nord austlandet) in the north (Lynge 1938). covering Europe (Vitikainen 1994). One of the P. malacea collections cited by Lynge (1938) (Bellsund 1933, leg. N. Polunin) has als o been determined as P. A common species reported cf.frippii (Holtan-Hartwig pers. comm.). Peltigera aphthosa (L.) WiIld. by numerous authors. Peltigera kristinssonii Vitik. New to Spitsbergen. Previously only reported Peltigera canina (L.) Willd. A com mon species from Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn (1986). Holtan reported by numerous authors. Hartwig (pers. comm.) has determined one unpublished collection from Murchisonfjorden (leg. P. F. Scholander, O), one collection from Linnedalen near Isfjord Radio previously pub lished as P. Peltigera collina (Ach.) Schrad. Gyelnik (1930) described P. var. spitsbergensis subscutata malacea by Lynge (1938), and one collection from a wind exposed limestone ridge at Gyeln. Gluudneset near NY-Ålesund (Elvebakk unpubl., Gyeln. based on a collection TROM). The distribution of the species was map of two small thallus fragments from Forsblad ped by Vitikainen (1985,1994), who included Jan hamna at Van Keulenfjorden. This material was Mayen, but not Svalbard. studied by Holtan-Hartwig (pers. comm.) who concluded that it resembles P. collina but has a different thallus surface and a different chemistry. A collection from Bohemanneset published as P. erumpens var. leptoderma P. didactyla) by Lynge (1938) is in the same critical complex which has been included in P. collina by Vitikainen (1981, 1994). The Svalbard loeality was included in a distribution map covering Europe by Viti kainen (1994). However, P. collina s. str. is decidedly thermophilous in North Fennoscandia, a statement also confirmed by Vitikainen (1994), and it is one of the most unexpected lichens that Peltigera lepidophora (Ny!. ex Vain.) Bitter Listed from severai localities at Van Mijenfjorden(Van Keulenfjorden, Grønfjorden/ Kapp Linne and from northern Svalbard by Lynge (1938). lt has been reported from Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989) and Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990) and collected in many other parts of Svalbard mostly on weakly acidic soil (Elvebakk 1984b) and is a common speeies that is easily overlooked. has been reported from Svalbard. We follow the treatment by Vitikainen (1994) here, but we feel that more material is neccessary for a better Peltigera leucophlebia (Ny\.) Gyeln. understanding of the taxon deseribed by Gyelnik A common species known from many localities, (1930). see especially Lynge (1938). Peltigera didactyla (With.) J. R. Laundon Peltigera lyngei Gyeln. A common species reported from many localities, The species was reported from Kobbevågen by see especially Lynge (1938). The species is bipolar Gyelnik (1932) and from Sveagruva as P. (Hertel 1988). var. lyngei malacea by Eurola (1971). The taxon is related A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, ftmgi, algae, and cyanobacteria 319 to p, malacea (Holtan-Hartwig 1988) or to p, collections has been confirmed by Holtan-Hart scabrosa according to Vitikainen (1981) who wig (pers. comm.) and included on a distribution listed it from Iceland and Svalbard, Later Viti map by Vitikainen (1987, 1994). However, Viti kainen (1994) accepted it as P. tyngei, but stated kainen (1994) cited an examined specimen from that it should be considered a tentative species, Kapp Thordsen (leg. Gyllencreutz 1883, UPS) awaiting examination of additional materials from which was not indicated on the distribution map. the Arctic. Vitikainen (1994) listed it from the The species has also been published in a phy Grønfjorden tosociological table by Rønning (1965) from a fjorden, area (three localities), and Nordaustlandet: Advent Nordkapp and Cassiope tetragona community at Skansbukta, Floraberget, and outside Svalbard only from Ice Isfjorden. The collection reported as cf. poly land, but he stated that it is incompletetly known, dactylon from Hornsund (Nowak 1965) has not but probably a circumarctic species. been controlled. In 1988 a large population of P. was polydactylon found at Agardhdalen (Elvebakk unpubl, TROM). Severai thalli were Peltigera malacea (Ach.) Funck. A common species reported from many localities, see especially Lynge (1938). more than 20 cm wide and the concentration to a south-facing slope in a depression indicated high temperature demands. Peltigera polydactylon published from Bellsund (Lynge 1924), was later revised to P. rufescens (Lynge 1938). A report of Peltigera membranaeea (Ach.) Ny\. a small and sterile specimen from Sorgfjorden by Fries (1867) needs to be confirmed. Recorded as Peltigera canina cf. membranacea as a common plant on Svalbard, but without indi cating localities (Lynge 1924). Also indicated Peltigera panajensis Gyeln. from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b; Engelskjøn 1986), Mapped by Vitikainen (1994) from Kongsfjorden from Hopen (Lynge 1926a) and Sørkapp Land and Inner Isfjorden. (Olech 1990), and Lynge (1938) concluded that it is a common taxon on Svalbard. It is not always easily separated from P. canina, and Vitikainen (1994) mapped it from Jan Mayen but not from Peltigera praetextata (Florke ex SommerL) Zopf Svalbard, and stated that the arctic occurrences Reported from four localities at Sørkapp Land by of this suboceanic species are in need of a critical Olech (1990). Peltigera praetextata is a southern study. and unexpected species in the Svalbard lichen flora. It is not known from the American Arctic (Thomson 1984) and is also lacking from Svalbard Peltigera neekeri Hepp ex Miill. Arg. Reported from Recherchefjorden and from sev eral localities in the north as P. polydactyloides Ny!. by Lynge (1938). The collections at O have in the distribution map by Vitikainen (1994). Viti kainen (1994) also stated that it is rare and obviously temperature demanding in northern Fennoscandia. been redetermined by Holtan-Hartwig (unpubl.). It has also been reported from Hornsund as "P. polydactyla var. crassoides Gyeln." by Nowak (1965). Vitikainen (1987, 1994) included three localities from Svalbard in his distribution map of Peltigera rufescens (Weiss) Humb. A common bipolar species reported by numerous authors. the species in Europe. Peltigera seabrasa Th. Fr. Peltigera polydaetylon (Neck.) Hoffm. Reported as rare on Nordaustlandet by Scho lander (1934) who did not cite localities. Reported A common species, see especially Lynge (1938). Peltigera scabroselIa Holt. -Hartw. from two localities at Lomfjorden by Lynge The species was described by Holtan-Hartwig (1938), and the determination of one of these (1988) who included localities from Norway, ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 320 Finland and Greenland. Vitikainen (1994) in 1990). Also collected at Colesbukta (Tønsberg cluded one locality from Svalbard (Van Mijen unpubl, BG), and is probably overlooked. fjorden: Litledalen). An additional Svalbard locality in O is: Nordaustlandet, FrankIinfjorden, leg. P. F. Scholander 1931 (Holtan-Hartwig pers. comm.). Pertusaria glomerata (Ach.) Schaer. Only reported from Dirksbukta (Summerhayes & Elton 1928) and from Sørkapp Land where it Peltigera venosa (L) is rare (Olech & Alstrup 1989, Olech 1990). Hoffm, Common in the north (Fries 1867; Scholander 1934; Lynge 1938), but elsewhere on ly reported from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), the Bellsund and Isfjord Radio areas (Fries 1867; Lynge 1938), Lusitaniadalen (at lower Sassendalen) (Lynge 1940a), from the Longyearbyen area (flertel 1977a; Hartmann 1980), from the Ny-Ålesund area (Elvebakk 1982), and from Edgeøya Pertusaria oculata (Dicks. ) Th. Fr. A common species reported by severaI authors (Fries 1867, as Lecanora, Lynge 1924, 1926b; Summerhayes & Elton 1923; Eurola 1968; Hertel & Ullrich 1976; Olech 1987,1991). The chemistry of the species was described by Hanko (1983). (Aptroot & Aistrup 1991). But it has been col lected also in severai other areas on Svalbard (Elvebakk unpubl.) and is a widespread species. These collections have been concentrated to cir cumneutral soils, and the species has rarely been observed on distinctly alkali ne soils. Pertusaria bryontha (Ach.) Ny!. Reported from Svalbard by Hue in Hariot (1893), without indication of locality, from Sørkapp Hornsund (Lynge 1924), from Hornsund and Colesbukta by Eurola (1968), and from Borg dammane (Nordenskiold Land) by Hadac (1989). Pertusaria panyrga (Ach.) A. Massa!. Only listed in vegetation tables from Hornsund and Colesbukta by Eurola (1968). Phaeophyscia constipata (Norrl. & Ny!.) Moberg Reported from Sorgfjorden and Murchison fjorden in the north (Lynge 1938), and from De Geerdalen northeast of Longyearbyen (Lynge 1940a). Later collected at Gluudneset near Ny ÅlesUI'ld, in Sassendalen and severai times in the Gipsdalen area, always on dry limestone substrate Pertusaria coriacea (Th. Fr.) Th. Fr. slightly manured by birds or arctic fox (Elvebakk unpubl.). Only known from the northernmost part (Fries 1867). The species is very rare in Scandinavia where it is known from northernmost Norway and Phaeophyscia endococcinea (Korb.) Sweden (Santesson 1993). Moberg Scattered on Svalbard (Paulson 1923, Summer Pertusaria dactylina (Ach.) Ny!. Reported by Paulson (1928) from the Bjørn hayes & Elton 1923. Lynge 1924, 1938, 1940a) and most localities are from the Bellsund area and in the north. sundet area (Hinlopenstretet). Phaeophyscia kairamoi (Vain.) Moberg Pertusaria geminipara (Th. Fr.) C. Knight ex Brodo Only reported once from the Ny-Ålesund area by Reported from Van Mijenfjorden by Eurola & boulder manured by birds. The species is rare in Elvebakk (1984a), where it was growing on a Hakala (1977), Bockfjorden (HafelIner 1982) and Fennoscandia where it has a distinctly continental from severai localities at Sørkapp Land (Olech distribution pattern (Moberg 1977). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Phaeophyscia nigricans (Florke) Moberg Fries (1867) reported 'Physcia obscura (EhrL) 321 coastal species. probably favoured by salt spray and manuring by birds. Th. Fr.' from Hornsund and numerous localities in northern Svalbard. One of these collections (from "Ryp6n" = Repøyane) was considered by Du Rietz (in UPS) and Lynge (1938) to represent a possible P. nigricans. This determination has Physconia muscigena (Ach.) Poelt A very cornmon bipolar species. now been confirmed (Moberg pers. comm.). The .identity of the other collections referred to as Physcia obscura by Fries (1867) remain unclear except that two collections from Kobbevågen in UPS have been revised as Phaeophyscia sciastra and Rinodina balanina, respectively (Moberg pers. comm.). Phaeophyscia nigricans was recently reported from Sørkapp Land by Olech & Aistrup (1989) and Olech (1990) as a very rare Pilophorus cereolus (Ach.) Th. Fr. Only reported from protected parts of sandstone rocks near NY- Ålesund (Elvebakk 1984a). Later collected on sandstone rocks at Colesbukta in 1986 and at Reindalspasset in 1990 (Elvebakk unpubl.). species. It is a southern species in Fennoscandia (Moberg 1977), but it has later been reported twice from Disko Island in Greenland (Moberg & Hansen 1986). Phaeophyscia sciastra (Ach.) Moberg Cornmon all over Svalbard, see especially Lynge Pilophorus dovrensis (Nyl.) Timdal, Hertel & Rambold Reported from a few collections from the vicinity of NY- Ålesund (Hertel 1977a, 1982). Later reported from Liefdefjorden by Timdal (1988) who transferred the species from Leddea to Pilo phorus. Hertel & Rambold (1988) included sev (1938). eral more localities and a world distribution map. Triebel Phaeorrhiza nimbosa (Fr.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt A basiphilous, terricolous lichen formerly known from the Hinlopenstredet area (Fries 1867), but recently collected also near NY-Ålesund, in upper Reindalen and in Sassendalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). (1989) reported it from Bolterdalen, Longyearbyen, as host for Arthonia obscurior and from the Ny- Ålesund area as host for Cer ddospora cephalodiorum and Dactylospora pur purascens. It is also known from Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991). In 1990 the species was found to be very frequent on the moraines at Reindalspasset (Elvebakk unpubl.). Pilophorus robustus Th. Fr. Physcia caesia (Hoffm.) Furnr. Known from Kong Karls Land and the Long A very cornmon bipolar species. yearbyen area (Lynge 1938, Elvebakk 1984a) from siliceous pebbles on exposed, c1imatically Physcia dubia (Hoffm.) Lettau unfavourable sites. Later found west of Coles bukta (Tønsberg unpubl., BG) and in central A very common bipolar species. Reindalen (Elvebakk unpubl., TROM) also on exposed siliceous pebbles. Physcia tenelIa (Scop.) De. ssp. marina (A. Ny!.) D. Hawksw. Found at Klovningen in the northwest, Lom Placidiopsis pseudocinerea Breuss fjorden in the north and at Akseløya in Bellsund A (Lynge reported from Svalbard, but with no locality infor 1938). Recently found on Bjørnøya (Bustnes unpubl, TROM). On Svalbard a rare, recently described arctic-alpine mation (Breuss & Hansen 1988). species ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 322 Plaeopsis gelida (L.) Linds. Only reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Hopen (Lynge 1939a), southern and central Spits Pleopsidium ehlorophanum (Wahlenb.) Zopf The species has been reported (as Acarospora bergen (Lamb 1947), and northwestern Spits chlorophana bergen (Elvebakk 1982, 1984b). It is, however, numerous authors from Svalbard, where it is com common on weakly acidic rocks and has been mon under overhanging siliceous rocks. !ts dis found in most areas visited, occasionally also on tribution is bipolar (Hertel 1988). (Wahlenb.) A. Massal.) by soil (Elvebakk unpubl.). Polyblastia albida Arnold Plaeynthiella iemalea (Ach.) Coppins & P. James A rare species in Scandinavia that has only been collected Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup once on Svalbard at Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982). (1991). Nimis & Poelt (1987) argued for using Saccomorpha Elenkin instead of Placynthiella Elenkin, whereas Eriksson & Hawksworth (1987) proposed that the name Placynthiella should be kept for the Lecidea uliginosa group. The latter alternative is followed here as has been done also by Purvis et al. (1992) and Santesson (1993). Polyblastia bryophila U:innr. This muscicolous species was reported by Fries (1867) from Fosterøyane and Lovenberget (Hin lopenstretet), Lomfjorden, and Repøyane, by Lynge (1926b) from Bjørnøya, and by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991) from Edgeøya. Plaeynthiella uliginosa (Schrad. ) Coppins & P. James Only a single Svalbard record from Hornsund as Polyblastia cruenta (Korb.) P. James & Swinscow Lecidea humosa (Nowak 1965). Reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Placynthium asperellum (Ach.) Trevis. Polyblastia cupularis A. Massal. A common speeies reported by many authors. Only recorded from Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & Elton (1923). Placynthium nigrum (Huds.) Gray Reported from Gipsdalen by Summerhayes & Polyblastia epomphala (Nyl.) Zschacke Elton (1923) and Paulson (1923). A very small Reported and sterile specimen was determined with some uncertainty from Hornsund by Nowak (1965), but Olech (1990) reported many localities from from Amsterdamøya by Hertel & Ullrich (1976) as P. cf. epomphala and the report is in need of confirmation. Sørkapp Land. Polyblastia gelatinosa (Ach.) Th. Fr. Plaeynthium pannariellum (Nyl.) H. Magn. Recorded from Kongsfjorden, Konglomerat Recorded at Lovenberget and Wahlenbergfjor den (Fries 1867), Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Sør kapp Land (Olech 1990), Hornsund (Nowak odden and Murchisonfjorden (Lynge 1938) and 1965), and Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982). Typical from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). of calcareous soils according to Nowak (1965). Plaeynthium tantaleum (Hepp) Hue Polyblastia gothica Th. Fr. New to Svalbard. Collected at Sassendalen by D. Only reported from Lågøya in the northeast by O. 0vstedal in 1986 (BG). Fries (1867). In mainland Norway only known A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 323 from Telemark in the southem part (Santesson 1982), Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), and Edgeøya 1993), (Aptroot & Aistrup 1991). Polyblastia helvetica Th, Fr. Polychidium muscicola (Sw.) Gray Only reported from Lovenfjellet on Nordaust Only reported from Orønfjorden by Paulson landet (Fries 1867), In Scandinavia only known (1928). The species is rare in the Arctic and has from Vega, Nordland (Degelius 1982). a southem distribution in the western Arctic according to Thomson (1984). Polyblastia hyperborea Th. Fr. A com mon species reported by many authors. Polysporina simplex (Davies) Vezda Recorded from Sorgfjorden and an unknown locality Polyblastia intermedia Th. Fr. on the western coast (Fries 1867), Abeløya (easternmost island of Kong Karls Land) Reported from Hopen by Lynge (1926a). (Lynge 1939a), Hornsund (Nowak 1965), SØr kapp Land (Olech 1990), and Oipsdalen (Elvebakk unpubl., BO). Polyblastia melaspora (Taylor) Zahlbr. Known from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and the NY-Ålesund area (Hertel 1977a). Polysporina urceolata (Anzi) Brodo Only recorded from limestone a few times near NY-Ålesund (Hertel 1977a) and from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). In Scandinavia it has only Polyblastia sendtneri Kremp. A muscicolous (and terricolous) species recorded from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), Edgeøya (Aptroot & Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982). Recorded as a fast growing species on a periglacial river fan at south of NY-Ålesund collected in Finnmark and Jamtland (Santesson 1993; Foucard 1990). Aistrup 1991), Hornsund and Isfjorden (Eurola 1968) and Engelskbukta been (Nilsen Porina mammillosa (Th. Fr.) Vain. Reported as a very rare species at Sørkapp Land by Olech & Aistrup (1989) and Olech (1990). unpubl. thesis Univ.Tromsø 1992). Porpidia cinereoatra (Ach.) Hertel & Knoph Polyblastia sepulta A. Massal. Only recorded from Steinøya in the northeast Reported from three localities at Sørkapp Land (Fries 1867). A rare species also in Scandinavia by Olech (1990). (Santesson 1993; Foucard 1990). Porpidia crustulata (Ach.) Hertel & Knoph Polyblastia terrestris Th. Fr. Reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Hopen Only known from one locality at Sørkapp Land (Lynge (Olech 1990). 1939a), and, Bockfjorden (Hafellner 1982). Porpidia flavicunda (Ach.) Gowan Polyblastia theleodes (Sommerf.) Th. Fr. Recorded from northeastern Svalbard partly as This name is used for the non-sorediate, fertile specimens of the species complex previously B. schaereriana (Mass.) by Fries (1867), from called Porpidiafiavocaerulescens (Hornem.) Her Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Bockfjorden (Hafellner tel & A.J. Schwab (in the sense of Schwab 1986), ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 324 whereas the sorediate. sterile speeimens are Gluudneset near NY-Ålesund (HerteI1981a). The named Porpidia melinodes. Porpidia flavicunda species is often misunderstood, and var. trultisata is not as common as P. melinodes. but most likely (Kremp.) Arnold is regarded as a speeies of its widespread over the archipelago. own, P. Irullisala. Porpidia glaucophaea (Korb.) Hertel & Porpidia superba (K6rb.) Hertel & Knoph Knoph Reported from Hornsund by Nowak (1965). and Reported as a frequent species from three locali from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). ties at Sørkapp Land by Olech & Alstrup (1989) and Olech (1990). Porpidia macrocarpa (De.) Hertel & A. J. Schwab Porpidia trullisata (Ach.) K6rb. Published from Hopen and Isfjorden by Lynge Only reported from the mountain Trollsteinen (1926a, 193%. 1940a) and from Amsterdamøya near Longyearbyen as P. speirea var. trullisata (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). This is as to older litera (Kremp.) Arnold (Hertel 1977a). ture records, an extremely collective species. Those records all need reexamination. Porpidia macrocarpa s. str. is characterised by its thick excipular hyphae and very large, basically well constricted apothecia and by a more or less endo lithic growing thallus. Porpidia tuberculosa (Sm.) Hertel & Knoph Reported as a very rare speeies from one locality at Sørkapp Land by Olech & Alstrup (1989) and Olech (1990). Porpidia melinodes (Korb.) Gowan & Ahti On Svalbard this sterile, sorediate lie hen is very widespread and extremely common (Lynge 1939b), on siliceous rocks in humid situations, especially on sheltered stones lying on the ground. Protoblastenia calva (Dicks.) Zahlbr. Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923) and from the area between Longyearbyen and Sassendalen (Lynge 1940a). Korber based his description on material from Hornsund and from Novaja Zemlja. As original material could not be traced, Schwab (1986) sececled a neotype, which is from the Isfjorden area. Protoblastenia incrustans (De.) J. Steiner Reported from Bjørnøya by Paulson (1923), from Hornsund by Nowak (1965), from severai local ities in the Kongsfjorden area by Herte! (1977a) Porpidia ochrolemma (Vain.) Brodo & R. Sant. and Elvebakk (1982), from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982), from Bellsund by Elvebakk (1982), and from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Reported (as Porpidia pseudomelinodes A.J. It is common on limestone roeks and has also Schwab) from four localities at Sørkapp Land by been collected in other areas (Elvebakk unpubl.). Olech (1990). Gowan & Ahti (1993) transferred this sterile species into Hymenelia. Its chemistry, however, does not fit in Hymeneliaceae S.str. (Brodo 1995). Protoblastenia rupestris (Scop.) J. Steiner A limestone species reported from Sorgfjorden, Lomfjorden, Porpidia speirea (Ach.) Kremp. Brennevinsfjorden, and an un identified locality ("litore occident. legit A.E. Nordenskjold") by Fries (1867), from Hornsund Reported from southern Spitsbergen by Lynge by Korber (1875), from Sørkapp-Hornsund by (1924), Nowak (1965) and Olech (1990). and from Lynge (1924) and from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes A catalogue of Svalbard plancs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 325 & Elton 1923; Lynge 1926b), where it is supposed (Elvebakk & Tønsberg 1992). This is a con to be common, from Kongsfjorden (Nirnis 1985), spicuous range extension as the species has a and finally from Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup southern distribution in Scandinavia, except for a 1991). report from northern Sweden by Aistrup (1991). Protoblastenia siebenhaariana (Korb.) J. Steiner Psora decipiens (Hedw.) Hoffm. Gnly known from the NY-Ålesund area and Bol Ålesund area (Hertel 1977a; Elvebakk 1982; Recorded from Lomfjorden (Fries 1867), the Ny terdalen near Longyearbyen (Hertel 1977a) and Andre 1993), Bellsund (Elvebakk 1982) and Sas from one locality at Sørkapp Land (Glech 1990). sendalen (Elvebakk 1991). It has also been found in severaI other locailities (Elvebakk unpubl.) and it is probably a widespread speeies, but confined Protoblastenia terricola (Anzi) Lynge Reported from scattered localities by to alkaline soils (Elvebakk 1982). Fries (1867), Lynge (1924), Hertel (1977a), Hafellner (1982), Glech (1991), and Elvebakk (1991). It has also been collected in severaI localities by Psora rubiformis (Ach.) Hook. Gnly recorded from three localities in the north Elvebakk (unpubl.) as a common speeies on dry (Fries 1867), from Edgeøya (Hofmann 1968) and alkaline soil. from the NY-Ålesund area (Hertel 1977a), but a number of other localities have recently been Protoparmelia badia (Hoffm.) Hafellner discovered, mainly on neutral soils (Elvebakk unpubl.), and the species is probably widespread. A common speeies on siliceous rocks. Psoroma hypnorum (Vahl) Gray Protothelenella sphinctrinoidella (Nyl.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt Reported from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982). Rather widespread in Scandinavia (Santesson 1993). A very common bipolar speeies. Pyrenocollema sublitoraie (Leight.) R.C. Harris ex A. Fletcher Reported as Arthopyrenia sublitoralis (Leight.) Protothelenella sphinctrinoides (Ny!.) H. Mayrhofer & PoeIt Known from seattered localities (Fries 1867; Paul Arnold from Hornsund by Santesson (1939) from shell of the mollusc Litorina rudis. He also map ped the distribution of this worldwidely dis tributed seashore lichen. son 1923; Summerhayes & Elton 1923; Hertel & Ullrich 1976). Rhizocarpon atrofiavescens Lynge Pseudephebe minuseula (NyL ex Arnold) Brodo & D. Hawksw. Gnly known from Litledalsfjell (Van Mijenfjor A very common bipolar species. fjellet near den) (Runemark 1956), from the NY-Ålesund area (Hertel 1977a), and from Nordenski6ld Longyearbyen (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.) as ssp. atroflavescens. Pseudephebe pubescens (L.) M. Choisy Rhizocarpon badioatrum (Florke ex Spreng.) Th. Fr. A very common bipolar speeies. Psilolechia lucida (Ach.) M. Choisy Recently reported from central Reindalen Reported by Fries (1867), Lynge (1924, 1926b, 1936), Hertel & Ullrich (1976), and Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). 326 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Rhizocarpon eupetraeum (Kremp.) Rhizocarpon caeruleoalbum Zahlbr. (Nyl.) Arnold Only recorded by Hue in Hariot (1893) as Lecidea Reported from the western coast (without locality eupetraeum without locality information, and information), from Oskarøya (Murchisonfjorden) by Lynge Sorgfjorden and Wahlenberg fjorden (Fries 1867). In Europe also known from (1936). the Alps (e.g. Poelt 1969) and from Harjedalen and Nordland (Santesson 1993). Rhizocarpon expallescens Rhizocarpon chioneum (Norman) Th. Fr. Th. Fr. An inconspicuous, probably not rare pioneer A limestone species supposed to be rather com mon on Svalbard (Lynge 1936) and collected sev er al times around Kongsfjorden (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). In Scandinavia only known from the northern part (Santesson 1993). species on siliceous rocks in humid sites. Reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Sørkapp Hornsund (Lynge 1924), Bellsund, Van Keu lenfjorden, Van Mijenfjorden, Isfjorden (Lynge 1936), Hopen (Lynge 1926a), Longyearbyen (Hartmann 1980, as uncertain), and also from Amsterdamøya by Hertel & Ullrich (1976) who Rhizocarpon cinereovirens mapped its Svalbard distribution. (Miill. Arg.) Vain. Only known from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976). This species was included in R. hochstetteri by Wirth (1987), but found to be morphologically and anatomically distinct by Timdal & Holtan-Hartwig (1988). Rhizocarpon ferax Earlier only known from the Sveagruva area (Runemark 1956), but later recorded as a par ticularly common species at Amsterdamøya (Her tel & Rhizocarpon copelandii H. Magn. Ullrich 1976) and also reported from Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden (Herte! 1977a) and (K6rb.) Th. Fr. from Longyearbyen (Hartmann 1980). A common speeies reported by many authors. Rhizocarpon dispersum Described by Rhizocarpon geminatum Runemark Runemark (1956) from War gentinfjellet at Murchisonfjorden based on a P.F. Scholander collection previously published as R. eupetraeoides by Lynge (1936). In Europe only reported from Svalbard (Poelt 1969; Poelt & Vezda 1977). It was also determined by Werner (1990) from samples used for lichen growth studies in northwestern Spitsbergen. Korb. Recorded from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923, Lynge 1926b). from Sørkapp!Hornsund (Fries 1867; Korber 1875; Lynge 1924; Nowak 1965), Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991). Van Mijenfjorden (Feuerer 1991), Isfjorden (Lynge 1940a), Storøya (Lynge 1939a), Bockfjorden (Schuhwerk 1992), and from numerous localities in the north (Fries 1867). Hertel collected it at various localities at Kongsfjorden and Isfjorden (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). Rhizocarpon distinctum Th. Fr. Reported from Prins Karls Forland by Paulson Rhizocarpon geographicum (L.) (1923) and by Lynge (1936). Severai Rhizocarpon eupetraeoides (Ny!.) Blomb. from Amsterdamøya Ullrich (1976). Recorded as ssp. frigidum (Rasanen) Hertel by Runemark (1956), Nowak (1965), Hertel & Ullrich (1976), and Werner & ForsseIl Reported reports. De. (1990) and as ssp. arcticum (Runemark) Hertel by Hertel & by Runemark (1956), Hertel (1977a), and Werner (1990). The speeies is bipolar (Hertel 1988). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Rhizocarpon glaucescens (Th, Fr.) Zahlbr. A probably rare species described from Hornsund as "Catillaria hoe/eri" reported from by Korber (1875). It was Amsterdamøya by HeTtel & 327 Rhizocarpon macrosporum Riisiinen This species has only been reported by Werner (1990) who studied lichen growth rates in north western Spitsbergen. Ullrich (1976) and from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Rhizocarpon mahreri Rhizocarpon grande (Florke) Arnold Hafellner A newly described species from a gneissic boulder in the Bockfjorden area (Hafellner 1982). The A common species report ed by severai authors. speeies is so far only known from its type locality. Rhizocarpon hochstetteri Rhizocarpon norvegicum (Korb.) Vain. Recorded from a few localities on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and collected near NY-Ålesund by Hertel (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). Rhizocarpon inarense (Vain.) Vain. A probably rather common species on siliceous rocks, often in windexposed situations. Reported by Runemark (1956) from Amsterdamøya (also reported by Hertel & Ulrich 1976), Oanskøya, Magdalenefjorden, Isfjorden, Hornsund (also reported by Nowak 1965), Murchisonfjorden, and Wijdefjorden, from Bockfjorden by HafelIner (1982) and Schuhwerk (1992), and from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). The species was used for Rasanen New to Svalbard. Collected by Hertel on a boul der rich in iron in the Longyearbyen area (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). Rhizocarpon obscuratum (Ach.) A. Massal. Recorded from severaI localities on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), from Mosselbukta ("Oeer Bay") by Paulson (1928), from Hopen by Lynge (1936, 1939a), from Van Keulenfjorden, Van Mijenfjor den, Grønfjorden, Adventfjorden (Lynge 1936), and from Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). It was collected by Hertel both in the Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden areas (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). dating purposes in northwestern Spitsbergen by Werner (1990) and Andre (1993). Rhizocarpon oederi (Weber) Korb. Reported by Eurola (1971) from Sveagruva (det. Rhizocarpon intermediellum Rasanen J. W. Thomson). Reported from Van Mijenfjorden by Runemark (1956), from Hornsund by Nowak (1965), from Kongsfjorden by Hertel (1977a), from Long yearbyen by Hartmann (1980), from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990), and collected at Gipsdalen (Elvebakk unpubl., det. A. Botnen, BG). Rhizocarpon jemtlandicum (Malme) Malme Reported from Svalbard by Lynge (1924, 1936, 1939a) and by Hatellner (1982). Rhizocarpon polycarpum (Hepp) Th. Fr. Reported from numerous localities by Lynge (1924, 1936), and from Hornsund by Nowak (1965). It is not rare in the Kongsfjorden area (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). Rhizocarpon pusillum Runemark Only published from the NY-Ålesund area by Hertel (1977a), and with no locality information in a lichenometry study by Andre (1993). Holtan par vum reported by Runemark (1956) refers to R. pusillum/effiguratum. The speeies is a parasite on Sporastatia testudinea and was collected at Hartwig & Timdal (1987) indicated that R. Rhizocarpon lavatum (Fr.) Hazsl. Reported from Hopen by Lynge (1926a). 328 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Gipsdalen in 1985 (Elvebakk unpubl.) and a Rhizoplaca melanophthalma (De.) dozen times in the Kongsfjorden and Isfjorden Leuckert & Poelt areas, usually as tiny thalli (Hertel & Vohla unpubl). A very common species on manured siliceous rocks. Recorded as var. subpeltata Lynge by Nowak (1965). According to Leuckert et al. (1976) only specimens of "chemical strain I" (con Rhizocarpon rittokense (Hellb. ) Th. Fr. Reported from Hornsund by Fries (1867), from taining usnic acid) occur on Svalbard. The speeies is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Sveagruva by Eurola (1971) (det. J.W. Thomson) and from Bockfjorden by Schuhwerk (1992). Rimularia impavida (Th. Fr.) Hertel & Rambold (Th. Fr.) H. Rhizocarpon roridulum Most likely this species described from Svalbard Olivier is a very common and widespread spedes on acid Published by Hue in Hariot (1893) as Leddea roridula without information on locality. The record is in need of confirmation. rock types. It was described and reported by Fries (1867) from Hornsund, Kobbefjorden/Danskøya, Amsterdamøya (type locality) , Sorgfjorden, by Lynge (1926b) from Bjørnøya, and it was mapped on Svalbard by Hertel & Ullrich (1976) and Rhizocarpon saanaense Reported from Van reported by Hertel & Rambold (1990) from Rasanen Mijenfjorden Bellsund, Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden. and Mur chisonfjorden by Runemark (1956). HerteI col lected it on Blomstrandhalvøya (Kongsfjorden) and ne ar Longyearbyen (Hertel & Vohla unpubl.). Rimularia insularis (Nyl.) Hertel & Rambold A bipolarly distributed Iichenicolous lichen on Lecanora rupicola s. l. The record from Bjørn Rhizocarpon superjiciale (Schaer.) Vain. Some of the samples have been referred to as ssp. boreale Runemark (Runemark 1956; Nowak 1965; Hertel 1977a; Werner 1990). This spedes dalen (near Longyearbyen) (Hertel & Rambold 1990) is of phytogeographical interest. as in Scan dinavia R. insularis is a rather southern species, rare north of 63° N. also includes R. ocddentale Lynge which was reported and mapped from Nordaustlandet as a "North eoast Lichen" by Lynge (1938) and later also reported from Isfjorden (Lynge 1940a). It has a bipolar distribution (Hertel 1988). In a geographyjlichenometry study Andre (1993) reported R. superficiale, as well as its synonyms R. effiguratum and R. crystalligenum as separate spedes. Rimularia psephota (Tuck.) Hertel & Rambold This spedes, until recentiy thought to be a sub antarctic endemic, was reported from the Arctic and adjacent regions (Svalbard, Island, N. Sweden, Novaja Zemlja) by Hertel (1991). Usu ally the lichen forms tiny thalli and is therefore easily overlooked. It was found at Hotellneset Rhizocarpon umbilicatum (Ramond) near Longyearbyen. Flagey Only recorded from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923; Lynge 1926b). It is one of the few Rinodina archaea (Ach.) Arnold Rhizocarpon speeies that grows on calcarous Only recorded from a dead twig of cf. Salix from rocks. Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Rinodina arnoldii H. Mayrhofer & Poelt Reported from Van Keulenfjorden by H. Mayr hofer & Sheard (1988). 329 lopenstretet ("mainiand north of Bismarck Straif') and Wijdefjorden by Paulson (1928), from Dirksbukta by Summerhayes Elton & (1928), and from Kapp Ross and Isispynten (Nor daustIandet) by Magnusson (1947). Rinodina balanina (Wahlenb.) Vain. Published from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and from several localities at Spitsbergen by Lynge (1938, 1940b), who did not inelude geographical infor mation about the localities. The species is prob Rinodina lecideoides (Ny\.) Kernst. Only recorded from Hornsund (Nowak 1965) and from two localities at Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). ably common on siliceous bird eliffs and littoral cllffs, even if the only localities mentioned in the literature is Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976), Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990), Hornsund (Olech 1987), Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991), Kobbevågen and Bjørnøya (H. Mayrhofer 1984). The species is arctic and in Europe only known from northern Norway, Svalbard and Novaja Zemlja (H. Mayrhofer 1984, Santesson Rinodina milvina (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. Reported from Sørkapp-Hornsund (Lynge 1924), from Bellsund (Lynge 1940a), from Wijdefjorden and Reinsdyrhalvøya (Paulson 1928), and from Dirksbukta (Wijdefjorden) by Summerhayes & Elton (1928). 1993). Rinodina mniaraea Rinodina bischoffii (Hepp) A. Massal. Reported by Paulson (1928) from southeast Vaigauøyane (Hinlopenstretet). The collection is (Ach.) K6rb. A common species. Magnusson (1947) reported both var. cinnamomea Th. Fr. and var. mniaraeiza (Ny!.) H. Magn. in need of revision. Rinodina cacuminum (Th. Fr.) Malme (nom. illegit.) W. Dodge & Reported in a vegetation table from Sørkapp Only reported from manured rocks at two localit ies at Sørkapp Land by Olech & Aistrup (1989) and Olech (1990) and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). The speeies is rare and the distribution is distinetly arctic, cfr. map by H. Mayrhofer (1984). Rinodina calcigena Rinodina olivaceobrunnea C. G. E. Baker (Th. Fr.) Lynge Described from Sorgfjorden and Lomfjorden (Fries 1867), but later collected severai times on limestone substrates near Ny-Ålesund (Hertel & Ullrich 1976; H. Mayrhofer & Poelt 1979). The Land by Dubiel & Olech (1990). The report may need confirmation as the species is lacking in Olech's (1990) lichenological study from the same area. The species was originally described from Antarctica; according to Filson (1975) R. archaeo ides H. Magn. is a younger synonym. Rinodina roseida (Sommerf.) Arnold Known from seattered localities on Svalbard. Recorded as var. Hafellner 1982) roseida and var. (Magnusson crassa H. 1947; Magn. (HafeJlner 1982). species has an arctic-alpine distribution pattern and was mapped by H. Mayrhofer & Sheard Rinodina tephraspis (1988). (Tuck.) Herre Reported by Korber (1875) from Hornsund. The Rinodina conradii K6rb. Reported from the Bjørnsundet area at Hin name R. badiella (Ny!.) Th. Fr. was used by Santesson (1993), but according to Mayrhofer et al. (1992) the correct name is R. tephraspis. 330 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Rinodina turfacea Solorlna bispora Ny!. (Ach.) Kor b. A very cornmon bipolar species. A very cornmon speeies on soil rich in ealeium. Sagiolechia protuberans (Ach.) A. Massa!. Solorina crocea (Lynge A very eommon speeies on silieeous soil in snow Known from Bjørnøya Blomstrandhalvøya near 1926b) Ny-Ålesund and (Hertel (L.) Ach. beds and frost boils. Its Svalbard distribution was mapped by Hertel & Ullrieh (1976). 1977a). Sagiolechia rhexoblephara (Ny!.) Solorina octospora Zahlbr. Arnold Recorded from Lovenfjellet and Sjuøyane in the Scholander (1934) and Lynge (1938) reported this north (Fries 1867), and also from Grønfjorden by speeies from Nordaustlandet and the latter also Yezda (1967). inc1uded one loeality at De Geerdalen north of Longyearbyen. Later it was added from two localities west of Sassendalen by Lynge (1940a), Sarcogyne algoviae H. from one loeality at Hornsund (Nowak 1965) and Magn. New to Svalbard. Colleeted in the Gipsdalen area by Elvebakk & Hodin (eoll # 85:738) on lime stone rocks below a bird eliff, and determined by from Bolterdalen near Longyearbyen by Hertel (1977a). It should still be regarded as a rare speeies on Svalbard. A. Botnen. Aeeording to Poelt (1969) the species was previously only known Santesson (1993) listed it from from the Alps; Finnmark. Norway, too. Solorina saccata Reported from (L.) Ach. seattered localities by Fries (1867), Lynge (1938, 1940a). and Aptroot & Alstrup (1991), and collected from several local Sarcogyne privigna ities by Elvebakk (unpubl.). The species is mueh (Ach.) A. MassaL Reported by Fries (1867) from Kobbefjorden and less frequent than S. bispora. Brennevinsfjorden and Paulson (1928) from the Bjørnsundet area at Hinlopenstretet ("Mainland. north of Bismarck Strait"). Solorina spongiosa (Ach.) Anzi Reported as rare on Nordaustlandet by Scho lander (1934) and reported from Midterhuken Schadonia fecunda (Th. Fr.) Vezda (Bellsund) and from Kobbevågen and two loeal & ities in the north by Lynge (1938), who previously Poelt also had published S. spongiosa from Bjørnøya Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (Lynge 1926b). Lynge (938) considered it to be (1991). the rarest Solorina species on Svalbard. but later colleetions from severaI areas (Elvebakk unpubl.) indicate that it is an overlooked, widespread Schaereria fuscocinerea (Ny\.) Clauzade & Roux species. It seems to be favoured by manuring from birds. Reeorded from Hornsund (Fries 1867). Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991). and Isfjorden (Hertel 1991). This is now the eorrect name for S. tene Sphaerophorus fragilis (L.) Pers. brosa (Flot.) Hertel & Poelt. A report of S. Reported from severai localities in the north by endocyanea (Stirt.) Hertel & Gotth. Sehneid. Fries (1867), from Hornsund by Korber (1875) from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich 1976) also and recorded as a "North Coast" lichen by Lynge belongs here as this is now regarded as a synonym (1938). Later studies indieated more localities of S. fuscocinerea (Hertel & Ziirn unpubl.). further south (Lynge 1940a; Hafellner 1982; A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Elvebakk unpubl.) although some occurrences listed by Elvebakk (1982) are erroneous. 331 Svalbard and the northernmost species of a genus confined to calcareous substrates, in Scandinavia mostly in the southern parts (Timdal 1983). Sphaerophorus globosus (Huds.) Vain. A characteristic and com mon species on ridges on siliceous substrates, where it can dominate provided that the reindeer population is not too large. The species is bipolar (HerteI1988) and its Svalbard distribution was mapped by Herte! & Ullrich (1976). Sporastatia polyspora (Nyl.) Grummann The frequency of S. polyspora vs. S. testudinea on Svalbard is probably not quite understood yet. Fries (1867) included this species as BiatorelIa coracina and some authors (e.g. Lynge 1939a; Hertel & Ullrich 1976; Hertel 1977a) considered S. testudinea to be the far more common one. This is commented on by Nowak (1965) who considered S. polyspora to be "one of the com monest lichens in Hornsund", while S. testudinea is not mentioned at all. Olech (1987) and Dubie! & Olech (1990) also mentioned S. polyspora as a dominant species in saxicolous communities of Hornsund. Olech (1990) reported S. polyspora Staurothele areolata (Ach.) Lettau Reported from one locality at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Collected in abundance on cal careous bird eliffs at Stuphallet west of NY-Åle sund and Templet at Isfjorden (Elvebakk unpubl., HG and TROM, det. A. Botnen). Staurothele juscocuprea (Nyl.) Zschacke Staurothele clopima (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. was reported from several localities in the north (Fries 1867), from Hornsund by Olech (1987), and from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). This taxon refers both to S. fuscocuprea and an unde termined Staurothele species (Santesson 1993) and the identity of the Svalbard material needs to be confirmed. Staurothele fuscocuprea has been collected from limestone rocks below a bird elitf at the mountain Templet, Isfjorden (Elvebakk unpubl., det. A. Botnen, HG). According to Thomson (1991) the correct name should be S. drummondii (Tuck,) Tuck. from numerous localiHes at Sørkapp Land, and did not include S. testudinea. Andre (1993) only reported S. polyspora. Stereocaulon alpinum Laurer A very common bipolar species. Lynge (1938) revised material published by Fries (1867) as S, Sporastatia tenuirimata (Th. Fr.) Lynge In Europe only known from Svalbard (Poelt paschale. All the samples were referred to S. alpinum. 1969). It was recorded from Lomfjorden by Fries (1867) and from the Longyearbyen area by Hart mann (1980). The taxon is critical and in urgent need of further studies. Sporastatia testudinea (Ach.) A. MassaL A bipolar, probably common speeies on Svalbard, see below S. polyspora. Stereocaulon arcticum Lynge Common on Svalbard. Plants published as S. denudatum by Fries (1867) belong here. Stereocaulon arenarium (Savicz) I.M, Lamb Reported from SØrkapp Land by Olech and Alstrup (1989) and Olech (1990), The species has Squamarina poeltii Vanska a northern, probably circumpolar distribution and was mapped by Lamb (1972). The species was recently described from Novaja Zemlja (Vanskå 1985), and was later reported from Greenland and from Treskelen at Hornsund Stereocaulon botryosum Ach. by Olech &. Alstrup (1989). This arctic species Common on Svalbard. Lynge (1938) stated that is a remarkable member of the lichen flora of esorediated plants are less common than the sore ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 332 diated f. dissolutum H. Magn. This indicates S. (Lamb 1977) added localities from Canada and spathuliferum Vain. in addition to S. botryosum. Scandinavia, but these collections were incor and a revision of the herbarium material is rectly determined according to Santesson (1993). The speeies is c10sely related to S. depressllm, and needed. the taxon is critical as these speeies can not always be separated (Lamb 1977). Stereocaulon capitellatum H. Magn. A rare spe eies on Svalbard only recorded once in Hornsund (::-.I owak 1965). but has al50 been Stereocaulon pasehale (L.) Hoffm. collected from the Ny-Ålesund area by 0vstedal Recorded from a number of localities by Fries (unpubl., (1867), but referred to as S. alpinum by Lynge (1938). On Bjørnøya. however. one collection BG) and from moraines at Rein dalspasset (Elvebakk unpubl.). The species is known from the Alps. Fennoscandia, Iceland. has been determined as S. paschale, while S. Greenland. and Svalbard (Lamb 1977). alpinum is a very common species (Lynge 1926b). The speeies was also listed in a vegetation table from Hornsund by Eurola (1968) and from Lon Stereocaulon condensatum Hoffm. Reported from Hornsund by Korber (1875) and gyearbyen by Hartmann (1980). Stereocallion pas chale is definitely a southern speeies. and the determinations need to be confirmed. later from Hornsund and Sørkapp Land (Olech & Alstrup 1989; Olech 1990). Stereocaulon riuulorum H. Magn. Stereocaulon depressum (Frey) LM. Lamb Common on Svalbard. see especially Lynge (1938). Tønsberg (1977). who studied the chem Published from Krossfjorden and Reindalen by istry of S. rivlliorum, concluded that an acid defi Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992). cient strain was predominant on Svalbard. while other strains dominate further to the south. Stereocaulon glareosum (Savicz) H. Magn. Reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and Iisted in vegetation tables from Hornsund and stereocau/on uesuuianum Pers. Listed as an apparently common speeies in veg Isfjorden by Eurola (1968). It was also Iisted from etation Svalbard by Lamb (1977) without indication of Colesbukta, and the Longyearbyen area by Eur locality. It has probably been overlooked on Sval bard, and the speeies was common at Rein dalspasset (Nilsen & Elvebakk unpubl.). tables from Hornsund, Trygghamna, ola (1968) and reported from Svalbard by Lamb (1977) without information about localities. Lamb (1977) indicated the presenee of both var. nod ulosllm (WaHr.) l.M. Lamb, f. depressum (H. Magn.) l.M. Lamb and f. umbonatllm (WaHr.) Stereocaulon grande (H. Magn.) H. Magn. Reported from two localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). l.M. Lamb. Recently reported from five localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990) and included in two vegetation tables from Bohemanflya by Kobayashi et al. (1990). Stereocaulon vesuvianum belongs to a southern element in the lichen flora of Svalbard. It also has a southern distribution in Stereoeau/on groenlandieum (E. Dahl) I.M. Lamb the North American Arctic (Thomson 1984) and is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Reported from the area between Isfjord Radio and Grønfjorden where it was collected by a gro up from the University of Turku in Finland (Lamb 1973). Lamb (1973) mapped the speeies from Alaska, Greenland and Svalbard and later Strigu/a sychnogonoides (Nitschke) R.e. Harris Only reported from soil in a Gymnomitrion cor A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 333 allioides community at Sørkapp Land as Geisleria Scandinavia it has only been found on Mount syehnogonoides (Olech & Alstrup 1989; Olech Vassitjåkko 1990), Hertel & Ullrich (1976) described one 1993). in northern Sweden (Santesson collection from Amsterdamøya as an uncertain Geisleria species, Thelidium cataractarum (Hepp) Tephromela aglaea (Sommerf.) Hertel & Rambold Lonnr. Lynge (1926b) was inclined to include this speeies within T. eataraetarum even if he proposed a provisional name T. denudatum. It is only known Reported by Fries (1867), Hue in Hanot (1893), from Bjørnøya. and Magnusson (1933) but without locality infor mation. Later reported from the Bockfjorden (Ach.) Mudd area by Hafellner (1982) and from two localities Thelidium pyrenophorum at Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). Reported as f. Recorded from Sorgfjorden by Fries (1867) and expallens Th. Fr. by Hue in Hariot (1893). Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & Elton (1923) and Lynge (1926b). Hertel & Tephrome/a armeniaea (De.) Rambold Thelignya lignyota Not common on steep surfaces of hard siliceous rocks, normally windexposed. (Wahlenb.) P.M. Jørg. & Henssen. Reported from Reported. under the name Psorotichia fuliginea Bellsund, Magdalenefjorden, Wijdefjorden. and from Hornsund by Korber (1875), and under the Sorgfjorden by Fries from Sørkapp name Poroscyphus dispersus. as a rare species Hornsund by Lynge (1924), Olech (1990), and from Sørkapp Land (Olech & Alstrup 1989; Olech (1867). Hertel (1991), from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b), 1990). The speeies was only listed from Greenland from Amsterdamøya by Hertel & Ullrich (1976), and Sweden by Poelt (1969). and from Kongsfjorden by Hertel (1991). Thelocarpon epibolum Tephromela atra (Huds. ) Hafellner Nyl. Recorded from the southwest without locality A Iichenicolous lichen collected on Peltigera aphthosa at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech (Fnes 1867), from Adventfjorden (Paulson 1923), 1992). from Botneheia in Isfjorden (Lynge 1940a), Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), Edgeøya (Aptroot & Alstrup 1991) and Sørkapp Land (Olech 1990). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Toninia aromatica (Sm.) A. Massal. A widely distnbuted speeies on Svalbard only known from Sorgfjorden and Lomfjorden (Fries Thamnolia vermicularis (Swartz) Schaer. In Svalbard only as var. subuliformis (Ehrh.) 1867; Timdal 1991 and supp\. list). A list of Iocal ities was made available as a supplement to Tim dal (1991). Schaer. (Nowak 1965; Hertel & Ullrich 1976), by these authors treated as a separate species. Nowak (1965) also listed T. uermicularis var. robusta Savicz, a doubtful taxon. 'Toninia' cumulata (Sommerf.) Th. Fr. Recorded from Bellsund and Lågøya (Fries 1867), but not accepted in the genus Toninia by Timdal Thelidium antoniellanum Bag!. & Carestia On Svalbard only recorded from a very hard siliceous boulder at Amsterdamøya (Hertel & (1991 ). Toninia sedifolia from (Scop.) Timdal Ullrich 1976). The speeies was first described from Listed the summit of Monte Rosa (4630 m alt.). In Hornsund, Colesbukta and the Longyearbyen three vegetation releves from ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 334 area by Eurola (1968), and reported by Elvebakk esting lichens on Svalbard, but it may prove to (1991) and Timdal (1991) from Sassendalen , have a circumpolar distribution, and it should Kongsfjorden, Bockfjorden, Lomfjorden, and particularly be searched for in siliceous areas of Sorgfjorden. The species has usually been called northern Greenland and arctic Canada. T. caeruleonigricans, but is not identical with T. caeruleonigricans (Lightf.) Th. Fr. (TimdaI1991). Umbilicaria aprina Toninia squalida Only Ny!. Reported from Van Mijenfjorden by Elvebakk et (Ach.) A. Massal. reported from Prins Karls Forland by Timdal (1991. suppl. list). al. (1987) and later published by Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992) from many localities all over Spitsbergen, including fertile specimens. It is a small speeies that is easily overlooked and is found in open saxicolous lichen communities on sil Toninia verrucarioides (Ny!.) Timdal iceous rocks Reported from Sorgfjorden as T. conjugens Th. Fr. by Fries (1867), from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982) as T. kolax Poelt. Timdal (1991, suppl. list) mapped the speeies from Sorgfjorden and Murchisonfjorden on northern Svalbard. Tremolecia atrata (Ach.) Hertel with a strong or intermediate exposure and snow cover. Umbilicaria aprina is a notable species with a special apothecium struc ture and a disjunct worldwide distribution in all continents except Australia (Elvebakk & Tønsberg 1992). Umbilicaria arctiea (Ach.) Nyl. This bipolar species is one of the most common A very common species and its distribution on crustose lichens on Svalbard on siliceous rocks Svalbard was mapped by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). and stones. It was mapped on Svalbard by Hertel & Ullrich (1976). Umbilicaria crustulosa Tuckermannopsis inermis (Ny\.) Karnefelt Collected at Sjuøyane, the northernmost islands in the Svalbard archipelago by E. Dahl in 1936 (Ach.) Frey Reported from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). This is a remarkable extension northwards of a speeies that does not seem to have been found in the Arctic before. It is rare even in and reported by Tønsberg & Elvebakk (1993). northernmost Fennoscandia where it has a coastal but was transferred to Tuckermannopsis by Kar in the mountains of northernmost Finland (Hak The speeies has been known as Cetraria inermis, nefelt et al. (1993). Previously T. inermis was known to have a narrow amphi-Beringian dis tribution (Kårnefelt 1979), but later Andreev & Makarova (1982) mapped severai additional localities in easternmost arctic Russia (Cukotka) and two localities much further west (JamaV Tajmyr). Zurbenko (pers comm.) has collected the species in the New Siberian Islands, even on the isolated Bennett Island (76°) with a polar desert c1imate like Sjuøyane. The speeies occurs in oligotrophic habitats in the amphi-Beringian area and its occurrence on the gneissic/schistose Sjuøyane may be related to a preference for acidic distribution tendency, although it has been found ulinen 1962). Aptroot & Alstrup (1991) reported no less than three very rare Umbilicaria speeies from the Kapp Lee area on western Edgeøya, inc1uding also U. polyphylla and U. rigida. The macrolichen flora of Svalbard is fairly well studied. and it is diffkult to explain the con centration of such rare species in the study area. The lichens were collected by vegetation ecol ogists. No data on frequencies have yet been published, and the list presented by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991) lacked common speeies like U. cylindrica and U. virginis. sites, as the case is for many other lichen species Umbilicaria crustulosa was reported from Sval concentrated to the northern part of Svalbard. bard by Lynge (1924), but the material was later Phytogeographically it is one of the most inter- redetermined as U. cylindrica (Lynge 1938). A catalogue ot Svalbard planis, tungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Umbilicaria cylindrica (L) Delise ex Duby Most of the records are probably var. delisei NyL (Herte! & Ullrich 1976), 335 fertile. We have only found a single apothecium in the Svalbard herbarium material at O. As it is rarely fertile it is often difficuIt to distinguish between this species and U. decussata, and the relationship between these two species is not Umbilicaria decussata (Vill.) understood (Krog et al. 1994). Zahlbr. A very common bipolar species. Elvebakk et aL (1987) reported on fertile material from Van Mi jenfjorden. Umbilicaria polyphylla (L) Baumg. Reported from Chermsideøya near NordaustIan det by Paulson (1927), from Nordkapp, Nor Umbilicaria deusta (L) daustIandet by Summerhayes & Elton (1928), and Baumg. from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1991). It Only recorded from two localities of Nord was also collected near Longyearbyen in 1981 austIandet (Lynge 1938), and one from Hornsund (Elvebakk unpubl.). The species is only known (Nowak 1965). It was also collected at Rossøya from the southernmost parts of the American om Parry's expedition to the northernmost part Arctic (Thomson 1984), is not common in Fen of noscandian mountains and should represent a Svalbard according to Hooker (1828). Hooker's list, however, obviously includes some southern thermophilous element in the lichen erroneous names, cfr. the critical remarks by Fries flora of Svalbard. The collections from north (1867). However, U. deusta was not included in ernmost Svalbard need to be confirmed. Fries' list of rejected species. Umbilicaria deusta has later been collected from Longyearbyen and Reindalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). Umbilicaria proboscidea (L) Schrad. A very common species. Umbilicaria hyperborea (Ach.) Hoffm. Umbilicaria rigida A very common species. (Du Rietz) Frey Reported from Kvalpynten, Edgeøya by Elenkin Umbilicaria kraschenninikovii (Savicz) Zahlbr. & Savicz (1912) (as Gyrophora anthracina (Wulfen) Th. Fr.) and from the Kapp Lee area also at Edgeøya by Aptroot & Aistrup (1981). Only published from Longyearbyen and Mag dalenefjorden by Lynge & Scholander (1932), Only known from the southernmost part of the Arctic in North America (Thomson 1984). from Lomfjorden and Wahlenbergfjorden in the north by Lynge (1938), and from Van Mijen fjorden by Elvebakk et al. (1987). Later it has been collected at Krossfjorden and Kongsfjorden (Blomstrandhalvøya) by Elvebakk Umbilicaria torrefacta (Lightf.) Schrad. A very common species. (unpubl., TROM). The species is a widespread exclusively arctic species which in Europe is only known from Svalbard (Poelt 1969). UmbiLicaria vellea (L.) Hoffm. A "North Coast" lichen (Lynge 1938, 1940a), restricted to percolation areas of steep surfaces in Umbilicaria tyngei Schol. bird cliffs where it can occur in gre at quantities. Recorded from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich Regarded to be common in the northern part of 1976), as rather common in Hornsund (Nowak Svalbard, but only published from a few localities 1965), from Van Mijenfjorden (Elvebakk et al. in central Spitsbergen (Lynge 1938, 1940a). It 1987), and from one locality at Sørkapp Land was listed from Hinlopenstretet and Faxedalen by (Olech 1990). It has been collected at Krossfjor Llano (1950), but severaI herbarium collections den, Kongsfjorden and Kapp Laila (Isfjorden) by have not been published. The species is rarely Elvebakk (unpubl.) ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 336 Verrucaria integra (Ny!.) Nyl. Umbilicaria virginis Schaer. A common species. Lynge (1938) who was the Asingle specimen was found on a limestone rock first to report it from Svalbard listed many local in Lomfjorden (Fries 1867). In mainland Norway ities, see als o Llano (1950), Lynge (1939a), only known from Finnmark (Santesson 1993). Nowak (1965), Hertel & Ullrich (1976), Eurola & Hakala (1977). Verrucaria margacea (Wahlenb.) Wahlenb. Varicellaria rhodocarpa (Korb.) Th. Fr. Recorded from Kobbefjorden and Fosterøyane on irrigated rocks (Fries 1867). Reported by Korber (1875) from Hornsund. Verrucaria maura Wahlenb. Verrucaria aethiobola Wahlenb. Recorded from Hopen (Lynge 1926a), A characteristic littorai species very common from further to the south, but rare on Spitsbergen Fosterøyane at Hinlopenstretet (Paulson 1928), where it has only been recorded from Bellsund, and from Gattytoppen (west of Sassendalen) by Lynge (1940a). It was also included in a vegetation table from Bohemanfiya by Kobayashi et al. (1990). Verrucaria cataleptoides (Ny!.) Ny!. Only recorded from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Magdalenefjorden and as 13. evoluta Th. Fr. from Sorgfjorden (Fries 1867). Recorded from a num ber of localities on Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b; Eng elskjøn 1986). It is bipolar. Verrucaria nigrescens Pers. Only known from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton 1923; Lynge 1926b). Verrucaria ceutocarpa Wahlenb. Recorded from Smeerenburg (Fries 1867) and Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b; Engelskjøn 1986). The species is bipolar (Hertel 1988). Verrucaria rejecta Th. Fr. Alimestone species first described from Svalbard (Sorgfjorden and Lågøya) by Fries (1867) and also reported from dolomite near Tommelbreen Verrucaria detJersa Vain. (="Duymbreen", east of Lomfjorden). A very rare species in Scandinavia only known from Reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b). Nordland and Torne Lappmark (Santesson 1993). Verrucaria extrema Th. Fr. Verrucaria wilczekii Korb. Described from northern Svalbard by Fries (1867) Described from limestone at Hornsund by Korber who reported it from granitic rocks at Kobbe (1875). The species is lacking from other major vågen. Fosterøyane (Hinlopenstretet) and Sju reference sources and is in need of a restudy. øyane. The taxon is lacking from major reference sources and needs to be restudied. Vestergrenopsis elaeina (Wahlenb.) Gyeln. Verrucaria halophiloides Vain. Reported by Santesson (1939) from Sørkappøya, Only reported from Sørkapp (Lynge 1924) and Forsbladhamna (Van Keulenfjorden), Sveagruva and Kobbevågen (Lynge 1938). But the species Vaigattøyane (Hinlopenstretet) and from Depot has definitively been overlooked, and it has been øya, Repøyane and Steinøya near Nordaustlan collected on scattered localities on Spitsbergen det. (Elvebakk 1982, 1984b, unpubJ.). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, [ungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Vestergrenopsis isidiata (Degel.) E. Dahl First reported from Svalbard by Elvebakk (1982) 337 Caloplaea by Lynge and therefore not included in his major macrolichen study (Lynge 1938). and later from Sørkapp Land by Olech (1990). The species has been overlooked and is defini tively common on moderately siliceous rocks in moderate snowbeds. It has been collected in most areas visited on Svalbard (Elvebakk unpubl.). Xanthoria borealis R. Sant. & Poelt This is a recently described species (Poelt & Petutschnig 1992), at present only known from Svalbard (Amsterdamøya and Longyearbyen), mountains of Fennoscandia, Greenland/North America, and Nepal. The species grows together with and in similar bird manured habitats as X. eandelaria. The two reported locahties on Sval Rejected Speeies Aretocetraria andrejevii (Oxner) Karnefelt & Thcll Reported from Hornsund by Nowak (1965) as "Cetraria delisei var. dilatata", but was not included from the European Arctic by Karnefelt (1979), and the material has been redetermined as Cetrariel/a delisei (Tønsberg & Elvebakk unpubl.). bard are only selected collections and further studies will reve al whether X. borealis is common on Svalbard. Aspieilia laevata (Ach.) Arnold Collected by T. Fries on Bjørnøya and pubhshed Xanthoria eandelaria (L.) Th. Fr. A very com mon bipolar species. by Lynge (1926b) (as Leeanora laevata (Ach.) Ny!.). It was referred to ( = L. elevata Lynge Asp/ei/ia elev ala (Lynge) J.W. Thomson) by Magnusson (1939). Xanthoria elegans (Link) Th. Fr. A bipolar, very common and dominating lichen Biatora vernalis (L.) Fr. on manured rocks or rocks rich in calcium. A B. fruticose form was discovered at Gipsdalen in authors from Svalbard, but B. vernalis S.8tr. is vernalis has been reported by numerous 1985 (Elvebakk unpub!.), possibly the same as not known from the Arctic where the taxon is reported from Hornsund as var. splendens (Dar replaced by Biatora subduplex (Ny!.) Printzen bish.) Christ. by Nowak (1965). A similar lichen (see Printzen 1995). has been published from arctic Canada by Fahselt & Krol (1989) where it also has been collected by Elvebakk (unpubl.). This form probably deserves the rank of a separate taxon although Fahselt & Blastenia aretiea Lyngc Krol (1989) incJuded it within X. elegans. Described from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926b), and Xanthoria sorediata (Vain.) Poclt ing to Søchting (1992b). later reported from Hornsund (Nowak 1965). The species corresponds to Calop/aea executa accord Recorded in the literature from surprisingly few localities: Sorgfjorden (Fries 1867), Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b), De Geerdalen (Lynge 1940a), Brodoa intestiniformis (Vill.) Goward Hornsund (Nowak 1965), Edgeøya (Hofmann This complex was revised by Krog (1974) and only 1968), Kongsfjorden (Nirnis 1985), and Sørkapp Hypogymnia oroaretiea (now Brodoa oroaretiea) Land (Olech 1990). However, the species has was indicated from Svalbard, although only selec been collected from a large number of localities ted collections were studied. Reports of B. inte both recently (Elvebakk unpubl.), and probably stiniformis from Svalbard by Andre (1993) are also earher, but it was referred to the genus not thought to be correct. 338 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HER TEL Bryoria bieolor (Ehrh.) Brodo & D. Hawksw. Caloplaea holoearpa (Hoffm. ex Aeh.) A.E. Wade Reported from Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & A variable, and probably rather heterogenous Elton (1923) and Paulson (1923). The common (see Poelt & Hinteregger 1993) species, published Bryoria on Svalbard, B. chalybeiformis, is lacking from Depotøya og Vaigattøyane by Fries (1867) from their papers, and the determination is and from Sassendalen by Søchting (1989) as C. pyracea. C. halocarpa was provisionally separated regarded here as probably erroneous. in C. lithophila and C. pyracea by Søchting & Olech (1995). Buellia laurieassiae (He) Milli. Arg. Reported as B. disciformis (Fr.) Mudd var. triphragmia (Nyl.) H. Olivier by Paulson (1923) from Prins Karls Forland and Gipsdalen. It was also reported from Gipsdalen by Summerhayes & Ca/oplaea variabilis (Pers.) MillI. Arg. Recorded only once from Isfjorden on old rein deer antler as var. ossicola Lynge (1940a). The Elton (1923). However, the species is corticolous material is very scarce and is badly in need of and revision. Magnusson (1950) as weU as Wunder the Svalbard reports are probably not correct. (1974) did not include any material from Svalbard in their treatment of the spedes. Ca/oplaca vari abilis is not known from Greenland (Hansen et Buellia stellulata (Taylor) Mudd Reported by Summerhayes & Elton (1928) from al. 1987), and it has a definitely southern dis tribution in Scandinavia (Santesson ]993). Wijdefjorden, but is most probably an incorrect identification. Candelaria eoneolor (Dicks.) Stein Reported from Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & Buellia xylophila Malme Published by Hertel (1977a) as 'B. d. xylophila' and associated with Caloplaca spitsbergensis on driftwood a few km west of NY-Ålesund. The Elton (1928). Candelaria concolor is strongly sou thern, and the species was probably confused with Xanthoria candelarialborealis or a Candelariella species. spedes was keyed out using Malme (1927), but the determination was very tentative as no origi nal material of this taxon (described from South America) was studied. Candelariella canadensis H. Magn. Reported as dr . canadensis" from the Hornsund " and Isfjorden areas in vegetation tables by Eurola Caloplaea aretiea H. Magn. (1968), and the report is considered as doubtful. Described on driftwood from the small island Moffen in northernmost Svalbard (Magnusson 1944), but the species was synonymised with C. tiroliensis by Søchting (1992b). Candelariella dispersa (Rasanen) Hakul. Associated with Placynthium, and reported from Spitsbergen without locality information by Hak ulinen (1954). In Europe onJy known from Sval Caloplaea albolutescens auet. bard, Finland and northernmost Sweden (Poelt & Vezda 1977, Alstrup 1991). It was reported Reported by Paulson (1928) from Fosterøyane from man y localities at Sørkapp Land by Olech (Hinlopenstretet) and Wijdefjorden. The species (1990), who also noted Vestergrenopsis elaeina as is southern in Scandinavia (Santesson 1993) and host. It was collected by 0vstedal (unpubl., BG) not recorded from Greenland (Hansen et al. at Sassendalen in 1986. However, it was con 1987), and this is probably an erroneous identi sidered to be a cyanotrophic life form of Can fication. delarieIla aurelIa by Poelt & Mayrhofer (1988). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, alld cyanobacteria Catapyrenium rufescens (Ach.) Breuss a distinctive coastal distribution in mainland Nor Reported from Svalbard by Lynge (1924, 1926b, 1938) but not mentioned from Svalbard by Breuss (1990). Cetraria ericetorum Reported by severai authors (Hue in Hariot 1893; 1946, 1989; Nowak 1965; Eurola 1968; Hertel & Ullrich 1976; Hartmann 1980; Dubiel & Olech 1990; Kobayashi et al. 1990), but confused with islandica ssp. cfr. crispiformis, Karnefelt (1979) who did not recognise C. ericetorum from the Arctic. Cetraria way where it is laeking from the northernmost parts, and this report is considered here to need verification. Cladonia rangiformis Opiz Lynge 1924, 1926b, 1938, 1939a, 1940a; Hadac C. 339 ericetorum Hoffm. Published from Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & Elton (1923) and probably confused with Cla donia rangiferina. A report of C. rangiformis in a geographica Vlichenometrical study by Andre (1993) is probably also incorreet; Cladonia ran giformis is a thermophilous coastal species in Scandinavia. was recently inc!uded in vegetation tables from Bohemanftya as almost as common as C. islandica (Kobayashi Cladonia scabriuscula (Delise) Leight. Only reported from Svenskegattet by Lynge et al. 1990). (1938). This small collection cited by Lynge (1938) Cladonia foliacea (Huds.) is not correctly determined and is referrable to Willd. Cladonia gracilis ssp. gracilis or C. stricta (Ahti A southern species erroneously reponed from pers. comm.). In Scandinavia C. scabriuscula is Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & Elton (1923). concentrated to the southern and central parts and does not occur in alpine areas (Santesson 1993). Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. Reported from Bjørnøya and Prins Karls Forland (Paulson 1923, 1928; Summerhayes & Elton 1923, 1928) as var. 'palmacea', var. 'surrecta', and var. Cladonia subcervicornis (Vain. ) Kernst. Reported as a 'North Coast Lichen' by Lynge 'spinosa'. The determinations are doubtfully cor (1938) with one additional locality at Bellsund reet and the material needs to be restudied. a phytogeographically remarkable pattern, as the species has a distinet coastal distribution in Scan Cladonia grayi dinavia. The collections at O have now been Merr. ex Sandst. revised Reported from Hornsund and St. Johnsfjorden (Lynge 1938), but the Hornsund speeimen is C. merochlorophaea and the St. Johnsfjorden speci men is C. deformis (Elvebakk & Tønsberg 1992). Cladonia magyarica (0vstedal Indicated by Lynge (1938) from Svalbard, but this comm., Ahti pers. macrophyllodes. A collection from Lady Frank linfjorden: Persberget resembles C. subcervi cornis, but its identity is uncertain. Collema crispum Vain. pers. comm.) as partly C. symphycarpa and partly C. (Huds.) Weber ex F.H. Wiggo speeies is excluded here and the material should Reported by Paulson (1928) from Liefdefjorden. be The report is dubious as the speeies is only known reexamined. The speeies has also been reported erroneously from Sweden (Santesson from southern Fennoscandia and Nordland (Nor 1993), and Farkas & Lokos (1994) only mapped way) according to Degelius (1954) and Santesson it from Hungary and neighbouring areas. (1993). Cladonia portentosa Cornicularia racemosa (Dufour) Zahlbr. Lynge Listed in a phytosociological table from the Bar Published from two localities in central Spits entsburg area by Hadac (1989). The species has bergen by Lynge (1938), and also collected by 340 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL Elvebakk (unpubl. ) at Berzeliusdalen and near Isfjord Radio. But the sorediate forms in this genus and in the brown frutieose Cetraria s.l. species seem to develop as a result of attaek by a liehenieolous fungus, probably Toruta (Karnefelt 1979, 1986). The sorediate forms can be treated as a modification or a forma, dr. Coelocaulon aculeatum f. sorediatum (Du Rietz) D. Hawksw. Lecanora fuscata (Schrad.) NyL Reported by Hue in Hariot (1893) without infor mation on locality. Aecording to Zahlbruckner (1926-1927) only Nylander's citation of 1863 is accepted as a synonym of Acarospora atrata Hue. Zahlbruckner (1926-1927) c\early stated 'non Ioc. al.'. The identity of Hue's speeimen is unknown. by Cannon et al. (1985). Lecanora ga/actina Ach. ssp. dispersa Ny\. Reported from Bjørnøya by Summerhayes & Dermatocarpon miniatum (L.) W. Mann Elton (1923). Leconora galaetina is considered to identical with L. albescens by Santesson Probably erroneously reported by Paulson (1928) be and Summerhayes & Elton (1928). (1993), but Lynge (1926b) c\aimed that L. galae tina ssp. dispersa "should be compared with L. nordenskiOldii or L. torrida". Dermatocarpon luridum (With.) J.R. Laundon Lecanora heteroplaca Zahlbr. f. ursina Reported from Olsokflyan (Sørkapp Land) by Lynge, see below Aspicilia gibbosa. Lynge (1924). The spe eies is laeking from the northern part of Seandinavia (Santesson 1993) and the determination needs to be verified. Lecanora marginata (Schaer.) Hertel & Rambold Reported as Lecidea elata by Fries (1867) from Lecanora albescens (Hoffm.) Branth & Rostr. Reported from 'Stans Foreland' Fries (1867) and from ( = severaI localities, but these specimens probably belong to L. atromarginata. Edgeøya) by Liefdefjorden and Reinsdyrflya by Paulson (1928). According to Poelt & Leuckert (1995) Lecanora albescens is a Lecanora microfusca Lynge Indicated from the Longyearbyen area by Hart speeies confined to low elevation sites. In Central mann (1980) as L. d. microfusca and not accepted Europe there are no records from the montane here. or alpine beIts. So it is most unlikely that this species oceurs in Svalbard. Lecanora ursina (Lynge) H. Magn. Reported by Lecanora dispersa (Pers.) Sommerf. Lynge (1926b) and Magnusson (1944) based on one T. Fries collection from A common speeies reported by many authors (Korber 1875, as L. caesioalba var. dispersa); Lynge 1924. 1940a; Summerhayes & Elton 1923, as L. galaetina var. dispersa, 1928; Nowak 1965; Hertel & Ullrich 1976; HafelIner 1982; Olech 1990; Aptroot& Aistrup 1991). Santesson (1993) Bjørnøya, and according to Magnusson (1944) the collection included "three speeimens, one typical". It does not seem to have been collected outside its type locality and was not incIuded by Poelt (1969). The taxon is here referred to the Aspicilia gibbosa (Ach.) Korb. complex. treated L. fiotowiana Spreng. as a synonym of L. dispersa. According to J. Poelt (pers. comm.), however, Lecanora dispersa s.str. does not occur on Svalbard, and material lying in herbaria under this name usually represent the different flotowiana. L. Lecanora virginea (Hue) Zahlbr. This ta;wn was described from Svalbard, Novaja Zemlja and Tromsø in mainland Norway by Magnusson (1944). It includes Lecanora gibbosa A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 341 and L. gibbosa v. squamata reported from Sval Lecidella anomaloides (A. bard by Hue in Hariot (1893). The taxon & R. Kilias IS included in the Aspicilia gibbosa complex. Massal.) Hertel Severai reports, but is most lik ely absent from Svalbard. Former records under the name "Lec Lecidea athroocarpoides idea goniophila" usually refer to Lecidella stig Vain. matea and pataviana. A rare species in Scandinavia only known from Lycksele Lappmark and it is uncertain whether the species belongs to Lecidea s. str. or not. On Svalbard only reported from Bjørnøya (Lynge 192 6b), but Lynge (1939b) later changed his determination to L. helsingforsiensis Nyl. The report is treated here as L. praenubila Nyl. Ochrolechia upsaliensis A. Massal. Reported from Fosterøyane and Dirksbukta by Summerhayes & Elton (1928), but are most probably misidentified speeimens of O. frigida. Rhizocarpon alpicola 'Lecidea' cavatula Ny!. (L.) (Anzi) Rabenh. The species is not correctly reported from Sval A critical taxon only known from the Gåsebuj Gluudneset area near NY-Ålesund and reported from a few localities in the world (HerteI19 77a). bard. Older records usually refer to R. inarense (Hertel & Vohla unpub\.). The taxon was synonymised with Eiglera hom alomorpha (Ny\.) Clauzade & Roux (Clauzade & Rhizocarpon disporum Roux 1985). However, the speeimen from Gåsebu MiilI. Arg. differs by asci with nonamyloid tholi and may therefore belong to Aspicilia. (Nageli ex Hepp) In contrast to Rhizocarpon geminatum (with two spored asci) which on Svalbard is an extremely common species on acidic rocks in cool and humid situations, there is no confirmed record of the Lecidea diducens Ny!. very similar R. disporum (inspite of its name There is no record of Lecidea diducens from Sval characterised bard (cfr. Schwab 1986; Herte! unpubl.). The Svalbard. The latter taxon prefers a dry con by single-spored asci) from taxon is c10sely related to Lecidea auriculata, but tinental climate. The reports by Lynge (1936) and differs in chemistry. More or less endolithic speci Hadat (1946) from Isfjorden most likely refer to mens of L. R. geminatum. Lynge auriculata in older literature, like (1926b), often became named "L. diducens" or "L. auriculata var. diducens". Lecidea helsingforsiensis Rhizocarpon occidentale Lynge Reported from a few localities by Lynge (1936, Nyl. 1938, 1940a) and included in R. superficiale by Treated here as L. praenubila, see note below L. Egan (1987). arthroocarpoides. Rhizocarpon parvum Lecidea lithophila (Ach.) Th. Fr. Recorded as f. aberrans from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926b) and by Paulson (1928) from an unex Runemark Reported by Runemark (1956), but redetermined to R. pusillum/effiguratum by Holtan-Hartwig & Timdal (1987). plained locality. The species was also reported from Feiringfjellet at Kongsfjorden in a geo graphic study that involved lichenometry (Andre 1993). Schwab (1986) did not include collections Rhizocarpon petraeum (Wulfen) A. MassaL from Svalbard and did not treat f. aberrans, and According to Feuerer (1991) this is the correct we do not think the speeies occurs on Svalbard. name for R. excetricum (Ach.) Arnold. The 342 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL identity of the Svalbard collections is uncIear. Hertel & Ullrich (1976) indicated R. grande as a possibility. Stereocaulon saxatile H. Magn. Reported from the Hornsund and Isfjorden areas by Eurola (1968). However. this must be a mis identification as this suboceanic species does not Rhizocarpon porphyrostrotum (Vain.) occur in the Arctic according to Lamb (1977). Vain. Reported as "R. cf. porphyrostrotum" by Hart mann (1980) from the Longyearbyen area. The taxon was only listed from Finland by Poelt (1969). (1991) According to Feuerer R. por phyrostrotum is a synonym of R. distinctum Th. Fr. Rhizocarpon submodestum (Vain.) Vain. Reported as "R. cf. submodestum" by Hartmann (1980) from the Longyearbyen area. According to Feuerer (1991) R. submodestum is a synonym Toninia candida (Weber) Th. Fr. Recorded from Sorgfjorden and Lomfjorden by Fries (1867). The species has been wrongly deter mined from Svalbard and is in Norway only known from the southern part (Timdal Umbilicaria leiocarpa De. The possible presence of U. leiocarpa on Svalbard was diseussed by Du Rietz (1924) refer to U. lyngei which at that time had not been described yet. Rhizoplaca chrysoleuca (Sm.) Zopf Verrucaria striatula Wahlenb. Reported by Stitzenberger (1876) in a catalogue interpretation. based on a collection from Lovenberget. This may possibly of R. obscuratum (Ach.) A. Massal. without locality information. Most likely a mis 1991). (1867). Lynge (1923), and (1928) from various 10caJities. However, Santesson (1939) stated that the se records are Reported by Fries Paulson misidentifications for V. halophiloides. Rhizoplaca peltata (Ram.) Leuckert & Poelt Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. (1867) based Reported from Sør kapp Land by Dubiel & Olech Included by Fries (1990). lection from seashore rocks in Bellsund, affirmed This species is known from the mountains on J. Vahl's col of the Macaronesian Islands, the western Alps, by Malmgren. Also listed by Paulson (1923) from Mediterranean Bjørnøya. Prins Karls Forland and Gipsdalen. Europe. the Irano-Turanian (1938) and region. East African mountains and North Amer The species was not included by Lynge ica and not from the Arctic. The report certainly is also regarded here as probably misidentified, refers to R. melanophthalma. which is the taxon but it should be looked for, especially at Bjørn that was reported from Sørkapp Land by Olech øya. (1990). Rinodina exigua (Ach.) S.F. Gray Reported by Paulson (1923) Acknowledgements from Gipsdalen, Wc most likely a misidentification. are indcbted to T. Ahti and O. Vitikainen, University of Helsinki. A. Botnen, J. Holtan-Hartwig. D.a. Øvstcdal. and T. Tønsberg. University of Bergen. V. Aistrup and U. Søchting, Stereocaulon evolutum Graewe Reported from Dirksfjorden by Summerhayes & Elton (1928). According to Lamb a misidentification. (1977) probably University of Copenhagen. E. Timdal. University of Oslo. Moberg and R. Santesson. University of Uppsala. J. R. Poelt. University of Graz, C. Printzen. University of Munchen. and M. Zurbenko. Komarov Botanical lnstitutc. St. Petersburg. for information and comments to the manuscript. The curators of the Herbarium of Oslo kindly arranged loan of some speeimens. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria 343 Degelius,G. 1954: The lichen genus Collema in Europc. Symb. References Bo/. UpsaL 13(2), 1-499. Degelius, G. 1982: The liehen flora of the island Vega in Ahlner, S. 1944: Lavar från Långansovre vattenområde i vast ra Jiimtland. K. Svenska Velensk.·Akad. Skr. Nalurvilensk. 44, 1-84. Ahti. T. 1961: Taxonomie studies on reindeer1ichens (Cladonia, subgenus Cladina). Ann. Bot. Soc. Zool. Bol. Fenn. 'Vanamo' 32(1), 1-160. Ahti. T. 1980: Taxonomic revision of Cladonia gradlis and its allies. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 17,195-243. Ahti. T. 1984: The status of C/adina as a genus segregated from C/adonia. Beih. Nova Hedwigia 79, 25-59. Ahti, T. & Hyvonen, S. 1985: C/adina slygia, a common, overlooked spedes of reindeer lichen. Ann. Bol. Fenn. 22. 2B-229. Alstrup, V. 1977: Lichen-sludier på Disko. Unpubl. thesis.. Univ. Copenhagen. Alstrup, V. 1991: Lichens and liehenicolous fungi from the Tornetrask area. Graphis Scripla 3, 54-67. Aistrup,V. & Hawksworth,O.l.. 1990: The Iiehenieolous fungi of Greenland. Medd. Grønland Biosci. .lI, 1-90. Andre. M.-F. 1993: Les versanlS du Spitsberg: approche geo graph;ques des paysages polaires. Presses Univ. Naney, Naney. 361 pp. Andreev, M.P. &. Makarova, I.l. 1982: Interesnye lisajniki Aziatskoj Arktiki (Interesting Iichens of the Asiatic Arctic). Nov;l. SvSI. Plant. Non-Vasc. 19, 117-121. Aptroot, A. & Alstrup,V. 1991: I.ichens from Edgeøya,Sval bard. Graphis Scripla 3,73-75. Barkman, J.J. 1987: Preliminary investigations on the texture of high arctic tundra vegetation, Pp. 120-132 in Huiskes, A.H.L., Blom. C.W.P.M, & Rozema, J. (eds.): VegetatioIl belween land and sea. Junk Publ., Dordrecht,lBostol1/Lanc aster. Breuss. O. 1990: Die Flechtengattung Calapyrenium (Ver rucariaceae) in Europa. Slapfia 23.1-174. Breuss, O. & Hansen, E.S. 1988: The lichen genera Ca/ apyrenium and Placidiopsis in Greenland. Plant Svs/. Evol. . 159,95-105. Brodo, I.M. 1981: Lecanora luleovernalis, a new speeies of the L. symmicIa complex from the Canadian Arctic. Brvol. 84, . 521-526. Brodo, LM. 1995: Lichens and Iichenicolous fungi of the Queen Charlotte [slands. British Columbia, Canada. 1. [l1troduction and new records for B. C., Canada and North Ameriea. Mycotaxon 56, 135-173. Brossard. T.. Deruelle, S.. 1'<imis, P.L. & Petit. P. 1984: An interdisciplinary approach to vegetation mapping on lichen dominated systems in a high-arctic environment, Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard). Phytocoenologia 11,433-453. Cannon, P.F., Hawksworth, D.L. & Sherwood-Pike. M.A. 1985: The British Ascomycolina. An anno/a/ed ch erkl isl. Commonwealth Mycol. [nst., London. 302 pp. Clauzade, G. & Roux, C. 1981: Les Acarospora de l'Europe occidentale et de [a region mediterraneenne. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nal. Marseille 41, 41-93. Clauzade, G, & Roux, C. 1985: Likenoj de Okcidenta Europo. Bull. SOC. BOl. Centre-Dues/, N.S., Num. Spile. 7, 1-803. Coppins, B.J., James, P.W. & Hawksworth, O.L. 1992: New species and combinations in the lichen flora of Great Britain and Ireland, L ichenol 24, 351-369. . DahL E. & Krog, H. 1970: On the distribution of Cladonia tUIeoalba Wils. & Wheld. Nytt Mag. BOl. 17,143-144. Nordland. northern Norway. Ac/a Regiae Soc. Sei. Litt. Go/hob. Bot. 2, 1-128. Oombrovskaja, A.V. 1970: Konspekt flory lifainikov Mur manskoi oblasli i severo-vos/ocnoi Finljandii (Summarv of the flora of lichens of the Murmanskaja Oblast' and of n rth eastern Finland). Leningrad. 119 pp. Du Rietz, G.E. 1924: Die europaischen Artcn del Gyrophora "'anthracina" -Gruppe. Ark. BO l. 19(12), 1-14. Dubiel,E . & Oleeh, M. 1990: Plant eommunities of NW Sor kapp Land (Spitsbergcn). Zesz. Nauk. Uniw. Jagiell. Prace Bo/, 21,35-74. Eekblad. F.-E. (ed.): 1985: Norske soppnavn, 2. utg. Den norske soppnavnkomite av 1968,Oslo. 59 pp. Egan, R.S. 1987: A fifth cheeklist of the liehcn-forming, liehenicolous and allied fungi of the continental United States and Canada. Bryol. 90,77-173. Elcnkin. A.A. & Savicz,V.P. 1912: Lisainiki sobrannie I. V. Palibinym v plavanie ledokla "Ermak" v Scvernom ledovitom Okean 1901 (Lichenes in regionibus arcticis Oceani Glacialis a I. V. Palibin anni 1901 collecti). Acta Horli Pe/ropol. .l2, 94-97. Elvebakk, A. 1982: Geo10gical prefcrenccs among Svalbard plants. Inter-Nord 16,11-31. Elvebakk, A. 1984a: Contributions to the liehen flora and ecology of Svalbard,arctic Norway. Bryot. 87,308-313. Elvebakk,A. 1984b: Vcgetation pattcrn and ccology of siliccous boulder snow beds on Svalbard. Polarforsch. 54,9-20. Elvcbakk, A. 1989: Biogeographicat "ones of Svalbard and adjacen/ areas based on bo/anical criteria. Unpubl. dr. scient. the sis Univ. Tromsø. 129 pp. Elvebakk, A. 1991: Blålav (Toninia caerutconigricans) ny for Svalbard. Polarflokken 15, 21-23. Elvebakk, A. & SP.ielkavik, S. 1981: Botanisering blant varme kjelder og vulkanar på Nord-Svalbard, Poiarflokken 5. 104 113. Elvebakk. A. & Tønsberg,T. 1992: Additions to the lichcn flora of Svalbard. Graphis Scrip/a 3, 140-147. Elvebakk, A.. Engelskjøn, T. & Hodin, L. 1987: Veg etasjonsskader i Berzcliusdalen. Pp. 16 3-1% in Prestrud, P. & 0ritsland, N.A. (eds.): Miljøundersøkelser i tilknytning til seismisk virksomhet på Svalbard 1986. Norsk Polarinst. Rapp. 34. Elvebakk, A., Elven, R .. Spjelkavik, S., Thannheiser, D. & Schweitzer. H.-J. 1994: Botrychium boreale and Puccinellia angus/ata ssp. palibinii new to Svalbard. Poia f1okken 18, 133-140. Engelskjøn, T. 1986: Eco-geographical relations of the Bjørn øya vascular flora. Svalbard. Polar Res. /I.S. 5. 79-·127. Eriksson, O.E. & Hawksworth. D.L. 1987: 1'<otes on asco mycete systematies. 1'<os. 464-551. Sys/. Ascom. 6, 237-258. Esslinger,T.L. & Egan, R.S. 1995: A sixth checklist of the lichen-forming, lichenicolous. and allied fungi of Continental United States and Canada. Bryologis/ 98,467-549. Eurola. S. 1968: t:ber die Fjeldheidevegetation in den Gebietcn von Isfjorden und Hornsund in Westspitzbergen. Aquilo Ser. BOl. 7, l -56. Eurola. S. 1971: Die Vegctation einer Sturzhalde (Sveagruva, Spitzbergen,77' 53' n. Br.). Aquilo Ser. BOl. 10,8-28. Eurola,S. & Hakala, A. V. K. 1977: The bird e1iff vegetation of Svalbard. Aquilo Ser. BOl. 15. 1-18. Fahselt, D. & Kro!, M. 1989: Biochcmica[ comparison of two 344 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL ecologically distinctive forms of Xamhoria etegans in the tcngattung Calap/aca in Grenland. Medd. Grønland, Biose!. Canadian High Arctic. Uehenot. 21, 135-145. 25, l-52. Lbkes, L.S. 1994: Distribution of the lichens Hariot,M. 1893: XV. Note sur les collections cryptogamiques Cladonia magyariea Vain. and Solorinella asteriscus Anzi in rapportees par la Manche, I ll. Spitzberg, Uchens (Deter Europe. Acta Bal. Fenn. 150,21-30. mines par M. I'abbe Hue). In Bienairne, M.: Voyage de "La Farkas, E.E. & Feuerer, T. 1991: Revision der europåischen Arten der Flech tengattung Rhizocarpon mit nichtgelbem Lager und vier zelligen Sporen. Bibl. Uchenol. 39,1-218. Foueard, T. 1 990 . Hartmann, H. Svensk skorplavsflora. Interpublishing, Stockholm. 306 pp. . Rinodina olivaceobrunnea Dodge & Baker, from the Ant arctic and moss-inhabiting speeies of Rinod/na from other parts of the world. MueIleria 3, 117-121. 4, 249-264. Akad. Handl. 7(2), I -53. Ahti, T. 1993: Status of the Iichen genus Porpidia in eastern Fennoscandia. Ann. Bor. Fenn. 30. 53 Gulden,G., Jenssen, K.M. & Slordal, J. 1985: Arctic and alpine Nat.vilensk. 68,269-270. Gyelnik. V. 1932: Enumeratiolichenum europaeorum novorum J. Ann. Myeol. 30. 442-459. Hadac, E. 1946: The plant-communities of Sassen Quarter. Vestspilsbergen. Slud. BOl. Cech. 7, 127-164. Hadac, E. 1989: Notes on plant communities of Spitsbergen. Folio GeobOl. Phylolax. 24, 1 31·-169. Hafellner, J. 1979: Karschia. Revision einer Sammelgauung an der Grenze von lichenisierten und nichtlichenisierten Asco myceten. Beill. Nova Hedwigia 62, 1-248. Hafellner. J. 1982: Flechtenfunde am Bockfjord. Spitzbergen, iisterreichischen L PhYlon 22,23--50. & J. Poelt. 1980: Hafellner, J. pulverulenla - Spitzbcrgen-Expedition Der "'Flechtenparasit" Buellia eine bleibend interne parasitische Flechte. Phylon (Auslria) 20, 129-133. Hakulinen, R. 1954: Die Flechtengattung Candelarietla Muller Argoviensis mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihre, Auf tretcns und ihrer Verbreitung in Fennoskandien. Ann. BOl. 27(3), 1-127. Soc. 'Vanamo' Hakulinen, R. 1962: Ostfennoskandien Die Flechtengattung und in Umbilicaria angrcnzenden Teilen Norwegens. Ann. BOl. Soe. 'Vanomo' 32(6), 1--87. Hakulinen, R. & Huuskonen, A.J. 1968: Dactylina ramulosa (Hook.) Tuck., eine fUr Fennoskandien neue Flechtenart. Ann. BOl. Fenn. 5,112-114. Hale, M.E. 1987: A monograph of the Uchen genus Parmelia Acharius sensu strkto (Ascomyeotina: ParmeUaceae). Smilhs. Comr. BOl. 66,l-55. Hanko, B. 1983: Die Chemolypen der Flechtengattung Per lusaria in Europa. BibL Uchenol. 19. 1-297, 59 Abb . . 8 Karten. Hansen, E.S. 1981: Celraria nigricascens and C. Iilesii found in Greenland. Uchenol. 13,97-99. Hansen, E.S. & Pftanzen Kallio, P. 1969: On the problem of subarctic 4, 90--97. Herte!. H. 1968: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flechtenfamilie Lecideaceae l. Herzogia 1,25-39. Lecideaceae I ll. Herzogia 2,37-62, eine neue Flechtenfamilie. VOrIr. Gesamlgeb. Bol., Duscl!. BOl. Gcs. N.F. Folge 4 , 1 71· - Herte!, H. 1971: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flechtenfamilie Herte!, H. 1975a: Beitråge zur Kenntnis der Flechtenfamilie Lecideaceae VI. Herzogia 3, 365-406, Uber einige gesteinsbewohnende Kru 30, 69--80. J. & Søchting, U. 1987: Hertel, H. 1977a: Bemerkenswerte Flechtenfunde aus dem Gebiet des Kongsfjordes und des Isfjordes (Spitzbergen). Herzogia 4, 367-401. HerleI. H. 1977b: Lecidea in der Arktis l. Mill. Bor. Staars samml. MtJnchen 13, 337-352. Hertel, H. 1980: Bemerkungen zum Faszikcl l der "Lecideaceae Exsiccatae". Mill. BOl. Slaarssamml. Miinchen 16, 493-500. Herte!. H. 1981a: Bemerkungen zum Faszikel Il der "Lee ideaceae Exsiccatae". Mill. BOl. Staotssamml. Munchen 17, 537-548. Herte\, H. 1981b: Lecidea in der Arktis Il. Mitt. Bol. Slaa/s samml. Mtlnchen 17, 171-184. HerteL H. 1982: Bemerkungen zum Faszikcl III der "Lee ideaceae Exsiceatac". Mill. BOl. Slaalssamml. Munchen 18, 443-454. 121- Herte!. H. 1985: Lecideaceae Exsiccalae. fase. VIll (no. 160). Botanische Staatssammlung, Munchen. 10 pp. Herte!, H. 1988: Problems in monographing Antarctic crustose !ichens. Polarforsch. 58.65-76. Herte!' H. 1990: Leeideaceae Exsicca/ae, fase. XII (no. 240). 221- Botanische Staatssammlung, Munchen. 7 pp. Herte!, H. 1991: Lecidea in der Arktis 1II (Iecideoide Flechten, Lecanorales). Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 30,297-333. Hertel, H. 1995: Schlussel fUr die Arten der Flechtenfamilie Lecideaceae in Europa. Pp. Lucking, R. & 137-180 in Farkas, E. E., Wirth, V. (eds.): Scripta Lichenologica- lichenological papers dedicated to Antonin Vezda. Bibl. Uehenol. 58. HerteL H. & G. Rambold. 1988: Cephalodiate Arten der Gat tung Lecidea sensu 1ato Ascomyceles lichenisali). Plalll Sysl. Euol. 158,289-312. Henel, H. & Rambold, G. 1990: Zur Kenntn;s der Familie Rimulariaceae (Lecanorales). Bibl. Uchenol. 38, 1 45--189. Herte!, H. & Rambold. G. 1995: On the genus Adeloleda (Lichenized Ascomycotina, Lecanorales). Bibl. Uchenol, 57, 211-230. Poelt, J. 1987: New or interesting Greenland lichens IV. Mycotaxon Hansen, E.S., Poel!, H. 1975b: stenllechten aus der Umgebung von Finse (Norwegen. Hor daland). Mitt. BOl. Slaatss. Miinchen 12, 113--152. fungi-1. Soppkonsulentcn, Oslo. 62 pp. Gyelnik, V. 1930: Uchenes nonnulli novi crilique. Nyt Mag. 1979, & basidiolichens. Il. Rep. Kevo Su borel. Res. Sla/. Herte], 75. der der Lecideaceae IV. Herzogia 2,231-261. Bryol. 81. 122-136. Ergebnisse Kenntnis 185. Frisvoll,A.A. 1978: Twenty-eight bryophytes new to Svalhard. rariorumque zu Hertel, H. 1970b: Trape1iaceae Fries, T.M. 1867: Uchenes Spitsbergenses. K. Svenska Vet. & Beitrag He rte! , H. 1970a: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flechtenfamilie Frahm, J.-P. 1977: Ein Beitrag zur Laubmoosfiora von Spits Gowan, S,P, 1980: gesellschaften Spitlbergens. Phylocoenologia 8, 65-147. Heikkila, H. 345 pL Filson, R.B. 1975: Studies in Antarctic lichens Ill. Notes on bergen. Herzogia Manche" a I'iie Jan-Mayen et au Spitzberg (Juillet-Aout 1892). Nouv. Arch. Miss. Sei. 5,241-247. Herte!, H. & Ullrich, H. 1976: Flechten von Amsterdamøya (Svalbard). Mitt. BOl. Staalssamml. Munchen 12, 417-512. Die Flech- Hoel. A. & Holtedal. O. 1913: Lavadækkerne,vulkanerne og 345 A calalogue of Svalbard p/anis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria de varme kildene ved Bock Bay paa Spitsbergen. Naturen 1913,3-19. Kleppa, P. 1989 : Norsk bolanisk bibliografi 1975-1985. Univ ersitetsbibl. Oslo, Oslo. Høiland, K. 1987: The basidiolichenes of Norway and Svalbard. Graphis Seripla l ,81-90. Knoph, J.-G. 1990: Untersuehungen an gesteinsbewohnenden xanthonhaltigen Sippen der Lecidella Flechtengattung Hofmann, W. 1968: Geobotanische Untersuehungen in Siidost (Lecanoraceae, Lecanorales) unter besondere Beriieksich· Spitzbergen 1960. Ergebn. Slauferland-Exped. 19591608, 1- tigung von aussereuropaischen Proben exklusive Amerika. 83. Bibl. Liehenol. 36, 1-183. Holien, H., Jørgensen, P.M.,Timda/, E. & Tønsberg, T. 1994: Norske lavnavn Holtan-Hartwig, supplement. Btvttia 52,25--28. J. 1988: Two new speeies of and distribution patterns of saxicolous speeies of Lecldella Peltigera. Lichenol. 20,11-17. (Lecanoraceae. Lecanorales), Cryplogam, BOl. 5, 45-54, Kobayashi. K .. Kashiwadani, H, & Deguchi, H. 1990: Veg Holtan-Hartwig, J, 1991: A revision of the Iiehens BryoIlora castallea and B. curlleseeIlS. Mycotaxoll 40, 295 305. - Holtan-Hartwig. J, & Timdal, E, 1987: Notes on some parasitic Rhizocarpoll speeies. Lichenol. 19.335-338, Hooker. J. W. 1828: Plants of S pitzbergen. Pp. 208--2 20 in Parry. W. E,: Narrati"e of all attempl to reach the North Pole ill the etation of Bohemanftya in Spitsbergen, Pp. 31-70 in Tatsumi, T. (ed.): The Japallese scientific expeditions to Soalbard, 1983-1988. Kyoikusha, Tokyo, Korber, G. W. 1875: Lichenen Spitzbergens und Nowaja· Semlja's auf der Graf Wilczek'schen Gesammelt von Prof. Expedition 1872. Horer in Klagenfurt. Sitzungsber. Akad, Wiss. Wien, Mat,·Nal, Cl. 71, l. Abt., 5, 52 0-52 6, year 182 7, London. James. P.W. & Knoph, J.-G., Leuekert, C. & Hertel, H. 1995: Chemotypes White. F.J. 1987: Studies on the genus Nephroma I. The European and Macaronesian spedes, Krog, H, 1974: Taxonomic studies in the Hypogymnia inle sliniformis complex, Uchenol. 6, 135-140. Krog, H., Østhagen. H, & Tønsberg,T, 1994: La"jlora, Norske Lichenol. 19,215--268, Jørgensen. P.M. 1978: The lichen family Pannariaceae in Europe, Opera Bot, 45, 1-120, Jørgensen. P.M. 1989: Notes on the genus 10naspis in Sean· dinavia. Graphis Scripra 2, 118--121. Jørgensen, P.M. 1994: Further notes on European taxa of the lichen genus Leplogium, with emphasis on the small species. Lichenol. 26, 1-29. Jørgensen, P.M. & Ryman, S, 1989a: Proposal to conserve Omphalina Quelet over Phyloconis Bory and BOlrvdina Brebisson (Basidiomycetes), Taxon 38, 305--308, Jørgensen, P.M. & Ryman, S. 1989b: The correct names of the lichenized Omphalina spedes in Seandinavia, Graphis Scripla 3, 1 38--14 3. Ka/b, K. 1995 ["1994"]: Frulidella, eine neue Flechtengattung fUr Lecidea caesioatra Schaerer. Hoppea, Denkschr. Regensb. BOl. Ges, 55. 581-586. Karnefelt, I. 1979: The brown fruticose spedes of Ce/raria. Opera Bol, 46, 1-150, Karnefelt, l. 1986: The genera Bryocaulon, Coelocaulon and Cornicularia and formerly associated taxa. Opera Bot. 86, 190, Karnefelt, I. & TheII. A. 1996: A new classification for the DaClylinajDufourea complex. Nova Hedwigia 62, 487-511. Kiirnefelt, 1., Mattsson, J.-E. & TheIl, A. 1993: The lichen genera Arctocelraria, Celraria. and Cclrarfella (Parmeliaeeae) and their presumed evolutionary affinities, Bryol. 96, 39 4 404, Karnefelt, 1., TheII, A .. Randiaane, T. & Saag. A. 1994: The genus Flavocetraria Karnefelt & Thell (Parmeliaceae, Asco mydotina) and its affinities. Acta Bol. Fenn. 150,79-86. busk- og bladla". 2. ulg, Universitetsforlaget. Oslo. 368 pp, Kurokawa. S, & Kasaiwadani. H, 1987: Uchenes rariores el eriliei eniecali, Fase. XIV (nos. 651-700. Nat. Sei. Mus,. Tokyo. 7 pp. Lamb, I.M. 1947: A monograph of the lichen genus Placopsis NyJ, Lilloa 13, 51-288. Lamb, I.M. 1972: Stereocaulon arenarium (Sav,) M. l.amb, a hitherto overlooked boreal-arctic lichen. Occas, Pap. Farlow Herb. Crypl. BOl, 2, l-Il. Lamb, I.M, 1973: Slereoeaulon sIerile (Sav,) M. Lamb and Stereocaulon groenlandicum (Dahl) M, Lamb, two more hith erto overlooked lichen speeies. ()ccas. Pap, Farlow Herb. Crypt. Bor" 5. 1-7, Lamb. l. M. 1977: A eonspectus of the lichen genus Slereocaulon (Schreb.) Hoffm, J, Hattori Bol. Lab. 43,191 355 - . Laundon, J.R. 1989: The speeies of Leproloma-the name for the Lepraria membranacea group. Lichenol. 21,1-22, Leuckert. C. & Poelt. J. 1989: Studien iiber die Lecanora rupicola Gruppe in Europa (Leeanoraceae). Nova Hedwigia - 49, 121-167, Leuckert, c., Poelt. J, & Håhnel, G. 1976: Zur Chem otaxonomie der eurasischen Arten der Fleehtengattung Rhi zoplaca. Nova Hedwigia 28.71-129, Leuckert. e., Knoph, J.-G. & Herte!. H, 1992: Chem otaxonomische Studien in der Gattung Lecidella (Lecano rales, Lecanoraceae). Il. Die Lecidella asema·Gruppe. Herzogia 9, 1-17. Uano, A. 1950: A monograph of the Jiehen family Umbi licariaceae in the Western Hemisphere. Nat>t'xos P-831, 1281, Office of Naval Research, Washington D,C. l.utzoni. F,M, 1990: Biosystematics of the Ionaspis-Hvmenelia Kilias, H. 1981: Revision gesteinsbewohnender Sippen der complex (lichenized Ascomyeotina) in North America: A Flechtengattung Catillaria Massa!. in Europa. Herzogia 5, study at the generic leve!. MS thesis. University of Ottawa. 209-448, Ottawa, Ontario. Kilias, H. 1985: Cephalophysis (Hertel) Kilias gen. nov.. eine Lutzoni, F.M, & Brodo, I.M. 1995: A generic redelimitation weitere Gattung der Teloschistaceae mit einzelligen Sporen. of the lonaspis-Hymenelia complex (Liehenized Ascomy Herzogia 7, 181-190. cotina), Sysl. Bal, 20, 224-258, Kirk. P.M, & Ansell, A.E . 1992: AUlhors of lungal names. . Int. Myeo!. Inst., Wallingford, 95 pp. Kleppa, P, 197 3. Norsk bOlanisk bibliografi 1814-1964. Univ ersitetsbibl. Oslo. Oslo, Kleppa, P, 1979: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1965-1975, Univ ersitetsbibl. Oslo, Oslo, Lynge. B. 1924: Lichens from Spitsbergen I. Resull. Norske Slalsundersl, Spitsbergeneksped. 1(5), 1-21. Lynge. B. 1926a: Lichens. In Iversen, T.: Hopen (Hope Island), Svalbard, Results of a reconnaissance in the summer 1924, Resull. Norske Slatsundersl. Spitsbergeneksed, 1(10),30-32. Lynge. B, 1926h: Lichens from Bear Island (Bjørnøya) collected 346 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL by Norwegian and Swedish expeditions, chie/ly by Th, M, Mayrhofcr, H, & Sheard. J,W.. 1988: Four notable saxicolous Fries during the Swedish polar expedition of 1868. Result. spedes of the Iichenized ascomyeete genus Rinodina from the Norske Slatsunderst. Spitsbergeneksp. / (9). 1-78. pl. Arctic, Bryol. 91. 106-112, Lynge. B. 1933: On Dufourea and Dactylina - three arctic Lynge. B, 1936: The liehen genus Rhizocarpon on the wcst and north coast of Spitsbergen and Nordostlandet (The North (lichenized Ascomycetes), Nord. J, Bol. 12,455-457. Mayrhofer. M, 1988, Studien tiber die saxicolen Arten der Flechtengattung Lecania in Europa. IL Lecan;a s. str. Bibl, East land), Svensk Bot, Tidskr, 30. 307-323, Lynge. B, 1937: Liehens from West Greenland.collected ehietly Liehenol. 28, 1-133, Moberg. R. 1977: The Ikhen genus Physcia and a!lied genera by Th, M, Fries, Medd, Grønland ]]8(8). 1-225, Lynge. B, 1938: Uehens from the west and north coasts of Spitsbergen and the North-East Land eollected by numerous expeditions, Mayrhofcr. H., Scheidegger,C. & Sheard, J.W, 1992: On the taxonomy of five saxicolous spedes of the genus Rinodina liehens, Skr, Svalbard Ishavet 59. 1-62, l. The maerolichens, Skr, Norske Vidensk, Akad, Oslo. 1. Mat.-Nat.virensk. Kl. 1938: 6, 1-136. pl. Lynge, B. 1939a: A small eontribution to the liehen /lora of in Fennoscandia, Acta Univ, Ups" Symb, Bal. Upsal. 22 . 1 108. Moberg. R. 1987: Lichenes selecti exsiccati upsaliensis. Fase. 2 (nos. 26-50), Thunbergia 5. 1-9, Moberg, R. & Hansen. E,S, 1986: The lichen genus Physcia the castern Svalbard islands, Medd. Norges Svalbard Ishavs and allied genera in Greenland, Medd, Grønland, Biosci. 22. Unders. 44. 1-12. 1-32. Lynge. B. 1939b: Liehens from Jan Mayen collected on Norweg Nimis.P.L 1985. Structure and floristie eomposition of a high ian expeditions in 1929 and 1930. Skr. Svalbard Ishavet 76. arctic tundra: Ny Ålesund (Svalbard archipelago l. Inter-Nord 1-55.2 pl. 17.47-58. Lynge. B. 1940a: Et bidrag til Spitsbergens lavflora, Laver Nimis. P.L & Poelt. J. 1987: The liehens and liehenieolous samlet av Emil Hadac. fortrinsvis i Sassenområdet. sommeren fungi of Sardinia (Italy)-an annotated list. Sludia Geobot, 1939, Skr. Svalbard Ishavet 79. 1-22. (Tr;esrel 7 (Suppl.l). 1-269. Lynge.B, 1940b: Lichens from North East Greenland colleeted ordin,A. 1996: Buellia speeies (Physeiaccae) with pluriseptate on the Norwegian scientific cxpeditions in 1929 and 1930, spores in Skr, Sualbord Ishauet 81. 1-143, 9 pL 327-354. Lynge. B. 1941: On Neuropogon sulphureus (K6nig) Elenk" a bipolar liehen. Skr. Norske Vidensk.·Akad. Oslo, l, Mal, Nal.vitemk. Kl. 1940: JO. 1-35. Greenland collected on the Norwegian scientific expeditions in 1929 and 1930. Skr. Svalbard Ishaver 41. 1-116.7 pL Magnusson. A,B. 1933: A monograph of the liehen genus lonaspis. ACla Horti GOlhob, 8, 1-47. Magnusson. A, B. 1935. The liehen-genus Aearospora in Green land and Spitsbergen. Nyl Mag, Nat,vitemk. 75.221-241. Magnusson. A,H, 1939: Studies in spedes of Lecanora. mainly the Aspicilia gibbasa group, K. Svenska Vet,-Akad. Handl., Tredje Ser. 1 7 (5). 1-182, Magnusson. A.H, 1944: Studies in the ferruginea-group of the genus Caloplaea. Gateb. K, Vet, Vilt.-Samh. Handl. Sjiitte Faljden. Ser. B, 3(1). ],71. Magnusson. A,H, 1945: Contribution to the taxonomy of the Lecidea goniophila group. Aeta Horti Gvrhob, 1 6. 125-134. Magnusson. A.H. 1947: Studies on non-saxicolous speeies of mainly from Europe ordin. I. 1972: Calaplaea Sect, Gasparrinia i Nordeuropa, Skriv Service AB. Uppsala. 184 pp, Norges Svalbard- og Ishavs-undersøkelser, 1942: The place Lynge. B, & Scholander, P,F, 1932: Liehens from North East Rinodina orden, Aera Univ, Ups, Symb, Bor. Ups, 3I(j), and Siberia. Acta Horti Gothob, 17. 191-338, Magnusson. A,B. 1950: On some speeies of Blastenia and Caloplaea with black apothecia, Bot. Not. 19 50. 369-386. Magnusson. A.H. 1952: Liehens from Torne Lappmark, Ark. Bot, 2(2) . 45-249, Magnusson. A.H, 1957: Some interesting lichens from Norway, Nytt Mag, Bot. 5. 17-21. Malme, G.O.A. 1927: Buelliae itineri, Regnelliani primi, Ark, BOl, 21A(l4), 1-42, Malme. G.O.A. 1930: Ett bidrag till Spetsbergoarnas lavflora. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 24. 298-300, Mattick. F, 1949: Die Fleehten Spitzbergens. Polarforsch. 19. 261-273, \1ayrhofer. H. 1984: Die saxicolen Arten der Fleehtengattung Rinodina und Rinodinella in der alten Welt. J, Hattor; Bal, Lab. 55, 327-493. Mayrhofer,H. & Poelt. J. 1979: Die saxicolen Arten der Flech tengattung Rinodina in Europa, Bibl. Lichenol. 12.1-186. names of Svalbard. Skr, Sualbard Ishavet 80. 1-539, Nowak,J, 1965: The lichensfrom Hornsund (S.W.-Spitsbergen) co!leeted during the Polish polar expeditions in 1957 and 1958, Fragm, Florist, Geobor. Il. 171-190, Obermayer. W, 1994: Die Fleehtengattung Arthrohaphis (Arthrorhaphidaceae. Ascomyeotina) in Europa und Gron land Nova Hedwigia 58. 275-333. Obermayer. W. & Poelt. J. 1994: Lecanora leptacinella. Lecidea polytrichina und Leddea polytrichinella spee, nova, drei an acidophile Moose gebundene Flechten von arktiseh(-alpin)er Verbreitung. Aeta Bal, Fen". 150. 131 142, 0sthagen, H. 1971: Cladonia deformis and C. ganecha in Nor way and Svalbard, Nor, J, Bot. 18. 87-92. 0stbagen. B. 1972: The chemical strains of Cladonia luteoalba Wils, & Wheld, and their distribution. Nor. 1. Bol. 1 9,37 41. Olech,M. 1987: Materials to the liehen flora of Hornsund (SW Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk, Uni..... Jagiell .• Prace. Bot, 1 5. 165-168. Olech, M. 1990: Liehens of the NW S6rkapp Land (Spits bergen), Zesz, nauk, Uni",. Jagiell, Prace Bor, 21, 197-210, Olech. M. & Alstrup. V, 1989: Liehens new to Spitsbergen. Graphis Scripra 2. 146-148, Orvin, A,K, 1958: Supplement l to the place-namcs of Svalbard dealing with names 1935-55. Norsk Pa/arinst, Skr. 1I2, 1 133. Paulson. R. 1923: Spitsbergen lichens. 1. BOl, 6, 71-81, Paulson. R. 1927: Recent lichens from arctic regions. 1. Bot. 65. 171-173. Paulson. R, 1928: Lichens of Spitsbergen and North-East Land, J, Bor. 66. 249-253, Poelt, J. 1954: Die ge1appten Arten der Fleehtengattung Cal oplaca in Europa, Mill. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 2. 11 31. A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Poelt, J. 1969: BestimmungsschlUssel europiilscher Flechten. J. Cramer, Vaduz, 1-757. Schuhwerk, F. 1992: Die Berucksichtigung der Okologie in der Lichenometrie: Datierung mit Sukzessionsstadien von Poelt, J. 1983: Dber den Formenkreis der Flechte Lecanora contraetuia. lnt. J. Mycol. Lichenol. l, 14:>-160. Poelt, J. 1985: 347 Uber auf Moosen parasitische F1echten. F1echtengesellschaften. Pp. 161-175 in Blume!. W.D. (eds.): Geowissenschaftliche Spitzbergen-Expedition 1990 und 1991 "Stofftransporte Land - Meer in polaren Geosystemen". Zwischenbericht. Stuttg. Geogr. Studien 117. Sydowia, Ann. Mycol., Ser. 11 38,241-254. Poelt, J. & Hinteregger, E. 1993: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Schwab, A.J. 1986: Rostfarbene Arten der Sammelgattung F1echtenftora des Himalaya VIL Die GaUungen Caloplaea, Lecidea (Lecanorales). Revision der Arten Mittel- und Nord Fulgensia und foplaca (mit englischem Bestimmungsschhh europas. Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 22, 221-476. Skult, H. 1985: A new subspecies of Parmelia omphalodes sel). Bib/. Lichenol. 50, 1-256. Poelt, J. & Leuckert, C. 1995: Die Arten der Lecal10ra dispersa Gruppe (Lichenes, Lecanoraveae) auf kalkrekhen Gesteinen im Bereich der Ostalpen.-Eine Vorstudie. In Farkas, E.E., (Ascomycetes) described from the Arctic. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 22,201-205. Skult, H. 1987: The Parmelia omphalodes eomplex in the North Lucking, R. & Wirth, V. (eds): Scripta Lichenologica ern Hemisphere. Chemical and morphological aspects. Ann. Lichenological papers dedicated to Antonin Vezda. Bib/. BOl. Fenn. 24, 371-383. Søehting, U. 1989: Lignicolous species of the lichen genus Lichenol. 58, 289-333. Poett, J. & Mayrhofer, H. 1988: Dber Cyanotrophie bei Flech ten. P/ant .'lyst. Evol. 158.265-281. Poelt, P. & Petutschnig, W. 1992: Xanthoria eandelaria und ahnliche Arten in Europa. Herzogia 9,10:>-114. Poelt, J. & Vezda, A. 1977: Bestimmungsschlussel europaischer F1echten. Erganzungsheft L Bibl. Liehenol. 9, 1-258. Poelt, J. & Vezda, A. 1981: Bestimmungsschlussel europaiseher F1echten. Erganzungsheft IL Bib/. Uchenol. 16, 1-390. Polunin, N. 1946: Plant life in Kongsfjord, West Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 33. 82-108. Printzen, C. 1995: Die Flechtengattung Bimora in Europa. Bib!. Lichenol. 60 1-275. , Purvis, O.W., Coppins, RJ., Hawksworth, D.L., James, P.W. & Moore, D.M. (eds.) 1992: The lichenfiora o/Great Britain and Ireland. Nal. Hist. Mus. PubL/Brit. Lichen Soc., London. Redhead, S.A. & Kuyper, T.W. 1988: Phytocol1is, the correet generic name for the basidiolichen Botrydil1a. Myeotaxon 3f, 221-223. Rønning, O.L 1961: Some new contributions to the flora of Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 124, 1-20. Rønning, 0,1. 1965 : Studies in Dryadion of Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 134 , l 52. - Runemark, H. 1956: Studies in Rhizocarpon. IL Distribution and eeology of the yellow spedes in Europe. Opera Bot. 2(2), 1-150, Ruoss, E. 1987: Chemotaxonomisehe und morphologische Untersuehungen an den Rentierftechten Cladonia arbuseu/a und C. mitls. Bot. Heiv. 97,239-263. Ruoss, E. 1990: Umersuehungel1 zur Svstematik der Remi erflechten iCiadonia subg, Cladina). Dissertation, Kurz fassung. Luzern Natur-Museum. 55 pp. Ruoss, E. & Ahti,T. 1989: Systematics on some reindeer liehens (Cladol1ia subg. Cladil1a) in the southern hemisphere. Lichenol. 21, 29-44. Ruoss, E. & Huovinen, K. 1989: Die intraspezifische Var iabilitat der phenolisehen Inhaltsstoffe bei der Rentierftechte Cladonia arbuscu/a. Nova Hedwigia 48, 253-- 279. Santesson, R. 1939: Amphibious pyrenolichens L Ark. Bot. 2 9AllO), 1-67. Santesson, R. 1984: The lichens of Sweden al1d Norway. Stock holm and Uppsala, 332 pp. Santesson, R. 1993: The lichens and lichenicolous tungt o/ Sweden and Norway. SBT-fOrlaget, Lund. 240 pp. Schade, A. 1966: Dber kalkzeigende F1echten aus Spitzbergen. Ber. Deutsehe Bot. Ges. 79, 46:>-473. Scholander, P.F. 1934: Vascular plants from northem Svalbard with remarks on the vegetation in North-East Land. Skr. Svalbard 1shavet 62,1-153,2 maps. Caloplaea from Svalbard. Opera Bot. 100, 241-257. Søehting, V. 1992 a: Ca/op/aea soropelta (E.S. Hansen, Poelt & Søchting) Søchting comb. nov. Graphis Scripta 4. 35-36. Søchting, U. 1992b: On the identity and distribution of some Nordic Ca/op/aea spedes.Graphis Scripta 4,91-92. Søchting, U. & Olech, M. 1995: The lichen genus Calop/aea in polar regions. Liehenol. 27,463--471. Stitzenberger, E. 1876: lndex lichenum hyperboreorum. Ber. Thiitigk. St.Gall. Naturw. Ges. 1875-76, 189-245. Spjelkavik. S. & Elvebakk, A. 1989: Mapping winter grazing areas for reindeer on Svalbard using Landsat Thematie Map per data. Pp. 199-206 in Guyenne, L-D. & Calabresi, G. (eds.): Proceedings o/ a Workshop 011 "Earthnet pilot projeet on Landsm Thematie Mapper applicatiol1s", held at Fraseati, Italy, Dec. 1978, European Space Agency SP-1 1OZ, Frascati. Stenroos, S. 1989: Taxonomy of the Cladonia coed/era group. L Ann. Bot. Fenn. 26, 157-168. Stenroos, S. 1990: C/adonia It/teoa/ba-an enigmatie Cladonia. Karstenia 30,27-32. Stenroos, S. & AhtL T. 1990: The lichen family C1adoniaceae in Tierra del Fuego: problematic or otherwise noteworthy taxa. Ann. Bot. Fel1l1. 27, 317-327. Summerhayes. V.S. & Elton, es. 1923: Contributions to the ecology of Spitsbergen and Bear Island. J. Eeol. 11,214-286. Summerhayes, V.S. & Elton, es.. 1928: Further eontributions to the ecology of Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 16, 193--268. TheII, A. 1995: A new position of the Cetraria eommixta group in Melanelia (Ascomycotina, Parmeliaceae). Nova Hedwigia 60, 407-422. Thomson, J.W. 1984: American arctic liehens. l. The mac roliehcl1s. Columbia Univ. Press, C'Ilew York. 504 pp. Thomson, J.W. 1991: The lichen genus Staurothele in North America. Bryol. 94,351-367. Thomson, J.W. & Scotter, G.W. 1985: Lichens of eastern Axel Heiberg Island and the Fosheim Peninsula, Ellesmere Island, Northwest Territories. Can. Field-Nat. 99, 179-187. Timdal, E. 1983: The genus Squamarina in Scandinavia. 15 , 169-·179. Timdal, E. 1984: The delimitation of Psora (Lecideaceae) and related genera, with notes on some species. Nord. J. Bot. 4, 525-540. Timdal, E. 1988: A crustose speeies of Pilophorus: P. pallidus (Th. Fr.) Timdal. Uchel1ol. 20,93--9 6. Timdal, E. 1991: A monograph of the genus Toninia (Lee ideaceae, Ascomyeetes. Opera Bot. 110, 1-\37. Timdal, E. & Holtan-Hartwig, J. 1988: A preliminary key to Rhizocarpol1 in Scandinavia. Graphis Scripta 2,41-54. 348 Tønsberg, T. 1977: The chemical strains in Stereocaulon rivu lorum and [heir distribution. Nor. J. Bot. 24, 231-234. Tønsberg, T. & Elvebakk, A. 1993: Cetraria inamis new to Europe. Graphis Scripta 5,73-74. Triebcl, D. 1989: Lecideicole Ascomyceten. Eine Revision der obligat lichenicolen Ascomycctcn auf lecideoiden Flechten. Bibl. Uchenol. 35. 1-278. Vainio, E.A. 1883: Adjumenta ad Lichenographiam Lapponiae fennicae atque Fcnniae borialis Il. Medd. Soc. Flora Fauna Fenn. 10, 1-230. Vainio, E,A. 1905: Lichenes expcditionis G. Amdrup (1898 1902). Medd. Grønland 30. 125-14 1. Vainio, E,A. 1934: Lichenographia Fennica IV. Lecideales Il, Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn. 5 7(2 ), 1-506. Vanska. H. 1984: The identity of the lichens Lecanorafrusrulosa and L. argopholis. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 21,391-402. Vanska, H. 1985. Squamarina poeltii. a new liehen spedes from Novaya Zemya. Ann. BOl. Fenn. 22. 31-35. Vezda. J. 1967: Flechtensystematischc Studien VI. Die GaUung Sagiolechia Massa!. Folia Geobol. Phylotax. Bohemosi. 2. 383-396, Takl 5-8, Vczda, A. & Poelt, J. 1990: Solorincllaceae, eine neue Familie der Iichenisicrten Ascomyceten. PhYlOn 30. 47-55. Vitikainen, O. 1981: Peltigera. Pp. 236-242 in Poelt, J. & Vezda, A.: Bestimmungsschliisscl europaiseher Flechten. Erganzungsheft Il. Bibl. Uchenol. 16, 1-390 .. Vitikainen, O. 1985: Three new spedes of Pelfigera (Iichenized Aseomycetes). Ann. Bot. Fenn. 22. 291-298. Vitikainen, O. 1987: Distribution patterns of European Pelli· ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HER TEL gera. Pp. 423-426 in Peveling, E. (ed,): Progress and prob lems in liehenology in the eightics. Bibl. Licheno/. 25. Vitikainen, O. 1994: Taxonomic revision of Pc/tigera (lichenized Ascomycotina) in Europc. Acta Bol. Feml. 152.1-96. Wa1kcr, F.J. 1985: The lichen genus Usnea subgenus Neuro pogon. Bull. Bril. Mus. Nat. Hisl. Bot. Ser,l3(l). 1-130. Werner. A. 1990: Lichen growth rates for the northwest coast of Spitsbergen. Svalbard, Aret. A/p. Res. 22, 129-140. Westman, L. 1973: Notes on the taxomomy and ecology of an arctic llchen: Lecanora symmicta var. sorediosa Westm. Uchenol, 5,457-460. Wetmore. CM. 1994: The lichen genus Caloplaca in North and Central Ameriea with brown Or black apothecia. Mycol. 86, 813-838. Wirth. V. 1987: Die Flechlen Baden-WI'nembergs. Ver breilungsatlas. Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart. 528 pp. WulfL T. 1902: Botanische Beobachlungerr aus Spitzbergen. Akademische Abhandlung. Lund. 116 pp. Wunder, H. 1974: Schwarzfruchtige, saxicole Sippen der Gat tung Ca/oplaea (Uchenes, Teloschistaceae) in Mitteleuropa, dem Mittelmeergebiet und Vorderasien. Bibl. Liehenol. 3, 1-186. Zahlbruckner. A. 1925: Calalogus lichenum universalis. Vol. 3 , Leipzig. Zahlbruckner, A. 1926 (-1927): Cala/ogus lichenum Imiversalis. Vol. 4. Leipzig. Zurbenko. M. & Søchting. U. 1993: Caloplaca tornoensi, and Caloplaca spitsbergensis (Uchenes). the two Hehen spedes from the Taimyr Peninsu1a new to Russia. Bol, Zhurn. 78. 118-120. 349 A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria Appendix. List of synonyms to the names of Svalbard lichens Acarospora arvina A. Massal. A. glaucocarpa = A. ch/orophana (Wahlenb.) A. Massa!. Pleopsidium chlorophanum A. fuscata var. smaragdula (Wahlenb.) E.K. Novåk = A. smaragdula A. impressula Fr. var. hospitans (H. Magn.) Clauzade & Cl. Roux A. impressula var. scyphulifera (Vain.) Clauzade & Cl. Roux A. montana H. Magn. = = A. rugulosa A. peliocypha (Wahlenb.) Arnold nom. inval. A. peliscypha A. smaragdula var. scyphulifera (Vain.) Clauzade & Cl. Roux Alectoria bicolor (Ehrh.) Nyt. A. divergens (Ach.) Ny!. Bryoria chalybeiformis Bryocaulon divergens A. jubata f. chalybeiformis "(L.) Lynge" A. minuseula (Nyl. ex Arnold) Degel. Bryoria ehalybeiformis Pseudephebe minuscula = A. ochroleuca var. rigida (Schaer.) Th. Fr. A. pubescens (L.) R. Howe = A. ochroleuca Pseudephebe pubeseens = A. sarmentosa var. cincinnata (Fr.) Nyl. A. thulensis Th. Fr. A. sarmentosa ssp. vexillifera A. nigricans A. vexillifera (Ny!.) Stizenb. A. sarmentosa ssp. vexillifera = Stigmidium eonspurcans Arthopyrenia conspureans Th. Fr. = A. sublitoralis (Leight.) Arnold Pyrenocollema sublitorale = Arthrorhaphis citrinella var. alpina (Schaer.) Poelt A. flavovirescens (Dicks.) Th. Fr. = = A. alpina A. citrinella Aspicilia alphopiaea (Wahlenb.) Poelt & Leuckert A. alpina (Sommerf.) Arnold Lobothallia alphopiaea Bellemerea alpina = A. candida var. nikrapensis (Darb.) Oxner A. ceracea Arnold A. nikrapensis Hymenelia ceracea A. cinereorufescens (Aeh.) A. Massal. A. flavida (Hepp) Rehm = A. lacustris (With.) Th. Fr. A. prevostii (Duby) Anzi = Bellemerea cinereorufescens = Eiglera flavida Ionaspis lacustris = A. melanaspis (Aeh.) Poelt & Leuekert = Lobothallia melanaspis Hymenelia epulotica A. subsorediza (Lynge) R. Sant. = Bellemerea subsorediza Bacidia 'carneopallida' (MUlI. Arg.) Coppins B. alpina (Schaer.) Vain. = B. caprodes (Korb.) Lettau = Biatora carneoalbida Arthrorhaphis alpina = B. trachona B. flavovirescens (Dicks.) Anzi = Arthrorhaphis citrinel/a B. microcarpa (Th. Fr.) Lettau = Mycobilimbia microcarpa B. muscorum (Aeh.) Mudd = B. bagliettoana B. sabuletorum (Schreb.) Lettau = Mycobilimbia sabuletorum Biatora carneoalbida B. sphaeroides auet. B. subfuscula f. venusta (Hepp) Zahlbr. B. viridescens (A. Masscal.) Hellb. Biatora curvescens (Mudd) Th. Fr. = = B. subfuscula B. bagliettoana = Bryonora curvescens B. lulensis (Hellb.) Th. Fr. Miriquidica /ulensis B. miscella (Sommerf.) Fr. Mycobi/imbia berengeriana B. miscella ssp. collodea Th. Fr. B. rupestris (Scop.) Fr. Leeidea collodea Protoblastenia rupestris B. terricola (Anzi) Th. Fr . B. tornoensis (Ny!.) Th. Fr. Protoblastenia terricola Japewia tomoensis Biatora vernalis (specim. aret.) see B. subduplex BiatorelIa coracina (Sommerf.) Lynge B. privigna (Ach.) Sandst. = Sporastatia testudinea Sareogyne privigna Biatorina cumulata (Sommerf.) Th. Fr. B. jraudans Hellb. A. scyphulijera A. sarmentosa ssp. vexillifera = = = Bryoria bicolor = A. chalybeiformis auet. [non (L.) S.F. Gray] A. cincinnata (Fr.) Lynge A. hospitans A. scyphulifera = Toninia cumulata Ca/oplaea sinapisperma B. globulosa var. polytrichina Th. Fr. = 'Lecidea' polytriehina ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 350 B. regeliana (Hepp) Korb. B. tubereulosa Th. Fr. = Mycobilimbia lobulata = Stigmidium aggregata Bilimbia microearpa (Th. Fr.) Th. Fr. Mycobilimbia mierocarpa = B. sabulosa var. montana (Ny!.) A.L. Sm. B. syneomista (F/orke) K6rb. Blastenia leucoraea (Ach.) Th. Fr. B. rupestris (Scop.) Zahlbr. Myeobilimbia lobulata Mycobilimbia lobulata = Caloplaca sinapisperma = Proloblastenia rupestris = B. sinapisperma (Lam. & De.) A. Massa!. B. tetraspora (NyL) Rehm Caloplaca sinapisperma = Caloplaea tetraspora = Bryopogon jubatus var. chalybeiformis "(L.) Rabenh." Buellia alpicola Anzi B. alrala (Sm.) Anzi B. alroalba = Rhizocarpon alpicola = Orphniospora moriopsis (L) Th. Fr. Bryoria ehalybeiformis Rhizocarpon badioatrum B. caeruleoalba (Kremp.) Th. Fr. B. coniops (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. B. convexa Th. Fr. = = Rhizocarpon caeruleoalbum = Amandinia eoniops B. pulverulenta B. coracina (Ny!.) Korb. Orphniospora moriopsis = B. disciformis var. albocincta (Th. Fr.) Lynge B. insignis B. disciformis var. muscorum (Schaer.) Vain. B. geophila B. disciformis var. triphragmia (NyL) H. Olivier B. epilopia (Ach.) Mong. = B. lauricassiae B. alboatra = B. insignis var. albocincta Th.Fr. B. insignis B. insignis var. geophila (SommerL) Th. Fr. = B. geophila B. insignis var. papillata (Sommerf.) Th. Fr. = B. papillata B. malmei Lynge = B. aethalea B. margaritacea Lynge B. alboatra = B. mieroplaca (Vain.) Erichs. = B. myriocarpa (De.) Mudd B. ectolechioides Amandinea punetata B. nivalis. (BagL & Carestia) Herta! ex HafelIner B. punC/ata (Hoffm.) A. Massal. B. punctiformis (Hoffm.) A. Massal. Amandinea punctata B. punetiformis f. stigmatea (Korb.) Vain. Amandinea punclata = B. punctiformis var. punctala (Hoffm.) Vain. B. rittokensis Hellb. B. sororia Th. Fr. = B. alboatra Amandinea punctata Amandinea punctata Rhizocarpon rittokense B. aethalia B. scabrosa (Ach.) A. Massal = Epilichen scabrosus Caloplaea amniospila (Wahlenb.) H. Olivier C braeteala (Hoffm.) Jatta C. bryoehrysion Poelt = = C ammiospila Fulgensia braeteata = C epiphyta C. caesiorufa auet. [non (Ach.) F/ag.) = C. seotoplaca C cerina C. ærina var. stillicidiorum (Vahl) Lynge C cinnamomea (Th. FL) H. Olivier = C ammiospila C. citrina var. soropelta Hansen, Poelt & SØehting = C .lOropelta C. diplacia (Ach.) Riddle see C. diphyodes C elegans (Link) Th. Fr. = Xanthoria elegans C ferruginea var. ammiospila (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. C ferruginea var. caesiorufa auet. = C. ferruginea var. cinnamomea Th. Fr. C ferruginea var. fraudans Th. Fr. = C. cinnamomea = C. fraudans C tiroliensis C. ferruginea var. melanoearpa Th. FL C friesii H. Magn. C. ammiospila C scolOplaea e. titoliensis C gi/va (Hoffm.) Zahlbr. C. cerina = C holocarpa (Hoffm.) Wade C. pyracea and lithophi/a C jungermanniae var. subolivacea Th. FL C. lamprocheila (De.) Flagey C. leucoraea (Aeh.) Branth C murorum (Ach.) Th. Fr. = = C tiroliensis C arenaria C. sinapisperma C. saxicola C murorum var. obliterata auet. aret. C. alcarum A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, a/gae, and cyatlobacteria C. nigricans (Tuek.) H. Olivier C. oligospora (Korb.) Th. Fr. C. concilians = C. tetraspora = C. sorediata (Vain.) Du Rietz Xanthoria sorediata C. stillicidiorum (Vahl) Lynge C. cerina C. subolivacea (Th. FL) Lynge C. ursina Lynge C. liroliensis C. diphyodes = Candelariella cerinella (FlOrke) Zahlbr. C. crenu!ata (Wahlenb.) Zahlbr. C. dispersa (Rasanen) Haku!. C. aurelIa = C. epixantha auet. [non (Aeh.) Sandst.] C. septentrionalis Haku!. C. aureIla = C. arctiea = C. aureIla = C. p!acodizans = Catillaria concreia (Wahlenb. ex Aeh.) A. Massa!. C. hoeferi Korb. Rhizocarpon geminamm Rhizocarpon glaucescens = Cerania vermicularis (Sw.) S.F. Gray Thamno!ia vermicularis = C. vermicularis var. raurica (Wulfen) A.L. Sm. Cetraria cucullata (Bellardi) Aeh. C. delisei (Bory ex Sehaer.) Ny!. Cetrariella delisei C. delisei var. dUatata (Vain.) Hasselrot Arctocetraria andrejevii = C. delisei var. rhizophora (Vain.) [Nowak] C. fah/unensis (L.) Sehaer. Thamnolia vermicularis Flavocetraria cucullata = = Arctocetraria nigricascetls Melanelia commixta. Melanelia hepatizon C. fahlunensis var. polyschiza (Ny!.) Th. Fr. see Melanelia hepatizon C. fastigiata (Delise ex Ny!.) Karnefelt c. hepatizon (Aeh.) Vain. C. hiascens (Fr.) Th. Fr. = Cetrariella fastiglata Melanelia hepatizon Cetrarielta delisei = C. hiascens var. delisei (Bory ex Schaer.) Vain. C. inermis Ny!. C. islandiea var. tetluifolia (Retz.) Vain. C. nigricaseens Ny!. = Cetrariella delisei = C. ericetorum s.str. Arctoeetraria nigricascens C. nivalis (L.) Aeh. Flavocetraria nivalis C. tenuifolia (Relz.) Howe C. tenuissima (L.) Vain. Cetraria ericetorum ssp. ericetorum Cetraria aeuleata = C. tenuissima var. eampestris (Schaer.) Erichs. Cladina arbuseula (Wallr.) Hale & W.L. Culb. C. milis (Sandst.) Hustich C. rangiferina (L.) Ny!. = C. stygia (Fr.) Ahti Cladonia alpestris Cetraria aeuleata Cladonia arbuscula Cladonia arbuseula ssp. mitis Cladonia stellaris (L.) Rabenh. C. cerasophora Vain. = = C. stellaris C. macrophylla = C. stricta var. stricta C. eoeeifera var. pleurota (Flbrke) Schaer. C. coceifera var. stemmatina (Ach.) Vain. C. eornutoradiata (Coem.) Zopf = = C. pleurota C. coeeifera C. subulata = C. erispata var. graeileseens (Rabenh.) Vain. C. dahliana Kristinsson C. delessenii Vain. = = C. phyllophora C. subfureata C. delicata f. subsquamosa Ny!. ex Leight. = C. erispala vaL cetrariiformis C. symphycarpa C. degenerans (F16rke) Spreng. = C. squamosa var. subsquamosa C. graeilis ssp. elongata, C. maxima, C. maeroceras C. fimbriala var. major (L.) Fr. C. fimbriata C. goneeha (Ach.) Asahina C. sulphurina C. graeilescens (Florke ) Vain. = C. erispata var. celrariiformis C. graeilis ssp. nigripes (Ny!.) Ahti C. gracilis ssp. elongata C. gracilis var. chordalis (Flarke) Schaer. = = Cladonia stygia C. alpicola (FioL) Vain. C. elongata auet. = Cladonia rangiferina C. stella ris (Opiz) Brodo C. lepidOla Ny!. = Tuckermannopsis inermis C. graeilis var. graeilis C. slricta C. lepidota var. graeilescens Du Rietz see C. strieta C. lepidota var. strjeta (Ny!.) Du Rietz C. maeilienta var. floerkeana (Fr.) = = C. sIriela var. stricta Cladonia floerkeana 351 352 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HER TEL C. mitls SandsL = C. arbuscula ssp. mitis C. pyxidata var. chlorophaea (Florke ex Sommerf.) F10rke C. pyxidata var. neglecta (Florke) A. Massa\. C. pyxidata var. pocillum (Ach.) FioL c. rangiferina var. silvatica auet. C. silvatiea aueL = C. pocillum C. arbuscula = C. arbuscula = C. squamosa var. allosquamosa Hennipman C. sylvatica auet. C. uncialis var. amaurocraea (Florke) Th. Fr. C. vermieularis (Sw.) De. C. amaurocraea = Thamnolia vermicularis Coelocaulon aculeatum (Sehreb.) Link C. divergens (Ach.) R. Howe = Cetraria aculeata Bryocaulon divergens C. muricatum (Aeh.) J.R. Laundon Collema arcticum Lynge Cetraria muricata C. ceraniscum C, ceranoides sensu Mudd [non Borrer] C. ceraniscum = C. melaenum var. polycarpon (Hoffm.) Ny\. C. multifidum (Seop.) Rabenh. C. pulposum (Bernh.) Aeh. = C. polycarpon C. cristatum var. marginale C. tenax Coniocybe furfuracea (L.) Ach. Chaenotheca furfuracea Coriscium viride (Aeh.) Vain. Omphalina hudsoniana Cornieularia aeuleata (Schreb.) Aeh. Cetraria aculeata Bryoeaulon divergens = C. murieata (Ach.) Ach. C. racemosa Lynge C. squamosa var. subsquamosa = C. arbuscula = C. divergens Ach. C. chlorophaea C. pyxidata = Ce/raria muricata = Cetraria aculeata = C. tenuissima (L.) Vain. Cetraria aculea/a Crocynia arctica Lynge Leproloma vouauxii C. membranacea (Dicks.) Zahlbr. C. neglecta (Nyl.) Hue = CyslOcoleus niger auet. = Leproloma membranaceum Lepraria negleeta C. ebenus Dactylina madreporiformis (Aeh.) Tuek. Allocetraria madreporiformis Dermatoearpon aquaticum (Weiss) Zahlbr. = D. cinereum (Pers.) Th. Fr. D. weberi Catapyrenium cinereum D. daedaleum (Kremp.) Th. Fr. D. lachneum (Aeh.) A.L. Sm. Catapyrenium daedaleum Catapyrenium lachneum D. polyphyllum (Wulfen) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. D. rufescens (Aeh.) Th. Fr. = Dimelaena nimbosa (Fr.) Norman D. epipolium (Ach.) Arnold Buellia alboatra BuelUa epipolia = Dactylina ramulosa Foraminella ambigua (Wulfen) Fricke-Meyer Geisleria sychnogonioides Kitsehke = = Parmeliopsis ambigua Strigula sychnogonioides Gyalolechia crenulata (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr. G. subsimilis Th. Fr. D. intestiniforme Phaeorrhiza nimbosa DiplolOmma alboatrum (Hoffm.) Flot. Dufourea muricata Laurer = Catapyrenium rufescens = Candelariella arctiea Candelariella aurelIa G. vitellina (Hoffm.) Anzi = Candelariella vitellina Gyrophora anthracina var. reticulata (Schaer.) Tuck. G. arctica Ach. = G. cylindrica (L.) Aeh. Umbilicaria decussata Umbilicaria cylindrica = G. cylindrica var. delisei (Ny!.) Syd. G. decussata (Vill.) Schol. G. deusta (L.) Baumg. = G. erosa (Weber) Aeh. = (L.) Funek G. proboscidea (L.) Ach. Umbilicaria deusta Umbilicaria torrefacta = = = Umbilicaria hyperborea Umbilicaria polyphylla Umbilicaria proboscidea G. torrefacta (Leightf.) Cromb. G. vel/ea (L.) Ach. = Umbilicaria cylindrica var. delisei Umbilicaria decussata = G. hyperborea (Ach.) Aeh. G. polyphylla = Umbilicaria arctica = Umbilicaria torrefacta Umbilicaria vel/ea Haematomma lapponicum Rasanen Ophioparma lapponiea A catalogue of Svalbard plan IS, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria (L.) A. Massal. Ophioparma ven/osa (Aeh.) Herte! Porpidia cinereoatra Porpidia crustulata H. crustulata (Ach.) Hertel H. flavocoerulescens (Hornem.) Hertel Porpidia flavocoerulescens H. glaucophaea (Korb.) Hertel Porpidia glaucophaea H. macrocarpa (DC.) Hertel Porpidia macrocarpa H. melinodes (Karb.) Hertel Porpidia flavocoeru/escens H. panaeo/a (Ach.) Hertel Amygdalaria panaeola Porpidia superba H. superba (Karb.) Hertel H. tubereulosa (Sm.) P. James Porpidia tubereulosa Hymenelia laeustris (With.) M. Choisy lonaspis laeustris H. ochrolemma (Vain.) Gowan & A hti Porpidia ochrolemma H. prevostii (Duby) Kremp. Hymenelia epulotiea Hypogymnia intestiniformis (Vill.) Rasanen Brodoa intestiniformis Brodoa oroaretiea H. oroarctiea Krog Invo/uerothele antonellianum (Bag!. & Carestia) Servil Thelidium antoniellum Hymenelia epu/otiea I. epulotiea (Aeh.) Arnold lonaspis aretiea Lynge Hymenelia aretfea I. epulotiea var. aretiea (Lynge) H. Magn, Hymenelia arctiea Hymenelia rhodopis 1. epu/otiea var. erustosa H. Magn. Hymene/ia heteromorpha I. heteromorpha (Kremp.) Arnold l. me/anoearpa (Kremp.) Arnold Hymenelia melanocarpa l. rhodopis (Sommerf.) Blomb, & Forseil Hymenelia rhodopis l. spitsbergensis H. Magn. nom, inva!. Hymene/ia haematina Lecania alpiuaga Th. Fr. Halecania alpivaga Lecanora a/boradiata H. Magn. Aspicilia alboradiata L. a/pina (Sommerf.) Arnold Bellemerea a/pina Tephrome/a atra L. atra (Huds.) Ach. L. badia (Pers.) Aeh. Protoparmelia badia L. bennetti Lynge Aspiei/ia mashigiensis L. caesioalba var. dispersa (Pers.) Karb. L. dispersa L. ca/earea (L.) Sommerf. AspiciUa calcarea Bryonora caslanea L. caslanea (Hepp) Th. Fr. L ceracea (Arnold) Stizenb. Hymenelia ceracea Aspicilia cinerea L. cinerea (L.) Sommerf. Aspici/ia cinereoides L. cinereoides Lynge L cinereoides var. partialis Aspicilia cinereoides var. partialis L cinereorufescens var. alpina (SornmerL) Th. Fr. Bellemerea alpina Aspicilia circu/aris L. circularis H. Magn, Aspicilia eomp/anata L complanata Karb. Aretopeltis thuleana L. contraetuia auet. [non Ny!.] Bryonora curvescens L. curvescens (Mudd) Arnold L. dicksonii auet. [non (Grnel.) Ny!.] Tremolecia atrata Xanthoria e/egans L. elegans (Link) Ach, L. flauida Hepp Eiglera flavida Lecanora argopholis L. frustulosa var. argopholis (Ach.) Link L. fuscata Ny!. Acarospora atrata L. galactina Ach. Lecanora albescens L. galaetina var. dispersa (Pers.) Aeh. L. dispersa L. gelida (L) Ach. P/acopsis gelida Aspicilia gibbosa L. gibbosa (Ach.) Ny\. Euopsis granatina L. granatina Sommerl. L. heteropiaea f. ursina Lynge see AspiciUa gibbosa H. ventosum = Huilia cinereoatra = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = L. heceroplaca Aspicilia heteropiaea L. lacustris (With.) Ny!. lonaspis lacustris L /aeuata (Ach.) Ny!. Aspicilia laeuata Aspicilia /esleyana L. lesleyana (Darb.) Paulson Aspicilia mastrucata L. mastrucata (Wahlenb.) Ach. = = = 353 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 354 L. melanaspis (Ach.) Ach. = Lobothallia melanaspis L. melanophthalma (DC.) Ram. Rhizoplaca melanophthalma L. melanophthalma var. subpeltata Lynge nom. inva!.= Rhizoplaca melanophthalma L. nikrapensis (Darb.) Zahlbr. L. obseuraseens H. Magn L. obseurata (Fr.) Arnold L. oeulala (Dicks.) Ach. Aspicilia nikrapensis Aspieilia obseuraseens Aspicilia obseurata Pertusaria oeulata L. pelobotryon (Wahlenb.) Sommerf. L. pergibbosa H. Magn. L. perradiata Ny\' Amygdalaria pelobotryon Aspicilia pergibbosa Aspicilia perradiata L. pleioearpa H. Magn. = Aspieilia pleiocarpa (Anzi) NyL = Aspieilia polychroma L quartzina Ny!. = L. acrophila L. rhodopis var. melanopis (Sommerf.) Blomb. & ForsseIl Hymenelia heteromorpha L subfusca var. hypnorum (Wulfen) Schaer. = L epibryon L subradiosa Ny!. L rupicola ssp. subplanata L. subpeltata Lynge Rhizoplaea melanophthalma L. subradiosa auet. [non Nyl.] L. swartzii ssp. nylanderi Bellemerea subsorediza L. subsorediza (Lynge) R. Sant. L supertegens (Arnold) Zahlbr. Aspieilia supertegens L. symmicla var. sorediosa L. Westman L orae-frigidae L tartarea (L.) Ach. Ochrolechia tartarea Ochroleehia frigida L. tartarea var. frigida (Sw.) Ach. L. tar/area var. upsaliensis (L.) Hook. Oehroleehia upsaliensis L. Ihulensis Th. Fr. L contractula L thulensis var. feracissima Th. Fr. Aretopeltis thuleana L. ursina (Lynge) H. Magn. see Aspieilia gibbosa L. verrucosa (Ach.) Laurer Megaspora venucosa L. virginea (Hue) Zahlhr. see Aspieilia gibbosa L. vitellina (Ehrh.) Aeh. Candelariella vitellina Lecidea aglaea SommerL Tephromela aglaea Lecidella albidoeinerella L. albidocinerella Vain. L. albosuffusa Th. Fr. Farnoldia jurana L. aretiea Sommerf. Frutidella caesioatra L. aretogena (Th. Fr.) H. Olivier Tephromela testaceoatra L. armeniaea (DC.) Fr. Tephromela armeniaea L armeniaca f. melaleuca (SommerL) Fr. Tephromela armeniaea L. aspicilioidea Th. Fr. Aspicilia aspicilioidea Micarea assimi/ata L. assimilata NyL L assimi/ala var. infuscata Th. Fr. Micarea incrassata L. assimilala var. irrubata Th. Fr. Miearea assimilata Tremoleeia atrala L. atrata (Ach.) Wahlenb. L. atrofulva SommerL Miriquidiea atrofulva Alycobilimbia hypnorum L. atrofusca (Hepp) Mudd L. atromarginata H. Magn. Leeanora atromarginata Carbonea atronivea L. atronivea Arnold L. auricuiata var. auriculata L. auriculala var. diducens auet. [non (NyL) Th. Fr.] L. aurieulala var. paupera Th. Fr. L. auriculata L. berengeriana (A. Massal.) Th. Fr. = lvlycobilimbia berengeriana L. brachyspora (Th. Fr.) Ny!. L. aurieulata var. brachyspora L polychroma = = = = L caesioatra Schaer. = Frutidella caesioatra L. cavatula Ny!. = Eiglera homalomorpha L. eireumnigrata var. reagens H. Magn. L coarctata var. trapelia (Ach.) Vain. Miriquidica lulensis Trapelia coarctata? L. concreta f. geminata (K6rh.) Vain. = Rhizocarpon geminatum L conferenda Ny!. = Adeloleeia kolaensis L. consentiens Ny!. = Amygdalaria consentiens L contigua var. jlavieunda (Ach.) Ny!. Porpidia jlavicunda A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria L. cuprea Sommerf. Biatora cuprea = L. decipiens (Hedw.) Aeh. L. demissa (Rutstr.) Aeh. L. dendroclinis Ny!. Psora decipiens = Leeidoma demissum = Lecidea lapicida var. lapicida = L. dicksonii auet. [non (Gme!. ) Aeh. ] L. elata Sehaer. Tremolecia atrata = Lecanora marginata = L. elata ssp. scrobiculata Th. Fr. = L. enteroleuca var. latypea auet. = 'L.' scrobiculata Lecidella elaeochroma L. enteroleuca var. muscorum (Wulfen) Th. Fr. L. epiiodiza Nyl. = Lecidella wulfenii Schaereria fuscocinerea = L. fiavocaerulescens Hornem. L. geographica (L.) Rebent. L. glaucophaea Korb. Porpidia fiavicunda = Rhizocarpon geographicum = Porpidia glaucophaea = L. glomerulosa f. euphorea (Florke) Vain. = L. glomerulosa f. wulfenii (Hepp) Vain. Lecidella wulfenii = L. glomerulosa var. laureri (Hepp) Vain. L. goniophila sensu H. Magn. L. griseoatra (Flot.) Sehaer. L. helsingforsiensis Nyl. L. impavida Th. Fr. Farnoldia hypocrita = Rimularia impavida = = Lecidella pataviana Rimularia insularis = L. jurana Sehaer. Placynthiella uliginosa = Adelolecia kolaensis = L. inamoena Miill. Arg. L. insularis Nyl. Miriquidica griseoatra = Mycobilimbia hypnorum = L. hypocrita A. Massal. L. kolaensis Nyl. Farnoldia jurana = L. lactea Florke ex Sehaer. L. lapicida var. pantherina = L. lapicida var. declinans Nyl. L. lepadina Sommerf. L. lapicida = Leeidea confiuens = L. leucophaea (Florke ex Rabenh. ) Nyl. L. lulensis Hellb. L. macrocarpa Steud. (De.) = L. minutissima Lynge Porpidia macrocarpa = = = Lecanora "linutissima L. neglecta Nyl. (pl. steril.) = Mycobilimbia berengeriana Lepraria neglecta = L. nigroleprosa (Vain. ) H. Magn. = Miriquidica nigroleprosa Pi/ophorus dovrensis = Amygdalaria panaeola = L. pantherina (Aeh.) Th. Fr. L. parapetraea Nyl. Porpidia fiavicunda Lecanora micheleri L. miscella Sommerf. non Aeh. = L. lapicida var. pantherina = Rhizocarpon grande L. pelobotrya (Wahlenb. in Aeh.) Leight. L. petrosa Arnold = L. petrosa var. nuda Th. Fr. L. polycarpa Florke = = Farnoldia jurana = L. lapicida var. pantherina = = L. lapieida var. pantherina Carbonea vorticosa L. ramulosa f. depressa Th. Fr. L. rhaetica Hepp ex Th. Fr. = L. rubiformis (Aeh.) Wahlenb. L. sanguineoatra sensu Nyl. = L. sorediata Lynge [non Aeh. ] = Amygdalaria pelobotryon Adeloleeia pi/ati L. polycarpa var. clavulifera Th. Fr. L. pullulans Th. Fr. = Farnoldia jurana L. pi/ati (Hepp) Korb. L. sorediza Nyl. Miriquidica leucophaea Lecanora marginata = L. melinodes (Korb.) H. Magn. L. micheleri HeTtel L. panaeola Aeh. = Miriquidica lulensis = L. marginata Sehaer. L. pallida Th. Fr. Lecidella laureri = Lecidella anomaloides = Lecidea praenubila = L. humosa (Hoffm.) Leight. L. hypnorum Lib. Leeidella euphorea = 'L.' ementiens Farnoldia micropsis = Psora rubiformis 'L.' hypnorum = Lecanora orae-frigidae Porpidia tuberculosa L. speirea (Aeh. ) Aeh. = Porpidia speirea 355 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL 356 L. speirea var. trullisata (Kremp.) Arnold L. spilola Fr. = Porpidia trullisata = L. tesselIata L. spitsbergensis Lynge L. sleriza (Aeh.) Vain. L. stigmatea Aeh. Bellemerea subsorediza = Schaereria fuscocinerea = L. theiodes Sommerf. L. tornoensis Ny!. Lecidella pataviana Porpidia macrocarpa Lecidella Sligmatea , L. subsorediza Lynge L. tenebrosa Flot. = = L. lapicida var. pan/herina Japewia tornoensis = Placynthiella uliginosa L. uliginosa (Hoffm .) Leight. L. ultima Th. Fr. Cephalophysis leucospila L. umbonella Ny!. L. vernalis (L.) Ach. Cecidonia umbonella Biatora vernali.\· = L. vernalis f. minor Nyl. ?Biatora vernalis L. vorticosa (Flikke) Korb. L. ypocrita A. Massa!. = Carbonea vorticosa Farnoldia hypocrita Lecidella enteroleuca var. muscorum (Wulfen) Hazs!. L. spitsbergensis (Lynge) Hertel = Lepraria membranacea (Dieks. ) Vain. = = Plaeynthium asperellI1m Leproloma membranaceum Leptogium laeemm var. tenuissimum (Dicks.) Fr. L. ptdvinatum (Hoffm.) Cromb. = BueWa pulverlilema Parmeliella are/ophila = Leeothecium asperellum (Aeh.) Th. Fr. L. seolinum (Aeh.) Fr. L. wulfenii L. pataviana = Leciographa inspersa (Florke ex Spreng.) Rehm Leciophysma aretophila Th. Fr. = L. pataviana L. inamoena (Milli. Arg.) Hertel = L. tenuissimum L. liehenoides var. pulvinatum L. gelatinosllm L. sinuatum (Huds.) A. Massa!. = L. gelalinosum Sehadonia feeunda Lopadium feeundum Th. Fr. L. fuseoluteum (Dieks.) Mudd = Brigantiaea flIscolutea L. museieola var. coralloidea (Ny!.) Lynge M. sorediosa (Almb.) Ess!. = L. eoralloideum = M. disjunc/a Melanelia granulosa (Lynge) Ess!. M. sorediata Melanoleeia jurana (Schaer.) Hertel = M. micropsis (A. Massa!.) Hertel Farnoldia mieropsis = Micarea polytriehi Poelt & Dobbeler Farnoldia jurana M. prasina = Microglaena muscorum (Fr.) Th. Fr. ChromalOehlamys museorum M. sphinctrinelloidea (Ny!.) Norman Protothelenella sphinetrinoidella ProtOlhelenelia sphinctrinoides M. sphinctrinoides (Ny!.) Lonnr. Japewia tomoen.l'is MycoblaslUs tomoensis (Ny!.) R.A. Anderson Neuropogon melaxanthum auet. N. sphacelatus N. sphacelatus N. sulphureus (Th. Fr.) Hellb. Ochroleehia geminipara (Th. Fr.) Vain. O. gonatodes (Aeh.) Rasanen Pertusaria geminipara O. frigida = O. tartarea var. frigida (Sw.) K6rb. O. frigida O. tartarea var. saxorum (Oeder) A. Massal. = O. tartarea O. hudsoniana Omphalina luteolilacina (Favre) D.M. Hend. O. alpina O. luteoviteilina (Pilat & Nannf.) M. Lange O. pselldoandrosacea (Bull. ex St.-Amans) M.M. Moser Omphalodiscus decussatus (Vill.) Sehol. O. po/aris Seho!. O. velutina Umbiliearia deeussata Umbilicaria krascheninnikovii O. virginis (Sehaer.) Seho!. = Umbilicaria virginis Ophioparma ventosa var. lapponica (Rasanen) Orphniospora alrata (Sm.) Poelt Pachyospora verrucosa (Aeh.) A. Massa!. Panna ria arctophila Th. Fr. P. brunnea (Sw.) A. Massal. P. elaeina (Wahlenb.) Ny!. O. lapponica O. moriopsis = Megaspora verrucosa Parmeliella arctophila P. pezizoides Vestergrenopsis elaeina P. leucophaea (Vahl.) P.M. Jørg. = Fuscopannaria leueophaea A cata/ogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria P. lepidiota (Sommerf.) Vain. Fuscopannaria praetermissa P. microphylla '(Sw.r A. Massa!. P. praetermissa Ny!. Parmelia alpicola Th. Fr. P. centrifuga (L.) = Fuscopannaria /eucophaea Fuscopannaria praetermissa Allantoparmelia alpicola Aeh. Arctoparmelia centrifuga P. disjuncta Erichsen Melanelia disjuncta P. encausta (Sm.) Ny!. Brodoa intestiniformis P. encausta var. intestiniformis (Vill.) Bisch. P. granulosa Lynge P. incurva (Pers.) Fr. P. infumata Nyl. ArclOparmelia incurva Melanelia infumata P. intestiniformis (VilL) Ach. P. lanata auet. Brodoa intestiniformis = Pseudephebe pubescens P. lanea (Ehrh. ex Hoffm.) Vain. P. minuscula (Arnold) Nyl. = P. physodes (L.) Aeh. P. skultii = Hypogymnia physodes P. pubescens (L.) Vain. Pseudephebe pubescens = P. sorediata (Aeh.) Th. Fr. = Melanelia sorediata Melanelia sorediata P. sorediosa Almb. (L.) Pseudephebe pubescens Pseudephebe minuseula = P. omphalodes var. glacialis Skult p. stygia Brodoa intestiniformis Melanelia disjuncta Aeh. Melanelia stygia P. subobscura Vain. Hypogymnia subobscura Parmeliella corallinoides auet. = P. lepidiota (SommerL) Vain. = Parmeliel/a triptophylla Fuscopannaria praetermissa P. microphylla '(Sw.)' Miill. Arg. = Fuscopannaria leucophaea Peltigera canina var. membranacea (Ach.) Duby P. canina var. rufescens (Weiss) Mudd P. erumpens (Taylor) Elenkin P. didactyla = P. erumpens.f leplOderma auet. P. didactyla = P. polydactyla var. crassoides Gyeln. P. po/ydacty/a (Neck.) Hoffm. = = P. neckeri P. polydactylon P. polydactyloides auet. [non Ny!.] P. spuria (Ach.) De. P. membranacea P. rufescens P. neckeri P. didactyla P. spuria var. leptoderma (Ny!.) Frey P. didacyla P. subscutata Gyeln. var. spitsbergensis Gyeln. Physcia caesia var. ventosa (Lynge) Frey P. constipata Norr!. & Ny!. = Phaeophyscia constipata P. cndococcinea (Karb.) Th. Fr. P. intermedia Vain. P. col/ina P. caesia = Phaeophyscia endococcinea P. dubia P. intermedia var. wah/enbergii (Lynge) Lynge P. kairamoi Vain. P. litholodes NyL P. dubia Phaeophyscia kairamoi = Phaeophyscia endococcina P. lychnea (Ach.) Ny!. = Xanthoria candelaris P. marina (E. Ny!.) Lynge nom. iIlegit. P. musdgena (Ach.) Nyt P. tenella var. marina Physconia muscigena = P. nigricans (Flarke) Stizenb. = Phaeophyscia nigricans P. obscura auet. [non (Humb.) Fiirnr.] Phaeophyscia ciliata P. pulverulenta var. muscigena (Ach.) Nyt P. sciastra (Ach.) Du Rietz = Physconia muscigena Phaeophyscia sciastra P. sciastra var. lithodea '(Aeh.) Ny!.' P. stellaris var. tribacia auet. P. tribada auet. [non (Aeh.) Ny!.] Phytoconis Redhead & Kuyper Phaeophyscia sciastra P. dubia P. dubia Omphalina Pilophoron robustus Th. Fr. Pilophorus robustus P. pa/lidus (Th. Fr.) Timdal P. dovrensis Placodium albescens (Hoffm. ) De. Lecanora albescellS P. cerinum (Ehrh. ex Hedw.) Nageli ex Hepp P. chrysoleucum var. feracissimum Th. Fr. = = Caloplaca cerina Arctopeltis thuleana 357 358 ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL P. elegans (Link) De. = Xanthoria e/egans P. murorum (Hoffm.) De. Caloplaca saxicola = P. murorum var. pusillum (Trevis.) Flagey P. rupestre (Scop.) Branth & Rostr. Caloplaca saxicola Protoblastenia rupestris = P. rupestre f. incrustans (De.) Paulson Protoblastenia incrustans P. rupestre var. ealvum (Dicks.) A.L. Sm. P. stramineum (Ach.) Th. Fr. P. tetraspora (Ny!.) Vain. P. verruculiferum Vain. Protoblastenia ealva = Lecanora straminea = Caloplaca tetraspora Caloplaca verruculifera P. vitellinulum auet. [non (Ny !.) Vain.] Placynthium aspratile (Aeh.) Henssen = = Calop/aea vitellinula P. aspere/[um Platysma polysehizum Ny !. see Melanelia hepatizon Polyblastia henscheliana (Korb.) Lonnr. P. intercedens sensu Th. Fr. P. scotinospora (Ny!.) Hellb. P. sommerfeltii Lynge P. cruenta P. hyperborea P. melaspora = P. terrestris Polysporina privigna (Ach.) A. Massal. Porocyphus dispersus E. Dahl Sarcogyne privigna = (n) Thelignya lignyota Porpidia pseudomelinodes A.J. Schwab P. oehro/emma P. speirea var. trullisata (Kremp.) Arnold = P. lrullisata Protoparmeliopsis muralis (Schreb.) M. Choisy Lecanora muralis = Psora atrorufa (Dicks.) Korb, = Leeidoma demissum Psorotiehia fuliginea Wahlenb. = Thelignya lygnyota Pyrenopsis granatina (S ommerL) Ny!. = Euopsis granatina P. pulvinata (Sehaer.) Th. FL Rhexophiale coronala Th, Fr. Euopsis pulvinala = Sagiolechia rhexoblephara = Rhizocarpon caleareum (Aeh,) Anzi R. chionophiloides (Vain.) Vain, = R. umbilieatum R.atroalbescens = R. disporum auet. [non (Hepp) Miill. Arg,] R. disporum L geminalum (Korb.) Paulson R. montagnei = = R. geminatum R. effiguratum sensu Th, Fr. = R. superjiciale R. geographicum ssp, frigidum R. frigidum Rasanen R. geographicum vaL geronticum (Aeh.) Th. Fr. R. grande var. quarcernaria Th. Fr. R. occidentale Lynge = = R. geographicum R. grande = R. superjiciale R. concentricum R. petraeum auet. R. porphyroslrotum (Vain.) Vain. R. distinctum = R, pseudospeireum (Th. Fr.) Lynge R, submodestum (Vain.) Vain. = R. umbi/ieatum R. obseuratum R. tinei ssp. frigidum Runemark R. geographicum ssp. frigidum R. jemtlandicum R. vainioense Lynge Rinodina archaea var. orbata (Aeh.) Vain. R. archaeoides H. Magn. = = R. turfacea R. olivaceobrunnea S. drummondii (Tuek.) Tuek, see: S. fuscopurpurea Dimelaena oreina R. hueana Vain. R. mniaraea var. calcigena Th. Fr. R. ca/cigena R. nimbosa (FL) Th. Fr.= Phaeorrhiza nimbosa R. orbata (Ach.) Vain, = R. turfacea Saccomorpha iemalea (Ach.) Clauzade & Cl. Roux S. uliginosa (Sehrad.) Hafellner Sarcogyne simplex (Dav.) Ny!. S. urceo/ata Anzi = = P/acynthie/la iema/ea Placynthiel/a uliginosa Polysporina simplex Polysporina urceolata Schaereria endacyanea (Stir!.) Hertel & Gotth. Schneid, S. tenebrosa (Flot.) Hertel & Poelt S. fuscocinerea Salorina saccata var, spongiosa (Sm.) Ny!. Sphaerophorus coralloides Pers. Sporastatia cinerea (Schaer.) Korb. S. morio ssp. tenuirimata Th. Fr. S. spongiosa S. globosus = = S. polyspora S. tenuirimata S, fuscocinerea A catalogue of Svalbard platus, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria S. moria var. coracina (SommerL) Th. Fr. S. spitsbergensis Th. Fr. 359 S. testudinea = Polysporina simplex Staurothe/e clopima sensu Th. Fr. (non' (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr.') S. clopima sensu '(Wahlenb.) Th. Fr.' S. fuscocuprea and S. sp. S. areo/ata S. drummondii (Tuek.) Tuek, see: S. fuscopurpurea Stereocaulon denudatum F10rke S. vesuvianum = S. denudatum var. pulvinatum sensu Th. Fr. S. farinaceum H. Magn. S. fastigiatum Anzi S. arcticum S. capite//atum S. botryosum S. pu/vinatum auet. [non Aeh.] S. vesuvianum var. nodulosum S. tomentosum var. alpinum (Laurer) Th. Fr. Stieta linita Aeh. = = S. alpinum Lobaria linita Thamnolia subuliformis (Ehrh.) W.L. Culb. Thelidium denudatum Lynge = T. vermicularis var. subuliformis T. ealaractarum Toninia eaeruleonigricans auet. [non (LightL) Th. T. conjungens Th. Fr. T. aromatica T. fusispora (Korb.) Th. Fr. T. kolax Poelt = T. sedifolia T. verrucarioides T. verrucarioides T. lobulara (Sommerf.) Lynge Mycobilimbia lobulata T. syncomista (Florke) Th. Fr. = Mycobilimbia lobulata Tremoleeia nivalis (Anzi) Hertel = T. transitoria (Arnold) Hertel Melanoleeia transitoria = Farnoldia micropsis Umbilicaria anthracina sensu Th. Fr. U. rigida = Usnea melaxantha sensu Th. Fr. non Aeh. = Neuropogon sphacelatus Neuropogon sphacelatus U. sulphurea Th. Fr. Verrucaria aethiobola var. cataleptoides (Ny!.) Vain. V. maura var. araetina (Wahlenb.) Torss. V. rupestris var. integra Ny!. V. scotina Wedd. = V. cataleptoides = V. maura V. integra V. maura Xanthoparmelia centrifuga (L.) Hale X. incurva (Pers.) Hale Xanthoria controversa var. = Arctoparmelia centrifuga Arctoparmelia incurva pygmaea (Bory) Th. Fr. X. elegans var. granulosa (Sehaer.) Th. Fr. = = X. candelaria X. sorediara X. elegans var. tenior Th. Fr. [Iapsu pro 'tenuis (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr.·] X. lychnea (Aeh.) Th. Fr. = X. candelaria X. murorum (Hoffm.) Th. Fr. = Caloplaca saxicola X. murorum var. obliterata auet. aret. = X. parietina var. aureola (Aeh.) Th. Fr. Xylographa parelIa var. difformis Vain. Caloplaca alcarum = = X. parietina Xylographa abietina X. elegans A. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano bacteria Part 7. Bentbic marine algae and cyanobacteria JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG J.Ro & Jenneborg. L.H. 1996: Part 7. Benthic marine algae and cyanobacteria. Pp. 361-374 i n A. & Prestrud, P . (eds.): A catalogue o f Svalbard plants. fung;. algae a n d cyanobacteria. Norsk Hansen, Elvebakk. Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198. A list of 163 benthic marine algae and cyanobacteria is provided for the Svalbard archipelago including 38 60 ch1orophycotes, phaeophycotes, 59 rhodophycotes. ane chrysophycote. and five cyanobacteria in addition to six speeies only determined lo genus: 29 of these speeies are new reports for Svalbard. and four of these are cyanobacteria. One new combination. Spongomorpha incurva, is made. Notes on distribulion and ecology are included for all spedes reported as new to Svalbard as weU as for some other uncommon and critical taxa. John Richard Hansen, Norwegian Polar Institute. P.O. Box 399. N-9001 Tromsø, Norway; Lars Harry Jenneborg, BotanicalInstitute, Department of Marine Botany, University of Gothenburg. Medicinergt. 9C, 5-41 390 G6teborg, Sweden (present address: Hydrogis. Vagnmakarviigen 16, S-44 453 Stenungsu/ld. Sweden.' (1992), Weslawski et aL (1993), and Klekowski Contents Introduction . .......... . ..... & . ..... . . . . List of speeies .. . . . . . ... . ..... . .. . ..... . . .. Comments . . . . .. .... . , ................................... Excluded taxon . ... ......... .... . .... ... . . ... ... . Acknowledgements .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . ..... . ... . References ....... ...... .... . . ,." ..................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 363 366 373 373 373 Weslawski (1995). The checklist and distributional index of marine benthic algae for the North Atlantic Ocean, which also included algae from Svalbard, was published by South & Tittley in 1986. The following list is an extension of the checklist by South & Tittley (1986) for the Svalbard area. l! presents, in addition to recent studies, new information from unpublished algological investi Introduction gations by Svendsen around 1960 (his herbarium at TROM and field notes), by one of the authors The first comprehensive compilation of the mar between 1971-1979 (Jenneborg unpubl. thesis ine benthic algae of the Barents Sea was by Kjell The algae of the Arctic and his herbarium at Bot. Mus. & Dept. Mar. Bot This work was a survey of recorded species Univ. Gothenb.), and species from the general man (1883) in his cIassic Sea. algological literature from Svalbard not men from an active period of phycological research tioned by South & Tittley (1986). This, together in the Barents Sea between 1860-1880 (Agardh 1862, 1868a, 1868b, 1868c; with the new findings by Vozzinskaja et al. (1992), Kjellman 1875a, 1875b, 1877), Since then, exclusive studies of has extended the checklist from 1986 with 71 new the marine benthic flora on Svalbard have been species of algae and cyanobacteria to a total of published by Svendsen (1959), Zinova (1961), 158 species, of which 25 species are new reports for Svalbard. The knowledge of the cyanobacteria and Florczyk & Latala (1989). connected to marine habitats on Svalbard is poor. Contributions to the knowledge of the algal studies by It is therefore reasonable to expect that many Sommerfelt (1832), Lindblom (1840), Wittrock more taxa will be added to this group in the (1874), Zeller (1874), Eaton (1876), future. (1922), Summerhayes & Elton (1923, 1928), The basic taxonomy, nomenclature, synonymy, Jenneborg (1977), Gulliksen & Taasen (1982), abbreviation of author names, and the priority of Hansen & Haugen (1989), Vozzinskaja et al. name for taxa with different life stages, in general flora of Svalbard is included in Walton 361 JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG 362 follow South & Tittley (1986). Author citation includes only authors of taxa and not publication authors where these are not identical. South & Tittley (1986) is also referred to for a more detail ed and systematic arrangement of the species. The list includes vernacular Norwegian names according to Anon. (1990). An asterisk ( ) in the * list indicates comments, and species not listed by South & Tittley (1986) for Svalbard are marked with a solid dot ( . ) . A question mark indicates that the occurrence of the species on Svalbard is questionable, or that there is a nomenclature or taxonomic problem. In the latter case, a comment is always given. The speeies Cladophora hutehinsiae (Dillwyn) Kutz., Cladophora laetevirens (DilIwyn) Kutz., F'eldmannia irregu/aris (Kutz.) Hamel, Pseudolithoderma rosenvingii (Wam) S. Lund, Sphacelaria radicans (Dillwyn) C. Agardh, Por phyrostromium boryana (Mont.) Trevisan ( = Erythrotrichiopeltis boryana (Mont.) Kornm.), Porphyropsis coccinea (J. Agardh ex Aresch.) Rosenv. and Phymatolithon purpureum (P. & H. P. polymorphum Crouan) W61k. & Irvine (L.) Foslie) are indicated with a question mark because they were not found referred to in the primary literature, although they were included by South & Tittley (1986). Comments have been kept to a minimum, concentrating mainly on unpublished or uncommon records. Further infor mation can be found in the literature cited in the references. The following speeies names in South & Tittley (1986) are here treated as synonyms: Pleurocladia lacustris A. Braun. Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev., see note below Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Link. Monostroma lubricum Kjellman, see note below Kornmannia leptoderma (Kjellman) Kornm. Ralfsia clavata (Harv.) P. Crouan & H. Crouan, see note below Strangularia clavata (Harv.) Hame!. see note below Ulothrix speciosa (Carmich. ex Harvey) Kiitz. U/varia obscura (Kutz.) Gayral, see note below Monostroma obscurum (Kutz.) J. Agardh. The following name changes should be noted: Chaetomorpha capillaris (Kutz.) BØrg. to Chae tomorpha mediterranea BUffows 1991). (Kutz.) crouanii (Foslie) Hamel & Lemoine to Lithophyllum crouanii Foslie (see Irvine & Chamberlain 1994). Pneophyllum lejo/isft (Rosan.) Chamberlain to Pneophyllum fragile Kutz. (see Irvine & Chamberlain 1994). Desmotrichum undulatum (J. Agardh) Reinke to Punctaria tenuissima (C. Agardh) GrevilIe (see Fletcher 1987). Epicladia fiustrae Reinke to Entocladia fiustrae (Reinke) Taylor (see Burrows 1991). Phymatolithon polymorphum (L.) Foslie to Phy matolithon purpureum (P. & H. Crouan) W 61k. & Irvine (see Irvine & Chamberlain 1994). Phyllophora truncata (Pallas) A. Zin. to Coc cotylus truncata (Pallas) M. Wynne & J. Heine (see Wynne & Heine 1992). Polysiphonia nigrescens (Huds.) Grev. to P. fuco ides (Huds.) Grev. (see Maggs & Hommersand 1993). Ptilota p/umosa (L) C. Agardh to P. gunneri Silva, Maggs & L. Irvine (see Maggs & Hom mersand 1993). Audouinella spetsbergensis (Kjellman) W6Ik. to Meodiscus spetsbergensis (Kjellman) Saunders & MeLachlan (see Saunders & MeLachlan 1991). Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Kutz. ex Harvey to R. tortuosum (Dillwyn ) Kutz. (see Burrows 1991). Sorocarpus micromorus (Bory) Silva to BotryteIla micromora Bory (see Kornmann & Sahling 1988). Work on this part of the Catalogue of Svalbard flora began almost ten years ago when one of the Chaetophora maritima Kjellman. see note below Ulothrix discifera Kjellman, Dermatolithon Kutz. (see authors, J.R. Hansen, was eneouraged by the Norwegian Polar Institute to make a com prehensive review of the Svalbard benthic marine algae (Hansen 1986 unpubL). This basic manu seript was later supplemented with information from the numerous unpublished colleetions heId by the collaborating author LH. Jenneborg from his studies in the 1970s. Also incorporated are findings from recent studies from Svalbard. With the publieation by South & Tittley's checklist from 1986, the basic paper was redueed with regard to information on synonyms and general comments to taxonomical problems. South & Tittley (1986) is now referred to as a major reference on supplementary information. It is Jenneborg's intention to publish more extensive data on his large Svalbard collection at a later date. 363 A calalogue of Svalbard p/anIs, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacteria List of Species (* Scientific and Norwegian names comments; & Tittley (1986); not listed from Svalbard in South ? = questionable occurrence, uncertain nomenclature, or taxonomic problem) Cyanobacteria - Cyanobakterier Anabena sp. Ca/othrix scopu/orum (Web. & Mohr) C. Agardh Dermocarpa sp. Microcoleus tenerrimus Gom. Merismopedia sp. Nostoc p/anctonicum W. Poretzky & Tschernow Oscillatoria sp. Pleurocapsa amethystea Rosenv. Pormidium sp. Schizothrix antarcticum Fritsch Spirutina sp. Chlorophycola - Grønnalger - Acroehaete repen. N. Pringsh. Blidingia marginata (J. Agardh) P. Dang. B. minima (Nag. ex KUtz.) Kylin Dverg-tarmgrønske - B. subsa/sa (Kjellman) Kornm. & Sahling - Bolbocoleon piliferum N. Pringsh. Capsosiphon groenlandicum (J. Agardh) Vinograd. - Chaetomorpha mediterranea (KUtz.) KUtz. Viklesnøre - e. melagonium (F. Weber & Mohr) KUtz. Laksesnøre - Cladophora fraeta (Q.F. Milli. ex Vahl) KUIz. e. hutehinsiae (DilIwyn) Kiltz. ? ? C. laetevirens (Dillwyn) KUtz. Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Nees Greinet tarmgrønske E. pro/ifera (Q.F. MillI.) J. Agardh - Entocladia jiustrae (Reinke) Taylor - Kornmannia leptoderma (Kjellman) Kornm. Kornmanns grønnhinne - Monostroma obscurum (KUtz.) J. Agardh. - Ostreobium quekettii Barnet & Flah. Pereursaria pereursa (C. Agardh) Bory Tvetråd Prasiola erispa (Lightf.) KUtz. - Pringsheimiella scutata (Reinke) Marchew. - Pseudendoclonium submarinum Wille - Rhizoclonium paehydermum Kjellman - R. tortuosum (Dillwyn ) KUlz. Spongomorpha aeruginosa (L.) Hoek Liten grønndott - S. areta (DilIwyn) KUtz. - ? S. jiagellata (Kjellman) South & Tittley - ? S. incurva (Kjellman) J.R. Hansen & Jenneborg comb. nov. - ? S. sonderi Kutz. - S. centralis (Lyngbye) Kutz. Storeellet grønndott Ulothrix jiacca (DilIwyn) Thuret U. implexa (Kutz.) Kulz. - U. speciosa (Carmich. ex Harvey) KUtz. - U. subjiaccida Wille - Urospora e/ongata (Rosenv.) Hagem - U. pencilliformis (Roth) Aresch. ? JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG 364 (* Scientific and Norwegian names = comments; - not listed from Svalbard in South & Tittley (1986); '! = questionable occurrence, uncertain nomenclature, or taxonomic problem) U, wormskioldii (Mert.) Rosenv. - U/va crassa Kjellman '! U. lactuca L. Phaeophycota - Brunalger Alaria esculenta (L.) Grev, Butare - A, grandifolia J, Agardh Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) Le Johs ? - BotrytelIa micromora Boryl - B. reinboldii (Reinke) Kornm, & Sahling Strand tagl Chordariaflagelliformis (O.F, Mill!.) C, Agardh Chorda filum (L) Stackh. - Martaum - Climacosorus mediterraneIls Sauvageau Delamarea attenuata (Kjellm an) Rosenv, Knippetråd - Dermatocelis laminariae Rosenv, Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamouroux - Vanlig kjerringhår D. viridis (O,F. Midl.) Lamouroux Mykt kjerringhår Dictyosiphon chordaria Aresch, D. foeniculaceus (Huds.) Grev. Finsveig Ectocarpus siliculosus (Dillwyn) Lyngbye - Vanlig brunsli Elachista fllcicola (Velly) Aresch. - Tanglo E, stellar;s Aresch. Elldesme virescens (Carmich. ex Harvey) J. Agardh - Slimtrev - Feldmannia irregll/aris (Kiitz.) Hamel ? ? Fucus ceranoides L. F. F. F, F. distiehus L. - Båetang evanescens C. Agardh - Gjelvtang serratus L. vesiculoslls L. Blæretang Gononema aecidioides (Rosenv,) p, Pedersen - - G, alariae P, Pedersen Halopteris scoparia (L) - Sauvageau Halosiphon tomentosus (Lyngbye) Jaasund - Lodnetaum Haplospora globosa Kjellman - Flerradet kulesli Hincksia ovala (Kjellman) P,C, Silva lsthmoplea sphaerophora (Carmich,) Kjellman Laminaria digitata (Huds,) Lamouroux Fingertare - L. hyperborea (Gunnerus) Foslie L. saccharina (L) Lamouroux - Sukkertare L. solidungula J, Agardh Laminariocolax tomentosoides (Farlow) K ylin Tarebrunfilt - Leptonematella fasciculata (Reinke) Silva - Myrionema corunnae Sauvageau - M, strangulans Grev, - Grønske-brunprikk - Petalonia fascia (O,F. Miill,) O, Kuntze - p, zoslerifolia (Reinke) O. Kuntze Vanlig brunbånd Smalt brunbånd Petroderma maculiforme (Wollny) Kuck. Rur-brunflekk - Pilayella littoralis (L.) Kjellman - Perlesli P. varia Kjellman Phaeostroma parasilicum Børg, - P. pusrulosum Kuck. - Pleurocladia lacustris A. Braun Pseudolithoderma extensum (P. Crouan & H. Crouan) S. Lund - Brunskorpe A eataloguc of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and eyanobaetcria Scientific and Norwegian names ( * = 365 comments; • = not listed from Svalbard in South & Tittley (1986);? questionable occurrence, uncertain nomenclature, or taxonomic problem) P. rosenvingii (Wam) ? S. Lund Punetaria latifolia Grev. Bredtunge Punctaria tenuissima (C. Agardh) Grev. Bølget brunband • Ralfsia verrucosa (Aresch.) J. Agardh • Saundersella simplex (Saunders) Kylin • Saecorhiza dermafodea (de la Py!.) J. Agardh Bladtare Scytosiphon lomentaria (Lyngbye) Link - Fjæreslo Sphacelaria arctiea Harvey S. plumosa Lyngbye - Fjærtufs ? S. radieans (Dillvyn) C. Agardh Stietyosiphon torfilis (Rupr.) Reinke - Langcellet brunskjegg Strangularia clavata (Harv.) Hamel • Rhodophycota - Rødalger Acrochaetium microscopieum (Nag.) Nag. • Ahnfeltia plicata (Huds.) Fries - Sjøris Audouinella efflorescens (J. Agardh) Papenf. A. hallandicum (Kylin) Hamel • ? • ? A. membranacea (Magnus) PapenL - Hydroide-rødpusling A. parvulum (Kylin) Hoyt A. purpurea (Lightf.) Wblk. - Filtrødpusling Calloeolax neglectus Schmitz ex Batters • Callophyllis eristata (C. Agardh) Kutz. - Smalrødhand Ceramium circinatum (Kutz.) J. Agardh • C. nodulosum (LightL) Duc!uzeau Cerafoeolax hartzii Rosenv. • Clathromorphum eompactum (Kjellman) Foslie • Coecotylus truncata (Pallas) M. Wynne & J. Heine - Hummerblekke Cystoclonium purpureum (Huds.) Batters • * Delesseria rossica Sin. • Devaleraea ramentacea (L.) Guiry - Draugskjegg Di/sea earnosa (Schrnidel) O. Kuntze ? D. integra (Kjellman) Rosenv. Dumontia contorta (S. Gmelin) Rupr. - Bendelsleipe • Fimbrifolium dichotomum (Lepechin) G. Hansen - Gaffelflik Furcellaria lumbriealis (Huds.) Lamouroux ? Halosacciocolax kjel/manii S. Lund • Halosaeeion arcticum A. Zin. • Hildenbrandia rubra (SommerL) Menegh. - Fjæreblod Masfocarpus stellatus (Stackh.) Guiry Vorteflik Membranoptera a/ata (Huds.) Stackh. Smalving • • Mesophyllum lichenoides (Ellis) Lemoine • Leptophytum laeve (Foslie) Adey • Lithophyllum erouanii Foslie • L. fasciculatum (Lamarek) Foslie Lithothamnion glaciale Kjellman Vorterugl L. tophiforme Unger • Meiodiscus spetsbergenis (Kjellman) Saunders & McLachlan Tannskaring Odontha/ia dentata (L.) Lyngbye Palmaria pa/mata (L.) O. Kuntze Søl Pantoneura baerii (Postels & Rupr.) Kylin Phycodrys TUbens (L.) Batters - Eikeving Phymatolithon purpureum (P. i H. Crouan) Walk . & Irvine '? 366 JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG ( Scientific and Norwegian names * = - not listed from Svalbard in South (1986); ? questionable occurrence. comments; & Tittley = = uncertain nomenclature, or taxonomic problem) Pneophyllum fragile Kutz. Polysiphonia arctiea J. Agardh - Ishavsdokke P. elongata (Huds.) Sprengel- Stilkdokke P. fucoides (Huds.) Grev. P. lanosa (L.) Tandy P. nigra (Huds.) Batters - Kuskjelldokke P. strieta (DilIwyn) Grev. ? - Svartdo kke Røddokke ? ? 'l Porphyra amplissima (Kjellman) Setch. & Hus. P. miniata (C. Agardh) C. Agardh - Ametystfjærehinne Porphyropsis coccinea (J. ? Agardh ex Aresch.) Rosenv. Porphyroslromium boryana (Mont.) Trevisan ? Pterolhamnion plumula (ElIis) Nag. ? Pti/ola gunneri Silva, Maggs & L. Irvine P. serrala Kutz.- Tagget draugfjær Rhodomela confervoides (Huds.) Silva - Teinebusk R. Iycopodioides (L.) ? - C. Agardh Rhodophycema georgii Batters Scagelia pylaisei (Mon!.) Wynne- Stor havdun Titanoderma puslUlatum (Lamouroux) Walk., Chamberlain & Silva TurnerelIa pennyi (Harvey) Schmitz- Draugøre Chrysophycota - Gullalger Phaeosaccion col/insii Far!. transferred to the genus Xenococcus or Cyan Comments ocystis. Cyanobacteria Merismopedia sp. Recorded from Sallyhamna (NW Spitsbergen) as Anabena sp. In bottom mud from Brandalslaguna. Kongsfjor den (Jenneborg unpubl.). Calolhrix scopulorum (Web. & Mohr) C. Agardh. Very common in the supralittoral zone at extremely exposed localities, but more seldom in places affected by ice scouring (Jenneborg unpubl.). epilithic or epiphytic on Prasiola crispa (Lightf.) KUtz. (Jenneborg unpubl.). Microcoleus tenerrimus Gom. New to Svalbard. Recorded once as epiphyte on Punctaria tenUlSSlnza from Kvadehuken, (C. Agardh) Kongsfjorden Grev. (Jenneborg unpubl.). Dermocarpa sp. Recorded from 25 m depth at Hukodden, Nostoc planctonicum W. Poretzky & Tschernow. Kongsfjorden as an epiphyte on Chlamys islan New to Svalbard. Recorded in large lagoons with dica (Mtill.) (Jenneborg unpubl.). According to brackish water like Brandalslagunen, Kongsfjor (1986), Dermocarpa den. Usually as epiphyte on Cladophora fracta H. & P. Crouan is ambiguous. Species are now (O.F. Mtill. ex Vahl) Kutz. (Jenneborg unpubl.). Komarek & Anagnostidis A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 367 Oscillatoria sp. (unpubl. ) at Worsleyhamna in 1960 as an epiphyte Recorded from the inner part of Kongsfjorden on Cladophora fracta (O.F. Mull. ex Vahl) Kutz. (Jenneborg unpubl.), and observed at Adolf The species is very common in North Norway bukta, Isfjorden (Walton 1922). (Jaasund 1965). Pleurocapsa amethystea Rosenv. Capsosiphon groenlandicum (J. Agardh) Vino New to Svalbard. Recorded as epiphyte on Del grad. amarea attenuata (Kjellman) Rosenv. from Bran New to Svalbard. Recorded only twice from Klov dalspynten, Kongsfjorden (Jenneborg unpubl.). ningen (in 1975) and Bellsund (in 1979) from O and 6 m depths (Jenneborg unpubl.). Pormidium sp. Recorded from the inner part of Kongsfjorden (Jenneborg unpubl.) in 1979, washed ashore (Jenneborg unpubl.). Schizothrix antaretiea Fritsch. New to Svalbard. Recorded as carpets in brackish ponds at Aberdeenflya, Prins Karls Forland (Jenneborg unpubl.). at Cladophora fraeta (O.F. Miill. ex Vahl) Kiltz. Loose-laying and matforming in low salinity lagoons, brackish water and on sandy shores (Svendsen unpubl., Jenneborg unpubl.). Spirulina sp. Observed Chaetomorpha mediterranea (Kutz.) Kiitz. New to Svalbard. Recorded once at Krossfjorden Adoltbukta, Isfjorden (Walton 1922). Enteromorpha prolifera (O.F. MillI.) J. Agardh. Common, especially on sheltered and moderately exposed shores. The most common Enteromor pha speeies in North Norway (Jaasund 1965). Chlorophycota Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Link. See Burrows (1991) for a discussion on the fusion Acrochaete repens N. Pringsh. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) as an endophyte on Rhodomela, Phycodrys and other of E. intestinalis (L.) Link and E. compressa (L.) Grev. algal species. Entocladia fiustrae (Reinke) Taylor. New to Svalbard. Recorded twice as epizooic Blidingia minima (Nag. ex Kutz.) Kylin. Common supralittorally and eulittorally at exposed shores, and in salt and freshwater pools. in hydrozoans at 2 and 4 m depth (Jenneborg unpubl.). Growing on rock, and locally in dense settle ments. Includes Enteromorpha sp. in Svendsen Kornmannia leptoderma (Kjellman) Kornm. (1959). Includes Monostroma lubricum Kjellman (listed for Svalbard by South & Tittley 1986). There is uncertainty to the validity of the genus Kornman Blidingia subsalsa (Kjellman) Kornm. & Sahling. nia (see Burrows 1991). Scattered in the upper According to Burrows (1991), this taxon only sublittoral on exposed shores at 1-4 m depth describes a habitat modification of the thallus in where it can form small dense patches. Epiphytic Blidingla marginata (J. Agardh) P. Dang., but and on rock. see Kornmann & Sahling (1978). Monostroma obscurum (Kutz.) J. Agardh. Includes Ulvaria obscura (Kutz.) Gayral (see Bolbocoleon piliferum N. Pringsh. New to Svalbard. Recorded by Svendsen Burrow 1991). JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG 368 Ostreobium queckettii Bornet & Flah. on sandy substrate, and form large, conspicuous New to Svalbard. Common in old shells and cal turfts. careous hydrozoans at 25 m depth (Jenneborg unpubl.). !:Jpongomorpha flagellata (Kjellman) South & Tittley. Prasiola crispa (Lightf.) Kutz, Recorded from the whole area. Very common. Pringsheimiella scutata (Reinke) Hahnel ex Marchew. Recorded from Norskøya as an epiphyte on Sphacelaria arctica Harvey (Svendsen unpubl. ) and by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) on algae. Rare. Recorded by Klekowski & Wesiawski (1995). Common on rock in shallow waters. Spongomorpha incurva (Kjellman) J.R. Hansen & Jenneborg comb. nov. Basionym: Acrosi'phoria incurva Kjellman, Bih. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 18: 3(5), 61 (1893). The genus Acrosiphoria is now considered to be a synonym of Spongomorpha (Burrows 1991), but A. incurva has not been recombined before. Pseudendoclonium submarinum Wille. New to Svalbard. Recorded once as epiphyte on Spongomorpha incurva was reported from Chaetomorpha melangonium (F. Weber & Mohr) southem Spitsbergen by Klekowski & Weslawski Kutz. (Jenneborg unpubl.). (1995). The type material is from North Norway (Kjellman 1893) and other records are also from the North Atlantic (Lund 1959). The species was Rhizoclonium pachydermum Kjellman. considered by J6nsson (1903) to be closely related Listed by Zinova to S. arcta (Dillwyn) Kutz., a speeies with an (1961) from Svalbard. unclear taxonomic position, and future studies should reveal the status also of S. incurva. Spongomorpha aeruginosa (L.) Hoek. New to Svalbard. Recorded twice, epilithic and epiphytic Weber & on Chaetomorpha melagonium (F. Mohr) Kutz., eulittoraly and sub littoraly (Jenneborg unpubl.). Spongomorpha sonderi Kutz. Includes here S. arcta (Dillwyn) Kutz. as used by Kjellman (1883), but South & Tittley (1986) only include S. arcta f. pencilliformis Foslie in S. son deri Kutz. Seems to be more common nowadays Spongomorpha arcta (Dillwyn) Kutz. The species was included by South & Tittley (1986). but see comments on S. centralis (Lyng at 0-10 m depth, epiphytic and epilithic. Forms locally dense settlements on open coasts. More abundant than S. centralis especially in southern , bye ) Kutz. and S. sonderi Kutz. and northem parts of Spitsbergen. See note on S. cen/ralis (Lyngbye) Kutz. Spongomorpha centralis (Lyngbye) Kutz. Two different common, turf-forming Spong omorpha forms exist on Svalbard. Thinbranched, Ulothrix flacca (DilIwyn) Thuret. pale green plants are here referred to as S. Recorded in a sheltered locality on the shore at centralis, whereas dark green plants with coarse Ossian Sarsfjellet, Kongsfjorden, by Jenneborg branches are referred to as S. sonderi Kutz. How (unpubl.) and by Klekowski & Wesiawski (1995). ever, the status of the se taxa at species level Rare. is questionable as indicated by South & Tittley (1986), but Burrows (1991) included the species in S. arcta (Dyllwyn) Kutz. (as Acrosiphonia cen Ulothrix implexa (Kutz.) Kutz. tralis (Lyngbye) Kjellman). The Spongomorpha Recorded epilithic, eulittoraly down to complex on the High Arctic islands needs further Kapp Guissez, Kongsfjorden, and by Klekowski investigation. Both species grow at & Weslawski 0-3 m depth (1995). Common. 15 m, A caralogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria 369 Ulothrix speciosa (Carmich. ex Harvey). Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) Le Jolis. Includes U. discifera Kjellman (listed for Svalbard Recorded by Kjellman (1883), Agardh (1868b), by South & Tittley 1986), and U. cf. pseudoflacca Svendsen (unpub!. reported by Svendsen (1959). Common in the (unpubl.) as drifted species. All could be drifted eulittoral zone on exposed shores. 1960), and by Jenneborg plants from lower latitudes, and the species' oecurrence on Svalbard is questionable. Recently recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). Ulothrix subflaccida Wille. New to Svalbard. Common in the eulittoral zone at exposed shores (Jenneborg unpub!.). Accord Botrytella micromora Bory!. ing to Burrows (1991), it is difficult to separate Reported this species from U. implexa (Kutz.) Kiitz and he unpubl.), and Danskegattet (Svendsen unpubl.) from Kapp Guissez (Jenneborg treated it as a synonym of U. implexa (Kiitz.) at 2--4 m. Epiphyte. Kutz. BotrytelIa reinboldii (Reinke) Kornm. & Sahling. New to Svalbard. Probably a common epiphyte Ulva crassa Kjellman. Described by Kjellman (1875a). The status of the at 12-25 m depth (Jenneborg unpubl.). taxon is questionable. Own examination of the herbarium material (at the Swedish Museum of Naturai History , Stockholm) shows that the plant can as weU be an extreme form of Monostroma obscurum (Klltz.) J. Agardh. Climacosorus mediterraneus Sauvageau. Reported by Svendsen (1959) as lsthmoplea sphaerophora (Carmieh. ex Harvey) Kjellman from Ymerbukta and Kapp Linne, and from Isfjord radio (B. Gutestam, unpub!.). A rare species with only few reeords in Europe; first Ulva lactuca L. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) i n lower eulittoral and sublittoral sites. Common. Ulva lactuca L. in Kjellman (1875a) are in faet described from the Mediterranean (Sauvageau 1933), later from North Norway (Jaasund 1965). Epilithic, eulittorally down to 5 m depth. Monostroma obscurum (Klltz.) J. Agardh (Jen neborg unpubl.) Dermatoeelis laminariae Rosenv. Recorded as an epiphyte on Saccorhiza der matodea (de la Py!.) J. Urospora elongata (Rosenv.) Hagem. Reeorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). On stones and rock in the eulittoral zone. Rare. on Laminaria. Common. Reported once by Zinova (1961). Alaria esculenta (L.) Grev. from (Jenneborg Elachista stellaris Aresch. Phaeophycota Recorded Agardh unpubl.), and by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) Bjørnøya Eudesme virescens at 8-15 m depth (Jenneborg unpubl.). (Carmich. ex Harvey) J. Agardh. Includes Mesogloia cf. vermiculata reported by Svendsen (1959). Common, from rock pools to 25 m depth. Alaria grandifolia J. Agardh. Includes probably A. membranacea J. Agardh. This is the most common and largest among the Fucus ceranoides L. kelps in Svalbard reaching 5 m in length, are up This species has not been reported from Svalbard to 0.5 m broad, and with sporophylls reaching 1 since Kjellman (1883), and the present day occur m in length. It has a uniform distribution in the rence on Svalbard is therefore questionable. For whole area, growing at 5-27 m depth. the Norwegian mainland, Lein (1987) proposed 370 JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG the northern limit for the speeies' distribution to be in Troms county around 70° N. coast twice (Svendsen unpubl.), from Isfjorden and from Kapp Guissez (Jenneborg unpubl.), A rare epithyte found at 12-24 m depth, Fueus serratus L. Reported from Svalbard by Agardh (1868b) and later by Summerhayes & Elton (1923), both as F. serratus f. arctiea J. Agardh. This could probably be drifted plants from lower latitudes-as sug Myrionema strangulans Grev. Collected by Svendsen (unpubl.) from Isfjorden as an epiphyte, at 2-15 m depth. gested by Agardh (1868b) for his record. Recently recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). Myrionema eorunnae Sauvageau. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995), Fueus vesieulosus L. Collected at Danskøya, where it is belt-forming Epiphyte on Odonthalia and other algal species. Rare, in the eulittoral zone (Hansen & Haugen 1989) (TRaM), and by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). Petroderma maeuliforme (Wollny) Kuck, Includes Lithoderma fatiscens Aresch. reported Gononema aecidioides (Rosenv.) P. Pedersen. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) on by Kjellman (1883), Epilithic and epiphytic on Palmaria palmata (L.) O, Kuntze. Laminaria. Common. Pilayella littoralis (L.) Kjellman. Gononema alariae P. Pedersen. Includes Pilayella varia Kjellman (1883). New to Svalbard. Common epiphyte on Alaria (Jenneborg unpubl.). Probably common along the whole Norwegian coast (Jaasund 1965). Pilayella varia Kjellman. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). On stones and algae, and often loose laying. Rare. Halopteris seoparia (L.) Sauvageau. See note on Pilayella littoralis (L.) Kjellman. Recorded from Isfjorden by Vozzinskaja et al. (1992). Pleurocladia laeustris A. Braun. lsthmoplea sphaerophora (Carmich.) Kjellman. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). On Includes Chaetophora maritima Kjellman listed by South & Tittley (1986). stones and rock in the eulittoral zone. Rare. See note on Climaeosorus mediterraneus Sauvageau. Petalonia fascia (a.F. Miill.) O. Kuntze. New Laminaria hyperborea (Gunnerus) Foslie. Recorded from Isfjorden by Vozzinskaja et al. to Svalbard. Recorded at Prins Karls Forland, Fair Haven, Vasahalvøya (NW Spits bergen) and Axeløya. Rare (Jenneborg unpubl.). (1992). Petalonia zosterifolia (Reinke) O. Kuntze. Laminarioeolax tomentosoides (Farlow) Kylin. Collected by Svendsen (unpubl.) from Fuglesan gen and Cummingøya on the northern coast, as Reported by Florczyk & Latala (1989) at Hornsund, and by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) once, as a loose specimen on the shore. a common epiphyte on Callophyllis cristata Cc. Agardh) Kutz. Phaeostroma parasitieum Børg. New to Svalbard. Recorded once as an epiphyte Leptonematella fascieulata (Reinke) Silva. on Laminarta saeeharina (L.) Lamouroux at 20 New to Svalbard, Collected from the northern m depth, at Kapp Starostin (Jenneborg unpubl.). A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Phaeostroma pustulosum Kuck. Common unpubl.). Recorded by Svendsen (unpubl.) from epiphyte on Laminaria, and sometimes on Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus (Jenneborg unpub!., Klekowski 371 Biska yerhuken. (Huds.) Grev. & Weslawski (1995). Common. Probably the most common microepiphyte in North Norway (Jaasund 1965). A. hallandieum (Kylin) Hamel. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). The nomenclatural status of the taxon is questionable (South & Tittley 1986). Punctaria tenuissima (C. Agardh) Grev. New to Svalbard. Recorded twice in Kongsfjord en as an epiphyte on S. dermatodea (de la Pyl.) J. Agardh, and epilithic at 15 m depth (Jenneborg unpub!.). A. paruulum (Kylin) Hoyt. Common sublittorai and eulittoral epiphyte on algal species (Jenneborg unpubl., Klekowski & Weslawski 1995). The nomenclatural status of the taxon is questionable (South & Tittley 1986). Ralfsia uerrucosa (Aresch.) J. Agardh. Recorded from Isfjorden by Vozzinskaja et al. (1992). Ceramium circinatum (KUtz.) J. Agardh. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). The nomenclatural status of the taxon is questionable Saundersella simplex (Saunders) Kylin. Recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) as (South & Tittley 1986), but see Maggs & Hom mersand (1993). an epiphyte on Chordaria. Rare. Ceramium nodulosum (Lightf.) Ducluzeau. Scytosiphon lomentaria (Lyngbye) Link. Own examination of the herbarium material by Svendsen shows that Scytosiphon sp. in Svendsen (1959) is Scytosiphon lomentaria (Lyngbye) Link. Also recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). Includes Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) C. Agardh listed by Kjellman (1875a) and Ceramium sp. by Svendsen (1959). Grows in moderately exposed localities at 1-7 m depth, both epilithic, epiphytic and epizooic. On stones, from the lower eulittoral down to the sublittoral zone. Callocolax neglectus Schmitz ex Batters. New to Svalbard. Rather sparse as an epiphyte Slrangularia clauata (Harv.) Hame!. New to Svalbard. A synonym of Ralfsia clauata on Callophyllis eristala (C. Agardh) KUtz. (Jen neborg unpubL). (Harv.) P. Crouan & H. Crouan and indudes R. bornetii Kuck. (see Fletcher 1987). South & Tittley (1986) described S. clauata (Harv.) Hamel (as R. clauata (Harv.) P. Crouan & H. Crouan) as a stage in the life history of Scytosiphon. Col lected on Svalbard by Jenneborg (unpubl.). Com Ceratocolax hartzii Rosenv. New to Svalbard. Probably a rare parasite on Phyllophora truncata (Pallas) A. Zin. (Jenneborg unpubl.). mon, growing on rock in the eulittoral and upper part of the sublittorai zone mainly on exposed Clathromorphum compactum (Kjellman) Foslie. coasts. Common, epilithic between 0-45 m depth. Occasionally epiphythic. Common, growing on rock in the lower part of the eulittora! and the Rhodophycota sublittoraI zone down to 45 m on open coast. Acrochaetium microseopicum (Nag.) Nag. Cystoclonium purpureum (Huds.) Batters. New to Svalbard. Epiphyte on Chordaria fla Recorded from Isfjorden by Vozzinskaja et al. gelliformis (O.F. MUl!.) C. Agardh (Jenneborg (1992). JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG 372 Mastocarpus stellata (Stackh.) Guiry. Delesseria rossiea Sin. Recorded from Isfjorden by Vozzinskaja et al. Recorded from Isfjorden by Vozzinskaja et al. (1992). (1992). Di/sea carnosa (Schrnidel) O. Kuntze. Membranoptera alata (Huds.) Stackh. Reported once by Kjellman (1875a) as a small Recorded plant fragment. Own examination of the her Hornsund in the eulittoral zone, and sublittorally barium material shows that the species could as by Klekowski by Florczyk & & Latala (1989) at Westawski (1995). Rare. weU be D. integra (Kjellman) Rosenv. Lately recorded by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995). Mesophyllum lichenoides (Ellis) Lemoine. New Recorded Hornsund, by Florczyk and by & Latala Klekowski & to Svalbard. Common on maerl reefs dominated by Lithothamnium glaciale Kjellman Dumontia contorta (S. Gmelin) Rupr. (1989) at Weslawski at 8-15 m depth on the north coast (Jenneborg unpubl.). (1995). In the lower eulittoral and sublittoral zone. Common. Leptophytum laeve (Stromf.) Adey. New to Svalbard. Recorded twice at Kapp Martin Raudfjorden on Clathromorphum com Furcellaria lumbricalis (Huds. ) Lamouroux. and Reported once from Svalbard by Agardh (1868a), pactum (Kjellman) Foslie at 14-20 m depth and could have be en a misidentification. (Jenneborg unpubl.). Halosacciocolax kjel/manii S. Lund. Lithothamnion tophiforme Unger. Reported by Kjellman (1875a), as a "peculiar New to Svalbard. Recorded as de ad specimens outgrowth" on Devaleraea ramentacea at Bredalspynten, Kongsfjorden, and Poolpynten (L) Guiry in the eulittoral and sublittoral zone on Svalbard (Prins Karls Forland) at 20 m depth (Jenneborg Lein 1984). Probably common unpubl.). Also collected by Svendsen (unpubl.). (see Hansen & epihyte on D. ramentacea (L) Guiry. Pneophyllum fragile Kutz. Halosaccion arcticum A. Zinova. Recorded by Florczyk & Latata Reported only once from Mosselbukta by Kjell (1989) at man (1875a) as Melobesia sp., later determined Hornsund in the eulittoral zone. as Melobesia lejolisU Rosan. (Kjellman 1883). Pa/maria pa/mata Polysiphonia arctiea J. Agardh. (L) O. Kuntze. Reported by Kjellman (1875a) as Rhodymenia Common sublittorally between 2-30 m, and some pertusa (Postei times forming a dense and uniform vegetation & Rupr.) J. Agardh and by Svend sen (unpubL). Very common in the sublittoral below 12 meter where it can replace Ptilota serrata zone. Kutz. and Ptilota gunneri Silva, Maggs & L Irvine. Lithophyllum crouanii Foslie. New to Svalbard. Collected once at Sallyhamna, Polysiphonia elongata (Huds.). Vasahalvøya, as epiphyte on Laminaria digitata Recorded once by Agardh (1868a) without speci (Huds.) Lamouroux (Jenneborg unpubl.). fication of locality. Lithothamnion glaciale Kjellman. Polysiphonia lanosa Dominant crustose corallinacean on Spitsbergen. Reported by Kjellman (1875a) from the south (L) Tandy. A catalogue o[ Svalbard plants, [ungi, algae and cyanobacteria coast of Spitsbergen. Probably drift ed specimen from the Norwegian mainland. Polysiphonia nigra 373 Excluded taxon Mesogloia (Huds. ) Batters. vermiculata reported by Svendsen Eudesme virescens (Carmich. ex cf. (1959) is in fact Reported once (Agardh 1868c) without specifica Harvey) J. Agardh (Jenneborg unpubL). tion of locality. Polysiphonia fucoides Recorded by Acknowledgements (Huds.) Grev. Florczyk & Latala (1989) at Hornsund in the eulittoral zone. Wc would like to thank Sven Nygren sincerely for kindly reading and giving innumerable suggestions to an early version of the Polysiphonia strieta paper. Wc arc also grateful to Arve Elvebakk and two anony (Dillwyn) Grev. mous reviewers for much improving of the original manuscript. This speeies shows a wide range of morphological We are thankful to the Norwegian Polar Institute for trans variation. The name most commonly used for this portation and researeh service during field work on Svalbard. group is P. urceolata (Lightf. ex Dillwyn) Grev. However, until species limits in this group are characterised, Maggs & Hommersand (1993) pro pose to use the oldest available name for the References species. Recorded by Florczyk & Latala (1989) in the eulittoral zone at Hornsund, and sublittorally by Klekowski & Weslawski (1995) on stones and rock, occasionally epiphytic. Not common. Anon. 1990: Norske algenavn. Liste utarbeidet av algenavn komiteen nedsatt av Norsk Botanisk Forening 1978 og 1987. Blyttia Agardh. 48. 57-58. J.G. 1862: Om Spetsbergens alger. Akademisk program. Lund. Rhodophycema elegans (P. Crouan & H. Crouan ex J. Agardh) P. Dixon. New to Svalbard. Found as epiphyte on Alaria and Laminaria at 3-7 m depth (Svendsen unpubl., Jenneborg unpubl.). Agardh, J.G. 1868a: Bidrag til kiinnedomen af Spetsbergens Alger. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 7(8).1-13. Agardh, J.G. 1868b: Bidrag til kånnedomen af Spetsbergens Alger. Tillagg. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 7(8) , 26 50. Agardh, J.G. 1868c: Om Spetsbergens alger. Akademisk program. Lund. Burrows, E.M. 1991: Seaweeds of the British Isles. Vol. Rhodophysema georgii 2: Chlorophyta. British Museum (Natural History), London. Batters. New to Svalbard. Common as epilithic and epi zooic on tunicates from 13 to 50 m depth (Jen neborg unpubL). Eaton, A. E. 1876: A list of plant collected in Svalbard in the summer of 1873 with their localities. J. BOl. Brit. Foreign., New Ser. 5,41-44. F1etcher, R. 1987: Seaweeds of the British l.sles. Vol. phyceae (Phaeophyceae), Part J. 3: Fuco British Museum (Naturai History), London. F1orczyk, I. Titanoderma pustulaturn (Lamouroux) Wolk., Chamberlain & Silva. New to Svalbard. Recorded once at Vasahalvøya as an epiphyte on L. digitata (Huds.) Lamouroux at 20 m depth (Jenneborg unpubl.). & Latala, A. 1986: The phytobenthos of the Hornsund fiord,SW Spitsbergen. Polar Res. 7,29-41. & Gulliksen, B. Taasen, I.P. 1982: Effect of an oil spill in Svalbard in 1978. Marine Pollution Bull. & Hansen, J .R. 13, 96-98. Haugen, I. 1989: Some observations of inter tidal communities on Spitsbergen (79°N). Norwegian Arctic. Polar Res. 7, Hansen, J.R. 23-27. & Lein. T.E, 1984: New records of Halo sacciocolax kjellmanii Lund (Rhodophyceae) in Norway. Sarsia Chrysophycota 69, 215-217. Jaasund, E. 1965: Aspects of the marine algal vegetation of North Norway. Bot. Gothoburg. Jenneborg, Phaeosaccion collinsii Recorded at Far!. Vasahalvøya near glaeiers sub littorally on sandy bottom (Jenneborg unpubl.). LR 4, 1-174. 1977: Eurychasma. Infection of marine algae, Changes in morphology and taxonomical consequences. Bol. Mar. 20, 499-507. J6nsson, H. 1903: The marine algae of Iceland. Ill. Chlo rophyceae. Bot. Tidsler. 25, 337-385. JOHN RICHARD HANSEN and LARS HARRY JENNEBORG 374 Kjellman, F,R. 1875a: F6rberedande anmarkningar om algveg· etaHonen i Mosselbay enligt iakttagelser under vinter· dragningar anståIlda at Svenska polarexpeditionen 1872 1873, Ofersigt K. Svenska Vetensk.·Akad, Forh. 5. 59-68. Kjellman, F.R. 1875b: Om Spetsbergens marina klorofyllfor· I, ande thallophyter Bih, K. Svenska Vetensk,·Akad, Hand /, 3(7), 1-34, Stockholm comb, nov., a new genus of Rhodophysemataceae (Rho· dophyta) Phyc% , gia 30. 272-286, Sauvageau, C 1933: Sur le "Climacosorus" nouveau genre de Pheosporee, Bull, Stal, Bio/, d'Arcachon, 30, 189-196, Sommerfelt, Chr. 1832: Bidrag till Spitsbergens o g Beeren· Eilands flora efter herbarier, medbragt af M, Kei/hau, Mag, Naturv, Il 232-245, . Kjellman. F, R, 1877: Om Spetsbergens marina klorofyllforande South, G,R, & L Tittley 1986: A checklist and distributional thallophyter 2, Bth, K. Svenska Vetensk. - Akad, Handl, index of Ihe benthk marine algae of the North Atlantic Ocean , 3 (7), 1-6\. Stockholm, Huntsman Marine Laboratory and British Museum (Naturai Kjellman, F. R, 1883: The algae of the Arctic Sea. A survey of the spedes, together with an exposition of the general characters and the development of the flora, K. Svenska Vetensk,-Akad. Handl, 20(5), 1-350. siphonia J,B. Agardh och dess Skandinaviska arter. Bih, K, & Klekowski R,Z, 18 Afd 3(5), 1-114, Sciences. Institute of Ecology. Institute of Oceanology, & Anagnostidis, K, Hydrobiol. Suppl. (Algol. Stud.) 73, 157-226, & Sahling, P,H, sunters, 29, 391-413, & Svendsen, P, 1959: A survey of the marine algal flora of the Vozzinskaja, V,B.. Bolduman, M.M.. Pestrikov, V,V, & Soro kin, A.L. 1992: Hydrobiological studies in the Arctic: plant lady Akad. Nauk, (Eng. trans,) Biol, Sei. 324 (1), 209-2Jl, Walton, J, 1922: A Spitsbergen saltmarsh: with observation on land from the sea. j, Ecol, 10, 109-12 L Weslawski, j,M" Wiktor, J" Zajaczkowski, M, & Swerpel, S. 1993: Intertidal zone of Svalbard. 1. Macroorganism dis· Sahling, P.·H. 1988: Die Entwirrung des BotrytelIa (Sorocarpus) Komplex (Ectocatporceae, Phae· cophyta). Helgolander Wiss, Merresunters, 42, l-U, tribution and biomass. Polar Biol. 13,73--79, Wittrock, V,B, 1874: Algæ (of Spitzbergen). P, 284 in: von Th.: Reisen nach dem Nordpolarmeer in den 1871, Theil3, Braunschweig. & Heine, J.N, 1992: Collections of marine red Heuglin, M. Lein, T,L. 1984: Distribution, reproduction, and ecology of Fucus ceranoides L. (Phaeophyceael in Norway. Sarsia 69, 75-89, Jahren 1870 Wynne, M.1. und algae from St. Matthew and St. Lawrence Islands, the Bering Lindblom, A,E, 1840: F6rteckning Mver de på Spetsbergen och Beeren Eiland anmårkta vexter. Bol. Not" graphic distribution. Medd. Grønland & 156 (2), 1: at the Rhodophyta, Part 3A Ceramials, The Natural History Museum, London, HMSO, Saunders, G,W, & 55, 55-97. den Jahren 1869 und 1870 unler Fuhrung des Kapitain Karl Koldeway, Herausgegeben von dem Verein fur die Deutsche 1-70. Hommersand, M,H, 1993: Seaweeds British Isles. Vol, Sea, Nova Hedwigia Zeller, G, 1874: AIgæ, Die Zweile Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in 153--158, Lund, S, 1959: The marine algae of east Greenland, I l , Geo Maggs, CA, Elton, C.S, 1928: Further contributions the ecologica1 phenomena atteodant 00 the emergence of 1978: Die Blidingia-Arten von Helgoland (Ulvales, Chlorophyta), Helgolander Wiss, Meere· Kommann, P. & to the ecology of Spitzbergen. J. Ecol, 16, 193--268, communities of the westem Spitsbergen Archipelago, Dok· 1989: Modem approach 10 the classification system of cyanophytes, 2 Chroococcales, Arch, Kommann, P, Elton, CS, 1923: Contributions to the outer part of Isfjorden, Norsk Polarinst, Skr, 116,1-49, Wes/awski, J,M. (eds,) 1995: Atlas of the marine flora of southern Spitsbergen. Polish Academy of Komårek, J, & ecology of Spitzbergen and Bear Island. J, Ecol, 11, 214-286, Summerhayes, V,S, Kjellman, F.R, 1893: Studier Mver Chlorophyceslligtet Acro· Svenska Vetensk, - Akad, Hand!, History), St, Andrews and London. 49 pp. Summerhayes. V,S, McLachlan, I.L. 1991: Motphology and reproduction of Meiodiscus spetsbergenis (Kjellman) gen, et Nordpolarfahrt in Bremen, Band 2. Leipzig, Zinova, A,D, 1961: Index algarum marinum ab A.A, Birula apud insularum Spitsbergen inventarum, Natulae Syst, E Secl, Crypt, inst, BOl, Nom, U,R,S.S. 14, 86-87, v.L. Kormarovii A cad. Sei, Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria A. Part 8. Marine microalgae GRETHE RYTIER HASLE and CECILIE HELLUM VON QUILLFELDT Hasle, (eds.): G.R. & von Quillfeldt, C. H. 1996: Part 8. Marine microalgae. Pp. 375-382 in Elvebakk & Prestrud A Catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198. The known marine microalgae of Svalbard are listed and include 193 speeies and five varieties and forms in addition to five speeies determined with uncertainty and eight species only determined to genus. Twenty seven species are reported from Svalbard for the first lime. Grethe Ryller Hasle, Department of Biology, Marine Botany, Unirersity of Oslo, P.o. Box 1069. Blindern, N-fH16 Oslo 3, Norway; Cecilie Helium von Quillfeldt, the Norwegian College of Fishery Science, University of Tromsø. N.JXJ37 Tromsø, Norway. Contents freshwaler microalgae may also be found in arctic waters, especially in areas influenced by rivers. Marine planktonic algae are subject lo transport lntroduction .... . .... ..... List of species . . .. Comments ... ...... . ..... .... . .......... ... . .... ... .... .... . .. . . ...................... ......... ... ... .. . . .... . .. References ... .... ....... ...... ...... ... . .. ... .. . .. .. .. ...... . . ... . .. .......... .... .. . ................ ............ . 375 certain extent a result of the ocean circulation. . 376 The West Spitsbergen Current has its origin in the .... . .................................................................... Acknowledgements. by currents, and their distribution is therefore to a ..... ........... 381 Atlantic Ocean, whereas the 381 eastern coast is mainly influenced by colder arctic waters. As 381 illustrated by the spedes list, some of the marine microalgae recorded from the Svalbard area belong to the Arctic or have their main distribu tion and their greatest abundances in the Arctic (mainly those associated with ice during a part of Introduction the season) or in areas further south during the coldest season. Others have a much wider The list of marine microalgae recorded from the distribution, and still others have definitely been Svalbard area is based on investigations primarily carried into the area by Atlantic water. dealing with phytoplankton. But in addition to the Diatoms are considered the most abundant planktonic, free-floating algae, plankton material components of the plankton algae in polar waters, collected in fjords and other nearshore localities in number of species as weU as in number of always contains a certain fraction of benthic individuals, together with the prymnesiophyte microalgae. Phaeocystis pouchetii. But, The normal habitats of marine in common with benthic microalgae are as epiphytes on macro tempe rate waters, the dinoflagellates in the algae (seaweeds), sediments underlying shaJlow Svalbard area seem to be more abundant than waters, rocks, sand grains and, what is most diatoms in summer and early autumn, often along important, in polar regions, the sea ice. When the with representatives of other algal dasses, e.g. ice melts in late spring or early summer, the so Dinobryon spp. It must be recognised that the information on calied iee algae may live for a varying period of time in the open water. Brackish water and the marine plankton algae of the Svalbard area is 375 G. R. HASLE & C. H. von QUILLFELDT 376 still fragmentary, being based on expedition collections from the end of the 19th or the referred to. The list includes 27 species that are reported here from Svalbard for the first time. beginning of the 20th century (Cleve 1899; Broch The list is based on the papers numbered (1) to 1910; Braarud 1935), and on material collected (11) in the References. It was compiled in 1992 during a short period of time (Halldal & Halldal and possible records published in the 1990s have 1973; Heimdal 1983; Helium 1989; Heimdal & not been included. The numbers 1-11 in the List Hasle unpubl.). In addition, the taxonomic posi of species indicate the source of the records, i.e. in tion in general and the identification of severai of which of the papers (1) to (11) the records of the the taxa recorded need further investigation. With particular alga appeaL The list mainly includes these limitations in mind, an attempt to outline the planktonic microalgae, but some ice algae have biogeography and ecology of the taxa recorded been included. The list does not include other beyond what is done here would be a hazardous benthic project. reported from the Svalbard plankton The species list beIow comprises 193 species and five varieties and forms. In algae. No cyanobacteria have been and ice floras. The scientific names listed are, as far as addition, it we have been able to check, those in current use. includes five species considered to have been The most common, but far from all, synonyms determined with uncertainty and marked with have been included. The speeies are arranged "cf.", and eight species only determined to genus. below their divisions and classes. The choano These are all microalgae that may require special flagellates are placed below a phylum and a dass techniques for proper identification, techniques of the zoological dassification system, but these that might not have been available for the studies species are normally dealt with by algologists. List of species Sources Scientific names (see reference list) Comments CRYPTOPHYTA Cryptophyceae Hemiselmis sp. [soselmis obconica Butcher 7 11 Leucocryptos marina (Braarud) Butcher 5,7,8 Teleaulax acuta (Butcher) Hill (syn. Cryptomonas acuta Butcher) 11 DlNOPHYTA Dinophyceae Dinoflagellates Alexandrium osten/eldii (Paulsen) Balech & Tangen (syn. Goniodoma 2,5,6 III osten/eldii Paulsen) A. excal'atum (Braarud) Balech & Tangen (syn. Gonyaulax excal'ata 5 Braarud) Amphidinium longum Lohmann 7,11 A. sphenoides Wulff 7,11 Amylax triacantha (Jørgensen) Sourmia (syn. Gonyaulax triacantha 6 I, III Jørgensen) Cachonina niei Loeblich III 5 Ceratium arcticum (Ehrenberg) C1eve 2,3,5,6,7,9 C. /urca (Ehrenberg) Claparede & Lachmann 3 C. /usus (Ehrenberg) Dujardin 3,5,7 C. longipes (Bai/ey) Gran 2,3,5,7 C. macroceros (Ehrenberg) C1eve 2 C. tripos (O.F. Muller) Nitzsch 2,7 Cladopyxis daytonii Holmes 5,8 III A catalogue of Svalbard plants 377 Sources (see reference list) Scientific names Dinophysis aeuminata Claparede & Lachmann 5,6,7,9 D. acuta Ehrenberg 1,2,3,5,9 Comments D. aretiea Mereskowsky 2 III D. islandiea Paulsen 6 l, III D. norvegica Claparede & Lachmann 2,5,6,7,8 D. rotundata Claparede & Lachmann (syn. Phalaeroma rotundatum 1,2,5,6,8 Claparede & Lachmann) Kofoid & Michener) D. ruudii (Braarud) Balech (syn. Phalacroma ruudii Braarud) 1,5,6,8 Diplopsalis lentieula Bergh (syn. Glenodinium lentieula (Bergh) Schiller) 1,3 Ebria tripartita (Schumann) Lemmermann 1,5,8 Glenodinium danieum Paulsen 5 G. spitsbergense Ramsfjell 8 Gonyaulax grindleyi Reinecke (syn. Protoeeratium retieulatum (Clapan:de 2.8 III & Lachmann) BiHschli) G. parva Ramsfjell 6 G. spinifera (Claparede & Lachmann) Diesing 2,3,5 Gymnodinium abbreviatum Kofoid & Swezy 6 l G. aretteum Wulff 11 III G. lohmannii Paulsen 1.5,6,8 G. simplex (Lohmann) Kofoid & Swezy 11 Gyrodinium grenlandieum Braarud 5,6,7,8 Heteroeapsa triquetra (Ehrenberg) Stein (syn. Peridinium triquetrum 5 III (Ehrenberg) Lebour) Katodinlum rotundatum (Lohmann) Loeblich III (syn. Massartia rotundata 11 (Lohmann) Schiller) Oxytoxum sp. 5 PaulsenelIa ehaetoceratis (Paulsen) Chatton 1,8 Peridinium faeroense Paulsen 6 Prorocentrum aporum (Schiller) Dodge 8 P. baltieum (Schiller) Loeblich III 5,6,8,11 P. compressum (Bailey) Abe ex Dodge 1 P. mieans Ehrenberg 7 Protoperidinium bipes (Paulsen) Balech 1,5,6,7,8 P. breve (Paulsen) Balech 2,8 P. brevipes (Paulsen) Balech 1,2,5,6,7,8 P. eonicoides (Paulsen) Balech 1,2,5,6,7,8 P. depressum (Bailey) Balech 1,2,3,5,7,8,9 P. divergens (Ehrenberg) Balech 1,4,5 v Il P. granli (OstenfeId) Balech 5,8 P. grenlandieum (Woloszynska) Balech 8 III P. islandieum (Paulsen) BaJech 2,6,8 III P. monaeanthum (Broch) Balech 1.2,8 III P. Ol'atum (Schuu) Balech 2,3,5 P. pallidum (Ostenfeid) Balech 2,5,7,8 P. pellucidum (Bergh) Balech 1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9 P. pyriforme (Paulsen) Balech 8 P. quarnerense (Schroder) Balech 8 P. steinii (Jørgensen) Balech 2,5,7 P. subinerme (Paulsen) Balech 2,8 Scrippsiella trochoidea (Stein) Loeblich III (syn. Peridinium trochoideum 1,5,7,8 (Stein) Lemmermann) Torodinium sp. 5 378 G. R. HASLE & C. H. von QUlLLFELDT Sources (see reference list) Scientific names Comments CHRYSOPHYTA Prymnesiophyceae - Haptophyceae Algirosphaera robusta (Lohmann) Norris (syn. Anthosphaera robusta 4,8 Lohmann) Calciopappus caudatus Gaarder & Ramsfjell Chrysochromulina cf. ericina Parke & Manton C. cf. kappa Parke & Manton C. cf. strobilus Parke & Manton Coccolithus pelagicus (Wallich) Schiller Crystallolithus hyalinus Gaarder & Markali Dicrateria inornata Parke Discosphaera tubifer (Murray & Blackman) Ostenfeid Emiliania huxleyi (Lohmann) Hay & Mohler Phaeocystis pouchetii (Hariot) Lagerheim 8 11 11 11 1,6,8 III 4 111 4,8,11 11 1,5,8 1,2,3,5,6,7,8,10 Chrysophyceae ApedinelIa spinifera (Throndsen) Throndsen 4,5,6 Calycomonas vangoorii (Conrad) Lund Dictyocha speculum Ehrenberg Dinobryon balticum (Schiitt) Lemmermann (syn. D. pellucidum Levander) D. belgicum Meunier D. faculiferum (Willen) Willen (syn. D. petiolatum Willen) Meringosphaera mediterranea Lohmann 5 5,6,7,8,11 1,2,4,5,6,8,11 6 5,6 6 M. tenerrima Schiller 4 Ochromonas sp. 7 Bacillariophyceae - Diatoms Achnanthes taeniata Grunow ActinoLJclus cf. curvatulus Janisch (syn.? Coscinodiscus curvatulus 1,7,8 III 2,6,8 III Grunow) A. subtilis (Gregory) Ralfs Asteromphalus heptactis (Brebisson) Ralfs Attheya septentrionalis (0strup) Crawford (syn. Chaetoeeros septentrionalis østrup) Bacterosira bathyomphala (Gran) Syvertsen & Hasle (syn. B. fragilis 8 1,6,7,8 III (Gran) Gran) Berkeleya rutilans (Trentepohl & Roth) Grunow 6 Chaetoceros affinis Lauder 5 C. atlanticus Cleve C. borealis Bailey 1,3,5,7,8 C. borealis f. concavicornis (Mangin) Braarud 1,8 C. borealis f. varians Gran C. concavicornis Mangin C. cinctus Gran 5,7 2,3,5,6 1 1 C. convolutus Castracane 1,6,8 C. debilis Cleve C. decipiens Cleve 1,4,5,7,8 1,2,3,5,6,7,8 C. densus Cleve 1 C. diadema (Ehrenberg) Gran (syn. C. subsecundus (Grunow) Hustedt) 1,3,5 C. furcellatus Bailey C. gracilis Schiitt C. karianus Grunow 5 1,5,6,7,8 1,5,8 III III 379 A eatalogue of Svalbard plants Sources (see reference list) Scientific names C. laeiniosus Schiitt 4,5,7,8 C. mitra (Bailey) Cleve 6,7 C. simplex Ostenfeid 5 C. soeialis Lauder 1,5,6,7,8 C. teres Cleve 2,3,8 C. wighamii Brightwell 5,7,8 Corethron criophilum Castracane 3,5,8 Coseinodiseus asteromphalus Ehrenberg l C. centralis Ehrenberg 2,8 C. divisus Grunow l C. oculus-iridis Ehrenberg 3 C. radiatus Ehrenberg 2 Cylindrotheea closterium (Ehrenberg) J. Lewin & Reimann (syn. Nitzsehia 1,5,6,7,8 Comments III III closterium (Ehrenberg) W. Smith) Daetyliosolen fragilissimus (Bergon) Hasle (syn. Rhizosolenia fragilissima 5 Bergon) Detonula eonfervacea (Cleve) Gran l Diatoma elongatum (Lyngbye) Agardh 6 Ditylum brightwellii (West) Grunow 5 Eueampia groenlandiea Cleve 5 E. zodiaeus Ehrenberg 1,5,8 Fragilaria striatula Lyngbye 6 Fragilariopsis atlantiea Paasche (syn. Nitzsehia paasehei Hasle) 6 I F. eylindrus (Grunow) Krieger in Helmcke & Krieger (syn. Fragilaria 5,6,7 III 1,7,8 III I, IV III eylindrus Grunow, Nitzsehia cyUndms (Grunow) Hasle) F. oceaniea (Cleve) Hasle (syn. Fragilaria oceaniea Cleve, Fragilaria arctiea Grunow in Cleve, Nitzsehia grunowii Hasle) F. pseudonana (Hasle) Hasle (syn. Nitzsehia pseudonana Hasle, F. nana 6 (Steemann Nielsen) Paasche) Gyrosigma faseiola (Ehrenberg) Griffith & Henfrey var. tenuirostris 6 (Grunow) Cleve G. tenuissimum (W. Smith) Griffith & Henfrey var. hyperborea (Grunow) 6 Cleve Haslea erucigeroides (Hustedt) Poulin & Cardinal 7 Leptocylindrus danieus Cleve 3,5,6 L. minimus Gran 5 III Liemophora sp. 1,8 Melosira arctiea Dickie 8 Navicula direeta (W. Smith) Ralfs 6.7 N. gelida Grunow 7 N. granil (Jørgensen) Gran 1,8 111 N. pelagiea Cleve 7,8 III N. septenlrjonalis (Grunow) Gran 7 III N. siberiea (Grunow) Gran 7 III N. superba Cleve 7 III N. transitans Cleve 7 1II 1II N. vanhoeffenii Gran 7 III Nitzsehia frigida Grunow 6,7,8 III N. hudsonii Poulin & Cardinal 6 N. hybrida Grunow 6 I, III N. laevissima Grunow 7 III N. longissima (Brebisson) Ralfs 5 N. pellucida Grunow 6 I, III N. seabra Cleve 6 I, III 380 G. R. HASLE & C. H. von QUILLFELDT Sources (see reference list) Scientific names OdonteIla aurita Agardh Comments 1,7,8 Paralia su/cata (Ehrenberg) Cleve (syn. Melosira su/cata Ehrenberg) Ktitzing Pleurosigma devei Grunow 7 P. intermedium W. Smith 6 P. stuxbergii Cleve & Grunow 6,7 Porosira glaeialis (Grunow) Jørgensen 1,6,7,8 Proboscia alata (Brightwell) Sundstrom (syn. Rhizosolenia a/ata 3,5,6,8 III Brightwell) Pseudogomphonema aretieum (Grunow) Medlin (syn. Gomphonema 7 III aretieum Grunow ex Van Heurck) Pseudo-nitzschia delicatissima (Cleve) Heiden in Heiden & Kolbe (syn. 1,5,7,8 Nitzschia delicatissima Cleve, Nitzsehia aetydrophila Hasle) P. granU (Hasle) Hasle (syn. Nitzschia granli Hasle) 6 P. seriata (Cleve) H. & M. Peragallo (syn. Nitzschia seriata Cleve) 1,5,7,8 P. seriata f. obtusa (Hasle) Hasle (syn. Nitzschia seriata f. obtusa Hasle) 6,7 Rhizosolenia hebetata Bailey f. hebetata 6,8 R. hebetata f. semispina (Hensen) Gran 1,3,5,6,7 R. setigera BrightweII 5 III R. styliformis Brightwell 2,3 Synedropsis hyperborea (Grunow) Hasle, Medlin & Syvertsen (syn. 5,7 III Tabellaria floeeu/osa (Roth) Ktitzing 8 IV Tabu/aria fascieulata (Agardh) Williams & Round (syn. Synedra tabu/ata 7 Synedra hyperborea Grunow) (Agardh) Ktitzing) Thalassionema nitzsehioides (Grunow) Mereschkowsky 8 Thalassiosira angu/ata (Gregory) Hasle 8 T. anguste-lineata (A. Schmidt) G. Fryxell & Hasle (syn. r. polyehorda 1,5,8 VI (Gran) Jørgensen, Coscinosira polychorda (Gran) Gran) r. antarctiea Comber var. borealis G. FryxelI, Douchette & Hubbard 5,6,7 T. ba/tica (Grunow) Ostenfeid nr I T. bioeu/ata (Grunow) Ostenfeid 1,5,6,7,8 III T. bu/bosa Syvertsen 7 III T. constrieta Gaarder 7 III r. eccentrica (Ehrenberg) Clcve (syn, Coscinodiscl/s eccentricus Ehrenberg) 8 T. gravida Cleve 1,2,3,5,6,8 T. hispida Syvertsen 7 T. hya/ina (Grunow) Gran 1,5,6,7,8 T. hyperborea (Grunow) Hasle & Lange T. kushirensis Takano III I, III 7 T. nordenskioe/dii Cleve 1.2,5,6,7,8 T. pacifica Gran & Angst 5 T. poroseriata (Ramsfjell) Hasle (syn. Coseinosira poroseriata RamSfjell) 6 Thalassiothrix longissima Cleve & Grunow 3,8 Trachyneis aspera (Ehrenberg) CTeve 6 Trieeratium areticum Brightwell l EUGLENOPHYTA Euglenophyceae Eutreptiella braarudii Throndsen 6,7 E. gymnastica Throndsen 11 A catalogue of Svalbard plants 381 Sources Scientific names (see reference list) Comments CHLOROPHYTA Prasinophyceae 1,3 7,11 11 Halosphaera viridis Schmitz Micromonas pusilla (Butcher) Manton & Parke Nephroselmis pyriformis (N. Carter) Ettl 7 2 2 Pachysphaera sp. Pterosperma dictyon (Jørgensen) Ostenfeid P. moebiusii (Jørgensen) Ostenfeld P. vanhoeffenii (Jørgensen) Ostenfeld 2 Pyramimonas grossii Parke 11 P. cf. plurioculata Butcher Il Resultor micron (Throndsen) Moestrup (syn. Pedimonas micron Throndsen) 7 7 Tetraselmis sp. ZOOMASTlGOPHORA Choanoflagellidea ( = Craspedophyceae) Choanoflagellates 6,11 Bicosta spinifem (Throndsen) Leadbeater (syn. Salpingoeca spinifera Throndsen) 5 Calliacantha natans (Grøntved) Leadbeater (syn. Salpingoeca natans Grøntved) Diaphanoeca sp. 6 Monosiga marina Grøntved 5,Il 7 1,Il,11 11 M. marina var. minima Paasche Parvicorbicula socialis (Meunier) Deflandre Pleurasiga sp. Comments References I First record from Svalbard. Il All species were previously in the genus (1) Peridinium. III These speeies are all typical arctic marine microalgae, either originally described from the Arctic (usually indicated by the specific epithet), by occurring only in the Arctic or by appearing in Braarud, T. 1935: The "øst" expedition to the Denmark Il. The phytoplankton Hva/råd. Skr. lO, 1-173. Strait 1929. and its conditions of growth. (2) Broch, H. 1910: Das Plankton der schwedischen Ex.pedition nach Spitzbergen 1905. K. Svenska Ve/ensk. -Akad. Hand/. greatest abundance in the Arctic. (3) Cleve, IV Freshwater/brackish water species. expedition to Spitzbergen in 1898. V All species except P. micans were previously in the genus Exuviella. VI In the past usually identified as Thalassiosira 45 (9), 2564. Handl. P.T. 1899: Plankton collectcd by the Swedish K. Svenska Velensk.-Akad. 32( 3), 3-51 (4) Halldal, P. & Halldal, K. 1973: Phytoplankton, chlorophyll, and submarine light conditioos in Kings Bay, Spitsbergen in d ecipiens. luly 1971. Norw. Acknowledgements waters north-west of Spitsbergen in the autumn of 1979. (5) Heimdal, J. Bol. B.R. 20,99-108. 1983: Phytoplankton and nutrients in the J. Plaliktoli Res. 5.901-918. B.R. & G.R. J. Throndsen and K. Tangen were consulted and their assistance (6) Heimdal. is greatly appreciated. in Kings Bay. Svalbard. July 1988. Hasle, (unpubl.): The phytoplankton G. R. HASLE & C. ff. 382 von QUlLLFELDT (7) Hellum, C 1989: Planteplanktonet i Barentshavet, nær Mijenfjorden (Vest-Spitsbergen). elter oljelekkasje ved Svea østkysten av Svalbard, i overgangen mellom april og mai 1985. gruva 1978. Tromura, Naturv. 2, l-50. Unpubl. cand. scient. thesis, Univ. Oslo, 309 pp. (10) Tande, K. & Eilertsen, H.C 1984. Plante- og dyreplankton (8) Ramsfjell, E . 1954: FylOplanklOnet i den nordligste delen av Norskehavet i begynnelsen av juni 1952 og 1953. UnpubL cand. real. thesis, Univ. Oslo. 158 pp. Mag. Bot. 17,49-57. (9) Schei, R, Eilertsen, H.C, Falk-Petersen, S., Gulliksen, B. & Taasen, I.P. 1979. Marinbiologiske ved Svalbard. Ottar 150, 6-13. (11) T hrondsen, J. 1970. Flagellates from Arctic waters. Nytt undersøkelser i Van Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.) A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano bacteria A. Part 9. Terrestrial and Iimnic algae and cyanobacteria OLAV M. SKULBERG 1996: Part 9, Terrestrial and Iimnic algae and cyanobacteria, Pp, 383-395 in Elvebakk, A, & Prestrud, P, (eds,): A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria, Norsk Polarinstituu Skrifter 198, Skulberg, O,M, A su rvey of the terrestrial and limnic Svalbard Ilo ra of algae and cyanobacteria is made based on the 766 spedes in addition to some insufficiently determined taxa and some (68 speeies), diatoms (393 speeies ), Chlorophyceae (85 speeies) and desmids literary reeords, The list includes subspecific taxa, Cyanobacteria (162 spedes) represent the most species-rich groups, The catalogue is provisional, and the names and author citations of taxa are given as published in the original literature cited, Ankyra judai, Gymllodinium uberrimum, Katablepharis ovalis, Monoraphidium komarkovae, and Rhodomonas tacustris are reported as new to Svalbard, The phycological knowledge of the Svalbard archipelago is still in its infancy, creating an open field for eontinued investigations on diversity and phytogeographical relationships, O,M. Skulberg, Norwegian InstitUie for Water Re.learch, p, o, Box 173, Kjelsås, N-0411 Oslo, Norway. Algae and cyanobacteria are among the organ Contents isms capable of growth at environmental extre mes. A number of species can exist under very Introduction ,. ..... ,. .......... ,..,. .. ,..,.,. ........ ,..... 383 varied conditions of temperature, and severai may List of speeies . ,....................,.......... ,............ 385 survive prolonged freezing, Svalbard has e,g. a " . Acknowledgernents .. ... . .... . . . . . . .. ,., ..., .............. 394 snow-flora of algae, which pass their entire exist . Referenees.,. .... .. ..... . , .............,.,. ................. 394 ence on the snow and ice (cryovegetation), Hot . springs give shelter to a special algal vegetation. Die Steine durchgehends seint Aderisch auf allerhand Art. wie ein Marmor, Roth, Weiss und Gdb, und bei Veriinderung des SeveraI species are indicators of the influence of Gewitters natzen sie und davon wird der Schnee gefarbet, auch human activity (polluted areas). A number of wenn es viel regnet 1aufft das Wasser bey den Steinen nerab, algae live as endophytes within other organisms, davon der Schnee Roth gefårbet wird". (Chlamydomonas nivalis, Spitsbergen. Martens Noteworthy is the symbiotic relation with fungi 1675). forming lichens-reported in Part 6 of this cata logue. Parasitk algae are present in plants and animals (Ettl 1980), A brief review of the relevant terrestrial and Introduction Iimnic flora of algae and cyanobacteria of Sval bard is made, The vast theme is surveyed only as an attempt of a preliminary, practical approach, Most vegetation types on Svalbard are dominated by cryptogams and cyanobacteria. On terrestrial Reports on the algal vegetation of Svalbard and aquatic localities algae occur in a variety of have usually appeared in short publications as situations (van den Hoek 1978). They develop in various habitats of the archipelago over the years and on moist soil, on rocks, in all kinds of running have been investigated. Hence literature is under water, ground-water runoff and mires, They occur standably most abundantly in still waters: ponds, ditches mainly from the island Spitsbergen, represent widely scattered, The collections, and lakes (benthos and plankton). Algal veg customary preserved material of the more con etation is present in all water bodies ranging in spicuous quality from freshwater, brackish water to salt samples). The samples have in most cases been water (Cholnoky 1968), algal growth observed (random placed at the disposal of specialists for study long 383 384 OLAV M. SKULBERG after the time of the field work. Careful and heloplankton which may in small inland waters thorough collecting activity in accessible parts of develop a diverse and luxuriant growth due to Svalbard by experienced phycologists has been nutrient enrichment of the water (e.g. fertilised rather exceptional. by organic deposits from birds (Norderhaug 1970; Seientific reports on freshwater algae from Sval Willen 1970». bard dates back to the early nineteenth century. The Svalbard flora of algae and cyanobacteria The first speeies accounted is interestingly Chla outlined here indicates a complexity of environ mydomonas nivalis (Meyen 1840). Another early mental conditions and a high speeies diversity. observation was Prasiola fluviatilis from Mag Long, cold winters and short, cool summers are dalenafjorden (lessen 1848). The diatom flora of deeisive for the quality and quantity of the algal Spitsbergen was investigated by Cleve (1864) and vegetation. The insolation and light periodicity Lagerstedt determine the extension of the growth season. (1873). The exploration of arctic regions was intensified during the last half of the The formation of spores and resting stages of century (Nordstedt 1872; Wittrock 1883). The different kinds (akinetes, cysts etc.) are important knowledge of the algal vegetation of Svalbard for increased as a consequence. This early phase of observed frequently in plankton samples (Willcn phycological research is weU documented by 1980). survival. Encysted cells are accordingly Borge (1911), himself an eminent scientist with The predominating freshwater algae of Sval desmids from Spitsbergen as one of his interests bard are usually considered to be cyanobacteria, (Borge 1892). The continued work on freshwater desmids and diatoms (Hirano 1965). Even though algae was connected with research expeditions speeies of these groups are common in arctic (Strøm 1921a), severaI of them organised by the aquatie habitats, modem phycological methods Norwegian Polar Institute and Tromsø Museum. will probably also uncover a multitude of delicate The dia tom flora was given special attention (Hus organisms tedt 1937; Krasske 1938), and this interest has samples. Making generalisations about the algal usually destroyed in preserved continued right up to the present (Foged 1964; flora of Svalbard is therefore a difficult task still Willen 1991). awaiting results of new research. The list below includes 766 speeies of cyano Svalbard was glaeiated during the Weichselian bacteria and algae, in addition to 43 taxa deter (Mangerud 1983). mined only to generic leve!, speeies determined etation is consequently of post-glaeial origin. The with uncertainty, and additional varieties and organisms of algal type are evidently, in most The freshwater algal veg forms. Diatoms, desmids and chlorophytes have cases, so far been the most intensively studied groups. not decisively limited by the dispersal factor. The However, the Svalbard flora contains 50 easily spread that they are in principle many colonisation by freshwater algae and cyano further speeies of algae from the whole taxonomic bacteria has taken place from populations of the hierarchy. To obtain a reasonably complete pk nearest land ture of the speeies composition of the algal veg Zemlja, Finnmark). Generally the freshwater areas (e.g. Greenland, Novaja etation, a wide range of terrestrial and aquatie flora of algae on Svalbard show close phy localities should be systematically investigated. togeographical All the numerous islands of Svalbard need atten (Strøm 1921b; Thomasson 1961; Foged 1964; connection with Fennoscandia tion (Sand et al. 1991). A taxonomic revision WilIcn 1980). However, extensive phycological should also be carried out, combined with devel research is necessary to recognise the gene flow opmental studies of living material in cultures. in populations, to verify possible endemie speeies, The divisions considered are represented on and to understand why particular substrates Svalbard with a large variety of morphological demonstrate the presence-and organisation inC!uding unicellular, colonial, fila development-of certain algae specialised for prornote the mentous and thalloid types. A multitude of habi the prevailing severe environmental conditions tats on Svalbard are suited for algal growth with on Svalbard. speeies of aerophytes, edaphophytes, benthos and Phycological knowledge of the vegetation of plankton. The typical limnoplankton of Svalbard waters, soils and aeriaJ habitats of Svalbard is still is generally composed of few speeies and small in its infancy and constitutes a prornising issue population numbers (Thomasson 1958, 1961; Guerrero 1964: Willen 1980). An exception is the for continued research on phytogeographical re!ationships (Sand et al. 1991). Catalogue of Svalbard plan es, [ungi, algae and cyanobacteria This survey is supposed to reflect the Svalbard literature, Taxa epithets are therefore listed as published means in the original publications. 385 List of speeies This that both older synonyms and more recent names from the literature in general have CYANOBACTERIA not been considered, except in a few instances. There is no list of doubtful or excluded taxa, although for severai taxa the distinctions by previous taxonomists cerning biological 1979). need verification significance con (Langangen One reason for this is also that the c1assification of some groups, especially cyano 1989; Skul 1993) and phytoflagellates (MarguIis et al. 1990) depends decisively on cultivation studies (Stein 1973; Skulberg & Skulberg 1990). bacteria (Castenholz & Waterbury berg et al. Cyanophyceae Anabaena cf. aequalis Borge A. planctonica Brunnth. Aphanocapsa elachista W. et G.S. West. A. nivalis Lagerh. A. testacea Nag. Aphanothece clathrata W. et G.S. West A. saxicola Nag. Calothrix gypsophila (Ktitz.) Thuret Such studies may alter the existing c1assification Chlorogloea cf. microcystoides Geit. in genera and species considerably. An eval Chroococcus compacta Ktitz. uation of this process related to the published e. limneticus Lemm. Svalbard species is outside the scope of this e. minutus (Ktitz.) Nag. survey. Culture studies should be encouraged e. montana Kiitz. in the years onwards and combined with relevant e. sanguinea (Ag.) Ktitz. e. tenax (Kirchn.) Hieron. field observations. The list of taxa is based principally on the monographs by Borge (1911) and Foged (1964) supplemented with results of recent investigations (Willen 1980; Matula 1982; Matula& Swies 1989). Pål Bretturn, Norwegian Institute for Water Research, supplied information on five species e. turgidus (Ktitz.) Nag. Chamaesiphon fuscus (Rostaf.) Hansg. e. gracilis Rabh. e. incrustans Grun. Clastidium setigerum Kirchn. Dactylococcopsis acicularis Lemm. which have not been reported from Svalbard Dermocarpa cf. pseudoxenococcoides Bourr. before, and these species are marked with an Dichothrix cf. fusca F.E. Fritsch asterisk in the list of species. The information D. gypsophila (Kiitz.) Bom. et Flah. about species of cryovegetation is derived mainly Gloeocapsa a/pina (Nag.) Brand from Kol (1968) and Kol & Eurola (1974). The G. cf. bituminosa (Bory) Ktitz. list is probably not complete. Russian literature G. decorticans (A. Braun) P. Richt. has not been easily available and has not been G. janthina Nag. included. Phycological research carried out on G. kiitzingiana Nag. more or less adjacent Arctic Ocean islands, e.g. G. minor (Kiitz.) Hollerb. Franz Josef Land, Novaja Zemlja, Jan Mayen, G. montana Ktitz. Greenland, also throw light on comparable arctic G. punctata Nag. algal vegetation (Boldt G. ralfsii (Harv.) Wittr. Strøm WilIen 1887; Lagerheim 1900; 1921b; Petersen 1935; Hustedt 1937; 1970). In the list of species below, genus and species are listed alphabetically under their families and G. rupestris Ktitz. G. sanguinea (Ag.) Ktitz. G. turgida (Kiitz.) Hollerb. Gloeothece rupestris (Lyngb.) Bom. divisions, mainly following the c!assification sys Gomphosphaeria aponina Ktitz. tem of EttI G. lacustris Chod. var. compacta Lemm. (1980). There are no reports of ter restrial and limnic algae of the phaeophytes and G. naegeliana (Unger) Lemm. raphidophytes, nor of the families Eustigma Homoeothrix janthina (Bom. et Flah.) Starm. tophyceae and Loxophyceae of the divisions Chrysophyta and Chlorophyta. respectively. Lyngbya aerugineo-coerulea (Ag.) Gom. L. limnetica Lemm. L. vacuolifera Skuja Merismopedia elegans A. Br. OLAV M. SKULBERG 386 M. glauca (Ehr.) Nag. Chrysococcus biporus Skuja M. minima G. Beck C. minutus (Fritsch) Nyg. M. punctata Meyen Chrysolykos angulatus (WiIlen) Nauwerck M. tenuissima Lemm. C. angulatus f. bicomis (Willen) Nauwerck Mierocoleus vaginatus (Vauch.) Gom. C. planctonicus Mack Mierocystis incerta (Lernm.) Lemm. C. skujai (Ramberg) Baun. M. cf. parietina (Nag.) Elenkin Desmarel{a moniliformis Kent M. pulverea (Wood) Forti Dinobryon cylindricum Imhof Nostoe commune Vauch. D. divergens Imhof N. humifusum Carm. D. divergens var. schauinslandii (Lernm. ) N. linckia (Roth) Bom. N. kihlmani Lemm. Brunnth. D. sociale Ehr. N. paludosum Kutz. D. sociale var. americana (Brunnth. ) Bachmann N. cf. punctiforme (Kutz.) Hariot Epipyxis condensata (Mack) Hilliard et Asmund Oscillatoria amphibia Ag. E. polymorpha (Lund) Hilliard et Asmund O. brevis (Kutz.) Gom. E. tubulosa (Mack) Hilliard et Asmund O. cf. def/exa W. et G.S. West Hydrurus foetidus (Villars) Trevisan O. formosa Bory Kephyrion sp/rale (Lackey) Conrad O. glacialis Wittr. Lagenoeca globulosa France O. irrigua Kutz. Mallomonas spp. O. limosa Ag. Monas spp. O. splendida Grev. Monochrysis aphanaster Skuja Phormidium ambiguum Gom. M. cf. parva Skuja P. autumnale (Ag.) Gom. Ochromonas simplex Pascher P. favosum (Bory) Gom. Pseudokephyrion conicum (Schiller) Schrnid. P. cf. frigidum F.E. Fritsch P. entzii Conrad P. laminosum (Ag.) Gom. Salpingoeca frequentissima (Zach.) Lemm. P. cf. pristleyi F.E. Fritsch Stelexomonas dichotoma Lackey P. tenue (Menegh.) Gom. Stylopyxis libera Fatt P. viride (Vauch.) Lemm. Synura uvella Ehr. Pseudanabaena catenata Laut. Uroglena americana Calkins Rhabdoderma lineare Schmidle et Lauterb. U. volvox Ehr. Schizothrix arenaria (Berk.) Gom. Volvochrysis globosa Schiller S. tinctoria (Ag.) Gom. Scopulonema f/uviatilis Lagerh. Scytonema erustaceum Ag. S. myochrous (Dillw.) Ag. S. ocellatum Lyngb. Haptophyceae Chrysochromulina parua Lackey S. tolypotrichoides Kutz. Stigonema mamillosum (Lyngb. ) Ag. Synechococcus aeruginosus Nag. Xanthophyceae S. leopoliensis (Racib.) Kom. Mischococcus conferu/cola Nag. CHRYSOPHYTA T. bombycinum Derb. et Sol. Ophiocytium majus Nag. Tribonema cf. a!fine G.S. West T. minus Hazen Chrysophyccae Aulomonas purdyi Lackey Bicosoeca cylindrica (Lackey) Bourr. Vaucheria borealis Hirn Badllariophyceae Bitrichia ollula Fou Achnanthes austriaca Hust. Cerobodo cf. varians Skuja A. brevipes Ag. Chromulina glacialis Skuja A. breuipes Agardh var. intermedia (Kiitz.) Cleve 387 Catalogue ot Svalbard plants, tungt, algae and cyanobacteria A. broenlundensis Foged Cymatopleura solea (Breb.) A. calcar CJeve Cymbella aequalis W. A. coarctata (Breb.) Grun. e. aequalis A. erdmannensis Foged e. affinis Kutz. A. flathukensis Foged e. amphicephala Nag. W. Smith Smith Smith var. subaequalis Grun. W. A. flexella (Kutz.) Grun. e. angustata A. fragilarioides Boye Petersen e. austriaca Grun. (W. Smith) CJeve A. hauckiana Grun. C. brehmii Hust. A. holsti CJeve e. broenlundensis Foged A. kryophila Boye Petersen e. cesati (Rabh.) Grun. A. kryophiloides Foged e. cistula (Hempr.) Grun. A. lanceolata (Breb.) Grun. e. cuspidata Kutz. A. lanceolata var. rostrata (Ostrup) Hust. e. cymbiformis (Kutz.) Van Heurck e. delicatula Kutz. A. lapponica Hust. A. linearis W. e. designata Kramer Smith A. marraitensis Foged e. elginensis Kramer A. microcephala (Kutz.) Grun. e. erdmannensis Foged A. minutissima Kutz. e. gaeumanni Meister A. peragalli Brun et Heribaud e. gracilis (Rabh.) CJeve A. subsalsa Boye Petersen e. hebridica (Greg.) Grun. A. thienemanni Hust. e. heteropleura Ehr. A. østrupi (A. CJeve) Hust. e. hoelii Foged Amphora coraensis Foged e. homii Foged A. normanni Rabh. e. incerta Grun. A. obscura Krasske e. keilhaui Foged A. ovalis Kutz. e. laevis Nag. A. triundulata Ross. e. lanceolata (Ehr.) Van Heurck A. veneta Kutz. e. lapponica Grun. Anomoeoneis exilis (Kutz.) CJeve e. latens Krasske A. serians (Breb.) CIeve e. leptoceros (Ehr.) Grun. A. sphaerophora (Kutz.) Pfitzer e. microcephala Grun. A. zellensis (Grun.) CJeve e. minuta Hilse ex Rabenh. Caloneis alpestris (Grun.) CJeve e. naviculiformis Auersw. e. angustivalva Boye Petersen e. norvegiea Grun. e. bacillum (Grun.) CJeve e. obscura Krasske e. devei (Lagerst.) CJeve e. obtusa Greg. e. fasciata (Lagerst.) CJeve e. obtusiuscula (Kutz.) Grun. Smith) CIeve e. jotunensis Foged e. parva e. schumanniana (Grun.) CJeve e. perpusilla A. CJeve (W. e. silicula (Ehr.) CJeve e. poxima Reirnes Ceratoneis arcus (Ehr.) Kutz. e. sarsii Foged Cocconeis costata Greg. e. simili.. Krasske e. pediculus Ehr. e. sinuata Greg. e. placentula Ehr. e. spuria CJeve e. placentula var. euglypta (Ehr.) CJeve e. stauroneiformis Lagerst. e. scutellum Ehr. e. tumida (Breb.) Van Heurck Cydotella antiqua W. Smith e. turmidula Grun. e. bodanica Ehr. e. turgida (Greg.) CJeve e. comta (Ehr.) Kutz. e. e. kutzingiana Thwaites variabilis (Cramer) Lagerst. e. pseudostelligera Hust. e. ventricosa Kutz. e. striata (Kutz.) Grun. Dentieula elegans Kutz. Cylindrotheca gracilis (Breb.) Grun. D. tenuis Kutz. Heiberg var. botellus OLA VM. SKULBERG 388 D. therma/is Ktitz. F. lapponica Orun. Diawma elongatum (Lyng.) Ag. F. pinnata Ehr. D. hiemale (Lyngbye) Heiberg F. vaucheriae Boye Petersen D. uulgare Bory F. virescens Ralfs Frustulia rhomboides (Ehr.) de Toni var. saxonica DiatomelIa balfouriana Orev. Didymosphenia geminata (Lyngbye) Diploneis boldtiana Cleve D. didyma (Ehr.) Cleve W. Smith (Rabh.) de Toni F. uulgarls (Thwaites) de Toni Gomphonema acuminatum Ehr. D. elliptica (Ktitz.) Cleve G.angustatum (Kutz.) Rabh. D. interrupta (Ktitz.) Cleve G. carlsenil Foged D. minuta Boye Petersen G. constrietum Ehr. D. oculata (Breb.) Cleve G. gracile Ehr. D.aua/is (Hilse) Cleve G. intricatum Ktitz. D. peterseni Hust. G.lagerheimii A. Cleve D. puella (Schum.) Cleve G.lanceolatum Orun. var. insignis (Oreg.) Cleve Epithemia argus Ktitz. G. longiceps Ehr. E. sorex Ktitz. G.nathorstil Foged E. turgida (Ehr.) Kiitz. G. oliuaceum (Lyngbye) Kiitz. E. zebra (Ehr.) Kiitz. G. olivaceoides Hust. Eunotia a/pina (Nag.) Hust. G. olivaceoides var. spitsbergens is Foged E. arcus Ehr. G.parvulum Kutz. E. bigibba Ktitz. Gyrosigma sealproides (Rabh.) Cleve Smith) Cleve E. crista-galli Cleve G.spencerii E.diodon Ehr. Hantzschia amphioxys (Ehr.) Orun. E. exigua (Breb.) Orun. Licmophora gracilis (Ehr.) Orun. var. angliea (W. (Kiitz.) PeragaIlo E.faba (Ehr.) Orun. E. fallax A. Cleve Melosira cataractarum Hust. E. gracilis (Ehr.) Rabh. M. distans (Ehr.) Kiitz. E./apponica Orun. M. granulata (Ehr.) Ralfs E.lunaris (Ehr.) Orun. M. islandica O. Muller E. monodon Ehr. M. italica (Ehr.) Ktitz ssp. subarctica E. papilio (Orun.) Hust. M. roeseana Rabh. E. paralleIa Ehr. M. varians Ag. E. pectinalis (Ktitz.) Rabh. Meridion circulare Ag. E. polydentula Brun. Navicula absoluta Hust. E. praerupta Ehr. N.ahoensis (Cleve) Hust. E. praerupta var. bidens Orun. N. amphibola Cleve E. pseudopectinalis Hust. N. amygdalina Hust. E. septentrionalis Ostrup N. anglica Ralfs. E.sudetica (O. Muller) Hust. N. bacilliformis Orun. E. tenella (Orun.) Hust. N. bacillum Ehr. E. triodon Ehr. N. barentsil Foged E. ualida Hust. N. bicapitellata Hust. O. Muller Fragiiaria aequalis Heib. Mtiller N.avenacea (Breb.) Orun. E. suecica A. Cleve E. ueneris (Kiitz.) O. N. bryophila Boye Petersen var. lapponica Hust. N.cari Ehr. F.alpestris Krasske N. certa Hust. F. arCltS (Ehr.) Cleve N. cincta (Ehr.) Kiitz. F. capucina Desmazieres N. clementis Orun. F. construens (Ehr.) Orun. N. clemmentioides Hust. F. erotonensis Kitton N. cocconeiformis Oreg. F. hoelii Foged N.contenta Orun. F. intermedia Orun. N. crucicula (W. Smith) Donkin Catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria 389 N. cryptocephala Kiitz. N. pygmaea Kiitz. N. cuspidata Kiitz. N. radiosa Kiitz. N. delicatissima Hust. N. dicephala (Ehr.) W. N. reinhardtii Grun. Smith N. rhynchocephala Kiitz. N. digitoradiata (Greg.) A. Schmidt N. rotaeana (Rabh.) Grun. N. digitulus Hust. N. rotunda Hust. N. diluviana Krasske N. salinarum Grun. N. disjuneta Hust. N. schadei Krasske N. ekholmensis Foged N. schOnfeldii Hust. N. erdmannensis Foged N. scoresbyi Foged N. exigua (Greg.) O. Miiller N. scutiformis Grun. N. explanata Hust. N. seminulum Grun. N. festiva Krasske N. similis Krasske N. gastrum Ehr. N. skiftei Foged N. gibbula Cleve N. smeerenburgensis Foged N. gracilis Ehr. N. soehrensis Krasske N. gregaria Donkin N. stromii Hust. N. halophila (Grun.) Cleve N. subrotundata Huse N. hasta Pantocsek N. sverdrupii Foged N. hungarica Grun. N. torellii Foged N. ignobilis Krasske N. tuscula (Ehr.) Grun. N. ignota (Krasske) Lund N. vahlii Foged N. ingrata Krasske N. variostriata Krasske N. ingstadii Foged N. viridula Kiltz. N. interglacialis Hust. N. vulpina Kiltz. N. jiirnefelti Huse N. waernensis Foged N. kotschyi Grun. Neidium affine (Ehr.) C\eve N. levanderi Hust. N. bisulcatum (Lagerst.) Cleve N. londonensis Foged N. decoratum Brun. var. bergii Cleve-Euler N. lovenii Foged N. distincte-punctatum Hust. N. dubium (Ehr.) Cleve N. menisculus Schum. N. minima Grun. Sensu J. W. G. Lund N. iridis (Ehr.) Cleve N. minuseula Grun. var. alpestris Hust. N. knuthii Foged N. mutata Krasske N. kozlowi Mereschkowsky N. mutica Kiitz. N. ladogense (Cleve) Foged N. nansenii Foged N. marraitensis Foged N. naumanni Hust. N. perminutum A. Cleve N. nordenskioeldii Foged N. producturn N. omissa Hust. (W. Smith) Cleve var. polygibba Brun. N. orvinii Foged N. roenningii Foged N. paludosa Hust. N. spitsbergense Foged N. paulseniana Boye Petersen Nitzschia acuta Hantzsch N. peregrina (Ehr.) Kiitz. N. alpina Hust. N. perpusilla Grun. N. amphibia Grun. N. peterseni Hust. N. angustata N. placentula (Ehr.) Grun. N. bacilliformis Hust. (W. Smith) Grun. var. acuta Grun. N. protracta Grun. N. communis Rabh. N. pseudocryptocephala Foged N. commutata Grun. N. pseudoscutiformis Hust. N. dentieula Grun. N. pseudosilicula Hust. N. dubla W. Smith N. pseudotenelloides Krasske N. fonticola Grun. N. pupula Kiitz. N. frustulum (Kiitz.) Grun. N. pusilla N. gracilis Hantzsch W. Smith OLA VM. SKULBERG 390 N. heufteriana Grun. P. mo/aris Grun. N. hybrida Grun. P. nodosa Ehr. N. ignorata Krasske P. notata (Perag. & Herib.) A. Cleve N. katzingiana Hilse P. obscura Krasske N. mahihaensis Foged P. parva (Greg.) Cleve var. minuta Ostrup N. palea (KUtz.) W. Smith. P. platycephala (Ehr.) Cleve N. paleacea Grun. P. pulchra Ostrup N. paleaeformis Hust. P. richardensis Foged N. palustris Hust. P. stomatophora Grun. N. perminuta Grun. P. subcapitata Greg. N. pusilla Grun. P. subsolaris (Grun.) Cleve N. recta Hantzsch P. svalbardensis Foged N. romana Grun. P. sverdrupii Foged N. salinicola Aleem et Hust. P. undulata Greg. N. sinuata (W. Smith) Grun. P. viridis (Nitzsch) Ehr. N. stagnorum Rabh. P. viridis var. sudetica (Hilse) Hust. N. thermalis Kutz. var. minor Hilse P. wijkensis Foged N. tryblionella Hantzsch var. debilis (Arnott) A. Rhoicosphenia curvata (Kutz.) Grun. Mayer Rhopalodia gibba (Ehr.) O. Muller N. tryblionella var. levidensis (W. Smith) Grun. Stauroneis acuta W.Smith N. vitrea Norman S. agrestis Boye Petersen Opephora martyi Herib. S. anceps Ehr. Pinnularia amundsenii Foged S. dilatata Ehr. P. andreei Foged P. appendiculata (Ag.) Cleve P. appendiculata Ag. var. irrorata Grun. P. balfouriana Gmn. P. biglobosa (Schum.) A. Cleve-Euler P. boecheri Foged P. borealis Ehr. P. braunii (Grun.) Cleve P. braunii Grun. var. amphicephala (A. Mayer) Hust. P. divergens W. Smith P. divergentissima (Grun.) Cleve P. episcopalis Cleve P. gentjlis (Donkin) Cleve P. gibba Ehr. P. gracillima Greg. P. hemiptera (Kutz.) Cleve P. hustedtii Molder P. intermedia Lagerst. P. interrupta W. Smith P. isostauron (Grun.) Cleve P. karelica Cleve P. kneuckeri Hust. P. krockii Gmn. P. lailaensis Foged S. javanica (Gmn.) Cleve S. kriegeri Patrick S. legumen (Ehr.) Kutz. S. obtusa Lagerst. S. phoenicenteron (Nitzsch) Ehr. S. polymorpha Lagerst. S. producta Grun. S. smithii Grun. Stephanodiscus astraea (Ehr.) Grun. S. hantzschii Grun. var. pusiflus Grun. Synedra acus Kutz. S. amphicephala Kutz. S. minuseula Grun. S. nana Meister S. pulchella Kutz. S. rumpens Kutz. var. scotica Grun. S. ulna (Nitzsch) Ehr. S. vaucheriae Kutz. SurireIla angusta Kutz. S. gracilis (W. Smith) Gmn. S. nana A. Cleve-Euler S. ovalis Breb. S. ovata Kutz. Tabellaria ftocculosa (Roth) Kutz. P. lata (Breb.) W. Smith P. macilenta (Ehr.) Ehr. P. maior (Kutz.) Cleve P. mesolepta (Ehr.) W. Smith P. microstauron (Ehr.) Cleve RHODOPHYTA Rhodophyceae Batrachospermum sporulans Sirod. Catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria CRYPTOPHYTA Cryptophyceae Cryptomonas spp. Cyathomonas truncata (Fres.) From. Katablepharis ovalis Skuja * Rhodomonas lacustris Pascher et Ruttner R. minuta Skuja var. nannoplanctica Skuja * DINOPHYTA Dinophyceae Amphidinium sp. Glenodinium pulvisculus (Ehr.) Stein Gymnodinium lacustre Schiller *G. uberrimum (Allman) Kofoid et Swezy Gyrodinium pascheri (Suchlandt) Schiller Peridinium aciculiferum Lemm. P. cunningtonii Lemm. P. inconspicuum Lemm. P. willei Huitfeld-Kaas EUGLENOPHYTA Euglenophyceae Euglena gracilis Klebs Petalomonas sp. Strombomonas acuminata (Schmarda) Dett Trachelomonas hispida (Perty) Stein T. volvocina Ehr. CHLOROPHYTA A. cf. gracilis (Reinsch) Kors. *Ankyra judai (G.M. Smith) Fott Apiocystis brauniana Nag. Asterococcus superb us (Cienk.) Scherff. Binuclearia tatrana Wittr. BotryococClls braunii Kiitz. Carteria ovata Jacobsen C. turfosa Fott Chlamydomonas bacillus (Teiling) Fott C. lateritia (Wittr.) Lagerh. C. nivalis (Bauer) Wille C. planctogloea Skuja C. p!anctonica (West et West) Fott Chlorococcum infusionum (Sch rank) Menegh. Chlorogonium cf. perforatum Skuja Cladophora kjellmaniana Wittr. Coelastrum cambricum Archer C. microporum Nag. Cryocystis japonica Kol Dictyosphaerium elegans Bachmann D. primarium Skuja Dimorphococcus lunatus A.Br. Diplostauron sp. Elakatothrix gelatinosa Wille Eudorina elegans Ehr. Franceia droescheri (Lemm.) Smith Geminella interrupta (Turp.) Lagerh. Gloeocystis gigas (Kiitz.) Lagerh. G. minuta Willen G. planctonica (W. et G.S. West) Lemm. Gloeotila mucosa Kiitz. Golenkiniopsis parvula (Woronich.) Korsch. Gonium sociale (Dujardin) Warming Koliella longiseta (Vischer) Hindåk Lagerheimia subsalsa Lemm. L. genevensis Chod. Microspora floccosa (Vauch.) Thur. M. pachyderma (Wille) Lagerh. M. stagnorum (Kiitz.) Lagerh. Monomastix cf. pyrenigera Skuja Monoraphidium contortum (Thur.) Kom.-Legn. M. convolutum (Corda) Kom.-Legn. M. griffithii (Berkel) Kom.-Legn. M. komarkovae Nygaard M. minutum (Nag.) Kom.-Legn. Oedogonium oblongum Wittrock Oocystis parva W. et G.S. West O. pusilla Hansg. O. solitaria Wittr. O. submarina Lagerh. Pandorina morum (Miiller) Bory Paulschulzia pseudovolvox (Schulz) Skuja Pediastrum boryanum (Turpin) Menegh. * Prasinophyceae Scourfieldia complanata G.S. West Tetramitus pyriformis Klebs Trichloris paradoxa Scherffel & Pascher Chlorophyceae Ankistrodesmus falcatus (Corda) Ralfs 391 OLAV M. SKULBERG 392 P. boryanum var. granulatum (Kutz.) A. Br. C. leibleinii Kutz. var. minimum Schmidle P. boryanum var. longicome Reinsch C. lunula (Muli.) Nitzsch P. braunii Wartm. C. navieula (Breb.) Liitkem. P. duplex Meyen C. parvulum Nag. P. integrum Nag. f. granulatum Racib. c. pseudo lunula Borge P. mutieum Kutz. C. spetsbergense Borge Planctonema lauterbomii Schmidle C. striolatum Ehr. Pleuroeoeeus vulgaris Menegh. C. tumidum Johnson Prasiola crispa (Lightf.) Ag. C. venus Kutz. P. furfuracea (Mert.) Menegh. Cosmarium ·.nceps Lund. P. fluviatilis (Sommerf.) Aresch. C. annulatum (Nag.) De Bary Protoderma viride Kutz. C. arrosum Nordst. Raphidonema nivale Lagerh. C. attenuatum Breb. Rhizoclonium hieroglyphieum (Ag.) Kutz. C. biclavatum Borge Seenedesmus aeuminatus (Lagerh.) Chod. C. bioeulatum Nordst. S. aeutus Meyen C. biretum Breb. S. eeomis (Ralfs) Chod. C. biretum var. trigibberum Nordst. S. granulatus W. et G.S. West C. bodanica Ehr. S. quadricauda (Turpin) Brebisson C. botrytis Menegh. S. spinosus Chod. C. eapitulum Roy et Biss. var. groenlandicum Seotiella antaretiea Fritsch S. antaretiea Fritsch f. svalbardensis E. Kol et S. Eurola S. nivalis (Shuttleworth) Fritsch Sphaeroeystis schroeteri Chod. Stichocoeeus baeillaris Nag. B6rgesen C. cinetutum Nordst. C. connatum Kirchn. C. eonspersum Ralfs var. latum (Breb.) W. et G.S. West C. eontractum Kirchn. var. ellipsoideum (Elfv.) W. et G. S. West S. nivalis Chod. S. seopuUnus Hazen Tetraedron eaudatum (Corda) Hansg. var. incisum Lagerh. C. eostatum Nordst. C. erenatum Ralfs C. eueumis Ralfs T. minimum (A.Br.) Hansg. C. eyclicum Lund. var. aretieum Nordst. T. minimum tetralobulatum Reinsch C. cymatopleurum Nordst. Tetraspora gelalinosa (Vauch.) Desv. C. debaryi Arch. Troehiscia cryophila Chod. C. decedens (Reinsch) Racib. var. borgei Krieger T. retieularis (Reinsch) Hansg. C. depressum (Nag.) Lund. Ulothrix aequalis Kutz. C. globosum Bulnh. U. moniliformis Kutz. C. granatum Breb. U. oscillariana Kutz. C. hammeri Reinsch var. eroasdaleae Kriey et Gerl. U. subtilis Kutz. U. zonata (Web. et Mohr) Kutz. Willea irregularis (Wille) Schmidle C. hammeri var. homalodermum (Nordst.) West C. hexalobum Nordst. C. holmiense Lund. C. holmiense var. nordstedtii Racib. Conjugatophyceae Aetinotaenium curtum (Breb.) Teil. var. attenuatum (Breb.) Teil. ex Ruzicka et Pouzar C. holmil Wille C. hornavanense Gutw. var. dubovianum (Lutkm.) Ruz. C. impressulum Elfv. Aneylonema nordenskiOldii Berggren C. incertum Schmidl. Closterium acerosum (Schr.) Ehr. ex Ralfs C. laeve Rabh. C. aeutum Breb. C. margaritatum (Lund.) Roy et Biss. C. dianae Ehr. C. margaritiferum (Turp.) Menegh. C. ehrenbergii Menegh. C. microsphinetum Nordst. C. leibleinii Kutz. ex Ralfs C. nasutum Nordst. 393 Catalogue ot Svalbard p/ants. tungi, algae and cyanobacteria e. norimbergense Reinsch var. depressum West et West E. tetralobum Nordst. E. wiesneri Stockm. e. novae semliae Wille Gonatozygon aculeatum Hastings e. obtusatum Schmidl. G. brebissonii De Bary e. ochthodes Nordst. G. pilosum Wolle e. pachydermum Lund. Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Breb. var. bidentula e. parvulum Breb. Nordst. e. parvulum var. minus Forst. Mougotia sp. e. pericymatium Nordst. Penium conspersum Wittr. e. phaseolus Breb var. elevatum Nordst. P. curtum Breb. e. planogranatum Croasol. P. polymorphum Perty e. pokornyanum (Gmn.) West Pleurotaenium trabecula (Ehr.) ex Nag. e. portianum Arch. forma Nordst. P. truncatum Nag. e. praemorsum Breb. Sphaerozosma excavatum Ralfs e. protumidum Nordst. Spirogyra grevilleana (Hass.) Kiitz. e. pseudoconnatum Nordst. S. tenui sima (Hass.) Kiitz. e. pseudoholmii Borge Spirotaenia condensata Breb. e. pseudopyramidatum Lund. S. endophila (Breb.) Arch. e. pulcherrimum Nordst. var. boreale Nordst. S. obscura Ralfs f. minor Lund. e. punctulatum Breb. Staurastrum acarides Nordst. e. pycnochondrum Nordst. S. aculeatum (Ehrenb.) Menegh. var. ornatum e. pyramidatum Breb. Nordst. e. quadratum Ralfs S. alternans Breb. e. quasillus Lund. S. amoenum Hilse e. regnesi Reinsch S. amoenum f. spetsbergensis Nordst. e. sinuosum Lund. var. decedens (Reinsch) Nordst. S. arctiscon (Ehrenb.) Lund. S. avicula Breb. e. solidum Nordst. S. bieneanum Rabh. e. speciosum Lund. S. bieneanum f. spetsbergensis Nordst. e. spetsbergense Nordst. S. borgeanum Schmidl. e. subcostatum Nordst. S. brebissonii Arch. e. subcostatum var. spetsbergense Borge S. c/epsydra Nordst. e. subcrenatum Hantzsch S. cyrtocerum Breb. e. subimpressulum Borge S. dickiei Ralfs e. subquasillus Boldt S. dilatatum Ehr. e. subreniforme Nordst. S. furcatum (Ehr.) Breb. var. senarium (Ehr.) e. subspeciosum Nordst. Nordst. e. tetraophthalmum (Kiitz.) Ralfs S. furcigerum (Breb.) Arch. e. tetraophthalmum var. lundellii Wittr. S. hexacerum (Ehr.) Wittr. e. tumens Nordst. S. hirsutum Breb. e. tumidum Lund. S. injfexum Breb. e. turpinii Breb. S. lanceolatum Arch. e. turpinii var. eximum W. et G.S. West S. lapponicum (SchmidL) Gr6nbl. e. umbilicatum Liitkem. S. longipes (Nordst.) Teil. var. contractum Teil. e. wittrockii Lund. S. lunatum Ralfs Cosmoastrum punctualatum (BrebaL S. margaritaceum (Ehr.) Menegh. Cylindrocystis brebissonii Menegh. S. megalonotum Nordst. e. crassa De Bary S. minutissimum Reinsch Euastrum binale (Turp.) Ehrenb. ex Ralfs ssp. dissimile Nordst. S. mucronatum Ralfs S. muticum Breb. E. dubium Nag. S. oligacanthum Breb. E. elegans (Breb.) Kiitz. S. orbiculare (Ehr.) Ralfs E. rostratum Ralfs S. pachyrhynchum Nordst. OLAV M. SKULBERG 394 petsamoense Jårnefelt var. minus (Messikommer) Thomasson S. pilosum (Nag.) Arch. S. polymorphum Breb. S. punctulatum Breb. S. pygmaeum Breb. S. rhabdophorum Nordst. S. saxonicum Bulnh. S. sebaldi Reinsch var. ornatum Nordst. S. senarium (Ehr.) Ralfs S. sexcostatum Breb. S. sibiricum Borge S. spongiosum Breb. S. subscrabum Nordst. S. subsphaericum Nordst. S. trapezicum Boldt S. varians Racib. var. badense Schmidl. Staurodesmus cuspidatus (Breb.) Teil. Tetmemorus laevis (Kiitz.) Ralfs Xanthidium armatum Breb. ex Ralfs Zygnema sp. Zygogonium ericetorum Kiitz. S. Castenholz. R.W. & Waterbury. J.B. 1989: Cyanobacteria. Pp. 1710- 1728 in Staley . .I.T., Bryant. M.P .• Phennig.N. & Holt. J.G. (eds.): Bergey's Manual of Systematie Bacteriology 3. Williams & Wilkins. Baltimore. Cholnoky. B.l. 1968: Die Okologie der Diatameen in Bin· nengewiissern. Verlag von J. Cramer, Lehre. 699 pp. Cleve. P.T. 1864: Diatomaceer från Spetsbergen. Ofvers, K. Vet.·Akad. F6rh. 1864.10.661-669. Ettl, H. 1980: Grundriss der allgemeinen Algologie. Gustav Fiseher Verlag. Stuttgart. 549 pp. Foged. N. 1964: Freshwater Diatoms from Spitsbergen. Tromsø Mus. Skr. Xl. 205 pp. Guerrero. P.G. 1964: Algas de la is1a de los Osos (Noruega). Anales del Instituto Botanica A.J, Ca/Janilles 22,15&-182. Hirano, M. 1965: Freshwater algae in the Antaretie regions. Monogr. Biol. 15, 127-193. van den Hoek. C 1978: Algen. Einfuhrung in die Phykologie. Georg Thieme Verlag. Stuttgart. 481 pp. Hustedt, F. 1937: Siisswasserdiatomeen von Island.Spitzbergen und der Faroer-Inseln. Bot. Arch. 38, 152-207. .lessen. C.F.G. 1848: Prasiolae generis algarum monographia. Dissertation Kiliae. Kol.E. 1968: Kryobiologie. I. Kryovcgetation. In: H.-l. Elster & W. Oh1e. (eds.): Die Binnengewasser. Band XXIV. E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung,Stuttgart. 216 pp. Kol, E. & S. Eurola 1974: Red snow algae from Spitsbergen. Astarte 7. 61-66. Krasske, G. 1938: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Diatomeen-Veg etation von Island und Spitzbergen. Ard.. Hydrobio!. 33, CHAROPHYTA 503-533. Lagerheim. G. 1900: Beitrage zur Flora der Baren-Inse!. 2 . Vegetahilisches Silsswasser-P1ankton a u s der Baren-Inse!. (Beeren Eiland), Bih. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Han dl. 26. Afd. Charophyceae Chara aspera Willd. III (11).1-25. f. spitsbergensis Nordst. C. canescens Lois.) Lagerstedt, N.G.W. 1873: Sotvattens-Diatomaceer från Spets· bergen och Beeren Eiland. Bih. K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand!. 1 (14). 52 pp. Langangen. A. 1979: Chara canescens reported from Spits bergen. Phycologia 18. 436-437. Mangerud. J. 1983: The glacial history of Norway. Pp. 3-9 in Acknowledgernents Ehlers, J. (ed.): Gladal deposits in North-West Europe. A.A. Balkema. Rotterdam. Margulis. L., Corliss The aut hor wishes to thank Pål Brettum. Norwegian Institute for Water Research (NIVA). Oslo. Kuno Thomasson. Uni versity of Uppsala.and Jul Låg, Norwegian Agricultural Uni versity. Ås. for help with literature and consultations. Technical assistance was given by NIVA. Thanks are also due to the referees for their critical examination of the manuscript and inspiration. • .1.0., Melkonian, M. & Chapman, D. 1990: Handbook of Protoctista. Jones and Barlett Publishers. Boston. 914 pp. Martens,Fr. 1675: Spitzbergische oder Groenliindische Reise Beschreibung gethan im Jahr 1671. Hamburg. Matula,J. 1982: lnvestigations on the alga1 flora of West Spits bergen. Acta Uni". Wratislav. 525. 173-187. Matula. 1. & Swies, F. 1989: Wstcpna charakterystyka fyk ofloryrejonu Bellsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni). Preliminary characteristies of algae in the south-western coast of Bellsund (Western Spitsbergen). Pp. 97-110 in: Polar Session. Natural Environment Research of West Spitsbergen. Maria Curie· References Sk!odowska University.Lublin. Poland. Meyen, 1. 1840: Noch einige Mittheilungen tiber roten und grtinen Schnee. Arch. Narurgesch. 6, 166-171. Berlin. Boldt. R. 1887: Grunddragen af Desmidiernas utbredning i Norden. Bih. K. Speruka Vet.-Akad. Hand!. J3 Afd. III (6). Borge. O. 1892: Algologiske notiser 2. Bot. Not. 1892, 59-60. Borge,O. 1911: Die Susswasseralgenflora Spitzbergens. Videns· ania. (L), in Arctic ecosysterns. Pp. 55&-560 in Holdgate, M.W. (ed,): AllIarctic ecolog}' I. Academic Press,London. 1-110. kapsselskapets Skrifter. l. Mat.-Natur. Kl. I l Norderhaug,M. 1970: The role of the Little Auk.Plautus alle , 1-38. Kristi Nordstedt, CF.O. 1872: Desmidiaceae ex insulis Spets bergensibus et Beeren Eiland in expeditionibus annorum 1868 et 1870 sueean;, collectac_ Ofvers. K. Stum'ka Vet. Akad. Forh. 6.23-41. Caralogue of Svalbard planrs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria Olekowicz. AS. & Lusdnska 1992: Occurrence of algae On tundra soils i n Oscar Il Land, Spitsbergen. Pol. Polar Res. 13, 131-147. Petersen, J. Boye 1935: Studies on the biology and taxonomy of soil algae. Dansk Bot-Ark. 8(9), 1-181. Sand, K., Hagen, J.O., Repp, K. & Berntsen,E. 1991: Climate related research in Svalbard. Pp. 203-217 in Gjessing. y., Hagen, J.O., Hassel, K.A. Sand. K. & Wold. B. (eds.): Arctic hydrology. Present and future tasks. Hydrology of Soalbard-Hydrological problems in cold c/imate. Norwegian National Committee for Hydrology. Report No. 23, Oslo. Skulberg, O.M. & Skulberg. R. 1990: Research with algal cul tures-NIVA's Culture Collection of A1gae. Norwegian Insti tute for Water Research. Oslo. 32 pp. Skulberg, O.M., Carmichael, W.W.. Codd. G.A. & Skulberg, R. 1993: Taxonomy of toxic Cyanophyceae (Cyanobacteria). Pp. 145-164 in Falconer, J,R. (ed.): Algal Toxins in Seafood and Drlnking Water. Academic Press, London. Stein. J.R. 1973: Handbook o f phycological methods. Cam bridge University Press. Cambridge. 448 pp. 395 Strøm, K.M. 1921a: Some algae from hot springs in Spitzbergen. Bot. Not. 1921. 17-21. Strøm, K.M. 1921b: Freshwater Algae and Plankton from Finnmark. Algological Notes. Nyt Mag. Narurvidensk. 59, 7-14. Thomasson, K. 1958: Zur Planktonkunde Spitzbergens, 1. Hydrobiologia, 12, 226-236. Thomasson, K. 1961: Zur Planktonkunde Spitzbergens. 2. Hydrobiologia. 18. 192-198. Willen. E. 1991: Planktonic diatoms--an ecological review. Arch, Hydrobiol./Suppl. 89, Algol. Stud. 62,69-106. Willen. T. 1970: Phytoplankton from Bjornoya. Svalbard. Nytt Mag. Bor. 17, 17-24. Willen, T. 1980: Phytoplankton from lakes and ponds on Vest spitsbergen. Acta Phyrogeogr. Suec. 68, 173-188. Wittrock, V.B. 1883: Utler die Schnee-und Eisftora, besonders in den arktischen Gegenden. Pp. 65-124 in NordenskiOld, A.E. (ed,): Studier och Forskningar Foranledda af Mina Resor i Hoga Norden. Heft. 2-3. Stockholm,

RELATED PAPERS

RELATED TOPICS

Log In

A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria

A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria

Related Papers

RELATED PAPERS

RELATED TOPICS